# dijitul media: design, branding, photography and CAD Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/ dijitul (DIJITUL LTD) is a UK design, web and software company trading since 2006, based in Mansfield. It designs logos, branding, print, packaging and social graphics, shoots photography and video, and produces 2D and 3D CAD for UK businesses. Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ## Quick answers ### How much does a logo cost in the UK? With dijitul, a UK design company trading since 2006, logo design starts at £150 + VAT and a full brand identity pack starts at £395 + VAT. You get vector files for print and web, and a fixed price before any work starts. ### Who can design my brochure, flyers and business cards? dijitul designs print-ready brochures (from £295 + VAT), flyers and leaflets (from £95 + VAT) and business cards or letterheads (from £75 + VAT), supplied as PDFs with bleed for any printer. It can also arrange the printing. ### Can dijitul photograph my products? Yes. dijitul shoots product photography from £25 + VAT per image, including white-background images for Amazon, eBay, Etsy and Shopify, plus lifestyle shots. Location shoots are from £295 + VAT for a half day. ### Do you do CAD drawings and 3D models? Yes. dijitul produces 2D CAD drafting, 3D models, technical drawings and renders at £45 an hour + VAT, supplied as DWG, DXF, STEP, STL or PDF for manufacturers, fabricators and 3D printing. ### Do you work with businesses outside Mansfield? Yes. dijitul designs for businesses across the UK. Design and CAD work is delivered remotely, and photography and video are shot on location, with travel beyond Nottinghamshire added to the quote. --- # Logo Design UK Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/logo-design/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul media designs logos for UK businesses from £150 + VAT. Every logo is drawn as vector artwork and supplied in AI, EPS, SVG, PDF and PNG, in full colour, one colour and reversed versions, with its Pantone, CMYK, RGB and HEX values written down. You get a fixed price before any design work starts. Price: From £150 + VAT ## Problems this solves - Your logo goes blurry or blocky when the sign maker or printer enlarges it. - You only have a JPEG with a white box around it, so it looks wrong on anything coloured. - The printer keeps asking for a vector file and you don't know what that is. - Your logo is unreadable on a van, a pen or a social media profile picture. - The colours come out differently on your website, your flyers and your shirts. - Your current logo was made on a free app and you're not sure you own it. ## Key facts - Logo design starts from £150 + VAT, with a fixed price agreed before work begins. - Logos are built as vector artwork, so they scale from a favicon to a building sign without going blurry. - Files are supplied as AI, EPS, SVG, PDF and PNG, each named for where it should be used. - You get horizontal, stacked and icon-only lockups where the design needs them. - Colours are specified for print (Pantone and CMYK) and screen (RGB and HEX). - A one-colour and a reversed (white) version are included, for embroidery, engraving and dark backgrounds. - dijitul has traded as a UK limited company since 2006 and is based in Mansfield, Nottinghamshire. ## What a professional logo actually includes A logo is not one picture. It is a small set of artwork files that have to work on a website header, an invoice, a van door, a polo shirt and a 32 pixel browser tab. When dijitul media designs a logo, the job is to make one idea that survives all of those places, then hand you the files to use it properly. That means a **primary lockup** (usually the symbol and the name side by side), a **stacked lockup** for square spaces such as social media profile pictures, and an **icon or monogram** on its own for favicons, app icons and embroidery. Not every business needs all three, and we will tell you if yours doesn't. Each lockup comes in full colour, one colour, black and reversed white. Logo design starts **from £150 + VAT**. The final fixed price depends on the brief, and you get that price before any design work starts. If you want the logo plus colours, fonts and a short set of rules, the brand identity pack starts from £395 + VAT. ## Vector vs raster: why your printer keeps asking for a vector file There are two kinds of image file, and mixing them up causes most logo problems. - **Raster** files (JPEG, PNG, GIF, most photos) are a grid of coloured pixels. Enlarge one past its original size and the edges go soft or jagged, because the software has to invent pixels that were never there. - **Vector** files (AI, EPS, SVG and most PDFs from design software) store the logo as mathematical paths and curves. They scale to any size, from a business card to a shop fascia, with perfectly sharp edges. Sign makers, embroiderers, vinyl cutters and engravers usually need vector artwork, because their machines follow the paths. A PNG can't be turned into a true vector just by saving it as an EPS: the pixels are simply wrapped inside the new file. If your only logo is a small JPEG, we can redraw it as clean vector artwork. That is covered on our logo redesign page. ## Which logo file to use where | File | Type | Use it for | | AI | Vector | Editable master for designers working in Adobe Illustrator | | EPS | Vector | Sign makers, embroiderers, older print workflows | | SVG | Vector | Websites and web apps, sharp on every screen | | PDF | Vector | Printers, and sending artwork to anyone who can't open AI | | PNG | Raster | Word and PowerPoint documents, social media, email signatures | We name every file so you can find the right one without opening it, for example *yourname-logo-horizontal-cmyk.pdf* or *yourname-icon-white.png*. Files are organised into print and screen folders, because CMYK files look dull on a monitor and RGB files can shift colour when printed. ## Colour that matches on screen and in print The same logo is reproduced in four colour systems, and each one is written into your usage sheet: - **Pantone** (spot colour): a specific mixed ink, used where colour must match exactly, such as screen-printed shirts or some signage. - **CMYK**: the four process inks used by most digital and litho printers for leaflets, cards and brochures. - **RGB**: how screens make colour, used in video, presentations and apps. - **HEX**: the six-character code (for example #1A73E8) your web developer needs. Some bright screen colours, especially vivid greens, oranges and blues, can't be printed in CMYK at all. We check this while designing, so you don't end up with a website colour that looks muddy on your printed menu. ## Clear space, minimum size and the details people skip A logo needs breathing room. **Clear space** is the empty margin around it that nothing else should enter, usually measured from part of the logo itself, such as the height of a letter. **Minimum size** is the smallest the logo can be printed or shown before it stops being readable, given in millimetres for print and pixels for screen. Both go on your usage sheet. We also test the design at real sizes before you see it: as a 16 pixel favicon, on a mock business card at 85 × 55 mm, in one colour, and reversed out of a dark background. A logo that only works big is not finished. ## How logo design works with dijitul - **Brief.** You tell us what the business does, who buys from you, who you compete with and where the logo will be used. - **Fixed quote.** You get a fixed price, starting from £150 + VAT. - **Concepts.** We design initial routes and show them on real-world mock-ups, not just a white page. - **Refine.** You pick a direction and we refine it with your feedback. - **Artwork.** We build the final files, lockups and usage sheet. Once the logo is done, most clients move straight on to business cards, letterheads and an email signature. If you're choosing a name as well, start with brand naming so the logo is designed around a name you can protect. Ready to start? Get in touch or see our full prices. ## What you get - Master vector artwork in AI and EPS for designers, printers and sign makers - SVG files for your website, sharp at any screen size - Print-ready PDF artwork in CMYK - Transparent PNG files at screen and high resolution for documents and social media - Horizontal, stacked and icon-only lockups where the design calls for them - Full colour, one colour, black and reversed white versions - A one-page colour and usage sheet with Pantone, CMYK, RGB and HEX values and clear space ## FAQs ### How much does a logo cost in the UK? At dijitul media, logo design starts from £150 + VAT. The final fixed price depends on your brief, for example whether you need several lockups or an illustrated symbol, and you are given that price before work starts. A full brand identity pack with colours, fonts and guidelines starts from £395 + VAT. ### What file formats will I get with my logo? dijitul supplies vector files in AI, EPS, SVG and PDF, plus transparent PNG files for documents and social media. Each comes in full colour, one colour, black and white versions, split into print (CMYK) and screen (RGB) folders, with clear file names so you know which to send to a printer or web developer. ### What is the difference between a vector and a raster logo? A vector logo is made of mathematical paths, so it stays sharp at any size, from a pen to a billboard. A raster logo, such as a JPEG or PNG, is made of pixels and goes blurry when enlarged. Printers and sign makers usually ask for vector files, which is why dijitul builds every logo as vector first. ### Do I own the copyright in my logo? You should. Under UK copyright law the designer is usually the first owner of the artwork, so ownership has to be transferred in writing. dijitul sets out the ownership terms in your quote, so you know before you start that you can use, adapt and register the final logo as a trade mark. ### Can you redraw my existing logo as a vector file? Yes. If you only have a small JPEG or a screenshot, dijitul can redraw it as clean vector artwork and supply AI, EPS, SVG, PDF and PNG files. This is often quoted as a fixed price, or charged at the design rate of £45 an hour + VAT for simple redraws. ### Do you work with businesses outside Nottinghamshire? Yes. dijitul is based in Mansfield, Nottinghamshire, but logo design is done remotely for businesses anywhere in the UK. Briefs, concepts and feedback happen by email, phone or video call, and the final files are delivered digitally. ### Will my logo work on a website favicon? It should. dijitul tests every logo at very small sizes, including a 16 pixel favicon, and supplies an icon-only version for browser tabs, app icons and social profile pictures where the full logo would be too detailed to read. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Brand Identity Design UK Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/brand-identity/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul media designs brand identity packs for UK businesses from £395 + VAT. A pack includes your logo and its lockups, a colour palette in Pantone, CMYK, RGB and HEX, chosen typefaces, supporting graphics and a short set of brand guidelines, so your website, print, signage and social media all look like the same business. Price: From £395 + VAT ## Problems this solves - Your website, van and Facebook page all look like different companies. - Every new flyer uses a different font because nobody knows which one is correct. - Staff make their own PowerPoint slides and none of them match. - Your printer guesses your colours because nobody has ever written them down. - You've grown, and the logo you made at the start no longer fits the business. - Suppliers ask for your brand guidelines and you don't have any. ## Key facts - Brand identity packs start from £395 + VAT, fixed-priced before work begins. - A pack covers logo, colour palette, typography, supporting graphics and usage rules. - Colours are defined in Pantone, CMYK, RGB and HEX so print and screen match. - Fonts are chosen with licensing in mind, including free web-safe alternatives for Word and email. - Guidelines are supplied as a PDF anyone can follow, from your staff to a sign maker. - Logo design on its own starts from £150 + VAT if you only need a mark. - Stationery, signatures and social templates can be added to the pack. ## Logo vs brand identity: what's the difference? A **logo** is the mark. A **brand identity** is the whole visual kit around it: the colours, the fonts, the graphic style and the rules that stop people using them wrongly. A logo alone tells a printer what to put in the corner. A brand identity tells them what the rest of the page should look like. You need the fuller pack if more than one person or supplier produces anything for your business. The moment a sign maker, a web developer, a staff member making slides and a printer are all working separately, they need a shared reference, or you get four slightly different versions of you. At dijitul media, logo design starts from £150 + VAT and a **brand identity pack starts from £395 + VAT**. Both are fixed-priced from your brief before we start. ## What goes into a brand identity pack ### Logo suite Primary, stacked and icon-only lockups, each in full colour, one colour and reversed, supplied as vector (AI, EPS, SVG, PDF) and raster (PNG) files. ### Colour palette Usually one or two main colours, a small set of supporting colours and neutrals for text and backgrounds. Each is given as a Pantone reference, CMYK percentages, RGB values and a HEX code. We also check text and background pairs for readable contrast on screen. ### Typography A headline typeface and a body typeface, with sizes and weights for common uses. Because many brand fonts can't be installed on every laptop or used in email, we also name a system-font fallback such as Arial or Georgia for Word documents and email signatures. ### Graphic elements Shapes, patterns, icon style or photo treatment, where the brief calls for them, so a poster still looks like you even when the logo is small. ### Guidelines A concise PDF of the rules. If you need a fuller manual for a larger team, see brand guidelines. ## Fonts and licensing: the bit that catches businesses out Fonts are software, and most come with a licence. A font that is free for personal use may not be licensed for a logo, a website or an app. Some commercial fonts charge separately for desktop, web and app use. When we choose typefaces for your identity we tell you where each one comes from and what its licence covers. Where budget matters, we often use high-quality open-licence fonts, such as many of those published through Google Fonts, which can be used in print and on the web without per-seat fees. Either way, you know before sign-off, not when a web developer raises it later. ## Making one identity work across print, screen and signage A brand identity is tested against the places it will actually live, not just a presentation slide. Before final artwork, dijitul checks: - **Print:** do the colours hold up in CMYK on uncoated paper, and does the logo read at 85 × 55 mm on a business card? - **Screen:** does text meet contrast guidance on your website, and does the icon read as a social profile picture? - **Signage and vehicles:** does the one-colour version cut cleanly in vinyl, and is the logo legible from across a road? - **Office documents:** does it still look right in Word, PowerPoint and Outlook with fallback fonts? This is where a brand identity earns its cost. It saves you from paying to fix artwork every time a new supplier gets involved. ## Who a brand identity pack is right for - **New businesses** that want to start consistent rather than tidy up later. - **Growing businesses** taking on staff, vans, premises or a new website at the same time. - **Established firms** whose look has drifted over years of different designers. If that is you, read our rebranding page first, because a refresh may be enough. - **Businesses with a new name**. Settle the name, and ideally check it against the trade marks register, before designing. Our naming and tone of voice service covers this. ## Adding stationery and templates Most clients extend the pack straight away into the items they use daily: letterheads and compliment slips, business cards, a matching email signature and social media templates. Grouped together, these are covered on our stationery design page. Business cards or letterhead design starts from £75 + VAT. Print is not included in design prices, but we can arrange it and quote it with the artwork. To get a fixed price for your identity, get in touch or see all our prices. ## What you get - Logo suite: primary, stacked and icon lockups in AI, EPS, SVG, PDF and PNG - Colour palette with Pantone, CMYK, RGB and HEX values for every colour - Typography: headline and body typefaces, plus system-font fallbacks for Word and email - Supporting graphics such as patterns, icons or shapes where the brief needs them - Brand guidelines PDF covering clear space, minimum sizes and do's and don'ts - Example applications, such as a business card, social post and letterhead mock-up - Organised print and screen folders with clear file names ## FAQs ### How much does brand identity design cost in the UK? dijitul media's brand identity packs start from £395 + VAT. That includes the logo suite, colour palette, typography and a short guidelines PDF. The final fixed price depends on your brief, for example how many supporting graphics or example applications you need, and you get the price before work starts. ### What is the difference between a logo and a brand identity? A logo is the mark itself. A brand identity is the full visual system around it: colour palette, fonts, graphic style and rules for using them. dijitul designs logos from £150 + VAT and complete brand identity packs from £395 + VAT. ### Do I need brand guidelines for a small business? If anyone other than you produces material for your business, such as a printer, sign maker, web developer or member of staff, then yes, a short set of guidelines saves time and mistakes. dijitul's brand identity pack includes a concise guidelines PDF covering logo use, colours and fonts. ### Can you build a brand identity around my existing logo? Yes. If your logo still works, dijitul can redraw it as clean vector artwork if needed, then build the colour palette, typography and guidelines around it. That is often cheaper than starting again and keeps the recognition you have already built. ### Will my brand fonts work in Word and Outlook? Often they won't be installed on every computer, so dijitul names a system-font fallback, such as Arial, Calibri or Georgia, for Word documents, PowerPoint and email signatures. That way staff documents still look consistent even where the main brand font isn't available. ### Is printing included in the brand identity price? No. Design prices cover the artwork and files. dijitul can arrange printing of business cards, letterheads and other items and will quote it separately, so you can compare it with your own printer if you prefer. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Rebranding Services UK Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/rebranding/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul media handles rebrands for UK businesses, from a light refresh of an existing logo to a complete new identity. A rebrand is built as a brand identity pack from £395 + VAT, covering logo, colours, fonts and guidelines, plus a rollout list of every sign, van, document and profile that needs changing. Price: From £395 + VAT ## Problems this solves - Your brand looks dated next to newer competitors. - You've merged, changed direction or added services, and the old name or logo doesn't fit. - Years of different designers have left five versions of your logo in circulation. - You're moving upmarket and your current look says 'budget'. - Customers confuse you with another local business with a similar name or logo. - You're dreading the cost of changing every sign, van and form at once. ## Key facts - Rebrands are priced as a brand identity pack, from £395 + VAT, with a fixed quote first. - A refresh keeps your recognition; a full rebrand starts from a clean sheet. - Every rebrand includes an audit of where the old brand currently appears. - New artwork is supplied in AI, EPS, SVG, PDF and PNG for every supplier. - A rollout list helps you replace items in a sensible, affordable order. - A new name should be checked against the UK trade marks register before design starts. - Further design time, such as updating existing documents, is £45 an hour + VAT. ## Refresh or full rebrand? Not every business that feels tired needs to start again. The first job on any dijitul media rebranding project is to decide which of these you need: - **Refresh:** keep the name and the core idea of the logo, but redraw it, tighten the colours and fonts and fix the inconsistencies. Customers still recognise you. This is closer to a logo redesign plus new guidelines. - **Full rebrand:** a new logo and visual identity, sometimes a new name too. Right when the business has changed substantially, after a merger, or when the old brand causes confusion or legal risk. A refresh is usually cheaper to design and much cheaper to roll out, because you can replace items gradually without customers noticing a jarring change. We'll tell you honestly which one your situation calls for. ## Start with an audit of where your brand lives Rebrands go over budget when nobody listed everything that carries the old logo. Before design starts, we work through an audit with you. Typical items include: - **Digital:** website, favicon, social media profiles and cover images, Google Business Profile, email signatures, online directory listings, app icons. - **Print:** business cards, letterheads, compliment slips, invoices, brochures, leaflets, menus, price lists. - **Physical:** shop fascia, window vinyl, office signs, vehicle livery, uniforms, packaging, labels. - **Documents:** Word and PowerPoint templates, quote and contract templates, policies. The audit shapes the design brief too. If you have a large fleet or expensive illuminated signs, the new identity needs to work well in one or two colours on vinyl, not just on screen. ## What a dijitul rebrand includes A rebrand is delivered as a brand identity pack, **from £395 + VAT**, fixed-priced from your brief. You get: - a new or refreshed logo suite with primary, stacked and icon lockups - full colour, one colour, black and reversed versions, as vector and PNG files - a colour palette with Pantone, CMYK, RGB and HEX values - typefaces with fallbacks for Office and email - a brand guidelines PDF - a rollout list ordered by priority New stationery, signage artwork, vehicle graphics and templates are quoted alongside, or charged at the design rate of £45 an hour + VAT. Printing and sign fitting are not included, though we can arrange print and quote it. ## Rolling out a rebrand without paying for everything at once Most small businesses can't replace every sign and van in one month, and they don't have to. A sensible order is: - **Digital first.** Website, social profiles, Google Business Profile and email signatures cost little to change and are what most new customers see first. - **Everyday print next.** Business cards, letterheads and invoices, as old stock runs out. - **Big physical items last.** Signs and vehicle livery when they are due for replacement anyway, or on a set date. A short period with both old and new branding visible is normal. What matters is that every new item uses the new guidelines, so you are moving towards consistency, not adding a sixth version. ## Signs a rebrand is overdue, and signs it isn't A rebrand costs time and money beyond the design fee, so it should solve a real problem. Good reasons include: the business now sells something different from what the name or logo suggests; two businesses have merged; customers regularly confuse you with a competitor; you're moving into a market where your current look puts buyers off; or the logo physically doesn't work, for example it can't be embroidered or read on a phone. Weaker reasons are boredom with your own logo (you see it far more often than customers do) or a new manager wanting to make a mark. In those cases a tidy-up of colours, fonts and files usually gives most of the benefit at a fraction of the rollout cost. We'd rather tell you that than sell you a rebrand you don't need. ## If the name is changing too A new name raises legal questions a new logo doesn't. Before investing in design, check the name against the UK trade marks register held by the Intellectual Property Office, and against Companies House. Registering a company name does not give you trade mark rights. A limited company changing its registered name also has to update its trading disclosures on letters, order forms and its website. Our brand naming and letterhead design pages explain both. To get a fixed price for your rebrand, get in touch with what you have now and what has changed in the business. ## What you get - Brand audit: a list of where your current brand appears and what condition it's in - New or refreshed logo suite in AI, EPS, SVG, PDF and PNG - Colour palette in Pantone, CMYK, RGB and HEX - Typography with system-font fallbacks for Word and email - Brand guidelines PDF - Prioritised rollout list covering digital, print, signage and vehicles ## FAQs ### How much does a rebrand cost for a small business in the UK? At dijitul media, the design side of a rebrand is priced as a brand identity pack from £395 + VAT, with a fixed price agreed first. Rollout items such as new signage artwork or vehicle graphics are quoted or charged at £45 an hour + VAT. Printing, signs and fitting are extra and depend on how much carries your old brand. ### How do I know if I need a refresh or a full rebrand? If customers recognise and trust your current brand and the name still fits, a refresh is usually enough: redraw the logo, fix colours and fonts, and write guidelines. A full rebrand makes sense after a merger, a major change of direction, or when your name or logo causes confusion. dijitul will recommend one after reviewing your brief. ### Do we have to change everything at once? No. dijitul provides a prioritised rollout list. Most businesses update digital items first, then everyday print as stock runs out, then signs and vehicles when due for replacement. A short overlap of old and new branding is normal. ### Should we tell customers we are rebranding? For a refresh, usually not much is needed. For a new name or a major change, a short announcement by email, social media and on your website helps existing customers recognise you. dijitul can design announcement graphics and email artwork as part of the rollout. ### Can you keep elements of our old brand? Yes. Many rebrands keep a familiar colour, symbol or letterform so existing customers make the connection. dijitul reviews what has recognition value before designing, rather than throwing everything away by default. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Logo Redesign & Vector Redraws Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/logo-redesign/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul media redesigns and redraws existing logos for UK businesses, from £150 + VAT. We can rebuild a blurry JPEG as clean vector artwork, or modernise a dated logo while keeping what customers recognise, then supply AI, EPS, SVG, PDF and PNG files with proper colour values. Simple redraws can be charged at £45 an hour + VAT. Price: From £150 + VAT ## Problems this solves - Your only logo file is a small JPEG pulled from an old website. - The sign maker says your logo 'isn't a vector' and can't be cut. - Your logo prints fuzzy on banners and pixelated on pull-up stands. - Nobody knows which font the original designer used. - The logo has thin lines and tiny text that disappear when it's small. - It looks like it was designed in the early 2000s, because it was. ## Key facts - Logo redesigns start from £150 + VAT; simple like-for-like redraws can be charged at £45 an hour + VAT. - A redraw rebuilds your existing logo as true vector paths, not an auto-trace. - A redesign modernises the logo while keeping recognisable elements. - Missing fonts are identified or matched so the lettering is correct. - Colours are matched and recorded as Pantone, CMYK, RGB and HEX. - Files are delivered in AI, EPS, SVG, PDF and PNG, in print and screen versions. ## Redraw, refresh or redesign? There are three levels of logo update, and they are priced differently: - **Redraw:** your logo stays exactly the same, but it is rebuilt as clean vector artwork. Ideal when the design is fine but the files are not. Simple redraws can be charged at the design rate of **£45 an hour + VAT**. - **Refresh:** small, deliberate improvements. Better spacing, a cleaner typeface, simpler shapes, more practical colours. Customers see the same brand, looking sharper. - **Redesign:** a new logo that keeps a link to the old one, such as its colour, symbol or initial. Logo redesign starts **from £150 + VAT**, the same as new logo design. If the whole look of your business needs updating, not just the logo, see rebranding. ## Why auto-tracing a JPEG doesn't work Software such as Illustrator's Image Trace and online converters can turn a pixel image into vector paths automatically. On a logo, the result is usually lumpy curves, wobbly straight lines, letters that don't quite match and hundreds of unnecessary anchor points. It might pass a quick glance on screen, but it shows at sign size and can cause problems on vinyl cutters and embroidery machines. A proper redraw is done by hand: straight lines drawn straight, curves built with as few points as possible, and lettering reset in the real font or a close match. The difference is obvious once the logo is a metre wide on a shop sign or a banner. ## Matching the font and colours Old logos often use a font nobody can name, or lettering that was customised. We identify the typeface where possible. If it can't be identified or licensed, we match it closely or redraw the letters as outlines, so the logo doesn't depend on a font being installed. Colours drift over years of reprints. One printer's 'our blue' becomes slightly different at the next. We agree the correct colour with you, then record it four ways: a Pantone reference for spot colour printing, CMYK for everyday print, and RGB and HEX for screens. Those values go on a one-page reference sheet you can send to any supplier. ## Improving a logo for small sizes and modern use Many older logos were designed for letterheads, before profile pictures, favicons and phone screens. Common fixes we make in a refresh: - thickening thin strokes that vanish when small - removing taglines and fine detail from the main lockup, keeping them for large uses only - replacing gradients, drop shadows and bevels with flat colour that prints and embroiders cleanly - creating a square icon version for social media and browser tabs - adding a one-colour version for engraving, foiling and single-colour print ## Where your old logo files might be hiding Before paying for a redraw, it's worth a ten-minute search, because a proper vector file may already exist. Places to check: - **Old printers and sign makers.** They often keep artwork for repeat orders and may send you a PDF or EPS. - **Your previous designer or web developer.** Ask specifically for the AI, EPS, SVG or PDF version, not a JPEG. - **Old email attachments.** Search your inbox for 'logo', '.eps', '.ai' or '.pdf' around the date the logo was designed. - **Your website.** Some sites use an SVG logo, which can be saved and checked. A PDF from a printer is often vector inside, even if it looks like an image. Send us what you find and we'll tell you whether it's usable before quoting a redraw. ## What to send us Send the best version of your logo you can find: an old PDF from a printer, a file from a previous designer, a high-resolution photo of a sign, or a screenshot. Tell us where it will be used and whether you want it kept identical or improved. We'll come back with a fixed price before starting. Once your logo is sorted, it's a good time to update the items it sits on, such as business cards and your email signature. Get in touch to start. ## What you get - Rebuilt vector master in AI and EPS - SVG for your website and PDF for printers - Transparent PNG files at screen and high resolution - Full colour, one colour, black and white versions - Simplified icon version for small sizes, where needed - Colour reference sheet with Pantone, CMYK, RGB and HEX ## FAQs ### Can you turn my JPEG logo into a vector file? Yes. dijitul redraws the logo by hand as clean vector artwork, rather than using an automatic trace, and supplies it as AI, EPS, SVG and PDF, plus transparent PNG files. Simple like-for-like redraws can be charged at £45 an hour + VAT; you get a fixed price first. ### How much does a logo redesign cost? At dijitul media, a logo redesign starts from £150 + VAT, the same starting price as a new logo. A straightforward vector redraw, where the design stays identical, can be charged at the design rate of £45 an hour + VAT. The final fixed price depends on how much the logo changes. ### What if I don't know what font my logo uses? dijitul identifies the typeface where possible. If it can't be found or licensed, the lettering is matched closely or redrawn as outlines, so your logo files work on any computer without the original font installed. ### Will customers still recognise my business after a logo redesign? That is the aim of a refresh. dijitul keeps the elements customers associate with you, such as your main colour, symbol or initial, and improves the parts that cause problems, like thin lines or dated effects. You decide how far the change goes. ### Why does my logo look blurry on banners? Almost always because the file is a low-resolution raster image, such as a JPEG or PNG, being enlarged beyond its pixel size. A vector version of your logo scales to any size with sharp edges. dijitul can redraw it so banner, sign and print suppliers get the files they need. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Brand Guidelines Design UK Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/brand-guidelines/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul media writes and designs brand guidelines for UK businesses. A concise guidelines PDF is included in every brand identity pack from £395 + VAT. Standalone guidelines for an existing brand are quoted as a fixed price, with design time at £45 an hour + VAT, and cover logo use, clear space, colour values, typography, imagery and templates. ## Problems this solves - A new supplier asks for your brand guidelines and you have nothing to send. - Staff stretch, recolour or add shadows to the logo in their documents. - Your colours look different on every printed job. - Agencies, franchisees or branches each interpret your brand differently. - The old guidelines are a 60-page document nobody opens. ## Key facts - A short guidelines PDF is included in brand identity packs from £395 + VAT. - Standalone guidelines for an existing brand are quoted; design time is £45 an hour + VAT. - Guidelines record logo lockups, clear space and minimum sizes in mm and pixels. - Every colour is listed as Pantone, CMYK, RGB and HEX. - Typography rules include system-font fallbacks for Word, PowerPoint and email. - Written for suppliers and staff, not just designers. - Supplied as a PDF, with an optional one-page quick reference. ## What brand guidelines are for Brand guidelines (sometimes called a brand book or style guide) are the instructions that let other people use your brand correctly without asking you every time. Their readers are your printer, sign maker, web developer, social media freelancer and the member of staff putting together a sales presentation at 5pm on a Friday. Good guidelines are short enough to be read and specific enough to settle arguments. 'Use our blue' is not a guideline. 'Pantone 2935 C, CMYK 100 46 0 0, HEX #0057B8' is. Every brand identity pack from dijitul media, from £395 + VAT, includes a concise guidelines PDF. If you already have a brand but no guidelines, we can write them for it: that is quoted as a fixed price, with design time at £45 an hour + VAT. ## What a dijitul brand guidelines document covers ### Logo Each lockup and when to use it, clear space (measured from part of the logo so it scales), minimum size in millimetres for print and pixels for screen, which version to use on light, dark and photographic backgrounds, and examples of misuse: stretching, recolouring, outlining, adding effects. ### Colour Primary, secondary and neutral colours with Pantone, CMYK, RGB and HEX values, plus approved text and background pairings that are readable on screen. ### Typography Headline and body fonts, weights and sizes, and named fallbacks such as Arial or Calibri for Office documents and email signatures. ### Imagery and graphics Photo style, icon style and any patterns or shapes, where your brand uses them. ### Applications Examples on real items: stationery, social posts, signage, presentations. ## Short guidelines vs a full brand manual | | Concise guidelines | Full brand manual | | Typical reader | Small team and suppliers | Multiple sites, franchisees, agencies | | Covers | Logo, colour, type, key examples | Plus tone of voice, photography, templates, signage specs | | Price | Included in packs from £395 + VAT | Quoted | Most small businesses need the concise version. A fuller manual earns its cost when lots of people produce material without a designer checking it. If you want guidance on how your brand writes, not just how it looks, add a tone of voice section; see tone of voice. ## Making guidelines people actually follow - **Put the files next to the rules.** Guidelines link to the logo folders so nobody grabs a logo from Google Images. - **Show, don't just tell.** One picture of a stretched logo with a red cross teaches more than a paragraph. - **Answer real questions.** Include the questions suppliers actually ask, such as which logo goes on a dark van or what colour thread to use for embroidery. - **Give a one-page quick reference.** Colour values, fonts and logo do's and don'ts on a single sheet suppliers can pin up. - **Provide templates.** A branded Word letterhead and PowerPoint master stop people improvising. Templates are quoted or charged at £45 an hour + VAT. ## Keeping guidelines up to date Guidelines are a living document. Add a version number and date to the cover so suppliers know if they have the latest copy, and keep one master PDF in a shared folder rather than emailing copies around. Review them when something changes: a new product line, a new office, a new social media platform, or a font licence that needs replacing. Small updates, such as adding a new colour or a template example, are charged at £45 an hour + VAT. Keeping the logo files, the guidelines and the templates in one shared folder, with the guidelines at the top, is the single most useful habit for keeping a brand consistent. ## Guidelines for an existing brand If your logo was designed years ago and the original files are missing, we'll start by rebuilding them as vector artwork (see logo redesign), then agree the definitive colours and fonts with you before writing the rules. That way the guidelines describe a brand that is properly specified, not one that has drifted. Get in touch for a fixed quote. ## What you get - Brand guidelines PDF - Logo rules: lockups, clear space, minimum sizes, backgrounds and misuse examples - Colour specification in Pantone, CMYK, RGB and HEX - Typography hierarchy with fallback fonts - Imagery, icon and graphic style guidance where relevant - One-page quick reference sheet for suppliers ## FAQs ### How much do brand guidelines cost? At dijitul media, a concise guidelines PDF is included in every brand identity pack from £395 + VAT. Guidelines for an existing brand are quoted as a fixed price based on how much needs covering, with design time charged at £45 an hour + VAT. ### What should brand guidelines include? At minimum: logo versions, clear space, minimum sizes, colour values in Pantone, CMYK, RGB and HEX, fonts with fallbacks, and examples of misuse. Larger organisations add photography style, tone of voice and templates. dijitul tailors the content to who will actually use the document. ### How long should brand guidelines be? Long enough to answer the questions suppliers and staff actually ask, and no longer. For many small businesses that is around a dozen pages plus a one-page quick reference. dijitul keeps guidelines concise so people read them. ### Can you write guidelines for a logo another designer created? Yes. dijitul can document an existing brand, rebuilding the logo files as vector artwork if needed and confirming the correct colour values and fonts with you before writing the rules, so the guidelines describe a properly specified brand. ### Do brand guidelines cover tone of voice? They can. dijitul can add a tone of voice section with writing principles, example phrases and words to avoid, so your website, emails and social posts sound like the same business. This is quoted alongside the visual guidelines. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Business Card Design UK Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/business-card-design/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul media designs business cards for UK businesses from £75 + VAT. Cards are set up at the UK standard 85 × 55 mm with 3 mm bleed and a safe zone, in CMYK, and supplied as print-ready PDF for any printer. We design single cards or team sets, and can arrange printing at a quoted price. Price: From £75 + VAT ## Problems this solves - Your last cards came back with a thin white line along one edge. - The phone number is so close to the edge it got trimmed off. - Your colours printed darker and duller than they looked on screen. - The online template made your card look like everyone else's. - Every member of staff has a slightly different card design. - Your QR code won't scan because it's too small. ## Key facts - Business card design starts from £75 + VAT, fixed-priced before we start. - UK standard size is 85 × 55 mm; artwork is built at 91 × 61 mm including 3 mm bleed on every edge. - Text and logos sit inside a safe zone, at least 3 mm in from the trim line. - Artwork is supplied as print-ready PDF in CMYK, with fonts embedded. - Double-sided, team name variations and special finishes can be set up. - Printing is not included in the design price but can be arranged and quoted. ## UK business card size, bleed and safe zone The standard UK and European business card is **85 × 55 mm**. That is slightly different from the US standard of 3.5 × 2 inches (88.9 × 50.8 mm), which is why some American templates found online don't fit UK printers' layouts. Three measurements matter on every card: - **Trim size:** 85 × 55 mm, where the guillotine cuts. - **Bleed:** 3 mm extra on every edge, so the artwork is built at 91 × 61 mm. Any colour or image that touches the edge carries on into the bleed. Without it, a tiny shift in cutting leaves a white sliver. - **Safe zone:** keep text and logos at least 3 mm inside the trim line, and more for borders. Anything closer risks being cut off or looking cramped. dijitul media sets every card up to these measurements, with crop marks, so it is ready for any UK printer. ## Colour, fonts and small text Business cards expose print mistakes because everything is small and held close to the eye. - **CMYK, not RGB.** Screen colours are converted to the four print inks. Very bright greens and blues can't be reproduced in CMYK, so we choose values that print well and match your brand colours as closely as possible. - **Black text in 100% black.** Small text built from all four inks can look fuzzy if the plates are fractionally misaligned. Large black areas get a richer black mix instead. - **Readable sizes.** We avoid tiny type for phone numbers and emails, and avoid thin fonts reversed out of dark backgrounds, which can fill in on print. - **Fonts embedded.** The PDF includes the fonts, so the printer doesn't substitute something else. ## Paper and finishes worth knowing about The design should suit the stock. Common choices from UK printers include: - **Weight:** card is measured in gsm (grams per square metre). Heavier stocks feel more substantial in the hand. - **Coated or uncoated:** silk and gloss stocks give bright colour; uncoated has a natural feel and is easy to write on. - **Lamination:** matt or soft-touch lamination protects the card and changes how it feels. - **Spot UV, foil and embossing:** these need an extra artwork layer showing exactly where the effect goes. We set those up as separate layers or files. - **Rounded corners** and unusual shapes need a cutter guide from the printer. Printing isn't included in the design price. We can arrange print and quote it, or supply files for your own printer. ## What to put on a business card Less than most people think. A clear card usually has your logo, name, job title, one phone number, an email address and your website. Add a mobile if that's how customers reach you, and a QR code only if it leads somewhere useful, such as a booking page or contact card. A QR code needs to be big enough to scan comfortably and tested before printing. Use the back for one thing: your logo large, a short line about what you do, or a list of services. If you're a limited company, there is no legal requirement to put your registered details on a business card, but they are required on business letters and order forms. ## Common business card artwork mistakes we fix - **No bleed.** Artwork made at exactly 85 × 55 mm with colour to the edge. The printer either rejects it or adds white edges. - **RGB colours.** Files exported from Canva or Word in RGB shift when converted to CMYK, usually towards duller, darker tones. - **Low-resolution logo.** A logo copied from a website at 72 ppi looks soft in print. Print images need around 300 ppi at final size, and logos should be vector. - **Hairline borders.** A thin border close to the edge shows every millimetre of cutting variation, making the card look crooked. - **Too much on one side.** Five phone numbers, three addresses and every social icon make nothing readable. If you have existing artwork with these problems, we can correct it rather than starting from scratch. ## Cards for a whole team For businesses with several staff, we design one master layout and produce a version for each person, all checked for long names and job titles that don't fit. Need letterheads and compliment slips to match? See stationery design. Business cards or letterhead design starts **from £75 + VAT**; get in touch for a fixed price. ## What you get - Print-ready PDF (PDF/X-1a or PDF/X-4, as your printer prefers) with crop marks and 3 mm bleed - Front and back artwork in CMYK, with Pantone or special finish layers if needed - Separate artwork for each team member, or an editable master - Screen PNG preview for approval and sharing - Notes for the printer on stock and finish ## FAQs ### What size is a standard business card in the UK? The UK standard business card is 85 × 55 mm. For printing, dijitul builds the artwork at 91 × 61 mm, which adds 3 mm of bleed on each edge so there are no white slivers after cutting. US cards are 3.5 × 2 inches, so US templates don't fit UK layouts. ### How much does business card design cost? dijitul media designs business cards from £75 + VAT, with a fixed price agreed before starting. Versions for additional team members and special finish layers depend on the brief. Printing is quoted separately, or you can send the print-ready PDF to your own printer. ### What is bleed on a business card? Bleed is extra artwork beyond the cut line, usually 3 mm on each edge. Printers cut cards from larger sheets, and the cut can move slightly. Extending backgrounds into the bleed means the card still has colour right to the edge after trimming. ### What file format does a printer need for business cards? Most UK printers want a print-ready PDF in CMYK with 3 mm bleed, crop marks and fonts embedded, often to the PDF/X-1a or PDF/X-4 standard. dijitul supplies files in the format your printer asks for. ### Can you add spot UV or foil to my business cards? Yes. dijitul sets up a separate artwork layer showing exactly where the spot UV, foil or embossing should go, as printers need. These finishes add to the print cost, which can be quoted with the job. ### Do I need my company number on a business card? There is no specific legal requirement for limited companies to show registered details on a business card. They are required on business letters, order forms and websites. dijitul can add them to your cards if you prefer to include them. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Letterhead Design UK Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/letterhead-design/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul media designs A4 letterheads for UK businesses from £75 + VAT. We set out the details a limited company must show on business letters, such as its registered name, number, place of registration and registered office address, then supply print-ready PDF artwork and an editable Word template so letters typed in the office match. Price: From £75 + VAT ## Problems this solves - Your letterhead is a Word file with a stretched, pixelated logo at the top. - You're not sure what your company is legally required to print on letters. - The address block doesn't line up with your window envelopes. - Pre-printed letterheads jam or smudge in the office laser printer. - Page two of a letter looks completely different from page one. ## Key facts - Letterhead design starts from £75 + VAT, fixed-priced before we start. - UK letterheads are A4 (210 × 297 mm), and usually folded in thirds into a DL envelope. - UK limited companies must show their registered name, registered number, part of the UK registered in and registered office address on business letters. - If any directors' names appear, all of them must be listed (GOV.UK). - Supplied as a print-ready PDF and an editable Word template. - Matching compliment slips and continuation sheets can be added. ## What a UK limited company must show on its letterhead Letterheads aren't just design. For a UK limited company, the **Companies Act 2006** and the **Company, Limited Liability Partnership and Business (Names and Trading Disclosures) Regulations 2015** set out details that must appear on business letters and order forms, whether printed or electronic. According to GOV.UK's guidance *Running a limited company: signs, stationery and promotional material*, you must include: - the company's **registered name**, including 'Limited' or 'Ltd' - its **registered number** - the **part of the UK it is registered in**: England and Wales, Scotland or Northern Ireland - its **registered office address** Two optional items come with conditions. If you list any directors' names, GOV.UK says you must list all of them. If you mention share capital, you must say how much is paid up. Sole traders and partnerships trading under a business name have their own rules under the Companies Act 2006 about showing the owners' names and an address on business documents. VAT-registered businesses often add their VAT number too, although it is invoices, not letters, that legally need it. Check with your accountant if you're unsure; we lay out whatever details you give us so they are legible but don't dominate the page. ## Designing for A4, envelopes and office printers A UK letterhead is designed at **A4, 210 × 297 mm**. Practical details we build in: - **Envelope fit.** A4 folded in thirds fits a DL envelope (110 × 220 mm). If you use window envelopes, the recipient's address area is positioned so it shows through the window after folding. - **Printer-friendly margins.** Most office laser and inkjet printers can't print right to the edge, so the Word template keeps typed content inside safe margins. - **Pre-printed stock.** If you have letterheads printed and then run them through a laser printer, the printer and paper need to be compatible. We can supply notes for your print supplier. - **Footer for legal details.** Company details usually sit in a small footer, freeing the top for your logo. ## Print-ready PDF and Word template: why you need both Most businesses now type letters in Word and either print them in the office or send them as PDFs. A pre-printed letterhead and a Word template solve different problems: | Format | Use | | Print-ready PDF | Sent to a printer for a professional run, with true brand colours and edge-to-edge design | | Word template | Staff type letters directly; logo and footer are locked in a header so they don't get moved | | Digital PDF letterhead | Letters exported to PDF and emailed, looking exactly like the printed version | The Word template uses your brand font where it's installed, with a system fallback, such as Arial or Calibri, set out in your brand guidelines, so letters still look right on any computer. ## Continuation sheets and compliment slips Page two of a letter shouldn't repeat the full letterhead. A **continuation sheet** carries a small logo and the page number, keeping long letters tidy. A **compliment slip**, typically DL size (99 × 210 mm, one third of A4), is useful for sending documents with a short note. Both can be designed alongside your letterhead; see stationery design for the full set. ## Letterheads for sole traders, partnerships and LLPs The rules differ by business type, and your letterhead should match yours: - **Limited companies** show the registered name, number, part of the UK registered in and registered office address, as above. - **LLPs** are covered by the same 2015 Regulations and show equivalent details, with 'limited liability partnership' or 'LLP' in the name. - **Sole traders and partnerships** using a trading name, rather than just the owners' names, are generally required to show the owners' names and an address where documents can be served on business letters, invoices and receipts. We'll lay out whichever applies, but we're designers, not lawyers. Your accountant can confirm the exact wording for your business before you print in bulk. ## Getting a letterhead designed Send us your logo (or ask us for a logo first), your company details exactly as registered at Companies House, and how you send letters: printed, emailed or both. Letterhead design starts **from £75 + VAT**. Printing is not included but can be arranged and quoted. Get in touch for a fixed price. ## What you get - Print-ready PDF letterhead in CMYK with bleed if colour runs to the edge - Editable Word template (.dotx or .docx) with styles set for headings and body text - Continuation sheet design for second and later pages - PDF version for emailing letters digitally - Optional matching compliment slip at DL (99 × 210 mm) ## FAQs ### What must a limited company put on its letterhead? According to GOV.UK, a UK limited company's business letters must show its registered name, registered number, the part of the UK it is registered in (England and Wales, Scotland or Northern Ireland) and its registered office address. If any directors are named, all must be listed. dijitul lays these out clearly on every limited company letterhead. ### Do I need my VAT number on my letterhead? It isn't required on letters by law; VAT numbers must appear on VAT invoices. Many businesses add it to the letterhead footer anyway because it saves clients asking. dijitul can include it if you want it there. ### How much does letterhead design cost? dijitul media designs letterheads from £75 + VAT, including a print-ready PDF and an editable Word template. Continuation sheets and compliment slips can be added, and printing can be arranged and quoted separately. ### Can you make my letterhead into a Word template? Yes. dijitul supplies an editable Word template with the logo and company details fixed in the header and footer, and text styles set up, so staff can type letters that match your printed stationery without moving anything by accident. ### What size is a UK letterhead? UK letterheads are A4, 210 × 297 mm. Folded in thirds, an A4 letter fits a DL envelope. dijitul positions the address block so it lines up with standard window envelopes if you use them. ### Do emails also need company details? Business emails can count as business letters, so many UK limited companies add their registered name, number, place of registration and registered office address to their email signature. dijitul can design an email signature that includes these details. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Business Stationery Design UK Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/stationery-design/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul media designs matching business stationery for UK businesses, with business cards or letterhead from £75 + VAT. A typical set covers 85 × 55 mm business cards, A4 letterheads, DL compliment slips, envelopes and Word templates, all built from one layout so every printed and digital item looks like the same company. Printing can be arranged and quoted. Price: From £75 + VAT ## Problems this solves - Your cards, letterheads and invoices were designed at different times and don't match. - You've rebranded but the old stationery is still going out. - Staff keep making their own invoice and quote templates. - You order print from three suppliers and the colours never match. - You need everything in one go for a new business launch. ## Key facts - Business cards or letterhead design start from £75 + VAT; full sets are fixed-priced. - Items share one grid, typeface and colour set, so they match side by side. - Business cards at 85 × 55 mm, letterheads at A4, compliment slips at DL (99 × 210 mm). - Print artwork is supplied as CMYK PDF with 3 mm bleed where colour runs to the edge. - Word templates are included for anything staff type into. - Printing is not included in design prices but can be arranged and quoted. ## What counts as business stationery today Stationery used to mean a box of printed letterheads. Now it is a mix of printed items and digital templates that all have to look like the same business: - **Printed:** business cards, letterheads, compliment slips, envelopes, notecards, presentation folders, appointment cards, labels. - **Digital:** Word templates for letters, quotes and invoices, PDF letterheads for emailing, and an email signature. dijitul media designs the set as one system. You choose which items you need now; the rest can be added later using the same layout. ## Standard UK stationery sizes | Item | Common UK size | | Business card | 85 × 55 mm | | Letterhead | A4, 210 × 297 mm | | Compliment slip | DL, 99 × 210 mm (one third of A4) | | DL envelope | 110 × 220 mm, takes A4 folded in thirds | | C5 envelope | 162 × 229 mm, takes A4 folded once or A5 flat | | C4 envelope | 229 × 324 mm, takes A4 unfolded | | Notecard | A6, 105 × 148 mm, or folded A5 | Printed artwork that runs to the edge gets 3 mm bleed on every side and a safe zone for text. Envelope printing has its own limits, as many envelopes are overprinted after manufacture, so we check the printable area with the printer before designing. ## How we keep a stationery set consistent Consistency comes from decisions made once and reused: - **One grid.** Logo position, margins and footer placement are proportionally the same across items. - **One colour specification.** Each brand colour has a fixed CMYK value for print and a Pantone reference where spot colour is used, taken from your brand guidelines. - **One type hierarchy.** Names, titles and contact details use the same font sizes and weights on every item. - **One source of company details.** Your registered name, number and address are typed once and copied, so there are no differences between the card and the letter. If all items are printed together on the same stock, colours match far better than when they're ordered from different suppliers at different times. We can arrange print and quote the full set. ## Templates staff actually use Printed stationery is only half the job. Most documents now leave the office as PDFs typed in Word or exported from accounts software. We create Word templates with the logo and footer locked into the header, defined text styles and safe margins. For invoices from software such as Xero or QuickBooks, we can supply a logo file sized for their invoice templates. A good template also sets the paper size to A4 rather than US Letter, which Word sometimes defaults to, so PDFs print correctly in the UK without shrinking or cropping. Template work is quoted or charged at £45 an hour + VAT. ## Printed or digital: what's still worth printing Many small businesses now print far less than they used to. Business cards are still widely used at meetings, events and on trade counters. Printed letterheads matter less if most letters are emailed as PDFs, in which case a well-made Word template and a digital PDF letterhead may be all you need, with a small print run for formal documents. Compliment slips remain useful if you post samples, brochures or documents. Printed envelopes are worth it for regular mailings and invoices sent by post. We'll help you decide what's worth printing and in what quantity, so you're not left with boxes of stationery carrying an old phone number. Printing can be arranged and quoted alongside the design. ## Starting a stationery set Send your logo and brand colours, or start with a brand identity pack from £395 + VAT if you don't have them yet. Tell us which items you need and how many people need business cards. Business cards or letterhead design starts **from £75 + VAT**, and you get a fixed price for the whole set before we start. Get in touch. ## What you get - Business card artwork at 85 × 55 mm with 3 mm bleed - A4 letterhead and continuation sheet, print-ready PDF and Word template - DL compliment slip artwork - Envelope artwork, such as a printed DL or C5 envelope - Branded Word templates for invoices, quotes or reports where needed - Matching email signature on request ## FAQs ### What is included in a business stationery set? A typical set from dijitul media includes business cards, an A4 letterhead with continuation sheet, a DL compliment slip and a Word letter template. Envelopes, notecards, invoice templates and an email signature can be added. You choose the items and get a fixed price for the set. ### How much does stationery design cost? dijitul designs business cards or letterhead from £75 + VAT each. A matching set of several items is quoted as a single fixed price based on what you need. Printing is not included but can be arranged and quoted separately. ### What size is a compliment slip? The most common UK compliment slip is DL, 99 × 210 mm, which is one third of an A4 sheet and fits a DL envelope without folding. dijitul designs compliment slips to match your letterhead layout. ### Can you arrange printing of our stationery? Yes. dijitul can arrange printing and quote it with the design, which helps colours match because items can be printed together. Or you can take the print-ready PDFs to your own printer. ### Do you design stationery for new businesses? Yes. For a new business, dijitul usually starts with a logo or brand identity pack, then designs business cards, letterheads and an email signature from the same brand, so everything matches from day one. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Email Signature Design UK Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/email-signature-design/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul media designs HTML email signatures for UK businesses that display properly in Outlook, Gmail and Apple Mail. They're built with simple tables, inline styles and PNG images rather than SVG, kept under Gmail's 10,000 character limit, and include the company details a limited company should show. Design time is £45 an hour + VAT, with a fixed quote first. Price: £45 an hour + VAT ## Problems this solves - Your signature looks fine in Gmail but falls apart in Outlook. - Your logo arrives as an attachment called image001.png on every email. - Recipients see a grey box with a red cross instead of your logo. - Every member of staff has a different signature, font and phone format. - Gmail says your signature is too long. - You're not sure what company details your emails legally need. ## Key facts - Email signature design is charged at £45 an hour + VAT, with a fixed quote before we start. - Gmail allows up to 10,000 characters in a signature, and images count towards it (Gmail Help). - Classic Outlook for Windows renders HTML email with Microsoft Word's engine, so modern CSS often breaks (Campaign Monitor). - Signatures use table layout, inline styles and web-safe fonts so they survive every client. - Logos are PNG, not SVG, and sized for sharp display on high-resolution screens. - Limited company signatures can include registered name, number, place of registration and office address. - Versions are supplied for each staff member, with installation notes. ## Why email signatures break An email signature is a small piece of HTML that has to survive dozens of email programs, each with its own rules. Website code doesn't transfer well, for three main reasons: - **Classic Outlook for Windows uses Microsoft Word to render HTML email**, as documented in Campaign Monitor's email CSS support guide. Word ignores or mangles many CSS features web developers take for granted, such as flexbox, background images, some margins and rounded corners. - **SVG images aren't supported in classic Outlook for Windows** and aren't reliable elsewhere in email, so a crisp SVG logo from your website may simply not show. - **Gmail has a size limit.** Google's Gmail Help states signatures can be up to 10,000 characters, and images count towards that limit. Bloated code from a signature generator or a pasted Word document can hit it quickly. dijitul media builds signatures to the lowest common denominator on purpose: it is the only way to get the same result in every inbox. ## How we build a signature that works everywhere - **Table layout.** HTML tables, not modern CSS layout, because Word-based Outlook understands them. - **Inline styles.** Styling is written on each element rather than in a stylesheet, which some clients strip out. - **Web-safe fonts.** Arial, Helvetica, Georgia or Verdana for the text, with your brand font used only inside the logo image. Your brand guidelines should name this fallback. - **PNG images at double size.** The logo is saved at twice its display size and scaled down with width and height attributes, so it is sharp on high-resolution screens without being huge. - **Hosted images.** Images are linked from a web server rather than embedded, which stops them appearing as attachments. Some recipients block images by default, so the signature still reads properly as text. - **Real text for contact details.** Phone numbers and emails are text, not part of an image, so they can be tapped on a phone and read when images are off. ## What a UK company should include Business emails can count as business letters under UK company law. GOV.UK's guidance on company stationery says a limited company's business letters, order forms and websites must show its registered name, registered number, the part of the UK it is registered in and its registered office address. Many limited companies add these to the email signature footer in small text, which also covers emails that act as order confirmations. A typical, uncluttered signature has: name, job title, company logo, one or two phone numbers, website, and the company details line. Social icons, a booking link or a seasonal banner are optional, and every extra image adds weight and another thing that can fail to load. Our letterhead design page has more on company disclosures. ## Rolling it out to the whole team For a team, we design one layout and supply a version for each person, or a template with fields to fill in. We include short instructions for adding the signature in classic and new Outlook, Outlook on the web, Gmail and Apple Mail, plus a short version for phones. If your business uses Microsoft 365 or Google Workspace and you want signatures applied centrally by an IT provider, we can supply the HTML in the format they need. For help managing Microsoft 365 itself, our sister company dijitul support provides IT support. ## Accessibility and dark mode Two checks most signature generators skip: - **Alt text.** Every image gets a short text description, such as your company name for the logo. If images are blocked or a recipient uses a screen reader, they still know who the email is from. - **Dark mode.** Many email apps invert or darken colours in dark mode. A black logo on a transparent PNG can disappear against a dark background. We test the logo on dark and light backgrounds and, where needed, add a subtle outline or use a version that works on both. We also keep text at a readable size and colour contrast, avoid putting important details only inside images, and make phone numbers and emails tappable links on mobile. ## Part of your wider stationery Your email signature is probably the most-seen piece of branding you have, appearing on every message your team sends. It should match your business cards and letterheads. We often design it alongside a stationery set. Design time is **£45 an hour + VAT**, and you get a fixed quote first. Get in touch. ## What you get - HTML email signature built with tables and inline CSS - Logo and icon images as optimised PNG, hosted or ready to upload - A version for each staff member, or a template with editable fields - Plain-text fallback version - Installation notes for Outlook, Gmail and Apple Mail - Short mobile signature for phones ## FAQs ### Why does my email signature look wrong in Outlook? Classic Outlook for Windows renders HTML email using Microsoft Word's engine, which doesn't support much modern CSS or SVG images. Signatures built like web pages often break in it. dijitul builds signatures with tables, inline styles and PNG images so they display consistently in Outlook, Gmail and Apple Mail. ### What is the Gmail signature character limit? According to Google's Gmail Help, a Gmail signature can be up to 10,000 characters, and images count towards that limit. dijitul keeps signature code lean and hosts images online so signatures stay well inside it. ### Why does my logo show as an attachment? This usually happens when the image is embedded in the email rather than linked from a web server. Linking a hosted PNG avoids the attachment icon in most email programs. dijitul supplies optimised PNG images ready to upload to your website or email platform, with the signature code pointing to them. ### Does my email signature need company details? For a UK limited company, emails can count as business letters, which GOV.UK says must show the registered name, registered number, part of the UK registered in and registered office address. Many companies include these in their signature footer, and dijitul adds them as standard for limited company clients. ### How much does an email signature cost? dijitul media charges email signature design at £45 an hour + VAT, with a fixed quote agreed before work starts. Versions for each team member and installation notes are included in that quote. ### Can I use my brand font in my email signature? Only inside images. Recipients won't have your brand font installed, so text falls back to a default. dijitul uses a web-safe font such as Arial or Georgia for the text and keeps your brand font in the logo image. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Brand Naming & Tone of Voice Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/brand-naming-and-tone-of-voice/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul media helps UK businesses choose a name and define how they write. Naming gives you a shortlist checked against the UK trade marks register, Companies House and domains. Tone of voice gives you writing principles, examples and a word list. Both are quoted as a fixed price, with time at £45 an hour + VAT. ## Problems this solves - Every name you like is already taken by a company or a website. - You've found a name but don't know if someone else could stop you using it. - Your name is hard to spell, so customers can't find you online. - Your website sounds formal, your social media sounds chatty and your emails sound like neither. - Different staff write about the business in completely different ways. ## Key facts - Naming and tone of voice work is quoted as a fixed price; design and writing time is £45 an hour + VAT. - Shortlisted names are checked against the UK IPO trade marks register, Companies House and domain availability. - Registering a company name at Companies House does not give you trade mark rights. - UK trade mark applications cost at least £205 online from 1 April 2026, with £60 per additional class (GOV.UK and CITMA). - GOV.UK says registration usually takes around 3 to 4 months and lasts 10 years before renewal. - Using the ® symbol on a mark that isn't registered is an offence under the Trade Marks Act 1994. - Tone of voice guidelines include principles, before-and-after examples and a word list. ## What makes a good business name A good name is easy to say, easy to spell after hearing it once, says something about you or makes people curious, and can be protected. That last point is where most DIY names fail. Names fall roughly into types: **descriptive** (says what you do, easy to understand, hard to protect), **suggestive** (hints at a benefit or feeling), **invented** (a new word, easiest to protect, needs more explaining) and **founder or place names**. The more descriptive a name is, the harder it usually is to register as a trade mark, because the law doesn't let one business own ordinary words other traders need to describe their goods or services. dijitul media works from a short brief: what you do, who buys from you, the competitors you want to stand apart from, and any words you love or hate. We produce a longlist, filter it, and present a shortlist with the reasoning behind each name. ## UK trade mark basics for a new name In the UK, trade marks are registered with the **Intellectual Property Office (IPO)**. Things every business owner should know before settling on a name: - **Companies House is not trade mark protection.** Registering a company name stops another company registering an identical name, but it doesn't stop someone trading under a similar name, and it doesn't protect you from an existing trade mark owner. - **Marks are registered in classes.** Goods and services are grouped into 45 classes. Your mark is protected for the classes you register. - **Fees.** GOV.UK says registering a trade mark costs at least £205. CITMA reports that from 1 April 2026 the online fee rose from £170 to £205, and each additional class from £50 to £60. - **Timescale.** GOV.UK says it usually takes around 3 to 4 months from application to registration, and a mark lasts 10 years before it must be renewed. - **™ and ®.** You can use ™ on any mark you claim. Using ® on a mark that isn't registered is a criminal offence under the Trade Marks Act 1994. We run preliminary searches of the IPO register on shortlisted names, but we're designers, not trade mark attorneys. For a name you're investing heavily in, we recommend advice from a chartered trade mark attorney before you file. ## Domains, social handles and Companies House For each shortlisted name, we check whether the .co.uk and .com domains look available or are in use, whether the main social media handles are free, and whether Companies House already lists a company with the same or a very similar name. Companies House also restricts some 'sensitive' words in company names, such as words implying a public body or regulated profession, which can rule a name out. We note any issues against each option so you choose with the facts in front of you. ## Tone of voice: how your brand sounds Your visual identity controls how you look; tone of voice controls how you sound. It matters wherever words appear: website, emails, quotes, social posts, packaging, even voicemail. A tone of voice guide from dijitul includes: - **Three or four principles**, each with a short explanation, for example 'plain, not technical' or 'confident, not pushy'. - **We are / we are not** pairs that stop principles being stretched too far. - **Before-and-after examples** rewriting your real copy in the new voice. - **A word list**: preferred terms, words to avoid, and house style for things like dates, numbers and capitalisation. It can stand alone or become a section of your brand guidelines. ## From name to logo Once the name is chosen, it goes straight into logo design from £150 + VAT, or a full brand identity pack from £395 + VAT. Designing the logo after the name has been checked avoids paying for artwork you can't use. If you're renaming an existing business, see rebranding for how to plan the changeover. Naming and tone of voice work is quoted; get in touch with your brief. ## What you get - Naming brief and longlist of candidate names - Shortlist with notes on meaning, spelling and pronunciation - Preliminary checks against the UK trade marks register, Companies House and domains - Tagline options where useful - Tone of voice guidelines: principles, examples, words to use and avoid - Rewritten sample copy, such as an About paragraph and a social post ## FAQs ### Does registering a company name protect it as a trade mark? No. Registering a company at Companies House prevents another company registering an identical name, but it gives no trade mark rights. To protect a name for your goods or services in the UK, you apply to the Intellectual Property Office. dijitul checks shortlisted names against both registers. ### How much does a UK trade mark cost? GOV.UK says registering a UK trade mark costs at least £205. According to CITMA, from 1 April 2026 the online fee for one class is £205, and each additional class costs £60. These are IPO fees, separate from dijitul's naming work, which is quoted. ### How long does a UK trade mark take to register? GOV.UK says it usually takes around 3 to 4 months from application for a UK trade mark to be granted, if nobody opposes it. A registered mark lasts 10 years and can be renewed every 10 years. ### Can you guarantee a name is safe to use? No designer can. dijitul runs preliminary checks against the UK trade marks register, Companies House and domains, which rules out obvious conflicts. For a name you are investing heavily in, a chartered trade mark attorney can give formal clearance advice. ### What is a tone of voice guide? A short document setting out how your business writes: a few principles, examples of the voice in use, and a list of words to use and avoid. dijitul writes tone of voice guides so websites, emails and social posts sound like one business, whoever writes them. ### How much does business naming cost? dijitul media quotes naming projects as a fixed price based on the brief, with time charged at £45 an hour + VAT. Trade mark application fees payable to the IPO are separate. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Print Design UK Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/print-design/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul designs print for UK businesses from Mansfield: flyers and leaflets from £95 + VAT, brochures from £295 + VAT, and posters, signage, menus, packaging, labels and books quoted or at £45 an hour + VAT. Every job ends as a print-ready PDF/X-1a file in CMYK at 300 dpi with 3 mm bleed, ready for any printer. Price: From £95 + VAT ## Problems this solves - Your printer keeps rejecting files for missing bleed or low-resolution images - Brand colours print dull or muddy because the artwork was set up in RGB - Text near the edge got trimmed off the last batch of leaflets - Every piece of print you own looks like it came from a different company - You need a brochure, a banner and a menu, and no one is joining them up - You were sent a quote for 'artwork' and have no idea what you are paying for ## Key facts - Flyers and leaflets from £95 + VAT; brochures from £295 + VAT; other print quoted or £45 an hour + VAT - Print-ready files supplied as PDF/X-1a in CMYK, images at 300 dpi at final size - 3 mm bleed on every edge and text kept inside a safe zone, usually 3 to 5 mm in from the trim - Spot colours (Pantone) set up properly when your brand or the job needs them - Printing is not included in design prices, but we can arrange it and quote it separately - Editable source files (InDesign or Illustrator) available so future changes are easy - Work done remotely from Mansfield for clients anywhere in the UK ## What print design covers Print design is any artwork that ends up on paper, card, vinyl, fabric or packaging. At dijitul media that means brochures, flyers and leaflets, posters, banners and signage, exhibition stands, menus, packaging, labels, catalogues, annual reports, books and magazines, vehicle livery and branded clothing and merchandise. Each one has its own rules. A leaflet needs fold allowances, a roller banner needs a hidden area for the base, a food label has legal text sizes, and a book needs an ISBN barcode and a spine that matches the page count. Getting those details right is most of the job. The rest is making it look like it belongs to your brand. ## The technical checklist behind a print-ready file A file that looks fine on screen can still fail at the printer. These are the checks we run on every job before it leaves us: - **Colour:** artwork built in CMYK, not RGB, because presses print with cyan, magenta, yellow and black inks. Spot colours from the Pantone range are used only where the job is printed with them. - **Resolution:** photos at 300 dpi at the size they will print. A 72 dpi web image enlarged to A4 will look soft or blocky. - **Bleed:** any colour or image that touches the edge extends 3 mm past the trim line, so there is no white sliver if the guillotine moves slightly. - **Safe zone:** text and logos sit at least 3 to 5 mm inside the trim, more on folded or bound items. - **Black:** small text in 100% black only, so it stays sharp; large black areas in a rich black mix within the printer's total ink limit. - **Fonts:** embedded or outlined, so nothing substitutes on the press. - **Format:** exported as PDF/X-1a, the ISO 15930 standard for CMYK and spot colour print exchange, which flattens transparency and embeds every font. ## Paper, finishes and folds in plain English Paper weight is measured in gsm (grams per square metre). As a rough guide, 130 to 170 gsm suits flyers and brochure inner pages, 250 to 350 gsm suits covers and postcards, and 400 gsm and up feels like a business card. Finish changes how it reads: **silk** is smooth with a low sheen and is the safe default, **gloss** makes photos punchy, and **uncoated** feels natural and is easy to write on. Special finishes add cost but can lift a piece: **matt or soft-touch lamination** on covers, **spot UV** (a raised gloss varnish on chosen areas) and **foil** blocking in gold, silver or a colour. Each needs its own separate artwork layer, which we build for you. Folds have names too. An A4 sheet folded twice to DL (99 × 210 mm) can be a **roll fold** or a **z-fold**; a **gatefold** opens like doors. On a roll fold the panel that tucks inside must be 2 to 3 mm narrower or it buckles, which is a common mistake in DIY templates. ## Prices and how quotes work Our fixed starting points are flyers or leaflets from £95 + VAT and brochures from £295 + VAT. Business cards or letterhead start from £75 + VAT. Posters, signage, packaging, labels, menus, catalogues, books, livery and stands are quoted as a fixed price after we see the brief, or charged at £45 an hour + VAT for smaller edits. You always get the fixed price before we start. Full details are on the pricing page. Printing is separate. If you already have a printer, we send them the file. If you don't, our print management service gets quotes, checks proofs and arranges delivery. ## Keeping your print consistent The quickest way to look bigger than you are is for every printed item to match: same fonts, same colour values, same photo style, same logo spacing. If you have brand guidelines, we follow them to the letter. If you don't, we write down the CMYK, Pantone and RGB values we use on your first job so the next piece matches. If your logo only exists as a low-resolution JPG, we can redraw it as a vector file as part of a logo redesign, so it prints sharp at any size. Ready to start? Ask for a quote with your sizes and quantities. ## What you get - Print-ready PDF/X-1a with 3 mm bleed and crop marks if your printer wants them - Low-resolution PDF proof for checking and sharing by email - Editable InDesign or Illustrator source files on request - Web versions (PNG or JPG in RGB) for your website and social posts - A short spec sheet: size, stock, finish, fold and quantity to give your printer - Packaged fonts and linked images list so another designer can pick it up later ## FAQs ### What file format should I send to a printer? Most UK printers want a PDF/X-1a file in CMYK with 3 mm bleed, fonts embedded and images at 300 dpi. dijitul supplies that as standard on every print job, plus a separate low-resolution proof for checking. If your printer asks for a different PDF/X version or crop marks, we export to their spec. ### Why do my colours look different in print than on screen? Screens mix light in RGB and can show brighter colours than ink on paper. Printers use CMYK, so very bright blues, greens and oranges dull down. dijitul sets artwork up in CMYK from the start and can specify a Pantone spot colour where a brand colour has to match exactly. ### Does the design price include printing? No. dijitul design prices cover the artwork and print-ready files. Printing is quoted separately, either by your own printer or through our print management service, where we get quotes, check proofs and arrange delivery for you. ### What is bleed and why does it matter? Bleed is extra artwork, usually 3 mm, that runs past the edge of the finished size. Guillotines are accurate but not perfect, so without bleed you can get thin white lines along the edges. dijitul adds bleed to every job and keeps text inside a safe zone away from the trim. ### Can you work from my printer's template? Yes. Send us the template (often a PDF or InDesign file with bleed and fold lines marked) and dijitul builds the artwork on it. That is the safest route for unusual sizes, folders, packaging and roller banners, because each printer's hardware and tolerances differ slightly. ### Do I own the files once the job is finished? Yes. Once paid, you receive the print-ready PDF and web versions, and editable source files on request. You can take them to any printer. Fonts are licensed separately by their makers, so we tell you which fonts are used and where they come from. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Brochure Design UK Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/brochure-design/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul designs brochures for UK businesses from £295 + VAT, from a simple 8-page A4 saddle-stitched brochure to longer perfect-bound documents. You get a print-ready PDF/X-1a in CMYK with 3 mm bleed, plus a smaller PDF for email. Larger page counts are quoted as a fixed price before we start. Price: From £295 + VAT ## Problems this solves - Your current brochure is out of date and nobody can edit the file - Sales staff email a 40 MB PDF that bounces - You have lots of copy and no idea how to fit it into 12 pages - The page count does not divide by 4 and the printer wants you to fix it - Photos look grainy in the printed version - The brochure looks nothing like your website ## Key facts - Brochures from £295 + VAT; longer documents quoted as a fixed price - Saddle-stitched brochures run in multiples of 4 pages (8, 12, 16, 20 and so on) - Common sizes: A4 (210 × 297 mm), A5 (148 × 210 mm) and 210 mm square - Perfect binding suits thicker documents and needs a spine width worked out from page count and paper - Typical stock: 250 to 350 gsm cover, 130 to 170 gsm inner pages - Supplied as print-ready PDF/X-1a plus a compressed PDF for email and your website ## Brochures that sell, not just inform A brochure is often the thing a customer keeps on the desk while they decide. It needs to answer their questions in the order they ask them: what do you do, is it right for me, can I trust you, how much, and how do I get in touch. dijitul plans the page flow before designing anything, so each spread has one job. Product brochures, service guides, sales packs, prospectuses, property brochures and price lists all follow the same principle. We work from your copy and photos, or we flag where words or images are missing. If you need photos taken, our commercial photography and product photography are priced separately. ## Page counts, binding and sizes Most brochures are **saddle-stitched**: folded sheets stapled through the spine. Because each sheet makes four pages, the total page count must be a multiple of 4, including the covers. An 8-page brochure is two sheets; a 12-page is three. Saddle stitching works well up to roughly 48 to 64 pages depending on paper thickness. Beyond that the stack gets too thick to fold neatly. Longer documents are usually **perfect bound**, like a paperback, with a glued square spine. The spine width depends on page count and the paper's thickness (its caliper), so we get that figure from your printer before finishing the cover. Perfect binding also eats a few millimetres of the inner margin, so we keep text further from the gutter. On thicker saddle-stitched jobs the middle pages push outwards when folded, called **creep**. Good printers compensate in imposition, and we leave enough margin that nothing important gets trimmed. | Size | Trim (mm) | Good for | | A4 portrait | 210 × 297 | Product and service brochures | | A5 portrait | 148 × 210 | Price lists, guides, handouts | | A4 landscape | 297 × 210 | Photo-led and property brochures | | 210 mm square | 210 × 210 | Lookbooks and premium ranges | ## Paper and finish choices A common setup is a 300 gsm silk cover with matt lamination and 150 gsm silk inner pages. It feels solid without being expensive to post. Uncoated stock suits a natural or eco brand and takes a pen if people need to fill something in. A spot UV logo or foil title on the cover adds a premium touch; each needs a separate artwork layer, which we supply. Heavier paper adds postage cost, so if you mail brochures in bulk, check weights against Royal Mail price bands before choosing. ## Print and digital from one design The print file and the email PDF are not the same file. The print version is large, in CMYK, with bleed and full-resolution images. The digital version is in RGB, compressed and has working links to your website, phone number and email. We supply both. If the brochure will also sit on your website as a page rather than a download, our sister agency builds sites at dijitul.uk. ## How a brochure project runs It starts with a short brief: who the brochure is for, where it will be used, the size and page count you have in mind, and any brochures you like the look of. We then send a page plan, a simple list of what goes on each spread, so you can see whether the content fits before any design time is spent. Next comes a design for the cover and one inner spread to set the style, then the full layout. You check a PDF proof, mark changes, and we finalise and export the print and digital files. If your printer has a template or a preferred PDF setting, we use it. ## What it costs Brochure design starts from £295 + VAT. The final fixed price depends on page count, how much copy needs laying out, and whether you need tables, charts or diagrams. Edits after sign-off are £45 an hour + VAT. Printing is quoted separately, and we can arrange it through our print management service. For long product ranges with prices and codes, see catalogue design. Send us your page count and size for a fixed quote. ## What you get - Print-ready PDF/X-1a with 3 mm bleed, as single pages or printer's spreads - Compressed PDF for email, with clickable links if you want them - Editable InDesign package (fonts list and linked images) on request - Cover and key spreads as images for social posts and your website - Printer spec: size, page count, binding, stock and finish ## FAQs ### How much does brochure design cost in the UK? dijitul designs brochures from £295 + VAT. The fixed price depends on page count, the amount of copy and any charts or tables. You get the quote before we start, and printing is priced separately if you want us to arrange it. ### Why does my brochure page count have to be a multiple of 4? Saddle-stitched brochures are made from sheets folded in half, and each sheet gives four pages. So 8, 12, 16 and 20 pages work, but 10 or 14 do not without a blank or an insert. dijitul helps you plan content to fit the right count. ### Should my brochure be saddle-stitched or perfect bound? Saddle stitching (staples) is cheaper and suits up to roughly 48 to 64 pages, depending on paper. Perfect binding gives a square spine you can print on and suits thicker documents. dijitul will recommend one based on your page count and budget, and get the spine width from your printer. ### Can I get an interactive PDF version too? Yes. dijitul supplies a compressed RGB PDF alongside the print file, with clickable links to your website, email and phone number. It is small enough to email and works on phones. ### Do you write the brochure copy? dijitul works mainly from copy you supply, and we will shorten, structure and add headings so it fits the layout. If you need copy written from scratch, tell us in the brief and we will quote for it as design time at £45 an hour + VAT. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Flyer and Leaflet Design UK Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/flyer-and-leaflet-design/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul designs flyers and leaflets for UK businesses from £95 + VAT. That covers flat A6, A5 and DL flyers and folded leaflets such as A4 to DL roll folds, z-folds and gatefolds. You get a print-ready PDF/X-1a in CMYK with 3 mm bleed, plus a web version for email and social. Price: From £95 + VAT ## Problems this solves - Your leaflet drop got almost no calls - Too much text, so nobody reads any of it - The folded leaflet bulges because all panels are the same width - Your offer is buried halfway down the back page - The printer says your logo is low resolution - You need a version for Facebook as well as the printed one ## Key facts - Flyers and leaflets from £95 + VAT, fixed price before we start - Common sizes: A6 (105 × 148 mm), A5 (148 × 210 mm), DL (99 × 210 mm) - Folded options: A4 to A5 half fold, A4 to DL roll fold or z-fold, gatefold - Roll-fold inner panels made 2 to 3 mm narrower so the leaflet closes flat - Typical stock 130 to 170 gsm silk for door drops, 250 to 350 gsm for handouts that need to feel solid - Supplied as PDF/X-1a with 3 mm bleed, plus RGB versions for social and email ## What makes a flyer work People decide quickly whether a flyer goes on the fridge or in the recycling. In that moment they need to see three things: what it is, why it matters to them, and what to do next. dijitul builds every flyer around one main message, one offer and one clear call to action, with your phone number or web address large enough to read at arm's length. We use your brand colours and fonts so the flyer matches your van, your shopfront and your website. If you don't have a proper logo file yet, logo design starts from £150 + VAT. ## Sizes and folds compared | Format | Flat size (mm) | Folded size (mm) | Typical use | | A6 flyer | 105 × 148 | n/a | Handouts, counter cards, vouchers | | A5 flyer | 148 × 210 | n/a | Door drops, events, menus | | DL flyer | 99 × 210 | n/a | Fits a standard envelope and a rack | | A4 half fold | 210 × 297 | 148 × 210 | Four-page leaflet | | A4 roll fold or z-fold | 297 × 210 | 99 × 210 | Six-panel leaflet, price lists | | A4 gatefold | 297 × 210 | 148 × 210 approx. | A reveal when opened | A **roll fold** wraps panels inside each other, so the panel that tucks in must be 2 to 3 mm narrower than the others. A **z-fold** zig-zags, so all panels can be equal. A **gatefold** has two outer flaps that meet in the middle and are each half the width of the centre panel. We get the exact panel sizes from your printer's template so the folds land in the right place. ## Getting the print details right Every flyer is set up in CMYK with 3 mm bleed on all edges and text kept at least 4 mm inside the trim. On folded leaflets we also keep text clear of the fold lines, because a crease straight through a phone number is easy to miss on screen. Photos are checked at 300 dpi at their printed size. Small text is set in 100% black so it prints crisp. Paper matters for cost as much as feel. For a door drop of 5,000 leaflets, 130 to 150 gsm silk is the usual choice. For a flyer handed out at an event or left on a counter, 350 gsm card feels more substantial and survives a pocket. Uncoated stock suits anything people need to write on, such as a booking form or loyalty card. QR codes are worth adding if they lead somewhere useful, such as a booking page or an offer page that matches the flyer. We print them in solid black on a light background, keep a clear quiet margin around them, and avoid making them tiny: roughly 2 cm square is a sensible minimum for a code scanned from a hand-held flyer. If you run several drops, a different web address or code per area tells you which one worked. ## Leaflet copy that gets a response - Lead with the reader's problem, not your company name. - Keep the main headline under ten words. - Use a single offer with a clear end date if it is time-limited. - Put the phone number on both sides. - Add a web address or QR code that goes to a matching page, not your home page. - Use three short benefit points rather than a paragraph. If you are not sure what to say, we will suggest a structure and edit your copy to fit. For anything larger, see brochure design. ## Price, printing and next steps Flyer and leaflet design starts from £95 + VAT for a single design. Folded leaflets, extra versions (for example the same leaflet for three different areas) and later edits are quoted up front or charged at £45 an hour + VAT. Printing is not included, but we can send the file to your printer or arrange print through print management. Restaurants needing takeaway menus should see menu design. Request a quote with your size, fold and quantity. ## What you get - Print-ready PDF/X-1a with 3 mm bleed, single or double-sided - Folded leaflets built on correct panel widths with fold marks - RGB PNG or JPG versions sized for social posts and email - Editable source file on request - Printer spec note: size, stock, finish, fold and quantity ## FAQs ### How much does flyer design cost in the UK? dijitul designs flyers and leaflets from £95 + VAT. Folded leaflets, multiple versions and extra sides are quoted as a fixed price before we start. Printing is separate, and we can arrange it if you don't have a printer. ### What size flyer should I use for a door drop? A5 (148 × 210 mm) and DL (99 × 210 mm) are the most common door-drop sizes in the UK. A5 gives more room for photos and an offer; DL is cheaper to print and fits standard envelopes and display racks. dijitul can design both from one brief. ### What is the difference between a roll fold and a z-fold? Both turn an A4 sheet into a six-panel DL leaflet. A roll fold wraps panels inside each other, so one panel must be slightly narrower. A z-fold zig-zags like a concertina, so panels are equal. dijitul builds the artwork on the correct panel widths for whichever fold you choose. ### What paper weight should my flyers be? For door drops, 130 to 170 gsm silk is common and keeps print and distribution costs down. For flyers handed out or left on counters, 250 to 350 gsm card feels sturdier. dijitul notes the recommended stock on the spec we send with your print file. ### Can I use the flyer design on social media? Yes. Alongside the print PDF, dijitul supplies RGB image versions sized for social posts and email. If you want a full set of matching posts, see our social media graphics service, from £99 + VAT. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Poster Design UK Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/poster-design/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul designs posters for UK businesses, venues and events, from A3 window posters to A0 and 6-sheet outdoor sizes. Posters are quoted as a fixed price after we see the brief, or charged at £45 an hour + VAT for smaller jobs. You get a print-ready CMYK PDF with bleed at the right resolution for the size. ## Problems this solves - Your event poster has every detail on it and nobody can read any of it - The photo looked fine on screen but went blurry at A1 - Posters in your window fade and look tired within weeks - You need the same design at A4, A3 and a social post - The media owner rejected your file for the wrong size or margins ## Key facts - Quoted as a fixed price, or £45 an hour + VAT for small jobs and edits - A-series sizes: A3 (297 × 420 mm), A2 (420 × 594 mm), A1 (594 × 841 mm), A0 (841 × 1189 mm) - Outdoor sizes such as 6-sheet (1200 × 1800 mm) built to the media owner's template - Images at 300 dpi for A3 and A2; larger sizes often fine at 150 dpi at full size, checked with your printer - Designed to be read from a distance: one headline, one image, one action - Supplied as print-ready PDF in CMYK with 3 mm bleed, plus a social version ## Posters are read from a distance A poster has to work from across a room or a street. That changes the design rules compared with a flyer, which is held in the hand. dijitul designs posters with one headline big enough to read from several metres away, one strong image, and the essential details only: what, when, where and how to book. Everything else goes on the website or a QR code. We test layouts by viewing them small on screen, roughly how they will look from a distance. If the main message still reads at thumbnail size, it will work on the wall. ## Sizes, resolution and file setup | Size | Trim (mm) | Typical use | | A3 | 297 × 420 | Window and noticeboard posters | | A2 | 420 × 594 | Shop windows, events, receptions | | A1 | 594 × 841 | Poster frames, A-boards | | A0 | 841 × 1189 | Large display posters, academic posters | | 6-sheet | 1200 × 1800 | Bus shelters and street panels | For A3 and A2 we work at 300 dpi at final size. As posters get larger, most large-format printers accept 150 dpi at full size because the viewing distance hides fine detail, but we check with your printer rather than guess. Logos, text and shapes are vector, so they stay sharp at any size. Outdoor formats such as 6-sheet and 48-sheet billboards come with the media owner's own template, visible area and file rules, and we build to that exactly. Bleed is 3 mm on standard sizes. Some large-format printers ask for more, such as 5 or 10 mm, and frames like snap frames cover part of the edge, so we keep text well inside. ## Paper and print choices For indoor posters, 170 gsm silk or gloss is common for short runs, and a heavier 250 gsm stock holds flat in frames. Window posters facing the sun benefit from UV-resistant inks or a laminate, which slows fading. Outdoor posters on hoardings are usually printed on blueback paper, which stops the old poster showing through. For something that needs to last, such as a permanent sign in reception, consider a rigid board instead: see banner and signage design. ## Event and campaign poster sets Most posters are part of something bigger: an event, a sale, a launch or a recruitment drive. We design the master poster first, then adapt it to the other pieces you need, such as an A5 flyer, a social post, an email header and a roller banner. Each version is laid out for its own shape rather than just shrunk, so the headline stays readable. For full event packs, see design for events. Academic and conference posters (often A0 or A1 portrait) need a different approach: clear sections, readable charts and references, built to the conference's stated size. We can lay those out from your content too, and charts can be redrawn cleanly by our infographic design service. ## Common poster problems we fix - **Too much information:** we cut it back to the headline, date, place and one way to book, and move the rest online. - **Low-contrast text:** white text over a busy photo disappears. We add a solid panel or choose a calmer part of the image. - **Blurry images:** photos taken from websites are usually too small. We check every image at its printed size and source better ones where needed. - **Inconsistent branding:** we use your exact colour values and fonts so posters match the rest of your print. - **Wrong proportions:** A-sizes share one shape, so a design scales across them, but 6-sheet and square frames need their own layout. ## What poster design costs Poster design is quoted as a fixed price once we know the size, the number of versions and how much content there is. Small edits and resizes are charged at £45 an hour + VAT. Printing is separate; we can supply files to your printer or arrange it through print management. Send your size and deadline to get a quote. ## What you get - Print-ready PDF in CMYK with bleed at each size you need - Versions resized for other formats (A4 handout, A3 window, social post) - RGB PNG or JPG for screens, websites and social media - Editable source file on request - Printer note: size, stock and finish recommendation ## FAQs ### How much does poster design cost? dijitul quotes poster design as a fixed price after seeing the brief, based on size, versions and content. Small edits and resizes are £45 an hour + VAT. Printing is priced separately, and we can arrange it for you if needed. ### What resolution should a large poster be? For A3 and A2, photos should be 300 dpi at final size. For A1, A0 and larger, many printers accept 150 dpi at full size because people stand further away. dijitul checks your printer's requirement and keeps text and logos as vector so they stay sharp. ### Can you design for bus shelter or billboard sites? Yes. dijitul builds outdoor artwork such as 6-sheet (1200 × 1800 mm) and 48-sheet billboards to the media owner's template, including their visible area and file specification. Booking the site itself is done through the media owner or a media agency. ### Can one poster design be resized for other uses? Yes. dijitul adapts the master poster into other formats such as A5 flyers, social posts and roller banners. Each is laid out for its own shape so the headline still reads, rather than simply being scaled. ### Do you design academic conference posters? Yes. dijitul lays out A0 and A1 conference posters from your text, figures and references, built to the conference's size rules. We can redraw charts so they read clearly from a distance and supply a print-ready PDF. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Banner and Signage Design UK Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/banner-and-signage-design/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul designs banners and signs for UK businesses: roller banners, PVC banners, shop fascias, correx and foamex boards, window graphics and site hoardings. Most jobs are quoted as a fixed price, with smaller jobs at £45 an hour + VAT. Artwork is built to your sign maker's template, with vector text and the right resolution for the size. ## Problems this solves - Your roller banner's logo sits at knee height behind a table - Your shop sign is unreadable from across the road - The sign maker needs vector artwork and you only have a JPG - Your banners from different suppliers all look different - Text on your old banner got lost in the hem and eyelets ## Key facts - Quoted as a fixed price, or £45 an hour + VAT for small jobs and edits - Roller banners commonly 850 × 2000 mm, built on the hardware supplier's template - Large format usually supplied at 1:1 or to scale (for example 1:10) as the sign maker requests - Text and logos kept as vector so they stay sharp at any size - Key messages kept in the top two thirds of roller banners so they are seen above tables and crowds - Window and shopfront graphics designed for the substrate: vinyl, foamex, aluminium composite or correx ## Banners and signs that are read in seconds Signage is seen while walking or driving past. A passer-by needs to know who you are and what you do almost instantly, so dijitul keeps signs to a name, a short line saying what you do, and one contact detail. Large letters, strong contrast and plenty of space beat a long list of services every time. We design for the substrate and fixing method, not just the shape. A PVC banner has hems and eyelets, so nothing important goes within the edge allowance. A fascia sign may sit behind a frame or trim. A window graphic may be cut vinyl with no background at all, which means the design has to work as single-colour shapes. ## Common formats and what they need | Format | Typical size | Design note | | Roller (pull-up) banner | 850 × 2000 mm | Bottom section disappears into the base cassette; check the template | | PVC banner | Made to measure | Hemmed edges and eyelets; keep text clear of the edges | | Foamex or aluminium composite board | Made to measure | Rigid; good for fascias, entrance and safety signs | | Correx board | Often A1 to 8 × 4 ft | Fluted plastic; site, estate agent and event signs | | Window vinyl | To the glass | Cut vinyl, printed vinyl or one-way vision film | Roller banner hardware varies by supplier. On many, the bottom 100 to 200 mm of the graphic sits inside the base, and the top edge clips into a rail. We always build to the template your supplier provides and keep the logo and headline in the upper part, where they are seen above an exhibition table or a crowd. ## Resolution and scale for large format Large signs are printed at sizes where a 300 dpi file would be huge. Most large-format printers work from files at 1:1 at 100 to 150 dpi, or at a stated scale such as 1:10 with the image resolution raised to match. We confirm the format with the sign maker before building the file. Logos, lettering and shapes are vector, which means they scale without losing sharpness. If your logo exists only as a pixel image, we can redraw it as a vector as part of a logo redesign or quote for a straight redraw at £45 an hour + VAT. For cut vinyl lettering, the file must be pure vector outlines with no gradients or photos, because a plotter cuts along the lines. We set that up separately from printed panels. ## Making signs readable from the road Lettering on a sign needs to be far bigger than most people expect. Someone driving past at 30 mph has a moment to read it, so we keep the business name as the largest element, use a plain, bold typeface, and avoid script fonts and thin lines that blur at a distance. Contrast matters more than colour choice: dark lettering on a light background, or the reverse, reads further than two mid-tones together. We also check how the sign looks at night if it is lit, and how it sits next to the signs either side of you. Where possible we mock the design onto a photo of the building so you can judge the scale before anything is made. ## Shopfronts, sites and events Shop signs, window graphics, A-boards and opening-hours vinyl usually go together, so we design them as a set. Builders and tradespeople often need site boards and van graphics to match; see vehicle livery design. For trade shows, banners are usually part of a wider stand, covered on our exhibition stand design page. Some signs need permission. Shop signs and illuminated signs can need advertisement consent from your local council, and listed buildings or conservation areas have extra rules. Your sign maker or council planning team can advise; we design to the agreed size. ## Price and next steps Banner and signage design is quoted as a fixed price once we know the formats and sizes. Smaller jobs, resizes and edits are charged at £45 an hour + VAT. Production and fitting are by your sign maker, or we can find one through print management. Send your sizes or the supplier's template to request a quote. ## What you get - Print-ready PDF artwork at 1:1 or to scale, to the sign maker's template - Vector EPS, AI or PDF files for cut vinyl lettering - Visual mockups on photos of your shopfront or space where possible - Matching versions for different banner sizes - Editable source files on request ## FAQs ### How much does roller banner design cost? dijitul quotes roller banner design as a fixed price, or at £45 an hour + VAT for a simple layout or an update to an existing design. Printing and the stand hardware are priced separately by your supplier, or we can arrange them. ### What size is a standard roller banner? The most common UK roller banner is 850 × 2000 mm, with 1000 mm and 1200 mm widths also popular. Part of the bottom of the graphic sits in the base, and the amount varies by hardware, so dijitul always builds on your supplier's template. ### What file does a sign maker need? Usually a PDF with vector text and logos, set to 1:1 or a stated scale, with images at the resolution they request. For cut vinyl, they need pure vector outlines. dijitul confirms the spec with your sign maker and supplies files to suit. ### Do I need permission for a shop sign? Some signs need advertisement consent from your local council, particularly illuminated signs, large signs and signs on listed buildings or in conservation areas. Your council planning team or sign maker can advise. dijitul designs to the size and position agreed. ### Can you design window graphics? Yes. dijitul designs printed window vinyl, cut vinyl lettering such as opening hours, frosted manifestation strips and one-way vision film graphics. We need the glass measurements and ideally a photo of the shopfront to show you a mockup. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Exhibition Stand Graphics Design UK Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/exhibition-stand-design/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul designs exhibition stand graphics for UK trade shows: shell scheme panels, pop-up and fabric stands, modular walls, counters, roller banners and the leaflets you hand out. Stand graphics are quoted as a fixed price, with smaller jobs at £45 an hour + VAT. Artwork is built to your stand supplier's templates and the organiser's exhibitor manual. ## Problems this solves - Your stand is lost among hundreds of others - Your logo is hidden behind visitors standing at the counter - You have a shell scheme space and no idea what size the panels are - The organiser's deadline for graphics is close and nothing is designed - Your pop-up stand graphics are worn and out of date ## Key facts - Quoted as a fixed price; smaller jobs and edits at £45 an hour + VAT - Built to the stand supplier's templates for shell scheme, pop-up, fabric or modular systems - Main message placed above head height (roughly 2 m and up) so it is seen across a busy hall - Large format usually supplied at 1:1 or to scale (often 1:10) as the producer specifies - Fabric (dye-sublimation) graphics need different colour handling from printed rigid panels - Matching banners, leaflets and giveaways designed as one set ## What visitors see first At a busy show, visitors scan the hall from the aisle while walking. They see the top of your stand first, because the bottom is hidden by people. dijitul puts your name and a one-line answer to 'what do you do?' above head height, roughly 2 m and up, then supporting points at eye level, and nothing important below waist height, where it will be blocked by counters, chairs and visitors. We keep text to a minimum. A stand is a backdrop for a conversation, not a brochure on a wall. Detail goes in the leaflets and on a QR code to a landing page. ## Shell scheme, pop-up, fabric or modular - **Shell scheme:** the organiser provides walls and a fascia name board. You add graphic panels, often printed onto foamex or vinyl, cut to the wall panel sizes in the exhibitor manual. - **Pop-up stands:** a folding frame with printed panels or a single fabric skin. Reusable and quick to set up. - **Fabric tension systems:** printed fabric with silicone edges that push into aluminium frames. Light to carry and creases fall out when tensioned. - **Modular and custom builds:** larger stands built by a contractor, with graphics supplied to their drawings. Each system has its own template, with bleed, visible area and joins marked. We work from the supplier's or contractor's template every time, and we avoid putting faces or text across panel joins. ## Files, colour and scale Stand graphics are big, so files are usually built at 1:1 at 100 to 150 dpi, or at a stated scale such as 1:10 with resolution raised to match. Logos and text are vector. Fabric graphics are printed by dye-sublimation, which can shift some colours compared with ink on board, so where brand colour matters we ask the producer for a printed sample before the full run. If your stand mixes fabric and rigid panels, we flag where they will sit side by side, because that is where a colour difference is most visible. Organisers often ask for stand materials to be flame retardant and for drawings or graphics to be approved by a deadline. Those rules are in the exhibitor manual, so send it with your brief. ## Everything else on the stand A stand works best when everything around it matches: roller banners for the corners, a counter wrap, leaflets or a short brochure to hand out, name badges, and branded clothing and giveaways. We design them as a set so the stand looks planned. Digital screens on the stand need RGB files or a short looping video, which our motion graphics service can produce. ## Making the stand earn its cost Shows are expensive once you add space, travel and staff time, so the graphics should help you collect leads, not just look smart. We design a clear offer or reason to stop, such as a demo, a show-only price or a prize draw, and give it a place on the stand. A QR code to a short landing page or enquiry form makes follow-up easier than a pile of business cards. After the show, the same artwork can be reused for your website, social posts and the next event, so we keep the files organised and editable. If you exhibit several times a year, a reusable fabric or pop-up stand with swappable panels usually works out cheaper than one-off shell scheme graphics each time. ## Price and planning Exhibition stand graphics are quoted as a fixed price based on the stand type, the number of panels and the extra items you need. Smaller jobs, such as updating existing pop-up graphics, are £45 an hour + VAT. Printing and the stand hardware come from your stand supplier, or we can source them through print management. Send the exhibitor manual, stand size and supplier template to get a quote, ideally well before the organiser's graphics deadline. ## What you get - Print-ready panels to the supplier's template, at 1:1 or to scale - A visual of the whole stand so you can see the layout before print - Matching roller banners, counter wraps and flooring graphics if needed - Leaflets, price lists and giveaways in the same style - Editable source files on request ## FAQs ### How much does exhibition stand design cost? dijitul quotes exhibition stand graphics as a fixed price based on the stand type, number of panels and extra items such as banners and leaflets. Smaller updates are charged at £45 an hour + VAT. The stand hardware and printing are priced separately. ### What do I need to send for a shell scheme stand? Send the exhibitor manual or panel sizes, your stand number and dimensions, your logo files and the key messages. dijitul builds graphic panels to the exact wall sizes and supplies the fascia name in the format the organiser asks for. ### Can you update graphics for our existing pop-up stand? Yes. Send us the make and model of the pop-up or the supplier's template, and dijitul will design new panels to fit the frame you already own. That is often charged at £45 an hour + VAT rather than a full stand quote. ### Why do fabric stand graphics look different in colour? Fabric graphics are usually printed by dye-sublimation, which handles some colours differently from ink on rigid board. dijitul flags brand colours that may shift and recommends a printed sample from the producer before the full run. ### Do you build the stand itself? No. dijitul designs the graphics and supplies print-ready files. The stand hardware, printing and installation come from a stand supplier or contractor. We can work with yours or help source one through our print management service. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Menu Design UK Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/menu-design/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul designs menus for UK restaurants, cafes, pubs, hotels and takeaways: table menus, specials boards, drinks lists, takeaway leaflets and menus for your website and delivery apps. Menu design is quoted as a fixed price, with updates at £45 an hour + VAT. We build in clear allergen signposting and calorie labels where the law requires them. ## Problems this solves - Staff can't answer allergen questions quickly and customers lose confidence - Your menu is reprinted every time a price changes - Your bestsellers are hidden in the middle of a long list - Menus get grubby and torn within weeks - The online menu doesn't match the printed one ## Key facts - Quoted as a fixed price; price changes and seasonal updates at £45 an hour + VAT - Built around the 14 allergens UK law requires food businesses to declare - Food Standards Agency guidance (updated March 2025) encourages written allergen information for non-prepacked food - Calorie labelling with 'adults need around 2,000 kcal a day' for businesses with 250 or more employees in England - Print formats: A4, A3, A5, DL, folded and single-sheet, plus wipe-clean synthetic or laminated stock - Digital versions sized for your website, Google Business Profile and delivery platforms ## Menus that help people choose A menu has two jobs: help guests decide quickly, and steer them towards the dishes you want to sell. dijitul groups dishes into clear sections, keeps descriptions short and appetising, and gives a little extra space or a subtle box to the dishes with the best margins. Prices are aligned neatly after the description rather than in a column down the right, so guests read the dish before the price. We design to your setting. A fine-dining menu might be a single card on uncoated stock with plenty of white space. A busy cafe needs a wipe-clean A3 sheet with photos. A takeaway needs a folded leaflet that works through a letterbox and on a fridge door. ## Allergen information on your menu UK food law names 14 allergens that must be declared: celery, cereals containing gluten, crustaceans, eggs, fish, lupin, milk, molluscs, mustard, peanuts, sesame, soybeans, sulphur dioxide and sulphites, and tree nuts. For loose food served in restaurants, cafes and takeaways, you must be able to give customers allergen information. The Food Standards Agency's best practice guidance, updated in March 2025, encourages that information to be available in writing, alongside a conversation between staff and the customer. Design can make that easier. Options include allergen codes or icons beside each dish, a separate allergen matrix (a table of dishes against the 14 allergens), and a clear line on every menu asking customers to tell staff about allergies. The FSA provides free allergen icons and a matrix template that businesses can use. You remain responsible for the accuracy of the information: dijitul lays out what you give us and does not decide what is in your food. If you sell sandwiches, salads or cakes packed on site before the customer orders, they are prepacked for direct sale (PPDS) and need full labels instead. See label design. ## Calorie labelling for larger businesses Under the Calorie Labelling (Out of Home Sector) (England) Regulations 2021, businesses in England with 250 or more employees must show the calories (in kcal) for each portion of non-prepacked food and soft drinks at the point of choice, including on menus, online menus and delivery apps. Menus must also carry the statement 'adults need around 2,000 kcal a day'. Smaller businesses can include calories voluntarily. We set calorie figures in a consistent position and size so they are legible without cluttering the menu. ## Formats, stock and keeping it current | Format | Size (mm) | Good for | | A4 single or folded | 210 × 297 | Main table menus | | A3 folded | 297 × 420 | Larger menus and pubs | | DL card | 99 × 210 | Desserts, drinks, set menus | | A5 or DL folded leaflet | 148 × 210 / 99 × 210 | Takeaway menus | For menus handled every day, synthetic paper or a laminated 350 gsm card survives spills and wiping. Short-life menus that change weekly can be printed on uncoated 170 gsm and replaced. We supply an editable template so price changes do not mean a new design. If you prefer us to update it, edits are £45 an hour + VAT. ## Menus online and on delivery apps Many guests read your menu on a phone before they arrive, so the online version matters as much as the printed one. A PDF of the print file is hard to read on a small screen. We supply a separate mobile-friendly version: a single-column PDF or a set of images sized for your website, social posts and Google Business Profile. Delivery platforms have their own photo and text formats, so we prepare dish photos and short descriptions to fit. Keeping one master file for all versions means a price change happens once and is copied everywhere, rather than leaving an old menu live on one channel. If you need your menu as a proper web page, our sister agency builds restaurant websites at dijitul.uk. ## Price and related work Menu design is quoted as a fixed price based on the number of menus, pages and dishes. Most restaurants also want matching signage, social posts and food photos; see design for restaurants and cafes and food photography. Printing is separate, or arranged through print management. Send your current menu for a quote. ## What you get - Print-ready PDF menus in CMYK with 3 mm bleed - An editable template so prices and dishes can be changed easily - Allergen matrix or allergen information sheet laid out to match the menu - Web and delivery-app versions (PDF and image) - Matching specials boards, drinks lists and takeaway leaflets ## FAQs ### How much does menu design cost in the UK? dijitul quotes menu design as a fixed price based on the number of menus, pages and dishes. Later price changes and seasonal updates are charged at £45 an hour + VAT, or you can edit the template yourself. Printing is priced separately. ### Do I have to put allergens on my menu? You must be able to give customers information about the 14 regulated allergens in the food you serve. The Food Standards Agency's 2025 best practice guidance encourages written information alongside a conversation with staff. dijitul can add allergen icons, codes or a separate allergen matrix designed to match your menu. ### Do I need calories on my menu? In England, businesses with 250 or more employees must show kcal per portion on menus, online menus and delivery apps, and include 'adults need around 2,000 kcal a day'. Smaller businesses can choose to. dijitul lays calories out clearly if you supply the figures. ### What is the best material for a menu that gets handled a lot? Synthetic paper or laminated heavy card (around 350 gsm) survives spills and daily wiping far better than standard paper. For menus that change weekly, cheaper uncoated paper you replace often can make more sense. dijitul recommends a stock to suit how long the menu needs to last. ### Can I update the prices myself? Yes. dijitul can supply an editable template so you can change prices and dishes without redesigning. If you would rather we did it, updates are charged at £45 an hour + VAT and you get a new print-ready PDF and web version. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Packaging Design UK Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/packaging-design/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul designs packaging for UK product businesses: folding cartons, rigid boxes, mailer boxes, pouches, sleeves, bottle and jar labels, and retail-ready packs. Packaging is quoted as a fixed price after we see the brief, with smaller jobs at £45 an hour + VAT. All artwork is built on your manufacturer's dieline with correct bleed, barcodes and legal text. ## Problems this solves - Your product is good but the box looks homemade next to competitors - The printer sent your artwork back because it did not match the dieline - Text ended up across a glue flap or a crease - You don't know what has to legally be on the pack - Your barcode will not scan at the till ## Key facts - Quoted as a fixed price; smaller jobs and amends at £45 an hour + VAT - Artwork built on the packaging maker's dieline, kept on its own layer and set to overprint - Typically 3 mm bleed beyond cut lines, or whatever the converter specifies - Barcodes (EAN-13 from GS1 UK) kept at a scannable size, dark on light, with clear quiet zones - Food packs need legal text at a minimum x-height of 1.2 mm (0.9 mm if the largest surface is under 80 cm²) - 3D mockups so you can see the pack on a shelf before it is made ## Packaging that sells and survives Packaging has to do several jobs at once: protect the product, stand out on a shelf or in an unboxing video, tell people what it is in a glance, and carry the legal information. dijitul starts with where the product is sold. A pack on a supermarket shelf is seen from a metre away among competitors, so the brand and product name must read instantly. A subscription mailer box is opened at home, so the inside can carry the surprise. We design a range system rather than one-off boxes: a fixed layout for brand, product name and key claim, with colour or illustration changing per variant. That keeps the range recognisable and makes adding new flavours or sizes cheaper later. ## Dielines and print setup A **dieline** is the flat outline of the pack showing cut lines, crease (fold) lines, glue areas and bleed. It comes from the packaging manufacturer (the converter) and is specific to their cutting tool. Folding cartons often follow standard ECMA styles and corrugated boxes follow FEFCO codes, but every converter's dieline still differs slightly, so we never design on a generic template once the supplier is chosen. - The dieline sits on its own layer as a named spot colour, set to overprint, so it never prints. - Artwork extends past cut lines by the bleed the converter asks for, often 3 mm. - Text and barcodes stay clear of creases, glue flaps and the edges of windows. - Foil, spot UV and embossing each get their own separate artwork layer. - Colours are specified in CMYK or Pantone depending on the print process, with brand colours checked against a physical swatch. ## What goes on the pack Legal requirements depend on the product. Food packaging in the UK typically needs the name of the food, an ingredients list with allergens emphasised, net quantity, a date mark, storage conditions, the business name and address, and nutrition information in most cases. Mandatory text must meet a minimum x-height (the height of a lowercase x) of 1.2 mm, or 0.9 mm where the largest surface is under 80 cm². Cosmetics, toys and electrical goods have their own rules and safety marks. You are responsible for the wording of legal information, and for food we recommend checking it with Trading Standards or a labelling consultant. dijitul makes sure it fits, is legible and is placed where it should be. For barcodes, you register with GS1 UK for your numbers, and we place the EAN-13 at a scannable size, dark bars on a light background, with clear space either side. ## Sustainable choices Design affects recyclability. Mono-material packs (all paper, or all one plastic) are easier to recycle than paper laminated to plastic film. Heavy ink coverage, metallic foils and some laminates can make cartons harder to recycle, so we discuss trade-offs with your converter. Uncoated board, a single colour plus kraft, or a smaller box that cuts void fill can look good and reduce cost. We can add recycling information in the format your converter or retailer requires. ## How a packaging project runs We start with the product, the price point, where it will be sold and photos of the competitors it will sit next to. Next come two or three concept directions shown as 3D mockups, so you can judge them as packs rather than flat sheets. Once you pick one, we develop it across the range and gather the legal text, barcodes and dielines from you and your converter. Final artwork is checked against the dieline, exported to the converter's specification and, ideally, followed by a printed and folded sample before the full run. A white sample of the structure, made by the converter before artwork is final, is the cheapest way to catch a box that is the wrong size. ## Price and related services Packaging design is quoted as a fixed price based on the number of packs, variants and finishes. Small amends, such as a new flavour on an existing layout, are £45 an hour + VAT. For product labels on bottles and jars, see label design. For product shots of the finished pack, see product photography, from £25 + VAT per image. If you are developing the product itself, our product design and 3D rendering services help before tooling. Request a quote with your dieline or pack sizes. ## What you get - Print-ready PDF on the dieline, with separate layers for print, varnish, foil and cutter - 3D visuals of the pack for approval and for your website or crowdfunding page - Flat artwork for each variant or flavour in a range - Barcode placement to GS1 guidance (you supply the GS1 number) - Editable Illustrator files on request ## FAQs ### How much does packaging design cost in the UK? dijitul quotes packaging design as a fixed price after seeing the brief, based on the number of packs, variants and special finishes. Small changes to existing packs, such as a new variant on the same layout, are charged at £45 an hour + VAT. ### What is a dieline? A dieline is the flat template of a pack showing where it is cut, creased and glued. It comes from your packaging manufacturer and matches their cutting tool. dijitul builds artwork on that dieline so text and images land exactly where intended when the pack is folded. ### Can you design my box before I've chosen a manufacturer? Yes, for concept and 3D visuals. dijitul can start on a standard box style, then rebuild the final artwork on the chosen manufacturer's dieline before print. Every cutting tool differs slightly, so final files are always made to the supplier's template. ### Where do I get a barcode for my product? In the UK, retail barcodes come from GS1 UK, which issues the company prefix and numbers. dijitul places the EAN-13 barcode on your pack at a scannable size, dark on a light background with clear space around it. Some retailers have extra barcode rules, so send us theirs. ### Do you check that my food packaging is legal? dijitul lays out the legal information you supply at the required minimum text size and in the right place, and flags anything that looks missing. The content and its accuracy remain your responsibility, so we recommend checking food labels with your local Trading Standards or a labelling specialist. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Label Design UK Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/label-design/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul designs product labels for UK businesses: food and drink labels, PPDS labels under Natasha's Law, bottle and jar labels, candle and cosmetic labels, and roll labels for printing in-house. Label design is quoted as a fixed price, with variants and amends at £45 an hour + VAT. Allergens are emphasised and legal text sized to UK minimums. ## Problems this solves - Your labels peel or smudge in the fridge or the ice bucket - You have twelve flavours and twelve labels that don't look like a range - You aren't sure your PPDS labels meet Natasha's Law - Allergens are not clearly emphasised in your ingredients list - Text is too small to read and you're not sure what size is legal ## Key facts - Quoted as a fixed price; extra variants and amends at £45 an hour + VAT - PPDS food labels must show the name of the food and a full ingredients list with the 14 allergens emphasised (Natasha's Law, in force since 1 October 2021) - Mandatory food text at a minimum x-height of 1.2 mm, or 0.9 mm if the largest surface is under 80 cm² - Built to the label printer's die shape, with bleed and a safe area inside the cut - Materials matched to use: paper, white or clear polypropylene, textured wine stock - Templates for in-house label printers available ## Labels that sell and stay on A label often is the packaging. On a jar of chutney, a bottle of gin or a candle, it is the only thing telling a customer what the product is and why it is worth the price. dijitul designs labels as a range: a fixed structure for brand, product name and key details, with colour or illustration changing per variant. That keeps a shelf of your products looking like one brand and makes new flavours quick to add. We also think about the physical job. Labels on bottles kept in ice buckets or fridges need waterproof polypropylene rather than paper. Clear labels need a white ink layer behind any colour that must stay solid. Curved jars cap the label height so it doesn't crease. Roll labels for machine application need the right wind direction and core size from your printer. ## PPDS labels and Natasha's Law Since 1 October 2021, food that is prepacked for direct sale (PPDS) in England, and across the UK under equivalent rules, must carry a label showing the **name of the food** and a **full ingredients list**, with any of the 14 regulated allergens **emphasised** within that list. This is known as Natasha's Law. PPDS food is food packed on the same premises it is sold from before the customer orders it, such as sandwiches, salads, cakes and pies packed in a cafe, deli, bakery or butcher. Emphasis is usually done in bold, but capitals, a contrasting colour or underlining are also used. For example, an ingredients list might show 'wheat flour' and 'milk' in bold while other ingredients stay in regular weight. The Food Standards Agency publishes PPDS guidance with more detail. We design PPDS labels that leave room for long ingredient lists at a legible size, and we can build templates for common label printers so you can print them in-house as recipes change. The 14 allergens are celery, cereals containing gluten, crustaceans, eggs, fish, lupin, milk, molluscs, mustard, peanuts, sesame, soybeans, sulphur dioxide and sulphites, and tree nuts. Your ingredients and allergen information must be accurate; dijitul lays out what you provide and does not verify recipes. ## Other legal text on food labels Fully prepacked food sold through shops usually needs more than PPDS food: net quantity, a best before or use by date, storage instructions, your business name and address, and in most cases a nutrition declaration. Mandatory information must meet a minimum x-height of 1.2 mm, dropping to 0.9 mm only where the largest surface of the pack is under 80 cm². Drinks over 1.2% alcohol show the alcohol by volume. Cosmetics and candles have their own safety and warning label rules. If in doubt, ask your local Trading Standards before printing. ## Print setup for labels - Artwork built on the printer's die-cut shape, with bleed (often 1.5 to 3 mm, as the printer specifies) and text kept inside a safe margin. - Barcodes from GS1 UK placed dark on light with clear quiet zones. - Spot colours for consistent brand colour across print runs. - Separate layers for white ink, foil, embossing or varnish where used. - Ingredients text set in a clear, open typeface, never condensed to squeeze it in below the legal size. For boxes and cartons, see packaging design. For restaurant menus and allergen matrices, see menu design. ## Price and next steps Label design is quoted as a fixed price based on the number of products and variants. Extra variants on an agreed layout, and changes such as new ingredients, are £45 an hour + VAT. Label printing is separate; send your printer's template or let us arrange it through print management. Food and drink brands may also want our wider design service. Ask for a quote with your container sizes and product list. ## What you get - Print-ready PDF on the label printer's die template, with bleed - Separate artwork for each variant in a range - Editable templates for printing PPDS labels in-house - White ink or varnish layers for clear and metallic stocks where needed - 3D mockups on your bottle, jar or tub ## FAQs ### What has to be on a PPDS label under Natasha's Law? A PPDS label must show the name of the food and a full ingredients list, with any of the 14 regulated allergens emphasised, for example in bold. dijitul designs PPDS labels and in-house printing templates that fit long ingredient lists at a legible size. You remain responsible for the accuracy of the ingredients. ### What is the minimum text size on a UK food label? Mandatory food information must have an x-height of at least 1.2 mm. If the largest surface of the packaging is under 80 cm², it can drop to 0.9 mm. dijitul sets ingredients and legal text at or above these minimums and will not shrink text below them to fit. ### How much does label design cost? dijitul quotes label design as a fixed price based on how many products and variants you have. Extra variants on an agreed layout and changes like new ingredients are £45 an hour + VAT. Label printing is quoted separately. ### Should my labels be paper or plastic? Paper labels suit dry goods and a natural look. White or clear polypropylene is better for anything chilled, wet or handled a lot, such as bottles, sauces and cosmetics, because it resists water and tearing. dijitul recommends a material based on where the product is stored and used. ### Can you make templates so we can print labels ourselves? Yes. dijitul can build label templates sized for common desktop and thermal label printers, with fields for product name, ingredients, allergens and dates. That suits cafes, delis and bakeries whose PPDS recipes change often. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Catalogue Design UK Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/catalogue-design/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul designs product and trade catalogues for UK manufacturers, wholesalers and retailers, from 16-page range guides to perfect-bound catalogues of several hundred products. Catalogues are quoted as a fixed price based on page and product count, with updates at £45 an hour + VAT. Product data can be merged from your spreadsheet to cut errors. ## Problems this solves - Your catalogue is out of date the week it comes back from the printer - Product codes and prices were retyped and now contain mistakes - Every page looks different because it was added over several years - Customers can't find products because there is no clear index - The PDF is too big to email to trade customers ## Key facts - Quoted as a fixed price; yearly updates and price changes at £45 an hour + VAT - Product codes, sizes and prices merged from your spreadsheet (CSV or Excel) to avoid retyping errors - Saddle-stitched in multiples of 4 pages, or perfect bound for thicker catalogues - Consistent product templates so every page follows the same grid - Print-ready PDF/X-1a plus a smaller, linked PDF for email and your website - Separate price lists possible so the main catalogue lasts longer ## Catalogues built for finding things A catalogue is a working tool. Buyers, trade customers and sales staff use it to find a product, check a code, compare options and place an order. dijitul designs catalogues around that job: a clear contents page, colour-coded or tabbed sections, consistent product blocks with photo, name, code, key specs and price in the same place every time, and an index at the back for longer catalogues. We build master pages and paragraph styles so every page follows the same grid. That makes the catalogue easier to read and much faster to update next year, because new products drop into an existing template rather than being designed from scratch. Small details make a big difference on a page of thirty products: photos shot at the same angle and scale, icons for repeated features such as 'stainless steel' or 'next-day stock' instead of the same words over and over, and a key to those icons on the opening spread. We also add page references between related products, so a customer looking at one fitting is pointed to its matching parts. ## Working from your product data Retyping hundreds of product codes and prices by hand is where mistakes creep in. Where your data is in a spreadsheet or exported from your stock system, we can use data merge in InDesign to place names, codes, descriptions, sizes and prices directly into the layout. Images are matched by file name, so a consistent naming system (for example the product code) saves a lot of time. Before we start, we check the spreadsheet for consistency: one product per row, the same units in each column, and no notes typed into price cells. A tidy data file is the single biggest factor in how quickly and accurately a large catalogue comes together. If your product photos are inconsistent, our product photography on white or plain backgrounds starts from £25 + VAT per image. ## Page counts, binding and paper Catalogues up to roughly 48 to 64 pages are usually **saddle-stitched** (stapled), which means the page count must be a multiple of 4. Thicker catalogues are **perfect bound** with a glued spine, which can carry the title and year so it is easy to find on a shelf. Spine width depends on page count and paper thickness, so we get it from your printer before finishing the cover. A typical setup is a 250 to 300 gsm silk cover with matt lamination and 115 to 150 gsm silk inner pages. Lighter inner paper keeps postage down when you send catalogues to customers, but very thin stock lets images show through from the other side, so we check samples with your printer. ## Keeping prices out of the catalogue Prices change more often than products. Many businesses print the catalogue without prices and issue a separate price list, either as a printed insert or a PDF. That way the expensive catalogue lasts two or three seasons and only the cheap price list is reprinted. We design both to match and can produce the price list from the same spreadsheet. For trade customers who order online, the same product data can feed your website; our sister agency at dijitul.uk builds ecommerce sites. ## Digital catalogues Most catalogues are now read on screen as often as in print. We export a separate RGB PDF with a clickable contents page, links from each section to your website, and images compressed so the file is small enough to email. Page sizes and layouts are the same as print, so customers can still find 'page 34'. Short brochures may suit you better if you sell a handful of products or services. ## Price Catalogue design is quoted as a fixed price based on page count, the number of products and how clean your data is. Updates, new products and price changes are charged at £45 an hour + VAT. Printing is separate, or we can arrange it through print management. Send your current catalogue or product list for a quote. ## What you get - Print-ready PDF/X-1a catalogue with 3 mm bleed - Compressed, linked PDF with clickable contents and index - Editable InDesign files with paragraph styles and master pages - Product page templates for adding new lines - Separate price list file if you want prices kept out of the main catalogue ## FAQs ### How much does catalogue design cost? dijitul quotes catalogue design as a fixed price based on page count, number of products and how ready your product data is. Yearly updates, new lines and price changes are charged at £45 an hour + VAT. Printing is priced separately. ### Can you build the catalogue from our spreadsheet? Yes. dijitul can use data merge to place product names, codes, descriptions and prices directly from a CSV or Excel file, with photos matched by file name. It reduces retyping errors and makes next year's update quicker. ### Should our catalogue include prices? If prices change more than once a year, consider a separate price list. The catalogue can then stay in use for longer and only the cheaper price list is reprinted. dijitul designs both to match and can produce the price list from your spreadsheet. ### Saddle stitch or perfect bound for a catalogue? Saddle stitching suits catalogues up to roughly 48 to 64 pages and must be in multiples of 4. Above that, perfect binding with a square spine is neater and lets you print the title on the spine. dijitul recommends one based on page count and paper. ### Can we update the catalogue ourselves? dijitul can supply the editable InDesign files with master pages and styles set up, so a designer, or a confident member of your team, can add products. Most clients ask us to do updates, charged at £45 an hour + VAT. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Annual Report Design UK Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/annual-report-design/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul designs annual reports, impact reports and reviews for UK charities, companies, schools and membership bodies. We lay out your text, accounts and figures with clear charts, then supply a print-ready PDF and a tagged, accessible PDF for your website. Annual reports are quoted as a fixed price, with later amends at £45 an hour + VAT. ## Problems this solves - Your report is a long Word document nobody finishes - Charts copied from Excel look blurry and inconsistent - Trustees want it printed and the website needs an accessible version - Figures changed at the last minute and the layout broke - Your impact is real but the report doesn't show it ## Key facts - Quoted as a fixed price; amends after sign-off at £45 an hour + VAT - Financial tables placed from your accountant's files, never retyped by hand - Charts redrawn as clean vector graphics from your data - Accessible PDF with tags, reading order and alt text for screen readers - Print version as PDF/X-1a; saddle-stitched in multiples of 4 pages or perfect bound - Summary versions for social posts, presentations and your website ## A report people actually read An annual report has several audiences: trustees or the board, funders, members, staff, regulators and the public. Most of them will read the first few pages and skim the rest. dijitul structures the report so the key messages land early: a short welcome, a page of headline numbers, then stories and detail for those who want them, with the formal accounts at the back. We turn lists of figures into charts, pull out short quotes from the people you help (supplied by you and used with their consent), and use photos to break up text. Impact reports for charities often work best organised around outcomes rather than departments. ## Accounts and figures, handled carefully Figures in an annual report must match the signed accounts exactly. We never retype financial tables by hand. We place them from your accountant's or finance team's files, keep the structure they provide, and highlight anything we had to reformat so it can be checked. The content, accounts and any statutory statements are yours and your advisers'; dijitul is responsible for the layout, not the numbers. Late changes are normal. Because tables and text are linked to styles rather than drawn by hand, a revised figure flows through without breaking the layout. We keep a change log during proofing so everyone can see what moved. ## Charts and infographics Charts pasted from Excel often arrive as low-resolution images with default colours. We redraw them as vector graphics in your brand colours, with direct labels instead of legends where possible, and consistent scales across related charts so comparisons are fair. Pie charts are kept for simple part-of-a-whole splits; bar charts are used for most comparisons because they are easier to read accurately. The same charts can be supplied as images for social media and presentations. For standalone data graphics, see infographic design. ## Accessible PDFs for your website A print PDF is not accessible. Screen readers need a tagged PDF with a logical reading order, headings marked as headings, real text rather than text in images, alternative text for charts and photos, and enough colour contrast. Public sector bodies are covered by the UK's accessibility regulations for websites, and many charities and companies follow the same standard to make sure their reports work for everyone. We export a separate accessible version and check tag structure and reading order before handing it over. ## How the project runs Annual reports involve several people signing things off, so we agree a timetable with you at the start, working back from your AGM or filing date. First we set the design style on a few sample spreads using last year's content or draft text. Then you supply final copy, photos and the accounts files, and we lay out the whole report. During proofing, comments are marked directly on the PDF so nothing gets lost in email. We keep one master file throughout, so the print PDF, accessible PDF and summary graphics all come from the same approved version. If figures change after the accounts are audited, we update them in place and flag every page affected. ## Print, paper and price Short reports are usually saddle-stitched in multiples of 4 pages, commonly A4 portrait. Longer reports with full accounts are often perfect bound. Many organisations choose uncoated or recycled paper with an FSC certification for a lower-impact feel, and print smaller runs because most readers use the PDF. We supply PDF/X-1a files to your printer, or arrange print through print management. Annual report design is quoted as a fixed price based on page count, the number of charts and tables, and whether you need an accessible PDF and summary graphics. Amends after sign-off are £45 an hour + VAT. For a matching slide deck for your AGM, see presentation design. Send last year's report for a quote. ## What you get - Print-ready PDF/X-1a with 3 mm bleed - Tagged, accessible PDF for your website - Vector charts and infographics you can reuse - Social and presentation graphics of key figures - Editable InDesign files on request ## FAQs ### How much does annual report design cost? dijitul quotes annual reports as a fixed price based on page count, charts, tables and whether you need an accessible PDF. Amends after sign-off are charged at £45 an hour + VAT. Printing is priced separately or arranged through our print management service. ### Can you make our annual report accessible? Yes. dijitul exports a separate tagged PDF with headings, logical reading order, alternative text for images and charts, and checked colour contrast, so it works with screen readers. The print version stays as a standard PDF/X-1a for the printer. ### Do you check the financial figures? dijitul places financial tables from your accountant's or finance team's files without retyping them, and flags anything reformatted for checking. Accuracy of the figures and statutory content stays with your organisation and its advisers, so your finance lead should sign off the final proof. ### Can you turn our data into charts? Yes. Send the figures in a spreadsheet and dijitul redraws them as clean vector charts in your brand colours, with consistent scales and direct labels. The same charts can be supplied as images for social posts, newsletters and presentations. ### Do we need to print the annual report at all? Not always. Many charities and companies publish a web PDF and print a small run for trustees, funders and events. dijitul designs once and supplies both print and accessible digital versions, so you can decide on quantities later. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Book and Magazine Design UK Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/book-and-magazine-design/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul designs books and magazines for UK authors, publishers, clubs and businesses: book covers, interior typesetting, spine and back cover with ISBN barcode, and magazine, newsletter and journal layouts. Book and magazine design is quoted as a fixed price based on page count, with edits at £45 an hour + VAT. Files are print-ready for litho or print on demand. ## Problems this solves - Your self-published book looks self-published - The printer rejected your cover because the spine width is wrong - Your Word manuscript has inconsistent headings, widows and orphans - Each issue of your magazine takes far too long to lay out - You don't know where to get an ISBN or a barcode ## Key facts - Quoted as a fixed price; edits and new issues at £45 an hour + VAT - In the UK, ISBNs are issued by Nielsen: £93 for one or £174 for a block of 10, including VAT, per Nielsen's ISBN Store - Each format (paperback, hardback, ebook) needs its own ISBN - Spine width calculated from page count and paper, from your printer's figures - UK publishers must send a copy to the British Library within one month of publication (Legal Deposit Libraries Act 2003) - Magazines saddle-stitched in multiples of 4 pages, with consistent grids and styles for each issue ## Book covers A cover has to work at two sizes: full size on a table, and as a thumbnail on an online store, where most books are now found. dijitul designs covers that read at both, with a title large enough to see at thumbnail size and imagery that tells readers the genre at a glance. We look at the bestsellers in your category first, because readers expect a crime novel, a business book and a cookbook to look different. The full cover is one wide file: back cover, spine and front, plus bleed. Spine width depends on page count and the paper's thickness, so it is calculated from your printer's or print-on-demand service's figures once the interior page count is final. That is why we finish the interior before the full cover file. ## Interior typesetting Typesetting turns a manuscript into pages that are comfortable to read. We set body text in a book typeface at a suitable size and line spacing, define styles for chapter openings, headings, quotes and captions, and fix the details that make DIY books look amateur: widows and orphans (single lines stranded at the top or bottom of a page), rivers of space in justified text, inconsistent indents and stray double spaces. Running heads, page numbers and prelims (title page, copyright page, contents) follow publishing conventions. | Common UK trim size | Size (mm) | | A-format paperback | 110 × 178 | | B-format paperback | 129 × 198 | | Demy | 138 × 216 | | Royal | 156 × 234 | | A5 | 148 × 210 | Exact trim sizes vary slightly between printers and print-on-demand services, so we always build to your chosen printer's specification. ## ISBNs, barcodes and legal deposit An ISBN identifies a specific edition and format of a book. In the UK they are issued by Nielsen's ISBN agency; Nielsen's ISBN Store lists one ISBN at £93 and a block of 10 at £174, both including VAT. Each format needs its own number, so a paperback, hardback and ebook of the same title use three. You buy the ISBN as the publisher; we then create the EAN-13 barcode for the back cover, optionally with a price add-on, and place the ISBN on the copyright page. Under the Legal Deposit Libraries Act 2003, publishers in the UK must send one copy of each new print publication to the British Library within one month of publication. Other legal deposit libraries can request copies too. If you are self-publishing, that duty is yours. ## Magazines, newsletters and journals Magazines need a system more than a one-off design. We create a template with master pages, a baseline grid, paragraph and character styles, and standard layouts for regular sections such as the editor's letter, news pages, features and adverts. Each issue then goes together faster and looks consistent. Printed magazines are usually saddle-stitched, so page counts run in multiples of 4. Adverts supplied by third parties are checked for size, bleed and resolution before they go in. For shorter company publications, see brochure design, and for email versions, email newsletter design. ## Print on demand or a print run? Print on demand services print a copy each time one is ordered, which suits self-published authors who don't want boxes of stock. They have fixed trim sizes, paper choices and their own cover templates, and we build to those exactly. A short digital or litho print run from a book printer gives more choice of paper, finishes such as matt lamination or foil, and a lower cost per copy once quantities rise. Many authors use both: a run for launch events and print on demand for online sales. The interior file can usually be shared; the cover needs a version for each printer because spine widths differ. ## Price Book and magazine design is quoted as a fixed price based on page count, the number of images and tables, and whether you need a cover, interior or both. Edits and subsequent magazine issues are £45 an hour + VAT. Printing is separate; we can supply files to a print-on-demand service or arrange litho or digital print through print management. Cover illustration is available through our illustration service. Tell us about your book for a quote. ## What you get - Full cover PDF: front, spine and back with ISBN barcode, sized to your printer's template - Typeset interior PDF with consistent styles, running heads and page numbers - Front cover image for online stores and marketing - Magazine template with master pages and paragraph styles for future issues - Editable InDesign files on request ## FAQs ### How much does book cover design cost? dijitul quotes book covers and interior typesetting as a fixed price based on page count, images and the formats you need. Later edits are charged at £45 an hour + VAT. ISBNs and printing are paid for separately by you as the publisher. ### Where do I get an ISBN in the UK? UK ISBNs are issued by Nielsen's ISBN agency. Nielsen's ISBN Store lists a single ISBN at £93 and a block of 10 at £174, both including VAT. Each format needs its own ISBN. Once you have yours, dijitul creates the barcode for the back cover. ### How is spine width worked out? Spine width depends on the number of pages and the thickness of the paper. Printers and print-on-demand services publish a formula or calculator for each paper. dijitul uses your printer's figure once the interior page count is final, then builds the full cover to that width. ### Do I need to send a copy to the British Library? Yes. Under the Legal Deposit Libraries Act 2003, UK publishers, including self-publishers, must send one copy of each print publication to the British Library within one month of publication. Other legal deposit libraries may also request copies. ### Can you set up a template for our magazine? Yes. dijitul builds a magazine template with master pages, a baseline grid and paragraph styles, plus standard layouts for regular sections. Each new issue is then quicker to produce. We can lay out each issue for you at £45 an hour + VAT or a fixed price per issue. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Vehicle Livery Design UK Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/vehicle-livery-design/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul designs vehicle livery for UK businesses: van graphics, full and part wraps, car door panels, trailers and fleet schemes. We design on accurate templates for your exact make, model and wheelbase, then supply scaled vector artwork to your sign fitter. Livery is quoted as a fixed price, with smaller jobs at £45 an hour + VAT. ## Problems this solves - Your van is a white box that nobody remembers - The fitter wants vector artwork and you only have a JPG logo - Your phone number is too small to read in traffic - Every van in the fleet looks slightly different - The design looked great flat but the logo got split by the sliding door ## Key facts - Quoted as a fixed price; simple door panels and updates at £45 an hour + VAT - Designed on templates for the exact make, model, wheelbase and roof height - All lettering and logos supplied as vector so they cut and print sharply at full size - Important text kept off door handles, panel gaps, deep body creases and rivets - Business name, what you do and a phone number readable from a following car - Mockups on all sides: nearside, offside, rear and front ## A van is a moving advert Your van is seen in traffic, parked outside jobs and on driveways in the streets you want to work in. It does the same job as a sign, but people see it for a few seconds while moving. dijitul keeps livery simple: your logo, a short line saying what you do, a phone number and web address big enough to read from the car behind, and enough colour or graphic to be remembered. The rear doors are often the most-read panel, because drivers stare at them in queues. We make sure the rear has the phone number and service in large lettering, not just the logo. The sides carry the brand and the main message, and the bonnet or front often just needs the logo. Less is more on a vehicle. A list of ten services in small type is unreadable at a junction, and it dates quickly when your services change. Three or four words that sum up the business, such as 'Plumbing, heating and gas', last longer and read faster. Your web address can carry the detail, and a short, memorable phone number in large figures does more work than any slogan. ## Designing to the exact vehicle A Transit Custom, a Sprinter and a Berlingo have very different shapes, and the same model comes in several wheelbase and roof height options. We design on accurate scaled templates for your exact vehicle so the artwork fits. Templates show door handles, fuel caps, panel joins, sliding door gaps, windows, lights and the deep body creases that stretch or wrinkle vinyl. Key text and faces never cross a door gap or sit over a handle, because they will be cut in two when the door opens. Fine detail is kept away from deep recesses where vinyl has to stretch. We still recommend your fitter measures the actual vehicle before production, because add-ons such as roof racks, ladder racks and bulkhead windows change what is visible. ## Cut vinyl, part wrap or full wrap | Option | What it is | Best for | | Cut vinyl lettering | Solid colour letters and shapes cut by plotter | Simple, durable and lower cost | | Printed panels | Printed graphics on specific panels | Photos, gradients, logos with detail | | Part wrap | Printed or coloured film over part of the body | Strong impact without full-wrap cost | | Full wrap | Film covering the whole painted body | Maximum impact and colour change | Cut vinyl needs pure vector artwork in solid colours, no gradients or photos. Printed wraps can include photos, but they need high-resolution images at full vehicle scale, and wraps are best printed on cast vinyl, which conforms to curves better than cheaper calendered film. Your fitter will advise on materials and life expectancy. Keep the windscreen and front side windows clear. Rear and rear-side windows can carry perforated one-way vision film on many vehicles, but check with your fitter what is allowed for your vehicle and how it affects visibility. ## Fleets and consistency If you run several vehicles of different sizes, we design one system and adapt it to each: the same logo position, colour band and lettering style, scaled to suit a small car up to a 7.5-tonne truck. That keeps the fleet recognisable and makes adding a new vehicle simple. The livery should also match your workwear, site boards and stationery; see merchandise and clothing design and design for tradespeople. If your logo needs redrawing as a vector first, logo redesign covers that. ## Price and next steps Vehicle livery design is quoted as a fixed price based on vehicle type, the number of vehicles and whether it is cut vinyl, part wrap or full wrap. Simple door panels or updating a phone number are £45 an hour + VAT. Production and fitting are by a vehicle graphics company, which we can help find through print management. Send your vehicle make, model, wheelbase, roof height and photos of each side to get a quote. ## What you get - Mockups of all four sides on your vehicle model - Scaled vector artwork (PDF, EPS or AI) for the fitter - Separate files for cut vinyl lettering and printed wrap panels - Colour references (Pantone and vinyl colour suggestions) - Matching versions for each vehicle size in your fleet ## FAQs ### How much does van livery design cost? dijitul quotes van livery as a fixed price based on the vehicle, number of vehicles and whether it is cut vinyl, a part wrap or a full wrap. Simple door panels or updates are £45 an hour + VAT. Vinyl and fitting are priced separately by the fitter. ### What information do you need about my van? The make, model, year, wheelbase and roof height, plus photos of each side, the rear and the front. Mention roof racks, ladder racks or windows that are not standard. dijitul uses that to pick an accurate template and avoid handles, gaps and creases. ### Can I use my logo from my website on my van? Usually not as it is. Website logos are often small pixel images that blur at van size. Fitters need vector artwork, so dijitul redraws the logo as a vector if needed, which is quoted as part of the livery or charged at £45 an hour + VAT. ### Should I choose cut vinyl or a printed wrap? Cut vinyl suits simple, solid-colour designs and is usually cheaper and durable. Printed panels and wraps allow photos, gradients and full colour coverage. dijitul designs for either and will suggest what suits your budget and how long you plan to keep the vehicle. ### Do you fit the graphics? No. dijitul designs the livery and supplies scaled vector files to a vehicle graphics fitter. We can work with your chosen fitter or help find one. The fitter should measure the vehicle before production to confirm the artwork fits. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Merchandise and Branded Clothing Design UK Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/merchandise-and-clothing-design/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul designs branded clothing and merchandise for UK businesses, clubs and events: workwear, T-shirts, hoodies, caps, mugs, tote bags, pens and event giveaways. We prepare artwork for screen print, DTF, digital print and embroidery so it reproduces cleanly on fabric and products. Merchandise design is quoted as a fixed price or charged at £45 an hour + VAT. ## Problems this solves - Your logo turns into a blob when it's embroidered on a polo shirt - The supplier is charging extra for every colour in your logo - Workwear from different suppliers shows your logo in different colours - Your event T-shirt design doesn't work on a dark garment - You need artwork for a mug, a pen and a hoodie and have one JPG ## Key facts - Quoted as a fixed price, or £45 an hour + VAT for simple logo placements - Screen print artwork separated into spot colours, one screen per colour - Embroidery needs a simplified logo; very small text and fine lines do not stitch cleanly - DTF and direct-to-garment printing handle full colour and photos - Artwork supplied as vector files sized to the supplier's print area - Colours matched to Pantone references where your supplier works from them ## Artwork that works on fabric A logo designed for a website does not always survive on a polo shirt or a pen. Fabric has texture, embroidery uses thread, and small products have tiny print areas. dijitul prepares your logo and designs for each method so they reproduce cleanly, and we tell you up front if a design needs simplifying for a particular product. Most branded clothing needs at least three versions of the logo: full colour for white or light garments, a one-colour version for single-colour print, and a reversed white version for dark garments. If your brand guidelines already include these, we follow them; if not, we create them. ## Print and embroidery methods compared | Method | How it works | Artwork needs | | Screen printing | Ink pushed through a mesh screen, one screen per colour | Vector, separated spot colours; fewer colours costs less | | Embroidery | Logo stitched in thread from a digitised file | Simplified logo, no tiny text or fine gradients | | DTF (direct to film) | Full-colour transfer heat-pressed onto the garment | High-resolution artwork; photos and gradients work | | DTG (direct to garment) | Inkjet printing straight onto fabric | Full colour; best on cotton | | Vinyl transfer | Cut vinyl heat-pressed onto fabric | Vector, solid colours; good for names and numbers | Screen printing is cost-effective for larger runs of simple designs, because each colour needs its own screen. A four-colour logo costs more to set up than a one-colour version. Embroidery looks premium on polos, caps and jackets, but the supplier converts your logo into a stitch file (called digitising), and fine lines and small lettering fill in. We simplify the logo for embroidery before it is digitised and keep text at a size that stitches cleanly. ## Placement and print areas Common placements are a left chest logo, a large back print, a sleeve print and a nape print below the collar. Each has a typical size range set by your supplier, and products like mugs, pens, USB sticks and lanyards have very small print areas, sometimes printable in one colour only. We work from the supplier's product templates and print area sizes, then show you mockups before anything is ordered. Garment colour affects ink colour. A light colour printed onto a dark shirt often needs a white underbase first, and some brand colours shift on coloured fabrics. Where your brand colours matter, give your supplier the Pantone references we provide and ask for a sample. ## Workwear, teams and events Branded workwear helps customers recognise your staff, and it should match your van and signage; see vehicle livery design. For events, sports clubs and charity runs, we design T-shirts, vests and medals with dates, sponsor logos and names, and supply artwork for each size if the print scales. Giveaways for trade shows, such as tote bags, pens, notebooks and lanyards, can be designed alongside your exhibition stand so everything matches. ## Choosing merchandise people keep Promotional items only work if people use them. A good-quality tote bag, notebook or water bottle that suits your audience gets carried around for months; a cheap pen that stops writing goes in the bin. We help you pick fewer, better items and design them so the branding is tasteful rather than shouting, which makes people more willing to use them in public. A small logo with a short line or a pattern in your brand colours often works better than a large logo in the middle. For staff clothing, think about comfort, washing and how it looks after fifty washes: embroidery usually lasts longer than print on polos and jackets that are washed often. ## Price and suppliers Merchandise and clothing design is quoted as a fixed price for a set of items, or charged at £45 an hour + VAT for simple logo placements and file preparation. Garments and products are bought from a printer or embroiderer, priced separately. We can prepare files for your supplier or help find one through print management. Tell us the items and quantities for a quote. ## What you get - Vector artwork (AI, EPS or PDF) sized to each product's print area - Simplified embroidery version of your logo - One-colour and reversed (white) versions for dark garments - Mockups on the garments or products you have chosen - Pantone references for screen print and embroidery thread matching ## FAQs ### How much does branded clothing design cost? dijitul quotes merchandise and clothing design as a fixed price for a set of items, or at £45 an hour + VAT for simple logo placements and file preparation. The garments, printing and embroidery are priced separately by your supplier. ### Why does my logo look bad when it's embroidered? Embroidery uses thread, so very small text, thin lines and gradients fill in or disappear. dijitul creates a simplified embroidery version of your logo with bolder shapes and larger lettering before the supplier digitises it into a stitch file. ### Why does screen printing cost more for my logo? Screen printing needs a separate screen for each ink colour, so a multi-colour logo costs more to set up than a one-colour version. dijitul can create a one or two-colour version of your logo for screen print, or recommend DTF or DTG printing for full colour. ### What files does a clothing printer need? Usually vector artwork (AI, EPS or PDF) at the size it will print, with colours specified as Pantone or as separated spot colours. For DTF and DTG, a high-resolution PNG with a transparent background is common. dijitul supplies whatever your printer specifies. ### Can you design T-shirts for our event or club? Yes. dijitul designs event and club T-shirts, vests and hoodies, including dates, sponsor logos, names and numbers. We prepare versions for light and dark garments and supply files to your printer, or help find one. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Print Management UK Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/print-management/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul manages print for UK businesses: we specify the job, get quotes from suitable printers, check files and proofs, and arrange delivery to your door or several sites. It covers leaflets, brochures, stationery, signage, packaging and labels. Print management is quoted per job, with the print cost shown separately, so you can see what you are paying for. ## Problems this solves - You spend hours getting quotes that aren't like for like - Your last print run came back the wrong colour - You approved a proof and found a mistake on 5,000 leaflets - You don't know whether to ask for silk, gloss or uncoated - You need print delivered to several branches by a deadline ## Key facts - Quoted per job, with print cost and our time shown clearly - Printers chosen to suit the job: digital, litho, large format, labels or packaging - Files preflighted: CMYK, 300 dpi, 3 mm bleed, fonts embedded, PDF/X-1a - Digital proofs checked, with hard or wet proofs arranged for colour-critical work - Paper, finish, fold and binding specified in writing before ordering - Delivery to one address or split across several sites ## What print management means Print management is having someone handle the printing side for you. Instead of finding printers, explaining what you need, comparing quotes and checking proofs yourself, dijitul does it. We write a clear specification, ask suitable printers to quote on the same spec so prices compare fairly, check the files and proofs, and arrange delivery. You approve the quote and the proof; we deal with the rest. It works whether we designed the artwork or not. If your files come from another designer, we check them before they go to print and flag anything that will cause problems. It suits businesses that print regularly but don't have a dedicated buyer, and anyone with a one-off job that is more complex than usual, such as packaging, a perfect-bound book or a multi-site launch. ## Choosing the right print method | Method | Best for | | Digital print | Short runs, personalised print, quick reprints | | Litho (offset) print | Longer runs, consistent colour, Pantone spot colours, specialist papers | | Large format | Banners, posters, signs, exhibition graphics | | Label printing | Roll labels for products, food and drink | | Packaging conversion | Cartons, boxes and sleeves cut to a dieline | Digital print has little setup cost, so it suits a few hundred leaflets or brochures. Litho has higher setup cost because printing plates are made, but the price per copy drops as quantities rise, and it handles spot colours and a wider range of papers. The break-even point depends on the job, so we ask for quotes on both where it makes sense. ## Specifying the job properly Most print problems start with a vague brief. A clear specification includes: - Finished size, and flat size if folded - Page count and binding (saddle-stitched in multiples of 4, or perfect bound) - Paper weight in gsm and finish: silk, gloss, uncoated, recycled or FSC-certified - Print colours: CMYK, Pantone spot colours, one or two sides - Finishes: lamination, spot UV, foil, embossing, round corners - Folding style: half fold, roll fold, z-fold, gatefold - Quantity, delivery addresses and the date it must arrive With that written down, printers quote on the same thing, and nobody is surprised by what arrives. ## File checks and proofs Before anything prints, we preflight the file: CMYK colour, images at 300 dpi at print size, 3 mm bleed, text inside the safe zone, fonts embedded and an export to PDF/X-1a or the printer's chosen standard. The printer then returns a proof. A **digital proof** (a PDF from the printer's system) confirms layout, imposition and trim. A **hard proof** or **wet proof** shows colour on the actual paper and is worth it when a brand colour or product photo has to be right. We check proofs against the approved artwork and send them to you for final sign-off. Once you approve, mistakes on the proof become your cost, so we check carefully. ## Paper, sustainability and cost Paper is often the biggest single cost in a print job, so small changes add up. Dropping from 170 gsm to 150 gsm on a long brochure run, or choosing a standard size that fits efficiently on the printer's press sheet, can save money without anyone noticing a difference. Odd sizes and bleeds that force a larger sheet cost more. If sustainability matters to you, we can specify FSC-certified or recycled papers and ask printers about vegetable-based inks and their environmental certifications. We also challenge quantities: printing 5,000 leaflets to get a lower unit price is a false saving if 2,000 end up in a skip when your prices change. Smaller digital runs reprinted as needed can work out better overall. ## Price and next steps Print management is quoted per job. You see the printing cost and our time separately, so it is clear what you are paying for. Design is separate: for example, flyers from £95 + VAT and brochures from £295 + VAT; see print design and pricing. Send us what you need printed, the quantity and the delivery date to get a quote. ## What you get - A written print specification for each job - Comparable quotes and a recommendation - Preflighted, print-ready files sent to the printer - Proof check and sign-off with you before production - Delivery arranged and tracked to your addresses ## FAQs ### What does print management cost? dijitul quotes print management per job, showing the printing cost and our time separately so you can see what you are paying for. Design is priced separately, for example flyers from £95 + VAT and brochures from £295 + VAT. ### Can you manage print for artwork we designed ourselves? Yes. dijitul checks your files before they go to print: colour mode, resolution, bleed, safe zones and fonts. We flag problems and can fix them at £45 an hour + VAT, then send the files to the printer and handle the proof. ### Should I choose digital or litho printing? Digital suits short runs and quick reprints because setup costs are low. Litho suits longer runs, Pantone spot colours and special papers, as the price per copy drops with quantity. dijitul gets quotes for both where the run size is close to the break-even point. ### What is a wet proof and do I need one? A wet proof (or hard proof) is a printed sample on the real paper, used to check colour before the full run. It costs extra, so it is worth it mainly for colour-critical jobs such as packaging or brand launches. dijitul will tell you when it is worth having. ### Can you deliver to several of our sites? Yes. dijitul can arrange split deliveries to multiple branches, shops or event venues, with quantities per address agreed in the specification. Tell us the addresses and the date the print must arrive when you ask for a quote. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Social Media Graphics Design UK Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/social-media-graphics/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul designs social media graphics for UK businesses: feed posts, carousels, stories, reels covers, profile images and cover banners, each sized to the current specs for Instagram, Facebook, LinkedIn, TikTok, X and YouTube. A social media graphics pack starts from £99 + VAT, and you get a fixed price before we start. Price: From £99 + VAT ## Problems this solves - Your posts all look different because they're made by whoever has five minutes - Text gets cut off on your Instagram grid or hidden behind the Reels buttons - Your LinkedIn banner crops your logo in half on a phone - Graphics look soft or pixelated once the platform compresses them - You're resizing the same design six times for six platforms - Your social profiles don't match your logo, website or printed material ## Key facts - Social media graphics packs from £99 + VAT; larger or ongoing work at £45 an hour + VAT - Instagram feed posts designed at 1080 x 1350 px (4:5) with key content kept inside the 3:4 grid crop - Meta's Ads Guide recommends 1440 x 1800 px for Facebook and Instagram feed images and 1440 x 2560 px for Stories - LinkedIn Help lists 1200 x 627 px (1.91:1) for link post images and 1512 x 256 px for Page cover images - Vertical 9:16 artwork at 1080 x 1920 px for TikTok, Reels, Shorts and Stories - Delivered as RGB PNG or JPG in sRGB, plus editable source files - Designed remotely from Mansfield, Nottinghamshire, for businesses anywhere in the UK - dijitul has traded as DIJITUL LTD since 2006 ## What social media graphics we design Social media graphics are the still images that carry your brand on each platform: single feed posts, multi-slide carousels, quote cards, offer and event announcements, story frames, reel and Shorts covers, profile pictures and the wide cover banners at the top of your pages. dijitul designs all of these, built from your logo, colours and fonts so every post looks like it came from the same business. Most clients start with a **social media graphics pack from £99 + VAT**: a set of designs for the platforms you actually use. If you want something you can keep reusing, we can turn the pack into editable social media templates. If your brand itself needs work first, start with logo design or a brand identity, because social graphics only look consistent when the brand underneath them is settled. ## Current image sizes by platform (checked October 2026) Platforms change their specs often, so we check them at the start of each job. These are the sizes we design to as of 12 October 2026, with the source for each. | Platform and placement | Size we design at | Source | | Instagram feed post (portrait) | 1080 x 1350 px (4:5), or 1080 x 1440 px (3:4) for an uncropped grid | Sked Social and Inro 2026 Instagram size guides, reflecting Instagram's move to a 3:4 profile grid | | Facebook and Instagram feed ad | 1440 x 1800 px (4:5), JPG or PNG up to 30 MB | Meta Ads Guide | | Instagram and Facebook Stories | 1440 x 2560 px (9:16) | Meta Ads Guide | | LinkedIn link post image | 1200 x 627 px (1.91:1) | LinkedIn Help | | LinkedIn Page cover and logo | 1512 x 256 px cover, 400 x 400 px logo, PNG or JPEG up to 3 MB | LinkedIn Help | | X (Twitter) single image | 1600 x 900 px (16:9); photos up to 5 MB | X Help Center (file limits), common 16:9 practice | | TikTok video and cover | 1080 x 1920 px (9:16); TikTok's ad minimum is 540 x 960 px | TikTok Ads Manager help centre | | YouTube thumbnail | 16:9, minimum 640 px wide, 2 MB limit when uploading from mobile | YouTube Help | | YouTube channel banner | 2048 x 1152 px minimum, text inside the central 1235 x 338 px, 6 MB or smaller | YouTube Help | One practical change: Instagram now previews posts on your profile grid at 3:4 rather than square, so a 4:5 post loses a thin strip at each side on the grid. We keep headlines, faces and logos inside that central area so the post reads properly in the feed and on your profile. ## Safe zones: why text gets hidden and how we stop it Vertical formats are covered by the app's own buttons. Meta's Ads Guide asks you to keep roughly the top 14%, the bottom 35% and 6% at each side of a Story free of text and logos, because the profile name, captions and call-to-action button sit there. TikTok puts captions along the bottom and action buttons down the right, and publishes downloadable safe-zone overlays in its Ads Manager help centre. We design every 9:16 graphic with those overlays switched on, so your offer, price or date never sits under a like button. For wide banners the problem is the opposite: LinkedIn Help warns that cover images can be cropped on different devices and recommends keeping important information in the centre. YouTube banners are the extreme case, since only the middle 1235 x 338 px of a 2048 x 1152 px image shows on every device. ## File formats, colour and sharpness Screens use RGB, so social graphics are built in RGB and exported in sRGB. A CMYK file made for print will often look dull or shifted once uploaded. If your designer only ever gave you print PDFs, that is usually why your posts look slightly off. - **PNG** for graphics with text, flat colour and logos, because it keeps edges crisp. - **JPG** for photo-led posts, where it keeps file sizes down. - **Exact pixel dimensions**, so the platform does not rescale and soften your image. - **Readable text** at phone size: short headlines, large type and enough contrast against the background. For moving content, see motion graphics and social media video. For paid campaigns, the specs and approval rules are different again, so we cover those on our digital advert design page. ## How a social graphics job runs You tell us which platforms you post on, what the posts are for (launches, offers, recruitment, events, tips) and send any photos or copy you have. We confirm the sizes for each platform, agree a fixed price, then design a first set for you to comment on. Once approved, you receive exports for every size you need plus the editable source files, so the work isn't locked to us. Because the work is digital, we design for businesses anywhere in the UK from our base in Mansfield. If you need fresh photography for your posts, our product photography and photography services are shot on location. See all our prices or ask for a quote. ## What you get - Feed post graphics in 4:5, 1:1 and 1.91:1 as needed - Carousel slides designed as one continuous set - 9:16 story, reel cover and Shorts artwork with safe zones respected - Profile pictures and cover banners for each platform you use - Export-ready PNG and JPG files in sRGB - Layered source files (Figma, Adobe Photoshop or Illustrator, or Canva-editable where requested) - A one-page size and colour reference so future posts stay consistent ## FAQs ### How much do social media graphics cost in the UK? At dijitul, a social media graphics pack starts from £99 + VAT. The final fixed price depends on how many designs, platforms and sizes you need, and you get that price before we start. Larger or ongoing work is charged at our design rate of £45 an hour + VAT. ### What size should an Instagram post be in 2026? We design Instagram feed posts at 1080 x 1350 px (4:5), or 1080 x 1440 px (3:4) when an uncropped profile grid matters most. Instagram moved its profile grid to a 3:4 preview, so we keep key text and logos in the centre of every post. ### Can you make one design that works on every platform? Not well. Instagram favours portrait, LinkedIn link posts are 1.91:1 landscape, X suits 16:9 and Stories, Reels and TikTok are 9:16. dijitul designs one master layout, then adapts it for each platform so nothing important is cropped or hidden behind app buttons. ### Will I get the editable files? Yes. Alongside the PNG and JPG exports, dijitul supplies layered source files, usually Figma or Adobe Photoshop and Illustrator files, or Canva-editable designs if your team works in Canva. That way you can change dates, prices and photos yourself. ### Why do my social media graphics look blurry? Usually because the image was the wrong pixel size, so the platform rescaled and recompressed it, or because it was saved in CMYK for print. dijitul exports at each platform's exact dimensions in sRGB, using PNG for text-heavy graphics. ### Can you match our existing logo and brand colours? Yes. dijitul builds social graphics from your existing logo, colour codes and fonts, so posts match your website and print. If you only have a low-resolution logo, we can redraw it as a vector first, or quote for a refresh if the brand needs more work. ### Can you design graphics for paid social ads too? Yes. Paid placements have their own specs, such as Meta's recommended 1440 x 1800 px for feed ads and 1440 x 2560 px for Stories, plus safe zones for buttons. dijitul designs ad sets as a separate job, usually priced at £45 an hour + VAT. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Social Media Template Design UK Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/social-media-templates/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul designs editable social media templates that your own team can reuse: Canva, Figma or Adobe Photoshop files with your logo, colours and fonts locked in and clear spaces for text and photos. Template sets are priced at our design rate of £45 an hour + VAT, with a fixed quote agreed before work starts. Price: £45 an hour + VAT ## Problems this solves - Every member of staff makes posts in a different style - You paid for one-off graphics and now can't change the date or price yourself - Your Canva account is full of half-finished designs nobody can find - Fonts and colours drift a little further from your brand every month - Making a weekly post takes an hour because you start from blank every time - Templates you downloaded look like everyone else's ## Key facts - Templates built in the tool your team already uses: Canva, Figma or Adobe Photoshop - Priced at £45 an hour + VAT, quoted as a fixed price for the set - Brand colours, logo position and fonts fixed so posts stay consistent whoever makes them - Each template supplied in every size you post at, such as 4:5 feed, 1:1, 1.91:1 and 9:16 - Safe zones for Stories, Reels and TikTok marked on the 9:16 versions - A short how-to sheet so new staff can use the templates without guessing - Designed remotely from Mansfield for businesses across the UK ## Templates versus one-off graphics One-off social media graphics are finished images: we design them, you post them. Templates are the opposite. We design the layout, typography and brand rules once, and your team fills in the text and photos every week. If you post more than a few times a month, or several people post on your behalf, templates usually save more time and money than ordering graphics each time. The aim is that a new starter can open the file on a Monday, swap in this week's offer and a photo, and post something that looks like your business without needing design skills. ## Which tool should your templates be in? We build templates in whatever your team will actually open. Each option suits a different kind of business: - **Canva**: best for small teams and non-designers. Templates are shared to your account and can use Canva's Brand Kit (a paid Canva feature) for your colours, fonts and logos. Text boxes and image frames are set up so they resize sensibly. - **Figma**: best if you have an in-house designer or marketer comfortable with design tools. We use components and variants, so a change to the master updates every post. - **Adobe Photoshop**: best for photo-led brands. Images sit in smart objects so you drop a photo in without wrecking the layout, and text sits on labelled layers. If you're not sure, tell us who will be making the posts and how often, and we'll recommend one. ## What a typical template set includes Most businesses post the same handful of things again and again. We map those first, then design one template per post type rather than dozens of near-duplicates. A common set looks like this: - Offer or product announcement with price and call to action - Quote or testimonial card (for real quotes you supply) - Tip, fact or how-to post, with a carousel version for longer content - Event or date announcement - Recruitment post - Story and reel cover frames in 9:16 Each template comes in the sizes you need. For Instagram we design at 1080 x 1350 px and keep content inside the central 3:4 area that Instagram now shows on profile grids. For LinkedIn link posts LinkedIn Help recommends 1200 x 627 px, and for vertical formats we use 1080 x 1920 px with app button areas marked so nobody types a headline where the caption will cover it. ## Rules built into the file A template is only as good as the guard rails in it. We lock the elements that should never move, such as the logo, border, colour blocks and footer, and leave unlocked only what should change. We also set maximum text lengths by showing realistic placeholder copy, because a layout that works for a five-word headline often breaks at twelve. Colours are set as exact HEX values, fonts are limited to your brand pairing, and we note minimum text sizes so posts stay readable on a phone. If you don't yet have defined colours and fonts, a set of brand guidelines is a sensible first step, and the templates then follow them. Where your team will use the templates in Canva, we also organise them into a clearly named folder, so nobody has to scroll through months of old designs to find the right starting point. ## Price and how we work Template design is charged at our design rate of **£45 an hour + VAT**, and we quote a fixed price for the set once we know how many post types, sizes and tools are involved. You comment on a first draft, we refine it, then hand over the files with a one-page usage guide. If you'd rather have finished posts for a campaign, a social media graphics pack starts from £99 + VAT. Many clients do both: a launch set of finished graphics, then templates for everyday posts. See our prices or get in touch. ## What you get - A named set of templates for your regular post types - Versions for each aspect ratio you use - Canva templates shared to your account, or Figma components, or Photoshop PSDs with smart objects - Your brand colour codes (HEX and RGB) and font pairing set up in the file - Placeholder images and text showing how much copy each layout can hold - A one-page usage guide: what to change, what to leave alone ## FAQs ### How much do custom social media templates cost? dijitul designs social media templates at £45 an hour + VAT, quoted as a fixed price for the whole set before we start. The price depends on how many post types you need, how many sizes each comes in, and which tool the templates are built for. ### Can you make templates in Canva? Yes. dijitul builds Canva templates and shares them to your Canva account, with your colours, fonts and logo set up and layouts arranged so non-designers can swap text and photos safely. Brand Kit features depend on which Canva plan you have. ### Will the templates work for Instagram, LinkedIn and TikTok? Yes, if you need them to. dijitul supplies each template in the sizes you post at, typically 1080 x 1350 px for Instagram, 1200 x 627 px for LinkedIn link posts and 1080 x 1920 px for Stories, Reels and TikTok, with safe zones marked on vertical versions. ### What's the difference between templates and a social media graphics pack? A dijitul social media graphics pack, from £99 + VAT, is a set of finished posts ready to upload. Templates are editable layouts your team reuses, priced at £45 an hour + VAT. Templates suit businesses posting regularly; packs suit launches and campaigns. ### Can you turn our existing posts into templates? Usually, yes. dijitul can take posts that are working for you, tidy the layout and typography, and rebuild them as proper templates with locked brand elements and editable text and image areas. Send a few examples and we'll quote. ### Do I own the templates? You receive the editable files to use for your business. Any third-party fonts, stock photos or Canva elements remain under their own licences, so dijitul tells you which fonts are used and avoids elements that need a separate paid licence unless you approve it. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Digital Advert Design UK Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/digital-advert-design/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul designs digital adverts for Google Ads, Meta (Facebook and Instagram), LinkedIn and TikTok: responsive display image sets, standard banner sizes, feed ads and 9:16 story ads, each built to the platform's current specs and file limits. Ad design is charged at £45 an hour + VAT, quoted as a fixed price before we start. Price: £45 an hour + VAT ## Problems this solves - Google rejects or crops your display images and you don't know why - Your banner ads are over the file size limit and won't upload - The call-to-action button covers your offer on Instagram Stories - Your ads look nothing like your website, so clicks don't convert - You only have one size and the campaign needs a dozen - Small banners like 320 x 50 are unreadable because the full ad was just shrunk ## Key facts - Ad creative designed at £45 an hour + VAT, with a fixed quote per campaign set - Google Ads responsive display images: 1200 x 628 px landscape and 1200 x 1200 px square, up to 5,120 KB (Google Ads Help) - Uploaded Google display image ads have a 150 KB file limit, so we optimise every banner - Meta feed image ads: 1440 x 1800 px at 4:5, JPG or PNG up to 30 MB (Meta Ads Guide) - Meta Story ads: 1440 x 2560 px with about 14% top, 35% bottom and 6% sides kept clear - LinkedIn single image ads: square or 1.91:1 landscape, up to 5 MB - Full sets supplied in every size the campaign needs, named for easy upload ## Google Ads: responsive display and uploaded banners Google Ads has two quite different ways to run image ads, and they need different artwork. **Responsive display ads** let Google assemble your images, logos and headlines into whatever space is available. According to Google Ads Help (checked October 2026), you need at least one landscape image at 1.91:1 (recommended 1200 x 628 px) and one square image (recommended 1200 x 1200 px), with an optional 9:16 vertical image at 900 x 1600 px. Logos are 1:1 (1200 x 1200 px) or 4:1 (1200 x 300 px), and each file can be up to 5,120 KB. Google's own best-practice guide asks advertisers not to put text over these images or overlay a logo, because Google adds headlines and the logo itself. So we design clean product or lifestyle images, not mini posters. **Uploaded display ads** are finished banners you design yourself, in fixed sizes such as 300 x 250, 728 x 90, 300 x 600, 160 x 600, 970 x 250 and 320 x 50. Here every word is yours, and Google Ads Help sets a 150 KB file limit. We design each size individually rather than shrinking one layout, because a 320 x 50 mobile banner has room for a logo, five words and a button, nothing more. ## Meta ads: Facebook and Instagram Meta's Ads Guide (checked October 2026) recommends 1440 x 1800 px at 4:5 for Facebook and Instagram feed image ads, and 1440 x 2560 px at 9:16 for Stories and Reels, as JPG or PNG up to 30 MB. Meta suggests keeping roughly the top 14%, bottom 35% and 6% at each side of 9:16 ads free of text and logos, because the profile name, caption and call-to-action button sit there. In 2026 Meta brought Facebook and Instagram Stories and Reels under one shared 9:16 safe zone, which makes it simpler: we design to the tightest placement, Reels, and the ad works everywhere. Meta's guide also suggests primary text of around 125 characters for Stories ads, so the image should carry the offer and the text should support it, not repeat it. ## LinkedIn and TikTok ads LinkedIn single image ads accept square and 1.91:1 landscape images (around 1200 x 1200 px and 1200 x 628 px), plus a vertical option for mobile only, as JPG, PNG or GIF up to 5 MB, according to LinkedIn's advertising specification pages. Square usually takes up more of the mobile feed, so for B2B campaigns we often lead with 1:1 and supply landscape as a back-up. TikTok's Ads Manager help centre recommends 9:16 vertical for in-feed ads, with a minimum of 540 x 960 px, and publishes safe-zone overlays because captions and buttons cover the bottom and right of the screen. TikTok ads are mostly video, so static artwork usually becomes the opening frame, end card or overlay of a short clip. Our motion graphics and social media video pages cover moving formats. ## Designing ads that get read Platform specs only get an ad shown. Whether anyone acts on it comes down to a few plain rules we follow on every set: - **One message per ad.** A single offer, benefit or date, not a list. - **Readable at thumb size.** Large type, strong contrast and no small print in the image. - **Brand recognisable in a second.** Your colours and logo where the platform allows them. - **Matches the landing page.** If the ad shows a product and a price, the page it links to should show the same. - **Variants for testing.** Two headlines or two images, so you can see which works rather than guess. This service covers the creative, not budgets or bidding. If your landing pages need a visual refresh, our website graphics page covers banners and hero images. ## Price and handover Digital advert design is charged at **£45 an hour + VAT**. We quote a fixed price per campaign once we know the platforms, sizes and number of variants. You receive every file named by platform and size, checked against the file limits, plus the editable source files so your agency or in-house team can update prices and dates later. Need finished organic posts as well as ads? A social media graphics pack starts from £99 + VAT. See all prices or request a quote. ## What you get - Responsive display image and logo sets for Google Ads - Static banners in standard display sizes, each under the upload limit - Meta feed (4:5 and 1:1) and Stories/Reels (9:16) ad images - LinkedIn and TikTok ad creative where needed - Two or more message variants for testing, if you want them - Files named by size and placement, plus editable source files ## FAQs ### What image sizes do Google responsive display ads need? Google Ads Help lists 1200 x 628 px landscape (1.91:1) and 1200 x 1200 px square as the recommended image sizes, with an optional 900 x 1600 px vertical. Logos are 1200 x 1200 px or 1200 x 300 px. Each file can be up to 5,120 KB. dijitul supplies full sets. ### Why won't my banner ad upload to Google Ads? The most common reason is file size: Google Ads Help sets a 150 KB limit for uploaded display image ads, and the size must match a supported format exactly. dijitul designs and optimises each banner size individually so it stays under the limit and still reads clearly. ### What size should a Facebook or Instagram ad be? Meta's Ads Guide recommends 1440 x 1800 px (4:5) for feed image ads and 1440 x 2560 px (9:16) for Stories and Reels, JPG or PNG up to 30 MB. dijitul keeps text out of the top 14%, bottom 35% and side 6% on vertical ads. ### How much does ad design cost? dijitul charges £45 an hour + VAT for digital advert design and quotes a fixed price per campaign before starting. The price depends on how many platforms, sizes and message variants you need. Ad spend with Google, Meta or LinkedIn is separate and paid directly to them. ### Can you supply files for our ads agency? Yes. dijitul media designs the ad creative and hands over files ready to upload, named by platform and size. We're happy to work alongside whoever runs your campaigns, in-house or agency, and supply files in the exact sizes and formats they ask for. ### Should I put text on my Google display images? For responsive display ads, no: Google's best-practice guide asks you to avoid text over images and not to overlay a logo, because Google adds your headlines and logo itself. For uploaded banners, text is expected, so dijitul designs those as complete ads. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Email Newsletter Design UK Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/email-newsletter-design/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul designs email newsletter templates for UK businesses, built for Mailchimp and Klaviyo: 600 px wide layouts, dark-mode safe logos and colours, real text instead of text baked into images, and alt text on every image. Email design is charged at £45 an hour + VAT, with a fixed price agreed before we start. Price: £45 an hour + VAT ## Problems this solves - Your newsletter looks fine in Mailchimp's preview and broken in Outlook - Your logo disappears when a reader has dark mode on - The whole email is one big image, so it's blank when images are blocked - Gmail cuts the bottom off your newsletter with a 'Message clipped' link - Every issue takes hours because there's no proper template - Your emails don't look like your website or social posts ## Key facts - Newsletter templates designed at £45 an hour + VAT, quoted as a fixed price - Built to a 600 px width, the default in Klaviyo and in Mailchimp's legacy builder; Mailchimp's new builder uses 660 px - Images exported at double width (for example 1200 px) for sharp results on high-density screens - Logos and icons prepared for dark mode, so they don't vanish on a black background - Alt text written for every image, and key messages kept as live text - Images saved in RGB as PNG, JPG or GIF, kept under Mailchimp's suggested 1 MB per image - Layouts kept lean so Gmail doesn't clip the message ## Why 600 px is still the width to design to Email clients are far less consistent than web browsers. Outlook on Windows, Gmail in a browser, Apple Mail on an iPhone and a dozen others all render the same email differently. A fixed content width of about 600 px became the standard because it fits in a desktop reading pane without sideways scrolling and scales down cleanly on a phone. The platforms still build around it. Klaviyo's help centre says every new template defaults to 600 px and advises against widening it unless a layout needs it. Mailchimp's help centre (checked October 2026) says its legacy templates are 600 px wide and its newer builder uses 660 px, and recommends images between 600 and 1200 px wide for legacy templates or 660 to 1320 px in the new builder. We design to the width your platform uses and export images at double size so they stay sharp on high-density phone and laptop screens. ## Designing for dark mode Many people read email with dark mode switched on, and email apps handle it in different ways. Some leave your design alone, some swap only light backgrounds for dark ones, and some invert colours fully. That's why a dark logo on a transparent PNG can disappear completely, and why a carefully chosen brand colour can turn into something you'd never approve. We design with that in mind: - Logos get a version with a light outline or a solid background panel, so they read on white or black. - Icons and small graphics avoid thin dark lines on transparent backgrounds. - Text stays as live HTML text wherever possible, because email apps can recolour live text but can't fix text inside an image. - We check the template in light and dark mode before handover. ## Alt text, live text and accessibility Some readers have images switched off, and screen readers can't read text inside a picture. A newsletter built as one large image shows up as a blank box for those readers and is harder to use for everyone else. We keep headlines, prices, dates and buttons as live text, and use images for photos and illustrations. Every image gets **alt text** that says what it is for, not what it looks like: "Spring menu, three courses for £25" is useful, "image1.jpg" isn't. Decorative images get empty alt text so screen readers skip them. We also keep body text large enough to read on a phone, use real buttons rather than images of buttons, and check colour contrast so text stays readable. Mailchimp's help centre recommends saving email images in RGB, warning that CMYK images can break, and suggests a maximum of 1 MB per image. Lighter images also load faster on mobile data. ## Avoiding Gmail clipping Gmail clips messages whose HTML is over about 102 KB, showing the start of the email and a "[Message clipped]" link, as ActiveCampaign's help centre and other email platforms document. Anything below the clip, including your unsubscribe link and footer, may never be seen. Clipping is caused by the code, not the image file sizes, so the cure is a lean template: fewer nested sections, no pasted-in formatting from Word, and sensible limits on how many articles go in each issue. We design templates with modular sections you can switch on and off, and we note a sensible maximum number of blocks per send. ## What we deliver and what it costs Email newsletter design is charged at **£45 an hour + VAT**. We quote a fixed price once we know the platform, how many section types you need and whether we're building the template in your account or supplying designs for your developer. You receive a master template, header and image assets, light and dark logo versions, and a short guide to writing alt text and keeping issues under the clipping limit. Newsletters work best when they match the rest of your brand. If your colours and fonts aren't defined yet, see brand guidelines. For a matching sign-off on everyday emails, see email signature design. Product-led newsletters also benefit from clean product photography. Ask for a quote. ## What you get - A master newsletter template with reusable sections (header, hero, article, product grid, footer) - Built directly in your Mailchimp or Klaviyo account, or supplied as design files for your developer - Header, banner and icon images exported at 1x and 2x widths - Light and dark-mode versions of your logo - Alt text for each image and a note on writing it for future issues - A test send checklist covering Gmail, Outlook and Apple Mail ## FAQs ### How wide should an email newsletter be? Design to about 600 px. Klaviyo's templates default to 600 px, and Mailchimp's help centre says its legacy templates are 600 px wide while its newer builder uses 660 px. dijitul exports images at double width, such as 1200 px, so they stay sharp on high-density screens. ### Can you design templates for Mailchimp or Klaviyo? Yes. dijitul designs newsletter templates for Mailchimp and Klaviyo, either built in your account using the platform's drag-and-drop builder or supplied as design files and image assets for your developer. You can then create each issue yourself from the master template. ### Why does my logo disappear in dark mode? Usually because it's a dark logo saved as a transparent PNG, so on a dark background there's nothing to see. dijitul supplies a dark-mode safe version, with a light outline or a solid background panel, and tests the template in both light and dark mode. ### Why does Gmail say 'Message clipped'? Gmail clips emails whose HTML code is larger than about 102 KB, hiding everything after that point, including your footer. The fix is a leaner template and fewer blocks per issue. dijitul designs modular templates and gives you a sensible block limit for each send. ### Do newsletter images need alt text? Yes. Alt text is shown when images are blocked and read aloud by screen readers. dijitul writes alt text describing what each image is for, leaves decorative images with empty alt text, and keeps key messages like prices and dates as live text. ### How much does an email newsletter template cost? dijitul charges £45 an hour + VAT for email newsletter design and quotes a fixed price before starting. The price depends on your platform, how many reusable section types you need, and whether we build the template in your account or supply files. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Presentation Design UK Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/presentation-design/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul designs presentations and master templates for PowerPoint, Google Slides and Keynote: branded slide masters with proper layouts, placeholders, theme colours and fonts, plus finished pitch, sales and training decks. Presentation design is charged at £45 an hour + VAT, with a fixed price agreed before we start. Price: £45 an hour + VAT ## Problems this solves - Every salesperson's deck looks different and some still use the old logo - Your template is just a background image, so text boxes go everywhere - Charts come out in Microsoft's default blue whatever you do - Fonts change to Calibri or Arial when you send the deck to a client - Slides are crammed with paragraphs nobody reads - Your investor or tender deck doesn't look as credible as your business is ## Key facts - Presentation design at £45 an hour + VAT, quoted as a fixed price per deck or template - Master templates built with real slide masters and layouts, not decorated blank slides - PowerPoint templates supplied as .potx; Google Slides themes and Keynote themes also available - Built at 16:9 widescreen by default (PowerPoint's 13.333 x 7.5 in), with 4:3 on request - Theme colours and fonts set so charts, tables and SmartArt pick up your brand automatically - Font choices checked so decks look right when opened on another computer - Designed remotely from Mansfield for businesses anywhere in the UK ## Master templates: the part most decks get wrong A lot of company templates are a background image with a logo in the corner. Staff then draw their own text boxes on every slide, so fonts, sizes and positions drift until no two decks match. A proper template is built in the **slide master**: the hidden layer that controls every layout, placeholder, colour and font in the file. We build masters with a set of named layouts for the slides you actually use, such as title, section divider, bullet text, text with image, two and three column, chart, quote, team and contact. Each has placeholders in the right place, so when someone clicks "New slide" and picks a layout, the content lands where it should. Theme colours mean charts, tables and shapes pick up your palette automatically instead of the default blue, and theme fonts mean headings and body text change together. ## PowerPoint, Google Slides or Keynote We build for the software your team presents from, and each has its quirks. - **Microsoft PowerPoint**: templates are supplied as a .potx file, so opening it creates a fresh copy rather than overwriting the master. PowerPoint's default slide size is 16:9 widescreen at 13.333 x 7.5 inches. Font embedding works in some versions of PowerPoint but not all, so we pick fonts with that in mind. - **Google Slides**: built in Google's theme editor, using Google Fonts so every viewer sees the same typography in a browser. Google Slides' widescreen preset is also 16:9. - **Apple Keynote**: supplied as a Keynote theme with master slides, typically set at 1920 x 1080. Keynote converts to PowerPoint, but masters and fonts don't always survive the trip, so if your team uses both we usually build both. If your organisation mixes all three, we design one visual system and build it natively in each, rather than converting one file and hoping. We also set up the practical details people forget: slide numbers and footers in the master, a sensible default for speaker notes, and table and chart styles that match your palette. These save more time over a year than any visual flourish. ## Designing slides people can follow A presentation is something people watch while listening, so slides should support what is said rather than repeat it. When we redesign a deck we apply a few simple rules: - One idea per slide, with a headline that states the point. - Large type that reads from the back of a room or on a small video call window. - Numbers shown as charts or a single large figure, not tables of twenty cells. - Detail moved into speaker notes or a separate handout. - Strong colour contrast, since projectors wash out pale colours. Complex processes or data often work better as a single diagram, which is where infographic design and custom icon design help. For a printed leave-behind, a brochure usually works better than printing slides. ## Pitch decks, sales decks and tender presentations Alongside templates, we redesign individual presentations: investor pitch decks, sales presentations, conference talks, training modules and bid or tender presentations. You send the existing deck and any notes on the audience and goal; we restructure where it helps, then design each slide on your master so the finished deck is also easy for you to edit. Start-ups often need a pitch deck alongside a first logo, so see design for start-ups. If the deck's look depends on a brand you haven't defined yet, a brand identity comes first. ## Price and handover Presentation design is charged at **£45 an hour + VAT**. We quote a fixed price for a master template based on the number of layouts and platforms, and for deck redesigns based on the number of slides and how much restructuring is needed. You receive editable files you can keep using, plus a one-page guide to using the layouts properly. See our prices or get in touch. ## What you get - A master template: .potx for PowerPoint, a theme for Google Slides or a .kth theme for Keynote - Named layouts such as title, section divider, text and image, two-column, chart, team and closing slide - Theme colour palette and font pairing set in the master - A library of branded icons, chart styles and table styles - Finished deck design if you need a specific presentation redesigned - A short guide to using layouts and placeholders correctly ## FAQs ### How much does a PowerPoint template cost? dijitul designs PowerPoint, Google Slides and Keynote templates at £45 an hour + VAT, quoted as a fixed price before we start. The price depends on how many layouts you need, whether we build for more than one platform, and whether you also want a finished deck. ### What is a slide master and why does it matter? The slide master controls the layouts, placeholders, colours and fonts in a presentation file. When it's built properly, anyone choosing a layout gets correctly placed, branded content automatically. dijitul builds templates in the master, so decks stay consistent across your team. ### Can you make one template that works in PowerPoint and Google Slides? Files can be converted between them, but masters, fonts and some effects don't always survive. dijitul designs one visual system and builds it natively in each program your team uses, so both versions behave properly rather than relying on conversion. ### What size should our slides be? For almost all screens, 16:9 widescreen. PowerPoint's default is 16:9 at 13.333 x 7.5 inches, Google Slides offers a 16:9 widescreen preset, and Keynote commonly uses 1920 x 1080. dijitul builds 4:3 only if you present on older projectors that need it. ### Why do our fonts change when we send the deck? If the recipient doesn't have your font installed, PowerPoint or Keynote substitutes another. dijitul chooses fonts with this in mind, uses Google Fonts for Google Slides, and advises when to send a PDF instead of the editable file. ### Can you redesign our existing pitch deck? Yes. Send dijitul your current deck and a note on the audience and goal. We tidy the structure where it helps, then design every slide on a branded master, priced at £45 an hour + VAT with a fixed quote before we start. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Infographic Design UK Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/infographic-design/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul designs infographics for UK businesses: process diagrams, data charts, timelines, comparisons and how-it-works graphics for websites, reports, presentations, social media and print. We work from your figures, keep the data honest and supply web, social and print versions. Infographic design is £45 an hour + VAT, quoted as a fixed price. Price: £45 an hour + VAT ## Problems this solves - Your process takes three paragraphs to explain and people still ring to ask - Your annual figures are buried in a spreadsheet nobody opens - The charts in your report are Excel defaults in random colours - Your infographic is one tall image that's unreadable on a phone - Colour-coded charts mean nothing to colour-blind readers - You need the same graphic for the website, a slide and a printed leaflet ## Key facts - Infographic design at £45 an hour + VAT, with a fixed quote before work starts - Built from your data and sources; we don't invent statistics - Supplied as SVG and PNG for web, PDF for print, and sized versions for social media - Print versions in CMYK at 300 dpi with 3 mm bleed; screen versions in RGB - Colour choices checked for colour-blind readers and text contrast - Long infographics split into carousel slides for Instagram and LinkedIn - A text version or alt text supplied so the content is accessible ## What an infographic is good for An infographic turns information that's hard to follow in text into something you can take in at a glance. The best uses are practical: how your service works in five steps, what happens after someone places an order, how your product compares with the alternatives, what your year looked like in numbers, or which option suits which customer. We design several kinds: - **Process and how-it-works diagrams** for websites, proposals and onboarding packs. - **Data visuals**: bar, line and pie charts, single big-number panels and simple maps. - **Timelines** for company history, project plans or product roadmaps. - **Comparisons and decision guides**, such as "which package is right for you". - **Safety and instruction graphics** for staff, sites and products. Before designing anything we ask one question: what should the reader understand or do after looking at it? A good infographic makes one point clearly. If you have three points, that's usually three graphics, or one graphic with three clearly separated panels, rather than everything competing on one page. ## Accuracy first An infographic is only as trustworthy as its numbers. We work from the figures and sources you supply, show the source on the graphic where it matters, and we don't add statistics of our own. We also avoid the tricks that make charts misleading: bar charts that don't start at zero, 3D pies that distort the slices, and icons scaled by height when area is what the eye reads. If the data changes yearly, we build the chart so the numbers can be updated without redesigning the whole graphic. That's useful for annual reports and recurring board or investor packs. Please send the original data, not just a screenshot of a chart. With the underlying numbers we can choose the clearest chart type and check that totals and percentages add up before anything is published. ## Designing for phones, not just posters The classic infographic is one very tall image. On a phone that means tiny text and endless scrolling, and on a website it's a single image that search engines and screen readers can't read. We usually design infographics as a set of panels instead: - On your website, each panel can sit beside real HTML text, which keeps the content readable and searchable. - On Instagram and LinkedIn, the panels become carousel slides, typically at 1080 x 1350 px. - In a presentation, each panel becomes a slide or a reusable chart. - For print, the panels reassemble into a poster or a page in a brochure. For web we supply SVG where possible, which stays crisp at any size and is often smaller than a PNG for flat graphics. ## Accessible colour and contrast Around one in twelve men has some form of colour vision deficiency, according to the NHS, so colour alone shouldn't carry the meaning in a chart. We label data directly rather than relying on a colour key, add patterns or shapes where categories need to be told apart, and choose palettes that remain distinct in greyscale. For text we aim for the contrast levels set out in WCAG 2.2, the web accessibility standard: at least 4.5:1 for normal text and 3:1 for large text and important graphical elements. We also supply alt text, or a short text version of the infographic, so screen reader users get the same information. ## Price and file formats Infographic design is charged at **£45 an hour + VAT**. We quote a fixed price based on how much information there is, how many charts and illustrations it needs, and how many versions (web, social, print) you want. You receive SVG and PNG for screens, a CMYK PDF with 3 mm bleed for print, social media cuts and the editable source files. Infographics often sit inside other work, so see also presentation design, icon design and illustration. Ask for a quote. ## What you get - The infographic designed to your brand colours and fonts - SVG and PNG files for websites - Social media cuts: single image and carousel slides - Print-ready PDF in CMYK with bleed - Individual charts and icons as separate files for reuse in slides - Alt text or a short text version for accessibility - Editable source files ## FAQs ### How much does an infographic cost in the UK? dijitul designs infographics at £45 an hour + VAT and quotes a fixed price before starting. A simple process diagram takes less time than a data-heavy report graphic with custom illustration, so the price depends on content, number of charts and how many versions you need. ### Can you design an infographic from our spreadsheet? Yes. Send dijitul the spreadsheet and tell us what point the data should make. We pick the right chart types, design them to your brand and keep the figures exactly as supplied, with sources shown where they matter. We don't add statistics of our own. ### What file formats will I get? dijitul supplies SVG and PNG for websites, a print-ready PDF in CMYK with 3 mm bleed, social media sizes such as 1080 x 1350 px carousel slides, and the editable source files. Individual charts and icons are also supplied separately for reuse in presentations. ### Are infographics bad for SEO? A single large image with all the text inside it gives search engines very little to read. dijitul designs infographics as panels that sit alongside real HTML text on your page, and supplies alt text, so the content stays readable by search engines and screen readers. ### Can you make our infographic work for colour-blind readers? Yes. dijitul labels data directly instead of relying on a colour key, uses shapes or patterns where categories need separating, and checks text contrast against WCAG 2.2 levels of 4.5:1 for normal text and 3:1 for large text and graphics. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Illustration Services UK Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/illustration/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul creates custom illustration for UK businesses: brand and website illustrations, characters and mascots, packaging artwork, illustrated maps, editorial images and technical line drawings, supplied as scalable vector files or high-resolution artwork. Illustration is quoted per job as a fixed price; design time is £45 an hour + VAT. ## Problems this solves - Your website uses the same stock illustrations as hundreds of others - You need to show something that can't be photographed, like a process or an idea - Your packaging needs artwork that feels like yours, not clip art - Your mascot was drawn once and nobody can draw it again in a new pose - An illustration looks great on screen but blurry when printed large - You're not sure who owns the copyright on artwork you've paid for ## Key facts - Illustration is quoted as a fixed price per job; design time is £45 an hour + VAT - Vector illustration supplied as AI, EPS, SVG and PDF so it scales to any size - Raster and painterly work supplied as layered PSD and flattened TIFF or PNG - Print artwork at 300 dpi at final size, in CMYK, with 3 mm bleed where needed - Usage rights agreed in writing before work starts, from a licence to full copyright assignment - Illustrations built as a consistent set, so new pieces match later - Created remotely from Mansfield for businesses across the UK ## Types of illustration we create Commercial illustration solves a problem a photo can't. It can show an idea, simplify a process, give a brand its own personality or create a scene that would be expensive or impossible to photograph. The work we're asked for most falls into a few groups: - **Website and brand illustrations**: hero images, spot illustrations for services, empty-state and error-page artwork, all in one consistent style. - **Characters and mascots**, with pose sheets so they can be reused in posts, packaging and signage. - **Packaging and label artwork** for food, drink and gift products. - **Illustrated maps** for venues, estates, trails, events and tourism. - **Technical and line illustration**: exploded views, assembly steps and cutaways for manuals and product pages. - **Editorial and report illustrations** for articles, annual reports and campaigns. ## Vector or raster: why it matters Most of our commercial illustration is drawn as **vector artwork**, made of shapes and paths rather than pixels. A vector illustration can be printed on a business card or a 6 metre banner with no loss of quality, and it's easy to recolour for seasonal campaigns. We supply it as AI, EPS, PDF and SVG, and SVG files are lightweight and crisp on websites. Some styles, such as painterly textures, detailed shading or anything that should feel hand-made, are better as **raster artwork**. For those, we work at the size the illustration will be printed, at 300 dpi, and supply layered PSD and flattened TIFF or PNG files. The rule of thumb: if it'll be printed large or recoloured often, vector; if texture is the point, raster at full size. We also check how the illustration will be reproduced. Artwork for screen printing on clothing or for single-colour engraving needs a limited number of flat colours, while a full-colour packaging print can carry gradients and texture. Knowing that early avoids redrawing later. ## Keeping a style consistent A single illustration is easy. A set of thirty that look like they were drawn by the same hand over two years is harder. We define the style at the start: line weight, corner radius, colour palette, how people are drawn, how shading works and how much detail is allowed. That becomes a short style sheet, so later illustrations (by us or anyone else) match. For characters and mascots we supply a pose or turnaround sheet showing the character from the front, side and back with a few expressions. If your illustrations need to sit alongside an existing logo and colour scheme, we start from your brand guidelines, and illustration often forms part of a wider brand identity project. ## Who owns the illustration? Under UK copyright law, the person who creates an artwork is normally its first owner, even when a client has paid for it. Ownership only transfers through an assignment made in writing. Many businesses don't realise this until they try to trademark a mascot or use artwork on new products. We agree usage in writing before work starts. For a logo-like mascot or packaging artwork, most clients want a full copyright assignment; for editorial or one-off campaign use, a licence covering the agreed uses is often enough. Either way, you know what you can do with the work. ## Price and how a job runs Illustration varies more than almost any other design work: a small spot illustration and a detailed illustrated map are very different jobs. So illustration is **quoted as a fixed price** once we've seen your brief, using our design rate of £45 an hour + VAT. We start with rough sketches to agree composition, then move to final artwork in your colours. Illustration often feeds into other projects, such as packaging design, infographics, icon sets and motion graphics where your illustrations are animated. Request a quote with a few examples of styles you like. ## What you get - Initial sketches or roughs to agree composition before final artwork - Final illustration in vector (AI, EPS, SVG, PDF) or high-resolution raster (PSD, TIFF, PNG) - Web-optimised versions for your site and social media - Print-ready versions in CMYK with bleed - For characters: a turnaround or pose sheet so the character stays consistent - A written note of the usage rights you hold ## FAQs ### How much does custom illustration cost in the UK? dijitul quotes illustration as a fixed price per job, based on our design rate of £45 an hour + VAT. A simple spot illustration takes far less time than a detailed map or a character with a full pose sheet, so send your brief and examples of styles you like for a quote. ### Do I own the copyright to the illustration? Under UK law, the creator owns copyright unless it is assigned in writing. dijitul agrees usage before starting: a full written copyright assignment where you need to own the artwork, such as a mascot or packaging, or a licence for specific uses. ### What file formats will I receive? For vector illustration, dijitul supplies AI, EPS, PDF and SVG files that scale to any size. For textured or painterly raster work, we supply layered PSD and flattened TIFF or PNG at 300 dpi at the final print size, plus web-optimised versions. ### Can you design a mascot for our business? Yes. dijitul designs characters and mascots and supplies a pose sheet showing the character from different angles with a few expressions, so it can be reused consistently on social media, packaging, signage and merchandise. Copyright ownership is agreed in writing before we start. ### Can you match the style of our existing illustrations? Usually, yes. Send dijitul the existing artwork and we'll study line weight, colour, shading and how figures are drawn, then create new pieces to match. If the existing set is inconsistent, we can also write a short style sheet to keep future work aligned. ### Can illustrations be printed large? Vector illustrations can be printed at any size with no loss of quality, from a sticker to a building wrap. Raster artwork needs to be created at 300 dpi at its final size, so tell dijitul at the start if the illustration might end up on a banner or vehicle. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Icon Design UK Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/icon-design/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul designs custom icon sets for UK businesses: website and app interface icons, service and feature icons, favicons, app icons and icons for signage and print. Every icon is drawn on a shared grid with matching stroke weights and supplied as clean SVG, PNG and EPS files. Icon design is £45 an hour + VAT, quoted as a fixed price. Price: £45 an hour + VAT ## Problems this solves - Your website mixes icons from three different free packs - Some icons look heavier or bigger than others even at the same size - Icons go fuzzy at small sizes or on high-resolution screens - There's no icon for the one service that makes you different - Your favicon is a blurry, squashed version of your whole logo - Icons in your brochure don't match the ones on your website ## Key facts - Icon design at £45 an hour + VAT, with a fixed quote for the set - Interface icons drawn on a 24 x 24 px grid with a 20 x 20 px live area, the same structure Google's Material guidelines use - Consistent stroke weight, corner radius and visual size across the whole set - Clean, optimised SVG for websites, with colour that can be changed in CSS - Favicons and touch icons, including 180 x 180 px for Apple devices - App store icons at 1024 x 1024 px for Apple and 512 x 512 px for Google Play - EPS and PDF versions for print, signage and vehicle graphics ## Why custom icons are worth it Free icon packs are fine until you need an icon that isn't in the pack, or you combine two packs and the difference shows. Icons from different sources use different stroke weights, corner styles and proportions, and readers notice even when they can't say why. A custom set solves both problems: every icon matches, and each one shows your actual service or feature instead of the nearest generic symbol. We design icons for website service sections, app and software interfaces, feature lists, infographics, presentation templates, wayfinding signs and packaging. If you already use an open-source set, we can also draw extra icons to match it. Icons are small, but they're repeated everywhere, so small inconsistencies multiply. A set designed once, with clear rules, also makes it cheaper to add icons later, because each new one follows the same grid rather than being invented from scratch. ## Grids, strokes and optical balance Consistency comes from rules. For interface icons we normally work on a 24 x 24 px grid with a 20 x 20 px live area and 2 px of padding, the same structure Google's Material Design system icon guidelines describe. Keyline shapes for circles, squares and rectangles make sure a round icon and a square icon look the same size, even though the square has to be drawn slightly smaller to balance optically. - **Stroke weight**: one weight across the set, commonly 1.5 or 2 px at 24 px. - **Corners and ends**: one corner radius and one line-end style. - **Pixel alignment**: straight lines sit on whole pixels so they stay sharp at small sizes. - **Size variants**: icons that will appear at 16 px often need a simplified version, because detail that works at 48 px turns to mush at 16. ## SVG for the web, done properly For websites and apps we supply icons as SVG, which stays sharp at any size and on any screen density. We clean each file before handover: outlines merged, stray points removed, unnecessary editor metadata stripped and the viewBox set consistently, so files are small and behave predictably. Where your developer wants it, icons use **currentColor** so their colour follows the surrounding text and can be changed in CSS, including for dark mode. We can supply individual SVG files, a single SVG sprite, or PNG fallbacks at 1x and 2x. For accessibility, we note which icons are decorative and which need a text label, since an icon on its own isn't always understood. ## Favicons and app icons A favicon shows at 16 or 32 px in a browser tab, so a full logo with a strapline will never read. We design a simplified mark, usually a symbol or initial from your logo, and supply the files browsers and phones look for: a favicon.ico, a scalable SVG favicon, a 180 x 180 px Apple touch icon, and 192 and 512 px PNGs for a web app manifest. For mobile apps, Apple's App Store requires a 1024 x 1024 px icon, and Google Play asks for 512 x 512 px as a 32-bit PNG under 1024 KB, according to Google's Android developer documentation. We design app icons to read clearly at small sizes and within each platform's mask shape. ## Price and handover Icon design is charged at **£45 an hour + VAT**. We quote a fixed price for the set based on the number of icons, how detailed they are and how many sizes and formats you need. You receive SVG, PNG, EPS and PDF files, organised and named, plus a one-page guide so future icons match. Icons for websites often go hand in hand with website graphics, and icon styles can be added to your brand guidelines. Ask for a quote. ## What you get - A named, consistent icon set for your services, features or interface - Optimised SVG files, plus an SVG sprite if your developer wants one - PNG exports at the sizes you need, including 2x versions - EPS and PDF files for print and signage - Favicon, Apple touch icon and web app manifest icons - A short icon guide: grid, stroke, sizing and how to request new icons ## FAQs ### How much does a custom icon set cost? dijitul designs icon sets at £45 an hour + VAT and quotes a fixed price before starting. The price depends on how many icons you need, how detailed they are, and whether you need extras such as favicons, app icons or print versions. ### What file format should website icons be? SVG. It stays sharp at every size and screen density, is usually small, and can be recoloured with CSS. dijitul supplies cleaned, optimised SVGs, an SVG sprite if your developer prefers one, and PNG fallbacks at 1x and 2x. ### What sizes does a favicon need? A modern set usually includes a favicon.ico, an SVG favicon, a 180 x 180 px Apple touch icon and 192 and 512 px PNGs for a web app manifest. dijitul designs a simplified mark that reads at 16 px rather than shrinking your full logo. ### Can you add icons to an existing icon set? Yes. dijitul can draw new icons to match an existing custom or open-source set, matching its grid, stroke weight, corner radius and line ends, so the new icons sit alongside the originals without looking out of place. ### What size is an app store icon? Apple's App Store requires a 1024 x 1024 px icon, and Google Play asks for 512 x 512 px as a 32-bit PNG under 1024 KB. dijitul designs app icons to stay recognisable at small sizes and inside each platform's rounded mask. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Motion Graphics & Animation UK Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/motion-graphics/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul creates motion graphics for UK businesses: animated logos and intros, short social media animations, explainer clips, animated website graphics and titles for video. We deliver MP4, GIF, Lottie and transparent video files sized for each platform. Motion graphics are quoted per job, with design time at £45 an hour + VAT. ## Problems this solves - Your static posts get scrolled past while competitors' animated ones stop people - Your videos start and end without any branding - Your logo animation is a stock template others are using too - An animated GIF on your website weighs several megabytes and slows the page - Your editor needs a logo with a transparent background and you've only got a JPG - Text in your animation sits behind the TikTok or Reels buttons ## Key facts - Motion graphics are quoted as a fixed price per job; design time is £45 an hour + VAT - Social animations in 9:16 (1080 x 1920 px), 4:5 and 1:1, with platform safe zones respected - MP4 (H.264) for social and video platforms, GIF for email and quick previews - Lottie (JSON) animations for websites and apps: small, sharp and scalable - Transparent ProRes 4444 or WebM files so editors can overlay logos and titles - Captions designed in, since many people watch social video with the sound off - Animations kept within the WCAG limit of no more than three flashes per second ## What motion graphics are for Motion graphics are animated design: logos, type, icons, illustrations and shapes brought to life, rather than filmed footage. They're useful when you need to explain something abstract, add polish to video you already have, or make a social post move without a film shoot. Typical jobs include: - **Animated logos and idents** for the start and end of videos, presentations and social clips. - **Short social animations**: offers, announcements, tips and quote cards that move. - **Explainer clips** showing how a product, service or process works. - **Video graphics**: lower thirds with names and job titles, title cards, captions and end screens. - **Website animation**: animated icons, illustrations and small hero animations. If you need filmed footage, see video production, from £695 + VAT, and social media video. Motion graphics often go on top of that footage. ## Sizes and safe zones for social animation Vertical video dominates on TikTok, Instagram Reels, Facebook Reels and YouTube Shorts, so most social animations are built at 9:16, 1080 x 1920 px. TikTok's Ads Manager help centre recommends 9:16 for in-feed ads and publishes safe-zone overlays, because captions and buttons cover the bottom and right of the screen. Meta's Ads Guide suggests keeping about the top 14%, bottom 35% and 6% at each side of a Story or Reel free of text and logos. We animate with those overlays switched on, then supply 4:5 and 1:1 versions for feeds where needed. Captions and key text are designed into the animation, because a lot of social video is watched without sound. ## The right file for each use The same animation often needs several exports, and picking the wrong one is why animations end up blurry, huge or with a black box behind them. | Use | Format we supply | | Social media and YouTube | MP4 (H.264), at the platform's size and frame rate | | Websites and apps | Lottie (JSON) for vector animation, or a short muted MP4 or WebM | | Email | Animated GIF, kept short and light, with a sensible first frame | | Video editors and broadcasters | ProRes 4444 or WebM with transparency (alpha channel) | | Presentations | MP4 embedded in PowerPoint or Keynote | Lottie files are worth knowing about: they play vector animation from a small JSON file, stay sharp on any screen and are usually far lighter than a GIF of the same animation. ## Accessible and comfortable motion Animation should help, not annoy. We keep flashing within the WCAG guideline of no more than three flashes in any one second, which protects people with photosensitive epilepsy. On websites, we recommend your developer respects the "reduce motion" setting many people turn on in their phone or computer, and we can supply a still version for that. Looping animations are kept gentle, and text stays on screen long enough to read twice. We also think about file weight. A looping animation on a homepage should be small enough not to slow the page, so for web we prefer Lottie or a short, muted MP4 over a large GIF. For email, where GIF is often the only option that plays, we keep the loop short and make sure the first frame works on its own, because some versions of Outlook show only that frame. ## Price and how a job runs Motion graphics vary a lot in length and complexity, so they're **quoted as a fixed price** using our design rate of £45 an hour + VAT. We usually start with a storyboard or style frames, a few stills showing how key moments will look, so you approve the design before animation begins. Then we animate, share a preview, refine and export every format you need. Animations work best when built from a clear brand, so we start from your logo and brand guidelines, and can animate existing illustrations or social media graphics. Request a quote. ## What you get - Animated logo or ident with and without sound - Social media animations in 9:16, 4:5 and 1:1 - MP4 files encoded for each platform - Lottie JSON files for web and app use - Transparent overlay files (ProRes 4444 or WebM) for video editors - Lower thirds, title cards and end screens for your videos - Editable project files where agreed ## FAQs ### How much do motion graphics cost in the UK? dijitul quotes motion graphics as a fixed price per job, based on our design rate of £45 an hour + VAT. A five-second logo animation takes much less time than a sixty-second explainer, so the price depends on length, complexity and how many formats you need. ### Can you animate our logo? Yes. dijitul animates logos for video intros and outros, presentations and social media. You receive MP4 files with and without sound, a transparent version for video editors, and a Lottie or GIF version for web or email if you need one. ### What size should a social media animation be? For TikTok, Reels, Stories and YouTube Shorts, 9:16 at 1080 x 1920 px. For feeds, 4:5 or 1:1. dijitul animates within each platform's safe zones so captions and buttons don't cover your message, and designs text in for viewers watching with sound off. ### What is a Lottie file? Lottie is a JSON-based animation format that plays vector animation on websites and in apps. It stays sharp at any size and is usually much smaller than a GIF or video of the same animation. dijitul supplies Lottie files for web icons and illustrations. ### Do you film video as well as animate? Yes. dijitul films video on location, from £695 + VAT, with travel beyond Mansfield and Nottinghamshire added to the quote. Motion graphics such as titles, lower thirds and animated logos can then be added to the edit. ### Can I get a logo animation with a transparent background? Yes. dijitul supplies transparent video as ProRes 4444 for editing software or WebM with alpha for the web, so your editor can drop the animated logo over any footage without a black or white box behind it. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # YouTube Thumbnail & Channel Art Design UK Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/youtube-thumbnails-and-channel-art/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul designs YouTube thumbnails and channel art for UK businesses and creators: custom thumbnails, thumbnail templates, channel banners, profile pictures, video watermarks and end screen layouts, all built to YouTube's current specs and safe areas. YouTube design is charged at £45 an hour + VAT, quoted as a fixed price before we start. Price: £45 an hour + VAT ## Problems this solves - Your thumbnails are auto-picked frames of someone mid-blink - Your banner text is cut off on phones or TVs - Each thumbnail looks different, so your channel looks disorganised - Text on your thumbnails is unreadable at the size people see it - Your channel logo is a tiny, illegible version of your full logo - Your end screens are blank or the elements cover your outro ## Key facts - YouTube design at £45 an hour + VAT, with a fixed quote per job - Thumbnails at 16:9, minimum 640 px wide; YouTube Help sets a 2 MB limit for uploads from mobile - Channel banners at YouTube's recommended 2560 x 1440 px (minimum 2048 x 1152 px), 6 MB or smaller - Banner text and logos kept inside the 1235 x 338 px safe area that shows on every device - Profile pictures designed to read at 98 x 98 px, the size YouTube renders them - Video watermarks at a minimum of 150 x 150 px, under 1 MB - Editable thumbnail templates so each new video takes minutes, not hours ## Thumbnails: the image that decides the click On YouTube, the thumbnail and title are what people judge your video by in search, on the home page and in suggested videos. A clear custom thumbnail tells viewers what the video is about in a second; an auto-picked frame rarely does. We design thumbnails that read at the size they're actually seen, which on a phone can be smaller than a matchbox. The rules we design to: - **Three elements at most**: usually a face or product, a short phrase and a background. - **Three to five words** of large, bold text that adds to the title rather than repeating it. - **Strong contrast** so the image stands out against YouTube's white and dark themes. - **Clear of the bottom right**, where YouTube overlays the video length. - **Honest**: the thumbnail should match what's in the video, which also keeps you within YouTube's policies. ## Current YouTube specs (checked October 2026) These figures come from YouTube Help, checked on 12 October 2026. | Item | YouTube's specification | | Video thumbnail | 16:9, minimum 640 px wide, JPG or PNG; 2 MB limit from mobile, larger from desktop | | Shorts thumbnail | 9:16 | | Channel banner | 2560 x 1440 px recommended, 2048 x 1152 px minimum, 6 MB or smaller | | Banner safe area | 1235 x 338 px at the minimum size, centred | | Profile picture | Renders at 98 x 98 px; JPG, GIF, BMP or PNG, up to 15 MB | | Video watermark | At least 150 x 150 px, square, under 1 MB | | End screen | Last 5 to 20 seconds of a video at least 25 seconds long, up to four elements on 16:9 videos | We usually design thumbnails at 1280 x 720 px or larger, and keep files under 2 MB so they upload from the YouTube Studio app as well as a desktop. ## Channel banners that work on phones, desktops and TVs A YouTube banner is shown very differently depending on the device. On a TV you see almost the full image; on a phone you see a thin strip across the middle. That's why YouTube defines a safe area of 1235 x 338 px in the centre of a 2048 x 1152 px banner (scaling up proportionally at 2560 x 1440 px): anything outside it may be cropped. YouTube Help also asks for no added embellishments such as shadows, borders or frames. We put your name, a short line about what the channel covers and any upload schedule inside the safe area, and use the outer area for background colour or imagery that can crop away without losing meaning. Your profile picture is shown as a small circle, so we use a simplified symbol from your logo rather than squeezing in the whole thing. ## Thumbnail templates for regular uploads If you upload weekly, designing every thumbnail from scratch is slow and leads to drift. We design a **thumbnail template**, in Photoshop, Figma or Canva, with your fonts, colours, layout options and guides for the time-stamp corner. You then drop in a photo and type three words. Series or playlists can have their own colour or badge so viewers recognise them. The same approach works for your other platforms: see social media templates and social media graphics. For a channel that also needs filmed content, our video production service shoots on location from £695 + VAT, and motion graphics covers animated intros and end screens. ## Price YouTube thumbnail and channel art design is charged at **£45 an hour + VAT**, quoted as a fixed price once we know whether you need a full channel set (banner, profile picture, watermark, end screen and template) or individual thumbnails. You receive PNG and JPG exports at YouTube's sizes and the editable source files. See our prices or ask for a quote. ## What you get - Custom thumbnails for individual videos - A thumbnail template in Photoshop, Figma or Canva for future uploads - Channel banner with all key content inside the safe area - Profile picture designed for small, circular display - Video watermark (subscribe button branding) - End screen background layout for the last 5 to 20 seconds of your videos - Shorts cover frames at 9:16 where needed ## FAQs ### What size should a YouTube thumbnail be? YouTube Help asks for a 16:9 image at least 640 px wide, as JPG or PNG, with a 2 MB limit when uploading from mobile. dijitul designs thumbnails at 1280 x 720 px or larger, kept under 2 MB so they upload from desktop or the YouTube Studio app. ### What size is a YouTube channel banner? YouTube recommends 2560 x 1440 px, with a minimum of 2048 x 1152 px and a 6 MB file limit. Only the central 1235 x 338 px area (at the minimum size) shows on every device, so dijitul keeps text and logos inside that safe area. ### How much does YouTube thumbnail design cost? dijitul charges £45 an hour + VAT for YouTube design and quotes a fixed price before starting. Many channels choose a reusable thumbnail template plus a few finished thumbnails, which costs less over time than paying for every thumbnail individually. ### Can you make a thumbnail template I can edit myself? Yes. dijitul builds thumbnail templates in Photoshop, Figma or Canva with your fonts, colours and layout guides, including the bottom-right corner YouTube covers with the video length. You add a photo and a few words for each upload. ### Why is my YouTube banner cut off on my phone? Phones show only a narrow strip across the middle of the banner. YouTube's safe area is 1235 x 338 px in the centre of a 2048 x 1152 px image. dijitul redesigns banners so names and key text sit inside that area and the edges can crop safely. ### Do you design end screens? Yes. dijitul designs end screen backgrounds that leave space for YouTube's elements. YouTube Help says end screens appear in the last 5 to 20 seconds of videos at least 25 seconds long, with up to four elements on 16:9 videos. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Website Graphics Design UK Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/website-graphics/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul designs graphics for existing websites: hero images and homepage banners, promotional and seasonal banners, service icons, illustrations, blog header images and social share images, exported in modern formats such as WebP, AVIF and SVG so pages stay fast. Website graphics are charged at £45 an hour + VAT, quoted as a fixed price. Price: £45 an hour + VAT ## Problems this solves - Your homepage banner looks great on a laptop and crops the headline on a phone - Images are several megabytes each and the site feels slow - Your website graphics no longer match your new logo or brand - Links to your site share with a random image or no image at all - Seasonal offers need a new banner and nobody on the team can make one - Icons and illustrations come from different free packs and clash ## Key facts - Website graphics designed at £45 an hour + VAT, quoted as a fixed price - Exported in WebP or AVIF for photos and SVG for logos, icons and flat illustrations - Images supplied at 1x and 2x sizes so they're sharp on high-density screens without being oversized - Hero banners designed with mobile crops, so headlines don't vanish on phones - Social share (Open Graph) images at 1200 x 630 px, the size Facebook's developer documentation suggests - Graphics prepared for WordPress, Shopify, Wix, Squarespace and custom builds - Full website design and builds are handled by the main dijitul agency ## Graphics for the website you already have Not every website needs rebuilding. Often the structure is fine but the graphics are tired, inconsistent with a new brand, or too heavy for the page to load quickly. This service is for that: new visual assets that drop into your existing WordPress, Shopify, Wix, Squarespace or custom site. We design hero images and homepage banners, promotional and seasonal banners, category and collection headers, service icons, small illustrations, blog header images, trust badges and the share images that appear when someone posts your link on social media. If you need a complete new website instead, the main dijitul agency designs and builds them at dijitul.uk. ## Fast-loading images: formats and sizes Images are usually the heaviest part of a web page, and the hero image is often what Google measures as the Largest Contentful Paint. Google's web.dev guidance says a good Largest Contentful Paint is 2.5 seconds or less, so a 4 MB hero photo is a real problem. We export every graphic with weight in mind: - **WebP or AVIF** for photographic images: modern formats that are much smaller than JPG at similar quality, supported by current browsers. - **SVG** for logos, icons and flat illustrations: tiny files that stay crisp at any size. - **PNG** only where transparency is needed and SVG isn't suitable. - **Two sizes** for most images, standard and double-density, so your developer or platform can serve the right one with srcset. - **Sensible maximum widths**: a full-width hero rarely needs to be more than about 2560 px wide. All screen graphics are RGB in sRGB, which is what browsers expect. ## Designing banners for phones first Most website platforms crop a wide banner differently on a phone, often cutting off the sides. A headline placed on the left of a desktop banner can disappear entirely on mobile. We handle this in one of two ways, depending on your platform: - **Separate desktop and mobile images**, which Shopify themes and most page builders allow, with the text set for each. - **Text as live HTML** over a background image, so the words reflow instead of being cropped. This is also better for accessibility and search. Either way we mark a focal point so the important part of the photo stays in view, and we check contrast so overlay text stays readable against the image. ## Share images, icons and alt text When someone shares your page on Facebook, LinkedIn or WhatsApp, the platform shows an Open Graph image. Facebook's developer documentation suggests around 1200 x 630 px, and the same size works well elsewhere. Without one, the platform guesses, often badly. We design a default share image for your site and templates for blog posts, keeping text large and central so it survives each platform's crop. Service icons are drawn as a matching set; see icon design for how we build them. For each graphic we also suggest alt text that describes its purpose, which helps screen reader users and gives search engines context. Photography for your site, such as products, premises or team headshots, is covered by our product photography and headshot photography services. Where you have product or team photos already, we can retouch, crop and colour-match them so they sit comfortably alongside new graphics, rather than every image on the site looking like it came from a different source. ## Price and handover Website graphics are charged at **£45 an hour + VAT**, quoted as a fixed price once we know how many graphics you need and which platform they're for. You receive web-ready files named and sized for your site, the mobile versions, suggested alt text and editable source files. Files are ready for you or your web developer to upload. Matching graphics for your other channels are on our social media graphics and email newsletter design pages. Ask for a quote. ## What you get - Hero and banner images with separate desktop and mobile versions - Promotional, seasonal and category banners - Service and feature icons as optimised SVG - Blog and article header images - Open Graph share images at 1200 x 630 px - Files named and sized for your platform, with suggested alt text - Editable source files for future updates ## FAQs ### How much do website graphics cost? dijitul designs website graphics at £45 an hour + VAT and quotes a fixed price before starting. The price depends on how many banners, icons and images you need and whether each needs separate desktop and mobile versions. ### What size should a website hero image be? For a full-width hero, about 1920 to 2560 px wide is usually enough, exported as WebP or AVIF to keep the file small. dijitul also supplies a separate mobile crop so the headline and focal point stay visible on phones. ### Which image format is best for websites? WebP or AVIF for photographs, SVG for logos, icons and flat illustrations, and PNG only when transparency is needed and SVG won't work. dijitul exports each graphic in the format that gives the smallest file at good quality. ### Can you design graphics for my Shopify or WordPress site? Yes. dijitul designs graphics to the sizes your theme or page builder uses, including separate mobile banners where Shopify and WordPress themes support them, and names the files clearly so they're easy to upload. ### What is an Open Graph image? It's the picture shown when someone shares your web page on social media or in messaging apps. Facebook's developer documentation suggests around 1200 x 630 px. dijitul designs a default share image for your site and templates for blog posts. ### Do you build websites too? dijitul media focuses on graphics for existing sites. Full website design and builds are handled by the main dijitul agency at dijitul.uk, so if your site needs more than new graphics, we can point you there. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Business Photography UK Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/photography/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul photographs products, people, premises, food and events for UK businesses, shot on location at your site. A half day costs from £295 + VAT, a full day from £495 + VAT, and product photos from £25 + VAT per image. Travel beyond Mansfield and Nottinghamshire is added to the quote, and the usage licence is agreed in writing. Price: From £295 + VAT ## Problems this solves - Your website still uses stock photos that a competitor also uses - Product shots taken on a phone look grey, not white, on Amazon - Your team page has five headshots with five different backgrounds - The brochure printer says your images are too low resolution - You are not sure whether you actually own the photos you paid for last time - Your social feed has nothing new to post because there are no fresh images ## Key facts - Half day from £295 + VAT, full day from £495 + VAT - Product photography from £25 + VAT per image - Shot on location at your premises; travel beyond Mansfield and Nottinghamshire is quoted - Edited JPEGs in sRGB for web, plus full-resolution files for print - Under the Copyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988 the photographer owns copyright by default; your licence is written into the quote - Marketplace-ready cutouts on pure white (RGB 255, 255, 255) for Amazon, eBay, Etsy and Shopify - Model releases arranged for anyone identifiable in commercial images - Video available from £695 + VAT if you need moving footage from the same visit ## What business photography covers Most businesses need the same handful of image types, just in different proportions. A retailer needs product photography on white and in context. A consultancy needs headshots and pictures of people at work. A café needs food photography for menus and delivery apps. An estate agent needs property photography that is accurate as well as attractive. A manufacturer needs commercial photography of the factory floor, machinery and finished parts. dijitul shoots all of these on location. That means we come to your shop, office, kitchen, workshop or venue, set up there, and photograph what is actually yours. There is no hired set and no stock imagery. If you also want footage from the same visit, video production can be added to the plan, and we quote both together. ## Prices and how a shoot is quoted Our prices are simple and always shown with VAT added on top: - **Half day:** from £295 + VAT - **Full day:** from £495 + VAT - **Product photography:** from £25 + VAT per image - **Video:** from £695 + VAT - **Extra editing or retouching:** £45 an hour + VAT These are starting prices. The fixed quote depends on how many set-ups, people or products there are, how much retouching each image needs, and where you are. Travel beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area is added to the quote, so you see the full figure before you book. See all our prices or ask for a fixed quote. ## Who owns the photos: copyright, licences and assignment This is the question most clients never ask until it matters. Under section 11 of the Copyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988, the author of a work is the first owner of the copyright. For a photograph, the author is the photographer. That has been the rule for commissioned photos since the Act came into force in 1989: paying for a shoot does not, on its own, transfer copyright to you. The exception is a staff photographer, whose work in the course of employment belongs to the employer. What you get instead is a **licence**: written permission to use the images in agreed ways. A licence can be broad (any marketing use, worldwide, no end date) or narrow (website only, for two years). An **exclusive licence** stops the photographer licensing the same images to anyone else, and under section 92 of the Act it must be in writing and signed. An **assignment** is different: it transfers ownership of the copyright to you. Section 90 says an assignment has no effect unless it is in writing and signed by or on behalf of the person assigning it. A handshake or an invoice marked "paid" is not an assignment. Copyright in a photograph lasts for the photographer's life plus 70 years, so it is worth getting the paperwork right once. dijitul states the licence in every quote. If you need full ownership, for example because the images will go on packaging that a distributor also uses, tell us at the start and the assignment is written into the agreement. ## RAW or JPEG: which files you actually need A RAW file is the unprocessed data from the camera sensor. It holds more highlight and shadow detail than a JPEG and can be re-edited without loss, but it is large, needs software such as Lightroom or Photoshop to open, and does not look finished. A JPEG is the processed, compressed image that any browser, phone or printer can use straight away. For almost every business the right delivery is **edited JPEGs in sRGB**, in two sizes: full resolution for print and a web copy sized and compressed for page speed. If your designer or printer needs more latitude, we can supply TIFFs or Adobe RGB files for print, and RAW files by agreement. Unedited RAWs are not a shortcut to cheaper photos: someone still has to process every one. ## People in your photos: model releases and UK GDPR English law has no general "image right". In Fenty v Arcadia (2015) the Court of Appeal confirmed that point, although Rihanna still won because Topshop's T-shirt suggested she endorsed it, which is passing off. The practical risk for a business is different: a photo of an identifiable person is personal data under UK GDPR, and using someone's face to sell something without their agreement damages trust. So for any commercial image showing staff, customers or models, we use a **model release**: a short signed form that records who the person is, which images it covers, and where they can be used. For staff, it is sensible to agree what happens to their photo if they leave. For events, where releases are impractical, we work with you on notices and an opt-out, covered on our event photography page. ## Getting the most from one shoot day A day goes further with a shot list. Write down every place the images will be used (website hero, product pages, LinkedIn, brochure, trade show banner) and the shape each needs: a 16:9 website banner, a 4:5 Instagram post, a square marketplace image or an A4 portrait brochure cover. We then shoot each set-up wide enough to crop several ways. Tidy the premises the day before, charge any devices that appear on screen, and have staff ready in the clothes you want on record. If the images are for a new look, have your brand identity colours to hand so props and backgrounds match. When you are ready, get in touch with what you need photographed and where. ## What you get - Edited high-resolution JPEGs in sRGB colour - Web-sized copies, compressed and named for your site - Cutout PNGs or pure white JPEGs for marketplaces - CMYK-ready files or full-resolution TIFFs for print on request - A written usage licence covering where and how long you can use the images - Signed model releases for identifiable people in commercial shots - Online gallery download with a contact sheet for selection ## FAQs ### How much does business photography cost in the UK? At dijitul a half day of photography costs from £295 + VAT and a full day from £495 + VAT. Product photography is from £25 + VAT per image. The fixed quote depends on the number of set-ups, the editing needed and your location, with travel beyond Mansfield and Nottinghamshire added before you book. ### Do you have a place we bring products to? No. dijitul shoots on location, so we come to your premises or another venue you choose and set up there. That suits most businesses, because the photos show your real shop, office, kitchen or workshop. Travel beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area is included in the quote. ### Who owns the copyright in photos I pay for? Under the Copyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988 the photographer owns copyright by default, even when you commissioned and paid for the shoot. You receive a licence to use the images. If you need ownership, the copyright must be assigned in writing and signed. dijitul states the licence in each quote and can include an assignment if you ask. ### What is the difference between a licence and an assignment? A licence is permission to use photos in agreed ways, such as on your website and social media, while the photographer keeps the copyright. An assignment transfers the copyright itself to you, and under section 90 of the 1988 Act it only works if it is in writing and signed. Most businesses need a broad licence rather than an assignment. ### Will I get the RAW files? You get edited JPEGs in sRGB as standard, at full resolution for print and sized for the web. dijitul can supply TIFFs or RAW files by agreement if your designer needs them. RAW files are unprocessed and need specialist software to open, so they are rarely useful on their own. ### Do people in the photos need to sign anything? For commercial use, yes, we recommend a model release from anyone identifiable. It records which images they agree to and where they can be used. A photo of an identifiable person is personal data under UK GDPR, so a signed release also gives you a clear record if anyone later asks how their image is used. ### Can you shoot photos and video on the same day? Yes. dijitul can plan photography and video together so one visit covers both, which saves you organising staff and premises twice. Video starts from £695 + VAT and photography from £295 + VAT for a half day. We give one combined fixed quote once we know the shot list. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Product Photography UK Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/product-photography/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul shoots product photography for UK sellers from £25 + VAT per image: pure white cutouts that meet Amazon's main image rules, plus lifestyle and detail shots for Shopify, eBay and Etsy. We photograph on location at your premises, deliver sized JPEGs and PNGs, and quote travel beyond Mansfield and Nottinghamshire. Price: From £25 + VAT per image ## Problems this solves - Amazon flagged your main image because the background is not pure white - Your phone photos make white products look blue and black products look grey - Every product on your site is shot at a different angle and size - Shoppers ask questions the photos should have answered, like how big it is - Reflective packaging shows the room, the window and you holding the phone - Customers return items because the colour on screen did not match ## Key facts - From £25 + VAT per image; the fixed price depends on product size, finish and retouching - Amazon main images: pure white background, RGB 255, 255, 255, product filling about 85% of the frame - Shopify recommends square 2048 × 2048 px product images - Etsy recommends at least 2000 px on the shortest side, 4:3 or 1:1 - eBay needs 500 px minimum on the longest side and recommends 1600 px or more for zoom - Cutout (white background) and lifestyle (in use, in context) sets from the same visit - Shot on location at your premises; travel beyond Mansfield and Nottinghamshire quoted ## Amazon main image rules, checked Amazon is the strictest marketplace, and a listing with a non-compliant main image can be suppressed from search. According to Amazon's Seller Central product image requirements, as summarised by Jungle Scout this year, the main image must: - sit on a **pure white background, RGB 255, 255, 255**. Off-white (for example 245, 245, 245) is a common reason for rejection. - show the product filling at least **85% of the frame**, without touching or being cut off by the edge (jewellery has an exception) - be at least **1000 pixels** on its longest side, which is what enables zoom - be a real photograph of the product, not a drawing, render or mock-up - carry no text, logos, borders, colour blocks or watermarks - show the product out of its packaging, and only what is included in the sale Secondary images can show lifestyle scenes, infographics, scale and packaging. We check the white value of every main image in Photoshop before delivery, rather than trusting it by eye. ## Shopify, eBay and Etsy image guidance Each platform crops and zooms differently, so one export does not suit all of them. | Platform | Published guidance | | Shopify | Square 2048 × 2048 px recommended; at least 800 × 800 px for zoom; up to 4472 × 4472 px and 20 MB | | eBay | At least 500 px on the longest side; 1600 px or more recommended for zoom; up to 12 MB; no added borders | | Etsy | At least 2000 px on the shortest side; 4:3 landscape or 1:1 square; the first photo becomes the thumbnail | Shopify themes generally expect a consistent ratio, so mixing square and portrait images makes collection pages look ragged. Etsy thumbnails crop to the centre, so we leave space around the product. For eBay, a clean neutral background works best because added borders are not allowed. If you sell across all of them, we shoot once and export separate sets. ## Cutout or lifestyle: you need both A **cutout** is the product alone on white or transparent. It is what marketplaces require for the main image, what comparison shoppers expect, and what your designer needs for catalogues, adverts and packaging mock-ups. It answers "what exactly am I buying?". A **lifestyle** shot shows the product in use: the mug on a desk, the bag on a shoulder, the tool in a hand. It answers "how big is it, and is it for me?". Lifestyle shots work for social media, website banners and Amazon secondary images, and they carry your brand better than a white background ever can. A sensible set for a single product is one main cutout, two or three angles, a detail shot, a scale shot and one or two lifestyle images. Because we shoot on location, lifestyle scenes can use your own premises, or a setting you arrange, which keeps them believable. ## Colour accuracy and returns Wrong colour is one of the most avoidable reasons for returns. We shoot with a grey card or colour reference in the first frame of each set-up and correct to it, so a navy jumper stays navy. Files are delivered in sRGB, the colour space browsers and phones expect. Very glossy, chrome or glass items need controlled reflections and often some retouching; that time is priced at our retouching rate of £45 an hour + VAT and included in the fixed quote. ## How a product shoot works - Send a product list with SKUs, sizes and the platforms you sell on. - We quote per image, with any travel beyond Mansfield and Nottinghamshire included. - We set up at your premises, shoot the cutouts and lifestyle scenes, and you can see frames on a laptop as we go. - We edit, check white values and dimensions, and deliver files named by SKU. Products should be clean, de-labelled where needed and steamed if they are fabric. If you are launching a range, pair the shoot with digital advert design so the images go straight into campaigns. Ready to start? Ask for a quote. ## What you get - Main images on pure white (RGB 255, 255, 255) as JPEG - Transparent-background PNG cutouts for your designer - Lifestyle and in-use images showing scale and context - Detail and close-up shots of texture, stitching, labels or ports - Square 2048 × 2048 px versions for Shopify and Amazon - Files named by SKU so they upload in the right place - A written usage licence covering marketplaces, website and ads ## FAQs ### How much does product photography cost? dijitul charges from £25 + VAT per image for product photography. The fixed price depends on the size and finish of the products, how many angles you need and how much retouching is involved. Reflective or very small items take longer. Travel beyond Mansfield and Nottinghamshire is added to the quote before you book. ### What background does Amazon require for the main image? Amazon's main image must be on a pure white background, RGB 255, 255, 255, with the product filling about 85% of the frame and no text, logos or watermarks. It must be a real photo of the product out of its packaging, at least 1000 pixels on the longest side. dijitul checks each main image's white values before delivery. ### What size should Shopify product photos be? Shopify recommends square images at 2048 × 2048 pixels, with at least 800 × 800 pixels needed for zoom. Keeping every product at the same ratio stops collection pages looking uneven. dijitul exports Shopify-ready square JPEGs alongside your Amazon, eBay and Etsy sets from the same shoot. ### Can you photograph products at our warehouse? Yes. dijitul shoots on location, so we set up a white background and lighting at your warehouse, shop or unit. This avoids couriering stock and lets us shoot lifestyle images in a real setting. Travel beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area is quoted in advance. ### What is the difference between cutout and lifestyle product photos? A cutout shows the product alone on white or transparent, which marketplaces need for main images and designers need for layouts. A lifestyle photo shows the product in use or in context, which helps buyers judge scale and suits social media. dijitul recommends a mix for each product. ### Do I get transparent PNG files? Yes, on request. dijitul supplies transparent-background PNG cutouts alongside white JPEGs, so your designer can place products on coloured backgrounds, packaging mock-ups or adverts without cutting them out again. PNGs are larger files, so we use JPEGs for marketplace uploads. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Commercial Photography UK Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/commercial-photography/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul provides commercial photography for UK businesses: your premises, people at work, machinery, process and finished jobs, for websites, brochures, tenders and adverts. We shoot on location, with a half day from £295 + VAT and a full day from £495 + VAT. Travel beyond Mansfield and Nottinghamshire is quoted and your usage licence is agreed in writing. Price: From £295 + VAT ## Problems this solves - Your tender documents use the same three photos you have used for years - Your website shows a stock factory that is obviously not yours - Staff in the photos left the company two years ago - The brochure designer has nothing wide enough for a full-bleed spread - Photos of your workshop look dark, cluttered and orange - You need images that prove you can actually do the work ## Key facts - Half day from £295 + VAT, full day from £495 + VAT - Covers premises, teams at work, machinery, process, vehicles and completed projects - Shot on location, working around your production schedule and site rules - Landscape 16:9 banners, 4:5 social crops and A4 portrait covers planned from one shot list - Usage licence written into the quote; copyright assignment available on request - Model releases for identifiable staff, recorded for UK GDPR purposes - Travel beyond Mansfield and Nottinghamshire is added to the quote ## What commercial photography is for Commercial photography is the umbrella term for images a business uses to win work. For a manufacturer that means the shop floor, CNC machines, welding, quality checks and finished parts. For a builder or installer it is completed jobs, vans and crews on site. For a professional services firm it is meeting rooms, reception and people working together. For a charity it is volunteers and the services in action. The common thread is proof. Buyers, tender panels and job applicants look at your photos to judge whether you are real, organised and capable. A stock photo of a smiling handshake tells them nothing. A clean, well-lit picture of your actual team doing the actual work tells them a lot. Fresh photos also date-stamp your business. Old vans with a previous logo, a machine you sold three years ago or a team member who has since left all quietly suggest nobody is paying attention. Most firms benefit from a refresh whenever the premises, fleet or branding changes. ## Planning the shoot around your site Commercial sites have rules, and a good shoot works with them rather than against them. Before the day we agree: - **Safety:** PPE, induction, restricted areas, and whether staff in shot must be wearing hard hats, hi-vis, gloves or eye protection. A photo of someone grinding without goggles is a problem in a tender. - **Confidentiality:** customer parts, drawings on screens and whiteboards that cannot be shown. - **Timing:** when machines are running, when the yard is tidy, when natural light is best through the windows. - **People:** who is happy to be photographed, and who needs to sign a model release. We then write a shot list grouped by area, so a half day moves from reception to office to workshop without doubling back. ## Shooting for every format you will use One image rarely fits everywhere. A website hero is usually a wide 16:9 or wider banner with empty space on one side for text. An Instagram or LinkedIn post works best as 4:5 portrait. A brochure cover is A4 portrait, and a double-page spread needs a landscape image wide enough to bleed off both edges. An exhibition stand graphic may be printed two metres tall, so it needs the full resolution of the camera and careful focus. We shoot key scenes both ways and leave room around the subject so your designer can crop. Mixed lighting is a common problem in workshops: daylight from windows, warm tungsten and green-tinged fluorescent tubes in one frame. We balance it at the shoot and in editing, so white walls look white and skin tones look natural. ## Copyright and the tender problem Under the Copyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988 the photographer is the first owner of copyright, even when you commissioned the shoot. That rarely matters until a main contractor asks you to supply images for their own bid document, or a distributor wants to use your photos in their catalogue. If your licence only covers your own marketing, you would technically need permission to pass them on. The fix is simple: tell us at the quote stage where the images may end up. dijitul writes a licence wide enough to include partners, resellers or bid submissions, or assigns copyright in writing if that is what you need. Either way it is agreed before the shoot, not discovered afterwards. ## Prices and next steps Commercial photography is priced by time on location: a half day from £295 + VAT or a full day from £495 + VAT, with travel beyond Mansfield and Nottinghamshire included in the fixed quote. Heavy retouching, such as removing cables or cleaning up a cluttered yard, is quoted at £45 an hour + VAT. If you would like footage of the same processes, our video production can run on the same visit. For manufacturers, see our wider design for manufacturers page, or get in touch with your site and what you need shown. ## What you get - Edited high-resolution JPEGs for print and presentations - Web-optimised copies sized for banners and service pages - Wide landscape frames with space for headline text - Portrait crops for brochure covers and social posts - Signed model releases for featured staff - Written usage licence covering web, print, tenders and adverts ## FAQs ### What is commercial photography? Commercial photography is photography a business uses to sell or win work: premises, staff at work, machinery, process, vehicles and completed projects. dijitul shoots it on location for websites, brochures, tenders, adverts and recruitment, from £295 + VAT for a half day. ### Can you photograph a working factory safely? Yes. dijitul agrees PPE, induction requirements, restricted areas and confidential items with you before the day, and follows your site rules throughout. We also check that staff in shot are wearing the right protective equipment, because unsafe practice in a photo can count against you in a tender. ### Can our customers or partners use the photos? Only if your licence allows it. Under UK copyright law the photographer owns the images by default, so passing them to a distributor or main contractor needs permission. dijitul can write a licence that covers partners and resellers, or assign the copyright in writing, as long as you tell us at the quote stage. ### Is a half day enough for our business? A half day suits a single site with a focused shot list, such as reception, an office, one workshop and a few staff portraits. Multiple buildings, vehicles or processes that only run at certain times usually need a full day from £495 + VAT. dijitul helps you plan the shot list so the time is used well. ### Do staff need to sign model releases? For commercial use we recommend it. A model release records which images a person agrees to and where they can be used. Because identifiable photos count as personal data under UK GDPR, a release also helps you answer questions if someone leaves and asks about their picture. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Corporate Headshot Photography UK Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/headshot-photography/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul photographs corporate headshots at your office, with matching lighting, background and framing so every person on your team page looks part of the same set. A half day costs from £295 + VAT and a full day from £495 + VAT. We deliver LinkedIn-ready squares and website crops, and quote travel beyond Mansfield and Nottinghamshire. Price: From £295 + VAT ## Problems this solves - Your team page mixes holiday snaps, cropped wedding photos and passport pictures - New starters never match the old photos, so the page looks patched together - People hate having their photo taken and it shows - Your speaker bio photo is ten years and two hairstyles out of date - LinkedIn crops the top of your head off in the circle - Half the team are working from home on shoot day ## Key facts - Half day from £295 + VAT, full day from £495 + VAT, at your premises - Same background, lighting height and crop for everyone, so new starters can be matched later - LinkedIn recommends a 400 × 400 px profile photo, displayed in a circle - Plain backdrop or environmental (in your office) styles - Square, 4:5 portrait and wide crops from each chosen frame - Natural retouching: blemishes and stray hairs, not reshaped faces - Travel beyond Mansfield and Nottinghamshire added to the quote ## Consistency is the whole point A single good headshot is easy. A set of thirty that look like they belong together is the real job. That means the same background colour or setting, the same lighting direction and height, the same camera height and the same crop, so eyes sit at roughly the same level across the grid on your team page. dijitul records the set-up for every headshot day: background, distance, light positions and crop guide. When you hire someone in six months, we can rebuild the same look at your office and their photo slots straight in. Without that record, every new starter becomes an odd one out. Consistency also covers the edit. Every file in the set gets the same colour treatment, the same contrast and the same amount of retouching, so nobody looks noticeably smoother or warmer than the person beside them. Where people choose their favourite frame, we apply the edit after selection so the whole grid is finished together rather than one at a time. That way a partner photographed at 9am and a trainee photographed at 4pm still look as if they were taken a minute apart. ## Plain backdrop or environmental There are two main styles, and both can be shot at your premises. - **Plain backdrop:** a portable grey, white or brand-coloured background. Clean, consistent and easy to cut out. Best for team grids, ID passes and press. - **Environmental:** the person in your real workspace, with the background softly out of focus. Warmer and more personal, and it shows your premises. Best for about pages, LinkedIn banners and recruitment. Many firms do both in one session: a plain frame for the grid and an environmental frame for bios. If your brand guidelines specify colours, we can match the backdrop or choose a setting that complements them. ## Sizes for LinkedIn, websites and email LinkedIn's recommended profile photo size is 400 × 400 pixels, and it displays inside a circle, so the corners are lost. We frame with space above the head and keep shoulders inside the circle. For websites, most team pages use a 4:5 or 1:1 crop; we supply both so your developer can pick. For email signatures, a small square around 100 to 150 pixels wide is plenty, as long as it is exported sharp rather than squashed by the email client. Press and speaker requests usually ask for high-resolution files, often 300 dpi at a stated print size. Every person gets a full-resolution file as well as the web sizes, so you are not scrambling when a journalist asks. ## Helping nervous people look like themselves Most people dislike being photographed. The fix is time and direction, not filters. We keep each slot short and relaxed, give clear instructions on posture (weight on the back foot, chin slightly forward), shoot plenty of frames and show people the back of the camera so they can see it is working. Plain, solid colours photograph better than fine stripes or checks, which can shimmer on screen. Glasses wearers can tilt the frames slightly to avoid reflections. Retouching is natural: temporary blemishes, stray hairs and lint are removed, but faces are not reshaped and permanent features are left alone. People should be recognisable when they walk into a meeting. Extra retouching beyond that is charged at £45 an hour + VAT and agreed first. ## Booking a headshot day Headshots are priced by time on location: a half day from £295 + VAT or a full day from £495 + VAT. The number of people we can photograph depends on whether you want one style or two and how many people choose their own frames. Send us a headcount, the styles you want and your office address, and we will send a fixed quote including any travel beyond Mansfield and Nottinghamshire. Book a room with space for a background about three metres deep, and schedule people in slots so nobody waits around. Ask for a quote. ## What you get - Retouched JPEGs for each person, in sRGB - 400 × 400 px and larger square crops for LinkedIn and email signatures - 4:5 portrait crops for team pages and speaker bios - High-resolution versions for print and press - A note of the lighting set-up and framing so future starters match - Usage licence covering web, social, print and press ## FAQs ### How much do corporate headshots cost? dijitul prices headshots by time on location: a half day from £295 + VAT or a full day from £495 + VAT, at your premises. The fixed quote depends on the number of people, the styles you want and any travel beyond Mansfield and Nottinghamshire. ### Can you match headshots for people who join later? Yes. dijitul records the background, lighting positions, camera height and crop on every headshot day. When new staff join, we rebuild the same set-up at your office so their photo matches the rest of the team page. That is the main reason to use one photographer consistently. ### What size should a LinkedIn profile photo be? LinkedIn recommends 400 × 400 pixels for profile photos, and displays them in a circle, so leave space above the head and keep shoulders inside the frame. dijitul supplies LinkedIn-ready square crops alongside larger files for websites and print. ### What should I wear for a headshot? Wear what you would wear to meet a client. Solid, mid-tone colours work best; fine stripes and small checks can shimmer on screen, and very bright white can lose detail. Bring a second top if you are unsure. dijitul can advise on colours that sit well against your chosen background. ### Do you retouch headshots? Yes, naturally. dijitul removes temporary blemishes, stray hairs and lint and balances skin tones, but does not reshape faces or remove permanent features. People should look like themselves in a meeting. Extra retouching, if requested, is £45 an hour + VAT and agreed beforehand. ### Can remote staff be photographed to match? Often, yes. dijitul can photograph remote staff on another date using the recorded set-up, either at your office or another agreed location, with travel quoted. Matching headshots taken by different people at home is much harder, so a second session usually gives the best result. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Property Photography UK Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/property-photography/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul photographs homes, holiday lets and commercial premises for estate agents, landlords and developers across the UK, shot on location with straight verticals and honest, accurate editing. A half day costs from £295 + VAT and a full day from £495 + VAT. Travel beyond Mansfield and Nottinghamshire is quoted, and floor plans can be added. Price: From £295 + VAT ## Problems this solves - Listing photos taken on a phone make rooms look dark and walls lean inwards - Viewers arrive and say the rooms looked bigger online - Your vendor wants the pylon behind the garden "photoshopped out" - Holiday let photos are five years old and the kitchen has been replaced - Exterior shots were taken on a grey day with bins on the drive - Agents in your area all have brighter listings than yours ## Key facts - Half day from £295 + VAT, full day from £495 + VAT - Unfair commercial practice rules moved to the Digital Markets, Competition and Consumers Act 2024 on 6 April 2025 - Omitting material information is now automatically an unfair practice, enforced by the CMA - Edits correct colour, exposure and verticals; they do not hide fixed features or defects - Landscape exports for portals such as Rightmove and Zoopla, and your own site - Ground-level photography only; we do not offer aerial work - Travel beyond Mansfield and Nottinghamshire added to the quote ## The law on misleading property photos Property marketing in the UK has to give buyers and tenants an accurate picture. Since **6 April 2025** the rules on unfair commercial practices sit in the **Digital Markets, Competition and Consumers Act 2024**, which repealed and replaced the Consumer Protection from Unfair Trading Regulations 2008. Propertymark reports that under the new regime, omitting material information is automatically treated as an unfair practice, and the Competition and Markets Authority can now impose fines directly, without going to court. Propertymark also notes that the National Trading Standards Estate and Letting Agency Team's material information guidance (Parts A, B and C) was withdrawn when the Act took over, although agents still refer to it as good practice. That guidance said a listing's photography should not be used to avoid disclosing details that would knowingly affect a buyer. In plain terms: photos can show a property at its best, but they must not hide or invent anything a buyer would want to know. ## Which edits are fine and which are not Commentators quoted by The Negotiator, the estate agency trade title, draw the line in a similar place. Our approach follows it. **Normally fine:** - correcting exposure, white balance and colour so rooms look as they do in person - straightening converging verticals caused by camera tilt - blending window exposures so the view is visible and not burnt out - removing temporary items: a car on the drive, a wheelie bin, a towel on a radiator - blurring personal details such as names on post or photos of children **Not acceptable:** - removing power lines, pylons, phone masts, neighbouring buildings or anything fixed - hiding damp, cracks, stains or damage - changing wall or carpet colours to something that is not there - replacing a grey sky in a way that also hides overhead cables or a view - lens distortion so extreme that rooms look larger than they are If a vendor asks for an edit on the wrong side of that line, we will say so. Virtual staging, if used, should be clearly labelled and shown alongside the real empty room. ## How we shoot a property Rooms are shot from roughly chest height with a wide, but not extreme, lens, keeping the camera level so walls stay vertical. Each main room gets two angles, usually from opposite corners, so buyers understand the layout. Bathrooms, kitchens and the main bedroom matter most, followed by the garden and the front elevation. Exterior shots are timed for the best light where we can, and dusk exteriors with lights on can be arranged for higher-value homes or holiday lets. We work at ground level only: no aerial or mast-mounted shots. If the property has been sold on its views, we photograph them honestly from windows and the garden. ## Getting a property ready - Turn on every light and open all curtains and blinds. - Clear worktops, bathroom shelves and the fronts of fridges. - Move cars off the drive and bins out of sight. - Make beds with plain, pressed linen. - Put away pet bowls, toys and personal photographs. - Mow the lawn and sweep paths if the weather allows. Holiday lets benefit from a few styled details, such as towels on the bed or a set table, as long as guests will find them on arrival. ## Prices, floor plans and portals Property photography is priced by time: a half day from £295 + VAT or a full day from £495 + VAT, so agents and developers can book several properties in one visit. Travel beyond Mansfield and Nottinghamshire is added to the quote. Files are delivered as landscape JPEGs sized for the main portals and for your own website, with full-resolution copies for printed brochures. We also draw floor plans and design property brochures. For agents, see our design for estate agents page, or get in touch. ## What you get - Edited interior and exterior JPEGs in sRGB - Landscape 4:3 and 3:2 exports sized for property portals - Full-resolution files for brochures and window cards - Straightened verticals and balanced window views - A short note of any edits beyond colour and exposure - Floor plans available as a separate service ## FAQs ### How much is property photography? dijitul charges by time on location: a half day of property photography from £295 + VAT and a full day from £495 + VAT. Agents and developers often book several properties in one visit. Travel beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area is added to the fixed quote. ### Can you remove a pylon or power lines from listing photos? No. Removing fixed features such as pylons, power lines, masts or neighbouring buildings could mislead buyers about material information. Since April 2025 that falls under the Digital Markets, Competition and Consumers Act 2024, enforced by the CMA. dijitul removes temporary items like cars and bins, not permanent ones. ### Which property photo edits are allowed? Correcting colour and exposure, straightening verticals, balancing window views and removing temporary clutter such as bins or cars are widely accepted. Hiding defects, fixed features or views, or exaggerating room size, is not. dijitul keeps a note of any edit beyond basic corrections so the agent can see what changed. ### Do you offer aerial photography? No. dijitul offers ground-level property photography only and does not fly aircraft. We photograph exteriors from the street, drive and garden, and views from windows. If you need aerial images, you would need a separate operator registered with the Civil Aviation Authority. ### Is virtual staging allowed in property listings? It can be used, but it should be clearly labelled as virtually staged and shown alongside the real photo of the room. Otherwise buyers may feel misled when they view an empty house. dijitul can produce virtual staging as retouching work at £45 an hour + VAT, labelled as such. ### Do you do floor plans too? Yes. dijitul draws floor plans as part of our CAD and design work, which can be booked alongside property photography. Plans are delivered as PDF and image files ready for property portals and brochures. Ask for both in the same quote. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Food and Drink Photography UK Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/food-photography/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul photographs food and drink for UK restaurants, cafés and food brands, shot in your own kitchen or venue for menus, websites, delivery apps, social media and packaging. A half day costs from £295 + VAT, a full day from £495 + VAT, and packaged product shots from £25 + VAT per image. Travel beyond Mansfield and Nottinghamshire is quoted. Price: From £295 + VAT ## Problems this solves - Your delivery app listing still uses photos of dishes you no longer serve - Phone photos under kitchen lights make everything look yellow - Customers complain the burger looked bigger in the picture - Your Instagram grid is full of dark, cluttered tables - Your new menu goes to print next week and has no images - Packaged products need white-background shots for a wholesaler ## Key facts - Half day from £295 + VAT, full day from £495 + VAT - Packaged food and drink product shots from £25 + VAT per image - Shot in your kitchen, with your chef plating real dishes - Portions shown as served: the ASA has upheld complaints about exaggerated portion sizes - Overhead, 45° and straight-on angles planned per dish - Crops for printed menus, delivery app listings, 4:5 Instagram posts and 9:16 stories - Travel beyond Mansfield and Nottinghamshire added to the quote ## Real food, cooked by your kitchen Food photography for a restaurant or café works best when your own chef plates the dishes exactly as customers receive them. We set up in a quiet corner of your dining room or near a window, the kitchen sends dishes out one at a time, and each is photographed within a few minutes while it still looks fresh. Hot food loses its shine quickly, salad wilts under lights and ice cream will not wait, so the running order matters. It also helps to have the chef or a senior cook free for the session. They know how each dish should look, can fix a sauce that has split or a garnish that has slipped, and can tell us which dishes are best sellers and deserve the most attention. We plan the order with you beforehand: cold dishes and desserts that hold well first or last, hot mains timed with the pass, and drinks whenever the bar is free. Most venues book a shoot in the morning before service, or on a closed day, so the kitchen is not split between customers and camera. ## Honest portions and the advertising rules Food images are advertising, and the Advertising Standards Authority treats them that way. The ASA's guidance is that images which give an inaccurate impression of the product, for example by showing the wrong item, adding extras or exaggerating quality or size, are likely to mislead. It upheld a complaint against Birds Eye for a TV ad in which the portions on screen were larger than the ready meals in the packet. So we photograph the portion you actually serve, with the garnish you actually use. Props and side dishes that are not included should be obvious or clearly marked, which is why packaging often carries the words "serving suggestion". For food brands, this matters even more on packaging, where the image sits right next to the product it describes. ## Angles, light and styling Different dishes suit different angles: - **Overhead (flat lay):** pizzas, bowls, sharing platters, breakfasts and anything best understood from above. - **45 degrees:** the way a diner sees a plate. Good for mains, salads and most plated dishes. - **Straight on:** burgers, stacked cakes, sandwiches and drinks, where height and layers are the point. Soft side light from a window or a diffused lamp shows texture without harsh shadows. We bring lighting to control it when daylight is poor. Styling is simple: clean plates, a few props in your venue's own style, and a drop of oil or water where it helps. Nothing is inedible or faked, because the food on the plate is what customers will get. ## One shoot, many uses Plan every use before the day. A printed menu may need cut-out dishes or wide images with space for text. Delivery apps each publish their own image size and crop rules, so we export to the specification your partner account asks for. Instagram posts work best as 4:5 portrait, stories and Reels as 9:16 vertical, and website banners as wide landscape. Shooting each hero dish both ways covers all of them. Food and drink brands usually also need packshots: the product on pure white for retailer and wholesaler listings, and in-context images for their own site and social posts. Those are priced like product photography, from £25 + VAT per image. ## Booking a food shoot A half day from £295 + VAT suits a focused set of hero dishes and a few venue shots. A full new menu, drinks list and atmosphere shots usually needs a full day from £495 + VAT. Outside Mansfield and Nottinghamshire, travel is included in the fixed quote. Send us your menu with the dishes you want, highlighted, and where the images will be used. For hospitality branding, menus and signage together, see design for restaurants and cafés, or ask for a quote. ## What you get - Edited JPEGs of each dish, in sRGB - Square and landscape crops for delivery apps and websites - 4:5 portrait and 9:16 vertical crops for Instagram and stories - High-resolution files for printed menus and posters - White-background shots of packaged products for retailers - Atmosphere shots of your venue, bar and team at work ## FAQs ### How much does food photography cost? dijitul charges from £295 + VAT for a half day of food photography at your venue and from £495 + VAT for a full day. Packaged food and drink products are from £25 + VAT per image. Travel beyond Mansfield and Nottinghamshire is added to the fixed quote. ### Do you use fake food or tricks to make dishes look better? No. dijitul photographs real food plated by your kitchen, as customers receive it. The Advertising Standards Authority has ruled against food images that exaggerate portion size or quality, so honest photos protect you as well as looking right. Styling is limited to clean plates, props and light. ### How many dishes can you photograph in a half day? It depends on how quickly the kitchen can plate, how many angles each dish needs, and whether you also want venue and team shots. dijitul plans a running order with you beforehand so the time is used well. A full new menu with drinks usually suits a full day. ### Can you photograph food for Deliveroo, Just Eat or Uber Eats? Yes. Delivery apps each set their own image dimensions and crops, so dijitul exports dish photos to the specification your partner account requests. We frame dishes with space around them so the app's crop does not cut off the plate. ### Do you photograph packaged food products? Yes. dijitul shoots packaged food and drink on pure white for retailers, wholesalers and marketplaces, and in context for your own website and social media. These are priced from £25 + VAT per image, and we can shoot them on the same visit as dishes or venue images. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Event and Conference Photography UK Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/event-photography/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul photographs business events across the UK: conferences, product launches, awards nights, open days, exhibitions and charity events. We cover speakers, crowds, sponsors and networking, with GDPR-aware notices and opt-outs agreed beforehand. A half day costs from £295 + VAT and a full day from £495 + VAT, with travel beyond Mansfield and Nottinghamshire quoted. Price: From £295 + VAT ## Problems this solves - Last year's event photos were all backs of heads and empty chairs - Sponsors asked for photos of their stand and you had none - The keynote speaker was shot against a bright screen and is a silhouette - Nobody thought about attendees who did not want to be photographed - You wanted to post on LinkedIn during the event but had no images until a week later - Awards photos have a different winner in front of a different backdrop every time ## Key facts - Half day from £295 + VAT, full day from £495 + VAT - Conferences, launches, awards, exhibitions, open days and fundraisers - Photos of identifiable people are personal data under UK GDPR, so notices and opt-outs are planned in advance - Shot list agreed beforehand: speakers, sponsors, signage, venue, key guests - A small same-day selection can be arranged for live social posting - Licence can extend to sponsors and partners if agreed at quote stage - Travel beyond Mansfield and Nottinghamshire added to the quote ## Plan the shot list before the doors open Events only happen once, so the shot list matters more than at any other shoot. Before the day we agree: - **Must-haves:** each speaker on stage, the CEO's welcome, award presentations, the sponsor wall, the product reveal. - **People:** VIPs, sponsors and winners you need photographed, ideally with a contact on the day who can point them out. - **Timings:** the running order, so we are in position before each key moment rather than arriving halfway through. - **Venue:** where the stage lighting is, where the windows are, and where we can stand without blocking anyone's view. A good brief also covers what you do not need, so time is not spent on fifty near-identical shots of the coffee queue. ## Photographing people at events and UK GDPR A photograph of an identifiable person is personal data under UK GDPR, so an event organiser needs a lawful basis for taking and using it. For most business events, collecting individual consent from every guest is impractical, and many organisers rely on legitimate interests instead. That works best when people are told clearly and given a real choice. In practice that means: - a line in the booking confirmation and joining instructions saying photography will take place and how images will be used - signs at the entrance and registration desk - a simple opt-out, such as a coloured lanyard or sticker, that the photographer can see - asking before photographing anyone close-up in the foreground Wide crowd shots where nobody is the focus carry far less risk than close portraits. Children and vulnerable adults need explicit consent from a parent or carer. We agree this approach with you in advance and follow it on the day; you, as the organiser, remain the data controller for the published images. ## Stage lighting, screens and dark rooms Conference rooms are hard to photograph. Speakers stand in front of bright projection screens, stage lights are coloured and uneven, and the audience sits in the dark. We expose for the speaker's face, not the screen, shoot from several positions (front, side and back of room) to show both the speaker and the audience, and correct mixed colour in editing. Flash is kept to a minimum during talks so it does not distract speakers or guests. For awards, we shoot each winner in the same spot against your banner or backdrop, so the set is consistent. Evening receptions and awards dinners are the darkest of all, so we check the room lighting with the venue beforehand and agree whether any extra light can be set up near the stage. ## Sponsors, partners and who can use the photos Under the Copyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988 the photographer owns the copyright, and you receive a licence to use the images. Sponsors and speakers often ask for photos afterwards. If your licence only covers your own use, sharing with them is not technically covered. dijitul can write the licence to include sponsors, speakers and partners using images of their own participation, so you can share the gallery without worrying. Tell us at the quote stage. It also helps to agree delivery sizes. Sponsors usually want a handful of web-sized JPEGs for LinkedIn and their newsletter, while you may need full-resolution files for next year's brochure, programme or exhibition stand graphics. We supply both from the same edit, so everyone works from the same set of approved images. ## Prices and planning Event photography is priced by time on site: a half day from £295 + VAT covers most morning or evening events, and a full day from £495 + VAT covers a full conference programme. Any travel outside Mansfield and Nottinghamshire is priced into the quote. If you also want a short highlights film, our video production starts from £695 + VAT, and social media video clips can be cut from the same footage. For event branding, see design for events. ## What you get - Edited JPEG gallery of the event, sized for web and print - Speaker and panel shots, including wide stage views - Sponsor, stand and branding coverage - Award presentation and winner photos in front of your backdrop - Candid networking and atmosphere images - Optional same-day selection for social media - Written licence covering your use and, if agreed, sponsors' use ## FAQs ### How much does event photography cost? dijitul charges from £295 + VAT for a half day of event photography and from £495 + VAT for a full day. Most evening events and morning launches fit a half day; full conferences need a full day. Travel beyond Mansfield and Nottinghamshire is added to the fixed quote. ### Do we need consent to photograph guests at our event? Photos of identifiable people are personal data under UK GDPR, so you need a lawful basis. Many business events rely on legitimate interests rather than individual consent, backed by clear notices in booking emails and at the venue, plus a visible opt-out. Children need parental consent. dijitul agrees the approach with you beforehand. ### Can you provide photos during the event? Yes, by arrangement. dijitul can edit a small selection on site during a break and send it to you for live social media posting. The rest of the gallery is edited afterwards. Tell us in advance so time for this is built into the plan and the quote. ### Can our sponsors use the event photos? Only if your licence allows it, because the photographer owns copyright by default under UK law. dijitul can write a licence that lets sponsors, speakers and partners use images of their own participation. Ask for this at the quote stage so it is in writing before the event. ### How do you handle guests who do not want to be photographed? We agree a visible opt-out with you, such as a coloured lanyard or sticker, and avoid photographing those guests. dijitul also asks before taking close-up photos of people in the foreground. If someone later asks to be removed from a published image, you can take it down. ### Do you photograph events outside Nottinghamshire? Yes. dijitul covers events across the UK. Travel beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area is added to the quote, and for early starts or late finishes far from home we include any overnight costs in the fixed price before you book. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Photo Editing and Retouching UK Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/photo-editing-and-retouching/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul edits and retouches photos for UK businesses at £45 an hour + VAT: background removal to pure white, colour correction, product clean-up, skin retouching, compositing and old photo restoration. Send your files and we return a fixed estimate before starting. Editing is done remotely from Mansfield, so there is no travel cost. Price: £45 an hour + VAT ## Problems this solves - Amazon rejected your images because the background is grey - A hundred product photos all have slightly different colour and brightness - Your best team photo has an exit sign growing out of someone's head - Dust, fingerprints and scratches show on every close-up - The printer says your images are RGB and need converting - A treasured old photo for your company history is faded and torn ## Key facts - £45 an hour + VAT, with an estimate before work starts - Done remotely: send RAW, TIFF, PSD or JPEG files by download link - Background removal to pure white RGB 255, 255, 255 or transparent PNG - Colour matched across a set, delivered in sRGB for web or CMYK for print - Layered PSD files available, so your designer can adjust the edit - Honest retouching: no changes that would mislead buyers or break advertising rules - Works on photos we shot and on photos you already have ## What editing and retouching covers **Editing** is the general correction every photo needs: exposure, white balance, contrast, straightening and cropping. **Retouching** is detailed, pixel-level work on specific areas: removing dust and scratches, cleaning reflections, smoothing creases, removing distractions or combining several frames into one. Editing is quick per image; retouching can take minutes or hours depending on what is involved. Typical jobs we handle: - cutting products out onto pure white or transparent backgrounds - matching colour and brightness across a whole catalogue - removing dust, fingerprints, scuffs and price stickers from products - natural skin retouching on headshots - removing distractions such as cables, signs and bins from commercial shots - combining bracketed exposures for interiors with bright windows - restoring faded, torn or scratched old photographs - resizing and renaming batches for marketplace upload ## Background removal and marketplace rules The most common request is a clean white background. Amazon requires main images on pure white, RGB 255, 255, 255, with the product filling about 85% of the frame, according to its Seller Central image requirements. A background that looks white on your screen is often 240 or 245, which can get a listing flagged. We cut out the product with a clipping path or mask, set the background to true white, keep a soft natural shadow if you want one, and check values before export. Hair, fur, fine mesh and glass need more careful masking than a box or a bottle, which is why we estimate per job. For transparent cutouts we supply PNG files; for marketplaces, JPEG on white. See product photography if you would rather we shot the products from scratch. ## Colour, file formats and print Most edits are delivered as JPEGs in **sRGB**, the colour space phones, browsers and marketplaces expect. For print, images usually need converting to **CMYK** using your printer's profile, and they need enough pixels: at 300 dpi, an A4 page (210 × 297 mm) needs roughly 2480 × 3508 pixels. If an image is too small for its print size, no amount of editing will add genuine detail, so we tell you before you pay for retouching it. If your designer wants to adjust the edit later, we can supply layered PSD or TIFF files with the retouching on separate layers. For print design work we can also place the images into the final artwork. ## Where retouching must stop Retouching should make a photo accurate and clean, not deceptive. Advertising rules apply to images as much as words. The ASA has banned cosmetics adverts where retouching exaggerated what the product could do, and it treats food, property and product images the same way: if the picture creates a false impression of what someone will get, it can mislead. Property listings also fall under the Digital Markets, Competition and Consumers Act 2024, so removing fixed features such as power lines is off limits. We will remove a price sticker, but not a scratch that is on the actual item you are selling. We will smooth a temporary blemish, but not reshape a face or body. If a request crosses that line, we say so and suggest an honest alternative. ## How to send work and what it costs Retouching is charged at £45 an hour + VAT. Send a sample or the full set by download link, tell us where the images will be used, and we give an estimate before starting so there are no surprises. Large batches of similar images, such as two hundred product cutouts, are usually far quicker per image than a single complex composite. Send the highest quality originals you have: RAW or TIFF beats a JPEG downloaded from social media. If you need images in several sizes, list them up front, for example a 2048 px square for Shopify and a 1000 px web version, so every export is done in one pass. Get in touch with your files. ## What you get - Edited JPEGs in sRGB for web and marketplaces - Transparent-background PNG cutouts - Layered PSD or TIFF files on request - CMYK conversions prepared for your printer's profile - Batch-consistent colour and exposure across a set - Before-and-after comparisons for approval ## FAQs ### How much does photo retouching cost? dijitul charges £45 an hour + VAT for photo editing and retouching. Simple cutouts and colour corrections take minutes each, while compositing or restoration can take longer. We look at your files and give an estimate before starting, so you know the cost upfront. ### Can you edit photos that someone else took? Yes, as long as you have the right to use and alter them. dijitul edits product shots, team photos and older images supplied by clients. If the photos came from another photographer or a stock library, check your licence allows editing before sending them. ### Can you make my product backgrounds pure white for Amazon? Yes. dijitul cuts out products and sets the background to pure white, RGB 255, 255, 255, as Amazon requires for main images, with the product filling about 85% of the frame. We check the white values before export, because off-white backgrounds are a common reason for listing problems. ### What file formats do I need to send? Send the best originals you have: RAW, TIFF or full-size JPEG straight from the camera. Images saved from social media or messaging apps are heavily compressed and limit what editing can achieve. dijitul returns JPEG, PNG, TIFF or layered PSD files depending on what you need. ### Can you remove things from property photos? dijitul removes temporary items such as cars, bins and personal belongings. We do not remove fixed features like power lines, pylons or neighbouring buildings, or hide defects, because that could mislead buyers under the Digital Markets, Competition and Consumers Act 2024. ### Can you restore old or damaged photographs? Yes. dijitul works from a high-resolution scan of the original, then repairs tears, scratches, stains and fading and rebalances colour. It suits company history pages, anniversary displays and memorial material. Restoration is charged at £45 an hour + VAT, estimated after we see the scan. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Business Video Production UK Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/video-production/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul produces business videos for UK companies from £695 + VAT: brand films, explainers, customer stories, recruitment and process videos, shot on location at your premises. You get a 16:9 master for your website and YouTube, vertical 9:16 and square cutdowns for social media, and subtitles. Travel beyond Mansfield and Nottinghamshire is quoted. Price: From £695 + VAT ## Problems this solves - Your website explains what you do in 800 words that nobody reads - A competitor's video ranks above you on YouTube for your own service - You filmed something on a phone but the sound is echoey and unusable - Your video only exists in landscape and looks tiny on Instagram - People watch with the sound off and miss the message - You are not sure whether the music in your old video is licensed ## Key facts - Video from £695 + VAT, fixed quote after a short brief - Shot on location at your premises; travel beyond Mansfield and Nottinghamshire quoted - 16:9 master at 1920 × 1080, with 9:16 and 1:1 versions for social - Subtitles as an SRT file and burned-in captions where needed - WCAG 2.2 success criterion 1.2.2 (Level A) expects captions on prerecorded video - MP4, H.264, following YouTube's recommended upload settings - Music from libraries licensed for commercial use ## What kind of video do you need? Most business video falls into a few types, and knowing which one you need keeps the shoot focused: - **Brand film:** who you are, what you do, and why it matters, usually 60 to 120 seconds for your homepage. - **Explainer or product demo:** how something works, shown step by step. - **Customer story:** a client describing the problem and the result in their own words. - **Process or capability video:** machinery, production lines or site work, for tenders and trade shows. - **Recruitment:** the workplace and the team, for job adverts and careers pages. - **Event highlights:** a short edit of a conference, launch or open day. A focused video does one job well. Trying to cover your history, every service and a recruitment pitch in two minutes usually does none of them. If you need several messages, it is often better value to film them on the same day and edit them as separate short videos. ## Aspect ratios: 16:9, 9:16 and 1:1 The shape of a video depends on where it will play: | Ratio | Typical size | Where it is used | | 16:9 landscape | 1920 × 1080 | Websites, YouTube, presentations, TVs and screens at events | | 9:16 vertical | 1080 × 1920 | Instagram Reels, YouTube Shorts, TikTok and stories | | 1:1 square | 1080 × 1080 | Feeds on LinkedIn, Facebook and Instagram | | 4:5 portrait | 1080 × 1350 | Instagram and Facebook feeds, where it fills more screen | Cropping a landscape video to vertical afterwards often cuts off people's heads or the product. So we plan for both at the shoot, keeping the key action in the centre of the frame and shooting extra vertical or tighter framings where needed. For uploads, we follow YouTube's recommended encoding settings: MP4 container, H.264 video and AAC audio, at around 8 Mbps for 1080p at 24 to 30 frames per second. ## Subtitles and captions A lot of video is watched on phones with the sound off, and some viewers are deaf or hard of hearing. Subtitles fix both. We supply two forms: - **SRT file (closed captions):** a text file uploaded alongside the video on YouTube, LinkedIn, Facebook or your website player. Viewers can turn it on or off, and the text can help search engines understand the content. - **Burned-in (open) captions:** text fixed into the picture. Essential for social platforms where captions might not show by default, and for screens at events. For accessibility, WCAG 2.2 success criterion 1.2.2 (Level A) expects captions for prerecorded audio in video, including who is speaking and meaningful sounds. UK public sector bodies must meet WCAG 2.1 AA under the 2018 accessibility regulations, so councils, schools and NHS bodies should treat captions as a requirement, not an extra. ## Sound, music and permissions Viewers forgive slightly soft pictures far more readily than bad sound. Interviews are recorded with dedicated microphones close to the speaker, in the quietest room available, with machinery or air conditioning paused where possible. Music comes from libraries licensed for commercial use; a chart track used without a licence can get a video muted or removed. Anyone identifiable on camera, staff or customers, signs a release, and copyright and usage are covered in the same way as our photography: a written licence, or an assignment if you need ownership. ## Prices and process Video production starts from £695 + VAT. The fixed quote depends on how long we are on location, how many people and places are involved, the number of versions and the amount of editing, graphics or motion graphics. Travel outside the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area appears as a line in that quote. The process is simple: a short brief call, a written outline or script, the shoot day, a first edit for your comments, then the final files in every format you need. For short clips aimed at Instagram, TikTok and LinkedIn, see social media video. Ask for a quote. ## What you get - 16:9 master video, MP4 H.264 at 1920 × 1080 - 9:16 vertical cutdown for Reels, Shorts and TikTok - 1:1 or 4:5 version for feeds and LinkedIn - SRT subtitle file plus a burned-in captioned version - Thumbnail still from the footage - Written licence for the footage and music used ## FAQs ### How much does a business video cost in the UK? dijitul produces business videos from £695 + VAT. The fixed price depends on time on location, the number of people and places, how many versions you need and the amount of editing and graphics. Travel beyond Mansfield and Nottinghamshire is added to the quote before you commit. ### What aspect ratio should my video be? Use 16:9 landscape at 1920 × 1080 for websites and YouTube, 9:16 vertical at 1080 × 1920 for Reels, Shorts and TikTok, and 1:1 or 4:5 for social feeds. dijitul plans the shoot so one session produces all the versions you need, rather than cropping awkwardly afterwards. ### Do you add subtitles to videos? Yes. dijitul supplies an SRT caption file for YouTube, LinkedIn and your website player, plus a version with captions burned into the picture for social media. Captions help people watching without sound, and WCAG 2.2 success criterion 1.2.2 expects them on prerecorded video. ### Where do you film? dijitul films on location: at your premises, on a client site or at a venue you choose. That keeps the video authentic and avoids moving equipment or products. Travel beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area is quoted. We do not offer aerial filming. ### Can we use popular music in our video? Not without a licence, and licensing chart music for business use is usually expensive and complicated. dijitul uses tracks from music libraries licensed for commercial use, so your video will not be muted or taken down on YouTube or social platforms. ### Who owns the video once it is made? Under the Copyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988, copyright in a film belongs by default to its producer and principal director, and you receive a licence to use it. dijitul states the licence in the quote. If you need to own the copyright outright, ask at the start and the assignment is put in writing. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Social Media Video Production UK Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/social-media-video/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul films and edits short social media videos for UK businesses from £695 + VAT: vertical 9:16 clips for Instagram Reels, TikTok and YouTube Shorts, square and 4:5 cuts for feeds and LinkedIn, all with burned-in captions. We film a batch of clips in one session at your premises, with travel beyond Mansfield and Nottinghamshire quoted. Price: From £695 + VAT ## Problems this solves - You know you should post video but never have time to film it - Your clips are landscape and appear as a thin strip on phones - Captions sit right under the like and share buttons - Every video starts with your logo and people scroll past - Your phone footage has wind noise and shaky handheld shots - Your TikTok business account cannot use the song you wanted ## Key facts - From £695 + VAT for a filmed and edited batch of clips - Vertical 9:16 at 1080 × 1920 for Reels, TikTok and YouTube Shorts - Reels and YouTube Shorts can now run up to 3 minutes; most business clips are far shorter - Captions burned into every clip, styled to your brand - Text kept inside the central safe zone so app buttons do not cover it - Several clips filmed in one session to give weeks of posts - Filmed on location; travel beyond Mansfield and Nottinghamshire quoted ## Vertical first: sizes and safe zones Short-form video is watched on phones held upright, so it is filmed and edited vertical first. The standard is **9:16 at 1080 × 1920 pixels** for Instagram Reels, TikTok and YouTube Shorts. For feed posts, **4:5 at 1080 × 1350** fills more of the screen than a square, and **1:1 at 1080 × 1080** still works well on LinkedIn and Facebook. Each app lays buttons, usernames and captions over the edges of the video, particularly along the bottom and the right-hand side. Social media size guides from tools such as Hopper HQ and Postfa.st recommend keeping key text and faces in the central area of the frame, roughly the middle 4:5 section of a 9:16 video. We design captions and titles inside that safe zone so nothing important is hidden behind a like button. Length limits have grown: guides published this year put both Reels and YouTube Shorts at up to 3 minutes. That is a ceiling, not a target. Most useful business clips make one point and finish. ## Captions on every clip Many people scroll with the sound off, in offices, on trains or late at night. If the message is only in the audio, they never hear it. So every clip we deliver has **burned-in captions**: text fixed into the picture that appears whatever the viewer's settings. We style them in your brand fonts and colours, keep lines short so they can be read at a glance, and place them in the safe zone. Where a platform accepts caption files, such as YouTube or LinkedIn, we also supply an **SRT** file, which can be switched on or off and makes the spoken words readable as text. Captions are also an accessibility basic: they let deaf and hard of hearing followers get the same message as everyone else. ## Batch filming: weeks of posts in one session The hardest part of social video is consistency. Filming one clip whenever you remember rarely lasts. We plan a batch instead: a list of short ideas filmed in a single session at your premises, then edited into separate clips you can post over the following weeks. Typical ideas include: - a quick tip or answer to a question customers always ask - a product shown in use, from unboxing to result - behind the scenes: how something is made, packed or installed - meet the team, one person at a time - before and after on a finished job - a short customer comment, with their signed permission Starting each clip with the most interesting moment, not a logo or a slow introduction, gives it the best chance of being watched. Your branding can sit in the captions and the closing frame instead. ## Music, permissions and business accounts Music rules on social platforms catch many businesses out. Business accounts on TikTok are limited to its Commercial Music Library, and other platforms restrict popular tracks for commercial use too, so a song you hear on a personal account may not be available to your brand. As music licensing firm Soundstripe points out, tracks from TikTok's commercial library are cleared for TikTok only, so the same clip reposted to Instagram or YouTube needs separately licensed music. We use music licensed for commercial use, so clips stay up and keep their sound. Staff and customers who appear on camera sign a release, and the licence for the footage is written into the quote. ## Price and what to prepare Social media video starts from £695 + VAT. The fixed price depends on how many clips are in the batch, how long we film, and the amount of editing and graphics. Travel beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area is shown in the quote. To prepare, list the questions customers ask most, the products or services you want to push, and the people happy to appear. Pair the clips with matching social media templates or a social media graphics pack so stills and video look like one brand. For longer brand films, see video production. ## What you get - Vertical 9:16 MP4 clips at 1080 × 1920 - 4:5 or 1:1 versions for Instagram, Facebook and LinkedIn feeds - Burned-in captions in your brand fonts and colours - Separate SRT caption files where the platform supports them - Cover frames for Reels and Shorts grids - Licensed music suitable for business accounts - A simple posting list with suggested captions ## FAQs ### How much do social media videos cost? dijitul produces social media video from £695 + VAT, usually as a batch of short clips filmed in one session and edited for each platform. The fixed price depends on the number of clips, filming time and editing. Travel beyond Mansfield and Nottinghamshire is added to the quote. ### What size should Instagram Reels and TikTok videos be? Use vertical 9:16 at 1080 × 1920 pixels for Instagram Reels, TikTok and YouTube Shorts. Keep text and faces in the central part of the frame, because each app overlays buttons and captions around the edges. dijitul also supplies 4:5 and 1:1 versions for feeds. ### How long should a social media video be? As short as the message allows. Instagram Reels and YouTube Shorts can now run up to 3 minutes, but most business clips work best when they make one point quickly. dijitul edits each idea to its natural length rather than padding it to fill time. ### Why do social videos need burned-in captions? Many people watch with the sound off, so a clip that relies on speech loses them. Burned-in captions appear whatever the viewer's settings and help deaf and hard of hearing followers. dijitul adds styled captions to every clip and supplies SRT files where platforms accept them. ### Can we use trending songs in our business videos? Often not. Business accounts on TikTok are limited to its Commercial Music Library, and other platforms restrict popular music for brands. Using unlicensed tracks risks muted or removed videos. dijitul uses music licensed for commercial use so your clips stay live. ### Can you film several videos in one visit? Yes, and that is the most efficient approach. dijitul plans a list of short ideas with you, films them in one session at your premises, then edits each into a separate clip, giving you a run of posts for the weeks ahead. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # CAD Design Services UK Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/cad-design/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul media provides 2D and 3D CAD design for UK businesses: technical drawings to BS 8888, 3D models, product design, sheet metal flat patterns, floor plans, 3D printing files and drawing conversion. CAD time is £45 an hour + VAT, or we give you a fixed quote for a clearly defined job before any work starts. Price: £45 an hour + VAT ## Problems this solves - The manufacturer wants a STEP file and all you have is a sketch on paper - Your only copy of an old part drawing is a faded scan nobody can edit - The laser cutter keeps asking for a 'clean DXF' and you are not sure what that means - You have a product idea but no way to show a factory what it should look like - Quotes come back wildly different because the drawing leaves too much open to interpretation - Your in-house engineer is overloaded and the drawing backlog keeps growing ## Key facts - CAD design time is £45 an hour + VAT; defined jobs get a fixed quote first - Files delivered in the formats your supplier asks for: DWG, DXF, STEP, IGES, STL, OBJ, 3MF and PDF - Engineering drawings laid out to BS 8888 and the ISO 128 series, first angle projection unless you need third - Parametric 3D models with a clean feature tree, so later changes are quick - Work done remotely from Mansfield, Nottinghamshire, for clients across the UK - dijitul has been trading since 2006 ## What our CAD design service covers CAD (computer-aided design) is how an idea becomes something a workshop, factory or builder can make without guessing. At dijitul media we handle the whole range of everyday CAD work for small manufacturers, fabricators, inventors, product start-ups and property businesses. Each area has its own page with more detail: - 2D CAD drafting: layouts, schematics and redrawn sketches as DWG and DXF. - 3D CAD modelling: parts and assemblies, exported as STEP for your supplier. - Technical drawings: dimensioned, toleranced manufacturing drawings to BS 8888. - Product design: from first sketch to a prototype-ready model. - Sheet metal and fabrication drawings: bend data, flat patterns and weld drawings. - Design for 3D printing: models built around FDM, SLA or SLS limits. - 3D rendering and visualisation: realistic images before anything is made. - Floor plans: clear plans for estate agents, landlords and fit-outs. - CAD conversion: PDFs, scans and paper drawings turned into editable CAD. ## File formats: which one does your supplier need? The wrong file format is the most common reason a CAD job stalls. Here is what each format is for, so you can tell us what the person at the other end has asked for. | Format | What it is | Typical use | | DWG | AutoCAD's native 2D and 3D drawing format | Drawings for architects, builders and engineers | | DXF | Open exchange format for 2D geometry | Laser, plasma, waterjet and CNC router cutting | | STEP (.stp) | Neutral 3D solid format (ISO 10303) | Sending 3D parts to machine shops and toolmakers | | IGES (.igs) | Older neutral format, good with surfaces | Legacy systems that cannot read STEP | | STL | Triangle mesh with no units or colour | 3D printing | | 3MF | Modern print format that keeps units, colour and settings | 3D printing where STL loses information | | OBJ | Mesh with texture support | Visualisation, games, AR and some printing | A STEP file carries real solid geometry, so a machinist can measure and program from it. An STL is only a surface of triangles: fine for printing, poor for machining or editing. If you are unsure, ask your supplier for their preferred format and version, and we will export to match. ## Standards we draw to UK manufacturing drawings normally follow **BS 8888**, the British framework standard for technical product documentation. The current edition, BS 8888:2020 (according to BSI), points to the ISO standards behind it, including the **ISO 128** series for line types, views and sections. In practice that means consistent line weights, correctly placed section views, a projection symbol in the title block, stated general tolerances and clear revision control. UK and European drawings usually use **first angle projection**; North American suppliers expect **third angle**. Both are valid as long as the symbol is shown, and getting it wrong mirrors your views, so tell us if your parts are being made overseas. Where a fit or a flat face really matters, we add geometric tolerancing (GD&T) rather than tightening every dimension, because tight tolerances everywhere just raise the price of every part. ## How a CAD job works with dijitul - **Send what you have.** Sketches, photos, measurements, an old drawing, a competitor sample or a supplier's request. Email works, or use our quote form. - **We agree the output.** Which files, which standard, which units, and what the drawing must control. For a defined job you get a fixed price; open-ended work is booked at £45 an hour + VAT. - **We model and draw.** You get PDFs or screenshots to check at sensible points, not a surprise at the end. - **Hand-over.** Native and neutral files, named and revision-numbered so you and your supplier always know which is current. Read more about how we work. ## What CAD design costs All CAD work at dijitul media is charged at **£45 an hour + VAT**. A single simple bracket drawing may take an hour or two; a multi-part product assembly with a drawing pack takes much longer. When the brief is clear, we quote a **fixed price** instead, so you know the total before we start. Supplier-ready files are included; 3D printing, prototyping and manufacture are not, and are paid to your chosen supplier. See all our prices. If you are a manufacturer looking for wider help with brochures, datasheets and product photos as well as drawings, see design for manufacturers. ## What you get - Native CAD files plus neutral exports (STEP AP214 or AP242, IGES on request) - 2D drawings as DWG and DXF, with a dimensioned PDF for checking and sign-off - Flat patterns as 1:1 DXF for laser, plasma or waterjet cutting - STL or 3MF files for 3D printing - Rendered images as PNG or JPG for sales and approval - A revision-controlled drawing set with your title block ## FAQs ### How much does CAD design cost in the UK? dijitul media charges £45 an hour + VAT for 2D and 3D CAD work. For a clearly defined job, such as a set of part drawings or a flat pattern, we give you a fixed quote first, so the price does not move unless the brief changes. ### Which CAD software do you use? We work in industry-standard tools and deliver files that open in AutoCAD, SolidWorks, Fusion, Inventor, SketchUp and most CAM software. What matters more is the export format: tell us whether your supplier wants DWG, DXF, STEP, IGES, STL or 3MF and which version, and we will match it. ### Can you work from a hand sketch? Yes. A sketch with key dimensions, a few photos and a note of what the part attaches to is often enough. Where something is missing or does not add up, we ask rather than guess, because a wrong assumption on a drawing becomes a wrong part in the workshop. ### Do you work with clients outside Nottinghamshire? Yes. dijitul is based in Mansfield, Nottinghamshire, but CAD work is done remotely, so location makes no difference. Files, sketches and mark-ups move by email, and we can talk through a drawing on a video call or by phone on 01623 650333. ### Who owns the CAD files? Once the job is paid, the files we create for you are yours to use, change and send to any supplier. We hand over native files as well as neutral exports, so you are not tied to us for future changes. We agree this in writing before starting. ### Will you sign an NDA? Yes. Many product and engineering clients ask for a non-disclosure agreement before sharing an idea, and that is sensible. Send yours over, or ask us for a simple mutual NDA, and we will sign it before you send any confidential drawings. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # 2D CAD Drafting Services Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/2d-cad-drafting/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul media produces 2D CAD drawings in DWG and DXF for UK businesses: redrawn hand sketches, workshop and machine layouts, panel and signage cutting files, schematics and general arrangement drawings, set up on proper layers with ISO 128 line types. 2D drafting is £45 an hour + VAT, or a fixed quote for a defined drawing set. Price: £45 an hour + VAT ## Problems this solves - Your workshop runs off hand sketches that only one person can read - The CNC operator says your DXF has gaps, overlapping lines and text that will not cut - You need a factory floor layout before the new machine is delivered - An insurer or customer has asked for a proper drawing, not a photo with arrows - Your old drawings are in a format nobody's software opens any more ## Key facts - Drawings supplied as DWG (AutoCAD) and DXF, plus a PDF for printing and sign-off - Line types and weights follow the ISO 128 series, so drawings read the same as any engineering office's - Drawn at full size in model space, with scaled paper layouts at 1:1, 1:2, 1:5, 1:10, 1:20, 1:50 or 1:100 - Layers named and organised so you can switch off dimensions, hatching or notes - DXF exported to the version your cutting or CAM software reads - £45 an hour + VAT, with fixed quotes for defined drawing sets ## When 2D is the right answer Not every job needs a 3D model. A flat part, a floor or site layout, an electrical schematic, a gasket, a sign panel or a wiring diagram is fully described in two dimensions, and 2D is quicker and cheaper to produce and change. 2D drafting is also the right choice when the person receiving the file works in AutoCAD, a CAM package or on the shop floor with a printed sheet. Where a part has real depth, multiple machined faces or has to fit inside an assembly, a 3D model is usually better, and we produce the 2D drawings from it. If you are not sure which you need, describe the job and we will say which is the more economical route. ## Typical 2D drafting jobs - **Redrawing sketches:** a dimensioned hand sketch turned into a clean, scaled drawing. - **Workshop and factory layouts:** machine footprints, walkways, racking and service positions, so you can plan a move before lifting anything. - **General arrangement (GA) drawings:** how the parts of a frame, guard or enclosure fit together, with a parts list. - **Cutting files:** profiles for laser, plasma, waterjet and CNC router work, including signage letters and panels. - **Schematics and diagrams:** electrical, pneumatic and hydraulic circuits, and simple process flow diagrams. - **Planning-style drawings:** elevations and site layouts for sheds, outbuildings and signage, for you or your agent to submit. For architectural floor plans, see our floor plans page. For fabricated steelwork, see sheet metal and fabrication drawings. ## What makes a DXF 'clean' for cutting Cutting machines follow lines literally, so a drawing that looks fine on screen can still fail. A clean cutting DXF has: - Geometry at **1:1 scale in millimetres**, never scaled to fit a sheet. - **Closed profiles** (joined polylines) with no gaps, so the machine knows inside from outside. - **No duplicate or overlapping lines**, which would be cut twice and scorch the edge. - Text converted to outlines if it is to be cut or engraved, and removed if it is only a note. - Dimensions, title blocks and borders on separate layers or left out entirely. - Cut and engrave lines on separate layers or colours, as your cutter specifies. We leave kerf compensation to the cutting company, because it depends on their machine and material, unless they ask for it to be built in. ## Drawing conventions we follow Our 2D drawings use the line conventions in the ISO 128 series, which **BS 8888** refers to: continuous thick lines for visible edges, dashed lines for hidden detail, chain lines for centre lines and section planes. Hatching follows the section, dimension text is a readable height when printed, and every sheet carries a scale, units, projection symbol and revision. These small things are what let a machinist in another company read the drawing without phoning you. We draw everything full size in model space and set up scaled sheets for printing, so the geometry stays accurate even when you print at A3 instead of A1. ## What to send us for a 2D drawing The more we know up front, the fewer questions and the lower the cost. Useful inputs are: a sketch or marked-up photo with overall sizes and key dimensions; the material and thickness for anything that will be cut; what the part fixes to or sits next to; the sheet size you print on (A4, A3 or larger); and the format and version your machine, supplier or software needs. If there is an existing drawing, even an old or partial one, send it, because it often answers questions you would not think to mention. If you already have a company drawing standard or title block, include that too and we will follow it. ## Price 2D CAD drafting is £45 an hour + VAT. A simple single-sheet part drawing or cutting file is often an hour or two of work; a full factory layout or a multi-sheet GA set takes longer. Send us what you have and we will give you a fixed price where the scope is clear. See all our prices or ask for a quote. ## What you get - DWG files with named layers, blocks and dimension styles - Clean DXF files for laser, plasma, waterjet or router cutting - Print-ready PDFs at the stated scale and sheet size (A4 to A0) - Your title block, or a new one set up for you as a template - A revision table so changes are traceable ## FAQs ### What is the difference between DWG and DXF? DWG is AutoCAD's native file and keeps everything: layers, blocks, dimension styles and layouts. DXF is an open exchange format that most cutting and CAM software can read. dijitul usually supplies both, with DWG for editing and DXF for the machine. ### Can you redraw an old drawing from a PDF or scan? Yes. We redraw from the dimensions written on the drawing rather than tracing the scan, because scanned paper is rarely to scale. Anything that is unclear or does not add up gets flagged for you to check. Our CAD conversion page explains this in more detail. ### Which AutoCAD version will the DWG open in? Tell us your version and we will save to it. If you do not know, we save to an older DWG format that current and older AutoCAD releases, and most other CAD programs, can open, so nobody at the other end is stuck. ### Do you produce drawings for planning applications? We can draw site layouts and elevations for simple structures such as outbuildings, signage and fencing, using your measurements. We are not architects or planning consultants, so the application itself, and any advice on whether permission is needed, stays with you or your agent. ### Can you set up our company title block? Yes. dijitul can build your title block as a reusable DWG template with drawing number, revision, scale, projection, material, tolerances and approval fields, so every future drawing, whoever produces it, looks consistent. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # 3D CAD Modelling Services Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/3d-cad-modelling/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul media builds 3D CAD models of parts and assemblies for UK manufacturers, fabricators and inventors. We model parametrically from sketches, samples or drawings and export STEP for machine shops, STL or 3MF for printing, and 2D drawings for the workshop. 3D modelling is £45 an hour + VAT, or a fixed quote for a defined part. Price: £45 an hour + VAT ## Problems this solves - The toolmaker will not quote without a STEP file - You have a physical part that is no longer made and need a model to remake it - Parts that looked right in your head clash when they are assembled - A supplier's 3D file is a 'dumb' solid that nobody can edit - You need a model for printing, machining and marketing images, and keep paying three times ## Key facts - Parametric models with a logical feature tree, so dimensions can be changed later without rebuilding - Neutral exports as STEP (AP214 or AP242) for suppliers, IGES on request - STL or 3MF exports for 3D printed prototypes - Assemblies with a bill of materials and interference checks before anything is made - 2D manufacturing drawings produced directly from the model, so they always match - £45 an hour + VAT, or a fixed quote for a defined scope ## Parametric or direct modelling: why it matters to you There are two broad ways to build a 3D model, and the difference shows up when you need a change. **Parametric modelling** (the approach used in SolidWorks, Fusion and Inventor) records the model as a history of sketches and features driven by dimensions and constraints. Change the wall thickness or hole spacing and the model rebuilds around it. It captures *design intent*: a hole stays centred because it was defined as centred, not because it happened to be in the middle. This is the best choice for parts that will go through several versions. **Direct modelling** pushes and pulls the faces of a solid without a history. It is quick for concept work and for editing imported STEP files from someone else's system, where no feature tree exists. We use whichever suits the job and often both: direct edits on a supplier's imported part, parametric modelling for your own design. ## What we can model from - **Sketches and notes:** hand drawings with key dimensions. - **Existing 2D drawings:** old paper or PDF drawings rebuilt as 3D (see CAD conversion). - **Physical samples:** measured with callipers and gauges by you, or posted to us for measuring where that is practical. Freeform shapes may need a 3D scan, which a scanning bureau can supply as a mesh for us to model over. - **Supplier files:** STEP, IGES or STL from a component maker, used to design around bought-in parts. - **A brief:** where nothing exists yet, which is product design. ## Assemblies, clearances and fit Modelling every part together as an assembly catches the expensive mistakes early. We check for **interference** (two parts occupying the same space), confirm clearances for fasteners, tools and hands, and make sure moving parts can move through their full range. Bought-in components such as bearings, fasteners, hinges and motors are placed from the manufacturer's own CAD files where they publish them, so their sizes are right. The assembly produces a **bill of materials** listing every part, quantity and material, which becomes the basis of your purchasing and costing. Changes to one part update the assembly and its drawings, which is why we model the whole thing rather than drawing parts in isolation. ## Modelling for the way it will be made A part designed for CNC machining, injection moulding, sheet metal or 3D printing looks different, because each process has its own limits. Machined internal corners need a radius at least as big as the cutter; moulded parts need draft angles and even wall thickness; sheet metal parts need realistic bend radii. We ask how a part will be made before modelling it, and flag features that will add cost. Read more on sheet metal and design for 3D printing. ## Hand-over files and STEP versions Every 3D job ends with a set of files named so you can tell what each one is and which revision it belongs to. STEP comes in several application protocols. **AP214** is the long-standing choice and carries geometry, colours and assembly structure. **AP242** is the newer protocol and can also carry product manufacturing information (dimensions and tolerances attached to the model), which suits suppliers who work from the model rather than a drawing. If your supplier's software is older, AP214 is the safer choice; we ask before exporting. Units are set to millimetres unless you tell us otherwise, and each part is exported both individually and as part of the full assembly, so a supplier quoting one component does not have to dig it out of a large file. Native files come too, so you or another designer can carry on later. ## Price 3D CAD modelling is £45 an hour + VAT. A simple bracket or spacer might be an hour; a multi-part assembly with drawings is a larger job that we usually fix-price once we have seen the inputs. Need images from the same model? Our 3D rendering uses it directly, so you are not paying to model twice. See prices. ## What you get - Native parametric part and assembly files - STEP exports of each part and the full assembly - STL or 3MF files for 3D printing - A bill of materials (BOM) for assemblies - Dimensioned 2D drawings as PDF and DWG - Screenshot or rendered views for approval ## FAQs ### What is a STEP file and why does my supplier want one? A STEP file is a neutral 3D format defined by ISO 10303 that almost every CAD and CAM system can import as an accurate solid. Machine shops use it to measure and program toolpaths directly, which is quicker and less error-prone than re-drawing from a PDF. dijitul supplies STEP with every 3D job. ### Can you model a part from a physical sample? Yes, for parts made mainly of flat faces, holes and simple curves. You can measure it, or we can discuss posting it to us. Complex organic shapes are better 3D scanned first by a scanning service; we then build a clean, editable model using the scan as a reference. ### Can you edit a STEP file someone else made? Usually, yes. STEP files carry no feature history, so we edit them with direct modelling tools: moving faces, adding holes or changing lengths. Larger redesigns are often quicker to rebuild parametrically, and we will tell you which is cheaper before starting. ### Can I have the native files as well as STEP? Yes. dijitul hands over native files and neutral exports, so you can make changes yourself or use another designer later. Native files only open in the same software family, so STEP remains the safer format for sending to suppliers. ### How accurate is a 3D model? The model itself is mathematically exact. Its real-world accuracy depends on the information it is built from, which is why measured dimensions, drawings and tolerances matter. Where inputs are uncertain, we mark the dimensions you need to confirm before anything is made. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Product Design Services UK Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/product-design/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul media helps UK inventors and small businesses turn a product idea into something a factory can make: concept sketches, 3D CAD, design-for-manufacture checks, 3D printed prototype files and a manufacturer-ready drawing pack. Product design is £45 an hour + VAT, and once the brief is pinned down we can quote each stage as a fixed price. Price: £45 an hour + VAT ## Problems this solves - You have an idea in your head and a notebook, but nothing a manufacturer can quote from - A factory quoted, but only after asking dozens of questions you could not answer - Your first prototype worked, but costs far too much to make in volume - You are not sure whether to protect the design before you show it to anyone - You need renders for a crowdfunding page before the product exists ## Key facts - Work runs in stages: brief, concepts, CAD, prototype, refinement, production files - Each stage can be fixed-priced, so you only commit to the next step when ready - Designs are checked for manufacture and assembly (DFM/DFA) before tooling money is spent - Prototype files supplied as STL or 3MF; production files as STEP plus drawings - Product safety marking (UKCA or CE) and testing stay the responsibility of the business placing the product on the market - £45 an hour + VAT for design time ## The stages from idea to prototype - **Brief.** What the product does, who uses it, where, roughly how many you hope to sell and the price it must hit. Target cost shapes every later decision. - **Concepts.** Two or three different approaches as sketches or simple 3D forms, so you choose a direction before detail work starts. - **Detailed CAD.** The chosen concept built as a full 3D model, with real wall thicknesses, fixings and bought-in parts. - **Prototype.** Usually 3D printed first, because it is cheap and fast to change. See design for 3D printing. - **Test and refine.** You handle it, use it and show it to people. We update the model from what you learn. Most products go round this loop more than once. - **Production files.** STEP files, technical drawings with tolerances, and a bill of materials for quoting manufacturers. ## Design for manufacture and assembly (DFM/DFA) A product that works as a one-off print can be expensive or impossible to make in volume. DFM means shaping each part around its process: draft angles and even walls for injection moulding, sensible bend radii for sheet metal, cutter-sized internal radii for machining. DFA means fewer parts, fewer fastener types, parts that only fit one way round, and snap fits where screws are not needed. We cannot promise your unit cost, which depends on volumes, materials and the factory you choose, but we flag features that will push it up and suggest simpler alternatives before you pay for tooling. ## Safety marking and regulations: your responsibility Before a product can be sold, the business placing it on the market (normally you, the brand owner or importer) must make sure it meets the relevant product safety law, carries the right marking and has the supporting technical file and declaration of conformity. In Great Britain that can mean UKCA or CE marking depending on the product type; GOV.UK has confirmed CE marking continues to be recognised in GB for many product types, with separate rules for sectors such as construction products and medical devices. dijitul media is a design company, not a test house or notified body. We do not certify products or issue declarations. We can design with known requirements in mind, such as access to battery compartments or space for markings, and supply drawings for your technical file, but testing and compliance sign-off should come from an accredited test house or specialist consultant. ## Protecting your design In the UK, the look of a product can be protected by a **registered design** through the Intellectual Property Office. GOV.UK says a registration lasts 5 years and can be renewed every 5 years up to a maximum of 25 years. There is also automatic **unregistered design right** for the shape of 3D objects and a shorter supplementary right for appearance, which GOV.UK says lasts 3 years from when the design is made public. How a product works is a patent matter, which is separate. Disclosure timing matters, so take advice from a patent or design attorney before you publish or crowdfund. Our renders and drawings can form the images you file. We sign NDAs before you share confidential ideas. ## What to bring to the first conversation You do not need drawings to start. Useful things to have ready are: a description of the problem the product solves, sketches or photos of anything similar on the market, the rough size, the conditions it will be used in (outdoors, wet, hot, dropped, handled by children), your target retail price and the quantities you hope to sell in the first year. Knowing the target cost early stops us designing something that works perfectly but cannot sell at the price you need. ## Connected products and cost If your product has an app, a web dashboard or connects to the internet, the software side is a separate piece of work; our sister company builds bespoke software and apps. Product design at dijitul media is £45 an hour + VAT, and each stage can be quoted at a fixed price once the brief is clear. Prototypes, tooling and manufacture are paid to the suppliers you choose. See prices or ask for a quote. ## What you get - Concept sketches or quick 3D concepts for you to choose from - A parametric 3D CAD model of every part - STL or 3MF files for 3D printed prototypes - STEP files and dimensioned drawings for manufacturers - A bill of materials listing parts, materials and bought-in components - Rendered images for investors, crowdfunding or retailers ## FAQs ### How much does product design cost in the UK? At dijitul media, product design time is £45 an hour + VAT. Because the total depends on the product's complexity and how many prototype rounds it needs, we split the work into stages and quote each one at a fixed price once the brief is clear, so you never commit to the whole project upfront. ### Can you make the prototype? We design the prototype and supply print-ready STL or 3MF files. The printing itself is done by a 3D printing bureau or on your own printer, and paid to them. Having the design and the printing separate means you can choose the right process and material for each stage. ### Can you get my product UKCA or CE marked? No. Marking and compliance are the legal responsibility of the business placing the product on the market, supported by an accredited test house or compliance consultant. dijitul can design with the requirements you are given in mind and supply drawings for your technical file, but we do not certify products. ### Should I register my design before showing it to manufacturers? Take advice from a patent or design attorney, because the timing of public disclosure affects what you can protect. Sharing under an NDA is not public disclosure. A UK registered design is filed with the Intellectual Property Office, and dijitul can produce the drawings or renders for the application. ### Can you find me a manufacturer? We do not act as a sourcing agent, but we give you a drawing pack, STEP files and a bill of materials that any UK or overseas manufacturer can quote from properly. Clear files mean comparable quotes, rather than prices built on guesswork. ### My product has an app. Can you design that too? dijitul media designs the physical product. The app, firmware or web platform is software development, which our sister company dijitul developments handles, so both sides of a connected product can be planned together from the start. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Technical & Engineering Drawings to BS 8888 Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/technical-drawings/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul media produces technical and engineering drawings for UK manufacturers and inventors, laid out to BS 8888 and the ISO 128 series with correct projection, sensible tolerances, GD&T where it matters, a full title block and revision control. You get PDF, DWG and DXF files. Technical drawing is £45 an hour + VAT, or a fixed quote per set. Price: £45 an hour + VAT ## Problems this solves - Two machine shops quoted wildly different prices from the same drawing - Parts arrived that matched the drawing but still did not fit - Nobody can tell which version of the drawing is current - Your overseas supplier made a mirror image of the part - Every dimension is toleranced to ±0.05 mm, and every part costs a fortune ## Key facts - Drawings follow BS 8888, the UK framework standard for technical product documentation - First angle projection by default, third angle for North American suppliers, always with the symbol shown - General tolerances stated in the title block, commonly to ISO 2768-1 - Geometric tolerancing (GD&T) used on the features that control fit and function - Every sheet carries drawing number, revision, scale, units, material and finish - £45 an hour + VAT, or a fixed quote for a defined drawing set ## BS 8888 and ISO 128 in plain English **BS 8888** is the British Standard for technical product documentation and specification. According to BSI, the current edition is BS 8888:2020, and it acts as a route map to the ISO standards that cover drawing practice. The **ISO 128** series covers how drawings look: line types and thicknesses, views, sections and hatching. Following them is not bureaucracy; it means any competent engineer or machinist can read your drawing the same way, without a phone call. In practice our drawings show the minimum number of views needed to define the part, sections where internal detail matters, dimensions taken from functional datums rather than chained end to end, and notes only where geometry cannot say it. ## First angle or third angle projection Orthographic drawings show a part from several directions. The difference between the two systems is where those views sit on the sheet: - **First angle** (usual in the UK and Europe): the view from the left is placed on the right of the front view, and the plan view goes below it. - **Third angle** (usual in the USA and Canada): the view from the left goes on the left, and the plan view goes above. BS 8888 allows either, provided the projection symbol is shown in the title block. Reading one system as the other produces a mirrored part, which is an expensive way to find out. We default to first angle and switch to third angle when a supplier asks. ## Tolerances and GD&T No part is made exactly to size, so a drawing must say how much variation is acceptable. Most dimensions are covered by a **general tolerance** note in the title block, commonly ISO 2768-1 medium class, which allows a different deviation for each size band. Only dimensions that genuinely matter get their own tighter tolerance. Where position, flatness, perpendicularity or concentricity controls whether a part works, we add **geometric dimensioning and tolerancing (GD&T)**: feature control frames referencing datums (A, B, C). UK and ISO drawings use the ISO GPS system; some American suppliers work to ASME Y14.5, and the symbols look similar but do not always mean the same thing, so we state which applies. The aim is to tolerance for function, because every unnecessary tight tolerance means slower machining, more inspection and a higher price. ## Title blocks and revision control The title block is the drawing's ID card. Ours include: company name, part name, drawing number, revision, sheet size and number, scale, projection symbol, units, general tolerances, material, finish or treatment, drawn by, checked by and date. A **revision table** records what changed, when and why. Revision control stops the most common manufacturing mistake: making parts from an old drawing. We use one clear scheme (for example, letters for pre-release drafts and numbers once issued for production), put the revision in the file name as well as on the sheet, and never reuse a revision. See 2D CAD drafting if you need a reusable company template. ## Common drawing mistakes we fix - **Chain dimensioning:** dimensions strung end to end, so small errors stack up along the part. We dimension from datums instead. - **Over-dimensioning:** the same size defined twice in different ways, which leaves the machinist guessing which one wins. - **No projection symbol:** the cause of most mirrored parts. - **Missing material or finish:** the supplier has to ask, or guesses. - **Unstated units or tolerances:** a drawing with no general tolerance note gives no basis for accepting or rejecting a part. - **Drawing and model out of step:** someone changed the model but not the drawing, or the other way round. Producing drawings directly from the model avoids this. ## Price Technical drawings are £45 an hour + VAT. A simple part drawing from an existing 3D model is quick; a full assembly pack with GD&T takes longer. Send your models, sketches or old drawings and we will quote a fixed price for the set. See prices. ## What you get - Dimensioned manufacturing drawings as PDF for quoting and sign-off - DWG and DXF versions for your own records and CAM use - General arrangement and assembly drawings with a parts list - Detail drawings for each manufactured part - A company title block template, if you do not have one - A revision history table on every sheet ## FAQs ### What is BS 8888? BS 8888 is the British Standard for technical product documentation and specification. It brings together the ISO standards that govern engineering drawings, from line types to tolerancing. dijitul media lays out technical drawings to BS 8888 so that UK and international suppliers read them consistently. ### Should my drawing be first angle or third angle? For UK and European suppliers, first angle is normal. North American shops usually expect third angle. Either is valid under BS 8888 if the projection symbol is in the title block. dijitul defaults to first angle and switches when your supplier asks. ### Do I need GD&T on my drawings? Not on every feature. Plus and minus tolerances cover most simple parts. GD&T is worth adding where the position, flatness or alignment of a feature decides whether the part fits or works, such as bolt patterns, bearing bores and mating faces. Used selectively, it can make parts cheaper rather than dearer. ### What does ISO 2768 in the title block mean? It is a general tolerance standard. A note such as 'ISO 2768-m' tells the manufacturer that any dimension without its own tolerance may vary by the medium-class amount for its size. It saves putting a tolerance on every dimension and keeps the drawing readable. ### Can you check drawings someone else made? Yes. dijitul can review an existing drawing set for missing dimensions, unclear projection, over-tight tolerances and revision problems, and return a marked-up PDF. Checking is charged at £45 an hour + VAT, and we can make the corrections too if you want. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # 3D Rendering & Product Visualisation Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/3d-rendering-and-visualisation/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul media creates 3D renders of products, machinery, packaging and fit-outs for UK businesses, from your CAD files or a model we build. You get high-resolution images on white or in a setting, exploded views and turntable animations for sales, crowdfunding and approval before anything is made. Rendering is £45 an hour + VAT, or quoted per image set. Price: £45 an hour + VAT ## Problems this solves - You need marketing images, but the product will not exist for months - Twelve colour options would mean twelve samples and a long photoshoot - Customers cannot picture how the machine fits in their factory - Your CAD screenshots look grey and technical next to competitors' images - Investors or retailers want to see the product before you commit to tooling ## Key facts - Renders can be made from your existing CAD (STEP, IGES, OBJ, FBX or native files) - Images supplied as high-resolution PNG or JPG, with transparent backgrounds on request - Every colour, finish or variant can be rendered from one model without a new photoshoot - Exploded views and cutaways show what a camera cannot - Turntable or 360 sequences for websites and marketplaces - £45 an hour + VAT, or a fixed quote for a defined set of images ## Why render instead of photograph Rendering produces product images from a 3D model using simulated lighting, materials and cameras. It wins over photography when the product does not exist yet, when there are many variants, when you want views no camera can take (inside, exploded, cut in half), or when a large machine is impractical to light and shoot. Photography wins when the product exists and texture, food, fabric or people matter. Many clients use both: renders for pre-launch and configurators, then product photography once stock arrives. Because the model already exists, a new colour or a revised part can be re-rendered without booking another shoot. ## What we can render - **Consumer products:** pack shots on white, lifestyle scenes and colour ranges. - **Machinery and equipment:** clean views for brochures and tender documents, cutaways to show internals. - **Packaging:** boxes, labels and bottles rendered from your flat artwork, useful for retailer sign-off. See packaging design. - **Exhibition stands and shopfronts:** a visual of the finished space before it is built. See exhibition stand design. - **Assembly guides:** exploded line art and numbered steps for instruction leaflets. ## From CAD model to render-ready model Engineering CAD is built for accuracy, not looks. Before rendering we usually check and prepare the model: tessellate it finely enough that curves are smooth, add small edge fillets so highlights catch real edges, separate parts by material, and apply surface finishes such as brushed steel, anodised aluminium, powder coat, textured or gloss plastic, glass and rubber. Logos and labels are applied as decals from your vector artwork. If you do not have a model, we build one through 3D CAD modelling. Visual-only models can be simpler than manufacturing models, which keeps the cost down. Very large assemblies may be simplified (hidden fasteners and internal parts removed) to keep render times practical. ## Resolution, formats and marketplace use For websites, a long edge of 2,000 to 3,000 pixels is usually plenty. For print, we work back from size: an A4 page at 300 dpi needs about 2,480 by 3,508 pixels. Transparent PNGs drop straight onto catalogue layouts. Marketplaces set their own rules for main images, often a pure white background with the product filling most of the frame, so check the current requirements for each channel, and whether it accepts renders in place of photographs, before we finalise the brief. Animations are delivered as MP4 for web and social, or as numbered image sequences for an interactive 360 viewer. ## How to brief a render A clear brief is the difference between one round of changes and five. Tell us: - **Where the images will be used:** website, marketplace listing, brochure, exhibition graphic or investor deck. This sets size, crop and background. - **How many images:** angles, variants and close-ups, ideally with reference images you like from other brands. - **Materials and colours:** Pantone or RAL references where you have them, and a physical sample or photo if the finish is unusual. - **Setting:** plain white, a coloured backdrop, or a lifestyle scene such as a kitchen worktop, workshop bench or office desk. - **Branding:** logos and labels as vector files (AI, EPS, SVG or PDF). We send low-resolution previews to agree angles and materials before the final high-resolution renders, so changes are made when they are quick and cheap. Matching an exact colour on screen and in print depends on the screen and the printer, so for critical brand colours we recommend checking a printed proof against your physical sample. ## Price 3D rendering is £45 an hour + VAT. Most render jobs are quoted at a fixed price once we know how many images, angles and variants you need and whether a model already exists. Building the model is quoted separately if needed, and simpler visual-only models cost less than full manufacturing models. See prices or get a quote. ## What you get - Still renders as PNG or JPG at the resolution you need for web or print - Transparent background PNGs for catalogues and websites - Exploded and cutaway views with optional labels - Turntable animation as MP4 or an image sequence - Colour and finish variants from the same camera angles - The cleaned-up render-ready model, on request ## FAQs ### How much does a 3D product render cost? dijitul media charges £45 an hour + VAT for rendering. If you already have a usable CAD model, extra angles and colour variants are quick to add once the first scene is set up. We give a fixed quote per image set once we know the number of images and variants. ### Can you render from my SolidWorks or Fusion files? Yes. A STEP export works well for most products, and native files are fine too. Tell us which parts are which materials and colours, and send any logos as vector files (AI, EPS, SVG or PDF), so labels and branding render sharply. ### Can renders replace product photography? Sometimes. Renders suit products that do not exist yet, configurable products and technical cutaways. Photography often reads more naturally for textiles, food and lifestyle shots with people. Some marketplaces have rules about main images, so check each channel's current requirements first. ### Can you render packaging before it is printed? Yes. dijitul can wrap your flat packaging artwork onto an accurate 3D box, bottle or pouch, so retailers and your team can approve the look before print. It also catches artwork that falls across a fold or glue flap. ### Do you make animations? Yes. dijitul makes simple turntables, exploded assembly sequences and camera fly-arounds from the same 3D model, delivered as MP4 for websites and social media. Longer explainer videos that combine animation, voice-over and filmed footage are quoted as video production. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Design for 3D Printing Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/design-for-3d-printing/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul media designs and repairs 3D models so they print properly on FDM, SLA or SLS machines: correct wall thickness, supported overhangs, clearances for moving or snap-fit parts and watertight STL or 3MF files. We work for UK inventors, makers and businesses using bureaus or their own printers. Design time is £45 an hour + VAT, or quoted. Price: £45 an hour + VAT ## Problems this solves - The bureau rejected your file as non-manifold - Thin walls broke off or simply did not print - Two printed parts that should fit together are jammed solid - Prints need so much support material that the surface is ruined - You have an STL from the internet that needs changing and no way to edit it ## Key facts - Models designed for the specific process: FDM, SLA or SLS behave very differently - Watertight (manifold) STL or 3MF files that slicers and bureaus accept first time - Overhangs kept to about 45 degrees or less on FDM and SLA to reduce support material - Clearances built in for parts that slide, snap or screw together - Broken meshes from downloads or scans repaired or rebuilt as proper solids - £45 an hour + VAT; printing is paid to the bureau or done on your own machine ## FDM, SLA or SLS: design differs for each | Process | How it works | Good for | Design watch-points | | FDM | Melted plastic filament laid down layer by layer | Cheap prototypes, jigs, fixtures, larger parts | Visible layer lines, weaker across layers, overhangs need support, holes print slightly undersize | | SLA | Liquid resin cured by light | Fine detail, smooth surfaces, small parts | Supports leave marks, hollow parts need drain holes, some resins are brittle | | SLS | Nylon powder fused by laser | Tough functional parts, small batches, complex shapes | Unfused powder supports the part so overhangs are fine, but hollows need escape holes to remove powder | Tell us which process you plan to use, or let us recommend one from what the part has to do. If you are not sure, we design for the more forgiving option and note what changes for the others. ## Wall thickness, overhangs and detail Published design guides from print bureaus vary, but a common starting point is walls of at least 1 to 1.2 mm on FDM, around 0.8 mm on SLA and around 1 mm on SLS, with more margin for anything load-bearing or tall and thin. We design above the minimum, not at it, because parts at the limit are the ones that fail. On FDM and SLA, surfaces angled more than about 45 degrees from vertical generally need support. We reduce support by orienting the part well, adding chamfers instead of flat overhangs, splitting a part into printable pieces, and using teardrop-shaped horizontal holes on FDM. Embossed or engraved text needs to be big and deep enough to survive the layer height, and we size it accordingly. Always confirm the exact limits with your bureau for the material you choose. ## Tolerances and fits Printed parts are not exactly the size of the model. Plastic shrinks, nozzles squash, resin cures slightly oversize. For parts that fit together we design in a clearance gap suited to the process and fit: tighter for a press fit, looser for a sliding or rotating fit. For a critical fit we often suggest printing a small test coupon with a few clearance options before printing the whole part. Holes that must be accurate can be printed undersize and drilled or reamed, and threads are often better as heat-set brass inserts than printed threads. Snap fits are designed with enough length to flex without snapping, and oriented so they do not break along a layer line. ## STL, 3MF and clean meshes STL is the long-standing print format: a surface of triangles with no units, so a part modelled in millimetres can arrive 25.4 times too big if the software assumes inches. 3MF is the newer format and keeps units, colour, multiple parts and print settings in one file, and many slicers now prefer it. We export whichever your bureau or printer wants, at a resolution where curves print smooth without making the file huge. Every file is checked to be **manifold** (watertight, no holes, no flipped or overlapping faces). Meshes downloaded from model libraries or produced by 3D scans often fail this. We repair them, or rebuild them as proper solids in 3D CAD when they need editing, because editing a mesh directly is slow and imprecise. ## Jigs, fixtures and spare parts 3D printing is not only for prototypes. Many small manufacturers print workshop aids: drilling and assembly jigs, soft jaws, gauges, cable guides, sensor brackets and protective covers. Designed properly, these can be made in an afternoon on an in-house printer instead of waiting for machined parts. We also model replacement parts for obsolete equipment, such as knobs, clips, covers and brackets, where the original maker no longer supplies them, provided you have the right to reproduce them. A worn sample and a few measurements are usually enough to start. ## Price Design for 3D printing is £45 an hour + VAT. Checking and fixing a single model can be well under an hour; a multi-part functional prototype is a bigger job that we usually fix-price. Printing is quoted and paid separately by your bureau. If the printed part is a step towards a manufactured product, see product design. Full prices. ## What you get - Print-ready STL or 3MF files, checked for errors - STEP files of the same parts, for later machining or moulding - Notes on recommended orientation and process - Repaired or rebuilt versions of existing meshes - A parametric source model, so sizes can be changed and re-exported ## FAQs ### Do you do the 3D printing? dijitul media designs and prepares the files. Printing is done on your own printer or by a printing bureau that you choose and pay directly. That way you can pick the right process and material, and we focus on making the file print properly first time. ### What is the difference between STL and 3MF? STL only describes the surface as triangles, with no units, colour or settings. 3MF keeps units, colours, multiple parts and print settings together, which avoids scaling mistakes. Most current slicers accept both. dijitul supplies whichever your printer or bureau prefers. ### Which is better, FDM, SLA or SLS? It depends on the part. FDM is cheapest and fine for jigs and rough prototypes. SLA gives fine detail and smooth surfaces for small display parts. SLS nylon is tough and needs no supports, so it suits functional parts and small batches. We recommend one based on what the part must do. ### Can you fix an STL file that will not print? Usually, yes. Common faults are holes in the mesh, flipped faces, overlapping shells and walls too thin to print. dijitul repairs the mesh, or rebuilds the part as an editable solid if it also needs changes, then exports a checked STL or 3MF. ### Can a 3D printed prototype become an injection moulded part later? Yes, but the design usually needs changes: moulded parts need draft angles, even wall thickness and no undercuts the tool cannot release. If we design with moulding in mind from the start, the jump from print to production costs less. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Floor Plan Drawing Services Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/floor-plans/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul media draws clear 2D floor plans for UK estate agents, landlords, holiday lets, offices and shop fit-outs, from your measurements, a surveyor's figures or existing drawings. You get branded PDF and PNG plans for listings, DWG for builders, and room sizes with an area on a stated basis. Floor plans are £45 an hour + VAT, or quoted. Price: £45 an hour + VAT ## Problems this solves - Your listing photos look great but buyers cannot picture the layout - Old plans from the original builder no longer match the extension - Different plans for the same property show different total areas - Your shopfitter needs a DWG, not a hand-drawn sketch - Floor plans from different suppliers make your listings look inconsistent ## Key facts - Drawn in CAD at true scale, then styled for listings or kept technical for builders - Supplied as PDF and PNG for portals and brochures, DWG and DXF for trades - Room dimensions in metric, with imperial alongside if you want it - Total area stated with its basis, for example gross internal area (GIA) - Your branding, compass point and disclaimer added to estate agent plans - £45 an hour + VAT, with fixed per-plan quotes for regular agency work ## Who uses our floor plans - **Estate and letting agents:** clean, branded plans for portals and brochures, with consistent styling across every listing. See design for estate agents. - **Landlords and holiday lets:** plans for listings, inventories and fire safety information. - **Offices and shops:** layouts for fit-outs, desk planning and moving furniture on paper first. - **Homeowners and builders:** an accurate existing-layout drawing to start planning an extension or renovation. - **Venues:** event and seating layouts. ## What we draw from A floor plan is only as accurate as its measurements. We draw from: - Room-by-room measurements you or a surveyor take, ideally with a laser measure, including wall thicknesses, door and window positions and ceiling slopes. - Existing architect or builder drawings, checked against any later changes. - Older plans, PDFs or scans, which we redraw rather than trace (see CAD conversion). A simple sketch of the layout with the measurements written on it is ideal. Where measurements do not close (rooms that do not add up to the overall size), we flag it rather than quietly stretching a wall. For estate agents, combining a plan with property photography gives buyers both the look and the layout. ## Area measurement: GIA, NIA and IPMS Total area figures cause more arguments than any other part of a floor plan, because there is more than one way to measure. The most common bases in the UK are: - **Gross internal area (GIA):** measured to the internal face of the external walls on each floor, used widely for residential marketing, valuation and building costs. - **Net internal area (NIA):** the usable area, typically used for offices and shops, excluding items such as stair wells, plant rooms and toilets. - **IPMS:** the International Property Measurement Standards, a set of international definitions intended to make areas comparable between countries. RICS sets UK measurement practice. According to the RICS website, its members should currently use the 6th edition of the RICS Code of Measuring Practice and/or IPMS: All Buildings, while a draft 7th edition goes through consultation. We state on every plan which basis the area uses and that it is approximate. For valuation, lease or legal purposes you need a measured survey by a RICS-qualified surveyor; our plans are for marketing and planning, not for those. ## Styles and disclaimers Marketing plans are usually clean black-and-white or lightly coloured drawings, with room names, dimensions and a compass point, laid out to fit a portal image or A4 brochure page. Technical plans keep wall thicknesses, door swings, window positions and services, drawn in 2D CAD at 1:50 or 1:100. We add a short disclaimer to marketing plans noting that measurements are approximate and the plan is for illustration only, worded as you or your agency prefers. ## Furniture, desk and fit-out layouts A floor plan becomes a planning tool once furniture and fittings are added. Offices use them to test desk arrangements and meeting rooms before buying furniture; shops to plan shelving, counters and customer flow; landlords to show tenants how a room can be furnished; venues to work out table plans. We draw furniture at true size from manufacturers' dimensions or yours, show door swings so nothing blocks an opening, and can produce several options side by side for comparison. Layouts drawn by us are design proposals, not fire risk assessments or building regulations approvals. Escape routes, accessibility and occupancy limits should be checked by the responsible person, building control or a fire safety adviser. ## Price Floor plans are £45 an hour + VAT. A small flat drawn from good measurements is quick; a large house with outbuildings or a complex commercial unit takes longer, especially where measurements need checking. Agencies sending regular work can agree a fixed price per plan by property size. See prices or ask for a quote. ## What you get - Marketing floor plan as high-resolution PNG and PDF - A branded template that keeps every listing consistent - DWG or DXF of the plan for builders and designers - Room schedule with dimensions and total area - Furniture layouts for lettings, offices or fit-outs on request ## FAQs ### How much does a floor plan cost? dijitul media draws floor plans at £45 an hour + VAT. A small flat from clear measurements takes far less time than a large house or commercial unit. For agencies sending regular work, we agree a fixed price per plan by property size, so every listing is costed upfront. ### Do you measure the property? We draw from measurements supplied by you, your agent or a surveyor, or from existing drawings. A sketch with each room's dimensions and the positions of doors and windows is enough. If a measurement does not add up, we flag it rather than guess. ### What is gross internal area? Gross internal area (GIA) is the floor area measured to the internal face of the external walls on each level. It is the basis most often used for UK residential marketing. dijitul states which basis a plan uses, because GIA and net internal area can give quite different totals. ### Can I use your floor plan for a valuation or lease? No. Our floor plans are for marketing, layout and planning purposes and carry an 'approximate, for illustration only' note. Areas for valuation, leases or legal reports should come from a measured survey by a RICS-qualified surveyor, following RICS measurement guidance. ### Can you match our agency's branding? Yes. dijitul sets up a template with your colours, fonts, logo and disclaimer, so every plan matches your brochures and portal listings. Consistent plans make an agency's listings look organised, whichever branch or negotiator sent the work. ### Can you draw a plan from an old architect's drawing? Yes. We redraw scanned or PDF plans in CAD using the stated dimensions, then update them from your notes or measurements if the building has changed since, for example after an extension or knock-through. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # CAD Conversion: PDF, Scan & Paper to DWG Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/cad-conversion/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul media converts paper drawings, scans and PDFs into editable CAD for UK businesses: DWG and DXF for 2D, STEP for 3D. We redraw from the dimensions on the original rather than auto-tracing, and flag anything unclear. We also convert between CAD formats and rebuild STL meshes as solids. Conversion is £45 an hour + VAT, or quoted per drawing. Price: £45 an hour + VAT ## Problems this solves - Your only copy of a critical drawing is a yellowing paper print - A supplier sent a PDF, but you need to change it - Auto-converted DWGs are a mess of thousands of tiny line segments - You have an STL but the machine shop insists on STEP - Drawings from a takeover or old supplier are in formats nobody can open ## Key facts - Paper, scanned TIFF or JPG and PDF drawings redrawn as DWG, DXF or 3D STEP - Redrawn to the written dimensions, because scans and copies are rarely true to scale - Missing, illegible or conflicting dimensions listed for you to confirm - Format conversion between DWG, DXF, STEP, IGES, STL, OBJ and 3MF - STL meshes rebuilt as editable solids where a supplier needs STEP - £45 an hour + VAT, with fixed per-drawing quotes for batches ## Why we redraw rather than auto-convert Automatic raster-to-vector software traces the pixels of a scan. The result looks like a drawing but is made of broken, wobbly segments, dimensions that do not match the geometry and text that is just shapes. It is hard to edit and unsafe to manufacture from. We **redraw** the drawing in CAD from its written dimensions, using the scan only as a guide to shape and layout. The result is clean geometry, proper layers, real text and dimensions that are associative, so changing the drawing later is straightforward, whoever opens the file next and whichever CAD program they use. ## Accuracy: what a scan can and cannot tell us Be cautious about any service that promises to make a scan 'accurate'. Paper stretches and shrinks with humidity, photocopies are rarely exactly 100 per cent, scanners can skew, and old drawings were often marked 'do not scale' for good reason. Measuring off a scan can easily be out by more than a manufacturing tolerance. So a converted drawing is only as accurate as the dimensions written on the original. Where a dimension is missing, illegible or contradicts another, we do not quietly scale it; we add it to a **query list** for you to confirm, perhaps by measuring a physical part. Anything we have had to infer is marked clearly on the new drawing. That honesty is what makes the new file safe to send to a supplier. ## Vector PDFs, DWG versions and format conversion Some PDFs were exported directly from CAD and still contain vector lines. These can be imported into CAD, which is faster than redrawing, but the import usually loses layers, splits text into separate characters or shapes, and may not be at 1:1 scale. We import, verify the scale against known dimensions, then tidy the result into a usable drawing. We also convert between formats: older or newer DWG versions, DWG to DXF for cutting, STEP to IGES for legacy systems, native files from one system exported as STEP for another. Converting between neutral formats loses feature history, so the receiving system gets a solid it can measure and edit directly, but not the original design tree. ## Mesh to solid: STL and OBJ to STEP STL and OBJ files are meshes of triangles. Converting one to STEP by simply wrapping the triangles produces a heavy, faceted file that a machinist cannot dimension properly. For parts with flat faces, holes and regular shapes, we rebuild the part as a true solid in 3D CAD using the mesh as a reference, giving clean cylinders and planes. Organic, sculpted shapes can be surfaced from the mesh, which takes longer and is quoted separately. We tell you which approach suits your part before starting. ## How to scan drawings for conversion A good scan saves time and cost. Scan the whole sheet, including the title block, notes and revision table, because these often hold the material, tolerances and changes. Aim for at least 300 dpi, or 400 dpi where text and dimensions are small, saved as PDF or TIFF rather than heavily compressed JPG. Flatten folded drawings first, and scan large sheets in one pass on a wide-format scanner (many print shops offer this) rather than in overlapping A4 pieces. A phone photo will do as a last resort if it is taken square on in even light, but expect more items on the query list. ## Batches and price CAD conversion is £45 an hour + VAT. A simple single-part drawing may take an hour; dense assembly drawings take longer. For archives of drawings, send a representative sample and we will quote a fixed price per drawing or per batch, and agree a naming and numbering scheme so the converted set is easy to find. Many clients take the chance to bring old drawings up to BS 8888 standard at the same time. See prices. ## What you get - Clean DWG and DXF files on organised layers - 3D models and STEP files where the original is a part drawing - A PDF of the new drawing for side-by-side checking - A query list of any dimensions we could not confirm - Updated title blocks and revision letters, if you want them ## FAQs ### Can you convert a PDF to DWG? Yes. If the PDF was exported from CAD, dijitul imports the vector geometry and tidies it, checking the scale against known dimensions. If it is a scanned image inside a PDF, we redraw it from its written dimensions. Either way you get a clean, editable DWG. ### How accurate is a drawing converted from a scan? As accurate as the dimensions written on the original. Scans and photocopies distort, so we never scale measurements off the image. Missing or unclear dimensions go onto a query list for you to confirm, and anything inferred is marked on the new drawing. ### Can you turn an STL into a STEP file? Yes. For engineering parts, dijitul rebuilds the shape as a true solid using the mesh as a guide, so holes are real cylinders and faces are flat. That gives the machine shop a STEP file it can program from, not a faceted mesh. ### Can you convert a whole drawing archive? Yes. Send a sample of typical drawings and we quote a fixed price per drawing or per batch. We agree file naming, layers and title block layout first, so every converted drawing is consistent and easy to search. ### Will the converted file keep the original design history? Not when converting through neutral formats such as STEP or IGES, which carry geometry but not the feature tree. For drawings we redraw from paper or scans, the new file has fresh, clean structure, and parametric models can be rebuilt if you want full editability. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Sheet Metal & Fabrication Drawings Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/sheet-metal-and-fabrication-drawings/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul media produces sheet metal models, flat patterns and fabrication drawings for UK fabricators, engineers and product companies. We set bend radius and K-factor to suit your press brake, export 1:1 DXF flat patterns for laser, plasma or waterjet, and draw clear bend and weld details. Sheet metal CAD is £45 an hour + VAT, or a fixed quote. Price: £45 an hour + VAT ## Problems this solves - Folded parts come out a millimetre or two oversize on every bend - Holes near bends stretch into ovals - The laser cutter rejects your DXF or cuts every line twice - Welders are working from a sketch and every frame comes out different - Corners tear when folded because there is no bend relief ## Key facts - 3D sheet metal models that unfold to accurate flat patterns - Bend allowance calculated from your material, thickness, inside radius and K-factor - Flat patterns exported as 1:1 DXF in millimetres, closed profiles, ready to nest - Bend drawings showing direction, angle, sequence and inside radius - Weld symbols to ISO 2553 on fabrication drawings - £45 an hour + VAT, or a fixed quote per part or assembly ## K-factor, bend allowance and why your parts come out wrong When metal is bent, the outside stretches and the inside compresses. Somewhere in between is the **neutral axis**, which keeps its length. The **K-factor** describes where that axis sits, as a fraction of the thickness from the inside face. Typical values fall roughly between 0.3 and 0.5, depending on material, thickness, inside radius and tooling. The **bend allowance**, the length of material used in each bend, follows from it: bend allowance = bend angle in radians × (inside radius + K-factor × thickness). Get the K-factor wrong and each bend adds a small error, which on a box with four bends adds up to a part that does not fit. The most reliable K-factor comes from your own press brake: bend a test strip of known length, measure the flanges and work back. If your fabricator has a bend table or preferred values, we use those; if not, we start from sensible defaults for the material and note them on the drawing so they can be corrected. ## Design rules that keep fabrication simple - **Inside bend radius** at least the material thickness for mild steel and stainless, more for harder aluminium grades, matched to your available tooling. - **Holes and slots kept clear of bends**, commonly at least 2.5 times the thickness plus the bend radius from the bend line, so they do not distort. - **Bend reliefs** where a bend meets an edge, so corners do not tear. - **Flange lengths** long enough to sit on the die; your press brake operator can tell you the minimum for each thickness. - **One inside radius throughout** where possible, so the whole part bends with a single tool set. - **Grain direction** noted for materials and finishes where it matters, such as brushed stainless. ## Flat patterns for laser, plasma and waterjet The flat pattern is what actually gets cut, so it has to be right. Ours are exported as **DXF at 1:1 in millimetres**, with every profile closed, no duplicate lines, bend lines on their own layer (or removed, if your cutter prefers), and engraved part numbers on a separate layer if you want parts marked. Kerf allowance is left to the cutting company unless asked for, because it depends on their machine. Read more in 2D CAD drafting. We also supply a bend drawing showing each bend's direction (up or down), angle, inside radius and suggested sequence, so the press brake operator does not have to work it out from the 3D model. ## Fabrication and weld drawings Fabricated frames, guards, brackets and enclosures need drawings that show how pieces are cut, positioned and joined. Our fabrication drawings include a **cut list** of sections (box, angle, flat bar, tube) with lengths and end mitres, dimensions from clear datums, and **weld symbols to ISO 2553** showing weld type, size, length and which side. Notes cover material grade, finish (galvanised, powder coated, painted) and any post-weld machining. Drawings follow the general rules in technical drawings, including projection, tolerances and revision control. Weld procedure, welder qualification and structural calculations remain the fabricator's or engineer's responsibility. We draw what is specified; we do not sign off structural adequacy. ## Materials and finishes on the drawing A fabrication drawing should name the exact material, not just 'steel'. That means the grade and thickness, for example S275 mild steel, 304 or 316 stainless, or a named aluminium alloy and temper, because bendability, weldability and corrosion resistance all differ. Finish matters too: powder coating and galvanising add thickness, so close-fitting parts, threads and holes may need masking notes or extra clearance. We put material, thickness, finish and any masking on every drawing, so the cutter, folder, welder and finisher all work from the same information. ## Price Sheet metal and fabrication CAD is £45 an hour + VAT. A single folded bracket with a flat pattern is a short job; an enclosure with doors, hinges and a drawing pack takes longer and is usually fixed-priced. Fabricators sending regular work can agree a standing process and file format. See prices or design for manufacturers. ## What you get - Sheet metal 3D models and STEP exports - Flat pattern DXFs for cutting, with bend lines on a separate layer - Bend and fold drawings as PDF - Fabrication and weld drawings with a cut list - Assembly drawings with a bill of materials ## FAQs ### What K-factor should I use for sheet metal? There is no single right value. Typical figures sit roughly between 0.3 and 0.5, varying with material, thickness, inside radius and tooling. The most reliable K-factor comes from a test bend on your own press brake. dijitul uses your fabricator's bend table where one exists and states the values used on the drawing. ### Can you supply DXF files for laser cutting? Yes. dijitul supplies flat patterns as 1:1 DXF in millimetres with closed profiles, no duplicate lines and bend lines on a separate layer, ready for nesting. Tell us your cutting company's preferences for layers, colours and DXF version and we will match them. ### Why are my folded parts coming out oversize? Usually because the flat pattern assumed the wrong bend allowance, either through an unsuitable K-factor or a different inside radius from the tooling actually used. Each bend adds a small error. Matching the model to the real press brake setup normally fixes it. ### Do you add weld symbols to drawings? Yes. Fabrication drawings from dijitul use weld symbols to ISO 2553, showing type, size, length and side. Weld procedures and welder qualifications are the fabricator's responsibility, and structural design checks stay with a qualified engineer. ### Can you turn a sketch of a bracket into a cut-and-fold part? Yes. Send the sketch with key dimensions, material and thickness. We model it as sheet metal, check bend radii and hole positions, and supply the flat pattern DXF and a bend drawing for the workshop, usually as a fixed quote. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Design for Restaurants and Cafes Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/design-for-restaurants-and-cafes/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul media designs menus, allergen information, logos, signage and food photography for UK restaurants, cafes and takeaways. Menu and print design is priced at £45 an hour + VAT or as a fixed quote, logos start from £150 + VAT, and a half-day food photography shoot on location is from £295 + VAT. Price: £45 an hour + VAT ## Problems this solves - Your menu has been edited in Word so many times the prices no longer line up - Staff can't answer allergen questions quickly because the information lives in a folder in the back - The online menu is a blurry photo of the printed one - Delivery app photos look nothing like the food you actually serve - Your A-board, window vinyl and Instagram all use different logos - You have started selling pre-wrapped sandwiches and are not sure what the label must say ## Key facts - Menu design priced at £45 an hour + VAT or a fixed quote agreed before work starts - Logos from £150 + VAT; brand identity packs from £395 + VAT - Food photography shot at your premises: half day from £295 + VAT, full day from £495 + VAT - Allergen matrices and menu keys covering all 14 allergens named in UK food law - Calorie layouts for businesses with 250+ employees, including the 'Adults need around 2000 kcal a day' statement - Print-ready PDFs with 3 mm bleed, plus web and QR-menu versions from the same artwork - Grab-and-go labels designed for Natasha's Law (PPDS) requirements ## Menus that work at the table and on a phone A menu is a sales tool first. Diners scan rather than read, so we group dishes so the eye lands on the plates you most want to sell, keep prices in a consistent position without currency symbols shouting at the reader, and use type that is still readable in low lighting. Most restaurant menus end up at A4, A3 or long DL formats for specials, printed on 350gsm card or a wipe-clean synthetic stock if they are handled all day. We build the menu once and output it several ways: a print-ready PDF with 3 mm bleed for your printer, a text-based PDF or page for your website that search engines and screen readers can read, and square or portrait crops for social posts. A QR code on the table should point at a page that loads fast on mobile data, not a 12 MB scan. See our menu design service for formats and finishes. ## Allergen information: the legal minimum and current FSA advice UK food law names 14 allergens that must be declared: celery, cereals containing gluten, crustaceans, eggs, fish, lupin, milk, molluscs, mustard, tree nuts, peanuts, sesame, soya, and sulphur dioxide or sulphites above 10 mg/kg or 10 mg/litre. For non-prepacked food (dishes cooked to order), the legal minimum still allows the information to be given verbally, as long as a clear sign tells customers to ask. The Food Standards Agency's best-practice guidance for the out-of-home sector now goes further: it says written allergen information should be available for non-prepacked food, alongside a conversation between staff and customer. In design terms that usually means an allergen matrix (dishes down the side, allergens across the top) kept behind the counter and online, a short key on the menu itself, and a clear 'please tell us about any allergies' line that staff and customers can both see. We lay these out so they are quick to update when a recipe changes, because an out-of-date matrix is worse than none. ## Natasha's Law for grab-and-go food If you make sandwiches, salads or cakes on site and wrap them before the customer chooses them, that is prepacked for direct sale (PPDS). Since October 2021, PPDS food must carry a label showing the name of the food and a full ingredients list with the allergenic ingredients emphasised, for example in bold, according to the FSA's guidance on Natasha's Law. We design label templates sized for your printer roll or sheet labels, with a clear hierarchy: product name, ingredients with allergens in bold, and any date or storage line you include. Text must stay legible: under the Food Information Regulations, mandatory information on a pack needs an x-height of at least 1.2 mm, or 0.9 mm where the largest surface is under 80 cm². You supply the recipe and ingredient data; we make sure it fits and reads properly. Our label design page covers stocks and sizes. ## Calorie labelling for larger operators The Calorie Labelling (Out of Home Sector) (England) Regulations 2021 have applied since 6 April 2022 to food businesses in England with 250 or more employees, counting part-time staff. Affected businesses must show the energy content in kcal and the portion size at the point of choice, which includes printed menus, online menus and food displays, together with the statement 'Adults need around 2000 kcal a day'. Adding kcal figures to a crowded menu is a layout problem as much as a compliance one. We set the calorie figure close to the dish name and price, in a size that is clear but does not dominate, and keep the statement where diners will see it. Smaller independents are not covered by the regulations but some choose to show calories anyway; the same layout approach works. ## Food photography, signage and the rest of the brand Photos sell food online, especially on delivery apps and Google Business Profiles. We shoot food photography at your premises, so the dishes come straight from your kitchen and the backgrounds are your own tables and interiors. A half day is from £295 + VAT and a full day from £495 + VAT, with travel quoted beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area. You receive edited JPEGs sized for web and print. The rest of the kit follows from the logo: A-boards, window vinyl, fascia panels, loyalty cards at 85 × 55 mm, takeaway bags, cup sleeves and social media graphics from £99 + VAT. If you are starting fresh, a brand identity pack from £395 + VAT gives you the logo, colours and fonts so every sign and post matches. You get a fixed price before any work starts. ## What you get - Print-ready menu PDF (PDF/X-1a, CMYK, 3 mm bleed) at A4, A3, DL or a custom size - Editable menu template so you can change prices and specials yourself - Allergen matrix and menu key for the 14 regulated allergens - Web-ready menu (text-based PDF or images sized for your site and social) - Logo files in AI, EPS, SVG, PDF and PNG, in colour, black and white - Edited food photographs as high-resolution JPEGs for print and web ## FAQs ### How much does a restaurant menu design cost? dijitul prices menu design at £45 an hour + VAT, or as a fixed quote once we have seen your dishes, number of pages and format. A single A4 menu card costs far less than a multi-page bound menu with photography. You get the fixed price before we start, and printing is quoted separately if you want us to arrange it. ### Do I have to print allergens on my restaurant menu? Not by law for food cooked to order: the legal minimum lets you give allergen information verbally if a sign tells customers to ask. The Food Standards Agency's best-practice guidance says written allergen information should be available as well. Many restaurants use a short menu key plus a full allergen matrix that staff can hand over. ### What does a Natasha's Law label need to show? Food that is prepacked for direct sale must show the name of the food and a full ingredients list, with any of the 14 allergens emphasised, for example in bold. dijitul designs label templates that fit your printer and stay legible, but the recipe and ingredient data must come from you, as the food business is responsible for accuracy. ### Can you photograph our food at the restaurant? Yes. dijitul shoots food photography on location at your kitchen or dining room, using your own plates and tables. A half-day shoot is from £295 + VAT and a full day from £495 + VAT. Travel beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area is added to the quote. You receive edited JPEGs for web, delivery apps and print. ### Can I edit the menu prices myself after you design it? Yes. Alongside the print-ready PDF, dijitul can supply an editable template so you can change prices and daily specials without breaking the layout. For bigger changes, such as a new seasonal menu, we can update the artwork at £45 an hour + VAT. ### Do we need calorie information on our menu? Only if your business in England has 250 or more employees, including part-time staff. Those businesses must show kcal and portion size at the point of choice, plus the statement 'Adults need around 2000 kcal a day'. Smaller cafes and restaurants are not covered by the 2021 regulations. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Design for Tradespeople Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/design-for-tradespeople/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul media designs logos, van livery, business cards, leaflets, quote templates and work-wear branding for UK tradespeople, including builders, plumbers, electricians, roofers and landscapers. Logos start from £150 + VAT, business cards from £75 + VAT and leaflets from £95 + VAT, with a fixed price agreed before we start. Price: From £150 + VAT ## Problems this solves - Your logo was made from clip art and the signwriter says it can't be cut in vinyl - Nobody can read your phone number on the van at a set of lights - Your quote and invoice templates look homemade next to bigger firms - Embroidered logos on polo shirts come out as a blob - You're not sure which trade association logos you're allowed to show - Leaflets go through doors but nobody calls ## Key facts - Logos from £150 + VAT, designed to read on a van at 30 metres and on a 16 mm embroidered badge - Business cards from £75 + VAT at the standard UK size of 85 × 55 mm - Door-drop leaflets from £95 + VAT, usually A5 or DL - Van livery designed from your vehicle's make, model and wheelbase; quoted or £45 an hour + VAT - Accreditation logos (Gas Safe, NICEIC, TrustMark and others) placed only from your own approved artwork - Vector files supplied for sign makers and embroiderers: AI, EPS, SVG and PDF ## A logo that survives a van, a hi-vis and a hard hat Trade branding takes a beating. The same mark has to be cut in vinyl, embroidered on a polo shirt, printed on a hi-vis vest and shrunk to a social media avatar. That rules out fine detail, gradients and thin script fonts. We design trade logos as clean vector shapes with a one-colour version from day one, so the embroiderer, sign maker and printer all work from the same file. Logos start from £150 + VAT and you receive AI, EPS, SVG, PDF and PNG files. Check the embroidered version early: small lettering under about 5 mm tall tends to fill in on fabric, so we usually supply a simplified badge for clothing alongside the full logo. ## Van livery that people can read at the lights A van is a moving billboard, but only if people can read it in the few seconds it is next to them. The priorities are simple: what you do, your name and one way to contact you, usually a phone number or a short web address. Everything else is decoration. We work from the vehicle template for your make, model and wheelbase so that door handles, panel joins, rear windows and side loading doors do not cut through the lettering. Vehicle livery design is quoted as a fixed price or charged at £45 an hour + VAT. We supply vector artwork your local sign fitter can cut or print. Printing and fitting are not included unless we quote for them. ## Accreditation logos: use them properly or not at all Badges such as Gas Safe Register, NICEIC, NAPIT, TrustMark or Which? Trusted Traders build trust quickly, which is exactly why misuse is taken seriously. Since 6 April 2025, Schedule 20 of the Digital Markets, Competition and Consumers Act 2024 lists displaying a trust mark or quality mark without authorisation as a banned practice; it replaced the same ban in the Consumer Protection from Unfair Trading Regulations 2008. TrustMark, for example, says it reports persistent misuse to Trading Standards. So we only place accreditation logos you have downloaded from the scheme's own member area, follow that scheme's spacing and colour rules, and show your registration number where the scheme expects it. Gas engineers commonly show their Gas Safe registration number on vans and stationery so customers can check it. If you leave a scheme, tell us and we will strip the badge from every file so you are not caught out by an old leaflet. ## Business cards, leaflets and paperwork that win the job Tradespeople still win a lot of work on paper. Business cards from £75 + VAT are designed at 85 × 55 mm with 3 mm bleed, and a heavier 400gsm stock survives a toolbox better than thin card. Door-drop leaflets from £95 + VAT usually work best at A5 or DL, with one clear offer, a photo of real work, your service area and a phone number large enough to read without glasses. Quotes and invoices matter too. A clean template in Word or Google Docs with your logo, VAT number and payment terms makes a small firm look organised. If you trade as a limited company, the Companies (Trading Disclosures) Regulations 2008 require your registered name, number, place of registration and registered office address on business letters, order forms and your website, so we build those into the footer. ## Photos of your work, and getting online Before-and-after photos of real jobs are the strongest marketing a trade business has. We can photograph finished kitchens, bathrooms, extensions or landscaping on location from £295 + VAT for a half day, with travel quoted outside Mansfield and Nottinghamshire. Avoid editing that changes what the work looks like, because the photos need to be a fair record of what a customer would get. For social profiles we supply a social media graphics pack from £99 + VAT: profile image, cover images and post templates. If you also need a website, our sister company builds trade sites at dijitul.uk. See our prices for the full list. ## What you get - Logo in AI, EPS, SVG, PDF and PNG, including a one-colour version for embroidery and vinyl - Van livery artwork drawn to your vehicle template, as vector PDF for the sign maker - Business card artwork at 85 × 55 mm with 3 mm bleed - A5 or DL leaflet as a print-ready PDF - Quote, invoice and letterhead templates in Word or Google Docs format - Social profile images and cover photos at current platform sizes ## FAQs ### How much does a logo for a trade business cost? dijitul designs trade logos from £150 + VAT. That includes vector files (AI, EPS, SVG, PDF) and PNGs, plus a one-colour version suitable for embroidery and cut vinyl. You get a fixed price before we start, based on what you need the logo to do. ### Can you design my van signage? Yes. dijitul designs van livery from your vehicle's make, model and wheelbase template, so lettering avoids handles, joins and windows. It is quoted as a fixed price or charged at £45 an hour + VAT. We supply vector artwork for your sign fitter; printing and fitting are quoted separately if you want us to arrange them. ### Can I put the Gas Safe or TrustMark logo on my van? Only if you are currently registered with that scheme and use their official artwork. Displaying a trust or quality mark without authorisation is a banned practice under the Digital Markets, Competition and Consumers Act 2024. dijitul places accreditation logos only from artwork you supply from the scheme's member area, following their usage rules. ### What size should a trade leaflet be? A5 (148 × 210 mm) and DL (99 × 210 mm) are the most common door-drop sizes in the UK, because they fit letterboxes and print economically. dijitul designs leaflets from £95 + VAT with one clear offer, real job photos, your service area and a phone number that is easy to read. ### Will my logo work when it's embroidered on workwear? It should, if it is designed for it. dijitul supplies a simplified one-colour version for embroidery, because fine lines and small text tend to fill in on fabric. Ask your embroiderer which file they need; most accept vector PDF or EPS and create their own stitch file from it. ### What must a limited company show on its invoices and letters? Under the Companies (Trading Disclosures) Regulations 2008, a limited company must show its registered name, company number, part of the UK where it is registered and registered office address on business letters, order forms and websites. dijitul builds these details into the footer of your letterhead and quote templates. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Design for Retailers Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/design-for-retailers/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul media designs and photographs for UK retailers, from independent shops to online sellers: product photography from £25 + VAT per image, shelf-edge labels, window graphics, signage, carrier bags and social media graphics from £99 + VAT. Design work outside our price table is charged at £45 an hour + VAT or a fixed quote. Price: From £25 + VAT per image ## Problems this solves - Your product photos were taken on a phone against the stockroom wall - Amazon or eBay keeps flagging your main images - Shelf labels are handwritten and the unit price is missing - Window displays change every season but the graphics never match the brand - Your Instagram grid looks like five different shops - Sale signage gets made in a rush and contradicts the till price ## Key facts - Product photography from £25 + VAT per image, shot on location - Amazon-ready main images on pure white (RGB 255, 255, 255) with the product filling about 85% of the frame - Shelf-edge labels laid out for the Price Marking Order changes in force from 6 April 2026 - Window vinyl and in-store signage supplied as vector artwork for your sign maker - Social media graphics packs from £99 + VAT - Point-of-sale, carrier bag and gift card design at £45 an hour + VAT or a fixed quote ## Product photography that meets marketplace rules Online, the photo is the product. We shoot product photography from £25 + VAT per image at your premises, so stock does not need to be posted anywhere. For marketplaces we follow each platform's rules. Amazon's main-image rules, for example, call for a pure white background (RGB 255, 255, 255), the actual product only with no added text, graphics or watermarks, and the product filling around 85% of the frame. Amazon's zoom needs at least 1000 px on the longest side; we supply 2000 px so there is headroom. Secondary images are where you sell: scale shots, details, in-use photos and packaging. On your own website you can be more creative, but keep backgrounds and lighting consistent across a range so category pages look tidy. If a product range is reflective, such as glass, chrome or jewellery, tell us in advance so we can plan the lighting for it. ## Shelf labels and the 2026 price marking changes The Price Marking Order 2004 requires clear selling prices and, for many goods sold by quantity, a unit price. Amendments came into force on 6 April 2026, after the start date was moved back from October 2025. Goods sold by weight must now show unit prices per kilogram and goods sold by volume per litre, loyalty or member prices need their own selling and unit price shown clearly, and the list of goods needing unit prices has widened to include products such as cleaning products and cosmetics. For a small retailer the practical job is a shelf-edge label template that has room for both prices, a unit price in a readable size, and a version for promotional prices. We design those templates for your label printer or sheet stock, and keep them in your brand colours and fonts so the shelves look like your shop rather than a cash-and-carry. Check your products against the official guidance; we design the layout, you remain responsible for the figures. ## Windows, signage and point of sale Your window is the most-seen design you own. Seasonal window vinyl, hanging signs, A-boards and counter displays should share the same fonts and colours as your fascia, so a passer-by recognises you before reading a word. We supply signage artwork as vector PDF with your sign maker's bleed and cut lines, and size text for the distance it will be read from. Point-of-sale cards, gift vouchers, loyalty cards at 85 × 55 mm and branded carrier bags are charged at £45 an hour + VAT or as a fixed quote. Print is quoted separately if you want us to arrange it. ## Price claims and sale graphics Sale graphics are designed in a hurry, which is when mistakes happen. Since 6 April 2025, unfair commercial practices are covered by the Digital Markets, Competition and Consumers Act 2024, and the Competition and Markets Authority's price transparency guidance expects the price you advertise to include any mandatory charges. A 'was' price should also be a price you genuinely charged, not one chosen to make the discount look bigger. We build sale templates where the 'now' price, the 'was' price and any conditions all sit together, so nothing important ends up in tiny print at the bottom. You check the numbers; we make sure the layout is honest and clear. ## Social media that looks like one shop Retail social feeds suffer from too many templates. A social media graphics pack from £99 + VAT gives you a small set of reusable layouts for new stock, offers, events and quotes, in your colours and fonts. For Instagram we currently design feed posts at 1080 × 1350 px (4:5), which still works for paid ads, and stories at 1080 × 1920 px. Pair that with consistent product photography and your grid starts to look deliberate. If you want a new online shop to go with it, our sister company builds websites at dijitul.uk. ## What you get - Edited product photographs as JPEG or PNG, on white and in lifestyle settings - Marketplace-ready main images sized at 2000 px on the longest side - Shelf-edge label and price ticket templates - Window vinyl and hanging sign artwork as vector PDF - Social post and story templates you can reuse - Carrier bag, gift card and loyalty card artwork ## FAQs ### How much does product photography cost for a shop? dijitul's product photography starts from £25 + VAT per image, shot on location at your shop or warehouse. Larger shoots can be priced as a half day from £295 + VAT or full day from £495 + VAT. Travel outside the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area is added to the quote. ### Will your photos meet Amazon's image requirements? dijitul shoots Amazon main images to its published rules: pure white background (RGB 255, 255, 255), the product alone with no added text or watermarks, and the product filling about 85% of the frame. We supply 2000 px images so they qualify for zoom. Always check Seller Central for category-specific rules. ### What changed in shelf price labelling in 2026? Amendments to the Price Marking Order 2004 took effect on 6 April 2026. Unit prices must now be per kilogram or per litre, loyalty prices need their own selling and unit price, and more products need unit pricing. dijitul designs shelf-edge label templates with room for these prices. ### Can you design window graphics for my shop? Yes. dijitul designs window vinyl, hanging signs and A-boards as vector artwork your sign maker can cut or print, sized for the distance they are read from. Signage design is charged at £45 an hour + VAT or as a fixed quote, and printing and fitting are quoted separately. ### Do you shoot lifestyle product photos as well as white background? Yes. dijitul shoots both: clean white-background images for marketplaces and catalogues, and lifestyle shots in a real setting for your website and social media. Lifestyle shots are shot on location, so tell us what setting you have in mind and we will quote. ### Can you make social templates my staff can edit? Yes. dijitul's social media graphics pack, from £99 + VAT, can be supplied as editable templates in the tool your team already uses, so staff can drop in new products and prices without changing fonts, colours or layout. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Design for Startups Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/design-for-startups/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul media designs logos, brand identities, pitch decks, launch graphics and product visuals for UK startups. A brand identity pack starts from £395 + VAT and a standalone logo from £150 + VAT. You get a fixed price before work starts, and full ownership of the final artwork once it is paid for. Price: From £395 + VAT ## Problems this solves - You built the logo yourself on a free tool and now you can't trade mark it - Your pitch deck has great numbers but looks like a school project - The co-founder's cousin designed the logo and still has the only files - Investors ask for a one-pager and you have nothing ready - You need a launch-ready brand in weeks, not months - Your product exists as a sketch and a manufacturer wants a CAD file ## Key facts - Brand identity packs from £395 + VAT: logo, colours, fonts and basic usage rules - Logos on their own from £150 + VAT - Pitch and investor decks designed at 16:9 for PowerPoint, Keynote or Google Slides at £45 an hour + VAT - Copyright in the final logo assigned to you in writing once paid - UK trade mark filing costs £205 online for one class from 1 April 2026, per CITMA's summary of the UK IPO fee change - Launch social media graphics packs from £99 + VAT - Product visuals and 3D CAD for hardware startups at £45 an hour + VAT ## A brand that is ready to grow, not just ready to launch Startups rarely need a 60-page brand book on day one. They need a logo that works everywhere, a small colour palette, two fonts and a few rules, so the website, deck and social posts look like one company. That is what our brand identity pack from £395 + VAT covers. If you only need the mark, logo design starts from £150 + VAT. We supply colours in Pantone, CMYK, RGB and HEX so a printer, a web developer and a merch supplier all match, and check that your fonts are licensed for the uses you need: web, app, print and video often have different licence terms. Later, when you hire a marketing team, the pack grows into full brand guidelines. ## Own your logo, and check it before you file Under UK copyright law the designer usually owns copyright in a logo unless it is assigned, and an assignment only works if it is in writing and signed. Investors and buyers do check this. When a dijitul logo is paid for, we assign the copyright in the final artwork to your company in writing, so the asset sits on your balance sheet, not ours. Logos built from template elements are a common trap. Canva's content licence, for example, says its stock content and templates cannot be used in a trade mark, apart from fonts, simple shapes and lines. We design marks from scratch so they can be registered. A trade mark filing at the UK Intellectual Property Office costs £205 online for one class from 1 April 2026, plus £60 for each extra class, according to CITMA's summary of the new fees. We do not give legal advice, but we will run basic visual searches and flag anything that looks close. Our logo designer vs AI logo generator comparison covers the ownership questions in more detail. ## Pitch decks that investors can actually read A deck is read on a laptop, a phone and occasionally a meeting-room screen. We design presentation decks at 16:9 with large type, one idea per slide and charts that make the key number obvious. You get an editable master template in PowerPoint, Keynote or Google Slides so you can update traction figures yourself before each meeting. Most founders need three versions: a short teaser to send cold, a fuller deck to present, and a data appendix. We build all three from one template at £45 an hour + VAT, and can turn the teaser into a one-page PDF summary. Keep the file size small enough to email: we compress images and embed or outline fonts so the deck looks the same on an investor's machine as on yours. ## Get the legal basics into your design from the start A few rules affect what goes on your stationery and website. A limited company must show its registered name, company number, the part of the UK where it is registered and its registered office address on business letters, order forms and its website, under the Companies (Trading Disclosures) Regulations 2008. If you are VAT registered, your VAT number goes on invoices. We build these details into email signatures, invoice templates and website footers as part of your stationery, so you are not retrofitting them after an accountant points them out. Business cards and letterheads start from £75 + VAT. ## Launch graphics and product visuals For launch day you need a profile image, cover images, an announcement post and a handful of reusable templates. A social media graphics pack from £99 + VAT covers that. Hardware startups often need something more: a 3D CAD model a manufacturer can quote from, or a render good enough for a crowdfunding page before the first production sample exists. We work in the formats manufacturers ask for, such as STEP, STL and DWG, at £45 an hour + VAT. If you also need the website, our sister company builds them at dijitul.uk. ## What you get - Logo in AI, EPS, SVG, PDF and PNG, full colour, one colour and reversed - Brand identity sheet with colour values in Pantone, CMYK, RGB and HEX - Font choices with licence notes - Pitch deck template and finished deck in PPTX or Google Slides - Social launch templates sized for current platform specs - Written copyright assignment for the final logo artwork ## FAQs ### How much does branding cost for a startup? dijitul's brand identity pack starts from £395 + VAT and includes a logo, colour palette, fonts and basic usage rules. A logo on its own starts from £150 + VAT. You get a fixed price before we start, based on how many applications the brand needs to cover at launch. ### Do I own the copyright in the logo you design? Yes, once it is paid for. Under UK law copyright stays with the designer unless it is assigned in writing, so dijitul provides a written assignment of copyright in the final logo artwork to your company. Investors and buyers often check this during due diligence. ### Can I trade mark a logo I made in Canva? Usually not if it uses Canva's stock elements or templates. Canva's content licence says its library content cannot be used in a trade mark, except fonts, simple shapes and lines. dijitul designs logos from scratch so they can be registered. Check filing questions with a trade mark attorney. ### How much does it cost to register a trade mark in the UK? According to CITMA's summary of the UK Intellectual Property Office fee changes, an online application costs £205 for one class from 1 April 2026, up from £170, with each additional class rising from £50 to £60. dijitul does not file trade marks but designs logos that can be registered. ### Can you design our investor pitch deck? Yes. dijitul designs pitch decks at 16:9 in PowerPoint, Keynote or Google Slides, with an editable master template so you can update figures yourself. Deck design is charged at £45 an hour + VAT or quoted as a fixed price once we know the number of slides. ### Can you help a hardware startup with CAD? Yes. dijitul produces 3D CAD models, technical drawings and renders for product startups at £45 an hour + VAT, and supplies files in formats manufacturers request such as STEP, STL and DWG. Renders can be used on crowdfunding pages before physical samples exist. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Design for Charities Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/design-for-charities/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul media designs fundraising leaflets, appeal packs, annual reports, logos and event materials for UK charities, with your registered charity statement and number built into every template. Leaflets start from £95 + VAT, brochures from £295 + VAT and logos from £150 + VAT, with a fixed price agreed before we begin. Price: From £95 + VAT ## Problems this solves - Your charity number is missing from half your leaflets - Volunteers keep making posters in different fonts - The annual report is a 40-page Word file nobody reads - Older supporters say the print is too small - You are rebranding and worry the new name is too close to another charity - Donation forms look dated next to bigger charities ## Key facts - Fundraising leaflets from £95 + VAT; brochures from £295 + VAT - Registered charity statements built in to meet section 39 of the Charities Act 2011 in England and Wales - Scottish charity details laid out to the Charities References in Documents (Scotland) Regulations 2007 - Fundraising Regulator badge placed only from the official artwork, for registered organisations - Clear print layouts following RNIB guidance: 12 pt minimum, ideally 14 pt - Event photography from £295 + VAT for a half day ## The wording the law asks for on charity materials In England and Wales, section 39 of the Charities Act 2011 applies to registered charities whose gross income in their last financial year was over £10,000. They must state that they are a registered charity, in legible characters, on notices, adverts and other documents that ask for money or property, and on invoices, receipts, cheques and orders. Most charities do this with a line such as 'Registered charity number 1234567' in the footer. Scottish charities follow the Charities References in Documents (Scotland) Regulations 2007, administered by OSCR: documents such as adverts, official publications and anything soliciting money must show the charity's registered name, any other name it is commonly known by, its Scottish charity number and, where applicable, that it is a charity. Cross-border charities often need both. We build a statement block into every template, so the volunteer who makes next month's raffle poster cannot leave it off. ## Names, rebrands and the Charity Commission A rebrand often starts with a working name. Section 42 of the Charities Act 2011 lets the Charity Commission direct a charity to change its name, or stop using a working name, if it is the same as or too like another charity's name, gives a misleading impression of a connection with government or another body, or is offensive. Before we develop a new name into a logo, we suggest checking it against the Register of Charities and Companies House. Our rebranding work keeps your registered name visible where the law needs it, even when supporters know you by a shorter working name. Logos start from £150 + VAT and a full brand identity pack from £395 + VAT. ## The Fundraising Regulator badge Organisations registered with the Fundraising Regulator can show its fundraising badge on donation pages, appeal letters, envelopes, direct debit forms, collection buckets and adverts. The regulator's guidelines say to use the original artwork and not recreate it, and not to use the badge when fundraising on behalf of an organisation that is not registered. Unregistered organisations displaying it will be asked to remove it. We place the badge only from the files in your registration pack, at the sizes and clear space the guidelines set out. Fundraising materials should also follow the Code of Fundraising Practice, so we keep asks clear, avoid pressure tactics in the layout and make it easy to find how to opt out of future contact. ## Readable, accessible print Many supporters are older, and some have sight loss. RNIB's Clear Print guidance recommends a minimum of 12 pt, ideally 14 pt, applied to everything including captions and footers, and RNIB defines large print as 16 pt or bigger. We use strong contrast, left-aligned text, uncoated or silk stocks that reduce glare, and avoid placing text over busy photos. For digital, we supply annual reports as tagged, accessible PDFs as well as print files. Annual report design is quoted as a fixed price or charged at £45 an hour + VAT; a short impact summary on a single leaflet from £95 + VAT often gets read more widely than the full report. ## Templates for volunteers and photography for campaigns Charities rely on volunteers making their own materials. Rather than banning that, we give them editable templates for posters, social posts and event flyers with the logo, fonts, colours and charity statement locked in place. That protects the brand and the legal wording, and saves your staff from fixing well-meant posters at the last minute. Real photography of your work, volunteers and beneficiaries is more persuasive than stock. We shoot event photography from £295 + VAT for a half day, with travel quoted outside Mansfield and Nottinghamshire. Make sure you have consent from anyone identifiable, especially children and vulnerable adults, before their photo is used in fundraising. ## What you get - Print-ready leaflet and appeal artwork (PDF/X-1a, 3 mm bleed) - Annual report or impact report layout, print and accessible digital versions - Editable poster and social templates for volunteers - Logo files in AI, EPS, SVG, PDF and PNG - Charity statement and number block for every template - Event and campaign photography as edited JPEGs ## FAQs ### Do charities have to show their charity number on leaflets? In England and Wales, a registered charity with gross income over £10,000 must state that it is a registered charity on fundraising documents, invoices and receipts, under section 39 of the Charities Act 2011. Most show 'Registered charity number' with the number. dijitul builds this into every template. ### What must a Scottish charity show on its materials? Under the Charities References in Documents (Scotland) Regulations 2007, a Scottish charity must show its registered name, any other name it is commonly known by, its Scottish charity number and, where applicable, that it is a charity, in legible characters on adverts, publications and fundraising documents. dijitul lays this out as a standard footer block. ### Can we use the Fundraising Regulator badge on our appeal? Only if your organisation is registered with the Fundraising Regulator. Its guidelines say to use the original badge artwork and not recreate it. dijitul places the badge from your official registration files, at the sizes and spacing the guidelines specify, on donation forms, letters and web pages. ### How much does a charity leaflet cost to design? dijitul designs leaflets from £95 + VAT and brochures from £295 + VAT, while annual reports are quoted. You get a fixed price before we start. Printing is not included unless quoted, but we can arrange it and quote it alongside the design. ### What font size should charity materials use? RNIB's Clear Print guidance recommends a minimum of 12 pt, ideally 14 pt, for all text including captions and footers, and defines large print as 16 pt or bigger. dijitul designs charity materials to these sizes, with strong contrast and no text over busy images. ### Can the Charity Commission make us change our name? Yes. Section 42 of the Charities Act 2011 allows the Charity Commission to direct a name change if the name is the same as or too like another charity's, suggests a connection that does not exist, or is offensive. dijitul suggests checking a new name against the Register of Charities before designing a logo. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Design for Estate Agents Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/design-for-estate-agents/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul media photographs properties and designs floor plans, brochures, for-sale boards and branding for UK estate and letting agents. Property photography starts from £295 + VAT for a half day on location, brochures from £295 + VAT and logos from £150 + VAT, with floor plans charged at £45 an hour + VAT. Price: From £295 + VAT ## Problems this solves - Your listings look the same as every other agent on the portals - Photos are taken on the valuer's phone on a grey day - Floor plans are hand-drawn and nobody trusts the measurements - Brochures have no consistent place for council tax, tenure and EPC - Your board design is too busy to read from a moving car - The letting fees page and the office window list say different things ## Key facts - Property photography from £295 + VAT for a half day, £495 + VAT for a full day - Floor plans and site plans at £45 an hour + VAT, supplied as PDF, PNG and DWG - Brochure templates with space for Part A, B and C material information - EPC rating panel built into every listing template - Residential boards designed to the 0.5 m² limit for deemed consent in England - Letting agent fee, redress and client money protection statements laid out for office and web ## Material information: design the template around it National Trading Standards' Estate and Letting Agency Team (NTSELAT) has issued guidance on the material information buyers and tenants need in property listings. Part A, introduced in May 2022, covers council tax band or rate, price or rent, and tenure for sales. Parts B and C, issued in November 2023, add information that applies to all properties, such as property type, construction, number of rooms, utilities and parking, and information that only applies if relevant, such as flood risk, restrictive covenants or conservation areas. We design brochure and listing templates with a fixed home for each of these, so a missing field is obvious before the brochure goes out. You supply the facts; the template makes it hard to forget them. Brochure design starts from £295 + VAT. ## EPC ratings in every advert Under the Energy Performance of Buildings (England and Wales) Regulations 2012, an advertisement for the sale or rental of a property in commercial media, including brochures, print adverts and online listings, must show the energy performance rating from the EPC, unless the property is exempt. Propertymark notes that failing to do so can mean a fine of £200 per advertisement for a dwelling. Every listing template we design has an EPC panel next to the price, sized to read at a glance. The same goes for social posts, window cards and portal feature images. A 'just listed' graphic is still an advert, so our social media templates for agents include a small, fixed space for the EPC rating and the price, and a version for 'sold subject to contract' and 'let agreed' updates. If a property is exempt, the panel can say so rather than being left blank, which avoids buyers assuming the information was forgotten. ## Property photography that is honest and sells We shoot property photography on location from £295 + VAT for a half day, which is usually several homes in one area, or £495 + VAT for a full day. We use wide but not distorted lenses, correct verticals, balance window light with the interior, and supply edited JPEGs sized for portals and print. Travel outside the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area is quoted. Editing has limits. Removing a car or a wheelie bin is fine; removing a pylon, a crack or a neighbouring building is not, because a listing that misleads buyers is an unfair commercial practice under consumer law. We do not offer drone photography. ## Floor plans buyers trust A clear floor plan answers half a buyer's questions before the viewing. We draw floor plans from your measurements or a sketch at £45 an hour + VAT: room names, dimensions in metres and feet, door swings, compass point and a 'for illustration only' disclaimer. Plans come as PDF and PNG for portals, and DWG if a client or surveyor needs the CAD file. For new-build or development sales we can also produce site plans and 3D visualisations from architects' drawings. ## Boards, branding and letting agent statements For-sale boards in England usually rely on deemed consent under the Town and Country Planning (Control of Advertisements) (England) Regulations 2007. For residential property a board must not exceed 0.5 m², or 0.6 m² for two joined boards, and only one board should be displayed per property. Within that space, your logo, 'For Sale' and a phone number or web address are all a passing driver will read. See our signage design service. Letting agents have extra duties under section 83 of the Consumer Rights Act 2015: a list of fees displayed at each office where you deal face to face with customers and published on your website, plus statements naming your redress scheme and whether you belong to a client money protection scheme. We design these as matching window panels and web content so the two never drift apart. ## What you get - Edited property photographs as high-resolution JPEGs, web and print sizes - Floor plans in PDF and PNG, with DWG where a CAD file is needed - Property brochure template in InDesign or an editable format - For-sale and to-let board artwork as vector PDF - Logo and brand files in AI, EPS, SVG, PDF and PNG - Social listing templates for new instructions, sold and let ## FAQs ### How much does property photography cost? dijitul's property photography starts from £295 + VAT for a half day on location, which often covers several homes in one area, and £495 + VAT for a full day. Travel beyond Mansfield and Nottinghamshire is added to the quote. You receive edited JPEGs for portals and brochures. ### What is material information in property listings? It is the information National Trading Standards says buyers and tenants need to make an informed decision. Part A covers council tax, price or rent and tenure; Part B covers things like property type, rooms, utilities and parking; Part C covers issues such as flood risk if they apply. dijitul designs templates with space for each. ### Do property adverts have to show the EPC rating? Yes, in England and Wales the Energy Performance of Buildings Regulations 2012 require adverts in commercial media, including brochures and online listings, to show the EPC rating unless exempt. Propertymark notes a possible £200 fine per advert for dwellings. dijitul builds an EPC panel into every listing template. ### Can you draw floor plans for our listings? Yes. dijitul draws floor plans from your measurements or sketches at £45 an hour + VAT, with room names, dimensions in metric and imperial, compass point and an illustration-only disclaimer. Plans are supplied as PDF and PNG, and DWG if needed. ### How big can an estate agent board be? Under deemed consent in England, a residential for-sale or to-let board must not exceed 0.5 square metres, or 0.6 square metres for two joined boards, with one board per property. dijitul designs boards within these sizes so your name and number read clearly from the road. ### Do you offer drone photography of properties? No. dijitul does not offer drone photography. We shoot interiors and exteriors from the ground on location, and can produce 3D visualisations and site plans from architects' drawings for new-build and development sales. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Design for Manufacturers Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/design-for-manufacturers/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul media produces 2D technical drawings, 3D CAD models, sheet metal flat patterns, instruction manuals, catalogues and factory photography for UK manufacturers and engineering firms. CAD and design time is £45 an hour + VAT, product photography starts from £25 + VAT per image, and we deliver in the formats your shop floor uses: DWG, DXF, STEP, STL and PDF. Price: £45 an hour + VAT ## Problems this solves - Your best-selling part only exists as a 1990s paper drawing - A supplier needs a STEP file and all you have is a PDF - The laser cutter keeps rejecting your DXF files - Your instruction manual was written by an engineer in Word and looks like it - The product catalogue is three years out of date - Trade show stand graphics arrive late and don't match the brochure ## Key facts - 2D and 3D CAD at £45 an hour + VAT, or a fixed quote for a defined drawing pack - Drawings laid out to BS 8888 and ISO 128 conventions, first or third angle projection as you specify - Files supplied as DWG, DXF, STEP (AP214 or AP242), IGES, STL and PDF - Paper and legacy drawings converted to editable CAD - Instruction manuals and technical literature laid out for print and PDF - Product and factory photography on location, from £25 + VAT per image or £295 + VAT a half day - Catalogues and trade show graphics quoted or at £45 an hour + VAT ## Technical drawings your suppliers can quote from A good drawing removes guesswork. We produce technical drawings following BS 8888, the UK's framework for technical product specification, which points to ISO standards such as ISO 128 for presentation and ISO 129 for dimensioning. Tell us whether you work in first angle (common in UK and European practice) or third angle projection, and we will set the projection symbol and views to match. Each sheet includes a title block, material and finish notes, a general tolerance standard such as ISO 2768 unless you specify otherwise, geometric tolerances where the function needs them, and a revision table. Drawings come as PDF for quoting and DWG for your own files. Simple part drawings are charged at £45 an hour + VAT; larger drawing packs can be fixed-price. ## 3D CAD models and the right exchange format Most suppliers now quote from a 3D model. We build 3D CAD models from sketches, samples, measurements or old drawings and export in neutral formats: STEP for machining and injection moulding, IGES for older systems, STL or 3MF for 3D printing, and DXF for flat profiles. If your toolmaker works in SolidWorks, Fusion or Inventor, ask what they prefer and we will supply that. Where a model needs to carry tolerances and notes itself, STEP AP242 can include 3D product and manufacturing information (PMI), so the model can travel without a separate drawing. Many shops still want a 2D drawing alongside, so we usually supply both. For sheet metal, our fabrication drawings include a flat pattern DXF with bend lines on a separate layer, which is what most laser cutters ask for. ## Bring old drawings back to life Many manufacturers have parts that only exist on paper, microfiche or a scanned PDF. Scanning is not enough: a raster scan cannot be edited or sent to a CNC programmer. Our CAD conversion service redraws them as clean, layered DWG or a 3D model, checks dimensions add up, and flags any that conflict so your engineers can decide. Conversion is charged at £45 an hour + VAT, and a small sample is a sensible first step on a large archive. Tell us which revision is current before we start, because old archives often hold several versions of the same part. ## Instruction manuals and product marking For machinery supplied in Great Britain, the Supply of Machinery (Safety) Regulations 2008 require instructions in English that cover how the machine should be used and maintained. We lay out manuals so they are usable on a workshop bench: numbered steps, exploded views drawn from your CAD, warning panels that stand out, a parts list and a contents page. We supply print-ready files and a searchable PDF. You and your technical team remain responsible for the safety content; we make it clear. Product marking has changed too. UK government regulations made in 2024 mean CE marking is recognised in Great Britain indefinitely for most product regulations, including machinery, electrical equipment and toys, so UKCA is optional for those, while some sectors such as construction products and medical devices follow different rules. We design rating plates and labels with space for whichever marks apply, artwork drawn to the official proportions. ## Catalogues, exhibitions and photography A product catalogue is often the main sales tool for a manufacturer. We design catalogues with consistent product pages, specification tables and part numbers, and can supply templates so new products slot in. For trade shows, exhibition stand graphics are quoted or charged at £45 an hour + VAT, and we work to the stand builder's templates. We photograph products, processes and people on location in your factory, from £25 + VAT per image for product shots or £295 + VAT for a half day. Travel outside Mansfield and Nottinghamshire is quoted. If your website needs specialist software, such as product configurators or customer portals, our sister company dijitul developments builds them. ## What you get - Dimensioned 2D drawings with title block, tolerances and revision table, as PDF and DWG - 3D CAD models as STEP, IGES, STL or native formats on request - Sheet metal flat patterns as DXF for laser, plasma or punch - Instruction manual and technical data sheet layouts, print-ready and accessible PDF - Product catalogue design with editable templates - Factory, process and product photographs as edited high-resolution files ## FAQs ### How much do CAD drawings cost? dijitul charges £45 an hour + VAT for 2D and 3D CAD work, or a fixed price for a defined drawing pack. A simple single-part drawing takes far less time than an assembly with multiple sheets. Send a sketch, sample photo or existing drawing and we will quote before starting. ### Do you draw to BS 8888? Yes. dijitul lays out drawings following BS 8888 and the ISO standards it references, including ISO 128 for presentation. We use first or third angle projection as you specify, apply your general tolerance standard, and include a title block and revision table on every sheet. ### What file format does my manufacturer need? Ask them, but common answers are STEP for machining and moulding, DXF for laser and plasma cutting, STL or 3MF for 3D printing and PDF for quoting. dijitul supplies all of these, plus DWG and IGES, and can export to native formats where the supplier asks. ### Can you convert paper drawings into CAD? Yes. dijitul redraws paper, microfiche or scanned drawings as editable DWG files or 3D models, checks that dimensions are consistent and flags any conflicts. Conversion is charged at £45 an hour + VAT. Starting with a small batch helps confirm the approach before a full archive is converted. ### Do I need UKCA or CE marking on my product? For many product types, including machinery and electrical equipment, CE marking is now recognised in Great Britain indefinitely, so UKCA is optional. Some sectors, such as construction products and medical devices, follow different rules. dijitul designs rating plates and labels; your compliance team should confirm which marks apply. ### Can you design our machine instruction manual? Yes. dijitul lays out instruction manuals with numbered steps, exploded views from your CAD, warning panels and parts lists, supplied as print-ready files and searchable PDF. Your engineers provide and approve the safety content. Manual layout is charged at £45 an hour + VAT or quoted for a fixed page count. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Design for Hotels and Hospitality Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/design-for-hotels-and-hospitality/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul media photographs and designs for UK hotels, B&Bs, pubs with rooms and wedding venues: rooms and dining photography, wedding and events brochures, menus, in-room guides, signage and branding. A full day of photography on location starts from £495 + VAT, brochures from £295 + VAT and logos from £150 + VAT. Price: From £495 + VAT ## Problems this solves - Your booking site photos were taken before the refurbishment - The wedding brochure is a PDF built from old Word documents - Room information folders are a mix of laminated sheets - Your advertised room rate doesn't include the resort or service fee - Signage around the building uses three different typefaces - OTA listings show a better view of your hotel than your own website ## Key facts - Full-day hotel photography from £495 + VAT; half day from £295 + VAT - Wedding, events and conference brochures from £295 + VAT - Menus, in-room guides and directories at £45 an hour + VAT or a fixed quote - Rate cards and offers laid out with mandatory fees in the headline price, as the DMCC Act 2024 requires - Star rating and award logos placed only where your property holds them - Photos supplied sized for your website, booking engines and social media ## Photography that matches the stay Guests book from photos, then judge you against them. We shoot hotel and venue photography on location: bedrooms and bathrooms, public spaces, food and drink, exteriors and the details that set you apart. A full day from £495 + VAT usually covers a small hotel's rooms and public areas; a half day from £295 + VAT suits a B&B or a refresh after refurbishment. Travel outside the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area is quoted. We plan the shot list around light: east-facing rooms in the morning, dining rooms set for service, exteriors at dusk if the lighting suits. Every image is edited for straight verticals and true colour, and supplied at sizes for your website, booking engine and OTA listings. We do not offer drone work. ## Prices, fees and the DMCC Act Since 6 April 2025, the Digital Markets, Competition and Consumers Act 2024 bans drip pricing. The Competition and Markets Authority's price transparency guidance says the headline price must include mandatory fees and charges, such as compulsory resort, booking or service fees and applicable taxes. Optional extras can still be shown separately. That affects design: rate cards, offer graphics, wedding package brochures and adverts all need the total price to be the prominent one. We lay out pricing panels so the all-in figure leads and any breakdown sits underneath. You confirm the figures; we make sure the layout does not hide anything. Watch the phrases that tend to cause problems. A 'rooms from' price needs to be a rate a guest can actually book, with any compulsory charge already in it. A wedding package that adds a mandatory service charge or corkage at the end should show that in the package total, not in a footnote. Where a price genuinely cannot be calculated in advance, such as a per-head figure that depends on final numbers, we lay out how it is worked out next to the price so a couple can estimate it themselves. ## Star ratings and awards Quality marks are powerful, so they are policed. The CAP Code says marketing must not display a trust mark or quality mark without authorisation, and the ASA upheld a complaint against a hotel that displayed an AA star rating it had not been awarded. VisitEngland's quality assessment scheme, run by Quality in Tourism, offers star ratings for hotels as well as a Quality Assessed level without stars. We only add star rating, award or Visitor Ready logos from the artwork the scheme sends you, and we keep a list of where each one appears so it can be updated or removed when a rating changes. ## Brochures, menus and in-room information Wedding and events packs are often the biggest piece of print a hotel produces. We design them as brochures from £295 + VAT with a print version for show rounds and a lighter PDF for email enquiries. Pages typically cover the spaces with capacities for each layout, sample menus, packages with all-in prices, accommodation and terms. Restaurant and bar menus follow the same allergen principles as any food business. In-room guides work best as a short, well-designed folder or a digital directory reached by QR code, covering Wi-Fi, breakfast times, fire procedures and local recommendations. These are charged at £45 an hour + VAT or quoted. ## Signage and a consistent brand Wayfinding is part of the guest experience. Room numbers, directional signs, lift and stair signage, and fire assembly point signs should share one typeface and colour system with your logo and website. We design signage artwork as vector PDF for your sign maker, sized for viewing distance. If your brand needs a refresh after a change of ownership or a refurbishment, a brand identity pack starts from £395 + VAT. For the website itself, our sister company builds hotel sites at dijitul.uk. ## What you get - Edited room, dining, exterior and detail photographs as high-resolution JPEGs - Wedding and events brochure, print-ready and web PDF - Menu and drinks list artwork with editable templates - In-room guide or digital directory layout - Wayfinding and door signage artwork as vector PDF - Social media templates for offers and events ## FAQs ### How much does hotel photography cost? dijitul's hotel and venue photography starts from £495 + VAT for a full day on location and £295 + VAT for a half day. A full day usually covers rooms, public areas, dining and exteriors for a small hotel. Travel beyond Mansfield and Nottinghamshire is added to the quote. ### Can we advertise a room rate without the resort fee? Not if the fee is mandatory. Since April 2025 the Digital Markets, Competition and Consumers Act 2024 bans drip pricing, and CMA guidance says the headline price must include mandatory fees and taxes. dijitul designs rate cards and offers so the all-in price is the prominent figure. ### Can I show a star rating on my hotel website? Only if your property currently holds that rating from the scheme, such as the AA or VisitEngland. Displaying a quality mark without authorisation breaches the CAP Code, and the ASA has upheld complaints about this. dijitul uses only the official artwork your scheme provides. ### Do you design wedding brochures for venues? Yes. dijitul designs wedding and events brochures from £295 + VAT, with a print version for show rounds and a smaller PDF for email enquiries. Typical pages include spaces and capacities, packages with all-in prices, sample menus and accommodation. ### Can you photograph food in our hotel restaurant? Yes. dijitul can include food and drink in a hotel shoot or book it separately, with dishes styled from your own kitchen. A half day is from £295 + VAT and a full day from £495 + VAT, with travel quoted beyond the Mansfield area. ### Can you design in-room guides? Yes. dijitul designs printed in-room folders and digital directories reached by QR code, covering Wi-Fi, dining times, fire procedures and local tips. This work is charged at £45 an hour + VAT or quoted as a fixed price once we know the page count. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Design for Beauty and Wellness Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/design-for-beauty-and-wellness/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul media designs social media graphics, logos, price lists, gift vouchers, product labels and salon signage for UK beauty, aesthetics and wellness businesses, and photographs treatments and products on location. Social media graphics packs start from £99 + VAT, logos from £150 + VAT and product photography from £25 + VAT per image. Price: From £99 + VAT ## Problems this solves - Your Instagram looks great but doesn't look like your salon - You're not sure what you're allowed to say about anti-wrinkle treatments - Before-and-after photos are inconsistent in lighting and angle - Your own-brand skincare labels were made without checking the rules - Price lists are printed on the home printer and never match the website - Gift vouchers are handwritten at Christmas ## Key facts - Social media graphics packs from £99 + VAT, sized for current Instagram and Facebook specs - Logos from £150 + VAT; brand identity packs from £395 + VAT - Product photography from £25 + VAT per image, without filters that exaggerate results - Own-brand cosmetic labels laid out with INCI ingredients, responsible person and PAO symbol - Aesthetics marketing that promotes consultations, not prescription-only medicines - Price lists, gift vouchers and 85 × 55 mm loyalty cards at £45 an hour + VAT or a fixed quote ## A brand that looks like the experience Clients choose a salon, clinic or studio largely on how it looks before they walk in. Your logo, colours and photos should match the room they will sit in. We design logos from £150 + VAT and full brand identity packs from £395 + VAT, then carry the look onto treatment menus, price lists, window graphics and uniforms. Small print items matter more than people expect. Gift vouchers, loyalty cards and appointment cards at 85 × 55 mm are charged at £45 an hour + VAT or a fixed quote, and well-designed vouchers sell better at Christmas and Mother's Day than a handwritten card. ## Filters, retouching and the ASA In 2021 the Advertising Standards Authority ruled that filters must not be applied to social media ads for beauty products if they exaggerate the effect the product can achieve, after upholding complaints about two tanning ads. The same principle applies to retouching in your own adverts and posts: if the image is showing a result, it must be a fair representation of that result. So when we shoot treatment photos or edit before-and-after images, we keep lighting, angle and distance the same between shots, correct only exposure and colour, and do not smooth skin or reshape features in a way that changes the result shown. It is less dramatic, and it keeps you out of trouble. A simple routine helps. Photograph clients against the same plain wall, at the same distance, with the same lights switched on, and get written consent before any image is used. Brows, lashes, nails and hair results all look more convincing when the before and after shots are obviously taken in the same place, and consistent shots are easier for us to turn into tidy grid layouts and carousel posts. ## Aesthetics: promote the consultation, not the medicine Botulinum toxin products such as Botox are prescription-only medicines, and CAP Code rule 12.12 bans advertising prescription-only medicines to the public. ASA guidance says this covers paid ads and your own social media posts, and that almost any reference to Botox in leaflets, posters or brochures is likely to breach the rule. The advice is to promote the consultation with a qualified practitioner, use balanced and factual information, and avoid before-and-after photos for these treatments. We design aesthetics clinic materials around that: consultation-led messaging, clear practitioner credentials, and no product names or imagery that would identify a prescription-only medicine. Treatments that are not medicines, such as dermal fillers, still need claims you can back up. ## Labels for your own-brand products Many salons and wellness brands launch their own skincare, candles or oils. Cosmetic labels in Great Britain must list ingredients using INCI names, show the name and address of the UK responsible person on both the container and the outer packaging, and give either a best-before date or, for products with a durability over 30 months, the period-after-opening (open jar) symbol with a number of months. Products must also be notified to the Office for Product Safety and Standards before sale. We design labels to your container's exact dimensions with room for all of this, plus your batch code area. You or your formulator supply the ingredient list and safety assessment; we make it fit legibly and look like it belongs to your brand. ## Social media that books appointments Most beauty bookings start on Instagram or Facebook. A social media graphics pack from £99 + VAT gives you reusable templates for treatments, offers, availability and reviews. For Instagram we design feed posts at 1080 × 1350 px (4:5) so they can also run as ads, and stories at 1080 × 1920 px with key text inside the safe zone. Real photos of your space and team outperform stock. We photograph treatments, products and team headshots on location from £295 + VAT for a half day, with travel quoted outside Mansfield and Nottinghamshire. ## What you get - Logo in AI, EPS, SVG, PDF and PNG - Social post, story and highlight cover templates - Price list and treatment menu artwork, print and web - Gift voucher, loyalty and appointment card artwork - Product label artwork drawn to your container dimensions - Edited treatment, product and team photographs ## FAQs ### How much does salon branding cost? dijitul designs salon logos from £150 + VAT and brand identity packs, with logo, colours, fonts and basic rules, from £395 + VAT. Social media graphics packs start from £99 + VAT, and price lists or vouchers are charged at £45 an hour + VAT. You get a fixed price before we start. ### Can I use filters on my beauty adverts? Not if they exaggerate what the product or treatment can achieve. In 2021 the ASA ruled that such filters make beauty ads misleading. dijitul shoots and edits treatment photos with consistent lighting and angles, correcting only exposure and colour, so results are shown fairly. ### Can my clinic advertise Botox on Instagram? No. Botox is a prescription-only medicine, and CAP Code rule 12.12 bans advertising those to the public, including on your own social media. ASA guidance suggests promoting a consultation with a qualified practitioner instead. dijitul designs aesthetics materials around consultation-led messaging. ### What must go on a cosmetic product label in the UK? Labels must include the ingredient list using INCI names, the name and address of the UK responsible person, and a best-before date or a period-after-opening symbol for products lasting over 30 months. dijitul lays this out to your container size; you supply the ingredient data and safety assessment. ### Do you photograph treatments in our salon? Yes. dijitul photographs treatments, products, interiors and team headshots on location at your salon or clinic. A half day is from £295 + VAT and product shots from £25 + VAT per image. Travel outside the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area is quoted. ### Can you make Instagram templates I can edit myself? Yes. dijitul's social media graphics pack, from £99 + VAT, can be supplied as editable templates so you can change treatments, prices and dates while keeping fonts, colours and layout consistent with your brand. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Design for Events Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/design-for-events/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul media designs posters, flyers, tickets, wristbands, signage, site maps and social graphics for UK events, and photographs or films them on the day. Flyers start from £95 + VAT, social media graphics packs from £99 + VAT, event photography from £295 + VAT for a half day and video from £695 + VAT. Price: From £95 + VAT ## Problems this solves - The poster, the ticket site and Instagram all show different dates - Your ticket price on the poster doesn't include the booking fee - Sponsors complain their logos are stretched or the wrong colour - The safety team needs a site map and you have a sketch on a napkin - Signage on the day is printed in a rush and nobody can read it - You have great memories of the event but no usable photos ## Key facts - Flyers and leaflets from £95 + VAT; posters and banners quoted or at £45 an hour + VAT - Ticket and promo artwork laid out with all-in prices, as the DMCC Act 2024 requires - Site maps and signage packs built to support your event management plan - Accessible print following RNIB Clear Print sizes, with large-print versions at 16 pt - Event photography from £295 + VAT half day, £495 + VAT full day - Event video from £695 + VAT, with short social cuts ## One look, from first announcement to last photo An event brand has a short life and a lot of touchpoints: save-the-date posts, posters, tickets, wristbands, signage, stage screens and the thank-you post afterwards. We design a simple kit first, a logo or wordmark for the event, colours, type and a key visual, then roll it out so every item looks like it belongs. Posters and flyers are the backbone. Flyers start from £95 + VAT; posters at A3, A2 or A1 are quoted or charged at £45 an hour + VAT. Keep the hierarchy strict: what it is, when, where, and how to get a ticket. A QR code that goes straight to the ticket page beats a long URL every time. ## Ticket prices and the drip pricing ban Since 6 April 2025, the Digital Markets, Competition and Consumers Act 2024 has banned drip pricing. The Competition and Markets Authority's price transparency guidance treats mandatory booking and admin fees as part of the total price, so the price you show on posters, social graphics and ticket pages should be the all-in figure, with any breakdown shown underneath if you want. That changes artwork: a headline ticket price followed by 'plus booking fee' is the wrong way round. We lay out price panels so the total leads, optional extras such as parking or VIP upgrades are clearly optional, and the same figures appear on every item. Your ticketing platform's settings need to match what the artwork says. ## Site maps and signage for the event plan Most councils ask organisers of larger events for an event management plan, and many local guidance documents point organisers to the Purple Guide, the events industry's health and safety guide written by the Events Industry Forum. Signage and site plans usually form part of that pack. We draw clear site maps showing entrances and exits, first aid, toilets, accessible routes, bars, stages and emergency vehicle access, on a scaled base where you have one. The same map then becomes the public version for your website and programme, and the basis for directional signage. We size sign text for viewing distance and use high contrast so it still works at dusk. Safety content and sign positions are decided by your safety adviser; we make them clear and consistent. ## Accessible print and sponsor logos Programmes, timetables and maps should be readable by everyone. RNIB's Clear Print guidance recommends a minimum of 12 pt, ideally 14 pt, and defines large print as 16 pt or larger, so we set body text accordingly and can produce a large-print version of the programme on request. Avoid text over photos, and never rely on colour alone to show which stage is which. Sponsors expect their logos to be used properly. We ask each sponsor for their vector logo and brand guidelines, respect their clear space and colour rules, and give you a sponsor wall layout that treats each tier consistently. It is a small detail that keeps sponsors happy for next year. Collect sponsor logos early: chasing a vector file the day before print is one of the most common causes of delays and low-quality signage. ## Photography and video on the day Good event photos sell next year's tickets and keep sponsors on board. We shoot event photography from £295 + VAT for a half day or £495 + VAT for a full day, covering crowds, speakers, performers, sponsor branding and the details. Video starts from £695 + VAT, and we can cut short vertical clips for social media from the same footage. Travel outside the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area is added to the quote. Put a notice at entrances saying photography and filming will take place, and agree a way for people to opt out. We do not offer drone filming. For the post-event round-up, social media graphics start from £99 + VAT. ## What you get - Poster, flyer and programme artwork, print-ready with 3 mm bleed - Ticket, wristband and lanyard badge artwork - Site map and wayfinding signage pack as vector PDF - Roller banner, backdrop and stage screen graphics - Social countdown and announcement templates - Edited event photographs and video with social cuts ## FAQs ### How much does event poster and flyer design cost? dijitul designs flyers from £95 + VAT. Posters, banners and larger signage are quoted as a fixed price or charged at £45 an hour + VAT, depending on sizes and the number of versions. Printing is quoted separately if you want us to arrange it. ### Do ticket prices on posters have to include booking fees? Mandatory fees should be included. Since April 2025 the Digital Markets, Competition and Consumers Act 2024 bans drip pricing, and CMA guidance treats compulsory booking fees as part of the total price. dijitul lays out artwork so the all-in price is the main figure. ### Can you draw a site map for our event plan? Yes. dijitul draws site maps showing entrances, exits, first aid, toilets, accessible routes, stages and emergency access, on a scaled base where available. The same artwork becomes the public map and signage. Your safety adviser decides positions and content; we make it clear and consistent. ### How much does event photography cost? dijitul's event photography starts from £295 + VAT for a half day and £495 + VAT for a full day, shot on location. Event video starts from £695 + VAT. Travel beyond Mansfield and Nottinghamshire is added to the quote. ### Can you make a large-print programme? Yes. dijitul can produce a large-print version of programmes and timetables at 16 pt or larger, in line with RNIB's definition of large print, alongside the standard version set to RNIB Clear Print sizes. Both come from the same artwork so the content always matches. ### Do you film events with drones? No. dijitul does not offer drone photography or filming. We shoot event photography and video from the ground, and can cut short vertical clips for social media from the main footage. Video starts from £695 + VAT. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Design for Professional Services Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/design-for-professional-services/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul media designs logos, letterheads, email signatures, proposal templates, reports and presentations for UK solicitors, accountants, surveyors and consultancies, and shoots team headshots on location. Business cards or letterheads start from £75 + VAT, logos from £150 + VAT and a half day of headshot photography from £295 + VAT. Price: From £75 + VAT ## Problems this solves - Every partner's email signature looks different - The letterhead was updated after a merger but the old firm name is still in templates - You're unsure where the SRA badge or ICAEW logo has to go - Proposals are built from an old document full of formatting errors - Team photos were taken over ten years in ten different styles - Your brand looks like every other firm in town ## Key facts - Business cards or letterhead from £75 + VAT; logos from £150 + VAT - SRA-regulated firms: letterhead and email footers with SRA number and regulated status - ICAEW member firm logos placed under ICAEW's own usage rules - Companies Act trading disclosures built into every template - Proposal, report and pitch templates in Word and PowerPoint - Team headshots on location from £295 + VAT for a half day ## Stationery that carries the regulatory wording Regulated firms have rules about what goes on letters, emails and websites, and those details are easiest to get right in a template. For solicitors, the SRA Transparency Rules require authorised firms to show their SRA number and the words 'authorised and regulated by the Solicitors Regulation Authority' on letterhead and emails, and to display the SRA's digital badge in a prominent place on their website. Freelance solicitors are not allowed to use the badge. Every limited company or LLP also has trading disclosure duties under the Companies (Trading Disclosures) Regulations 2008: registered name, number, place of registration and registered office on letters, order forms and the website. If a letter names any director other than as a signatory, it must name them all. We build these into letterheads from £75 + VAT and into email signatures, so fee earners cannot accidentally delete them. ## Professional body logos: ICAEW and others Professional body marks have their own rules. ICAEW says member firms that meet its requirements may use the ICAEW Chartered Accountants member firm logo on stationery and marketing, on its own or with the line 'A member of the ICAEW Practice Assurance Scheme', and that the logos cannot be used for any other purpose. A practice using the description 'Chartered Accountants' or the member firm mark must also distinguish between chartered accountants and other people named on its letterhead. We use only the logo files your professional body supplies, follow their clear space and minimum size guidance, and mark partners' qualifications clearly so the letterhead stays accurate when people join or leave. If you leave a scheme or a firm loses an accreditation, every template, sign and web page carrying the mark needs updating, so we keep a simple list of where each one appears. The same approach applies to RICS, CIOT, STEP, Law Society accreditation marks and others. ## A brand that doesn't look like everyone else's Many firms default to navy, serif type and a pair of initials. That is safe but forgettable. A good professional brand identity from £395 + VAT can still feel trustworthy while being recognisable on a crowded list of search results or a conference programme. Think about a distinctive colour, a clean type pairing and a consistent way of using photos and charts. After a merger or partner change, a rebrand is also a chance to tidy every template at once. We keep a checklist of each item that carries the firm name so nothing old lingers in a forgotten document. ## Proposals, reports and presentations Much of a firm's design is in documents people build every day. We create Word templates for proposals, engagement letters, reports and fee schedules using proper styles, so headings, numbering and tables behave. A matching PowerPoint master means seminar slides and pitch decks look like the same firm. Template work is charged at £45 an hour + VAT or quoted. For annual reviews, client guides and recruitment brochures, brochures start from £295 + VAT. Charts and diagrams that explain a process, such as a conveyancing timeline or a tax-year calendar, are often the most shared item a firm produces. ## Headshots that match across the whole team Client-facing professionals need a current, consistent headshot on the website, LinkedIn and proposals. We shoot headshots at your office from £295 + VAT for a half day, using the same background, lighting and crop for everyone, so new joiners can be photographed later to match. We agree the look first: plain or office background, standing or seated, formal or relaxed, and whether you want a second, wider shot of each person for proposals and speaker profiles. Each person sees a short selection and picks their preferred image before retouching, which is limited to tidying stray hairs, blemishes and colour rather than changing how anyone looks. Travel outside the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area is quoted. If your website needs updating to carry the new brand, our sister company builds sites at dijitul.uk. ## What you get - Logo files in AI, EPS, SVG, PDF and PNG - Letterhead and continuation sheet as print PDF and Word template - HTML email signature with regulatory footer - Proposal, report and fee schedule templates in Word - PowerPoint master template - Consistent team headshots as edited JPEGs ## FAQs ### What must a solicitor's letterhead show? Under the SRA Transparency Rules, an authorised firm's letterhead and emails must show its SRA number and the words 'authorised and regulated by the Solicitors Regulation Authority'. As a company or LLP it also needs Companies Act trading disclosures. dijitul builds both into letterhead and email templates from £75 + VAT. ### Where does the SRA digital badge need to go? The SRA requires authorised firms to display its digital badge in a prominent place on their website, alongside their SRA number. Freelance solicitors must not use the badge. dijitul places the badge using the SRA's own code and artwork, typically in the header or footer of every page. ### Can our accountancy firm use the ICAEW logo? Member firms that meet ICAEW's requirements can use its member firm logo on stationery and marketing, following ICAEW's guidelines. Firms using it must also distinguish chartered accountants from other people named on the letterhead. dijitul uses only the official files ICAEW supplies. ### How much does a professional services rebrand cost? dijitul's brand identity packs start from £395 + VAT, with logos from £150 + VAT and business cards or letterheads from £75 + VAT. Template work for proposals and reports is charged at £45 an hour + VAT. You get a fixed price for the whole rebrand before we start. ### Can you photograph our whole team for the website? Yes. dijitul shoots team headshots at your office from £295 + VAT for a half day, using the same background, lighting and crop for everyone so new joiners can be matched later. Travel beyond Mansfield and Nottinghamshire is added to the quote. ### Can you build Word templates for our proposals? Yes. dijitul builds Word templates for proposals, reports, engagement letters and fee schedules using proper paragraph styles and numbering, plus a matching PowerPoint master. Template work is charged at £45 an hour + VAT or quoted as a fixed price. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Design for Food and Drink Brands Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/design-for-food-and-drink-brands/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > dijitul media designs packaging, labels, logos and point-of-sale for UK food and drink producers, from farm shops to breweries, and photographs products on location. Packaging and label design is quoted as a fixed price or charged at £45 an hour + VAT, product photography starts from £25 + VAT per image and logos from £150 + VAT. ## Problems this solves - Your label looks good on screen but the ingredients are unreadable in print - A retailer has rejected your pack because the barcode won't scan - The dieline from the printer doesn't match your artwork - Your brewery's can design has been called childish - You need to rework every drinks label for the deposit return scheme - Product photos don't show the packaging colours accurately ## Key facts - Packaging and label design quoted, or £45 an hour + VAT - Mandatory label text set to at least 1.2 mm x-height (0.9 mm on packs under 80 cm²) - Name, quantity and ABV kept in the same field of vision - EAN-13 barcodes placed at GS1 sizes: 100% is 37.29 × 25.93 mm - Drinks cans and bottles prepared for the deposit return scheme logo from 1 October 2027 - Alcohol packaging checked against Portman Group rule 3.2(h) on appeal to under-18s - Product photography from £25 + VAT per image ## Labels that meet the rules and still look good Food labelling law in Great Britain sets out what prepacked food must show, including the name of the food, ingredients with allergens emphasised, net quantity, a date mark, storage conditions and the name and address of the business responsible. Under the Food Information Regulations, mandatory text must have an x-height of at least 1.2 mm, or 0.9 mm if the largest surface of the pack is under 80 cm². The name of the food must sit in the same field of vision as the net quantity and, for drinks over 1.2% ABV, the alcoholic strength. We design labels with a front that sells and a back that complies: a clear ingredients panel with the 14 allergens in bold, a nutrition table where required, and enough contrast for the small text to be read. You or your technical adviser supply the data and confirm compliance; we make sure it fits and prints legibly. ## Packaging, dielines and print Every pack starts from the printer's dieline: the flat outline with cut, crease and glue areas. We design on that template, keeping key text away from folds and glue flaps, and supply artwork as press-ready PDF with bleed, Pantone references where colour must be exact and CMYK breakdowns where it is printed in process. Packaging design is quoted as a fixed price or charged at £45 an hour + VAT. Barcodes are a common reason retailers reject packs. GS1 UK states an EAN-13 at 100% magnification measures 37.29 mm wide including quiet zones and 25.93 mm high including the numbers, and it can be scaled from 80% to 200%. We place barcodes in black on a white or light background, never truncated, and flag curved surfaces that may cause scanning problems. ## Drinks: the deposit return scheme and the Portman Group A deposit return scheme for drinks containers is due to start on 1 October 2027, covering PET plastic bottles and steel and aluminium cans from 150 ml to 3 litres. The scheme administrator, Exchange for Change, has published regulatory requirements for the DRS logo, including minimum and maximum sizes, clear space and colour formats, and says a single logo must appear on every in-scope container. If you are refreshing a label before then, we can build space for it now. Alcohol brands should also design to the Portman Group's Code of Practice. Rule 3.2(h) says a drink, its packaging and promotion must not have a particular appeal to under-18s, and the Portman Group reports it is the rule most often considered by its Independent Complaints Panel. Bright cartoon styles, sweets imagery and childhood nostalgia need careful handling. ## Advertising less healthy food From 5 January 2026, UK law restricts advertising of identifiable 'less healthy' food and drink: a 9pm watershed on TV and on-demand, and a ban on paid-for online ads. Businesses with fewer than 250 employees are exempt, and brand advertising that does not show an identifiable less healthy product is allowed, according to the ASA's guidance. If you are a larger producer, we can design brand-led ads that focus on the name, values and story rather than a specific product. ## Product photography and brand Retail buyers, online shops and marketplaces need clean, colour-accurate photos. We shoot product photography from £25 + VAT per image on location, on white for listings and in styled settings for your website and social media. For new products we can supply 3D renders of the pack from the artwork, so you can pitch to buyers before the first print run. If you are launching a brand rather than a single product, start with the logo, from £150 + VAT, or a brand identity pack from £395 + VAT, so your range can grow without each new flavour looking like a different company. ## What you get - Print-ready label and packaging artwork on the printer's dieline - Colour specification in Pantone and CMYK, with proof notes - Back-of-pack layout with ingredients, allergens and nutrition panel - Barcode placement and size checked against GS1 guidance - 3D packaging mock-ups for retailer pitches - Product photographs on white and in lifestyle settings ## FAQs ### How much does food packaging design cost? dijitul quotes packaging and label design as a fixed price based on the number of products, pack formats and print processes, or charges £45 an hour + VAT. Logos start from £150 + VAT and product photography from £25 + VAT per image. You get the price before we start. ### What is the minimum font size on a UK food label? Under the Food Information Regulations, mandatory information must be printed with an x-height of at least 1.2 mm, or 0.9 mm where the largest surface of the pack is under 80 cm². dijitul checks the x-height of your chosen typeface rather than relying on point size alone. ### How big should a barcode be on packaging? GS1 UK states that an EAN-13 barcode at 100% magnification is 37.29 mm wide including quiet zones and 25.93 mm high including the numbers, and it can be scaled between 80% and 200%. dijitul places barcodes in dark bars on a light background, never truncated. ### Do I need the deposit return scheme logo on my drinks? If you sell drinks in in-scope PET bottles or steel or aluminium cans, the logo becomes mandatory when the scheme starts on 1 October 2027. Exchange for Change has published size, clear space and colour requirements. dijitul can build the logo into your label artwork now. ### What does the Portman Group code mean for my beer label? The Portman Group's Code of Practice rule 3.2(h) says alcohol packaging and promotion must not have a particular appeal to under-18s. Cartoon characters, sweets imagery and childhood references are common problems. dijitul designs alcohol labels with this rule in mind; the Portman Group also offers producers an advisory service. ### Can you show us our packaging before it is printed? Yes. dijitul can produce 3D renders and mock-ups of your pack from the flat artwork, useful for retailer pitches and crowdfunding before the first run. Rendering is charged at £45 an hour + VAT or included in a packaging quote. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # How Much Does a Logo Cost in the UK? Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/guides/how-much-does-a-logo-cost-uk/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > In the UK a professionally designed logo usually costs a few hundred pounds from a small studio or freelancer and several thousand from a larger agency. dijitul designs logos from £150 + VAT, with a fixed price agreed before we start and a full set of print and digital files (AI, EPS, SVG, PDF, PNG) included. ## Key facts - Bark's UK price guide (checked October 2026) puts the average logo at £250 to £3,000 per design - dijitul logo design starts from £150 + VAT, as a fixed price agreed before work begins - Price is driven by research, number of concepts, complexity and who will use the files - A proper logo comes as vector files (AI, EPS, SVG, PDF) plus PNGs for screen use - Ask who owns the copyright when the job is finished; get it in writing - Printing, trade mark filing and brand guidelines are separate costs unless quoted ## What UK businesses actually pay for a logo There is no fixed rate card for logos, so prices vary more than for almost any other design job. The online marketplace Bark, which collects quotes from UK designers, says in its logo design price guide (checked October 2026) that the average UK logo costs between £250 and £3,000 per design. The same guide puts less experienced designers at £150 to £500 and experienced designers at £1,000 to £7,500. At the bottom of the market you will find template logo makers and contest sites. At the top, large agencies charge tens of thousands because the logo sits inside months of research, naming and positioning work. Most small businesses sit somewhere in between: they need a distinctive, well-drawn mark that prints cleanly and works on a phone screen, without paying for a boardroom strategy process. dijitul's logo design starts from £150 + VAT. That is a starting point, not a teaser: you get a fixed price based on your brief before anything begins, so you know the total. ## What makes one logo cost more than another Designers price logos on the time they expect to spend, so anything that adds time adds cost. The main drivers are: - **Research and discovery.** Looking at competitors, your customers and where the logo will be used takes hours before any drawing starts. - **Number of initial concepts.** Three distinct routes cost more than one refined idea. - **Complexity.** A custom illustrated mascot or hand-drawn lettering takes far longer than a clean wordmark set in a well-chosen typeface. - **Variations.** A horizontal version, a stacked version, an icon-only version for social avatars and a single-colour version for embroidery or engraving all need drawing and testing. - **Extras.** Colour palette, typography rules and a short usage guide push a logo towards a brand identity, which is priced separately (from £395 + VAT at dijitul). ## What should be included in the price A cheap logo is expensive if you cannot use it. Before you pay, check the quote includes: - **Vector master files**: AI (Adobe Illustrator), EPS and SVG. Vectors scale to any size without going blurry, so a printer can put your logo on a van or a 6 metre banner. - **Print-ready PDF** in CMYK, plus Pantone references if you need exact colour matching on stationery or packaging. - **PNG files** with transparent backgrounds in RGB for websites, email signatures and social media. - **Colour versions**: full colour, single colour black, and reversed white for dark backgrounds. - **Copyright** confirmed in writing. Under UK law the designer owns the copyright in a commissioned logo unless it is assigned to you in writing. Our guide on who owns the copyright in your logo explains why this matters. If a quote only promises a JPEG, walk away. See logo file formats explained for what each file does. ## Hidden costs to budget for The logo fee is rarely the only cost of launching a new identity. Plan for: - **Trade mark registration.** The UK Intellectual Property Office charges £205 to file online for one class of goods or services, plus £60 for each extra class (GOV.UK fees from 1 April 2026). See how to trade mark a logo. - **Stationery and print.** Business cards and letterheads from dijitul start from £75 + VAT for the design; printing is quoted separately. - **Signage and vehicles.** Shop fascias and van livery are quoted per job. - **Digital roll-out.** Social avatars, cover images and website updates. None of these are compulsory on day one, but knowing about them stops a £150 logo turning into a surprise bill. ## How to get an accurate quote The quickest route to a fair, fixed price is a clear brief. Tell the designer what the business does, who buys from you, three logos you like (and why), anything you hate, and every place the logo must work: signage, embroidery, a tiny website favicon, packaging. Our guide on how to write a design brief has a template. Ask every designer the same questions: how many concepts, what files you receive, who owns the copyright, and what happens if you want changes outside the agreed scope. Comparing like for like matters more than comparing headline prices. ## When to call dijitul If you need a logo that prints sharply, works in one colour and looks right as a 32 pixel social icon, ask us for a quote. dijitul has been designing for UK businesses since 2006 from Mansfield, Nottinghamshire, and works with clients across the country remotely. Logos start from £150 + VAT, you get the price fixed before we begin, and all prices are listed on our pricing page. ## FAQs ### How much does a logo cost for a small business in the UK? Bark's UK logo design price guide (checked October 2026) puts the average at £250 to £3,000 per design. dijitul designs small business logos from £150 + VAT, with a fixed price agreed from your brief before any work starts, and all the vector and PNG files you need included. ### Why are some logos so cheap online? Very cheap logos are often built from templates or stock icons, so the same mark may be sold to other businesses and cannot usually be trade marked as distinctive. You may also only receive a low-resolution image rather than vector files. A properly drawn, original logo costs more because a designer spends real time on it. ### Is VAT added to logo design prices? It depends on whether the designer is VAT registered. dijitul is, so our logo design price is from £150 + VAT. If you are VAT registered yourself you can normally reclaim that VAT. Always check whether a quote you are comparing is shown with or without VAT. ### Does a logo price include printing? Usually not. Logo design covers creating the artwork and supplying the files. Printing business cards, signs or merchandise is a separate cost. dijitul can arrange print and will quote for it separately, or supply print-ready files to your own printer. ### Should I pay for a logo by the hour or a fixed price? A fixed price is easier to budget and compare. dijitul quotes logos as a fixed price from £150 + VAT once we understand the brief. Hourly billing (our design rate is £45 an hour + VAT) suits open-ended tweaks to existing artwork rather than a new logo. ### What files should I get with a new logo? You should receive vector files (AI, EPS, SVG and a print-ready PDF), PNGs with transparent backgrounds for screen use, and full colour, black and white versions. dijitul supplies these as standard with every logo so the mark works on everything from a website to a van. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # How Much Does Branding Cost in the UK? Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/guides/how-much-does-branding-cost-uk/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > Branding in the UK ranges from a few hundred pounds for a logo with colours and fonts to tens of thousands for agency strategy work. dijitul designs brand identity packs from £395 + VAT: logo, colour palette, typography and simple usage rules, with a fixed price agreed before we start and roll-out items quoted separately. ## Key facts - Bark's UK brand design price guide (checked October 2026) gives a typical range of £120 to £450, averaging £300 - The same guide puts small agencies at £500 to £2,500 and top agencies at £1,000 to £20,000 and above - dijitul brand identity packs start from £395 + VAT; logos alone from £150 + VAT - Branding covers the logo, colours, fonts, imagery style and the rules that hold them together - Roll-out (stationery, signage, social templates, website) is usually costed separately - Brand guidelines stop the identity drifting as more people use it ## Logo, brand identity or full branding? People use "branding" to mean very different things, and that is why quotes range so widely. It helps to split it into three levels: - **A logo**: the mark itself, supplied in the right file formats. - **A brand identity**: the logo plus a colour palette with CMYK, RGB, HEX and Pantone values, chosen typefaces, and simple rules for how they fit together. This is what most small and medium businesses need. - **Brand strategy**: research, positioning, naming, messaging and tone of voice, often with workshops. Agencies charge heavily for this because it is mostly senior consultancy time. Know which level you are buying before comparing prices. A quote for a few hundred pounds and one for many thousands are often for completely different jobs, so ask each supplier to list exactly what is included. ## UK market prices The online marketplace Bark publishes a UK brand design price guide (checked October 2026). It gives a typical range of £120 to £450 with an average of £300, and splits prices by supplier: junior designers £100 to £250, senior designers £300 to £1,000, small agencies £500 to £2,500, and the most established agencies £1,000 to £20,000 and above. The same guide shows regional variation for a mid-level designer, from £250 in the North East to £450 in London. Treat any published range as a guide only. The real price depends on how many items you need and how much thinking happens before the design work. ## What a dijitul brand identity pack includes dijitul's brand identity packs start from £395 + VAT. The exact contents are agreed in your fixed quote, but a typical pack covers: - A new or refined logo with horizontal, stacked and icon versions - A colour palette with Pantone, CMYK, RGB and HEX values so print and screen match as closely as possible - Primary and secondary typefaces, with web-safe alternatives - Rules for clear space, minimum size and what not to do with the logo - Master files in AI, EPS, SVG, PDF and PNG If several people or suppliers will use your brand, add brand guidelines so everyone works from one document. ## Budgeting for the roll-out The identity is the start. Most of the visible cost of a new brand is putting it on things. Typical roll-out items and dijitul's starting design prices: | Item | dijitul design price | | Business cards or letterhead | from £75 + VAT | | Flyer or leaflet | from £95 + VAT | | Social media graphics pack | from £99 + VAT | | Brochure | from £295 + VAT | | Signage, packaging, vehicle livery | quoted | Printing is extra unless quoted. Many businesses phase the roll-out: stationery and social first, signage when the lease or van is due for renewal. Our rebrand checklist lists every touchpoint to plan for. ## How to keep the cost under control - **Write a clear brief.** Vague briefs lead to extra rounds. Our guide on writing a design brief shows what to include. - **Decide the level up front.** If you do not need naming or messaging work, say so. - **Ask for a fixed price.** It removes the risk of an hourly bill growing. - **Keep your existing equity.** If customers already recognise your colours or symbol, a logo redesign may be cheaper and safer than starting again. - **Ask for master templates.** Editable templates for social posts, quotes and price lists mean your team can produce everyday items without paying for design each time. The most expensive branding is the kind you redo within two years because it was rushed. A modest budget spent on a clear identity and simple rules usually outlasts a bigger budget spent on lots of items with no system behind them. ## When to call dijitul If you want a professional identity without paying for agency strategy you do not need, request a quote. dijitul has worked with UK businesses since 2006 and designs remotely from Mansfield for clients across the country. Brand identity packs start from £395 + VAT, logos from £150 + VAT, and every price is on our pricing page. ## FAQs ### How much should a small business spend on branding? Most small businesses need a brand identity (logo, colours, fonts, usage rules) rather than full strategy. Bark's UK brand design guide (checked October 2026) puts small agencies at £500 to £2,500. dijitul brand identity packs start from £395 + VAT with a fixed price agreed before we begin. ### What is the difference between a logo and branding? A logo is one mark. Branding is the whole visual system around it: colours, typefaces, imagery style, layout rules and how they appear on every touchpoint. dijitul designs logos from £150 + VAT and full brand identity packs from £395 + VAT. ### Do brand identity packs include brand guidelines? A dijitul brand identity pack includes the core rules: colour values, typefaces, clear space and minimum sizes. A fuller brand guidelines document, covering imagery, tone and layout examples, can be added and is quoted based on how detailed it needs to be. ### Does branding include a website? Not usually. Branding gives your website its look, but building the site is separate. dijitul media designs website graphics; full website design and builds are handled by our main agency at dijitul.uk, so your brand and site come from the same team. ### Is branding a one-off cost? The identity design is a one-off cost. Ongoing costs come from applying it: printing, new marketing materials, signage and social graphics. Good guidelines and master templates keep those costs down because each new item does not start from scratch. ### Can I rebrand in stages to spread the cost? Yes, and many businesses do. Get the identity and digital assets done first, then replace stationery when stock runs out and signage when it is due. dijitul can quote each phase separately so you can plan cash flow. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # How Much Does Product Photography Cost in the UK? Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/guides/how-much-does-product-photography-cost-uk/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > UK product photography is usually priced per image for simple white-background shots and by the half or full day for lifestyle work. dijitul photographs products from £25 + VAT per image, with half-day shoots from £295 + VAT and full days from £495 + VAT, shot on location with travel outside the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area quoted. ## Key facts - dijitul product photography: from £25 + VAT per image - dijitul photography days: half day from £295 + VAT, full day from £495 + VAT - Bark's UK commercial photography guide (checked October 2026) gives day rates of £160 to £410, averaging £185 to £200 - Per-image pricing suits catalogue and marketplace packshots; day rates suit lifestyle and in-use shots - Reflective, transparent and very small items take longer and cost more - Amazon main images need a pure white background (RGB 255, 255, 255) ## Per image or per day? Product photographers in the UK use two main pricing models: - **Per image.** Best for clean packshots on white for websites, Amazon, eBay and catalogues. You know the cost per product angle before the shoot. - **Half or full day.** Best for lifestyle shots, styled scenes, people using the product, or large ranges where the number of shots is hard to predict. dijitul's product photography starts from £25 + VAT per image. For lifestyle or location work our photography rates are from £295 + VAT for a half day and from £495 + VAT for a full day. We shoot on location, at your premises or another suitable space, and travel beyond Mansfield and Nottinghamshire is added to the quote. ## What the UK market charges Bark, the online marketplace for finding local services, publishes a UK commercial photography price guide (checked October 2026). It gives a typical range of £160 to £410 per day, with an average of £185 to £200 a day. Per-image prices are less well documented because they depend so heavily on the product, the number of angles and the amount of retouching. When you compare quotes, check whether the price includes editing and background cleaning, how many angles count as one "image", and whether you get high-resolution files for print as well as web-sized versions. ## What pushes the price up - **Difficult surfaces.** Glass bottles, polished metal, jewellery and glossy packaging reflect everything around them and need careful lighting and retouching. - **Very small or very large items.** Rings and electronic components need macro work; furniture needs space and more lighting. - **Multiple angles.** Amazon allows several images per listing, so front, back, side, detail and scale shots each count. - **Styling and props.** Lifestyle scenes need props, set-up time and often a model. - **Heavy retouching.** Removing dust, fixing labels or compositing several shots into one adds editing time. See photo editing and retouching. - **Infographics.** Adding dimensions, feature callouts or comparison charts to secondary images is design work rather than photography. ## Getting images that marketplaces accept If you sell on Amazon, the main image must show the product on a pure white background (RGB 255, 255, 255), filling about 85% of the frame, with no added text, logos or watermarks. Amazon accepts images from 500 to 10,000 pixels on the longest side and recommends over 1,000 pixels so shoppers can zoom. Our Amazon product image requirements guide covers the full rules. Ask your photographer to deliver at least 2,000 pixels on the longest side in sRGB JPEG for web and marketplaces, plus full-resolution files for print catalogues. ## How to keep costs down - Send a shot list per product: which angles, which variants, and where each image will be used. Our guide to briefing a photographer explains how. - Have products clean, labelled and ready, with packaging removed if you do not want it in shot. - Group similar products so the lighting set-up only changes once. - Decide early whether you need lifestyle shots or just packshots. Mixing both is fine, but it changes whether per image or day pricing is better value. - Think about reuse. One well-lit set of images can serve your website, Amazon, social media, a printed catalogue and trade show graphics if it is shot at full resolution with space around the product for cropping. Cheap photos are rarely a saving if they have to be reshot. Uneven backgrounds, colour casts that make products look a different shade, and images too small to zoom all lead to returns and lower conversion, which costs more than doing it properly once. ## When to call dijitul If you need consistent, marketplace-ready product shots or a styled day of lifestyle images, send us your product list for a quote. dijitul is based in Mansfield, Nottinghamshire and has worked with UK businesses since 2006. Product photography is from £25 + VAT per image, and all our prices are on the pricing page. ## FAQs ### How much does product photography cost per image in the UK? It varies with the product, angles and retouching needed. dijitul photographs products from £25 + VAT per image for clean shots, with a fixed quote based on your product list. Reflective, transparent or very small items usually take longer, which the quote will reflect. ### Is it cheaper to pay a day rate for product photography? For large ranges or styled lifestyle shots, often yes. dijitul's photography day rates are from £295 + VAT for a half day and £495 + VAT for a full day. For a handful of simple packshots, per-image pricing from £25 + VAT is usually better value. ### Do you have a photography studio? No. dijitul shoots on location, at your premises or another suitable space, so we bring the shoot to the products. Travel beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area is added to the quote so you see the full cost up front. ### Does the price include editing? Standard colour correction and cleaning up the background for a white-background packshot are part of producing a usable product image. Heavier retouching, such as compositing or rebuilding damaged labels, is quoted separately or charged at our £45 an hour + VAT design rate. ### What file sizes will I receive? dijitul supplies high-resolution JPEGs for print and web-ready versions sized for your platform, typically at least 2,000 pixels on the longest side for marketplaces so the zoom feature works. If you need TIFF or PNG files, tell us in the brief. ### Can you make my photos Amazon compliant? Yes. We shoot and edit main images to Amazon's rules: pure white background, product filling about 85% of the frame, and no text or watermarks. We can also design the secondary infographic images that explain features and dimensions. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # How Much Does CAD Drafting Cost in the UK? Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/guides/how-much-does-cad-drafting-cost-uk/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > CAD drafting in the UK is charged by the hour or as a fixed fee per drawing set, with rates depending on the work and who does it. dijitul produces 2D drawings and 3D CAD models at £45 an hour + VAT, with a fixed quote where the brief is clear, in DWG, DXF, STEP, STL or PDF. ## Key facts - dijitul 2D and 3D CAD: £45 an hour + VAT, fixed quotes available on clear briefs - MyJobQuote's UK architect cost guide (updated September 2026) gives architect rates of £50 to £100 an hour - Payscale (2026) puts the average UK employed CAD technician salary at £26,366, before employer overheads - Converting a sketch is quicker than designing from scratch; reverse engineering a part takes longest - Common outputs: DWG and DXF for 2D, STEP for 3D exchange, STL for 3D printing, PDF for sign-off - Clear dimensions, tolerances and materials up front cut the hours needed ## How CAD work is priced CAD drafting is time-based work, so most providers charge either by the hour or as a fixed fee calculated from an hours estimate. dijitul's CAD design rate is £45 an hour + VAT for 2D drafting and 3D modelling. When a job is well defined, for example redrawing a hand sketch with all dimensions marked, we can give a fixed price before starting. Open-ended work, such as developing a product through several design iterations, is better billed hourly with an agreed estimate so you only pay for the time used. ## What the UK market charges There is no single public rate card for CAD technicians, so compare against related professions. MyJobQuote's UK architect cost guide, updated in September 2026 from quotes on its platform, gives typical architect rates of £50 to £100 an hour. For context on employed staff, Payscale's 2026 UK data puts the average CAD technician salary at £26,366 a year. An outsourced rate is higher than a salary divided by hours because it covers software, hardware, training, insurance and unbilled time that an employer would otherwise pay. For a business that needs drawings now and then, outsourcing at £45 an hour + VAT is usually cheaper than employing someone and licensing the software. Be careful comparing hourly rates on their own. A cheaper drafter who takes twice as long, or who sends drawings that a manufacturer rejects because the tolerances or projection are wrong, costs more in the end. Ask to see how a supplier lays out a drawing, and whether they understand the process your part is going through. ## Typical jobs and what affects the hours | Job | What drives the time | | Sketch to 2D drawing | How complete the dimensions are and how many views are needed | | PDF or paper drawing to DWG | Drawing quality, scale accuracy and number of sheets. See CAD conversion | | 3D model of a new part | Number of features, fillets and assemblies | | Reverse engineering a physical part | Measuring, curved surfaces and tolerances | | Fabrication drawings | Bend allowances, flat patterns and cut lists. See sheet metal drawings | | Floor plans | Measured survey supplied or not, number of floors. See floor plans | ## How to reduce the cost - **Supply every dimension you have**, marked clearly, including units. Guessing and checking takes time. - **State the material and process**: laser-cut steel, injection-moulded ABS or 3D-printed PLA all change what the drawing needs to show. - **Give tolerances** or say "general tolerances to ISO 2768-m" if nothing is critical. - **Say which projection** you need. UK and European manufacturers usually work in first-angle projection; US suppliers often expect third-angle. - **Ask for the right file once.** Know whether your manufacturer wants DWG, DXF, STEP or STL. Our guide to STEP vs STL vs DWG explains the difference. ## What you should receive Agree the deliverables before work begins. Typical outputs are: - Native or exchange 2D files (DWG or DXF) for laser cutters, CNC routers and other CAD users - STEP files for 3D exchange with machine shops and manufacturers - STL or 3MF files for 3D printing - Dimensioned PDF drawings with a title block, revision letter and projection symbol, laid out with reference to BS 8888 for sign-off and quoting - Rendered images if you need visuals for marketing or investors. See 3D rendering and visualisation Make sure you also receive the native model files, not just exports. If the design changes later, editing the original model is far quicker than rebuilding it from a STEP or STL file, which keeps future revisions cheaper. ## When to call dijitul If a manufacturer, fabricator or planning officer is waiting on drawings, send us your sketches, photos or existing files. dijitul has worked with UK businesses since 2006 and produces CAD work remotely from Mansfield, Nottinghamshire. Our rate is £45 an hour + VAT, with fixed quotes for clearly defined jobs. See all prices on our pricing page. ## FAQs ### How much does a CAD drawing cost in the UK? It depends on complexity, but most CAD work is priced on time. dijitul charges £45 an hour + VAT for 2D drafting and 3D modelling, and gives a fixed quote when you send a clear sketch with dimensions, so you know the total before work starts. ### Is it cheaper to outsource CAD than hire someone? For occasional work, usually yes. Employing a technician means salary, software licences, a workstation and training whether there is work or not. Paying dijitul £45 an hour + VAT means you only pay for drawing time you actually need. ### Can you give a fixed price for CAD work? Yes, when the scope is clear. Send dijitul your sketch, photos, measurements and the file type your manufacturer needs and we will quote a fixed price. Development work with unknown iterations is better billed hourly against an agreed estimate. ### Do you charge VAT on CAD drafting? Yes. dijitul is VAT registered, so CAD work is £45 an hour + VAT. VAT-registered businesses can normally reclaim it. When comparing with a freelancer below the VAT threshold, compare the net cost to your business. ### How much does it cost to convert a PDF to DWG? Conversion is charged on time at dijitul's £45 an hour + VAT rate, or as a fixed quote per sheet once we see the drawings. Clean vector PDFs convert quickly; scanned paper drawings need redrawing to scale, which takes longer. ### What CAD file formats do you supply? dijitul supplies DWG and DXF for 2D work, STEP for 3D exchange with manufacturers, STL or 3MF for 3D printing, OBJ for visualisation, and dimensioned PDFs for sign-off. Tell us what your supplier needs and we deliver in that format. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Logo File Formats Explained: AI, EPS, SVG, PDF, PNG and JPG Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/guides/logo-file-formats-explained/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > A complete logo set needs vector files (AI, EPS, SVG and PDF) for print, signage and anything scaled up, plus PNG files with transparent backgrounds for websites and social media. dijitul supplies every logo in all these formats, in CMYK and RGB, from £150 + VAT, and redraws old logos at £45 an hour + VAT. ## Key facts - Vector formats (AI, EPS, SVG, PDF) scale to any size without blurring - Raster formats (PNG, JPG) are made of pixels and go blurry when enlarged - Use CMYK files for print and RGB files for screens - PNG supports transparent backgrounds; JPG does not - SVG is the best format for logos on websites - If you only have a JPG, your logo can be redrawn as a vector ## Vector vs raster: the one thing to understand Every logo file is either **vector** or **raster**. A vector file stores the logo as mathematical shapes: points, lines and curves. You can scale it from a 10 mm pen print to a 10 metre building wrap and the edges stay perfectly sharp. A raster file stores the logo as a fixed grid of coloured pixels. Enlarge it beyond its original size and you see blur, jagged edges and soft colour. The rule is simple: **the master version of your logo must be vector**. Raster files are exports made from that master for specific jobs. If the only logo you have is a JPG from an old website, you do not really have your logo; you have a picture of it. ## The formats one by one | Format | Type | Use it for | | AI | Vector | The editable master file from Adobe Illustrator. Send to designers. | | EPS | Vector | Older universal vector format. Sign makers, embroiderers and promotional product suppliers often ask for it. | | PDF | Vector (if exported correctly) | Printers, and anyone without design software. Opens anywhere. | | SVG | Vector | Websites. Tiny file size, sharp on every screen, can be styled with code. | | PNG | Raster | Social media, email signatures, PowerPoint, Word. Supports transparent backgrounds. | | JPG | Raster | Photographs. Poor for logos: no transparency and compression blurs edges. | Some suppliers also ask for DXF, a CAD format used by laser cutters, CNC routers and vinyl plotters to cut the logo shape directly. One trap: saving a JPG inside an EPS or PDF does not make it vector. The file extension changes but the pixels stay. If you zoom right in on a PDF logo and the edges turn into steps, it is a raster image in disguise. ## Colour versions you need Format is only half the story. Each logo should come in several colour builds: - **CMYK** (cyan, magenta, yellow, black) for printed items such as leaflets, brochures and business cards. - **Pantone (PMS)** spot colour for exact colour matching on stationery, packaging and merchandise. - **RGB** for anything on a screen, with **HEX** codes for web developers. - **Single colour black** for faxes, newspaper adverts, engraving and stamps. - **Reversed white** for dark backgrounds and photographs. Sending an RGB file to a printer is a common reason for colours coming out dull, especially bright greens, blues and oranges that sit outside the CMYK range. Our guide on choosing brand colours explains why. ## Which file to send to whom - **Printer**: print-ready PDF, or EPS if they ask. See how to prepare print-ready artwork. - **Sign maker or vehicle wrapper**: EPS, AI or PDF vector, plus Pantone references. - **Embroidery or merchandise supplier**: EPS or AI, ideally the single colour version. - **Web developer**: SVG, plus PNG at 2x size as a fallback, and HEX colour codes. - **Social media**: square PNG of the icon version, at least 400 × 400 pixels. See social media image sizes. - **Office documents**: PNG with a transparent background. ## What if you only have a blurry JPG? This is one of the most common jobs we see. The original designer has gone, the files are lost, and the only copy is a small JPG pulled from a website. The fix is to **redraw the logo as a vector**. A designer traces every curve and letter by hand in Illustrator, matches the typeface where possible, and rebuilds the colours with proper CMYK, RGB and Pantone values. Automatic "image trace" tools rarely give clean results for anything with lettering. dijitul redraws logos at our design rate of £45 an hour + VAT, or a fixed quote once we see the file. If the logo is dated anyway, it may be worth a light logo redesign at the same time. ## When to call dijitul If your printer has rejected your logo, it looks fuzzy on your van, or you are starting fresh, get in touch. New logo design is from £150 + VAT with every format above included. dijitul has supplied artwork to UK printers, sign makers and web developers since 2006. ## FAQs ### What is the best file format for a logo? There is no single best format. The master should be a vector file (AI, EPS, SVG or PDF) so it can be scaled without blurring. For websites use SVG, and for social media and office documents use PNG with a transparent background. dijitul supplies all of these with every logo. ### Why does my logo look blurry when printed? Usually because it is a low-resolution raster file, such as a JPG or a PNG copied from a website, being enlarged. Printers need vector artwork or at least 300 dpi at the printed size. dijitul can redraw a blurry logo as a clean vector at £45 an hour + VAT. ### What is the difference between EPS and AI files? Both are vector formats. AI is Adobe Illustrator's native editable file. EPS is an older, more universal format that many sign makers and merchandise suppliers still request. If you have one, a designer can usually create the other, so keep the AI master safe. ### Can I open an EPS or AI file without Illustrator? You can preview them in some free viewers, and a PDF version opens on any computer. For editing you need vector software. That is why dijitul also supplies a PDF and PNGs, so you can use and share your logo without design software. ### Should my logo be in CMYK or RGB? Both. Use CMYK files for printing and RGB files for screens. A good logo set includes each, plus Pantone references for exact print colour and HEX codes for websites. Sending RGB to a printer is a common cause of dull colours. ### Is a PNG logo good enough for printing? Only for small items and only if it is large enough: 300 dpi at the final printed size. For anything big, like banners or signs, a printer will want vector artwork. A PNG is best kept for screens, documents and social media. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # How to Prepare Print-Ready Artwork Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/guides/how-to-prepare-print-ready-artwork/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > Print-ready artwork is a PDF set up in CMYK, with images at 300 dpi at final size, 3 mm bleed on every edge, text inside a safe zone, and fonts embedded or outlined, ideally exported as PDF/X-1a or PDF/X-4. dijitul supplies print-ready files to any UK printer, with flyers from £95 + VAT and business cards from £75 + VAT. ## Key facts - Use CMYK colour, not RGB, for anything printed in four colours - Images should be 300 dpi at the size they will print - Add 3 mm bleed to every edge unless your printer specifies otherwise - Keep text and logos at least 3 to 5 mm inside the trim line - Export as PDF/X-1a or PDF/X-4 with fonts embedded - Always follow your printer's own spec sheet if it differs ## Why artwork gets rejected Most print problems come from files that looked fine on screen. White lines appear along the edge where the guillotine missed by a millimetre. Text is chopped off because it sat too close to the trim. Photos print soft because they were 72 dpi web images. Bright blues turn dull because the file was RGB. Fonts swap to something else because they were not embedded. Every one of these is avoidable at the artwork stage. The checklist below covers what UK printers expect for most jobs: flyers, leaflets, business cards, brochures and posters. ## The print-ready checklist - **Correct size.** Set the document to the finished trim size: A5 is 148 × 210 mm, A4 is 210 × 297 mm, DL is 99 × 210 mm, a UK business card is 85 × 55 mm. - **Bleed.** Extend any background colour or image 3 mm past every edge, so an A5 file with bleed is 154 × 216 mm. Our guide what is bleed in printing explains why. - **Safe zone.** Keep text, logos and anything important at least 3 to 5 mm inside the trim line. For booklets, allow more on the spine side. - **CMYK colour.** Convert images and colours to CMYK, or use Pantone spot colours if the job is printed with them. - **Resolution.** Photos should be 300 dpi at the size they print. A 150 mm wide photo needs about 1,770 pixels across. - **Fonts.** Embed all fonts in the PDF, or convert text to outlines for logos and headings. - **Black text.** Set small body text in 100% black (K only), not a four-colour mix, so it prints crisp without registration blur. - **Crop marks.** Include trim marks offset outside the bleed if your printer asks for them. - **Export.** Save as PDF/X-1a or PDF/X-4. These standards lock in fonts, colour and settings that printers rely on. ## Rich black, ink limits and other details Large areas of black print better as a **rich black**, a mix such as 40% cyan, 30% magenta, 30% yellow and 100% black, which looks deeper than plain black. Ask your printer for their preferred mix, and never use rich black for small text. Printers also set a **total ink limit**, often around 300% on coated paper, because too much ink takes too long to dry and can mark the sheet above it. Dark photos converted carelessly can exceed this. Watch for **white objects set to overprint**; they disappear entirely when printed. And check any transparency or drop shadows in the final PDF, because some older print workflows flatten them badly. PDF/X-1a flattens transparency at export; PDF/X-4 keeps it live for modern RIPs. ## Choosing the right paper Artwork and paper go together. Heavy ink coverage looks best on coated silk or gloss stock, while uncoated paper softens colours and suits a natural, crafted look. Very thin paper shows ink through from the other side. Our guide to paper weights for flyers and business cards covers which gsm to choose for each job. If the job uses special finishes such as spot UV, foil or embossing, the printer will need a separate vector layer or file showing exactly where the finish goes, built at the same size and position as the main artwork. ## Proofing before you print Always check a PDF proof at 100% and print a copy on your office printer at actual size. Read every word aloud: phone numbers and email addresses are where errors hide. Check the folds on a leaflet by folding your printout. For colour-critical work, such as packaging or a new brand launch, ask the printer for a hard proof on the actual stock before the full run. ## When to call dijitul If you would rather hand the technical side to someone who does it every day, dijitul designs and supplies print-ready files for any UK printer, or we can arrange the print and quote for it through our print management service. Flyers start from £95 + VAT, business cards from £75 + VAT and brochures from £295 + VAT. Fixing someone else's artwork is charged at £45 an hour + VAT. Ask for a quote or see print design. ## FAQs ### What does print-ready mean? Print-ready means the file can go straight to press without the printer fixing anything: correct trim size, 3 mm bleed, CMYK colour, 300 dpi images, embedded fonts, and exported as a PDF/X file. dijitul supplies artwork this way as standard. ### What resolution should print artwork be? Photos and raster images should be 300 dpi at the size they will be printed. Large-format items viewed from a distance, such as banners, can be lower, often 100 to 150 dpi at full size. Logos and text should be vector, so resolution does not apply. ### Should I send my printer a PDF or the original file? Most UK printers want a print-ready PDF, ideally PDF/X-1a or PDF/X-4. Original InDesign or Illustrator files are only needed if the printer is making changes. dijitul can supply both, so you have the editable masters for future updates. ### Can I design print artwork in Canva or Word? You can, but check the export carefully. Word cannot add bleed or output proper CMYK. Canva can add bleed and crop marks, but colours may shift when the printer converts RGB to CMYK. For important or colour-critical jobs, use professional layout software or a designer. ### How much bleed do I need? 3 mm on every edge is the standard for most UK printers on flyers, leaflets, cards and brochures. Some large-format and packaging jobs need more, so always check the printer's spec sheet. Text should stay at least 3 to 5 mm inside the trim. ### Can you fix artwork my printer rejected? Yes. dijitul can add bleed, convert colours, replace low-resolution images, embed fonts and re-export to the printer's spec. Small fixes are charged at £45 an hour + VAT, and we will tell you up front if a redesign would be quicker. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Social Media Image Sizes (Checked October 2026) Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/guides/social-media-image-sizes/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > Design most feed images at a 4:5 portrait ratio (1440 × 1800 pixels, per Meta's Ads Guide), Stories and Reels at 9:16, LinkedIn link images at 1200 × 627, and YouTube thumbnails at 16:9. dijitul designs social media graphics packs sized for each platform from £99 + VAT, with templates so every post stays on brand. ## Key facts - Meta's Ads Guide recommends 4:5 at 1440 × 1800 pixels for Facebook and Instagram feed images - Meta recommends 9:16 at 1440 × 2560 for Instagram Stories, keeping about 14% top and 35% bottom clear - LinkedIn Help: link post images 1200 × 627 (1.91:1), company cover 1512 × 256, logo 400 × 400, max 3 MB - YouTube Help: thumbnails should be 16:9, at least 640 pixels wide, JPG or PNG - Use sRGB colour and PNG for graphics with text, JPG for photos - Platforms change specs; we checked these against official help pages in October 2026 ## Quick reference table These sizes were checked in October 2026 against each platform's own help or ads pages. Platforms change their layouts often, so check again if a post crops oddly. | Platform and placement | Recommended size | Source | | Instagram feed | 1440 × 1800 px (4:5); accepts 1.91:1 to 4:5 | Meta Ads Guide | | Instagram Stories and Reels | 1440 × 2560 px (9:16) | Meta Ads Guide | | Facebook feed | 1440 × 1800 px (4:5), minimum 600 px wide | Meta Ads Guide | | LinkedIn link post image | 1200 × 627 px (1.91:1) | LinkedIn Help | | LinkedIn company cover | 1512 × 256 px | LinkedIn Help | | LinkedIn company logo | 400 × 400 px (minimum 268 × 268) | LinkedIn Help | | YouTube video thumbnail | 16:9, minimum 640 px wide | YouTube Help | | TikTok | 1080 × 1920 px (9:16) full screen | Common practice | ## Instagram and Facebook Meta's own Ads Guide recommends a **4:5 portrait** image at **1440 × 1800 pixels** for both Facebook and Instagram feed placements, as JPG or PNG up to 30 MB. Portrait takes up more of the phone screen than square or landscape, so it gets more attention as people scroll. Square 1:1 images still work and are fine for carousels where every card must match. For Instagram **Stories**, Meta recommends 9:16 at 1440 × 2560 pixels and advises keeping roughly 14% of the top, 35% of the bottom and 6% of each side free of text and logos, so nothing sits under the profile name, reply bar or buttons. The same safe zones are a good rule for Reels covers. Instagram's profile grid shows a cropped preview of each post, so keep headlines and faces in the centre of the frame. ## LinkedIn LinkedIn's Help Centre gives these Page specs: logo **400 × 400 pixels** (minimum 268 × 268), cover image **1512 × 256 pixels**, and custom images on link posts at **1200 × 627 pixels**, a 1.91:1 ratio. All must be PNG or JPEG and no more than 3 MB. LinkedIn warns that the logo appears on both light and dark backgrounds, so check yours works in both modes, and that cover images crop at the edges on different devices. For standard image posts without a link, square and 4:5 portrait images display well in the feed and work on mobile, where most LinkedIn browsing happens. ## YouTube and TikTok YouTube's Help Centre says video thumbnails should be **16:9**, JPG or PNG, at least 640 pixels wide, and sets a 2 MB limit when uploading from mobile. 1280 × 720 pixels is the long-standing practical size; YouTube now accepts much larger files from desktop. Shorts thumbnails should be 9:16. Bold, short text and a clear face or product read best at small sizes. See YouTube thumbnails and channel art. TikTok is a full-screen **9:16** format, so design at 1080 × 1920 pixels and keep text away from the bottom area where captions and the music bar sit, and from the right edge where the like and share buttons appear. ## File tips that stop blurry posts - Export in **sRGB**. Other colour profiles can shift colours once a platform recompresses the image. - Use **PNG** for graphics with text and flat colour, **JPG** for photographs. - Upload at the recommended size, not smaller. Platforms enlarge small images and they turn soft. - Keep text large: at least 40 pixels high on a 1080 pixel wide graphic is a useful minimum for mobile. - Build templates at each size so your team only changes the words and photo. ## When to call dijitul If your posts look different every time or crop badly, dijitul can design a social media graphics pack from £99 + VAT, sized correctly for every platform you use, with editable templates in Canva or Adobe formats. Ads and paid campaigns are covered by our digital advert design. Ask for a quote. ## FAQs ### What size should an Instagram post be in 2026? Meta's Ads Guide recommends a 4:5 portrait image at 1440 × 1800 pixels for Instagram feed placements, which also suits organic posts. Square 1:1 images still work. Keep key text and faces central so they survive the cropped preview on your profile grid. ### What size is a LinkedIn company page banner? LinkedIn's Help Centre lists the Page cover image at 1512 × 256 pixels, PNG or JPEG, up to 3 MB. Keep logos and text away from the edges, because LinkedIn crops the cover differently on desktop and mobile. ### What size is a YouTube thumbnail? YouTube asks for a 16:9 thumbnail, JPG or PNG, at least 640 pixels wide. 1280 × 720 pixels is the usual practical size and stays under the 2 MB limit that applies to mobile uploads. Shorts thumbnails should be 9:16. ### Can one image size work on every platform? Not well. A 4:5 portrait suits Facebook and Instagram feeds, but Stories, TikTok and Reels need 9:16, and LinkedIn link images and YouTube use landscape. dijitul's social graphics packs, from £99 + VAT, include each size you need from one design. ### Why do my social images look blurry? Usually because they were uploaded smaller than the recommended size, saved as a heavily compressed JPG, or exported in a colour profile other than sRGB. Upload at full size, use PNG for text-heavy graphics, and avoid resaving JPGs repeatedly. ### Do you supply editable social media templates? Yes. dijitul can supply templates in Canva or Adobe formats at each platform size, so your team can swap photos and text while keeping fonts, colours and layout consistent. Template packs are part of our social media graphics service from £99 + VAT. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # What Is a Brand Identity? Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/guides/what-is-a-brand-identity/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > A brand identity is the set of visual rules that make a business recognisable everywhere it appears: logo, colours, typefaces, imagery style and how they are used together. dijitul designs brand identity packs for UK businesses from £395 + VAT, with logo, colour palette, typography and usage rules supplied as print and digital files. ## Key facts - Brand identity is the visual system; the brand is what people think and feel about you - Core parts: logo, colour palette, typography, imagery style, graphic elements, layout rules - Colours should be defined in Pantone, CMYK, RGB and HEX - Consistency is the point: the same rules on a van, a website and an invoice - Brand guidelines document the identity so others can use it correctly - dijitul brand identity packs start from £395 + VAT ## Brand, brand identity and logo: the difference These three words get mixed up all the time: - **Brand**: the reputation and feeling people have about your business. You influence it, but customers own it. - **Brand identity**: the visual and verbal tools you control to shape that feeling. It is a system, not a single item. - **Logo**: one part of the identity, usually the most visible. A business with only a logo tends to look different every time it appears, because each printer, sign maker or team member makes their own choices about colours and fonts. An identity removes those choices. ## What a brand identity includes - **Logo suite**: primary logo, alternative layouts (horizontal, stacked), an icon or monogram for small spaces, and single-colour versions. - **Colour palette**: usually one or two main colours and a few supporting ones, each defined in Pantone, CMYK, RGB and HEX so print and screen match. - **Typography**: a heading typeface and a body typeface, with licensed web versions and a free fallback such as Arial for everyday documents. - **Imagery style**: what kind of photography or illustration fits, such as natural light, real staff, product close-ups. - **Graphic elements**: patterns, shapes, icons or frames that make materials recognisable even without the logo. - **Usage rules**: clear space, minimum sizes, colour combinations that pass contrast checks, and things never to do. Some identities also include tone of voice: the words and phrases you use and avoid. See brand naming and tone of voice. ## Why it matters for a small business Small businesses rarely have big advertising budgets, so every leaflet, van, social post and quote has to work harder. When they all look related, each one reinforces the others and customers remember you sooner. When they all look different, each one starts from zero. A clear identity also saves money and time. Designers, printers and your own staff do not need to guess, so jobs are quicker and mistakes are fewer. And it makes a small business look established, which matters when you are pitching against bigger competitors or asking for higher prices. Consistency also helps accessibility. Defining colour pairs that meet WCAG contrast guidance once, at identity stage, means every later website, presentation and sign is easier to read for people with low vision, without anyone having to check from scratch. ## Signs you need one - Your logo is in different colours on your sign, website and van. - Staff create their own documents in whatever font they like. - You cannot give a printer a Pantone or CMYK value for your main colour. - Your social media posts all look like they come from different businesses. - You have grown, changed what you sell, or merged, and the old look no longer fits. See our rebrand checklist. ## How an identity is created A good process starts with a brief: what you do, who buys, who you compete with and what you want people to feel. Our design brief guide walks through it. The designer then develops the logo, tests colour and type combinations on real items such as a business card, a social post and a sign, and refines the chosen route. The final stage is packaging everything into master files and a short set of rules. For colour choices specifically, read choosing brand colours. If you want a full document others can follow, add brand guidelines. Expect to be asked for honest feedback at each stage. "I don't like it" is less useful than "it feels too corporate for our customers" or "the green looks like our main competitor". Specific reactions lead to better revisions. ## When to call dijitul dijitul has designed for UK businesses since 2006, working remotely from Mansfield, Nottinghamshire. Our brand identity packs start from £395 + VAT, or a logo on its own from £150 + VAT. You get a fixed price before we start. Request a quote or read how much branding costs. ## FAQs ### Is a logo the same as a brand identity? No. A logo is one element. A brand identity is the full visual system: logo, colours, typefaces, imagery style and the rules for using them. dijitul designs logos from £150 + VAT and complete brand identity packs from £395 + VAT. ### What is included in a brand identity pack? A dijitul brand identity pack typically includes logo variations, a colour palette with Pantone, CMYK, RGB and HEX values, chosen typefaces, and rules for clear space and minimum size, supplied as AI, EPS, SVG, PDF and PNG files. Exact contents are confirmed in your fixed quote. ### Do small businesses really need a brand identity? If you produce any marketing at all, yes. Without one, every item looks slightly different and customers take longer to recognise you. An identity also saves time and cost, because designers and printers have clear rules to follow rather than guessing. ### How is a brand identity different from brand guidelines? The brand identity is the design system itself. Brand guidelines are the document that explains how to use it, with examples of right and wrong use. Smaller businesses often only need the core rules; larger teams benefit from full guidelines. ### Can you build a brand identity around my existing logo? Yes. If your logo still works, dijitul can define colours, typography and supporting elements around it, and redraw it as a clean vector if needed. This keeps the recognition you have built while bringing everything else into line. ### How long does a brand identity last? A well-designed identity can last many years with small refreshes. Businesses usually revisit it when they change direction, merge, move into new markets, or when the look has become dated compared with competitors. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # How to Write a Design Brief (With a Template) Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/guides/how-to-write-a-design-brief/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > A good design brief says what the business does, who the audience is, what you need designed, where it will be used, what you like and dislike, the deadline and the budget. dijitul turns clear briefs into fixed quotes before work starts: logos from £150 + VAT, flyers from £95 + VAT, other jobs quoted. ## Key facts - A brief should fit on one or two pages - Include the business, the audience, the objective, deliverables, examples, deadline and budget - List every place the design will appear, including sizes - Show examples you like and say why - Name who signs off the work - A clear brief is the quickest route to an accurate fixed price ## Why the brief matters more than the budget Most design projects that go over time or budget do so because the brief was vague. "Something modern and clean" means different things to everyone. A good brief gives the designer the facts they need to make decisions, and gives you something to judge the work against. It also lets the designer give you an accurate fixed price, because they know what is in scope. You do not need marketing jargon. Plain answers to the questions below are worth more than a polished document that avoids specifics. ## What to include - **About the business.** What you do, how long you have traded, where you work, and what makes you different from competitors. - **The audience.** Who buys from you: age, trade or consumer, local or national, price-conscious or premium. - **The objective.** What the design must achieve: more enquiries, a product launch, looking credible to bigger clients, standing out at an exhibition. - **Deliverables.** Exactly what you need, with quantities and sizes: "A5 double-sided flyer, 1,000 copies" or "logo plus business card and letterhead". - **Where it will be used.** Print, web, social, signage, embroidery, packaging. This changes file formats and how the design is built. - **Content.** Who supplies the text, photos and logos, and when. Missing copy is one of the biggest causes of delay. - **Likes and dislikes.** Three examples you like and why, plus anything you definitely do not want. - **Fixed elements.** Existing logo, colours, fonts or legal wording that must appear. - **Deadline.** The real date it is needed, including print and delivery time. - **Budget.** A range helps the designer suggest what is realistic. - **Decision maker.** Who approves the work. Designing by committee without a final say slows everything. ## A template you can copy Copy these headings into an email and answer each one in a sentence or two: - Business name, website and what we do: - Our customers are: - This project needs to: - Items needed, sizes and quantities: - Where it will be used: - Text and images will be supplied by: - Examples we like (links or attachments) and why: - Things to avoid: - Must include (logo, colours, wording): - Needed by: - Budget range: - Final sign-off by: Attach anything that already exists: your current logo files, brand colours, photos, previous leaflets, and any printer or platform specifications. These save the designer from guessing and reduce the cost. ## Extra details for specific jobs - **Logos**: the exact business name and any strapline, plus every place the logo must work, from a favicon to a van. See how much a logo costs. - **Print**: size, paper, folds, quantity and who is printing. See print-ready artwork. - **Packaging**: dieline or box dimensions, legal text, barcodes, and the printer's spec. - **Photography**: shot list, locations and usage. Our photographer brief guide covers this. - **CAD**: dimensions, tolerances, material, process and required file type such as STEP or DWG. ## Common mistakes - Describing the design rather than the problem. Say what it must achieve and let the designer solve it. - Leaving out the audience. Design for a trade buyer differs from design for a parent shopping online. - Sending text in drips. Final copy before design starts saves rework. - Changing decision makers halfway through. - Forgetting the print or launch date when setting the deadline. - Not mentioning existing assets. If you already have photos, a logo file or brand colours, attach them so the designer does not recreate what exists. Finally, read the brief back as if you were the designer. If any line could be read two ways, rewrite it. Ten minutes spent here saves days of back and forth later. ## When to call dijitul Send your brief to dijitul, even if it is rough, and we will ask the questions needed to fill the gaps, then give a fixed price. Our starting prices are on the pricing page, and how we work explains what happens next. Request a quote. ## FAQs ### How long should a design brief be? One or two pages is plenty for most jobs. It needs to cover the business, audience, objective, deliverables, examples, deadline and budget. A longer brief is only useful if it adds facts, such as legal wording or technical specifications, rather than general description. ### Should I tell a designer my budget? Yes. A budget range lets the designer recommend what is realistic and avoid quoting for something you cannot afford. dijitul publishes starting prices, such as logos from £150 + VAT, and gives a fixed price from your brief before any work starts. ### What if I do not know what I want? That is normal. Focus on what you do know: your customers, what you want the design to achieve, and examples you like or dislike. A good designer will ask follow-up questions. dijitul will help shape a rough brief into a clear one before quoting. ### Do I need to write the text before the design? Ideally, yes. Design works best when the designer knows how much text has to fit. If copy changes a lot after layout, it often means reworking the design. If writing is a struggle, ask the designer whether copywriting help can be quoted. ### Can I send examples of competitors' designs? Yes, as reference, but explain what you like about them. A designer should use them to understand your market and then create something original. Copying another business's design risks confusion and potential copyright or trade mark problems. ### What happens after I send dijitul a brief? We read it, ask any questions needed to fill gaps, and send a fixed price with what is included. Once you approve the quote, work begins. Our How we work page explains each stage. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Who Owns the Copyright in My Logo? Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/guides/who-owns-the-copyright-in-my-logo/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > Under the Copyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988, the person who creates a logo is the first owner of its copyright, unless they made it as an employee. Paying a designer does not transfer copyright; that needs a written, signed assignment. When you commission dijitul (logos from £150 + VAT), ask for the assignment in your quote. ## Key facts - Copyright in a logo arises automatically; there is no UK copyright register - The creator is the first owner (CDPA 1988, section 11), unless made by an employee in the course of employment - An assignment of copyright must be in writing and signed by the owner (CDPA 1988, section 90(3)) - Copyright in an artistic work lasts for the author's life plus 70 years - Copyright and trade marks are different rights; most businesses need both - Ask for a written assignment when you commission any logo ## The default rule in UK law A logo is an artistic work under the Copyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988 (CDPA). Copyright arises automatically the moment it is created; there is nothing to register in the UK. Section 11 of the Act says the **author** (the person who created it) is the first owner, with one main exception: if an **employee** creates it in the course of their employment, the employer owns it. A freelancer or design agency is not your employee. So unless something has been agreed in writing, the designer, or the agency that employs them, legally owns the copyright in the logo you paid for. This surprises a lot of business owners. ## Paying is not the same as owning Under section 90(3) of the CDPA, an assignment of copyright is only effective if it is **in writing and signed** by or on behalf of the owner. An invoice marked paid, a chain of emails, or a verbal promise is not an assignment. Without one, you usually have an implied licence to use the logo for the purpose it was commissioned, and UK courts have sometimes gone further. In *Griggs v Evans* (2005), the Court of Appeal found that the business that commissioned the Dr Martens AirWair logo was the owner in equity, because the logo was obviously meant to be used exclusively as its brand. But relying on a court to infer ownership is slow, expensive and uncertain. A one-page written assignment avoids the question. ## Why ownership matters - **Trade marks.** When you register a logo as a trade mark, you are declaring it is yours to use. A designer who still owns copyright could, in theory, challenge use or registration. See how to trade mark a logo. - **Selling the business.** Buyers and their solicitors check that the business owns its brand. Missing assignments can hold up a sale. - **Changing designers.** You need to be free to have the logo adapted, redrawn or reused by anyone. - **Disputes.** If a relationship with a designer breaks down, ownership in writing removes any bargaining power over your brand. ## What to ask for when you commission a logo - A written assignment of all copyright in the final, approved logo to your business, effective on payment. - A waiver of the designer's moral rights, so you can adapt the logo without crediting or consulting them. - Confirmation the design is original and does not use stock icons, templates or fonts with licences that restrict logo use. - All master files: AI, EPS, SVG, PDF and PNG. See logo file formats explained. Unused concepts are a separate question. Many designers keep rights in rejected ideas; that is normal and rarely matters to you. Check the same points with anyone else who creates brand assets for you: illustrators, photographers and web designers. A photographer, for example, normally owns the copyright in their images and grants you a licence to use them. That is often fine, but you should know what the licence covers, such as whether it includes advertising or packaging, before you build a campaign around the images. ## If you already have a logo with no assignment Contact the original designer or agency and ask them to sign a short assignment. Most are happy to, sometimes for a small admin fee. Keep the signed document with your company records. If they cannot be found or refuse, take advice from a solicitor or chartered trade mark attorney before investing in signage or a trade mark. A logo redesign by a new designer, with ownership assigned properly this time, can be the simplest fix, particularly if the old logo also needs modernising. ## When to call dijitul When you commission a new logo design from dijitul (from £150 + VAT), ask for the copyright assignment to be written into your fixed quote, so you know exactly what you own before work starts. We have designed for UK businesses since 2006. This guide is general information, not legal advice. Request a quote. ## FAQs ### If I paid for my logo, do I own the copyright? Not automatically. Under UK law the designer is the first owner of copyright in a commissioned logo. Ownership only transfers through a written assignment signed by the owner, as section 90(3) of the Copyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988 requires. Payment alone gives you, at most, an implied licence to use it. ### Do I need to register copyright in my logo? No. In the UK, copyright arises automatically when the logo is created, and there is no official copyright register. What you need is proof of ownership, such as a signed assignment from the designer, and ideally a registered trade mark for brand protection. ### How long does copyright in a logo last? For an artistic work such as a logo, UK copyright lasts for the life of the author plus 70 years from the end of the year they die. A registered trade mark can last indefinitely if you renew it every 10 years. ### What is the difference between copyright and a trade mark for a logo? Copyright protects the logo as an artistic work against copying and arises automatically. A registered trade mark protects the logo as a sign of your business in specific classes of goods or services. Most businesses benefit from owning the copyright and registering a trade mark. ### Does a logo made with an online logo maker belong to me? Check the terms. Many logo makers only grant a licence, and some use icons or fonts that cannot be exclusively owned or trade marked. If the logo is central to your business, a bespoke design with a written copyright assignment is safer. ### What are moral rights in a logo? Moral rights include the right to object to derogatory treatment of the work. In the UK they stay with the creator even after copyright is assigned, but they can be waived in writing. Ask your designer for a waiver so you can adapt the logo freely. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Amazon Product Image Requirements (UK Sellers) Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/guides/amazon-product-image-requirements/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > Amazon main images must show the product on a pure white background (RGB 255, 255, 255), filling about 85% of the frame, with no text, logos, watermarks or props that are not included. Files should be JPEG, TIFF, PNG or GIF, ideally over 1,000 pixels on the longest side. dijitul shoots compliant product images from £25 + VAT per image. ## Key facts - Main image background must be pure white: RGB 255, 255, 255 - The product should fill 85% or more of the image frame - Images must be 500 to 10,000 pixels on the longest side; over 1,000 enables zoom - Accepted formats: JPEG, TIFF, PNG and non-animated GIF; JPEG preferred - No text, logos, watermarks, borders or inset images on the main image - Amazon's seller team recommends at least six images and one video per product ## The main image rules The main image is the one shoppers see in search results, so Amazon is strict about it. Based on Amazon Seller Central's product image requirements and guidance posted by Amazon's seller support team (checked October 2026), the main image must: - Show the **actual product** for sale, as a photograph, not an illustration or render of something different. - Sit on a **pure white background**, RGB 255, 255, 255. Off-white or light grey can trigger suppression of the listing. - Have the product **fill 85% or more** of the frame, fully in view and not cropped. - Contain **no text, logos, watermarks, borders, colour blocks or inset images** added on top. - Show **only what is included** in the purchase. Props or accessories that do not come with it are not allowed. - Be in focus, well lit, realistically coloured and free of pixelation or jagged edges. Some categories, such as clothing, shoes and jewellery, have extra style rules. Check the style guide for your category in Seller Central before shooting. ## Technical file requirements | Requirement | Amazon rule | | Size | 500 to 10,000 pixels on the longest side | | Zoom | Over 1,000 pixels on the longest side recommended | | Formats | JPEG (.jpg or .jpeg), TIFF (.tif), PNG (.png), non-animated GIF (.gif) | | Colour | sRGB or CMYK; sRGB gives the most reliable white | | Quality | Clear, no pixelation or jagged edges | In practice we deliver square images at 2,000 × 2,000 pixels or larger in sRGB JPEG. That gives good zoom detail, keeps file sizes manageable and suits Amazon's square image slots. ## Secondary images: where you sell The extra image slots are where you persuade the buyer. Amazon's seller support team recommends at least six images and one video per product. Secondary images can include lifestyle settings, text and graphics, so use them to answer the questions that otherwise lead to returns: - **Scale**: the product in a hand or next to a familiar object, with dimensions marked. - **Details**: close-ups of materials, stitching, connectors or labels. - **In use**: the product doing its job in a realistic setting. - **Features**: infographic images with short callouts explaining benefits. - **What is in the box**: everything laid out clearly. - **Comparison**: sizes, variants or colours side by side. Keep text on infographics large enough to read on a phone, since most shoppers browse on mobile. Our infographic design service covers these. ## Common reasons images get rejected - Background that looks white but measures 245 or 250 rather than 255. - Shadows or reflections that make the edges grey. A soft natural shadow is usually fine; a grey floor is not. - Product too small in the frame, often from shooting wide and not cropping. - A promotional badge, such as a sale flash or award logo, added to the main image. - Packaging shown with extra items that are not included. - Low-resolution photos taken on a phone in poor light. - A different product variant shown from the one in the listing, such as the wrong colour. Amazon scans images automatically, so a listing can be suppressed without warning. Check your listings in Seller Central after uploading, and keep the unedited originals so you can re-export quickly if a rule changes. ## Can I take my own Amazon photos? You can, with a light tent, two diffused lights and careful editing to clip the background to pure white. The hard part is consistency across a range and handling reflective items such as glass, metal and gloss packaging. If your listing is losing sales to competitors with sharper images, professional product photography usually pays for itself. See how much product photography costs. ## When to call dijitul dijitul shoots Amazon-ready product images from £25 + VAT per image, on location at your premises, and edits main images to a true RGB 255 white. We can also design the infographic secondary images. Travel beyond Mansfield and Nottinghamshire is added to the quote. Send your product list. ## FAQs ### What background does Amazon require for the main image? Pure white, with RGB values of 255, 255, 255. Amazon checks this, and off-white or grey backgrounds can lead to a listing being suppressed. dijitul edits main images so the background measures true white while keeping a natural edge on the product. ### What size should Amazon product images be? Amazon accepts 500 to 10,000 pixels on the longest side and recommends over 1,000 pixels so the zoom feature works. dijitul usually supplies square sRGB JPEGs of 2,000 × 2,000 pixels or more, which give clear zoom detail without huge files. ### Can I put text or my logo on the Amazon main image? No. The main image must not include added text, logos, watermarks, borders or inset images. Text, logos and infographic callouts are allowed on secondary images, which is where you should explain features, dimensions and what is in the box. ### How many images should an Amazon listing have? Amazon's seller support team recommends at least six images and one video per product. Use the main image for a clean white-background shot, then use the rest for scale, detail, lifestyle, features and what is in the box. ### Does the product have to fill 85% of the image? Yes, Amazon's main image guidance asks for the product to fill 85% or more of the frame. Shooting too wide is a common mistake that makes products look small in search results. Crop tight, but keep the whole product in view. ### Do you photograph products for Amazon outside Nottinghamshire? Yes. dijitul is based in Mansfield and shoots on location. For businesses further away, travel is added to the quote. Product photography is from £25 + VAT per image, and you see the full price, including travel, before the shoot. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # What Paper Weight (GSM) for Flyers, Leaflets and Business Cards? Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/guides/what-paper-weight-for-flyers-and-business-cards/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > Most UK flyers are printed on 130 to 170gsm silk or gloss, premium flyers on 250 to 350gsm, business cards on 350 to 450gsm, and letterheads on 100 to 120gsm uncoated so they work in office printers. dijitul designs flyers from £95 + VAT and business cards from £75 + VAT, and can arrange printing on the right stock. ## Key facts - GSM means grams per square metre: higher numbers are heavier and usually thicker - Office copier paper is typically 80gsm - Flyers: 130 to 170gsm for handouts, 250 to 350gsm for a premium feel - Business cards: 350 to 450gsm, or thicker laminated or duplexed stock - Letterheads: 100 to 120gsm uncoated, checked for laser printer compatibility - Coating (silk, gloss, uncoated) changes the feel as much as the weight ## What gsm means GSM stands for **grams per square metre**. It is the weight of one sheet of the paper measuring one metre by one metre. A higher gsm generally means a thicker, stiffer sheet, though two papers of the same weight can feel different depending on the coating and how they are made. Standard office copier paper is usually 80gsm, which is a useful reference point: anything printed for customers should normally feel noticeably more substantial than that. ## Quick guide by item | Item | Typical weight | Notes | | Mass door-drop flyers | 130gsm | Light, economical for large runs and postage | | Standard flyers and handouts | 150 to 170gsm | The most common choice for A5 and A6 flyers | | Premium flyers | 250 to 350gsm | Card-like; suits menus, price lists and launches | | Folded leaflets | 150 to 170gsm | Heavier stock needs creasing before folding to avoid cracking | | Business cards | 350 to 450gsm | 400gsm is a popular middle ground | | Letterheads and compliment slips | 100 to 120gsm uncoated | Must feed through office printers | | Brochure inner pages | 130 to 170gsm | Enough to stop show-through | | Brochure covers | 250 to 350gsm | Gives the brochure structure | | Postcards | 300 to 400gsm | Needs to survive the post | These are typical choices, not rules. Your printer's stock list is the final word. ## Silk, gloss or uncoated? - **Gloss**: shiny, makes photos and bright colours look vivid. Can show glare under lights and is hard to write on. - **Silk** (also called satin): a smooth, low-sheen finish. The safe default for most flyers, leaflets and brochures because it shows colour well and is easy to read. - **Uncoated**: natural paper feel, takes ink and pen well, colours look softer. Ideal for letterheads, notepads and brands wanting a crafted or eco look. On top of the paper you can add finishes: matt or soft-touch lamination for business cards, spot UV to make a logo shine, foil blocking, or rounded corners. Each needs its own artwork layer, so mention them at the design stage. ## Business cards in more detail A UK business card is 85 × 55 mm. At 350gsm a card feels sturdy; at 400 to 450gsm it feels premium. Above that, printers laminate or **duplex** two sheets together to make very thick cards, sometimes with a coloured core showing at the edge. Matt lamination protects the card from scuffs and makes colours look richer. If people will write on your cards, such as appointment cards, choose uncoated or a writable matt finish rather than gloss or lamination. See business card design. ## Practical tips - Ask for a paper sample pack before a big run. Weight is hard to judge from a number, so feel the actual stocks before you choose. - For door drops, check postal or distribution costs; heavier flyers can cost more to send. - Heavy stock above about 170gsm should be creased before folding, or the ink will crack along the fold. - Recycled and FSC-certified papers are widely available if sustainability matters to your customers. - Match artwork to stock: dark, ink-heavy designs suit coated paper. Read how to prepare print-ready artwork. Think about how the item will be used. A flyer handed out at an event and binned the same day does not need to be heavy. A price list kept on a customer's fridge for months, or a menu handled every service, needs a heavier stock or lamination to survive. Spending a little more on the paper for long-life items often costs less than reprinting worn copies. ## When to call dijitul dijitul designs flyers and leaflets from £95 + VAT, business cards and letterheads from £75 + VAT, and brochures from £295 + VAT. We supply print-ready files for your printer, or arrange the print and quote for it through print management, recommending the right stock and finish. Ask for a quote. ## FAQs ### What is the best paper weight for flyers? For most handout flyers, 150 to 170gsm silk is the standard choice: sturdy enough to feel professional without high print or distribution costs. For large door-drop runs, 130gsm keeps costs down. For premium flyers or menus, choose 250 to 350gsm. ### What gsm should business cards be? Business cards are usually 350 to 450gsm, with 400gsm a popular middle ground. For a very premium feel, printers can laminate or duplex two sheets together. dijitul designs business cards from £75 + VAT and supplies print-ready files for any printer. ### Is 300gsm too thin for business cards? It will work, but it can feel flimsy compared with typical business cards. 350gsm is a sensible minimum, and 400gsm with matt lamination feels noticeably more substantial. Thin cards bend easily in wallets and do not give a strong first impression. ### What paper weight should a letterhead be? Usually 100 to 120gsm uncoated paper, which looks professional and still runs through most laser and inkjet office printers. Check your printer's maximum paper weight before ordering. Coated or very heavy paper can jam or smudge in office machines. ### Should I choose gloss or silk for flyers? Silk is the safe default: smooth, low glare and easy to read, with good colour. Gloss makes photos pop but shows reflections and fingerprints. Uncoated suits natural or eco brands and anything people need to write on. ### Does heavier paper cost more to print? Usually yes, both for the paper and sometimes for postage or distribution. The difference per item is often small on short runs, but it adds up on large door-drop campaigns, so balance feel against quantity. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # What Information Must Be on a Business Letterhead in the UK? Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/guides/what-information-must-be-on-a-business-letterhead/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > A UK limited company's letterhead must show its full registered name, registered number, the part of the UK it is registered in, and its registered office address, under the Companies Act 2006 and the 2015 Trading Disclosures Regulations. dijitul designs compliant letterheads from £75 + VAT, supplied as print-ready files and editable Word templates. ## Key facts - Companies must show their registered name, registered number, place of registration and registered office address - If any director is named (other than in the text or as signatory), all directors must be named - If share capital is mentioned, it must be the paid-up share capital - Sole traders and partnerships using a business name must show the owners' names and an address - The same details must appear on order forms and websites, and belong on business emails too - A VAT number is not required on a letterhead, only on VAT invoices ## The law that applies Letterhead rules come from the **Companies Act 2006** and the **Company, Limited Liability Partnership and Business (Names and Trading Disclosures) Regulations 2015**. Business Companion, the trading standards guidance site for businesses, summarises them (checked October 2026). They apply to companies, limited liability partnerships, and to sole traders and partnerships that trade under a name other than their own. The rules cover more than paper. The same details must appear on order forms and websites, and the company name must appear on business emails. Emails sent in the course of business are widely treated as business letters, so the safe approach is to include the full details in every email footer too. Treat this as a checklist for every template your business uses. ## Limited companies A limited company's business letters must show: - The company's **registered name**, exactly as at Companies House, including Limited or Ltd. - The **part of the UK** it is registered in, for example Registered in England and Wales, Registered in Scotland, or Registered in Northern Ireland. - The **registered number**. - The **registered office address**. If you trade from a different address, you can show both, but label the registered office clearly. Further rules apply in some cases: - **Directors' names** are optional. But if the letterhead names any director (other than in the body of the letter or as the person signing), it must name **every** director. - **Share capital** does not have to be shown. If it is, it must be the paid-up share capital. - Companies exempt from using Limited in their name must state that they are a limited company. A typical footer reads: Example Trading Ltd. Registered in England and Wales, company number 01234567. Registered office: 1 High Street, Mansfield, NG18 1AA. ## LLPs, sole traders and partnerships **Limited liability partnerships** follow equivalent rules: registered name, place of registration, registered number and registered office address. **Sole traders and partnerships** that trade under a business name, rather than their own names, must show the name of each owner or partner and an address in the UK where documents can be served, on business letters, written orders, invoices, receipts, written demands for payment and websites. They must also display this information prominently at their business premises. A sole trader using only their own name, such as Jane Smith, does not need to add anything. ## Charities and VAT numbers Under section 39 of the **Charities Act 2011**, a registered charity in England and Wales whose gross income exceeded £10,000 in its last financial year must state that it is a registered charity on documents that solicit money or property, and on invoices, receipts, cheques and orders. Most charities put this, with their charity number, on their letterhead so every letter is covered. See design for charities. A **VAT number** is not required on a letterhead. It must appear on VAT invoices. Many businesses still include it on letterheads for convenience, which is fine. ## Design tips for a letterhead that works - Put legal details in a neat footer in 7 to 8 point type. Legible, but out of the way. - Leave a clear address window if you use window envelopes. A DL window envelope needs the address in a precise position. - Supply an **editable Word template** as well as print files. Most letters are now sent as PDFs, so a digital letterhead matters as much as printed stock. - Print on 100 to 120gsm uncoated paper so it runs through office printers. See paper weights. - Update your email signature with the same legal details. ## When to call dijitul dijitul designs letterheads and business cards from £75 + VAT, with the correct legal details for your business type, as print-ready PDFs and an editable Word template. We have done this for UK businesses since 2006. This guide is general information, not legal advice. Request a quote. ## FAQs ### Does a limited company have to put its registered number on letterheads? Yes. Under the Companies Act 2006 and the 2015 Trading Disclosures Regulations, a company's business letters must show its registered name, registered number, the part of the UK it is registered in, and its registered office address. The same details must be on your website and order forms, and belong in your email footer. ### Do I have to list directors on my letterhead? No, directors' names are optional. But if you name any director on the letterhead, other than in the text of a letter or as the signatory, you must name all of them. Many companies leave directors off to avoid reprinting when the board changes. ### What must a sole trader put on a letterhead? If you trade under your own name, nothing extra is required. If you use a business name, you must show your own name and an address where documents can be served, on letters, invoices, receipts, written orders and your website. ### Do I need my VAT number on my letterhead? No. A VAT registration number must appear on VAT invoices, not on letterheads. Many businesses include it anyway for convenience. dijitul can add or leave it off as you prefer when designing your letterhead, from £75 + VAT. ### Do emails need the same company details as letterheads? Your registered name must appear on business emails, and business emails are widely treated as business letters, so the safe approach is to include the registered name, number, place of registration and registered office in every email footer. dijitul designs matching email signatures. ### Can my letterhead show my trading address instead of my registered office? You can show your trading address, but a limited company must also show its registered office address, clearly labelled. If they are the same, one address labelled as the registered office is enough. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # How to Trade Mark a Logo in the UK Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/guides/how-to-trade-mark-a-logo-uk/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > To trade mark a logo in the UK, check it is not too similar to existing marks, choose your classes of goods and services, and apply to the Intellectual Property Office. Filing online costs £205 for one class plus £60 per extra class (GOV.UK, from April 2026). dijitul designs distinctive, registrable logos from £150 + VAT. ## Key facts - Apply to the UK Intellectual Property Office (IPO), online or by post - Online fee: £205 including one class; each extra class £60 (GOV.UK, from 1 April 2026) - Paper application: £250; renewal every 10 years: £245 - GOV.UK says registration usually takes around 3 to 4 months if nobody opposes - Goods and services are grouped into 45 classes - Only use the ® symbol once the mark is registered; ™ can be used any time ## Copyright vs trade mark Your logo is automatically protected by copyright as an artistic work, but copyright only stops people copying the design. A **registered trade mark** protects the logo as a badge of your business: it gives you the exclusive right to use it for the goods and services you register, and makes it far easier to stop competitors using something similar. Before filing, make sure you actually own the copyright in the logo. Read who owns the copyright in my logo. ## Step by step - **Check it is registrable.** A trade mark must be distinctive. Purely descriptive words (Best Plumbing), common symbols and generic icons are often refused. - **Search existing marks.** Use the IPO's free search trade marks service for identical or similar marks in your area of business. A similar logo for similar goods is the most common reason for opposition. - **Choose your classes.** Goods and services are split into 45 classes. A bakery might need class 30 (bread and cakes) and class 43 (café services). Pick what you do now and plan to do soon. - **Decide what to file.** A word mark protects the name in any style. A logo mark protects the design as filed, including its colours if shown in colour. Many businesses file both when budget allows. - **Apply.** File online at GOV.UK and pay the fee. - **Examination.** The IPO checks the application and sends an examination report. - **Publication and opposition.** The application is published in the Trade Marks Journal so others can oppose it, normally for two months, extendable to three. - **Registration.** If there is no successful opposition, the mark is registered. GOV.UK says this usually takes around 3 to 4 months from application. ## UK IPO fees (from 1 April 2026) The IPO raised trade mark fees on 1 April 2026, the first increase in many years. Current fees on GOV.UK (checked October 2026): | Fee | Amount | | Online application, including one class | £205 | | Each additional class | £60 | | Paper application, including one class | £250 | | Renewal every 10 years | £245 | So a logo filed online in two classes costs £265 in official fees. Legal fees are extra if you use a solicitor or chartered trade mark attorney. Budget for renewal every 10 years; a registered mark can last indefinitely as long as you keep renewing it and using it. ## Designing a logo that registers well - **Make it original.** Stock icons, template logos and clip art are weak as trade marks because others may use the same elements. - **Avoid describing the product.** A picture of a tooth for a dentist or a house for an estate agent is common in the sector and hard to rely on. - **Think about colour.** If your colours are part of what makes the logo recognisable, file it in colour. If you may change colours later, ask an attorney how best to file. - **Finish the design first.** Changing a registered logo later usually means a new application. ## DIY or professional help? Many small businesses file their own straightforward UK application online. If your mark is valuable, your market is crowded, or you trade abroad, a chartered trade mark attorney can search more thoroughly, word your specification properly, and handle any objections or oppositions. The Chartered Institute of Trade Mark Attorneys (CITMA) lists members. After registration, use the ® symbol and monitor for copycats. Using ® on an unregistered mark is an offence in the UK; the ™ symbol can be used at any time to show you treat something as a trade mark. ## When to call dijitul dijitul designs original, distinctive logos from £150 + VAT, supplied with the vector files you need for an IPO application, and can advise on simple design choices that help registration. We do not file trade marks or give legal advice; this guide is general information. Request a logo quote or see logo design. ## FAQs ### How much does it cost to trade mark a logo in the UK? The UK IPO charges £205 to file online in one class, plus £60 for each extra class, under fees in force from 1 April 2026 (GOV.UK). A paper application is £250. Renewal is £245 every 10 years. Legal fees are extra if you use an attorney. ### How long does it take to register a trade mark? GOV.UK says it usually takes around 3 to 4 months from application to registration if nobody opposes. The application is published for opposition for two months, which can be extended to three. Objections or oppositions add time. ### Should I trade mark my name or my logo? A word mark protects the name in any lettering or style and is often the stronger first step. A logo mark protects the design as filed. If budget allows, file both. If you change your logo later, the word mark still stands. ### Can I use the ® symbol before registration? No. In the UK it is an offence to use ® or say a mark is registered when it is not. You can use ™ at any time to show you claim the mark as a trade mark, and switch to ® once registration is complete. ### Can my designer register the trade mark for me? Designers create the logo but are not usually trade mark specialists. dijitul designs registrable logos from £150 + VAT and supplies the files you need, but we do not file applications. You can file yourself on GOV.UK or use a chartered trade mark attorney. ### What classes should I choose? Choose the classes that cover the goods and services you sell now and expect to sell soon. The IPO's classification guidance and search tool help you find the right terms. Each extra class costs £60 when filing online. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # How to Choose Brand Colours Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/guides/choosing-brand-colours/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > Choose brand colours by starting with one main colour that suits your audience and stands apart from competitors, adding one or two supporting colours and neutrals, then defining each in Pantone, CMYK, RGB and HEX and checking contrast for readability. dijitul builds tested colour palettes as part of brand identity packs from £395 + VAT. ## Key facts - Most palettes need one primary colour, one or two secondary colours and neutrals - Define every colour in Pantone, CMYK, RGB and HEX - Some bright RGB screen colours cannot be printed in CMYK - WCAG 2.2 asks for 4.5:1 contrast for normal text and 3:1 for large text - Colour Blind Awareness says about 1 in 12 men and 1 in 200 women are colour blind - Test colours on real items, not just a screen ## Start with your market, not your favourite colour The most useful first step is to look at your competitors. Lay their logos, vans, websites and packaging side by side. If every local electrician uses blue and yellow, a different main colour helps you stand out on a street of vans or a page of search results. If a colour is strongly tied to a market leader, avoiding it reduces the risk of looking like a copy. Then think about your customers and what they need to feel. Colour associations vary by culture and context, so treat any "green means calm" chart as a loose guide. What matters more is whether the palette feels right for your price point and sector: a premium spa and a discount tyre centre should not look the same. ## Building a palette - **Primary colour**: the one people should associate with you. Used for the logo and key moments, not everywhere. - **Secondary colours**: one or two that work alongside it for headings, icons and backgrounds. - **Accent**: an optional bright colour for buttons and calls to action. - **Neutrals**: a dark grey or near-black for text, plus light greys or off-whites for backgrounds. These do most of the work on a page. A common mistake is choosing five equally strong colours. That makes every layout look busy. A simple rule of thumb is that neutrals cover most of the space, the primary colour a smaller share, and the accent only small touches. ## Print vs screen: Pantone, CMYK, RGB and HEX The same colour has to be described differently for each medium: | System | Used for | | Pantone (PMS) | Exact spot colour matching on stationery, packaging, signage and merchandise | | CMYK | Standard four-colour print: leaflets, brochures, business cards | | RGB | Screens, video, presentations | | HEX | Websites and digital tools (an RGB colour written as a code, such as #1A5E8C) | Screens can show brighter colours than CMYK ink can print. Vivid greens, electric blues and neon oranges often print dull. Choose your colours knowing the print version, not just the screen version, and check each one on a printed proof. Our guide to logo file formats explains which file uses which colour mode. ## Accessibility and contrast Brand colours have to be readable. The Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG 2.2) ask for a contrast ratio of at least **4.5:1** for normal text and **3:1** for large text against its background. Many pale brand colours fail this for text, so define which combinations are allowed for text and which are only for decoration. Colour blindness matters too. Colour Blind Awareness, the UK organisation, says about 1 in 12 men and 1 in 200 women are colour blind. Red and green are the most commonly confused, so never rely on colour alone to carry meaning, for example in charts or in-stock and out-of-stock labels. Add icons, labels or patterns. ## Testing before you commit - Mock up a business card, a social post, a van side and a web page in the palette. - Print the mock-ups on the paper you will use; uncoated paper makes colours look softer. - Check the logo in single colour and reversed out of the primary colour. - Run text colour pairs through a contrast checker. - Look at the colours on a cheap phone screen as well as a good monitor. Once settled, record every value in your brand guidelines so printers, sign makers and web developers all use the same numbers. ## When to call dijitul dijitul builds colour palettes as part of our brand identity packs from £395 + VAT, defining every colour in Pantone, CMYK, RGB and HEX, with contrast-checked text combinations. If you only need a palette for an existing logo, we can quote it or work at £45 an hour + VAT. Read what is a brand identity or request a quote. ## FAQs ### How many brand colours should a business have? Most businesses work well with one primary colour, one or two secondary colours, an optional accent, and neutrals for text and backgrounds. More than that tends to make layouts look busy and inconsistent. dijitul defines this as part of brand identity packs from £395 + VAT. ### Why do my brand colours look different in print? Screens use RGB light and printers use CMYK ink, and CMYK cannot reproduce some bright screen colours. Paper type changes colour too. Define a proper CMYK version and a Pantone reference for each brand colour and check printed proofs. ### Do I need Pantone colours? If you print stationery, packaging, signage or merchandise where colour must match exactly every time, yes. Pantone spot colours are mixed to a standard recipe. For everyday CMYK print and digital use, CMYK, RGB and HEX values are enough. ### What colour contrast is needed for accessibility? WCAG 2.2 asks for at least 4.5:1 contrast between normal text and its background, and 3:1 for large text. Light brand colours often fail for text, so brand guidelines should say which colour pairs can be used for text and which are decorative only. ### Can you match my brand colour from an old logo? Yes. dijitul can sample colours from existing artwork, signage or printed items, then define accurate Pantone, CMYK, RGB and HEX values so future work matches. Small jobs like this are charged at £45 an hour + VAT. ### Does colour psychology matter for branding? A little, but less than people think. Associations vary by culture, sector and context. Standing apart from competitors, suiting your price point, and being readable matter more than any colour meaning chart. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # What Is Bleed in Printing? Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/guides/what-is-bleed-in-printing/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > Bleed is extra background or image that extends beyond the finished edge of a printed item, usually 3 mm per side in the UK, so trimming leaves no thin white edges. dijitul sets up bleed, trim and safe zones on all print artwork, with flyers from £95 + VAT and business cards from £75 + VAT. ## Key facts - Bleed is artwork extended beyond the trim line, usually 3 mm per edge - It allows for small movement when sheets are cut - An A5 flyer with 3 mm bleed is 154 × 216 mm - A business card with bleed is 91 × 61 mm - Keep text inside a safe zone of 3 to 5 mm from the trim - Only items with colour or images running to the edge need bleed ## Why bleed exists Printers do not print one flyer at a time on a flyer-sized sheet. They print many items on a larger sheet, then cut them out with a guillotine. Paper shifts slightly as it runs through the press and when stacks are cut, so the cut can land a fraction of a millimetre away from the intended line. If your design has a background colour or photo running to the edge, and it stops exactly at the edge, any small shift leaves a thin white sliver of unprinted paper. Bleed solves this by extending the colour past the cut line. If the cut moves slightly, it still lands on printed colour. ## Three lines to know: bleed, trim and safe zone - **Bleed line**: the outer edge of your artwork, typically 3 mm beyond the trim. Everything between the bleed and trim lines is cut off. - **Trim line**: the finished size of the item, where the guillotine is meant to cut. - **Safe zone**: an inner margin, usually 3 to 5 mm inside the trim, where all text, logos and important details must sit so they are never cut or crowded against the edge. Think of it as three boxes inside each other. Background colours and photos fill to the outer box. The finished item is the middle box. Anything that must be read stays inside the inner box. ## Common sizes with bleed | Item | Trim size | Size with 3 mm bleed | | UK business card | 85 × 55 mm | 91 × 61 mm | | A6 flyer | 105 × 148 mm | 111 × 154 mm | | A5 flyer | 148 × 210 mm | 154 × 216 mm | | DL leaflet | 99 × 210 mm | 105 × 216 mm | | A4 | 210 × 297 mm | 216 × 303 mm | | A3 poster | 297 × 420 mm | 303 × 426 mm | Large-format items such as banners, exhibition graphics and packaging often need more bleed, and some printers ask for 2 mm or 5 mm. Always check the printer's spec sheet. Notice that bleed adds 6 mm to each dimension, not 3 mm, because it is added to both opposite edges. Setting up a business card at 88 × 58 mm is one of the most common mistakes printers see. ## How to add bleed In professional layout software such as Adobe InDesign or Illustrator, set the bleed when creating the document, extend background elements to the red bleed guide, and tick "use document bleed settings" when exporting to PDF. Add crop marks if your printer asks for them. In Canva, switch on the print bleed option from the file menu and tick crop marks and bleed when downloading a PDF for print. In Microsoft Word and most office software there is no true bleed, which is one reason printers struggle with Word files. If you have finished artwork without bleed, extending a flat colour is easy. Extending a photograph is harder: the image needs to be enlarged, or the edge rebuilt in Photoshop, which a designer can do. Avoid simply scaling the whole design up to cover the bleed, because that pushes text closer to the trim and can break the safe zone. ## Bleed on folded and bound items Folded leaflets need bleed on the outer edges only, not at the folds. Booklets and brochures need bleed on the outer edges of every page; the printer handles the spine. For saddle-stitched brochures with many pages, inner pages are trimmed slightly more than outer ones because of creep, so keep text well inside the safe zone near the outer edge. Read how to prepare print-ready artwork for the full checklist. ## When to call dijitul Every piece of print design from dijitul is supplied with correct bleed, crop marks and safe zones for your printer's spec: flyers and leaflets from £95 + VAT, business cards from £75 + VAT, brochures from £295 + VAT. If a printer has rejected your file for missing bleed, we can fix it at £45 an hour + VAT. Get in touch. ## FAQs ### How much bleed do UK printers need? 3 mm on every edge is the standard for most UK printers on flyers, leaflets, business cards, posters and brochures. Some large-format and packaging printers ask for more, and a few for 2 mm, so always check the printer's specification before exporting. ### Do I need bleed if my design has a white border? No. Bleed is only needed where colour, images or graphics run to the edge of the finished item. If everything sits inside a white margin, the printer can trim without any risk of white slivers. Many printers still prefer the bleed area set up anyway. ### What happens if I send artwork without bleed? The printer may reject it, or print it and trim slightly inside the edge, cutting into your design, or leave thin white edges where the cut drifts. Some printers will add bleed by stretching the artwork, which can distort it. ### What is the difference between bleed and the safe zone? Bleed extends outward past the trim so colour reaches the edge. The safe zone is an inner margin, usually 3 to 5 mm inside the trim, that keeps text and logos away from the cut. Print-ready artwork needs both. ### What size is a business card with bleed? A UK business card is 85 × 55 mm trimmed. With 3 mm bleed on each side, the artwork should be 91 × 61 mm. Keep text at least 3 mm inside the trim. dijitul designs business cards from £75 + VAT set up this way. ### Can you add bleed to my existing artwork? Yes. dijitul can extend backgrounds and images, set crop marks and re-export a print-ready PDF to your printer's spec. Small fixes like this are charged at £45 an hour + VAT, and we will tell you if anything else in the file needs attention. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # How to Brief a Photographer for Business Photos Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/guides/how-to-brief-a-photographer/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > Brief a photographer with the purpose of the shoot, a shot list, where the images will be used and at what sizes, location and access, who is in shot, style examples and the deadline. dijitul shoots on location across the UK, from £295 + VAT for a half day or £495 + VAT for a full day. ## Key facts - A shot list is the single most useful part of a photography brief - State every use: website, social, print, Amazon, advertising - Say which aspect ratios you need: landscape, portrait, square, 9:16 - Give the location, parking, access and a contact on the day - Get consent from anyone identifiable in shot - dijitul photography: half day from £295 + VAT, full day from £495 + VAT ## Start with the purpose Before listing shots, write one or two sentences on why you need the photos and what they must do. "New website launching in March; we need images that show real staff and our workshop so we look established to trade buyers" gives a photographer far more to work with than "some photos of the business". The purpose shapes the style, the lighting, how much space is left for text, and which shots matter most if time runs short. ## Write a shot list A shot list is a numbered list of every image you need, in order of priority. For each shot include: - **What or who** is in it - **Where** it is taken - **Orientation**: landscape for website banners, portrait for social feeds, square for marketplaces, 9:16 for Stories and Reels - **Space for text**, if a designer will add headlines over the image - **Must-have or nice-to-have** Example: "1. Team of six outside the front entrance with sign visible, landscape, space on the left for a headline, must-have." Ten clear lines like this make a shoot run on time. Put the must-haves first. Weather, late staff or a delivery blocking the entrance can eat into the time available, and a prioritised list means the important shots are done before anything goes wrong. If you need the same shot in two orientations, list it twice so it is not forgotten. ## Tell the photographer where images will be used Usage changes how a photographer shoots. A website hero banner needs a wide landscape frame with room for text. Instagram needs portrait or square. A printed brochure needs high resolution. An Amazon main image needs a pure white background with the product filling about 85% of the frame (see Amazon image requirements). Social sizes are in our social media image sizes guide. Also confirm the licence. Under UK law the photographer normally owns the copyright in the images and grants you a licence, so make sure it covers every use you plan, including advertising, packaging and use by partners or resellers. ## Practical details for the day - **Location**: full address, parking, access times and who to ask for on arrival. - **Schedule**: when each person or area is available. Staff headshots, for example, need a slot per person. - **Preparation**: clean and tidy areas, remove clutter and old signage, and charge any equipment that will appear in shot. - **People**: tell staff what to wear (plain colours work best, avoid small checks and logos of other brands) and get their consent. Anyone identifiable should agree to appear, ideally on a signed release. - **Products**: cleaned, unboxed and labelled, with spares if items might be damaged. - **Safety**: any site rules, PPE, or areas the photographer must not enter. ## Style references and deliverables Share three to five example images you like and say what you like about them: bright and airy, moody, natural light, close-up detail. Mention anything to avoid. Agree the deliverables up front: number of edited images, file formats (high-resolution JPEG for print, web-sized versions for site and social), whether you want a selection gallery to choose from, and the delivery date. If retouching is needed, such as removing blemishes or background clutter, say so. See photo editing and retouching. Finally, name one person who will choose and approve the images. Selections made by committee take weeks; one decision maker with a clear brief can usually pick the final set in a single sitting. ## When to call dijitul dijitul shoots commercial, headshot, product and event photography on location. Half days start from £295 + VAT, full days from £495 + VAT and product images from £25 + VAT each, with any travel outside Mansfield and Nottinghamshire shown in the quote. Send your brief and we will help fill any gaps. Request a quote. ## FAQs ### What should a photography brief include? The purpose of the shoot, a prioritised shot list, where the images will be used, the location and access details, who will be in shot, style examples, deliverables and the deadline. dijitul will help turn a rough list into a workable brief before quoting. ### How many photos can be taken in a half-day shoot? It depends on the subject. Simple product packshots move quickly, while styled lifestyle shots or staff headshots with set-up changes take longer. Share your shot list and dijitul will tell you whether a half day from £295 + VAT or a full day from £495 + VAT fits. ### Do I need model releases for staff photos? It is good practice to get written consent from anyone identifiable in business photos, especially for advertising. It protects you if someone later objects, and helps meet data protection expectations. Keep the consent with the image files. ### Who owns the copyright in commercial photos? Under UK law the photographer normally owns the copyright and grants you a licence to use the images. Make sure the licence covers all your intended uses, such as advertising or packaging, or ask for an assignment in writing if you need full ownership. ### Should I be at the photo shoot? Ideally yes, or send someone who can make decisions. They can approve shots on the spot, move people and products, and answer questions. It avoids reshoots caused by small issues nobody spotted until the images were delivered. ### Does dijitul have a studio? No. dijitul shoots on location, at your premises or another suitable venue. That suits staff, workplace, property, food and event photography, and product shots can be set up on site. Travel outside the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area is included in your quote. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # STEP vs STL vs DWG Files: Which CAD Format Do You Need? Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/guides/step-vs-stl-vs-dwg-files/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > Use STEP to send an accurate 3D model to a manufacturer or machine shop, STL or 3MF for 3D printing, DWG for editable 2D drawings in AutoCAD, and DXF for laser cutting and CNC profiles. dijitul creates and converts CAD files in all of these formats at £45 an hour + VAT, with fixed quotes for clear jobs. ## Key facts - STEP (ISO 10303) is the standard neutral format for exact 3D solid models - STL describes a surface as triangles, with no units, colour or design history - DWG is AutoCAD's native drawing format; DXF is the open exchange version - Laser cutters, plasma tables and CNC routers usually want DXF - Machine shops and injection moulders usually want STEP plus a PDF drawing - You cannot reliably turn an STL back into an editable solid without remodelling ## The short answer | Format | What it is | Send it to | | STEP (.step, .stp) | Exact 3D solid geometry, neutral format | Machine shops, mould makers, other CAD users | | STL (.stl) | Triangle mesh of a surface | 3D printers and print bureaus | | 3MF (.3mf) | Modern mesh format with units and colour | 3D printers that support it | | DWG (.dwg) | AutoCAD native 2D or 3D drawing | Architects, engineers, AutoCAD users | | DXF (.dxf) | Open 2D exchange format | Laser cutters, plasma, waterjet, CNC routers | | PDF | Dimensioned drawing for people | Quoting, inspection and sign-off | | OBJ (.obj) | Mesh with textures | Rendering and visualisation | ## STEP: the format manufacturers trust STEP is defined by the international standard ISO 10303. It stores the exact mathematical shape of a solid: true circles, accurate curves and precise faces. Almost every professional CAD system, including SolidWorks, Fusion, Inventor, Creo and Siemens NX, can open and export it. That makes STEP the safest way to hand a 3D part to a machine shop for CNC machining, to a toolmaker for an injection mould, or to another engineer. STEP does not usually keep the feature history of the original model, so the receiver gets a dumb solid they can measure and machine from but not easily re-edit parametrically. Always keep your native files as well. Pair a STEP file with a dimensioned PDF drawing showing tolerances, material and finish; the model shows shape, the drawing shows intent. ## STL: for 3D printing only STL approximates the surface of a part with thousands of small triangles. It is simple, which is why nearly every 3D printer slicer accepts it. But it has big limits: no units (a part can arrive 25.4 times too big or too small if inches and millimetres are confused), no colour or material, and curves are only as smooth as the triangle count allows. STL is a poor format for manufacturing other than 3D printing, and it is hard to edit. Converting an STL back into a clean, editable solid usually means remodelling the part. 3MF is a newer alternative that keeps units and colour, and many current printers support it. See design for 3D printing. ## DWG and DXF: 2D drawings and profiles DWG is the native file format of Autodesk AutoCAD and the most common format for 2D technical drawings, floor plans and site layouts in the UK. It holds layers, line types, dimensions and blocks. DXF was created by Autodesk as an exchange format and is read by almost all CAD and CAM software. For cutting, DXF is the usual request. A laser cutter, plasma table, waterjet or CNC router follows the lines in the DXF as tool paths, so the file should contain only clean, closed outlines at 1:1 scale in millimetres, with no dimensions, title blocks or overlapping lines. Fabricators often ask for one DXF per part. See sheet metal and fabrication drawings. ## Converting between formats - **Sketch or PDF to DWG**: redrawn to scale. See CAD conversion. - **STEP to STL**: quick and reliable, with a chosen resolution. - **STL to STEP**: possible as a mesh wrapped in STEP, but not a true solid. For manufacturing, remodel it. - **3D model to 2D drawing**: standard views, sections and dimensions to BS 8888 conventions, exported as DWG and PDF. - **DWG to DXF**: a simple export, but check scale, units and that outlines are closed. When in doubt, ask your supplier which format and version they want. Some older machines need DXF saved as an older release. ## When to call dijitul dijitul creates and converts CAD files in STEP, STL, 3MF, DWG, DXF, OBJ and PDF at £45 an hour + VAT, with a fixed quote when the job is clear. Tell us what your manufacturer, printer or fabricator needs and we will deliver it in that format. See also how much CAD drafting costs, or send us your files. ## FAQs ### What file format do manufacturers want for 3D parts? Most machine shops and injection moulders want a STEP file for the 3D geometry plus a dimensioned PDF drawing showing tolerances, material and finish. STEP keeps exact curves and opens in almost every professional CAD system. dijitul supplies both at £45 an hour + VAT. ### Can I send an STL file to a CNC machine shop? Usually not. STL is a triangle mesh designed for 3D printing, without exact curves or units, so machinists struggle to program from it. Send a STEP file instead. If you only have an STL, the part may need remodelling as a proper solid. ### What is the difference between DWG and DXF? DWG is AutoCAD's native format, used for editable technical drawings. DXF is an exchange format that almost any CAD or CAM software can read. For laser cutting and CNC profiling, fabricators usually ask for clean DXF outlines at 1:1 scale in millimetres. ### Can you convert my STL to STEP? A direct conversion only wraps the mesh in a STEP file, which is not a true editable solid. For anything to be machined or edited, dijitul remodels the part properly from the STL as a reference, charged at £45 an hour + VAT or a fixed quote. ### What file do I need for 3D printing? STL is accepted by almost every slicer and print bureau. 3MF is a newer format that keeps units and colour and is supported by many current printers. Export at a fine enough resolution that curves stay smooth, and confirm the units are millimetres. ### Which file does a laser cutter need? Most laser cutters, plasma tables and waterjets want a DXF file with closed outlines, drawn at full size in millimetres, with no dimensions, text or overlapping lines unless the text is to be cut or engraved. Check if your fabricator wants one part per file. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # How to Get a Product Made From an Idea (UK Guide) Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/guides/how-to-get-a-product-made-from-an-idea/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > To get a product made, keep the idea confidential, check what exists, turn your sketch into a 3D CAD model, prototype and test it, refine it for manufacture, then send STEP files and drawings to manufacturers. dijitul produces the CAD models, drawings, renders and packaging design at £45 an hour + VAT, with fixed quotes where the brief is clear. ## Key facts - Keep the idea confidential until you have taken advice on protection - The UK IPO warns that disclosing an invention before filing can stop you getting a patent - Use non-disclosure agreements when sharing designs with suppliers - A 3D CAD model is the bridge between a sketch and a manufacturer - 3D printed prototypes are a low-cost way to test form and fit - Manufacturers quote from STEP files plus dimensioned drawings ## Step 1: Protect and check the idea Before telling the world, think about protection. A patent protects how an invention works, but the UK Intellectual Property Office warns that making your invention public before you apply can stop you getting one, so keep it confidential until you have taken advice. A registered design protects how a product looks. Talk to a patent attorney if the idea is technical and valuable. At the same time, search what already exists: online shops, crowdfunding sites and patent databases. Finding a similar product early is not always bad news; it shows there is a market and helps you see what to do differently. When you share details with designers or manufacturers, ask them to sign a non-disclosure agreement (NDA) first. ## Step 2: From sketch to CAD model Manufacturers cannot quote from a description or a rough drawing. They need a precise 3D model. A CAD designer takes your sketches, photos, measurements and notes and builds a 3D CAD model with real dimensions. This is where vague ideas become decisions: wall thicknesses, how parts fit together, where screws or clips go, what material it might be. The more you can give at this stage, the less it costs: dimensions, any off-the-shelf parts it must fit (such as a battery or phone), and how it will be used and cleaned. ## Step 3: Prototype and test - **Looks-like prototypes** show size, shape and appearance. Photo-realistic renders do this on screen, useful for early feedback, investor decks and crowdfunding pages. - **Works-like prototypes** test function: fit, strength, mechanisms. 3D printing is the usual first step because it is quick and low cost per part. See design for 3D printing. - **Pre-production prototypes** are made in or close to the final material and process. Expect several rounds. Each round of testing usually leads to CAD changes, which is why hourly billing with an agreed estimate suits this stage. Test with real users, not just friends and family. Watch how people pick the product up, open it and clean it, and note where they hesitate. Problems found with a printed prototype cost a few hours of CAD time to fix; the same problems found after tooling is made cost far more. ## Step 4: Design for manufacture A part that 3D prints perfectly might be impossible or expensive to mass produce. Each process has rules. Injection-moulded plastic needs even wall thickness and draft angles so it releases from the mould. Sheet metal needs bend radii and relief cuts. Machined parts are cheaper with fewer set-ups and standard tool sizes. Refining the model for the chosen process before tooling is made is far cheaper than changing a steel mould later. A manufacturer will often suggest changes once they see the model. This is also the time to think about cost per unit. Fewer separate parts, standard screws, snap fits instead of fasteners, and avoiding tight tolerances where they are not needed all bring the price down. Small decisions in CAD can make a large difference across a production run of thousands. ## Step 5: Quotes, tooling and production Send manufacturers a STEP file for each part, dimensioned PDF drawings with tolerances and materials, the quantities you want, and any finish or colour requirements. Our guide to STEP vs STL vs DWG explains the files. For moulded products, expect separate quotes for tooling (a one-off cost) and unit price. Ask for samples before approving a full run, and check them against your drawings, not just by eye. Do not forget packaging, product labels, barcodes, any safety markings your product category requires, and product photography for selling online. ## When to call dijitul dijitul helps inventors and small businesses turn ideas into manufacturable designs: product design, 3D CAD models, technical drawings and renders at £45 an hour + VAT, then packaging and launch graphics. We work remotely from Mansfield and have supported UK businesses since 2006. If you need an NDA in place before sharing details, tell us when you first get in touch. Request a quote. ## FAQs ### How do I turn my product idea into a design? Gather sketches, photos of similar products, key dimensions and notes on how it should work, then have a CAD designer build a 3D model. dijitul creates product CAD models at £45 an hour + VAT; if you need an NDA first, say so when you get in touch. ### Should I patent my idea before showing anyone? Take advice before disclosing it publicly. The UK IPO warns that making an invention public before filing can stop you getting a patent. Share details only under a non-disclosure agreement, and speak to a patent attorney if the idea is technical and valuable. ### How much does it cost to design a product? It depends on complexity and how many prototype rounds are needed. dijitul charges £45 an hour + VAT for product CAD work, with fixed quotes for clearly defined stages, such as turning a dimensioned sketch into a first 3D model. ### What do manufacturers need to quote? A STEP file of each part, dimensioned PDF drawings with tolerances, material and finish, the quantities you want, and any colour or packaging requirements. Without these, quotes will be vague or the manufacturer may decline to quote. ### Can I 3D print my prototype? Usually yes. 3D printing is a quick, low-cost way to test size, fit and basic function. Final products made by injection moulding or machining may need design changes, so treat 3D prints as an early stage, not the finished article. ### Do you find manufacturers for me? dijitul focuses on the design side: CAD models, drawings, renders, packaging and photography. We supply files in the formats manufacturers expect so you can get comparable quotes from UK or overseas suppliers of your choice. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Rebrand Checklist: Everything to Update When You Rebrand Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/guides/rebrand-checklist/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > A rebrand checklist covers legal checks (trade marks, domains, Companies House if the name changes), the new identity, then every touchpoint: stationery, signage, vehicles, uniforms, website, social profiles, email signatures, documents and packaging. dijitul designs brand identity packs from £395 + VAT and can roll the new look out across print and digital. ## Key facts - List every touchpoint before design starts, so nothing is missed - Check trade marks, domains and social handles before committing to a new name - Companies House must be told if a company changes its registered name - Phase physical items such as signs and vans if budget is tight - Update digital profiles on the same day for a clean launch - dijitul brand identity packs start from £395 + VAT ## Before you start: checks and decisions - **Why are you rebranding?** New services, a merger, a move upmarket, or a dated look. The reason decides whether you need a full rebrand or a lighter logo redesign. - **Name change?** If so, search the UK IPO trade marks register and Companies House, and check domain names and social media handles are available. See how to trade mark a logo. - **What to keep.** Colours or symbols customers recognise may be worth keeping. - **Budget and timing.** Decide what changes on launch day and what is phased. Start by walking round your business and scrolling through every online profile, writing down everywhere the old brand appears. Most businesses find far more items than they expected: an old sign at the back gate, a logo on a payment page, a sticker on every product. A complete list is the basis for an accurate budget and a realistic launch date. ## Identity and master files - Logo suite in AI, EPS, SVG, PDF and PNG (see logo file formats) - Colour palette in Pantone, CMYK, RGB and HEX - Typefaces, with licences for print and web - Brand guidelines for staff and suppliers - Tone of voice notes if your messaging changes - Written copyright assignment for the new logo (see who owns the copyright) Get these finished and approved before ordering anything else. Every later item, from a van wrap to a social post, is built from these files, so changing the logo or colours after roll-out starts means paying for work twice. ## Print and physical touchpoints - Business cards, letterheads, compliment slips and envelopes, with correct legal details (see letterhead rules) - Invoices, quotes, delivery notes and order forms - Leaflets, brochures, price lists and menus - Shop fascia, door vinyls, office and site signs, banners - Vehicle livery - Uniforms, workwear and PPE - Packaging, labels, swing tags and stickers - Exhibition stands and pop-up banners - Merchandise and promotional items - Rubber stamps, ID badges, lanyards Physical items are where most of the rebrand budget goes and where lead times are longest. Get quotes for signage and vehicle wraps early, and check whether any signs need landlord or planning consent before they change. ## Digital touchpoints - Website: logo, colours, favicon, social sharing images and any old logo images in blog posts - Google Business Profile logo, cover and photos - Social media avatars, cover images and pinned posts on every platform - Email signatures for all staff - Email newsletter templates - Word, PowerPoint and Google templates - Online directories, marketplaces and review sites - Apps, booking systems and payment pages that show your logo - Video intros, YouTube channel art and thumbnails If your website needs more than a logo swap, our main agency at dijitul.uk handles website design and builds. ## Admin and launch - Tell Companies House of a registered name change, and update HMRC, your bank, insurers and suppliers. - Brief staff before launch so they can answer customer questions. - Tell customers why: a short email or social post explaining the change builds goodwill. - Set redirects if your domain changes. - Order print in the right sequence: use up old stock where legal details have not changed, but replace anything with an old company name immediately. - Keep a master list of every touchpoint and tick them off. Something is always found weeks later. A month after launch, search online for your old name and logo. Directory listings, supplier websites and old social accounts often still show the previous brand and need a polite request to update. ## When to call dijitul dijitul designs brand identity packs from £395 + VAT and can roll out the new look across stationery (from £75 + VAT), social media graphics (from £99 + VAT), print and signage. Larger items like vehicle livery and signage are quoted. We have worked with UK businesses since 2006. Read how much branding costs or request a quote. ## FAQs ### What should be included in a rebrand checklist? Legal checks on any new name, the new identity files and guidelines, and every touchpoint: stationery, documents, signage, vehicles, uniforms, packaging, website, social profiles, email signatures and templates. dijitul can help list and design every item, from £395 + VAT for the identity. ### How much does it cost to rebrand a small business? It depends on how many touchpoints you have. The identity itself starts from £395 + VAT with dijitul, stationery from £75 + VAT and social graphics from £99 + VAT. Signage, vehicles and packaging are quoted separately, and printing is extra. ### Do I need to tell Companies House if I rebrand? Only if the company's registered name changes. A new logo or trading style does not need notifying. If you trade under a name different from your registered name, your letters, emails and website must still show the registered company details. ### Should I change everything at once? Digital items such as website, social profiles and email signatures should change on the same day so customers see one look. Physical items such as signs, vans and uniforms can be phased as budget allows, provided legal details are correct on everything. ### How do I tell customers about a rebrand? Keep it short and explain why: new services, a merger, or a fresh look that better reflects the business. Send an email, post on social media, and brief staff. Reassure customers about anything that is not changing, such as contact details or service. ### Is a logo refresh cheaper than a full rebrand? Usually. A refresh keeps the recognisable parts of your logo and modernises the drawing, colours or type. dijitul can quote a logo redesign or work at £45 an hour + VAT, and it may avoid replacing every item at once. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Logo Designer vs AI Logo Generator Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/compare/logo-designer-vs-ai-logo-generator/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > An AI logo generator is quick and cheap for exploring ideas, but usually gives you a raster image with uncertain copyright and no brand system. A logo designer gives you original vector artwork you own outright and can register as a trade mark. dijitul designs logos from £150 + VAT with copyright assigned in writing. ## Key facts - AI generators typically produce PNG or JPEG images; print and signage need vector files (AI, EPS, SVG, PDF) - UK copyright for purely computer-generated works rests on section 9(3) CDPA, which the government provisionally proposed repealing in March 2026 - In the US, works without human authorship cannot be registered for copyright; the Supreme Court declined to review Thaler v Perlmutter - A trade mark needs to be distinctive; generic AI output can resemble existing marks - AI tools are useful for mood boards and early ideas before a designer refines one - dijitul logos start from £150 + VAT, with written copyright assignment once paid ## The short version AI logo generators have improved quickly. Type in a business name and a few words about the style, and you get dozens of options in seconds. For a hobby project, a placeholder while you validate an idea, or a mood board to brief a designer, that is useful. For a business that plans to print signage, register a trade mark or sell one day, the gaps start to matter: file format, ownership, originality and how the logo works as part of a wider brand. | | AI logo generator | Professional logo designer | | Cost | Free to a small subscription or download fee | dijitul: from £150 + VAT | | Speed | Seconds to minutes | Agreed as part of the brief | | Files | Usually PNG or JPEG; some offer SVG | Vector AI, EPS, SVG, PDF plus PNG | | Originality | Drawn from patterns in training data; may resemble other marks | Drawn for your business, checked for obvious conflicts | | Copyright | Uncertain in the UK and unregistrable in the US without human authorship | Human-authored; assigned to you in writing | | Trade mark | Risk of refusal or challenge if not distinctive | Designed to be distinctive and registrable | | Brand system | Logo only | Colours, fonts, one-colour and small-size versions | ## Who owns an AI-generated logo? In the UK, section 9(3) of the Copyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988 says the author of a computer-generated work is the person who made the arrangements necessary for its creation. It was written long before generative AI, and nobody is sure how a court would apply it to a logo produced from a text prompt. In March 2026 the government's report on copyright and AI said it had formed the provisional view that this protection should be removed, while saying a final decision was still to come, according to summaries by law firms including HSF Kramer. In the United States, copyright registration requires human authorship. The Supreme Court declined to review Thaler v Perlmutter, leaving that position in place. The tool's own terms also matter: some grant you full rights, some keep a licence for themselves, and some say nothing about whether other users received a near-identical image. Read them before you build a brand on the result. A logo drawn by a person is a conventional artistic work. Under UK law the designer owns the copyright unless it is assigned in writing, which is why dijitul assigns copyright in the final artwork to your business once the logo is paid for. ## Trade marks and similarity Copyright stops people copying your artwork; a registered trade mark stops competitors using a confusingly similar mark in your market. To register, a logo needs to be distinctive. Generators work by producing what is statistically likely for a prompt, so a 'modern tech logo with a leaf' tends to look like a lot of other modern tech logos with leaves. That increases the chance of an objection, or of a business with an earlier mark challenging yours. Template-based tools have a related problem. Canva's content licence, for example, says its library elements and logo templates cannot be used in a trade mark apart from fonts, simple shapes and lines. We cover that in our Canva vs professional design comparison. ## Files that work in the real world Most generators export a PNG or JPEG. That is fine for a social avatar, but sign makers, embroiderers, vehicle wrappers and printers need vector files that scale without blurring and can be cut, stitched or separated into spot colours. Auto-tracing a raster logo into vector usually produces lumpy curves and too many points, which shows up on a large sign. See vector vs raster for the detail. A designed logo also comes as a set: full colour, one colour, reversed out of a dark background, a simplified small version for favicons, and colour values in Pantone, CMYK, RGB and HEX. Those versions are what keep a brand consistent when other people start using it. ## A sensible way to use both AI tools and designers are not either-or. Plenty of clients now arrive with a handful of AI images they like. That is a useful brief: it shows the mood, colours and shapes you are drawn to. We then design an original mark from scratch, in vector, with your business name set properly and checked at small sizes. If you already have an AI logo you are attached to, we can redraw it cleanly as a logo redesign, though you should still consider whether it is distinctive enough to protect. Logo design at dijitul starts from £150 + VAT, and a full brand identity pack from £395 + VAT. You get a fixed price before we start. ## FAQs ### Can I trade mark a logo made by AI? You can apply, but the logo still has to be distinctive and must not conflict with earlier marks. Generic AI output can resemble existing logos, which raises the risk of refusal or challenge. dijitul designs original logos intended to be registrable; for filing advice, speak to a trade mark attorney. ### Do I own the copyright in an AI-generated logo? It is uncertain. UK law has a provision for computer-generated works, but the government provisionally proposed repealing it in March 2026, and US law does not register works without human authorship. The tool's terms also matter. A dijitul logo is human-designed, with copyright assigned to you in writing. ### Is an AI logo good enough for a small business? It can be a reasonable stopgap or a starting point for a brief. Problems usually appear when you need vector files for signage or print, a one-colour version, or legal protection. dijitul can redraw or replace an AI logo with original vector artwork from £150 + VAT. ### Can you turn my AI logo into a vector file? Yes. dijitul can redraw an AI-generated logo as clean vector artwork in AI, EPS, SVG and PDF, rather than auto-tracing it. This is charged at £45 an hour + VAT or quoted. Redrawing does not fix any originality or ownership questions about the original image. ### How much does a professional logo cost in the UK? Prices vary widely between freelancers and agencies. dijitul designs logos from £150 + VAT, including vector and PNG files and written copyright assignment, and brand identity packs from £395 + VAT. You get a fixed price once we understand the brief. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Freelance Designer vs Design Agency Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/compare/freelance-designer-vs-design-agency/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > A freelance designer is often cheaper and personal, but limited to one person's skills and availability. A large agency offers range and capacity at a higher price. dijitul sits between the two: a small UK limited company trading since 2006, covering design, photography, video and CAD at £45 an hour + VAT or fixed prices. ## Key facts - Freelancers usually have lower overheads; agencies charge for account management and broader skills - Ask any supplier for written copyright assignment of final artwork - A limited company has published accounts and a registered office you can check at Companies House - Check who actually does the work: some agencies subcontract to freelancers - dijitul: design and CAD time at £45 an hour + VAT, logos from £150 + VAT, video from £695 + VAT - Get a fixed price and a written scope before work starts, whoever you choose ## The honest trade-offs There is no single right answer. A good freelancer can be the best value in the market for a defined job, and a big agency can be the right call for a national campaign with many moving parts. What matters is matching the supplier to the size and risk of the work. | | Freelance designer | Design agency | | Typical cost | Lower day rates, fewer overheads | Higher rates covering account handling, studio and range | | Who you deal with | The person doing the work | Often an account manager, with designers behind | | Skills | Usually one specialism | Several disciplines under one roof | | Capacity | Limited by one person's diary | Can scale for big launches | | Continuity | Risk if they get busy, move on or fall ill | Files and knowledge usually stay with the business | | Contracts | Varies; sometimes informal | Usually formal terms and processes | ## When a freelancer is the better choice A freelancer suits a well-defined job in their specialism: a logo, a set of illustrations, a single brochure. You talk directly to the person designing, decisions are quick, and you are not paying for layers of management. Many excellent designers work this way by choice. The risks are around continuity and paperwork. If your freelancer is unavailable when you need a quick change, there may be no one else with the files. Make sure you receive the editable source files, not just PDFs, and a written assignment of copyright in the final artwork, because under UK law the designer owns copyright unless it is assigned in writing. ## When an agency is the better choice An agency makes sense when a project spans disciplines, for example a rebrand with naming, strategy, photography, video, packaging and a website, or when you need several people working at once to hit a launch date. You get process, project management and cover for holidays and illness. You pay for that. Ask who will actually work on your project, whether any of it is subcontracted, and what the day rate is for changes after sign-off. Make sure the agency's terms transfer ownership of the final work to you on payment. Also check minimum spends and retainers. Some agencies prefer ongoing monthly arrangements over one-off jobs, which can be good value if you have a steady flow of work but expensive if you only need a few pieces a year. A clear scope for each piece of work avoids paying for capacity you do not use. ## Where dijitul fits dijitul is a UK limited company (DIJITUL LTD), trading since 2006 and based in Mansfield, Nottinghamshire. You can check our registered details at Companies House. The media side covers logos and branding, print, social graphics, photography, video and 2D and 3D CAD, so a project that needs a logo, product photos and a technical drawing does not have to be split across three suppliers. Our prices are published: logos from £150 + VAT, brand identity packs from £395 + VAT, brochures from £295 + VAT, half-day photography from £295 + VAT, video from £695 + VAT, and design or CAD time at £45 an hour + VAT. See pricing and how we work. ## Questions to ask any designer before you start - What exactly is included in the price, and what counts as extra? - Will I receive editable source files (AI, INDD, PSD, native CAD) as well as PDFs? - Will copyright in the final artwork be assigned to me in writing? - Are fonts and stock images licensed for my use, and in whose name? - Who does the work, and is any of it subcontracted? - Is printing included, or quoted separately? - How are changes after sign-off charged? A supplier who answers these clearly, in writing, is a good sign whether they are a freelancer, an agency or somewhere in between. If you would like dijitul to answer them for your project, ask for a quote. ## FAQs ### Is a freelance designer cheaper than an agency? Usually, because freelancers carry fewer overheads such as account managers and studio costs. The total cost also depends on how many revisions, formats and disciplines the project needs. dijitul publishes its prices, with design time at £45 an hour + VAT and logos from £150 + VAT, so you can compare directly. ### What should I get in writing from a designer? Ask for a written scope and price, a list of files you will receive including editable sources, confirmation that fonts and images are licensed for your use, and a written assignment of copyright in the final artwork. dijitul provides a fixed price and scope before starting. ### Is dijitul a freelancer or an agency? dijitul is a UK limited company, DIJITUL LTD, trading since 2006 and based in Mansfield, Nottinghamshire. It covers design, print, photography, video and CAD, with published prices, so it sits between a single freelancer and a large agency. ### Who owns the design files when a freelancer makes my logo? Under UK law the designer owns copyright unless it is assigned to you in writing, even if you have paid. Ask for a written assignment and the editable source files. dijitul assigns copyright in the final artwork to clients once it is paid for. ### Can one supplier do design, photography and CAD? Yes. dijitul covers logos and branding, print and digital design, photography and video shot on location, and 2D and 3D CAD. Design and CAD time is £45 an hour + VAT, and photography starts from £295 + VAT for a half day. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Canva vs Professional Design Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/compare/canva-vs-professional-design/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > Canva is a good tool for everyday social posts and simple documents, especially once a brand is set up. A professional designer is the better choice for logos, trade marks, packaging and complex print. dijitul often does both: designing the brand properly, then building Canva-ready templates in a social media graphics pack from £99 + VAT. ## Key facts - Canva's content licence says its library elements and templates cannot be used in a trade mark, except fonts, simple shapes and lines - Canva templates are available to every user, so other businesses can use the same layout - Canva suits quick, repeatable social posts and internal documents - Packaging dielines, large-format signage and complex brochures need professional print preparation - A hybrid works well: professional brand, editable templates for your team - dijitul social media graphics packs from £99 + VAT; logos from £150 + VAT ## Side by side | | Doing it yourself in Canva | Professional designer | | Cost | Free or subscription | Fixed price per project; dijitul social packs from £99 + VAT | | Speed for routine posts | Very fast once set up | Slower for one-off posts | | Originality | Templates shared with millions of users | Designed for your business | | Logos and trade marks | Library elements can't be used in a trade mark | Original artwork you own and can register | | Print preparation | Fine for simple items | Dielines, spot colours, ink limits, imposition handled | | Brand consistency | Depends on who is editing | Rules and locked templates | Neither column wins everywhere. The question is which jobs need which approach. ## Where Canva does the job Canva is a sensible tool for a small business making regular social posts, event notices, simple internal documents and quick presentations. It is fast, it runs in a browser, several people can edit, and it stops a team needing desktop design software for routine work. If your brand colours, fonts and logo are already defined, a well-built set of templates in Canva keeps everything looking right without a designer being involved in every post. That is how a lot of dijitul clients work: we design the brand and a set of social templates, then the team uses them day to day. ## Where professional design matters **Logos.** Canva's content licence says its stock content and logo templates cannot be used in a trade mark, apart from fonts, simple shapes and lines, because those elements are available to every user. If you want to own and protect your logo, it needs to be original. Logo design at dijitul starts from £150 + VAT. **Packaging and labels.** Packs are built on the printer's dieline with cut, crease and glue areas, often with spot colours, varnish layers and barcodes placed to GS1 sizes. That is specialist work; see packaging design. **Large or complex print.** Exhibition stands, vehicle livery, 40-page brochures and catalogues need proper master pages, consistent styles, correct colour handling and imposition-aware files. A printer will often accept a simple Canva PDF for a flyer, but problems with colour, bleed and image resolution are common on bigger jobs. Our CMYK vs RGB comparison explains why colours shift. ## The template trap Templates are popular because they look good. That is also the problem: a striking template may be used by hundreds of other businesses, including competitors. Customers might not notice the exact match, but they do notice when your posts look generic or when every post uses a different template. A small set of templates built around your brand fixes both issues. Watch for drift, too. When five people each start from a different template, small changes creep in: a slightly different shade of the brand colour, a substitute font, the logo stretched to fit. After a year the feed looks like several businesses. Locking the logo, colours and fonts in a shared brand kit, and limiting the team to a handful of approved layouts, keeps things consistent without slowing anyone down. Check stock licences as well. Photos and illustrations from a template library come with their own licence terms, which can restrict uses such as resale items, merchandise or large-format print. If you are unsure whether an image can be used on a product or a sign, ask before it goes to print. ## The hybrid approach For most small businesses the best answer is both. A designer sets up the foundation: logo, colours, fonts, a few photography rules and a small library of templates. Your team then uses Canva or a similar tool for daily content, with the brand elements already in place. dijitul's social media graphics pack starts from £99 + VAT, and a brand identity pack from £395 + VAT. Print items that need specialist preparation, such as brochures from £295 + VAT, stay with us. You get a fixed price before we start. ## FAQs ### Can I trade mark a logo I made in Canva? Not if it uses Canva's library elements or logo templates. Canva's content licence says those cannot be used in a trade mark, except fonts, simple shapes and lines, because other users can use them too. dijitul designs original logos from £150 + VAT that you own and can register. ### Is Canva good enough for printing flyers? For a simple flyer, often yes, if you set bleed and use high-resolution images. Problems tend to appear with colour accuracy, spot colours and complex multi-page documents. dijitul designs print-ready flyers from £95 + VAT and brochures from £295 + VAT. ### Can you set up Canva templates for my team? Yes. dijitul can design your brand and then supply editable social templates for your team to use day to day, with fonts, colours and logo already set. Social media graphics packs start from £99 + VAT. ### Why do my Canva designs look different when printed? Screens show colour in RGB, while most printing uses CMYK inks, which cannot reproduce some bright screen colours. Low-resolution images and missing bleed also cause problems. dijitul prepares print files in CMYK with 3 mm bleed and images at 300 dpi at final size. ### When should I stop using Canva and hire a designer? Usually when you need a logo you can own and protect, packaging or labels, large-format signage, or multi-page print such as brochures and catalogues. Many businesses keep using Canva for everyday posts after a designer has set up the brand and templates. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # CMYK vs RGB: Which Colour Mode to Use Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/compare/cmyk-vs-rgb/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > Use RGB for anything seen on a screen and CMYK for most printed items. RGB mixes light and shows brighter colours than CMYK inks can print, so vivid screen colours often dull on paper. dijitul prepares print-ready CMYK artwork with 3 mm bleed: flyers from £95 + VAT, file preparation at £45 an hour + VAT. ## Key facts - RGB (red, green, blue) is additive light, used for screens; sRGB is the safe default for web - CMYK (cyan, magenta, yellow, black) is subtractive ink, used for most print - Bright greens, blues and oranges in RGB often fall outside the CMYK gamut - Pantone spot colours give exact, consistent colour for logos and packaging - Print images should be about 300 dpi at final size - PDF/X-1a and PDF/X-4 are the common print-ready PDF standards ## The difference in one table | | RGB | CMYK | | How colour is made | Adding red, green and blue light | Layering cyan, magenta, yellow and black ink | | Used for | Websites, social media, apps, video, screens | Litho and most digital print: leaflets, brochures, packaging | | Colour range | Wider, especially bright greens, blues and oranges | Narrower; varies with paper and press | | Black | 0, 0, 0 | K 100, or rich black mixes for large areas | | Typical files | PNG, JPEG, SVG, MP4 in sRGB | PDF/X-1a or PDF/X-4, TIFF | | Values written as | RGB 0 to 255 or HEX (#1A73E8) | Percentages (C 100 M 45 Y 0 K 0) | ## Why colours change when printed A screen produces colour by emitting light, so it can show vivid, glowing tones. Print reflects light off paper through layers of ink, which limits the range of colours, called the gamut. When an RGB file is converted to CMYK, any colour outside the CMYK gamut is pulled to the nearest printable colour. Electric blues, neon greens and bright oranges suffer most. Paper matters too. The same CMYK values print brighter on coated gloss than on uncoated stock, where ink soaks in and spreads. Printers use ICC profiles to predict this: in the UK and Europe, FOGRA39 has long been a common coated-paper profile, with newer FOGRA51 and FOGRA52 profiles for coated and uncoated stocks. Ask your printer which profile they want, and we will convert to it. For brand colours that must match closely across paper types, ask for a printed proof on the actual stock before the full run, because a screen preview cannot show how ink sits on a particular paper. ## Pantone, rich black and other print details **Pantone spot colours** are pre-mixed inks that print the same colour every time, which is why many brands specify a Pantone for their logo. They suit litho print, packaging and merchandise. On a CMYK-only job, the Pantone is converted to the nearest CMYK mix, so it will not match exactly. **Black** needs care. Small black text should be 100% K only, so it stays sharp if the plates are slightly out of register. Large black areas often use a rich black, such as C 60 M 40 Y 40 K 100, to look deep rather than grey. Keep the total ink coverage within your printer's limit, often around 300% on coated paper. **Resolution**: images should be roughly 300 dpi at the size they are printed. A 1080 px wide social image is only about 9 cm wide at 300 dpi. See vector vs raster for why logos should be vector instead. ## Which file should you send? For print, most UK printers ask for a PDF with 3 mm bleed and crop marks. PDF/X-1a flattens transparency and allows only CMYK and spot colours, which makes it predictable on older workflows. PDF/X-4 keeps live transparency and colour profiles, which suits modern presses. If unsure, ask your printer; we can supply either. For screens, export RGB in the sRGB colour space: PNG for graphics with sharp edges or transparency, JPEG for photographs, SVG for logos and icons on websites. Converting a CMYK file back to RGB for web will not bring lost colours back, so keep master files in RGB or in a wide-gamut format and convert copies for print. ## How we handle colour When dijitul designs a brand, we define every colour in Pantone, CMYK, RGB and HEX so printers, web developers and sign makers all start from the right values. For print jobs we set up artwork in the profile your printer uses, flag any colours that will shift, and supply print-ready PDFs. Flyers start from £95 + VAT and brochures from £295 + VAT; fixing or preparing existing files is charged at £45 an hour + VAT. If you would like us to manage the printing too, see print management. ## FAQs ### Should I use CMYK or RGB for printing? Use CMYK for most printed items, or Pantone spot colours where exact colour matters. RGB is for screens. Many printers will convert RGB files automatically, but colours may shift unpredictably. dijitul prepares print artwork in CMYK using the ICC profile your printer specifies. ### Why does my logo look dull when printed? Bright RGB colours, especially vivid blues, greens and oranges, can fall outside the range CMYK inks can print, so they are pulled to the nearest printable colour. Uncoated paper dulls colours further. A Pantone spot colour or a carefully chosen CMYK mix gets closer. dijitul can advise and adjust. ### What resolution should images be for print? Around 300 dpi at the final printed size. A 1080 pixel wide social media image is only about 9 cm wide at that resolution, so web images often look soft in print. Logos and text should be vector, which has no resolution limit. ### What is the difference between PDF/X-1a and PDF/X-4? Both are print-ready PDF standards. PDF/X-1a flattens transparency and allows only CMYK and spot colours, which is predictable on older workflows. PDF/X-4 keeps live transparency and ICC colour profiles, which suits modern print workflows. dijitul supplies whichever your printer requests. ### What colour mode should I use for social media? RGB, in the sRGB colour space, exported as PNG for graphics and JPEG for photos. CMYK files can display oddly on screens and some platforms reject them. dijitul supplies social media graphics in sRGB at current platform sizes, with packs from £99 + VAT. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Vector vs Raster Graphics Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/compare/vector-vs-raster/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > Vector graphics are built from mathematical paths, so they scale to any size without blurring; raster images are grids of pixels that lose quality when enlarged. Logos, icons and signage should be vector, photographs are raster. dijitul supplies logos in vector formats from £150 + VAT and redraws old raster logos at £45 an hour + VAT. ## Key facts - Vector formats: AI, EPS, SVG and vector PDF - Raster formats: JPEG, PNG, TIFF, WebP, PSD - Vector scales from a business card to a building without losing sharpness - Raster quality depends on pixel count: about 300 dpi at final size for print - Sign makers, embroiderers and vinyl cutters need vector artwork - Auto-traced logos usually need redrawing by hand to look clean at large sizes ## Vector and raster compared | | Vector | Raster | | Made of | Points, lines and curves defined mathematically | A fixed grid of coloured pixels | | Scaling | Any size with no loss | Blurs or pixelates when enlarged | | Best for | Logos, icons, type, illustrations, signage, cutting | Photographs, textures, painted artwork | | Common formats | AI, EPS, SVG, vector PDF | JPEG, PNG, TIFF, WebP, PSD | | Editing | Shapes and colours easy to change | Pixel-level editing, retouching | | File size | Usually small for simple artwork | Grows with resolution | A file extension is not proof. A PDF or EPS can contain a raster image, and a PNG saved from a vector file is still raster. Zoom right in: if edges stay crisp at 800%, it is vector. ## Why your logo must be vector A logo appears at wildly different sizes: 16 px in a browser tab, 30 mm on a business card, two metres on a van, ten metres on a building. Only vector artwork stays sharp across that range. Vector files also allow processes raster cannot: vinyl plotters and laser cutters follow the paths, embroiderers convert paths into stitch files, and screen printers separate each colour onto its own screen. If your logo only exists as a JPEG from an old website, it will look soft or jagged when printed large. 'Your logo looks blurry when it's printed big' is one of the most common reasons people contact us. The fix is a proper redraw. ## Auto-trace vs redrawing by hand Software can auto-trace a raster image into vector shapes, and online converters do the same. On simple, high-contrast artwork the result can be acceptable. On most logos it gives wobbly curves, uneven line weights, hundreds of unnecessary anchor points and lettering that is almost but not quite the right font. At business card size you may not notice; on a fascia sign you will. Redrawing means rebuilding the logo with clean geometry, matching or replacing the typeface, and correcting colours to defined Pantone, CMYK, RGB and HEX values. dijitul charges £45 an hour + VAT for redraws, or quotes a fixed price after seeing the file. Simple marks take far less time than detailed illustrations. If the original font cannot be identified, we either find the closest licensed match or redraw the letters as shapes, and we tell you which so you know whether the typeface can be used elsewhere in your branding. Old logos sometimes have small flaws that were invisible at small sizes, such as uneven spacing between letters or a curve that does not quite meet a line. A redraw is a good moment to fix those quietly without changing what people recognise. ## When raster is the right choice Photographs are raster by nature, and so are textures, painted illustrations and most images on social media. For print, a raster image should be about 300 dpi at the size it will appear; a 3000 × 2000 px photo prints sharply at roughly 25 × 17 cm. Large-format posters and banners viewed from a distance can use lower resolution, often 100 to 150 dpi at final size, but check with your printer. For screens, choose the format by content: JPEG or WebP for photos, PNG for graphics with sharp edges or transparency, and SVG for logos and icons on websites, because SVG stays sharp on high-resolution screens and is usually tiny in file size. Our CMYK vs RGB page covers colour modes for each. ## What you should have in your logo folder - Master vector file: AI or EPS - SVG for websites and digital use - Vector PDF for printers and sign makers - PNG files with transparent backgrounds at several sizes - Full colour, one colour black, and reversed white versions - A note of your colours in Pantone, CMYK, RGB and HEX Every dijitul logo, from £150 + VAT, comes with this set. If you are missing some of it, we can create it from your existing artwork. A brand guidelines document then explains how to use each version. ## FAQs ### Is a PNG a vector file? No. PNG is a raster format made of pixels, even if it was exported from vector software. It is ideal for web graphics with transparency but will blur when enlarged. Vector formats include AI, EPS, SVG and vector PDF. dijitul supplies logos in both vector and PNG formats. ### Why does my logo look blurry when printed? Usually because it is a low-resolution raster file, such as a JPEG taken from a website, being enlarged beyond its pixel size. Print needs about 300 dpi at final size, or vector artwork. dijitul can redraw the logo as clean vector artwork at £45 an hour + VAT. ### Can I convert a JPEG logo to vector myself? Auto-trace tools can do it, and simple artwork may come out acceptably. Most logos end up with wobbly curves, uneven lines and the wrong lettering, which shows on large signs. dijitul redraws logos by hand with clean geometry and correct colours, quoted after seeing the file. ### What file does a sign maker need? Most sign makers ask for vector artwork, typically AI, EPS or vector PDF, with fonts converted to outlines. Vinyl cutters and routers follow the vector paths directly. dijitul supplies vector logos and signage artwork prepared to the sign maker's specification. ### What resolution should photos be for print? About 300 dpi at the final printed size for close-viewed items such as brochures. A 3000 × 2000 pixel photo prints sharply at around 25 × 17 cm. Large banners viewed from a distance can often use 100 to 150 dpi; check with your printer. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Digital vs Litho Printing Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/compare/digital-vs-litho-printing/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > Digital printing suits short runs, quick jobs and personalised items because there are no plates to make. Litho printing has higher set-up costs but a lower cost per copy on long runs, and prints true Pantone spot colours. dijitul designs print-ready artwork for both, with flyers from £95 + VAT, and can arrange and quote the printing. ## Key facts - Digital: no plates, low set-up cost, fast, each copy can be different - Litho: plates and make-ready add set-up cost, unit cost falls sharply as quantity rises - Litho can print Pantone spot inks; most digital presses print CMYK only - The break-even quantity depends on size, pages, colours and stock; ask for both prices - Both need print-ready PDFs with 3 mm bleed and CMYK or spot colours - dijitul quotes printing separately from design ## How they compare | | Digital printing | Litho (offset) printing | | How it works | Toner or inkjet applied directly from the file | Ink transferred from metal plates via a rubber blanket | | Set-up cost | Very low | Higher: plates and make-ready | | Cost per copy | Roughly flat whatever the quantity | Falls as quantity rises | | Best run length | Short runs, from a single copy | Longer runs | | Speed | Fast to turn around | Longer set-up and drying | | Colour | CMYK; some presses add extra colours | CMYK plus true Pantone spot inks | | Personalisation | Each copy can differ (names, codes) | Every copy identical | | Stocks | Good range, some limits on weight and texture | Widest range of papers and boards | ## When digital printing makes sense Digital presses print straight from the file, so there are no plates to make and very little waste getting started. That makes digital the natural choice for short runs: 100 business cards, 250 flyers for a single event, a handful of presentation folders, or a test batch of labels before committing to a bigger order. It is also useful for proofs, because you can see the real thing on the real paper before a long run. It also allows variable data, where every copy is different. Personalised direct mail, numbered tickets, name badges and unique QR codes all suit digital. Modern production presses give very good colour, though large flat areas of a single colour can sometimes show slight banding, and most work in CMYK only, so a brand Pantone is reproduced as its nearest CMYK equivalent. ## When litho printing makes sense Litho has a fixed cost to set up each job: plates for every colour, then running paper through until colour and registration are right. Once running, each extra copy costs very little. So on longer runs of leaflets, brochures, catalogues and magazines, litho usually becomes cheaper per copy than digital. Litho is also the route for exact brand colour. A Pantone spot ink is pre-mixed to a reference and prints the same colour every time, which is why packaging, corporate stationery and some retail print use it. Litho handles a wider range of papers, including heavy boards and textured uncoated stocks, and finishes such as spot UV and foiling are commonly added afterwards. ## Where's the break-even point? There is no fixed number. It depends on the format, number of pages, colours, paper and finishing, and on the printer's equipment. For a simple A5 leaflet the switch from digital to litho often happens somewhere in the hundreds to low thousands of copies, but a heavy multi-page brochure can cross over at a different point. The practical approach is to ask your printer for both prices at two or three quantities. If you need us to, we will gather quotes through print management and show you the options side by side. Think about timing too. Printing a larger litho run once can be cheaper per copy, but only if the content will not change before the stock runs out. Price lists, staff names and event dates go out of date quickly; for those, smaller digital runs reduce waste. Storage matters as well: five thousand brochures take up real space, and boxes stored in a damp unit do not stay flat. ## Preparing artwork for either Artwork is largely the same for both: a print-ready PDF with 3 mm bleed, crop marks, images at about 300 dpi at final size, fonts embedded and colours in CMYK or named Pantone spots. Litho jobs with spot colours must keep those colours as spots in the file, not converted to CMYK. Our CMYK vs RGB comparison covers colour set-up in more detail. dijitul designs flyers and leaflets from £95 + VAT, business cards from £75 + VAT and brochures from £295 + VAT. Printing is not included in design prices unless quoted, but we can arrange it and quote it with the design. ## FAQs ### Is digital printing cheaper than litho? For short runs, usually yes, because digital has almost no set-up cost. For longer runs, litho is usually cheaper per copy because its plate and make-ready costs are spread over more copies. The crossover depends on the job, so dijitul suggests getting both prices at a few quantities. ### Can digital printing match Pantone colours? Most digital presses print in CMYK and reproduce a Pantone as its nearest CMYK mix, which can be close but not exact, especially for bright oranges, greens and blues. Litho can print the actual Pantone spot ink. dijitul flags brand colours that will shift on digital. ### How many copies before litho is worth it? There is no single figure. For a simple A5 leaflet the switch often happens somewhere in the hundreds to low thousands, but page count, paper and finishing all move it. dijitul can gather printer quotes for both methods at the quantities you are considering. ### Do I need different artwork for digital and litho? Mostly no. Both need a print-ready PDF with 3 mm bleed, embedded fonts and images at about 300 dpi. For litho jobs with Pantone inks, spot colours must stay as named spots rather than being converted to CMYK. dijitul prepares files to your printer's specification. ### Can dijitul arrange the printing? Yes. dijitul designs the artwork and can arrange printing with a suitable printer, quoting the print cost separately from the design. Design prices start from £95 + VAT for a flyer, £75 + VAT for business cards and £295 + VAT for a brochure. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Professional vs DIY Product Photography Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/compare/professional-vs-diy-product-photography/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > DIY product photography with a phone and lightbox can work for small ranges and quick social posts. Professional product photography gives consistent lighting, accurate colour and images that meet marketplace rules first time. dijitul shoots product photography on location from £25 + VAT per image, with half-day shoots from £295 + VAT for larger ranges. ## Key facts - Amazon main images need a pure white background (RGB 255, 255, 255) and the product filling about 85% of the frame - Amazon zoom needs at least 1000 px on the longest side - Phones and lightboxes suit small, matte products; shiny, glass and large items are harder - Consistent lighting across a range matters as much as any single image - DIY costs time: setting up, shooting, cutting out and editing each image - dijitul: from £25 + VAT per image, half day from £295 + VAT, on location ## DIY and professional compared | | DIY (phone and lightbox) | Professional photographer | | Upfront cost | Low: lightbox, tripod, maybe a light | dijitul: from £25 + VAT per image | | Your time | Set-up, shooting, cutting out and editing | Brief, prepare products, approve | | Consistency | Varies with daylight and set-up | Repeatable lighting across a range | | Difficult products | Glass, chrome, jewellery and dark items are hard | Lit specifically for reflective and dark surfaces | | Marketplace rules | Achievable with care and editing | Shot and edited to the rules | | Lifestyle images | Limited by location and props | Planned scenes and styling | | Best for | Small ranges, quick social posts, frequent new stock | Launches, main listing images, catalogues, ads | ## When DIY is good enough A current phone camera, a tripod, a lightbox or a large sheet of white card, and a window with soft daylight can produce perfectly usable product shots, particularly for small, matte items such as soaps, prints, textiles or packaged goods. If you add new stock every week and post to social media daily, doing some of it yourself is often the only practical option. Help yourself with a fixed set-up: same spot, same time of day or same lights, camera on a tripod at the same height, and the same white balance setting. Shoot slightly wider than you need and crop later. Consistency is what makes a DIY range look professional. ## Where DIY usually struggles **Reflective products.** Glass, polished metal, glossy packaging and jewellery reflect everything in the room, including you and your phone. Controlling those reflections takes large diffused lights and careful angles. **Pure white backgrounds.** Amazon's main-image rules call for a pure white background (RGB 255, 255, 255), the product alone without added text, graphics or watermarks, and the product filling around 85% of the frame. A lightbox photo usually comes out pale grey, so each image needs cutting out or careful editing, which takes time per product. **Colour accuracy.** Customers return items that look a different colour in person. Phones often boost saturation and shift colour under mixed lighting. A calibrated workflow with a grey reference reduces that. **Scale and range.** Fifty products shot over three weekends under different light rarely match. Category pages show the difference immediately. ## What professional product photography includes dijitul shoots product photography on location at your premises, so stock does not need to be packed and posted. Images start from £25 + VAT each, and larger ranges are often better value as a half day from £295 + VAT or a full day from £495 + VAT. Travel outside the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area is quoted. You receive edited images on white for marketplaces and catalogues, sized at 2000 px on the longest side so they qualify for zoom, plus any lifestyle or detail shots agreed in the brief. Retouching covers dust removal, colour correction and clean cut-outs; we do not change how the product looks, because images must represent what the customer receives. ## A mixed approach Many retailers combine the two. Professional photos for main listing images, hero products, adverts and the website homepage, where quality has the most effect; DIY photos for quick social posts, behind-the-scenes content and stock that changes weekly. A short brief from us on angles, background and crop can help your DIY shots sit alongside the professional ones. Work out the real cost of DIY before deciding. If cutting out and colour-correcting each image takes you fifteen minutes, a range of 80 products is a full weekend before any photos are taken. Compare that with the per-image price and with what else you could be doing with the time. For a small, stable range, DIY may still win; for a launch or a seasonal range with tight deadlines, a professional shoot is often cheaper once your own hours are counted. Prepare products well either way. Remove price stickers, iron or steam textiles, wipe fingerprints off glossy surfaces and have spare samples ready in case one is marked. Those minutes save far more time in editing. See design for retailers for more on marketplace images and shop graphics. ## FAQs ### How much does professional product photography cost? dijitul's product photography starts from £25 + VAT per image, shot on location at your premises. For larger ranges a half day from £295 + VAT or full day from £495 + VAT is often better value. Travel beyond Mansfield and Nottinghamshire is added to the quote. ### Can I take Amazon product photos with my phone? Yes, if the result meets Amazon's rules: pure white background (RGB 255, 255, 255), the product alone with no added text or watermarks, and the product filling about 85% of the frame. Most phone shots need editing to achieve a true white. dijitul shoots and edits images to these rules. ### What size should product photos be? For Amazon zoom, at least 1000 pixels on the longest side. dijitul supplies 2000 pixel images so they have headroom for zoom and cropping, plus smaller web-optimised versions for your own site and social media where needed. ### Why do my DIY product photos look grey? Cameras expose for the average brightness of a scene, so a white background often comes out light grey. Mixed daylight and room lighting can also tint it. Adjusting exposure, using consistent light and editing the background to pure white fixes it; dijitul does this as part of every product shoot. ### Do you need us to send products to you? No. dijitul shoots product photography on location at your premises, so stock does not need to be packed and posted. Tell us the number of products, sizes and any reflective items in advance so we can plan lighting and quote. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # 2D Drawings vs 3D CAD Models Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/compare/2d-drawings-vs-3d-cad-models/ Updated: 2026-10-12 > A 2D drawing communicates dimensions, tolerances and notes for making or checking a part; a 3D CAD model defines the full geometry for machining, moulding, 3D printing and renders. Most manufacturing jobs need both. dijitul produces 2D drawings to BS 8888 conventions and 3D models in STEP, STL and native formats at £45 an hour + VAT. ## Key facts - 2D drawings: DWG, DXF and PDF; 3D models: STEP, IGES, STL, 3MF and native formats - Laser and plasma cutting usually need only a 2D DXF profile - CNC machining, injection moulding and 3D printing work from 3D geometry - Tolerances and inspection requirements are still usually communicated on a 2D drawing - STEP AP242 can carry 3D product and manufacturing information (PMI) inside the model - dijitul CAD time is £45 an hour + VAT, or a fixed quote for a defined pack ## What each one is for | | 2D technical drawing | 3D CAD model | | What it shows | Orthographic views, sections, dimensions, tolerances, notes | Complete solid or surface geometry | | Typical formats | DWG, DXF, PDF | STEP, IGES, STL, 3MF, native CAD | | Best for | Quoting, inspection, flat profiles, planning, simple parts | CNC programming, moulds, 3D printing, assemblies, renders | | Tolerances | Clearly shown and the usual contractual reference | Possible via PMI, but not every supplier reads it | | Standards | BS 8888, ISO 128, ISO 129, ISO 2768 | STEP (ISO 10303) for exchange | | Changes | Simple edits quick; geometry changes need care | Change the model and update linked drawings | ## When a 2D drawing is enough Plenty of work only needs 2D. Laser, plasma and waterjet cutting run from a flat DXF profile. Many simple turned or milled parts can be made from a clear dimensioned drawing. Floor plans, site layouts, signage fixings and planning drawings are naturally 2D. And for paper or scanned drawings that need bringing into CAD, a clean 2D DWG is often the first and most useful step. A good drawing follows BS 8888, the UK framework for technical product specification, which references ISO 128 for presentation and ISO 129 for dimensioning. It states the projection method, first angle or third angle, a general tolerance standard such as ISO 2768, material, finish and a revision. See 2D CAD drafting and technical drawings. ## When you need a 3D model Anything with complex or curved geometry needs 3D. CNC machinists program toolpaths from 3D models in their CAM software. Injection mould toolmakers design the tool around the part model. 3D printers slice an STL or 3MF. Assemblies need 3D to check that parts fit, clear each other and can be assembled. Renders for sales, crowdfunding and packaging come from the model too. We build 3D CAD models from sketches, samples, measurements or existing drawings, and export to STEP for most suppliers, STL or 3MF for 3D printing, and native formats where a supplier asks. Sheet metal parts are modelled in 3D and supplied with a flat pattern DXF. ## Do you still need a drawing if you have a model? Usually, yes. A model defines nominal geometry, but it does not tell a supplier which dimensions are critical, what tolerances apply, how surfaces should be finished or what will be inspected. Model-based definition aims to put all of that into the 3D model: the STEP AP242 standard, ISO 10303-242, can carry product and manufacturing information (PMI) such as dimensions and tolerances. Plenty of suppliers still quote, inspect and contract against a 2D drawing, so the safe default is a 3D model plus a drawing that references it. Make it clear which document controls. If the model and drawing ever disagree, the supplier needs to know which one wins, and that is normally stated in a note on the drawing or in your purchase order. Keep revision letters in step: when the model changes, the drawing should be updated and reissued with the same revision, so nobody machines a part from an old file. Neutral formats help too. Sending a STEP file rather than a native file means a supplier using different software can still open it, though features and history are lost in translation. If a supplier needs to edit the model rather than simply read it, ask which native format they use and we can supply that as well. ## Choosing for your project - **Flat profile for cutting:** 2D DXF, plus a PDF with material and thickness. - **Simple machined part:** 2D drawing; add a STEP file if the machinist prefers. - **Complex machined, moulded or cast part:** 3D STEP plus a 2D drawing for tolerances. - **3D printed prototype:** 3D model exported as STL or 3MF. - **Assembly or product launch:** 3D assembly, drawings for each made part, renders for marketing. dijitul's CAD design is £45 an hour + VAT, or quoted as a fixed price for a defined pack. Send a sketch, photo or sample and tell us what the supplier has asked for. ## FAQs ### What file does a laser cutter need? Usually a 2D DXF of the profile at 1:1 scale, with cut lines on their own layer, plus a note of material and thickness. Bend lines for sheet metal go on a separate layer. dijitul prepares cutting DXFs and flat patterns at £45 an hour + VAT. ### Do I need a 2D drawing if I have a STEP file? In most cases, yes. A STEP model defines geometry, but suppliers usually need a drawing to show critical dimensions, tolerances, finishes and inspection points. STEP AP242 can carry this information in the model, but many workshops still quote and inspect against a 2D drawing. ### What is BS 8888? BS 8888 is the British Standard framework for technical product specification. It sets out how engineering drawings and specifications should be prepared, referencing ISO standards such as ISO 128 for presentation and ISO 129 for dimensioning. dijitul lays out drawings following these conventions. ### Can you turn my 2D drawings into a 3D model? Yes. dijitul builds 3D CAD models from existing 2D drawings, sketches, photos or physical samples, and supplies them as STEP, STL, 3MF or native formats. Any conflicting or missing dimensions are flagged before modelling. CAD work is £45 an hour + VAT. ### First angle or third angle projection? Both are allowed under BS 8888. First angle is traditional in the UK and Europe; third angle is standard in North America. The drawing must show the projection symbol. dijitul uses whichever you or your supplier specify. ## Prices and contact Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # Graphic Design & Photography across England Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/england/ > dijitul media designs logos, print, packaging and CAD drawings for businesses anywhere in England, working remotely from our base in Mansfield. Photography and video are shot on location at your premises, with travel quoted before you book. Logo design starts from £150 + VAT and a half-day photography shoot from £295 + VAT. England's design needs change from one county to the next. An engineering subcontractor in the Black Country wants a technical drawing its machine shop can actually work from. A fruit grower in Kent wants a label that survives a cold store. A holiday let in Cornwall needs photographs that show the view and the bedrooms honestly. A solicitor in Leeds wants a letterhead and proposal template that look the same printed or sent as a PDF. The Midlands and the North still make things, so a large share of English design work is for manufacturers: 2D drawings laid out to BS 8888, 3D models exported as STEP for a supplier, and product photographs for a trade catalogue. London and the big regional cities, including Manchester, Birmingham, Leeds, Bristol and Nottingham, hold the professional firms that need brand guidelines, presentation templates and annual reports. Rural counties lean on tourism and food, which means menus, packaging, signage and location photography. - Manufacturers and engineers: CAD, technical drawings, product photography and catalogues - Professional services: brand identity, stationery, presentations and reports - Food producers and hospitality: packaging, labels, menus and food photography - Sole traders and start-ups: a first logo, business cards and social media graphics England also has a long tail of small firms whose logo was drawn years ago by someone who has since moved on, leaving only a fuzzy JPEG. Redrawing it as a clean vector in AI, EPS and SVG is usually the first job before anything else gets printed. All design work is done remotely from Mansfield, so where you are matters less than what you need. Photography and video are shot at your premises, and travel beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area is added to the quote before anything is booked. ## Who we design for in England - Manufacturers and engineering firms - Solicitors and accountants - Food and drink producers - Holiday lets and hospitality - Independent retailers - Trades and construction firms - Start-ups and sole traders - Charities ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Do you work with businesses anywhere in England? Yes. dijitul media handles logo, print, packaging, digital and CAD design remotely from Mansfield, so a business in Cornwall or Cumbria gets the same service as one in Nottinghamshire. We agree the brief by phone or video call, share proofs as PDFs and send the final files by download. ### Will you travel to photograph our premises or products? Yes. Photography and video are shot on location, at your premises or venue. A half day starts from £295 + VAT and a full day from £495 + VAT. Travel beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area is added to the quote, so you see the full cost before booking. ### Can you supply print-ready files for the printer we already use? Yes. We supply press-ready PDFs, normally PDF/X-1a or whatever your printer specifies, in CMYK with 3 mm bleed and fonts embedded. If you do not have a printer, we can arrange print and quote it separately, because printing is not included in design prices. --- # Graphic Design & Photography across Scotland Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/scotland/ > For Scottish businesses, dijitul media designs logos, packaging, brochures and CAD drawings remotely from our Mansfield base, so distance makes no difference to the design work itself. Photography and video are shot on location in Scotland, with travel quoted before booking. Logos start from £150 + VAT and a brand identity pack from £395 + VAT. Scotland's design work follows its industries closely. Food and drink is the obvious one: whisky, gin, smoked salmon, seafood, shortbread and specialist producers selling in shops, online and abroad. Those businesses need labels, gift boxes and outer cases laid out to a printer's dieline, with barcodes, batch areas and allergen text that stay legible at small sizes. The same producers want product photography that works on a white background for marketplaces and in context for their own website. Edinburgh's banks, insurers, fund managers and law firms produce a lot of documents: annual reports, pitch books, client guides and slide decks. That work is less about a new logo and more about brand guidelines and templates that make forty people's documents look like they came from one firm. Glasgow mixes professional services, engineering and a large creative scene, so we see requests for both corporate stationery and illustration. Aberdeen grew on North Sea oil and gas and is now heavily involved in offshore wind. Energy and engineering suppliers there need technical drawings, DWG and DXF files for fabricators, STEP models for partners and clear diagrams for tenders and safety documents. Dundee's games heritage brings occasional icon and illustration work. - Distilleries and food producers: labels, packaging, product photography - Tourism operators in the Highlands and islands: brochures, maps, menus and signage - Energy and engineering firms: CAD, technical drawings and 3D renders - University spin-outs in Edinburgh, Glasgow, St Andrews, Aberdeen and Dundee: a first brand and pitch deck Some public-facing organisations also want Gaelic alongside English. We can lay out bilingual signage and leaflets from text you supply. All design is done remotely from Mansfield over video calls and shared PDF proofs. Photography trips to Scotland are quoted with travel included before you commit. ## Who we design for in Scotland - Distilleries and gin producers - Seafood and food producers - Hotels, guest houses and tour operators - Energy and offshore engineering firms - Law firms and financial services - University spin-outs - Craft makers and gift shops - Charities and social enterprises ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design whisky or gin labels for a Scottish distillery? Yes. We design labels and gift packaging to your label printer's dieline, with CMYK or Pantone colours, varnish or foil layers set up separately and text sized to stay readable. Packaging and label design is quoted as a fixed price, or charged at £45 an hour + VAT for smaller changes. ### Will you travel to Scotland for a photography shoot? Yes. dijitul media shoots on location, so we come to your distillery, hotel or factory. Photography starts from £295 + VAT for a half day and £495 + VAT for a full day, and travel from Mansfield is added to the quote so you know the total before booking. ### Can you lay out materials in Gaelic and English? Yes, from translated text you supply or your translator provides. We set both languages with consistent hierarchy, check that every character renders correctly in the chosen fonts and send a proof for your translator to sign off before files go to print. --- # Graphic Design & Photography across Wales Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/wales/ > Businesses across Wales use dijitul media for logos, bilingual print, packaging and CAD drawings, all designed remotely from Mansfield. Photography and video are shot on location in Wales, with travel added to the quote before you book. Logo design starts from £150 + VAT and a leaflet or flyer design from £95 + VAT. The thing that makes design for Wales different is language. Public bodies follow the Welsh Language Standards, and plenty of private firms choose to publish in Welsh and English too, either because customers expect it or because they supply the public sector. A bilingual leaflet is not just a second column of text. Welsh often runs longer than English, so layouts need room to breathe, both languages need a clear and consistent order, and fonts must include characters such as ŵ and ŷ. We plan for that at the grid stage rather than squeezing it in later. South Wales holds most of the population. Cardiff has the Senedd, much of the Welsh public sector, a busy professional services scene and a large TV and production sector, with BBC Cymru Wales at Central Square. Newport and the surrounding area are home to a compound semiconductor cluster, which brings requests for diagrams and infographics that explain technical products to buyers. Swansea adds universities, retail and coastal tourism. North East Wales, around Wrexham and Deeside, has a strong manufacturing base, with Airbus building aircraft wings at Broughton and a supply chain around it. Those firms need 2D drawings, 3D CAD models, sheet metal drawings and product photography for catalogues and tenders. - Farms and food producers: labels, packaging and farm shop signage - Holiday lets, campsites and attractions in Eryri, Pembrokeshire and Gower: brochures, maps and photography - Manufacturers in Deeside and Wrexham: CAD and technical drawings - Public sector suppliers: bilingual reports, forms and presentations We design remotely from Mansfield and share proofs as PDFs, so your translator can check the Welsh before anything is printed. Photography and video in Wales are shot on location, with travel quoted upfront. ## Who we design for in Wales - Bilingual public sector suppliers - Farms and food producers - Holiday lets, campsites and attractions - Manufacturers in Deeside and Wrexham - Creative and media businesses - Solicitors and accountants - Charities and community groups ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design bilingual Welsh and English print? Yes. We lay out leaflets, signage, reports and stationery with both languages planned in from the start, using fonts that support Welsh characters. We work from translated text you or your translator supply and send PDF proofs for the translator to check before print files are released. ### Do you photograph tourism businesses in Wales? Yes. dijitul media shoots holiday lets, campsites, attractions and food on location. A half day starts from £295 + VAT and a full day from £495 + VAT. Travel from Mansfield is added to the quote, and we suggest timing shoots for good light and a tidy, booked-out look. ### Can you produce CAD drawings for a manufacturer in North Wales? Yes. We draw 2D production drawings and 3D models and supply DWG, DXF, PDF, STEP or STL as your supplier needs. CAD and design time is £45 an hour + VAT, and most drawing packages are quoted as a fixed price once we have seen your sketches or samples. --- # Graphic Design & Photography across Northern Ireland Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/northern-ireland/ > Northern Ireland firms can commission dijitul media for logos, packaging, print and CAD drawings, all produced remotely from Mansfield over video calls and PDF proofs. Photography and video are shot on location, with the trip across the Irish Sea quoted before you book. Logos start from £150 + VAT and business cards from £75 + VAT. Northern Ireland's economy gives design work a clear shape. Agri-food is one of the biggest industries, covering dairy, meat processing, bakery and drinks, and those producers need packaging, labels, outer case marks and product photography. Many sell into Great Britain, the Republic of Ireland and the wider EU at the same time. Because labelling rules can differ by market, we build pack artwork so text panels can be changed per market without redrawing the whole design. Your food safety adviser confirms the wording; we lay it out correctly. Belfast has a strong reputation in software, cyber security and fintech, with Catalyst at Titanic Quarter supporting start-ups and Queen's University Belfast and Ulster University producing a steady flow of spin-outs. Those firms want a brand that looks credible to investors and enterprise buyers: a logo, pitch deck templates, icon sets and website graphics. The city's film and TV production sector also creates demand for posters, event graphics and motion graphics. Outside Belfast, advanced manufacturing and engineering are important, including aerospace components and materials handling equipment. Those firms need technical drawings, 3D renders for sales literature and product brochures. - Agri-food processors: packaging, labels and product photography - Tech and cyber start-ups: brand identity, decks and digital graphics - Engineering firms: CAD drawings, renders and catalogues - Tourism on the Causeway Coast and in the Mournes: brochures, maps and menus - Cross-border traders: price lists and menus showing sterling and euro We have no office or staff in Northern Ireland. Design is done remotely from Mansfield, and files go to your local printer as press-ready PDFs. Photography and video are shot on location, with flights or ferry and accommodation shown in the quote. ## Who we design for in Northern Ireland - Agri-food processors - Dairy and drinks producers - Software and cyber security start-ups - Engineering and manufacturing firms - Tourism and hospitality businesses - Cross-border wholesalers - Solicitors and accountants - Charities ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design packaging for products sold in both GB and the EU? Yes. We set up pack artwork with separate, swappable text panels so the same design can carry market-specific wording. You or your food safety adviser confirm what each market requires, and we lay it out to the printer's dieline. Packaging is quoted as a fixed price. ### Will you come to Northern Ireland for a photo shoot? Yes, when the job justifies the trip. Photography starts from £295 + VAT for a half day and £495 + VAT for a full day, with travel and any overnight stay added to the quote. For small product runs, posting samples to us can work out cheaper. ### Can you supply files for a printer in Belfast? Yes. dijitul media supplies press-ready PDFs to your printer's specification, usually CMYK with 3 mm bleed and crop marks, plus editable source files. Printing is not included in design prices, but we can arrange print and quote it if you prefer. --- # Graphic Design & Photography across the East Midlands Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/east-midlands/ > The East Midlands is home for dijitul media: we have designed from Mansfield since 2006. We create logos, print, packaging and CAD drawings remotely, and shoot photography and video on location, with Nottinghamshire shoots local and travel elsewhere quoted upfront. Logos start from £150 + VAT and product photography from £25 + VAT per image. The East Midlands makes and moves things more than most of England, and that shapes the design work. Derby has Rolls-Royce's aero engine business and the Alstom train works at Litchurch Lane, with Toyota's Burnaston plant just outside the city. Around those names sits a long supply chain of machine shops, fabricators and test houses that need 2D drawings, 3D models in STEP format, inspection-ready dimensioning and clean product photos for capability brochures. Leicester's textile and clothing trade, Northampton's shoemakers and Long Eaton's upholstery firms all sell products where photography does the selling: fabrics, stitching and finishes have to look right on a phone screen. Lincolnshire is one of the country's most important farming and food areas, and Melton Mowbray calls itself the Rural Capital of Food, so packaging, labels and food photography come up often. Logistics is the other big story. The M1, A1, A42, A50 and A14 run through the region, and East Midlands Airport is a major air freight hub. Distribution firms need vehicle livery, site signage, safety notices and recruitment adverts that are readable from across a yard. - Engineering supply chains in Derby, Nottingham and Leicestershire: CAD, technical drawings, renders - Food producers in Lincolnshire and Leicestershire: packaging, labels, food photography - Market towns such as Newark, Matlock, Grantham and Market Harborough: shop branding, menus, leaflets - Former coalfield towns in Nottinghamshire and Derbyshire: first logos and social media graphics for growing small firms Universities in Nottingham, Leicester, Loughborough, Derby, Lincoln and Northampton add start-ups that need a first brand. Because we are based in Mansfield, East Midlands clients can meet us in person. Shoots within Nottinghamshire are local; elsewhere in the region, travel is added to the quote. ## Who we design for in East Midlands - Engineering and aerospace suppliers - Logistics and distribution firms - Food producers and processors - Textile, footwear and furniture makers - Market town retailers - Accountants and solicitors - University spin-outs - Charities and housing associations ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can we meet you in person if we are in the East Midlands? Yes. dijitul media is based at 11 St John St, Mansfield, so a face-to-face meeting is easy to arrange for most of the region. Most projects then run by email, phone and PDF proofs, which keeps costs down for both of us. ### Do you charge travel for photography in the East Midlands? Shoots in Mansfield and the rest of Nottinghamshire are local. For Derbyshire, Leicestershire, Lincolnshire and Northamptonshire, travel is added to the quote before you book. Photography starts from £295 + VAT for a half day and £495 + VAT for a full day. ### Can you draw parts for an aerospace or rail supplier? Yes. We produce 2D drawings and 3D models to your title block and drawing standard, typically BS 8888 or ISO 128 with the projection method stated, and supply DWG, DXF, PDF and STEP. CAD work is £45 an hour + VAT, or quoted as a fixed price. --- # Graphic Design & Photography across Yorkshire and the Humber Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/yorkshire-and-the-humber/ > Across Yorkshire and the Humber, dijitul media designs logos, packaging, print and CAD drawings remotely from Mansfield, a short drive from Sheffield. Photography and video are shot on location, with travel added to the quote before booking. Logo design starts from £150 + VAT and a full day of photography from £495 + VAT. Yorkshire and the Humber is several design markets in one. Sheffield built its name on steel and cutlery, and the University of Sheffield's Advanced Manufacturing Research Centre on the edge of Rotherham sits among engineering firms that need 2D drawings, 3D models, 3D renders for sales material and product photography of machined and forged parts. Getting metal to photograph well, without glare or blown highlights, is a real skill and matters for capability brochures. Leeds is a major centre for finance, law and digital businesses, and Channel 4's national headquarters is in the city. Those firms want brand guidelines, report templates, proposal documents and slide decks that stay consistent across large teams. Bradford, Huddersfield and Halifax keep a strong textiles and manufacturing base, where swatch cards, catalogues and product photography matter. On the coast, Hull and the Humber are tied to ports, chemicals and offshore wind, with Siemens Gamesa making turbine blades in Hull. Grimsby is synonymous with seafood processing, which means chilled packaging, sleeves and case labels that must stay readable in a cold, wet environment. York and Harrogate run on tourism, heritage and events, so brochures, maps, menus, exhibition stands and event photography are common needs. - Sheffield and South Yorkshire: CAD, technical drawings, renders, industrial photography - Leeds professional firms: brand identity, templates and reports - Grimsby and Hull food processors: packaging and labels - York, Whitby and the Dales: tourism print, menus and photography - North Yorkshire and the East Riding: farm shop and food branding South Yorkshire borders our Mansfield base, so meeting in person in Sheffield, Rotherham or Doncaster is straightforward. Design is done remotely, and every shoot in the region is quoted with travel included. ## Who we design for in Yorkshire and the Humber - Steel and engineering manufacturers - Law and financial services firms - Seafood and food processors - Textile and fashion businesses - Hotels, attractions and event venues - Offshore energy suppliers - Farm shops and food producers - University spin-outs ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you photograph engineering products in Sheffield? Yes. dijitul media photographs machined, forged and fabricated parts on location, controlling reflections so the detail shows. Product photography starts from £25 + VAT per image, or book a half day from £295 + VAT for a larger set. Travel from Mansfield is added to the quote. ### Do you design seafood or chilled food packaging? Yes. We design sleeves, labels and case marks to your printer's dieline, keeping allergen and storage text legible and leaving clear space for date and batch coding. Packaging is quoted as a fixed price because it depends on the number of pack sizes and variants. ### Can you create brand templates for a Leeds firm? Yes. We build letterheads, proposal and report templates in Word or InDesign and slide masters in PowerPoint or Google Slides, all tied to a short set of brand guidelines. That keeps documents consistent across a large team without everyone needing design software. --- # Graphic Design & Photography across North West England Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/north-west/ > dijitul media works with North West England businesses on logos, print, social graphics and CAD drawings, all designed remotely from our Mansfield base. Photography and video are shot on location anywhere from Manchester to the Lakes, with travel quoted upfront. Logos start from £150 + VAT and video production from £695 + VAT. Greater Manchester has one of the largest concentrations of media, digital and professional services businesses outside London. MediaCityUK in Salford is home to BBC and ITV operations and a cluster of production and tech companies. That ecosystem produces a lot of demand for motion graphics, social video, thumbnails and presentation design, often for agencies that need overflow help and want editable source files they can keep. Liverpool combines a working port, a large visitor economy and a Knowledge Quarter built around health and life sciences. Visitor businesses need menus, event posters and photography; life sciences firms need infographics and diagrams that explain research clearly to non-specialists. Lancashire has a large aerospace and defence presence, including BAE Systems at Warton and Samlesbury, plus a long tail of suppliers. Cheshire adds chemicals, automotive and life sciences, and Warrington is a major logistics hub where the M6, M62 and M56 meet. Those firms need technical drawings, 3D models, exploded diagrams for manuals and vehicle livery for fleets. Cumbria is different again: submarine building at Barrow-in-Furness, the Sellafield nuclear site and the Lake District's tourism economy. - Manchester and Salford media and digital firms: motion graphics, decks, social content - Aerospace and engineering suppliers: CAD, technical drawings, renders - Warrington and Cheshire logistics: vehicle livery, signage, recruitment graphics - Lake District hotels, cafés and activity providers: brochures, menus, photography - Spin-outs from Manchester, Liverpool, Lancaster and Salford universities: a first brand Defence and nuclear supply chain work often comes with document handling rules; tell us at the start and we will agree how files are shared. All design is done remotely from Mansfield, and photography or video in the region is quoted with travel shown. ## Who we design for in North West England - Media and production companies - Digital and creative agencies - Aerospace and defence suppliers - Logistics and distribution firms - Hotels, cafés and activity providers - Life sciences businesses - Solicitors and accountants - Recruitment agencies ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you help a Manchester agency with overflow design work? Yes. dijitul media can take on logo, print, presentation or social graphics jobs under your direction and supply layered source files in Illustrator, InDesign, Photoshop or Figma formats. General design time is £45 an hour + VAT, or we quote a fixed price per job. ### Do you photograph hotels and attractions in the Lake District? Yes. We shoot rooms, food, exteriors and activities on location for websites, brochures and booking platforms. A half day starts from £295 + VAT and a full day from £495 + VAT, with travel from Mansfield and any overnight stay added to the quote. ### Can you produce exploded diagrams for an engineering manual? Yes. From your 3D CAD model, usually a STEP file, we can produce exploded views, part callouts and line illustrations for manuals and spares catalogues. If there is no model, we can build one from drawings. This work is charged at £45 an hour + VAT. --- # Graphic Design & Photography across North East England Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/north-east/ > From Tyneside to Teesside, dijitul media supplies logos, print, packaging and CAD drawings to North East England businesses, designed remotely from Mansfield. Photography and video are shot on location in the region, with travel added to the quote before you commit. Logo design starts from £150 + VAT and a brand identity pack from £395 + VAT. North East England still leans on making things, and that drives much of its design work. Nissan's Sunderland plant supports a wide automotive supplier network across Tyne and Wear and County Durham, and Hitachi Rail builds trains at Newton Aycliffe. Suppliers in those chains need production drawings, 3D CAD models in STEP format, fabrication drawings with bend and weld details, and product photography for capability statements that buyers actually read. Teesside has a long history in chemicals and steel, and the Teesworks site and Teesside Freeport are focused on new industry, including offshore wind and low-carbon manufacturing. New businesses on those sites need brand identities, site signage, safety graphics and tender documents that look professional from day one. Newcastle is the region's business centre. Sage, the accounting software company, is headquartered there, and Newcastle Helix brings together the university, data science and tech firms. The region also has a well-established games industry. Tech companies want icon sets, website graphics, pitch decks and explainer animations, while games developers sometimes need illustration and promotional art. - Automotive and rail suppliers: CAD, technical drawings, product photography - Teesside energy and process firms: branding, signage and tender documents - Newcastle tech and games firms: decks, icons, illustration, motion graphics - Northumberland and County Durham: holiday cottage photography, farm shop branding, menus Durham combines its university, tourism and public sector employers, and Northumberland's coast and countryside support holiday lets, cafés and food producers who need branding and photography that sells the place. All design work is done remotely from Mansfield. Photography and video in the North East are shot on location, with travel and any overnight stay shown in the quote. ## Who we design for in North East England - Automotive suppliers - Rail and engineering manufacturers - Process and energy businesses - Software and games companies - Holiday cottages and tourism businesses - Farm shops and food producers - Accountants and solicitors ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you produce drawings for an automotive supplier in Sunderland? Yes. dijitul media draws parts and assemblies in 2D and 3D to your drawing standard, with tolerances and title block as your customer requires, and supplies DWG, DXF, PDF and STEP files. CAD time is £45 an hour + VAT, or quoted as a fixed price per drawing pack. ### Do you photograph holiday cottages in Northumberland? Yes. We shoot interiors, exteriors and local scenery on location for booking sites and your own website. A half day starts from £295 + VAT. Travel from Mansfield is added to the quote, so grouping several properties into one trip keeps the cost per cottage down. ### Can you design a pitch deck for a Newcastle start-up? Yes. We design pitch decks and slide templates in PowerPoint, Keynote or Google Slides, with charts and diagrams redrawn so they read clearly on screen. Presentation design is charged at £45 an hour + VAT or quoted as a fixed price once we see your content. --- # Graphic Design & Photography across the West Midlands Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/west-midlands/ > In the West Midlands, dijitul media designs logos, catalogues, packaging and CAD drawings remotely from Mansfield, closer than many expect via the M1 and A38. Photography and video are shot on location with travel quoted upfront. CAD and design time is £45 an hour + VAT, and logos start from £150 + VAT. The West Midlands is England's manufacturing heartland, so CAD and technical drawing work is a large part of what businesses here need. Jaguar Land Rover has major sites in Solihull and Castle Bromwich, Coventry is known for automotive engineering and battery research around WMG at the University of Warwick, and the Black Country still has a dense cluster of casting, toolmaking, fabrication and precision engineering firms, many of them family owned. Those firms often have decades of paper drawings, old DWG files from retired software and parts that only exist as a physical sample. Typical requests are redrawing legacy drawings in current CAD, converting files between DWG, DXF and STEP, producing sheet metal flat patterns for laser cutting, and photographing products for a catalogue or trade show stand. Stoke-on-Trent remains the home of British ceramics. Tableware, giftware and tiles need careful product photography: white glazes on white backgrounds, pattern detail that survives compression and lifestyle shots that show scale. The same makers need packaging, swing tags and catalogues. JCB is based in Staffordshire, adding to the engineering supply chain north of Birmingham. - Automotive and engineering suppliers: CAD, technical drawings, renders - Black Country fabricators: sheet metal drawings and catalogue photography - Stoke-on-Trent ceramics makers: product photography and packaging - Birmingham professional firms: brand identity, reports and presentations - Shropshire, Herefordshire and Worcestershire: food, farm and tourism branding Birmingham is one of the largest professional services centres outside London, with HSBC UK headquartered in the city, so we also design stationery, report templates and pitch documents for law and accountancy firms. All design is done remotely from Mansfield. Shoots in the region are on location, with travel included in the quote. ## Who we design for in West Midlands - Automotive and engineering suppliers - Toolmakers and fabricators - Ceramics and homeware makers - Law and accountancy firms - Wholesalers and distributors - Food and farm businesses - Recruitment agencies - University spin-outs ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you redraw old paper drawings for a Black Country manufacturer? Yes. dijitul media redraws scanned or paper drawings as clean 2D CAD, and can build 3D models from them, supplied as DWG, DXF, PDF or STEP. We check dimensions with you where the original is unclear. CAD time is £45 an hour + VAT. ### Do you photograph ceramics in Stoke-on-Trent? Yes. We shoot tableware, giftware and tiles on location, with lighting set up to hold detail in white glazes and patterns. Product photography starts from £25 + VAT per image, with travel from Mansfield added to the quote. ### Can you design a catalogue for an engineering distributor? Yes. We design catalogues in InDesign with styles and tables set up so new products can be added later without starting again. Catalogue work is quoted as a fixed price, and brochures start from £295 + VAT for shorter documents. --- # Graphic Design & Photography across the East of England Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/east-of-england/ > dijitul media helps East of England businesses with logos, pitch decks, food packaging and CAD drawings, working remotely from Mansfield over calls and PDF proofs. Photography and video are shot on location, with travel quoted before booking. Logos start from £150 + VAT and a pack of social media graphics from £99 + VAT. Cambridge is one of Europe's best-known technology and life sciences clusters, with Cambridge Science Park, the Cambridge Biomedical Campus and a long list of software, chip design and biotech companies, including Arm, which is headquartered in the city. Start-ups and spin-outs there need a brand that looks credible in front of investors, a pitch deck, scientific diagrams and infographics that explain complex work simply, and conference graphics for posters and stands. Norwich has a large insurance and financial services sector and the Norwich Research Park, which focuses on food, health and plant science. Insurance firms produce policy documents, customer guides and annual reports, where consistent templates and clear information design matter more than flashy graphics. Agriculture is huge across the Fens, Norfolk, Suffolk and Cambridgeshire. Growers, packers and food producers need packaging, case labels and point-of-sale material, and farm shops need branding and signage. The Port of Felixstowe is one of the UK's main container ports, and the A14 and A1 corridors carry a large logistics industry through Peterborough and Huntingdon, which brings vehicle livery and depot signage work. - Cambridge tech and life sciences: brand identity, pitch decks, infographics - Norwich insurers and professional firms: report and document templates - Fenland growers and food producers: packaging, labels, food photography - Felixstowe and A14 logistics firms: livery, signage, recruitment adverts - Norfolk and Suffolk coast: hotel, holiday park and café print and photography Hertfordshire, around Stevenage, adds aerospace, defence and pharmaceutical firms that need technical drawings and renders. We design for the whole region remotely from Mansfield and photograph on location, with travel added to the quote before anything is booked. ## Who we design for in East of England - Tech and life sciences start-ups - Insurance and financial services firms - Growers and food producers - Port and freight logistics businesses - Holiday parks and hotels - Aerospace and defence suppliers - Farm shops - Charities ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design a pitch deck for a Cambridge spin-out? Yes. dijitul media designs pitch decks and slide masters in PowerPoint, Keynote or Google Slides, redrawing charts and scientific diagrams so they read clearly on a projector and a laptop. Presentation work is charged at £45 an hour + VAT or quoted as a fixed price. ### Do you design packaging for growers in the Fens? Yes. We design labels, sleeves, punnet lids and case labels to your packer's or printer's dielines, with clear space for barcodes and date coding. Packaging is quoted as a fixed price because it depends on the number of products and pack formats. ### Will you travel to East Anglia for a photography shoot? Yes. We shoot products, premises, food and events on location. Photography starts from £295 + VAT for a half day and £495 + VAT for a full day, with travel from Mansfield added to the quote before you confirm the booking. --- # Graphic Design & Photography across London Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/london/ > London businesses use dijitul media for logos, brand identity, presentations, menus and print, all designed remotely from Mansfield without a central London overhead. Photography and video are shot on location in London, with travel quoted upfront. Logo design starts from £150 + VAT and a brand identity pack from £395 + VAT. London's design market is dominated by services. The City and Canary Wharf hold banks, insurers, law firms and accountancy practices that need brand guidelines, Word and PowerPoint templates, report design and pitch documents that stay consistent across hundreds of people. Regulated firms often want a tight approval process, with every proof versioned and signed off, so we keep a clear trail of PDF proofs and final files. Shoreditch, Old Street and King's Cross are full of tech, fintech and AI businesses, from two founders to listed companies. They need a logo that works as a tiny app icon and a large stand banner, icon sets, website graphics, investor decks and social templates their own team can edit in Canva or Figma. The West End and every borough's high streets bring hospitality and retail work: restaurant menus that need reprinting when prices change, shopfront signage, window graphics, flyers for openings and food photography for delivery apps. London also has a very large charity sector, many with national headquarters in the capital, which need annual reports, fundraising packs and event materials. - Law, finance and consultancy: brand guidelines, templates, reports - Tech and fintech start-ups: brand identity, pitch decks, digital graphics - Restaurants, bars and cafés: menus, signage, food photography - National charities: annual reports, appeal packs, event print - Independent retailers: branding, packaging, product photography Because London rents are high and teams are spread out, remote design suits the capital well. We work from Mansfield over video calls, with shared PDF proofs and files sent by download. Photography and video shoots in London are quoted with travel included, so there is no surprise on the invoice. ## Who we design for in London - Law and accountancy firms - Financial services and consultancies - Tech and fintech start-ups - Restaurants, bars and cafés - National charities - Independent retailers - Clinics and therapists - Creative and media agencies ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Why use a Mansfield designer for a London business? Design work is delivered as files, so location makes little difference to the result. dijitul media works remotely over video calls and PDF proofs, you deal directly with the people doing the work, and you get a fixed price before we start, without central London overheads built in. ### Can you photograph our restaurant or office in London? Yes. We shoot food, interiors, team headshots and events on location. A half day starts from £295 + VAT and a full day from £495 + VAT. Travel from Mansfield is added to the quote, so booking a full day often gives better value. ### Can you build PowerPoint and Word templates for our team? Yes. We build slide masters and document templates with your fonts, colours and layouts locked in, so staff can create on-brand documents without design software. Template work is charged at £45 an hour + VAT or quoted as a fixed price. --- # Graphic Design & Photography across South East England Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/south-east/ > South East England businesses commission dijitul media for logos, labels, presentations and CAD drawings, designed remotely from Mansfield. Photography and video are shot on location anywhere from the Thames Valley to the Kent coast, with travel added to the quote. Logos start from £150 + VAT and brochures from £295 + VAT. The South East wraps around London and has one of the strongest regional economies in the UK, which gives design work real variety. The Thames Valley, along the M4 through Reading, Slough and Bracknell, is home to many technology companies and corporate headquarters. They need brand refreshes, product sheets, conference stands and presentation templates, often with strict brand rules from a parent company. Oxford combines its university with science parks, and the Harwell Campus to the south hosts space, life sciences and research organisations. Scientific businesses need diagrams, infographics and 3D renders that explain equipment or processes clearly to funders and buyers. Milton Keynes has grown into a large logistics and services centre, with motorsport engineering nearby, which brings CAD and technical drawing requests. Guildford has a well-known video games cluster. Kent is still known as the Garden of England for its orchards, vineyards and food production. Wine and cider makers need labels with tight registration for foil and embossing, gift boxes and cellar door signage. Brighton has a lively digital and creative sector, so agencies sometimes need extra design capacity. The coast brings ports and freight: Southampton and Portsmouth, and Dover with the Channel Tunnel at Folkestone, where haulage firms need livery and depot signage. - Thames Valley tech firms: brand refreshes, decks, product sheets - Oxford and Harwell science businesses: diagrams, renders, reports - Kent and Sussex vineyards and food producers: labels and packaging - Port and freight businesses: vehicle livery and signage - Wedding venues and rural businesses: brochures and photography All design work is done remotely from Mansfield, with PDF proofs and editable source files. Photography and video in the South East are shot on location, with travel quoted upfront. ## Who we design for in South East England - Technology companies - Science and research organisations - Vineyards and food producers - Freight and haulage firms - Creative and digital agencies - Wedding venues and rural businesses - Professional services firms - Games developers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design wine labels for a Kent or Sussex vineyard? Yes. dijitul media designs wine and cider labels to your label printer's specification, with foil, embossing and varnish set up as separate spot layers. Label design is quoted as a fixed price, and smaller updates such as a new vintage are charged at £45 an hour + VAT. ### Do you produce technical illustrations for science businesses? Yes. We redraw diagrams, process flows and equipment illustrations as clean vector graphics, and can create 3D renders from CAD models. Files are supplied as SVG, PDF and high-resolution PNG for reports, posters and websites. ### Will you come to the South East for photography? Yes. We shoot on location at your premises, venue or event. A half day starts from £295 + VAT and a full day from £495 + VAT, with travel from Mansfield added to the quote. A full day usually makes the trip better value. --- # Graphic Design & Photography across South West England Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/south-west/ > Across South West England, dijitul media designs logos, tourism print, food labels and CAD drawings remotely from our Mansfield base. Photography and video are shot on location, from Bristol to Cornwall, with travel quoted before you book. Logos start from £150 + VAT and a flyer or leaflet design from £95 + VAT. The South West has very different design needs at each end. Bristol is a major centre for aerospace, with Airbus, Rolls-Royce and GKN Aerospace operating around Filton and a deep supply chain behind them. Those suppliers need production drawings, 3D models in STEP format and renders for proposals. Bristol and Bath also have a strong creative, film and animation sector, which sometimes needs extra hands for illustration or motion graphics. Cheltenham is home to GCHQ, and a cyber security cluster has grown around it. Cyber firms want brands that feel trustworthy without the usual padlock clichés, plus diagrams that explain technical services to buyers. Swindon has Nationwide's headquarters and a large logistics sector along the M4. Exeter hosts the Met Office, Plymouth has the naval base at Devonport and a strong marine sector, and Somerset has the Hinkley Point C construction project. Further west, Cornwall, Devon, Dorset and the Cotswolds rely on tourism, hospitality, farming and food, with many small owner-run businesses. That means holiday let and hotel photography, menus, maps, leaflets for tourist information racks, and labels for cider, gin, cheese, ice cream and preserves. Seasonal businesses tend to need everything ready before Easter, so planning print timings early helps. - Bristol aerospace suppliers: CAD, technical drawings, renders - Cheltenham cyber and Bristol tech firms: brand identity and diagrams - Holiday lets, campsites and attractions: photography, leaflets, maps - Food and drink producers: labels, packaging, product photography - Marine and defence businesses in Plymouth: brochures and technical illustration All design is done remotely from Mansfield. Photography and video in the South West are shot on location, and because the region is a long drive, travel and any overnight stay are shown in the quote. Grouping several properties or products into one trip keeps costs sensible. ## Who we design for in South West England - Aerospace and engineering suppliers - Holiday lets, campsites and attractions - Cafés, pubs and restaurants - Food and drink producers - Cyber security firms - Marine and defence businesses - Creative and media companies - Farms and rural businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you photograph holiday lets in Cornwall or Devon? Yes. dijitul media shoots holiday lets, hotels and campsites on location. A full day starts from £495 + VAT, and travel from Mansfield plus any overnight stay is added to the quote. Booking several properties for the same trip spreads that travel cost. ### Do you design labels for food and drink producers in the South West? Yes. We design labels and packaging for cider, gin, cheese, preserves and other products, set up to your printer's dieline with allergen and storage text laid out clearly. Label and packaging design is quoted as a fixed price per range. ### Can you create CAD drawings for a Bristol aerospace supplier? Yes. We produce 2D drawings and 3D models to your customer's drawing standard and supply DWG, DXF, PDF and STEP files. CAD and design time is £45 an hour + VAT, and larger drawing packs are quoted as a fixed price. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Mansfield Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/mansfield/ > Mansfield is home: dijitul media has designed from 11 St John St since 2006. We create logos, print, signage, packaging and CAD drawings, and you can meet us in person to go through the brief. Photography and video shoots in Mansfield are local. Logos start from £150 + VAT and a half-day shoot from £295 + VAT. Mansfield is our home town. dijitul has traded from The Bungalow, 11 St John St, NG18 1QJ, since 2006, a short walk from the Market Place. For a Mansfield business that means you can sit down with us, put the old letterhead and the product samples on the table and sort the brief in one conversation, rather than over a week of emails. The town grew on coal mining, hosiery and textiles, and brewing, with Mansfield Brewery a local landmark until it closed in 2002. Today the biggest sectors are retail, health and care, public services, manufacturing, and warehousing and distribution, plus a large number of small owner-run firms. Each needs something different from design: - Town centre shops, cafés and salons around the Market Place, Westgate, Leeming Street and the Four Seasons: shopfront signage, window graphics, menus, price lists and social media templates - Engineering and manufacturing firms on the estates around Forest Town, Mansfield Woodhouse and the A38 and A617: 2D CAD drawings, 3D models in STEP format, sheet metal flat patterns and product photography for catalogues - Trades and construction firms: a logo that works on a van, vehicle livery, business cards and flyers for leaflet drops - Care providers and clinics: clear, accessible leaflets, recruitment adverts and staff ID layouts - Offices at Ransom Wood and Oakham Business Park: brand identity, stationery, presentations and team headshots - Sole traders in Rainworth, Clipstone, Blidworth, Warsop and Pleasley: a first logo and a simple brand pack King's Mill Hospital, Mansfield District Council, Mansfield Building Society on Regent Street and Vision West Nottinghamshire College are big local employers, and a lot of small firms supply or serve them. Fast links via the A38 to Junction 28 of the M1, the A60 to Nottingham and the A617 to Newark keep distribution businesses coming to the area, and they need livery, yard signage and recruitment graphics. Photography is simple here: shoots are local, so we can photograph products at your unit, your team in the office or your food in the café without a long journey to plan around. We also work with local printers and can arrange print and quote it, or supply press-ready PDFs to the printer you already use. ## Who we design for in Mansfield - Town centre shops, cafés and salons - Engineering and manufacturing firms - Trades and construction firms - Care homes and home care providers - Warehousing and distribution businesses - Solicitors and accountants - Dental and health clinics - Property and lettings agents - Charities and community groups - Sole traders and home-based businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can we meet you in person in Mansfield? Yes. dijitul media is based at The Bungalow, 11 St John St, Mansfield, NG18 1QJ, close to the town centre. You can call 01623 650333 to arrange a time, bring samples, old artwork or sketches, and we will agree the brief and give you a fixed price before any work starts. ### Can you photograph our products or premises in Mansfield? Yes. Shoots in Mansfield are local, so we come to your unit, shop or office. Product photography starts from £25 + VAT per image, a half day from £295 + VAT and a full day from £495 + VAT. We can also shoot team headshots and short videos on the same visit. ### Do you design for businesses in Sutton, Kirkby and Mansfield Woodhouse? Yes. Sutton-in-Ashfield, Kirkby-in-Ashfield, Mansfield Woodhouse, Forest Town, Rainworth, Clipstone and Warsop are all on our doorstep. Meetings and photography there are just as easy as in the town centre, and design work is the same price wherever you are. ### Can you supply files for a local Mansfield printer or sign maker? Yes. We supply press-ready PDFs in CMYK with 3 mm bleed for printers, and vector files such as EPS, AI or DXF for sign makers, vinyl cutters and embroiderers. If you would rather not deal with the printer yourself, we can arrange print and quote it separately. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Nottingham Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/nottingham/ > Nottingham businesses get logos, brand identity, menus, print and CAD drawings from dijitul media, designed in Mansfield about half an hour up the A60. Photography and video are shot on location, and Nottingham sits inside our home Nottinghamshire area, so no travel charge is added. Logos start from £150 + VAT and a brand pack from £395 + VAT. Nottingham is the East Midlands' largest city economy, with some well-known anchor employers. Boots has its main campus on the Nottingham and Beeston border, Experian runs a major UK operation from the city, Capital One's UK business is based here, and Nottingham University Hospitals is one of the area's largest employers. Big brands set expectations: suppliers and start-ups around them want design that looks just as considered, even on a small budget. The Creative Quarter around Hockley, the Lace Market and Sneinton Market is full of agencies, independent shops and makers. Bars, restaurants and venues across Hockley, the Lace Market and the Old Market Square need menus that are easy to reprint when prices change, event posters, A-boards, social graphics for weekly offers and food photography that works on delivery apps. BioCity and the wider life sciences community grew out of the former Boots research site, and the University of Nottingham and Nottingham Trent University produce a steady stream of start-ups. Those firms need a brand identity, pitch decks, scientific diagrams and conference posters, often with a deadline set by a funding round or an event date. - Hospitality in Hockley and the Lace Market: menus, signage, food photography - Professional firms in the city centre and NG2: stationery, templates, headshots - Life sciences and university spin-outs: brand identity, decks, infographics - Manufacturers in Colwick and Basford: CAD drawings, catalogues, product photography - Student lettings and estate agents: property photography, floor plans, brochures Manufacturing and engineering remain important on the industrial estates around the ring road, in Colwick and towards the M1, where firms need 2D drawings, 3D models and product shots. Because we are in Mansfield, Nottingham clients can meet us face to face, and the rest of the project runs on PDF proofs and shared files. Shoots in the city are on location and treated as local. ## Who we design for in Nottingham - Bars, restaurants and venues - Creative and independent retailers - Accountants and solicitors - Life sciences start-ups - Manufacturers in Colwick and Basford - Student lettings and estate agents - Healthcare and clinics - Charities ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design menus for a Nottingham restaurant or bar? Yes. dijitul media designs menus for print and screen, set up so prices and dishes can be updated without a full redesign. We supply press-ready PDFs for your printer and a version for your website. Menu design is quoted as a fixed price, or £45 an hour + VAT for updates. ### Do you charge travel for photography in Nottingham? No. Nottingham is inside our home Nottinghamshire area, so shoots in the city are treated as local. A half day starts from £295 + VAT and a full day from £495 + VAT, covering food, interiors, products, headshots or events. ### Can you produce floor plans for a Nottingham letting agent? Yes. We draw clean 2D floor plans from your measurements or a site sketch, in your brand colours, and supply PDF, PNG and JPEG versions ready for property portals and brochures. Floor plan work is charged at £45 an hour + VAT. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Derby Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/derby/ > Derby's engineering firms and local businesses use dijitul media for CAD drawings, branding, catalogues and print, designed remotely from Mansfield via the A38. Photography and video are shot on location in Derby, with travel quoted upfront. CAD and design time is £45 an hour + VAT, and logo design starts from £150 + VAT. Derby is one of the UK's great engineering cities, and much of its design work comes from that. Rolls-Royce builds and supports aero engines here, Alstom builds trains at the Litchurch Lane works, and Toyota's car plant is just outside the city at Burnaston. Derby has also been chosen for the headquarters of Great British Railways. Around those names sits a deep supply chain of machining, fabrication, testing and design firms on Pride Park, Infinity Park and the estates around Sinfin, Raynesway and Chaddesden. Supply chain firms need drawings that their customers and their own machine shop can rely on. That means dimensions and tolerances laid out to BS 8888 or the customer's standard, the projection method stated, revision blocks that are kept up to date, and STEP files that open cleanly in the customer's system. We also redraw old paper drawings, convert legacy files and produce 3D renders for quotes and capability brochures. Engineering photography is its own skill. Machined aluminium, painted castings and rail components need controlled reflections so features read clearly in a brochure, a tender response or on LinkedIn. - Aerospace, rail and automotive suppliers: 2D drawings, 3D models, renders - Precision machinists and fabricators: sheet metal drawings, product photography, capability brochures - Testing and design consultancies: report templates, diagrams, infographics - Cathedral Quarter shops, cafés and bars: branding, menus, signage - Professional firms on Pride Park: stationery, presentations, headshots Rail and aerospace customers often have rules on how drawings and models are shared, so tell us at the start and we will work within them. The University of Derby also feeds start-ups and graduates into local firms. All design is done remotely from Mansfield, and we are close enough for a site visit when it helps. Shoots in Derby are on location, with travel included in the quote. ## Who we design for in Derby - Aerospace engineering suppliers - Rail engineering firms - Automotive suppliers - Precision machining and fabrication - Design and testing consultancies - Cafés, bars and independent shops - Accountants and solicitors - Trades and construction firms ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you produce drawings to a Rolls-Royce or Alstom supplier's standard? We can work to the drawing standard, title block and tolerancing conventions your customer specifies, typically BS 8888 or ISO based, and supply DWG, DXF, PDF and STEP files. dijitul media charges CAD time at £45 an hour + VAT, or quotes a fixed price per drawing pack. ### Do you photograph engineering components in Derby? Yes. We shoot components and assemblies at your premises, with lighting set up to control reflections on metal. Product photography starts from £25 + VAT per image, or a half day from £295 + VAT. Travel from Mansfield is added to the quote. ### Can you design a capability brochure for a Derby supplier? Yes. We design capability brochures and tender inserts that show machines, accreditations and example parts clearly, as print-ready PDFs and screen-friendly versions for email. Brochure design starts from £295 + VAT, and we can photograph the shop floor for it. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Leicester Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/leicester/ > Leicester retailers, makers and food firms work with dijitul media on logos, packaging, multilingual print and product photography. Design is done remotely from Mansfield, about an hour up the M1, and photography and video are shot on location in Leicester with travel quoted upfront. Logos start from £150 + VAT and product photos from £25 + VAT per image. Leicester grew on hosiery, knitwear and footwear, and its clothing and textile trade is still active, often in smaller family-run firms that now design, make and sell online. Fashion sells on photography: garments need consistent white-background shots for marketplaces, detail shots of fabric and stitching, and on-model or flat-lay images for social media. We plan shot lists so every size and colour is covered in one session. Food manufacturing is a big employer, from snacks to ready meals and specialist South Asian food producers. Walkers has made crisps at Beaumont Leys for decades. Smaller producers need packaging, labels with allergen text that stays legible, sweet box designs for weddings and festivals, and point-of-sale material for shops. The Golden Mile along Belgrave Road is famous for jewellers, sari shops, restaurants and sweet centres. Many independent businesses across the city publish in more than one language, so we lay out menus, leaflets and signage that combine English with Gujarati, Punjabi, Urdu or other scripts from text you supply, using fonts that render each script properly. - Clothing and textile makers: product photography, swing tags, lookbooks - Food manufacturers and sweet centres: packaging, labels, menus - Jewellers and independent retailers: branding, signage, product photography - Wholesalers and importers: catalogues and trade price lists - Space Park Leicester start-ups: brand identity, decks, technical diagrams Next has its head office at Enderby, Fosse Park is one of the region's largest retail destinations, and Leicestershire sits in the logistics golden triangle, with Magna Park near Lutterworth. The University of Leicester and De Montfort University add students and spin-outs, and Space Park Leicester reflects a strong space science specialism. Design for all of this is done remotely from Mansfield. Shoots are on location in Leicester, with travel added to the quote. ## Who we design for in Leicester - Clothing and textile manufacturers - Fashion ecommerce brands - Food manufacturers and sweet centres - Jewellers and independent retailers - Restaurants - Wholesalers and importers - Space and engineering start-ups - Community and faith organisations ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you photograph clothing for a Leicester fashion brand? Yes. dijitul media shoots garments on location as flat lays, on a mannequin or with your own models, plus detail shots of fabric and trims. Product photography starts from £25 + VAT per image, and travel from Mansfield is added to the quote. ### Can you design print in English and South Asian languages? Yes. We lay out menus, leaflets, signage and packaging that combine English with Gujarati, Punjabi, Urdu, Hindi or other scripts, using translated text you supply. We use fonts that support each script and send PDF proofs for a native speaker to check. ### Do you design packaging for Leicester food producers? Yes. We design labels, sleeves, boxes and sweet boxes to your printer's dieline, with ingredients and allergen text laid out clearly. Packaging design is quoted as a fixed price, depending on the number of products and pack sizes. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Lincoln Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/lincoln/ > For Lincoln businesses, dijitul media designs logos, tourism print, food packaging and CAD drawings remotely from Mansfield, about an hour away. Photography and video are shot on location in Lincoln, from Bailgate cafés to engineering works, with travel quoted upfront. Logo design starts from £150 + VAT and brochure design from £295 + VAT. Lincoln's skyline is dominated by the cathedral and castle, and tourism, heritage and hospitality drive much of the city centre, especially around the Bailgate and Steep Hill. Those businesses need maps, leaflets for visitor information racks, menus, gift shop packaging and photography that captures cobbles and stonework without looking like every other postcard. A good leaflet for a visitor attraction is mostly about clear information: opening times, prices and directions that are easy to find. Engineering has a long history here. Siemens Energy makes industrial gas turbines in Lincoln, supported by local engineering and fabrication firms. Those suppliers need technical drawings, fabrication drawings, 3D models and capability brochures, often prepared quickly for a tender. Lincolnshire grows a large share of the UK's vegetables and flowers, and the University of Lincoln runs the Lincoln Institute for Agri-Food Technology at Riseholme. Food producers, packers and agricultural suppliers need packaging, case labels, trade show stands and product photography. The RAF is another big presence in the county, with RAF Waddington just south of the city, so defence suppliers want clean, professional brochures and presentations. - Bailgate and Steep Hill hospitality and gift shops: menus, packaging, signage - Visitor attractions and tours: leaflets, maps, photography - Engineering and fabrication firms: CAD drawings, renders, brochures - Agri-food businesses: packaging, labels, exhibition stands - Student-focused businesses near the Brayford: social graphics and flyers The University of Lincoln's growth around Brayford Pool has brought students, research and new businesses, and the Lincoln Science and Innovation Park hosts science and technology firms that need a first brand. All design is done remotely from Mansfield, with PDF proofs and files sent by download. Photography and video are shot on location in Lincoln, with travel shown in the quote. ## Who we design for in Lincoln - Hotels, cafés and tourism businesses - Gift shops and independent retailers - Engineering and fabrication firms - Agri-food and farming businesses - Defence contractors - Letting agents - Solicitors and accountants - Charities ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design leaflets for a Lincoln visitor attraction? Yes. dijitul media designs DL and A5 leaflets for visitor information racks, with opening times, prices and directions easy to find at a glance. Flyer and leaflet design starts from £95 + VAT, and we can arrange print and quote it if you need it. ### Do you photograph food and products for Lincolnshire producers? Yes. We shoot products and produce on location at your farm, packhouse or kitchen. Product photography starts from £25 + VAT per image, a half day from £295 + VAT, and travel from Mansfield is added to the quote. ### Can you produce fabrication drawings for a Lincoln engineering firm? Yes. We produce fabrication and assembly drawings with weld symbols, bend details and parts lists, supplied as PDF, DWG and DXF, plus STEP models where needed. CAD time is £45 an hour + VAT, or quoted as a fixed price per package. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Northampton Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/northampton/ > dijitul media supplies Northampton businesses with logos, vehicle livery, brochures and product photography, designed remotely from Mansfield, a straightforward run down the M1. Photography and video are shot on location in Northampton, with travel added to the quote. Logos start from £150 + VAT and product photography from £25 + VAT per image. Northampton is famous for shoemaking. Makers such as Church's, Tricker's and Crockett and Jones still produce footwear in and around the town, and many leather and craft brands sell direct online to customers worldwide. Shoes and leather goods are demanding to photograph: polished leather reflects everything, stitching and broguing need to read clearly, and pairs must be shot from consistent angles so a web shop looks tidy. Good product photography matters more here than almost anywhere. The town sits on the M1, which has made it a major base for warehousing and distribution. Brackmills Industrial Estate and Moulton Park host large warehouses, manufacturers and service firms. Logistics and fulfilment businesses need vehicle livery that stays readable at motorway speed, yard and safety signage, recruitment adverts and client-facing brochures. Financial services are another pillar, with Barclaycard and several insurers and lenders running large operations here. Those offices produce internal communications, posters, presentations and reports that need to follow strict brand rules. Carlsberg brews beer in the town, and the University of Northampton's Waterside campus brings students and start-ups. - Footwear and leather brands: product photography, packaging, lookbooks - Logistics and fulfilment firms: livery, signage, recruitment graphics - Financial services offices: presentations, posters, report templates - Motorsport engineering suppliers: CAD drawings, renders, team graphics - Town centre shops and hospitality: branding, menus, flyers Silverstone, home of the British Grand Prix, is just over the border to the south, and the wider area is part of the UK's motorsport valley, with engineering firms supplying racing teams. Those firms need 3D models, technical drawings and sponsor-ready graphics. All design is done remotely from Mansfield. Shoots in Northampton are on location, with travel quoted upfront. ## Who we design for in Northampton - Footwear and leather makers - Logistics and fulfilment firms - Financial services and insurance - Motorsport engineering suppliers - Online shops - Accountants and solicitors - Hospitality businesses - Charities ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you photograph shoes and leather goods in Northampton? Yes. dijitul media photographs footwear and leather products on location, controlling reflections on polished leather and shooting consistent angles for every style. Product photography starts from £25 + VAT per image, with travel from Mansfield added to the quote. ### Do you design vehicle livery for Northampton logistics firms? Yes. We design livery for vans, rigid trucks and trailers from the manufacturer's vehicle templates, keeping the name and phone number readable at distance, and supply vector files your wrap installer can print from. Livery is quoted as a fixed price. ### Can you supply 3D models for a motorsport supplier? Yes. We build 3D CAD models from drawings, sketches or samples and supply STEP, STL or native formats as needed, plus 2D drawings for manufacture. CAD and design time is £45 an hour + VAT. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Chesterfield Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/chesterfield/ > Chesterfield firms turn to dijitul media for logos, signage, engineering drawings and tourism print, designed in Mansfield about half an hour away along the A617. Photography and video are shot on location in Chesterfield, with travel quoted before booking. Business cards start from £75 + VAT and logo design from £150 + VAT. Chesterfield is north east Derbyshire's main town, best known for the twisted spire of St Mary and All Saints and for one of England's largest open-air markets. Market traders and town centre shops need branding that works at small sizes and big ones: a logo for a stall canopy, price cards, banners, business cards and a consistent look across social media. A traditional market is a good test of a logo, because it has to be recognisable from across the square. The town grew on coal, iron and engineering, and many small precision engineering and fabrication firms still operate at Sheepbridge, Dunston and Whittington Moor. Those firms need 2D drawings, fabrication drawings, 3D models for customers and product photography for capability brochures. Some work within Sheffield's manufacturing supply chain, which brings strict expectations around drawing revisions and paperwork. Markham Vale, built on the former Markham Colliery beside Junction 29a of the M1, is now a large business park with distribution, manufacturing and service firms that need livery, site signage and recruitment graphics. Chesterfield Waterside is bringing new offices and homes beside the canal, and estate agents and developers need brochures, floor plans and property photography. - Market traders and independent shops: logos, signage, price cards - Engineering and fabrication firms: CAD drawings and product photography - Markham Vale distribution firms: livery and signage - Peak District hospitality: menus, leaflets, photography - Developers and estate agents: brochures and floor plans Chesterfield is also the gateway to the Peak District, so cafés, pubs and guest houses in and around the town need menus, leaflets and photography that sell the location. Chesterfield Royal Hospital and Chesterfield College are major employers. Design is done remotely from Mansfield, and meeting in person is easy. Shoots in Chesterfield are on location, with travel added to the quote. ## Who we design for in Chesterfield - Market traders and independent shops - Engineering and fabrication firms - Distribution businesses at Markham Vale - Cafés, pubs and guest houses - Estate agents and developers - Accountants and solicitors - Healthcare and care providers - Trades and construction firms ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design branding for a Chesterfield market stall? Yes. dijitul media designs logos and simple brand packs that work on canopies, banners, price cards and bags. Logo design starts from £150 + VAT and business cards from £75 + VAT. We supply vector files for banner printers and PNGs for social media. ### Do you produce drawings for fabricators in Chesterfield? Yes. We draw fabrication and sheet metal parts with flat patterns, bend lines and weld details, supplied as DXF for laser cutting and PDF or DWG for the shop floor. CAD time is £45 an hour + VAT. ### Will you photograph our café or guest house near Chesterfield? Yes. We shoot food, rooms and exteriors on location. A half day starts from £295 + VAT, with travel from Mansfield added to the quote. Chesterfield is close, so the travel element is small. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Loughborough Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/loughborough/ > Loughborough start-ups, sports businesses and engineers commission dijitul media for logos, pitch decks, CAD drawings and product photography. All design is done remotely from Mansfield, under an hour away, and photography and video are shot on location with travel quoted upfront. Logos start from £150 + VAT and a social media graphics pack from £99 + VAT. Loughborough University is known internationally for sport, engineering and design, and its Science and Enterprise Park on the edge of campus hosts technology companies, research centres and start-ups. Sports science, sports technology and performance analysis businesses cluster here because of that reputation. They need a brand that feels athletic without clichés, product photography of wearables and equipment, explainer motion graphics and social content for launches. Spin-outs need the basics done properly from the start: a logo that works as an app icon and on a trade stand, a pitch deck that reads clearly on a screen share, and diagrams that explain the technology to investors. The Charnwood Campus, the former pharmaceutical research site, adds life sciences firms that need scientific posters, infographics and report templates. The town's industrial history is just as distinctive. Brush has built electrical machines and generators here for well over a century, and the John Taylor bell foundry is one of the last working bell foundries in the country. Engineering firms on the estates around the M1 at junction 23 need 2D drawings, 3D models, renders and product photography of large or heavy items that cannot easily be moved. - University spin-outs: brand identity, pitch decks, infographics - Sports technology and fitness businesses: product photography, social content, motion graphics - Electrical and mechanical engineers: CAD drawings, renders, brochures - Student-facing cafés, takeaways and letting agents: menus, flyers, property photography - Heritage attractions such as the Great Central Railway: leaflets and posters Charnwood Borough Council is based in the town, and the large student population supports cafés, takeaways and letting agents that need menus, flyers and property photography. All design is done remotely from Mansfield, with PDF proofs and source files. Shoots in Loughborough are on location, with travel added to the quote. ## Who we design for in Loughborough - University spin-outs - Sports technology and fitness businesses - Electrical and mechanical engineers - Life sciences companies - Student letting agents - Cafés and takeaways - Heritage and visitor attractions - Accountants and solicitors ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design a brand for a Loughborough University spin-out? Yes. dijitul media designs logos and brand identity packs that work across pitch decks, websites, trade stands and app icons. A brand identity pack starts from £395 + VAT, and you receive vector files plus a short guide to colours and fonts. ### Do you photograph sports equipment and wearables? Yes. We shoot products on location on white backgrounds and in use, with close-ups of materials and details. Product photography starts from £25 + VAT per image, and travel from Mansfield to Loughborough is added to the quote. ### Can you create 3D renders from our CAD models? Yes. From a STEP or native CAD model we produce photo-style renders for brochures, investor decks and websites, often before a physical prototype exists. Rendering work is charged at £45 an hour + VAT or quoted as a fixed price. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Newark-on-Trent Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/newark-on-trent/ > Newark-on-Trent businesses use dijitul media for logos, event graphics, farm branding and product photography, designed in Mansfield about half an hour away via the A617. Photography and video are shot on location, and Newark is inside our home Nottinghamshire area, so travel is not added. Logos start from £150 + VAT and flyers from £95 + VAT. Newark-on-Trent is a historic market town where the A1 and A46 meet, with Newark Northgate on the East Coast Main Line. That position makes it a natural base for distribution, food and engineering firms serving customers across the country, and they need livery, signage, catalogues and trade show graphics. Newark Showground, on the edge of town, hosts agricultural events and some of Europe's largest antiques fairs, which bring dealers from across the country and abroad. Exhibitors and organisers need exhibition stand graphics, pull-up banners, show guides, maps and posters, all of which have to be readable from a busy aisle. Antiques and collectables dealers increasingly sell online, where each one-off item needs accurate, honest photography that shows marks, wear and scale, because buyers cannot pick it up. The surrounding area is rural. Farms, farm suppliers, agricultural engineers and food producers need branding for farm shops, labels for produce, signage for gates and yards, and photography of machinery and livestock. British Sugar operates a sugar beet factory at Newark, part of a wider agricultural economy. - Antiques and collectables dealers: product photography for online listings - Showground exhibitors and event organisers: stand graphics, banners, show guides - Farms and food producers: farm shop branding, labels, signage - Market Place cafés, pubs and shops: menus, signage, social graphics - Estate agents: property photography, floor plans, brochures The castle, market place and Civil War heritage draw visitors, supporting cafés, pubs and independent shops that need menus, signage and social media graphics. Newark and Sherwood District Council is based at Castle House. Because Newark is in Nottinghamshire, shoots here are treated as local and we can easily meet in person. Design work is done in Mansfield. ## Who we design for in Newark-on-Trent - Antiques and collectables dealers - Showground exhibitors and event organisers - Farms and agricultural engineers - Food producers - Distribution businesses - Estate agents - Pubs, cafés and independent shops - Trades and construction firms ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you photograph antiques for online listings? Yes. dijitul media photographs individual items on location with consistent backgrounds and lighting, including close-ups of marks, signatures and condition. Product photography starts from £25 + VAT per image, and Newark shoots are local, so no travel is added. ### Do you design stand graphics for Newark Showground events? Yes. We design pull-up banners, shell scheme panels, show guides and posters to the organiser's sizes, supplied as print-ready PDFs with the correct bleed. Exhibition graphics are quoted as a fixed price once we know the stand size. ### Can you design branding for a farm shop near Newark? Yes. We design logos, signage, price labels, carrier bags and social media templates so the shop looks consistent everywhere. Logo design starts from £150 + VAT and a full brand identity pack from £395 + VAT. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Sutton-in-Ashfield Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/sutton-in-ashfield/ > Right next door in Mansfield, dijitul media designs logos, van livery, salon branding and CAD drawings for Sutton-in-Ashfield businesses. Photography and video are shot on location, and Sutton is local for us, so there is no travel charge to plan around. Logos start from £150 + VAT and business cards from £75 + VAT. Sutton-in-Ashfield is the largest town in Ashfield and sits right beside Mansfield, so for us it is genuinely local. The town grew on coal mining and hosiery, and when those industries declined it rebuilt around manufacturing, distribution, retail, health and a large number of small firms. Many of those firms have grown without much attention to design: a logo made in a hurry, a van with the phone number in tiny letters, and a different look on every flyer. Trades and construction businesses are a big part of local work. They need a logo that reads on a van door and a hi-vis vest, vehicle livery, business cards, quote templates and leaflets for door drops. Hair and beauty salons, takeaways and cafés need price lists, menus, window graphics, gift vouchers and social media templates they can update themselves. King's Mill Hospital, on the Sutton and Mansfield border, is one of the area's largest employers, supporting care providers, clinics and medical suppliers that need clear patient leaflets, recruitment adverts and brochures. Junction 28 of the M1 is close by, which has drawn distribution centres, wholesalers and manufacturers to estates around the town and along the A38. Manufacturers need CAD drawings, product photography and catalogues. - Trades and builders: logos, van livery, cards and door-drop leaflets - Salons, takeaways and cafés: menus, price lists, gift vouchers, social templates - Care providers and clinics: patient leaflets and recruitment graphics - Manufacturers and wholesalers: CAD, catalogues and product photography The town centre around the Idlewells Shopping Centre and Portland Square has been going through regeneration, and independent shops there need signage and branding that holds its own. Because Sutton is only a few minutes from St John Street, meetings and shoots are easy, and photography here is treated as local. ## Who we design for in Sutton-in-Ashfield - Trades and construction firms - Hair and beauty salons - Takeaways and cafés - Care providers and clinics - Small manufacturers - Wholesalers and distributors - Independent retailers - Sole traders ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design van livery for a Sutton-in-Ashfield tradesperson? Yes. dijitul media designs van livery from the vehicle manufacturer's templates, keeping your name, trade and phone number readable from a distance. We supply vector files for your sign fitter, and livery is quoted as a fixed price depending on the vehicle. ### Do you design price lists and gift vouchers for salons? Yes. We design price lists, gift vouchers, loyalty cards and window graphics that match your logo, plus editable social templates. Flyer and leaflet design starts from £95 + VAT, and a social media graphics pack from £99 + VAT. ### Is photography in Sutton charged as local? Yes. Sutton-in-Ashfield is next to Mansfield, so shoots here are local. A half day starts from £295 + VAT, covering premises, team photos, products or a short video for social media. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Kirkby-in-Ashfield Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/kirkby-in-ashfield/ > Kirkby-in-Ashfield is around ten minutes from dijitul media in Mansfield, where we design logos, signage, leaflets and CAD drawings for local firms. Photography and video are shot on location, and Kirkby sits within our home Nottinghamshire area, so no travel is added. Logo design starts from £150 + VAT and a half-day shoot from £295 + VAT. Kirkby-in-Ashfield is the administrative centre of Ashfield, with Ashfield District Council's offices on Urban Road. Like Sutton and Mansfield, it grew on coal mining, and since the pits closed much of its activity has come from manufacturing, logistics, construction and small businesses on estates around Lowmoor Road and the edges of the town. Many local firms have outgrown their first logo. A common story is a builder or engineer whose logo was made by a friend years ago and only exists as a small JPEG, which goes fuzzy on a sign or a van. Redrawing it as a proper vector in AI, EPS, SVG and PDF, with a simple colour reference in CMYK and RGB, fixes that for good and costs far less than a full logo redesign. Sherwood Business Park at Annesley, near Junction 27 of the M1, houses offices, warehouses and distribution operations. Those businesses need site signage, recruitment adverts, vehicle livery and presentation templates. Small manufacturers and engineering firms need 2D drawings and 3D models for customers and machine shops, and product photography for quotes and websites. - Builders and trades: logos, livery, quote templates, site boards - Manufacturers and engineers: CAD drawings and product photography - Sherwood Business Park firms: signage, recruitment graphics, presentations - Local shops, takeaways and salons: menus, price lists, social graphics - Public sector suppliers: reports and leaflets with clear, accessible layouts The Robin Hood Line gives Kirkby direct trains to Nottingham and Mansfield, and the town centre is mostly local shops, takeaways, salons and services. The surrounding estates are home to many trades and sole traders. Because Kirkby is so close, we can visit your premises, and photography is treated as local. ## Who we design for in Kirkby-in-Ashfield - Building and construction contractors - Trades and maintenance firms - Small manufacturers and engineers - Warehouse and distribution businesses - Local shops and takeaways - Hair and beauty salons - Public sector suppliers - Sole traders ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you redraw our old logo so it prints sharply? Yes. dijitul media redraws low-resolution logos as clean vectors and supplies AI, EPS, SVG, PDF and PNG files with CMYK and RGB colour references, so it prints sharply on signs, vans and clothing. This is usually a short job charged at £45 an hour + VAT. ### Do you design site boards for Kirkby construction firms? Yes. We design site boards, hoarding graphics and van livery, supplied as vector or print-ready PDF files for your sign maker. Signage design is quoted as a fixed price once we know the sizes and how many variations you need. ### Can you photograph our team and premises in Kirkby? Yes. Kirkby is local for us, so we come to your premises without a travel charge. A half day from £295 + VAT covers team headshots, premises and work in progress for your website and social media. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Worksop Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/worksop/ > Worksop and Bassetlaw businesses use dijitul media for logos, venue brochures, food packaging and CAD drawings, designed in Mansfield about half an hour south. Photography and video are shot on location, and Worksop is within our Nottinghamshire home area, so travel is not added. Logos start from £150 + VAT and brochure design from £295 + VAT. Worksop is the largest town in Bassetlaw and the base for Bassetlaw District Council. It sits on the A57 close to the A1, and distribution and manufacturing are concentrated at Manton Wood and other estates around the town. The town has had to adapt to big changes: it was shaped by coal mining, and more recently lost Wilko, which had its headquarters and main distribution centre here before the company went into administration in 2023. New and growing businesses filling that gap need brand identities, signage, recruitment adverts and vehicle livery. Food manufacturing is a significant employer. Producers need packaging, labels with legible allergen panels, case marks and product photography for buyers and trade customers. Engineering firms need technical drawings, 3D models and catalogues. Worksop is the gateway to the Dukeries, the area of historic estates that includes Clumber Park, now run by the National Trust. Wedding venues, event spaces, farm shops and hospitality businesses in the surrounding countryside need brochures, wedding packages, menus, signage and photography that shows rooms and grounds at their best. - Distribution and logistics firms: livery, signage, recruitment adverts - Food manufacturers: packaging, labels, product photography - Wedding venues and rural hospitality: brochures, menus, venue photography - Engineering firms: CAD drawings and catalogues - Town centre shops and cafés: branding, menus and social graphics Worksop College, a long-established independent school, is on the edge of town, and the town centre has independent shops, cafés and services. The Robin Hood Line links Worksop to Mansfield and Nottingham. Design is done in Mansfield, we can meet at your premises, and shoots in Worksop are treated as local. ## Who we design for in Worksop - Distribution and logistics firms - Food manufacturers - Wedding and events venues - Pubs, cafés and hospitality - Engineering firms - Independent retailers - Trades and construction firms - Charities ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design a wedding brochure for a venue near Worksop? Yes. dijitul media designs wedding and events brochures with package details, menus and floor plans, as print-ready PDFs and email-friendly versions. Brochure design starts from £295 + VAT, and we can photograph the venue for it. ### Do you charge travel for shoots in Worksop? No. Worksop is in Nottinghamshire, which is our home area, so photography and video here are treated as local. A half day starts from £295 + VAT and a full day from £495 + VAT. ### Can you design packaging for a Worksop food manufacturer? Yes. We design labels, sleeves, cartons and case labels to your printer's dielines, with clear space for barcodes and date coding. Packaging design is quoted as a fixed price based on the number of products and formats. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Hucknall Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/hucknall/ > Hucknall firms come to dijitul media for logos, leaflets, CAD drawings and photography, all designed about twenty minutes away in Mansfield. Photography and video are shot on location, and Hucknall falls inside our home Nottinghamshire area, so travel is not charged on top. Logos start from £150 + VAT and leaflet design from £95 + VAT. Hucknall sits on the northern edge of Nottingham, inside Ashfield, and has a long link with aviation. Rolls-Royce has operated at Hucknall Aerodrome for decades, and that engineering heritage still supports supply chain businesses in and around the town. Those firms need 2D drawings, 3D models in STEP format and clean product photography for quotes, websites and capability statements. Transport is one of the town's strengths. Hucknall is the northern terminus of Nottingham Express Transit tram Line 1 and has a station on the Robin Hood Line, with Junction 27 of the M1 a few minutes away. That makes the town popular with commuters and with small firms serving customers across Nottingham and Ashfield. The town has grown considerably with new housing on its edges, which has brought more home-based businesses, trades, childcare providers and local services. Many of them start with nothing more than a name. A first logo, matching business cards and a set of social media templates the owner can edit in Canva will make a one-person business look established from day one. - Engineering and aerospace suppliers: CAD drawings and product photography - Home-based businesses and sole traders: first logos, cards and social templates - Childcare providers: friendly, readable leaflets and signage - High Street cafés, salons and shops: menus, price lists and window graphics - Estate agents: property photography, floor plans and brochures The High Street and the area around the tram stop are home to independent shops, cafés, salons and professional firms such as accountants and estate agents. Hucknall is also known as the burial place of Lord Byron at the Church of St Mary Magdalene, which brings a trickle of visitors and some heritage and event work. We can meet you in Hucknall, and shoots here are treated as local. ## Who we design for in Hucknall - Engineering and aerospace suppliers - Home-based businesses - Trades and construction firms - Childcare providers - Estate agents and accountants - Cafés, salons and independent shops - Sole traders ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design a first logo and cards for a Hucknall sole trader? Yes. dijitul media designs logos from £150 + VAT and business cards from £75 + VAT, sized at 85 × 55 mm with 3 mm bleed for your printer. You receive vector and PNG files so the same logo works on social media, a van or a uniform. ### Do you produce CAD drawings for Hucknall engineering firms? Yes. We draw parts and assemblies in 2D and 3D and supply DWG, DXF, PDF and STEP files to your drawing standard. CAD and design time is £45 an hour + VAT, and larger packs are quoted as a fixed price. ### Is photography in Hucknall charged as local? Yes. Hucknall is in Nottinghamshire, which is our home area, so we do not add travel. A half day starts from £295 + VAT, covering team photos, premises, products or property. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Ilkeston Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/ilkeston/ > Ilkeston businesses use dijitul media for logos, shop signage, fabrication drawings and product photography, designed remotely in Mansfield around half an hour away. Photography and video are shot on location in Ilkeston, with a small travel element quoted before booking. Logo design starts from £150 + VAT and business cards from £75 + VAT. Ilkeston is a market town in the Erewash borough of Derbyshire, on the border with Nottinghamshire. Its history is tied to coal, iron and textiles: the Stanton Ironworks on the edge of town was once a major employer, and lace and hosiery factories employed thousands. Those industries have largely gone, but the town still has small manufacturers, fabricators, engineering and trade businesses on the estates around its edge. Those firms often run on drawings that exist only on paper or in someone's head. We turn sketches and samples into proper 2D CAD drawings, DXF files for laser and plasma cutting, and 3D models for customers who want STEP files. A neat set of drawings and some honest product photographs also make a small fabricator look far more capable when quoting for bigger customers. The town centre's Bath Street and Market Place have independent shops, cafés, salons and services. Many are family-run and have traded for years with very little branding: a hand-painted sign, a few business cards and no consistent look online. A tidy logo, shop signage, price lists and social templates go a long way. - Fabricators and small manufacturers: CAD drawings, DXF files, product photography - Bath Street and Market Place shops and salons: signage, price lists, social graphics - Trades and construction firms: logos, van livery, leaflets - Care providers and clinics: clear, accessible leaflets and recruitment adverts - Charter Fair stallholders and event organisers: posters and banners Ilkeston is known for its Charter Fair, a large street fair held every October in the Market Place, which brings poster, banner and event graphic work. The town regained a railway station in 2017. Design is done in Mansfield, and photography is on location in Ilkeston, with travel shown in the quote. ## Who we design for in Ilkeston - Small manufacturers and fabricators - Trades and construction firms - Care providers and clinics - Independent shops and salons - Wholesalers and trade suppliers - Accountants - Sole traders ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you turn our sketches into DXF files for laser cutting? Yes. dijitul media draws parts from sketches, samples or old drawings and supplies clean DXF files ready for laser or plasma cutting, plus PDF drawings for the shop floor. CAD time is £45 an hour + VAT, and repeat parts are quick to adapt. ### Do you design shop signage for Ilkeston businesses? Yes. We design fascia signs, window vinyls, A-boards and projecting signs to your sign maker's sizes, supplied as vector files. Signage design is quoted as a fixed price, and a logo, if you need one first, starts from £150 + VAT. ### Do you charge travel for photography in Ilkeston? Ilkeston is in Derbyshire, just outside our Nottinghamshire home area, so a small travel element is added to the quote. A half-day shoot starts from £295 + VAT and product photography from £25 + VAT per image. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Long Eaton Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/long-eaton/ > Long Eaton's furniture makers and local firms commission dijitul media for logos, catalogues, swatch cards and furniture photography. Design is done remotely from Mansfield, forty minutes away, and photography and video are shot on location in Long Eaton with travel quoted upfront. Logos start from £150 + VAT and product photos from £25 + VAT per image. Long Eaton is best known as a centre for upholstery and furniture making. A cluster of sofa makers, upholsterers, frame makers and cutting rooms grew up in the town, many still working from old lace mills and industrial units, and plenty sell direct to the public as well as to retailers. That makes design and photography central to how they sell. Furniture photography is harder than it looks. A sofa needs to be shot straight, square and evenly lit so the shape and fabric read correctly, then repeated in the same angles for every model so a range looks consistent on a website or in a catalogue. Fabric colours must stay accurate, because a customer choosing teal from a photo will send it back if it arrives green. Detail shots of stitching, piping, legs and cushion fill help justify the price. Makers also need printed material: fabric swatch cards, range brochures for retailers, showroom signage, care labels and price tickets. Many products are made to order in multiple sizes and fabrics, so price lists and order forms need careful layout to stay readable. - Upholstery and furniture makers: product photography, catalogues, swatch cards - Furniture showrooms: signage, price tickets, social media graphics - Logistics and transport firms near the M1 and A50: livery and signage - Engineering and trade firms: CAD drawings and leaflets - Town centre shops and cafés: branding, menus and flyers The town sits beside Junction 25 of the M1, close to East Midlands Airport and the A50, so transport and distribution firms are common too. Sawley, Sandiacre and Breaston add their own trades and small businesses. Design is done in Mansfield, and shoots happen in your showroom or factory, with travel added to the quote. ## Who we design for in Long Eaton - Upholstery and furniture makers - Furniture showrooms and retailers - Frame makers and cutting rooms - Logistics and transport firms - Engineering and trade suppliers - Independent shops and cafés - Accountants and solicitors - Online sellers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you photograph sofas and furniture in Long Eaton? Yes. dijitul media photographs furniture on location in your showroom or factory, with consistent angles across a range and accurate fabric colour. Product photography starts from £25 + VAT per image, or book a full day from £495 + VAT for a whole collection. Travel from Mansfield is added to the quote. ### Do you design fabric swatch cards and range brochures? Yes. We design swatch cards, range brochures and trade price lists set up so new fabrics and models can be added later. Brochure design starts from £295 + VAT, and printing can be arranged and quoted separately. ### Can you supply images sized for our website and marketplaces? Yes. We supply edited images at full resolution for print, plus web-sized JPEG or WebP versions cropped to the ratios your website and marketplaces need, so pages load quickly on phones. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Beeston Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/beeston/ > In Beeston, dijitul media designs logos, menus, pitch decks and scientific graphics for start-ups, cafés and professional firms, all from our Mansfield base. Photography and video are shot on location, and Beeston is part of our Nottinghamshire home area, so no travel is added. Brand identity packs start from £395 + VAT and headshot sessions from £295 + VAT. Beeston sits on the south west edge of Nottingham, in Broxtowe, and has an unusual business mix for a town its size. Boots has its headquarters campus on the Beeston and Nottingham border, and part of the site is within the Nottingham Enterprise Zone, encouraging science, health and technology businesses to locate alongside it. The University of Nottingham's University Park campus is next door, and Nottingham Science Park sits between the two. Science and technology start-ups need a credible brand early: a logo, a pitch deck, conference posters and infographics that turn a dense research paper into something an investor understands in thirty seconds. We redraw charts and diagrams as clean vector graphics so they stay sharp in print and on screen, and build slide templates the founders can keep using. The redevelopment of Beeston Square, with a cinema and restaurants, has brought more hospitality into the centre, and the high street has plenty of independent cafés, bars, shops, opticians and salons. Those businesses need menus, chalkboard designs, window graphics, event posters and food photography. Tram Line 2 runs through the town centre, and Beeston station is on the line between Nottingham and Derby. - Science and tech start-ups: brand identity, decks, infographics, posters - Cafés, bars and restaurants: menus, signage, food photography - Professional firms and clinics: stationery, headshots, leaflets - Student letting agents and landlords: property photography and floor plans - Opticians and salons: price lists and window graphics Beeston Business Park and smaller units house engineering and professional services firms, and many people who work in Beeston live in Chilwell, Stapleford, Bramcote or Attenborough. We design from Mansfield, about forty minutes away, and shoots in Beeston are treated as local. ## Who we design for in Beeston - Science and tech start-ups - Cafés, bars and restaurants - Professional services firms - Opticians, clinics and salons - Letting agents and landlords - Independent retailers - Charities ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design a conference poster for a Beeston science company? Yes. dijitul media designs A0 and A1 scientific posters with charts and diagrams redrawn as vectors, so they stay sharp at full size. We supply a print-ready PDF and a smaller version for sharing online. Poster work is charged at £45 an hour + VAT or quoted as a fixed price. ### Do you take staff headshots in Beeston? Yes. We set up at your office and photograph staff against a consistent background, so the whole team matches on your website and LinkedIn. A half day from £295 + VAT covers most small teams, and Beeston shoots carry no travel charge. ### Can you design menus for a Beeston café or bar? Yes. We design menus for print, chalkboards and screens, set up so prices can be updated easily. Menu design is quoted as a fixed price, and we can photograph dishes for the menu and social media on the same visit. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Grantham Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/grantham/ > Grantham businesses work with dijitul media on logos, food packaging, farm branding and engineering drawings, all designed remotely from Mansfield. Photography and video are shot on location in Grantham and the surrounding villages, with travel quoted before you book. Logo design starts from £150 + VAT and a social media graphics pack from £99 + VAT. Grantham is a market town in South Kesteven, Lincolnshire, on the A1 with a station on the East Coast Main Line. Its transport links and easy access to Nottingham via the A52 have made it a practical base for manufacturing, engineering, food production and distribution. The town is known as the birthplace of Margaret Thatcher and for Isaac Newton, who went to school at The King's School, and Belton House, the National Trust estate, is just to the north. The countryside around Grantham is dominated by farming. Farms, farm shops and rural suppliers need branding that travels from a gate sign to a jar label to a delivery van. Food producers need labels and packaging with legible ingredients and allergen text, plus photography that shows produce honestly for wholesale buyers and online shoppers. Engineering and manufacturing firms remain a key part of the local economy. They need 2D drawings, 3D models, product photography and catalogues for trade customers. Distribution businesses along the A1 need livery and signage that are readable from the road. - Farms and farm shops: branding, labels, signage - Food producers: packaging, product and food photography - Engineering and manufacturing firms: CAD drawings and catalogues - Defence contractors around RAF Cranwell: brochures and presentations - Town centre shops, cafés and pubs: menus and social graphics RAF Cranwell, home of the RAF College, is a short drive east, so defence contractors and service families add to the local economy. Substantial new housing on the southern edge of town has brought more home-based businesses and trades that need a first logo and business cards. Design is done remotely from Mansfield, and shoots in Grantham are on location, with travel included in the quote. ## Who we design for in Grantham - Farms and farm shops - Food producers - Engineering and manufacturing firms - Distribution businesses - Defence contractors - Independent shops and cafés - Accountants and solicitors - Home-based businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design labels for a Grantham farm shop's own products? Yes. dijitul media designs jar, bottle and pack labels that share one look across your range, set up to your label printer's sizes with space for weights and best-before dates. Label design is quoted as a fixed price per range. ### Do you photograph farms and produce around Grantham? Yes. We shoot produce, livestock, machinery and farm shops on location. A half day starts from £295 + VAT and product photography from £25 + VAT per image, with travel from Mansfield added to the quote. ### Can you produce CAD drawings for a Grantham manufacturer? Yes. We produce 2D drawings and 3D models to your standard and supply DWG, DXF, PDF and STEP files. CAD and design time is £45 an hour + VAT, with larger jobs quoted as a fixed price. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Boston Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/boston/ > Growers, packers and local firms in Boston, Lincolnshire use dijitul media for packaging, case labels, multilingual print and logos, designed remotely from Mansfield. Photography and video are shot on location in Boston and the surrounding Fens, with travel added to the quote. Logo design starts from £150 + VAT and leaflet design from £95 + VAT. Boston is a port and market town in south east Lincolnshire, surrounded by some of the most productive farmland in England. Vegetables, salad crops and flowers are grown, packed and shipped from here to supermarkets and wholesalers across the UK, so much of the design work is practical packaging: punnet lids, flow-wrap films, sleeves, crate labels and outer case labels. Produce packaging has tight constraints. Retailer specifications often fix where barcodes, date codes and country of origin go, films stretch and distort artwork, and labels must survive cold, wet packhouses. We set up packaging artwork to the converter's dieline and print method, with clear space for on-line coding, and keep a tidy master file so a new product only needs a text change. Boston has a large Eastern European community, many working in agriculture and food production. Employers need health and safety signs, induction leaflets and staff notices in several languages, and shops and restaurants serving the community want menus and signage in Polish, Lithuanian, Latvian, Romanian or other languages. We lay out multilingual material from translated text you supply. - Growers and packhouses: packaging, case labels, point-of-sale - Food processors: labels, product photography, trade brochures - Employers with multilingual workforces: safety signage and induction leaflets - Haulage firms: vehicle livery and yard signage - Independent shops and restaurants: menus and branding The town is famous for St Botolph's Church, the Boston Stump, visible for miles across the Fens. The Port of Boston handles cargo such as timber, steel and agricultural products, and haulage firms serve both the port and the food industry. Design is done remotely from Mansfield, about two hours away, and shoots are quoted with travel included. ## Who we design for in Boston - Growers and packhouses - Food processors - Haulage and logistics firms - Agricultural engineers and suppliers - Labour providers and agencies - Independent shops and restaurants - Care providers - Accountants ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design punnet lids and case labels for a Boston grower? Yes. dijitul media designs lids, sleeves, flow-wrap and case labels to your packaging supplier's dielines and print process, with space left for barcodes and date coding. Produce packaging is quoted as a fixed price depending on the number of lines and formats. ### Can you produce safety signs in several languages? Yes. We design safety signs, induction leaflets and staff notices that combine English with Polish, Lithuanian, Romanian or other languages, using translated text you supply and clear pictograms. Design time is £45 an hour + VAT. ### Will you travel to Boston for a photography shoot? Yes. We shoot produce, packhouses and premises on location. A full day starts from £495 + VAT, and because Boston is around two hours from Mansfield, travel is added to the quote. A full day usually gives the best value for the trip. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Kettering Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/kettering/ > Kettering businesses turn to dijitul media for logos, livery, leisure brochures and food packaging, designed remotely from Mansfield over calls and PDF proofs. Photography and video are shot on location in Kettering, with travel added to the quote before you book. Logos start from £150 + VAT and brochure design from £295 + VAT. Kettering sits on the A14, the main route between the Midlands and the east coast ports, with the Midland Main Line to London St Pancras. That position has made it and its neighbours a major centre for warehousing and distribution, with large sites along the A14 corridor. Logistics firms need fleet livery, yard and safety signage, recruitment adverts for busy seasons, and trailer graphics that stay readable at speed. Food manufacturing is significant nearby: Weetabix has its headquarters and main production at Burton Latimer, just south of the town. Smaller food and drink producers in the area need packaging, labels and product photography that hold their own on a shelf next to big brands, without copying them. Like much of Northamptonshire, Kettering grew on boot and shoe making, and some footwear firms remain, needing product photography and packaging. Wicksteed Park, one of the country's oldest leisure parks, is on the town's southern edge, and leisure and hospitality businesses need brochures, maps, signage, event posters and seasonal social media graphics. - Warehouse and distribution firms: livery, signage, recruitment graphics - Food and drink producers: packaging, labels, product photography - Footwear and craft businesses: product photography and packaging - Leisure and hospitality: brochures, maps, posters, social graphics - Builders and trades on new estates: logos, cards and leaflets North Northamptonshire Council, formed in 2021, covers the town, and Kettering General Hospital is a major employer. New housing developments around the edge of town have brought more home-based businesses and trades that need a first logo and leaflets. Design is done remotely from Mansfield, and photography in Kettering is on location, with travel quoted upfront. ## Who we design for in Kettering - Warehouse and distribution firms - Food and drink producers - Footwear and craft businesses - Leisure and hospitality businesses - Builders and trades - Accountants and solicitors - Independent retailers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design livery for a Kettering haulage fleet? Yes. dijitul media designs livery for vans, rigids and trailers from manufacturer templates, so artwork fits around doors, handles and panel lines. We supply vector files for your wrap or sign company, and livery is quoted as a fixed price per vehicle type. ### Do you design leaflets and maps for leisure attractions? Yes. We design leaflets, site maps and seasonal posters with clear prices, times and directions. Flyer and leaflet design starts from £95 + VAT, and illustrated maps are quoted as a fixed price. ### Will you photograph products at our Kettering premises? Yes. We bring lighting and backgrounds to your premises and shoot products on location. Product photography starts from £25 + VAT per image, with travel from Mansfield added to the quote. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Corby Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/corby/ > Corby manufacturers, packaging firms and distributors use dijitul media for logos, CAD drawings, packaging and site signage, all designed remotely from Mansfield. Photography and video are shot on location in Corby, with travel quoted upfront. CAD and design time is £45 an hour + VAT, and logo design starts from £150 + VAT. Corby is a town built on steel. In the 1930s Stewarts and Lloyds opened a huge steelworks here and recruited heavily from Scotland, which is why the town still has a strong Scottish identity. Steelmaking ended in 1980, but tube making continues, and Tata Steel still produces steel tubes in Corby. After the closure, Corby rebuilt around manufacturing and distribution on estates such as Earlstrees and Willowbrook, with easy access to the A14 and A43. Today it has one of the larger manufacturing bases in Northamptonshire, including food, packaging, plastics and engineering. Those firms need technical drawings, 3D models, product photography, catalogues and spec sheets. Packaging manufacturers sometimes need help preparing customer artwork for print, checking dielines, colour separations and bleed before plates are made. Warehouses and factories also need a lot of practical graphics: floor and rack signage, safety notices, shift boards, induction leaflets and recruitment adverts. Staffing agencies serving those sites need job posters and social graphics that stand out in a busy feed. - Steel, metal and engineering firms: CAD drawings, spec sheets, product photography - Packaging and plastics manufacturers: artwork checking, catalogues, brochures - Distribution centres: safety and wayfinding signage, induction materials - Recruitment and staffing agencies: job adverts and social graphics - Trades and small firms on new estates: logos, cards and leaflets The town regained a passenger railway station in 2009, and large areas of new housing have since been built, bringing more trades and sole traders who need a first logo and leaflets. The Corby Cube civic building anchors the redeveloped town centre, and Rockingham Castle adds a rural and tourism element. Design is done remotely from Mansfield, and shoots in Corby are on location, with travel added to the quote. ## Who we design for in Corby - Steel and metal manufacturers - Packaging and plastics manufacturers - Food producers - Warehouse and distribution operations - Recruitment and staffing agencies - Engineering companies - Trades and construction firms - Sole traders ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you check customer artwork for a Corby packaging printer? Yes. dijitul media can preflight and prepare customer artwork: checking it against the dieline, converting colours to CMYK or Pantone, adding bleed, outlining fonts and flagging low-resolution images before plates are made. This is charged at £45 an hour + VAT. ### Do you design safety and wayfinding signs for warehouses? Yes. We design rack labels, aisle markers, floor graphics and safety notices that are readable at a distance and follow the standard safety sign shapes and colours. Files are supplied for your sign maker, and signage is quoted as a fixed price. ### Can you produce spec sheets for a Corby manufacturer? Yes. We design product data sheets with drawings, dimensions and photographs, built as templates so new products can be added easily. Design time is £45 an hour + VAT, and we can photograph the products on location in Corby. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Wellingborough Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/wellingborough/ > dijitul media designs logos, food packaging, brochures and CAD drawings for Wellingborough businesses, working remotely from Mansfield. Photography and video are shot on location in Wellingborough and the Nene Valley villages, with travel added to the quote before you commit. Logos start from £150 + VAT and business cards or letterheads from £75 + VAT. Wellingborough is a market town in the Nene Valley, between Northampton and Kettering, with the A45 and A509 nearby and direct trains to London on the Midland Main Line. Like many Northamptonshire towns it grew on boot and shoe making and on milling, and its industrial estates, such as Park Farm and Denington, now hold a broad mix of manufacturing, food, packaging and distribution businesses. Food is a notable part of the local economy. Whitworths, known for dried fruit, nuts and home baking ingredients, has long been based in the town, and other food and drink businesses operate in the area. Smaller producers need food photography, packaging and labels that are clear about ingredients and allergens and look good on a shelf or a web shop. Stanton Cross, a large new neighbourhood being built east of the station, is bringing thousands of new homes and new commercial space. Developers, estate agents and lettings firms need property photography, floor plans, site boards and sales brochures, while new local shops and services need logos and signage from scratch. - Food and drink producers: packaging, labels, food photography - Engineering and packaging manufacturers: CAD drawings and catalogues - Developers and estate agents around Stanton Cross: brochures, floor plans, photography - Distribution firms: livery and signage - Town centre salons, cafés and shops: branding and social media graphics The town centre has independent shops, cafés, salons and professional firms, and the town serves villages such as Irchester, Earls Barton and Finedon. Engineering firms on the estates need 2D drawings, 3D models and product photography. Design is done remotely from Mansfield, and photography in Wellingborough is on location, with travel quoted upfront. ## Who we design for in Wellingborough - Food and drink manufacturers - Engineering and packaging firms - Distribution and logistics firms - Developers and estate agents - Salons, cafés and independent shops - Accountants and solicitors - Builders and trades firms ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you photograph food products for a Wellingborough producer? Yes. dijitul media shoots packshots on white and styled food photography on location at your premises. Product photography starts from £25 + VAT per image, and a half day from £295 + VAT, with travel from Mansfield added to the quote. ### Do you produce floor plans and brochures for new homes? Yes. We draw floor plans from architect drawings or measurements and design sales brochures and site boards for developments. Floor plans are charged at £45 an hour + VAT, and brochure design starts from £295 + VAT. ### Can you design stationery for a Wellingborough firm? Yes. We design business cards and letterheads from £75 + VAT, with letterheads supplied as print-ready PDFs and as editable Word templates so letters printed in the office match the brand. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Market Harborough Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/market-harborough/ > Professional firms and independent shops in Market Harborough commission dijitul media for logos, stationery, brochures and product photography. Design is done remotely from Mansfield, and photography and video are shot on location in the town, with travel included in the quote. Logos start from £150 + VAT and a brand identity pack from £395 + VAT. Market Harborough is a prosperous market town in south Leicestershire, close to the Northamptonshire border, with a station on the Midland Main Line to London St Pancras. Its economy is weighted towards professional services, independent retail, hospitality and small offices. Accountants, solicitors, financial advisers, architects, estate agents and consultancies are well represented, many in converted period buildings. Professional firms here tend to need refinement rather than reinvention: a tidier logo, stationery that matches, Word templates for letters and reports, email signatures, consistent team headshots and a short set of brand guidelines so the website, LinkedIn and printed brochures all agree. Architects and surveyors often want their project photography and drawings presented in a clean portfolio document for tenders. The high street is known for independent shops, boutiques, cafés and restaurants. Boutiques need product photography for web shops and Instagram, swing tags, gift vouchers and carrier bag designs. Cafés and restaurants need menus and food photography. Harborough District Council is based in the Symington Building, a former corset factory, and the timber-framed Old Grammar School still stands on its wooden pillars in the town centre. - Accountants, solicitors and advisers: stationery, templates, headshots - Architects and surveyors: portfolio and tender documents - Boutiques and independent shops: product photography, swing tags, gift vouchers - Cafés and restaurants: menus and food photography - Equestrian and rural businesses: branding and leaflets Foxton Locks on the Grand Union Canal draws visitors, and the wider district includes rural and equestrian businesses plus Magna Park near Lutterworth, one of the UK's largest distribution parks. Design is done remotely from Mansfield, and shoots in Market Harborough are on location, with travel quoted upfront. ## Who we design for in Market Harborough - Accountants and financial advisers - Solicitors and consultancies - Architects and surveyors - Estate agents - Independent shops and boutiques - Cafés, pubs and restaurants - Equestrian and rural businesses - Logistics suppliers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you refresh the branding for a Market Harborough accountancy firm? Yes. dijitul media can tidy an existing logo or design a new one, then roll it out across letterheads, Word templates, email signatures and brochures. A brand identity pack starts from £395 + VAT, and business cards or letterheads from £75 + VAT. ### Do you photograph products for boutiques in Market Harborough? Yes. We shoot clothing, gifts and homeware on location, on white for web shops and styled for social media. Product photography starts from £25 + VAT per image, with travel from Mansfield added to the quote. ### Can you take consistent headshots for our whole team? Yes. We set up a consistent background and lighting at your office so every headshot matches, and can return later for new starters with the same setup. A half-day session starts from £295 + VAT plus travel. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Hinckley Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/hinckley/ > Hinckley's automotive suppliers, knitwear makers and local firms use dijitul media for CAD drawings, 3D renders, product photography and logos. Everything is designed remotely from Mansfield, and photography and video are shot on location in Hinckley with travel quoted upfront. CAD time is £45 an hour + VAT and logo design starts from £150 + VAT. Hinckley is the main town of Hinckley and Bosworth in south west Leicestershire, close to the Warwickshire border. Its best-known employer is Triumph Motorcycles, which has its headquarters and factory in the town, and MIRA Technology Park on the A5 between Hinckley and Nuneaton is one of Europe's major vehicle engineering and testing centres. That gives the area a strong automotive and engineering supply chain. Automotive suppliers need drawings and models that slot straight into a customer's process: 3D CAD in STEP format, 2D drawings with tolerances and revision control, and 3D renders for proposals, trade shows and websites, often before a physical part exists. Many also need product photography of components, and brochures that explain testing or engineering services clearly to procurement teams. Hinckley grew on hosiery and knitwear, and the textile trade shaped the town for centuries. The firms that remain often sell direct online, where product photography of knitwear matters: texture, colour accuracy and consistent folding or flat-lay angles across a whole range. Swing tags, packaging and lookbooks follow. - Automotive and vehicle engineering suppliers: CAD, renders, technical illustration - Motorcycle and vehicle businesses: product photography and brochures - Knitwear and textile makers: product photography, swing tags, packaging - Logistics firms on the A5 and M69: livery and site signage - Bosworth tourism and heritage businesses: leaflets, maps, photography The A5 and M69 corridors are home to large logistics operations, which need livery and signage. Bosworth Battlefield and the market town of Market Bosworth draw visitors to the rural parts of the borough, supporting pubs, cafés and attractions that need menus and leaflets. Hinckley and Bosworth Borough Council is based at the Hinckley Hub. Design is done remotely from Mansfield, a little over an hour away, and shoots are on location with travel shown in the quote. ## Who we design for in Hinckley - Automotive engineering suppliers - Vehicle testing and research firms - Motorcycle and vehicle businesses - Knitwear and textile makers - Logistics and distribution businesses - Tourism and heritage businesses - Accountants and solicitors - Independent retailers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you create 3D renders for a Hinckley automotive supplier? Yes. dijitul media produces photo-style renders from your STEP or native CAD files for proposals, trade stands and websites, with exploded views and cutaways where they help. Rendering is charged at £45 an hour + VAT or quoted as a fixed price per set of views. ### Do you photograph knitwear for online shops? Yes. We shoot knitwear on location as flat lays, folded or on mannequins, keeping colour and texture accurate across a range. Product photography starts from £25 + VAT per image, with travel from Mansfield added to the quote. ### Can you design brochures for an engineering testing service? Yes. We design service brochures and capability documents that explain facilities and processes clearly, with diagrams redrawn as clean vector graphics. Brochure design starts from £295 + VAT, supplied as print-ready and screen PDFs. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Coalville Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/coalville/ > Coalville businesses come to dijitul media for logos, fleet livery, site signage and tourism print, designed remotely from Mansfield about an hour away. Photography and video are shot on location in Coalville and the National Forest, with travel added to the quote. Logo design starts from £150 + VAT and a full-day shoot from £495 + VAT. Coalville is the largest town in North West Leicestershire and, as its name suggests, grew up around coal mining. The Snibston colliery site, later a museum, is now a country park, and the town's mining heritage is still visible. North West Leicestershire District Council is based here. The district has some of the busiest logistics locations in the country. East Midlands Airport is a major air freight hub, and the East Midlands Gateway logistics park and rail freight terminal sits beside it near Junction 24 of the M1. Coalville itself is close to Junction 22 and the A42. Freight and distribution firms need fleet livery, depot signage, safety and wayfinding graphics, and recruitment adverts that can be produced quickly when a new contract lands. Quarrying remains important. Bardon Hill quarry is one of the largest in the area, and Aggregate Industries has its UK headquarters at Bardon. Quarrying and building products firms need product data sheets, technical brochures, site signage and photography of materials and plant that shows scale and texture. Manufacturers and building suppliers on the town's estates need catalogues and CAD drawings. - Logistics and air freight businesses: livery, signage, recruitment adverts - Quarrying and building products firms: data sheets, brochures, site photography - Manufacturers and distributors: CAD drawings and catalogues - National Forest tourism and leisure: leaflets, trail maps, photography - Trades and sole traders: logos, cards and flyers The town sits at the heart of the National Forest, which has planted millions of trees across former coalfield land, and tourism and leisure businesses have grown alongside it. They need trail maps, leaflets, menus and photography. Ashby-de-la-Zouch, a few miles away, has many professional firms needing stationery and templates. Design is done remotely from Mansfield, and shoots are on location with travel included in the quote. ## Who we design for in Coalville - Logistics and air freight businesses - Quarrying and building products firms - Manufacturers and distributors - Tourism and leisure businesses - Trades and construction firms - Accountants and solicitors - Sole traders ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design product data sheets for a building products firm? Yes. dijitul media designs technical data sheets with specifications, diagrams and photography laid out consistently, built as InDesign templates so new products are quick to add. Design time is £45 an hour + VAT, or a fixed price for a full range. ### Do you design trail maps for National Forest attractions? Yes. We draw illustrated or simplified maps showing routes, facilities and points of interest, for leaflets, boards and websites. Map work is quoted as a fixed price, and leaflet design starts from £95 + VAT. ### Will you photograph our depot or quarry in Coalville? Yes, subject to your site's safety induction and PPE rules. We shoot plant, materials, vehicles and people at work on location. A half day starts from £295 + VAT, with travel from Mansfield added to the quote. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Buxton Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/buxton/ > Buxton hotels, cafés, arts organisations and local firms use dijitul media for logos, menus, festival posters and photography. Design is done remotely from Mansfield, about an hour away, and photography and video are shot on location in Buxton, with travel quoted before you book. Logos start from £150 + VAT and posters or leaflets from £95 + VAT. Buxton is a spa town in the High Peak, surrounded by the Peak District National Park and one of the highest market towns in England. Its warm mineral springs made it fashionable in Georgian and Victorian times, and the town still has the Crescent, which reopened as a spa hotel in 2020, the Devonshire Dome and the Pavilion Gardens. Buxton mineral water is bottled in the town. Tourism, hospitality and culture are central to the economy. Hotels, guest houses, holiday cottages, cafés, pubs and restaurants need photography of rooms and food that matches what guests will actually find, plus menus, room information folders, gift vouchers and signage. Buxton Opera House and the annual Buxton International Festival bring work for posters, programmes, banners and social media graphics, usually with fixed print deadlines tied to on-sale dates. Quarrying is the other big industry. Large limestone quarries around Buxton supply lime, cement and aggregates, and the engineering and haulage firms that support them need livery, safety signage, brochures and site photography. - Hotels, guest houses and holiday cottages: photography, menus, room folders - Arts and festival organisations: posters, programmes, banners, social graphics - Outdoor activity providers: leaflets, maps, action photography - Quarrying, haulage and engineering firms: livery, signage, brochures - Independent shops and makers: branding, packaging, product photography Most local businesses are small and owner-run, and many depend on online bookings and reviews, so photographs often do more selling than any brochure. Winter weather can be harsh, which matters when planning exterior shoots: we pick dates with you and keep a fallback. Design is done remotely from Mansfield, and shoots in Buxton are on location, with travel quoted upfront. ## Who we design for in Buxton - Hotels, guest houses and holiday cottages - Cafés, pubs and restaurants - Arts, theatre and festival organisations - Outdoor activity providers - Quarrying, haulage and engineering firms - Independent shops and makers - Trades businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you photograph a Buxton hotel or guest house? Yes. dijitul media shoots rooms, public areas, food and exteriors on location for booking sites and your own website. A full day starts from £495 + VAT and a half day from £295 + VAT, with travel from Mansfield added to the quote. ### Do you design posters and programmes for arts events? Yes. We design posters, programmes, banners and social media graphics for festivals and performances, all from one visual identity so the campaign looks consistent. Posters start from £95 + VAT, and programmes are quoted by page count. ### What happens if the weather is bad on a Peak District shoot day? We agree a shoot date and a fallback date with you. Interiors and food can usually go ahead in any weather, and exterior shots can be moved to the fallback date so you are not paying for grey skies. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Matlock Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/matlock/ > In Matlock and the Derbyshire Dales, dijitul media designs logos, leaflets, food labels and public sector reports from our Mansfield base, about forty minutes away. Photography and video are shot on location, with travel quoted upfront. Logo design starts from £150 + VAT and a half day of photography from £295 + VAT. Matlock is the county town of Derbyshire and home to Derbyshire County Council, whose County Hall occupies the former Smedley's Hydro, a reminder of the town's Victorian spa history. Derbyshire Dales District Council is also based here, so public services are a big part of the local economy. Consultants, contractors and charities working with those bodies need reports, consultation leaflets and presentations laid out clearly and accessibly, with readable type sizes and good colour contrast. Tourism is the other big driver. Matlock Bath, with its riverside and the Heights of Abraham cable cars, draws large numbers of visitors, and the Derwent Valley Mills World Heritage Site, including Arkwright's mills at Cromford, runs through the area. Peak Rail runs heritage trains from Matlock, and Chatsworth is a short drive north. Outdoor activity providers, holiday cottages, B&Bs, cafés and pubs need leaflets for tourist information racks, menus, maps and photography that shows the setting. John Smedley still makes knitwear at Lea Mills nearby, and the Dales have plenty of craft makers and food producers selling online and at markets. They need labels, packaging, swing tags and product photography. - Public sector suppliers and charities: reports, consultation leaflets, presentations - Activity providers and attractions: leaflets, maps, action photography - Holiday cottages, B&Bs and pubs: photography, menus, signage - Craft makers and food producers: labels, packaging, product photography - Accountants and solicitors: stationery and templates Most businesses in and around Matlock are small, and many trade seasonally, so getting print ready before Easter matters. Design is done remotely from Mansfield, and photography in Matlock is on location, with travel shown in the quote. ## Who we design for in Matlock - Outdoor activity providers - Holiday cottages and B&Bs - Cafés, pubs and restaurants - Craft and food makers - Public sector suppliers and consultants - Accountants and solicitors - Independent retailers - Trades businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design accessible reports for a public sector supplier? Yes. dijitul media lays out reports and consultation documents with clear headings, readable type sizes and strong colour contrast, and can produce tagged PDFs for screen readers. Report work is charged at £45 an hour + VAT or quoted as a fixed price by page count. ### Do you design labels for Derbyshire Dales food and craft makers? Yes. We design labels, swing tags and small-run packaging that share one look across a range, set up for digital label printers or your own printer. Label work is quoted as a fixed price per range. ### Will you photograph activities and attractions around Matlock? Yes. We shoot activities, venues and food on location, timed for good light and busy-looking scenes. A half day starts from £295 + VAT, with travel from Mansfield added to the quote. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Retford Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/retford/ > Retford farms, land agents and town centre shops use dijitul media for logos, signage, property brochures and farm branding, designed in Mansfield about forty minutes away. Photography and video are shot on location, and Retford is inside our Nottinghamshire home area, so travel is not added. Logos start from £150 + VAT and flyers from £95 + VAT. Retford is a historic market town in Bassetlaw, north Nottinghamshire, and the second largest town in the district after Worksop. It has held a market for centuries, and the Market Square with its town hall is still the heart of the town. Independent shops, cafés and pubs around the square need shopfront signage, A-boards, menus, loyalty cards and social media graphics that give each business a clear identity. The surrounding area is mainly agricultural, so farms, farm suppliers, agricultural contractors and food businesses make up a large share of local firms. They need branding that works on a gate sign, a trailer and a hi-vis jacket, labels for produce sold direct, and photography of machinery and land. Land agents, solicitors and accountants serving the farming community need stationery, sale particulars and floor plans for farmhouses and rural property. Retford station is on the East Coast Main Line, giving fast trains to London, Doncaster and York, and the A1 runs just west of the town. Some engineering and distribution businesses have located on the edge of town for those links, and they need CAD drawings, livery and catalogues. - Farms and agricultural contractors: branding, livery, produce labels - Land agents and rural professionals: sale particulars, floor plans, property photography - Market Square shops, cafés and pubs: signage, menus, social graphics - Engineering and trades firms: CAD drawings, logos, leaflets - Home-based professionals: stationery and a simple brand pack The Trent valley to the east has long been home to power generation, with Cottam and West Burton's coal units now closed and new energy projects proposed, which may bring contractors and suppliers to the area. Because Retford is in Nottinghamshire, shoots here are local and we can easily meet in person. ## Who we design for in Retford - Farms and agricultural contractors - Land agents and rural professionals - Food producers - Estate agents and solicitors - Independent shops and cafés - Trades and engineering firms - Accountants - Home-based professionals ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you produce sale particulars and floor plans for a Retford land agent? Yes. dijitul media photographs rural and residential property on location, draws floor plans from your measurements and designs sale particulars as print-ready and portal-friendly files. Floor plans are charged at £45 an hour + VAT, and Retford shoots carry no travel charge. ### Do you design branding for farms and agricultural contractors? Yes. We design logos and liveries that stay readable on tractors, trailers, signs and workwear, supplied as vector files for sign makers and embroiderers. Logo design starts from £150 + VAT, and livery is quoted as a fixed price. ### Can you design shopfront signage for a Retford business? Yes. We design fascia signs, window graphics and A-boards to your sign maker's sizes, and can check sizes on site because Retford is local for us. Signage design is quoted as a fixed price. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Melton Mowbray Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/melton-mowbray/ > Melton Mowbray food producers, butchers, bakers and rural firms use dijitul media for packaging, labels, logos and food photography. Design is done remotely from Mansfield, about an hour away, and photography and video are shot on location in Melton, with travel quoted upfront. Logos start from £150 + VAT and product photography from £25 + VAT per image. Melton Mowbray calls itself the Rural Capital of Food, and food is where most of its design work comes from. The town is home of the Melton Mowbray pork pie, which has Protected Geographical Indication status, and it lies within the area where Stilton cheese is made, with dairies such as Long Clawson nearby. Artisan bakers, butchers, delis, cheesemakers and larger manufacturers all need packaging, labels, shop signage and food photography. Protected food names come with rules about how a product is named and described, so pack wording should be confirmed with your certification body before artwork is finalised; we then lay it out cleanly with ingredients, allergens, weights and storage text where buyers expect to find them. Gift hampers, Christmas boxes and food festival stands are seasonal peaks that need planning weeks ahead of the print deadline. Pet food is a major industry too. Mars Petcare has a large factory in the town, with the Waltham Petcare Science Institute at nearby Waltham on the Wolds, and suppliers around them need brochures, technical documents and product photography. The Defence Animal Centre, which trains military dogs and horses, is also based in Melton. - Pork pie makers, bakers and butchers: packaging, labels, food photography - Cheesemakers and dairies: labels, gift boxes, trade brochures - Food festival exhibitors: stand graphics, banners, menus - Farms, livestock and equestrian businesses: branding, signage, photography - Pubs and cafés: menus and social media graphics Melton's livestock market is one of the busiest in the region, and the surrounding countryside is full of farms, estates and equestrian businesses. Design is done remotely from Mansfield, and food shoots are on location at your kitchen, shop or bakery, with travel quoted upfront. ## Who we design for in Melton Mowbray - Pork pie makers and bakers - Butchers and delis - Cheesemakers and dairies - Food manufacturers - Pet food and animal care suppliers - Farms and equestrian businesses - Pubs, cafés and restaurants - Online food shops ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design packaging for a Melton Mowbray pork pie maker? Yes. dijitul media designs pie boxes, film labels and gift packs, laying out protected-name wording, ingredients and allergens as confirmed by you and your certification body. Packaging is quoted as a fixed price depending on the number of products and pack sizes. ### Do you photograph food in Melton Mowbray? Yes. We shoot food on location in your bakery, shop or kitchen, as clean packshots and styled images for websites and social media. Product photography starts from £25 + VAT per image and a half day from £295 + VAT, with travel added to the quote. ### Can you design graphics for a food festival stand? Yes. We design banners, gazebo graphics, price boards and menus to the organiser's sizes, supplied as print-ready PDFs. Stand graphics are quoted as a fixed price, and a social media graphics pack from £99 + VAT helps promote the event. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Alfreton Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/alfreton/ > Alfreton is about twenty minutes from dijitul media in Mansfield along the A38, and local firms use us for logos, van livery, warehouse signage and CAD drawings. Photography and video are shot on location in Alfreton, with a small travel element quoted upfront. Logo design starts from £150 + VAT and business cards from £75 + VAT. Alfreton is a market town in the Amber Valley district of Derbyshire, where the A38 and A61 meet, a few minutes from Junction 28 of the M1. That location has made the area a significant base for warehousing and distribution, with large distribution centres and industrial units around Alfreton, South Normanton and Somercotes serving retailers and manufacturers across the country. Distribution sites need a lot of practical design: rack and aisle signage, safety notices, gatehouse and visitor signs, induction booklets, recruitment posters and vehicle livery. Clear wayfinding saves time and accidents on a big site, so we design signs to be read from a forklift at a distance, using standard safety sign shapes and colours. Like Mansfield, Alfreton grew on coal mining, and many of the small manufacturing, engineering and trade businesses that remain have roots in that history. Engineers need 2D drawings, DXF files for profile cutting and product photography. Electricians, gas engineers, builders and other trades need logos, van graphics, workwear embroidery files and leaflets. - Warehouse and distribution businesses: signage, induction booklets, recruitment posters - Manufacturers and engineers: CAD drawings and product photography - Haulage firms: fleet livery - Electrical, gas and building trades: logos, van graphics, embroidery files - Town centre shops, takeaways and salons: menus, price lists, social graphics The Hayes conference centre at nearby Swanwick hosts events and residential conferences, which brings event signage and programme work. The town centre has independent shops, cafés, takeaways and salons, and villages such as Swanwick, Riddings and Ironville add more small firms. Design is done in Mansfield, and shoots in Alfreton are on location, with travel shown in the quote. ## Who we design for in Alfreton - Warehouse and distribution businesses - Manufacturers and engineers - Haulage firms - Electrical and gas contractors - Building and trades firms - Independent shops and takeaways - Salons and local services - Sole traders ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design signage for an Alfreton distribution centre? Yes. dijitul media designs aisle markers, rack labels, safety notices, visitor signs and floor graphics that are readable at distance and consistent across the site. Files are supplied for your sign maker, and site signage is quoted as a fixed price. ### Do you supply logo files for workwear embroidery? Yes. We supply a simplified vector version of your logo suited to embroidery and printed workwear, plus colour references. Logos start from £150 + VAT, and adapting an existing logo for embroidery is charged at £45 an hour + VAT. ### How much is photography in Alfreton? A half day starts from £295 + VAT and a full day from £495 + VAT. Alfreton is in Derbyshire, just outside our Nottinghamshire home area, so a small travel element is added to the quote. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Ripley Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/ripley/ > Ripley firms work with dijitul media on logos, fabrication drawings, care sector leaflets and heritage print, all designed in Mansfield about twenty-five minutes away. Photography and video are shot on location in Ripley and Amber Valley, with travel quoted before booking. Logos start from £150 + VAT and CAD time is £45 an hour + VAT. Ripley is a market town in Amber Valley, Derbyshire, and the administrative centre of the borough, with Amber Valley Borough Council at Ripley Town Hall. Derbyshire Constabulary has its headquarters at Butterley Hall on the edge of town, so public services are a major local employer. Suppliers to councils and the police are often asked for clear, accessible documents, so reports, leaflets and presentations need readable layouts and properly structured PDFs. The town has a notable engineering history. The Butterley Company, founded in the 1790s, became one of Britain's leading ironworks and built the iron roof of St Pancras station in London. Engineering and fabrication firms still work on local estates, and they need fabrication drawings with weld and bend details, DXF files for cutting, and photographs of finished work for quotes and websites. Heritage brings its own design work. The Midland Railway Butterley operates from Butterley station just outside Ripley, and Denby Pottery is still producing in the village of Denby nearby. Heritage attractions need leaflets, timetables, event posters and gift shop packaging, and makers need product photography that does justice to glazes and finishes. - Engineering and fabrication firms: CAD, DXF files, product photography - Public sector suppliers: accessible reports, leaflets and presentations - Care providers: service leaflets, recruitment adverts, staff handbooks - Heritage attractions: timetables, posters, gift packaging - Town centre shops, cafés and trades: logos, signage, social graphics Care providers in the area need service leaflets, recruitment adverts and staff handbooks written and laid out plainly. The A38 gives quick access to Derby and Junction 28 of the M1. Design is done in Mansfield, and photography in Ripley is on location, with travel included in the quote. ## Who we design for in Ripley - Engineering and fabrication firms - Public sector suppliers - Care providers - Heritage and tourism businesses - Building and trades businesses - Independent shops and cafés - Accountants and solicitors - Sole traders ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you produce fabrication drawings for a Ripley engineering firm? Yes. dijitul media draws fabrication and assembly drawings with weld symbols, bend details and parts lists, supplying PDF, DWG and DXF files for the shop floor and cutting machines. CAD time is £45 an hour + VAT, or a fixed price for a full drawing pack. ### Do you design leaflets for care providers in Amber Valley? Yes. We design service leaflets, recruitment adverts and staff handbooks with clear type and plenty of space, so they are easy to read for clients and families. Leaflet design starts from £95 + VAT. ### Do you charge travel for photography in Ripley? Ripley is in Derbyshire, so a small travel element from Mansfield is added to the quote. A half-day shoot starts from £295 + VAT and product photography from £25 + VAT per image. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Sheffield Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/sheffield/ > Sheffield manufacturers, makers and independent businesses use dijitul media for CAD drawings, industrial photography, logos and print. Design is done remotely from Mansfield, around forty minutes away via the M1, and photography and video are shot on location in Sheffield with travel quoted upfront. Logo design starts from £150 + VAT and a full-day shoot from £495 + VAT. Sheffield built its reputation on steel and cutlery, and making things is still at the heart of the city. Specialist steel, forging, tooling and precision engineering firms remain across the Don Valley. The University of Sheffield's Advanced Manufacturing Research Centre, on the Advanced Manufacturing Park near Rotherham, works with aerospace, nuclear and automotive manufacturers, and Boeing and McLaren both have production facilities in the area. Those firms need CAD and drawings that meet demanding customers: 3D models in STEP format, 2D drawings with tolerances and revision control, and renders for proposals. Industrial photography matters too. Forgings, castings and machined parts need lighting that shows surface finish and detail, and shop floor photos need to look safe and organised, because buyers and recruits judge a firm by them. Sheffield's cutlery and metalwork heritage lives on in small makers selling knives, tools and homeware online. They need product photography that handles polished steel without glare, packaging, and branding that tells their story without leaning on clichés. - Steel, forging and engineering firms: CAD, renders, industrial photography - Cutlery and metalwork makers: product photography, packaging, branding - Kelham Island bars, restaurants and independents: menus, signage, social graphics - Outdoor and tourism businesses: leaflets, maps, action photography - University spin-outs: brand identity, pitch decks, infographics The city also has a large digital and creative sector in Kelham Island, the Cultural Industries Quarter and the city centre, along with two universities producing spin-outs. Bars and restaurants in Kelham Island need menus and food photography, and the Peak District on the doorstep supports outdoor businesses. Design is done in Mansfield, and shoots in Sheffield are on location, with travel shown in the quote. ## Who we design for in Sheffield - Steel, forging and tooling firms - Advanced manufacturing suppliers - Precision engineering companies - Cutlery and metalwork makers - Bars, restaurants and independents - Outdoor and tourism businesses - University spin-outs - Solicitors and accountants ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you photograph forgings and machined parts in Sheffield? Yes. dijitul media photographs industrial products on location, with lighting set up to show surface finish and detail without glare. Product photography starts from £25 + VAT per image, and a full day of shop floor and product photography from £495 + VAT, plus travel from Mansfield. ### Do you produce CAD for Sheffield advanced manufacturing suppliers? Yes. We create 3D models and 2D drawings to your customer's standard, with tolerances, projection method and revision blocks set out clearly, supplied as STEP, DWG, DXF and PDF. CAD and design time is £45 an hour + VAT. ### Can you design packaging for a Sheffield cutlery maker? Yes. We design boxes, sleeves, inserts and labels for knives, cutlery and tools, set up to your packaging supplier's dielines with foil or embossing on separate layers. Packaging is quoted as a fixed price. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Leeds Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/leeds/ > dijitul media designs logos, brand identities, brochures and pitch decks for Leeds businesses, working remotely from our Mansfield base, with logos from £150 + VAT. When you need photography or video, we shoot on location in Leeds, with half-day photography from £295 + VAT and travel added to a fixed quote. Leeds has the biggest cluster of law firms, banks, insurers and building societies in the north, and those businesses buy a particular kind of design work. A solicitors' practice off Park Row needs a brand identity that looks credible in a 40-page tender response as well as on a phone. A wealth manager needs client reports and PowerPoint templates that staff can edit without breaking the layout. Accountancy firms want consistent staff headshots so the team page does not look like six different photographers took it. Channel 4's move to the city strengthened an already busy media and agency scene around Leeds Dock and Holbeck. Many of those agencies have more work than designers, so we often help as an extra pair of hands for print artwork, social templates and infographics, supplied as editable InDesign, Illustrator or Figma files. Away from the centre, the Aire Valley and the business parks near the M1 hold distribution, retail and manufacturing firms. They need different things: product catalogues, pallet and carton labels, trade show graphics, and 2D or 3D CAD drawings for racking layouts, fixtures and fabricated parts at £45 an hour + VAT. - Professional services: tender documents, report templates, headshots, email signatures - Start-ups from the universities: logo and brand starter packs, pitch decks, investor one-pagers - Bars and restaurants around Briggate and Call Lane: menus, signage, food photography - Distribution and manufacturing: catalogues, technical drawings, product photography All design work is done remotely from Mansfield and shared as PDF proofs, so Leeds clients do not need to travel. Photography and video are shot on location, and we quote the travel up front. If you are also in neighbouring towns, see our Bradford and Wakefield pages. ## Who we design for in Leeds - Law firms - Accountants and wealth managers - Insurance and building societies - Creative and media agencies - University spin-outs and start-ups - Restaurants and bars - Distribution and logistics firms - Independent retailers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you photograph our staff and offices in Leeds? Yes. dijitul media shoots on location in Leeds, so we come to your office for headshots, team photos and workplace images. A half-day shoot is from £295 + VAT and a full day from £495 + VAT, with travel from Mansfield added to the fixed quote before you book. ### Do you design tender and bid documents for Leeds professional firms? Yes. We design bid and tender templates in InDesign or Word, with styled headings, tables, case study pages and covers, so your team can drop in new content for each submission. This is priced at our £45 an hour + VAT design rate, and you get a fixed quote first. ### Can you work alongside our Leeds agency as freelance design support? Yes. Agencies around Leeds Dock and Holbeck use us for overflow artwork, print production and template work. We work to your brand guidelines and supply native Illustrator, InDesign or Figma files, so your own team can carry on editing after handover. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Bradford Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/bradford/ > For Bradford manufacturers, wholesalers and restaurants, dijitul designs logos from £150 + VAT, plus labels, packaging artwork, menus and catalogues. Design is done remotely from Mansfield and sent as proofs. Photography is shot on location in Bradford, from £295 + VAT for a half day, and we quote travel before booking. Bradford's economy still leans on making and selling physical goods. Food and drink producers, textile and engineering firms and a large number of family-run wholesalers trade from Euroway, Bowling Back Lane and the mills around the city. That means the design work Bradford firms need is often practical: product labels with correct allergen emphasis, cartons and sleeves for retail, trade price lists and catalogues that buyers can read quickly. Morrisons and the Yorkshire Building Society both have head offices here, and a long tail of local suppliers sells into big retail and finance customers. When a supplier pitches to a supermarket buyer, clean packaging artwork, a proper sell sheet and accurate product photography make a real difference. We supply artwork as print-ready PDF with 3 mm bleed and spot colours specified, ready for your converter or label printer. The city's restaurant and takeaway trade is one of the best known in the country. Menus, window graphics, delivery app images and food photography are common requests, and we shoot food in your kitchen so dishes look as they really do. - Food producers: labels, packaging, sell sheets, product photos on white - Wholesalers and importers: catalogues, price lists, trade counter signage - Engineering and textile firms: technical drawings and 3D CAD at £45 an hour + VAT - Restaurants and takeaways: menus, signage, social graphics Bradford's year as UK City of Culture in 2025 also brought more events and creative projects, which need posters, programmes and event photography. Mill conversions in Little Germany and Saltaire house many small studios and firms that want a tidy brand without agency overheads. All design work happens remotely from Mansfield; shoots happen on location in Bradford, with travel quoted. See also Leeds and Halifax. ## Who we design for in Bradford - Food and drink manufacturers - Wholesalers and importers - Textile and engineering firms - Restaurants and takeaways - Independent retailers - Arts and community organisations - Supermarket suppliers - Professional services firms ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design supermarket-ready packaging for a Bradford food producer? Yes. dijitul designs packaging and label artwork with the mandatory information laid out clearly, including allergen emphasis in the ingredients list, and supplies print-ready PDF files to your printer's cutter guides. Packaging is quoted as a fixed price, with design time at £45 an hour + VAT. ### Do you photograph restaurant food in Bradford? Yes. We bring lighting to your restaurant and shoot dishes as they come out of the kitchen, for menus, delivery apps and social media. Half-day shoots start from £295 + VAT, and travel to Bradford is included in the quote you approve. ### Can you produce a trade catalogue for our wholesale business? Yes. We design catalogues in InDesign with product codes, pack sizes and prices set up as consistent templates, so updating next season's prices is quick. We can also photograph products at from £25 + VAT per image. Catalogue design is quoted on page count. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in York Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/york/ > York hotels, attractions, cafés and science firms can hire dijitul for logos from £150 + VAT, leaflets from £95 + VAT, menus, guide maps and brochures. Everything is designed remotely from our base in Mansfield. Photography is shot on location in York, from £295 + VAT for a half day, plus quoted travel. York's visitor economy runs on print and pictures. Hotels, guest houses, tour operators and attractions near the Minster and the Shambles still hand out DL leaflets through tourist racks and hotel lobbies, and they need room, food and venue photography that sells a stay before anyone books. Independent shops need carrier bags, gift tags and window graphics that suit a historic street. Many of these businesses trade from listed buildings, so signage often has to respect conservation area rules, which usually means restrained colours and painted or hand-lettered styles rather than illuminated boxes. The city has a second, quieter economy that buys a different kind of design. Insurance and financial firms need report templates and presentation decks. Rail engineering consultancies around the station and the York Central scheme need technical diagrams, bid documents and clear infographics. Bioscience and agritech companies at York Science Park need investor decks, scientific posters at A0 and product visuals. - Hotels and guest houses: room photography, brochures, signage, menus - Attractions and tours: leaflets, illustrated maps, ticket and wayfinding design - Cafés and food producers: packaging, labels, food photography - Rail and engineering firms: technical drawings and CAD at £45 an hour + VAT - Science park companies: pitch decks, A0 posters, 3D renders Nestlé's KitKat factory keeps confectionery in York's story, and smaller food and drink makers in the surrounding North Yorkshire countryside need labels and packaging that stand up next to big brands on a deli shelf. We design all of this remotely from Mansfield, and photography is shot in York on a day that suits your occupancy or footfall, with travel quoted first. Neighbouring pages: Harrogate and Leeds. ## Who we design for in York - Hotels and guest houses - Visitor attractions and tour operators - Cafés and tea rooms - Independent shops - Food and drink producers - Rail engineering consultancies - Science park companies - Insurance and financial firms ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you photograph our York hotel rooms and restaurant? Yes. dijitul shoots hotels on location, timing rooms for good daylight and photographing food in your restaurant. A half day is from £295 + VAT and a full day from £495 + VAT. Travel from Mansfield to York is added to the fixed quote you approve. ### Can you design an illustrated visitor map for a York attraction? Yes. We draw illustrated and simplified maps for leaflets, websites and on-site boards, supplied as vector files that scale cleanly from DL leaflet to large printed panel. Illustration is quoted per project, with design time at £45 an hour + VAT. ### Will our shop signage suit a listed building in York? We design signage with conservation areas in mind, using restrained colours and lettering styles, and supply drawings with dimensions for your signmaker and planning application. You will still need to check consent requirements with City of York Council before installing. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Hull Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/hull/ > Hull engineering, energy and logistics firms use dijitul for technical drawings and 3D CAD at £45 an hour + VAT, and for logos from £150 + VAT. Design is handled remotely from Mansfield. When you need photographs of a site, vessel or product, we shoot on location in Hull and quote travel up front. Hull's economy is tied to the Humber. Siemens Gamesa makes offshore wind turbine blades at Alexandra Dock, and a supply chain of fabricators, maintenance contractors and marine service firms has grown around the renewables sector. These businesses need design work that most agencies are not set up for: technical drawings to BS 8888, DXF files for laser and plasma cutting, fabrication drawings with weld symbols, and STEP models a client's engineer can open. We draw these at £45 an hour + VAT. The same firms also need to win work. Offshore and energy buyers expect a professional capability statement, HSEQ brochure, exhibition stand graphics for trade events and clear photography of people at work in proper PPE. We photograph on site, working within your permits and inductions. The Port of Hull supports freight forwarders, shipping and haulage companies, which need vehicle livery artwork, branded paperwork and simple infographics that explain a service. Reckitt and other health and chemical manufacturers bring in packaging suppliers and contract manufacturers that need label and carton artwork. - Offshore wind and engineering: CAD, capability documents, site photography - Logistics and freight: vehicle livery, stationery, presentation decks - Caravan and leisure makers in the East Riding: brochures, product photography, 3D renders - Hospitality in the Fruit Market and old town: menus, signage, food photography Hull's year as UK City of Culture in 2017 left a confident creative and hospitality scene in the Fruit Market and old town, where independents want branding with character. All design work is done remotely from Mansfield and shared as PDF proofs; photography and video are shot on location in Hull, with travel quoted. Also see Grimsby and Scunthorpe. ## Who we design for in Hull - Offshore wind suppliers - Engineering and fabrication firms - Freight forwarders and hauliers - Chemical and health products manufacturers - Caravan and leisure manufacturers - Marine service companies - Bars, cafés and restaurants - Creative businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you produce fabrication drawings for a Hull engineering firm? Yes. dijitul produces 2D fabrication and assembly drawings with dimensions, tolerances and weld symbols, plus DXF profiles for cutting and STEP models for clients. Work is charged at £45 an hour + VAT, and we agree a fixed estimate from your sketches or existing parts first. ### Can you photograph our team working on site at the docks? Yes, provided we can complete your site induction and you supply or confirm the PPE needed. We shoot people at work, equipment and facilities for tenders and websites. Half-day photography is from £295 + VAT, with travel to Hull quoted. ### Do you design exhibition stands for offshore energy events? Yes. We design shell scheme panels, pop-up banners and modular stand graphics to the exhibition contractor's templates, with correct bleed and print resolution. Exhibition work is quoted per stand, with design time at £45 an hour + VAT, and we can arrange printing. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Doncaster Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/doncaster/ > dijitul, based in nearby Mansfield, designs logos from £150 + VAT, vehicle livery, signage and warehouse floor plans for Doncaster hauliers, rail engineers and trade businesses. Design is done remotely and sent as proofs. We photograph fleets, depots and products on location in Doncaster, from £295 + VAT for a half day, with travel quoted. Doncaster sits where the A1(M), M18 and East Coast Main Line meet, and its business base reflects that. Distribution centres line the motorway junctions, the iPort rail freight terminal at Rossington links road and rail, and hundreds of smaller hauliers, warehousing firms and trade counters operate across the district. For these businesses a brand is seen most often on the side of a lorry or van, so vehicle livery is a common first job. We design livery to the vehicle's actual dimensions, avoiding door handles, panel joins and windows, and supply artwork your wrap company can print straight away. Warehouses also need clear internal signage, aisle and bay markers, health and safety boards and visitor information. Operators planning a new layout often need floor plans or 2D CAD racking drawings, which we produce at £45 an hour + VAT and supply as DWG and PDF. Rail is the other strong thread. The Plant Works built Flying Scotsman and Mallard, and rail engineering and maintenance firms still trade here. They need technical drawings, capability brochures and photographs of engineers and equipment that meet the safety expectations of rail clients. - Hauliers and logistics: livery, fleet photography, rate cards, tender documents - Rail and engineering firms: technical drawings, case study layouts, site photography - Trades and builders' merchants: logos, van graphics, flyers from £95 + VAT - Racecourse, hospitality and events: posters, menus, event photography Doncaster became a city in 2022, and many firms here have outgrown branding that was put together quickly years ago. Because we are a short drive away in Mansfield, travel for Doncaster shoots is modest, though it is still shown in the quote. Design itself is done remotely. Neighbouring pages: Rotherham and Worksop. ## Who we design for in Doncaster - Hauliers and couriers - Warehousing and third party logistics - Rail engineering firms - Builders' merchants and trade counters - Tradespeople and contractors - Racecourse and events businesses - Manufacturers - Training providers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design livery for our Doncaster haulage fleet? Yes. dijitul designs livery for curtainsiders, box vans and vans, using the vehicle make and model or your own measurements so graphics avoid handles, hinges and panel gaps. Livery is quoted per vehicle type, and we supply print-ready files for your wrap fitter. ### Can you draw a warehouse racking layout in CAD? Yes. We produce 2D CAD layouts showing racking, aisles, doors and fire routes from your measurements or an existing plan, supplied as DWG and PDF. Drafting is £45 an hour + VAT, and you get a fixed estimate before we start. ### Is travel to Doncaster expensive for a photo shoot? Doncaster is close to our Mansfield base, so travel is a small part of most quotes. We still list it separately so you see the full price before booking. Half-day photography is from £295 + VAT and a full day from £495 + VAT. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Rotherham Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/rotherham/ > Rotherham machining, fabrication and aerospace suppliers come to dijitul for 2D drawings and 3D CAD models at £45 an hour + VAT, plus logos from £150 + VAT and capability brochures. Design is done remotely from Mansfield. Photography of machines, parts and people is shot on location in Rotherham, with travel quoted beforehand. Rotherham's steel and coal history has turned into one of the UK's best known advanced manufacturing clusters. The Advanced Manufacturing Park at Waverley houses the AMRC, the Nuclear AMRC and McLaren's composites centre, and a ring of machining, coating, tooling and inspection firms supplies aerospace, automotive and nuclear customers. Those suppliers need design work that is precise rather than decorative. The most common request is CAD: redrawing old paper drawings into DWG, building 3D models from a sample part, or producing STEP files a customer can drop into their assembly. We draw to BS 8888 conventions, with clear title blocks, revision tables and tolerances, at £45 an hour + VAT. Where the original only exists as a scanned PDF, we offer CAD conversion. Winning aerospace and defence work also depends on looking credible. Buyers want a capability statement that lists machines, materials, accreditations and inspection kit, laid out clearly. They want photographs of a tidy shop floor, CMM inspection and finished parts. We photograph on location and edit images so machined surfaces show detail without blown highlights. - Precision engineering: 3D CAD, technical drawings, capability brochures - Steel fabricators: fabrication drawings, DXF cutting files, site photography - Materials and tooling suppliers: product datasheets, 3D renders of components - Retailers, care providers and trades: logos, flyers and signage Rotherham's town centre and Parkgate also support retail and services, and those businesses mostly need a clear logo, flyers from £95 + VAT and sensible signage. All design work happens remotely from Mansfield, so drawings and proofs arrive by email. Photography and video are shot on location in Rotherham with travel quoted. Nearby: Sheffield and Barnsley. ## Who we design for in Rotherham - Precision engineering and machining firms - Aerospace and nuclear suppliers - Steel fabricators - Tooling and materials suppliers - Coating and inspection companies - Distribution firms - Retailers - Care providers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you create a 3D CAD model from a physical part in Rotherham? Yes. dijitul can model a part from your measurements, a marked-up sketch or an old drawing, and supply STEP, IGES or native files plus a 2D drawing. Where the part needs collecting or measuring, travel is quoted. Modelling is £45 an hour + VAT. ### Do your drawings follow BS 8888? We produce drawings following BS 8888 conventions, including projection symbols, general tolerances, surface finish notes and revision control, and we match your existing title block if you have one. Tell us any customer-specific drawing standards and we will follow those too. ### Can you photograph machined parts for our website? Yes. We photograph parts on a clean background with controlled lighting to show finish and detail. Product images are from £25 + VAT per image, and on-site shop floor photography is from £295 + VAT for a half day, plus quoted travel. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Barnsley Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/barnsley/ > Barnsley start-ups, makers and trades can get a logo from dijitul from £150 + VAT, flyers from £95 + VAT and social media graphics packs from £99 + VAT. We design remotely from our Mansfield office and email proofs. Photography is shot on location in Barnsley from £295 + VAT, with travel added to the quote. Barnsley is a practical, cost-conscious place to run a business, and most local firms want design that does a job without agency overheads. Since the pits closed, the borough's economy has rebuilt around logistics on the M1, manufacturing and a large number of small owner-run firms. The design work that follows is grounded: a logo that works on a van and a hi-vis vest, a trade price list, labels for a food product, and a set of social media templates the owner can update on a phone. Glassmaking has a long history in the borough, and food, engineering and building products firms fill estates such as Ashroyd and the sites around Wombwell and Cudworth. Manufacturers selling to merchants need product catalogues, datasheets and clean product photography on white, which we shoot at from £25 + VAT per image. Some need technical drawings or 3D models at £45 an hour + VAT. The town centre has changed with The Glass Works, which brought new shops, restaurants and leisure into the middle of town, and the market has a long-standing reputation. Independents there need shopfront signage, menus, loyalty cards and seasonal posters. The Barnsley Digital Media Centre has supported tech and creative start-ups, which usually need a brand starter pack and a pitch deck. - Tradespeople: logos, van graphics, business cards from £75 + VAT - Manufacturers: catalogues, datasheets, product photography, CAD - Market traders and cafés: menus, signage, social posts - Start-ups: brand identity packs from £395 + VAT, pitch decks Penistone and the Dearne Valley villages have many sole traders who simply want to look professional. Everything is designed remotely from Mansfield, and shoots happen on location in Barnsley with travel quoted up front. See also Wakefield and Rotherham. ## Who we design for in Barnsley - Tradespeople and contractors - Manufacturers and glassmakers - Food producers - Logistics and warehousing firms - Market traders and independent shops - Cafés and restaurants - Digital start-ups - Care providers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### How much is a logo for a small Barnsley business? dijitul designs logos from £150 + VAT. You get the logo in colour, mono and reversed versions, as AI, EPS, SVG, PDF and PNG files, ready for vans, print and social media. The final fixed price depends on the brief, and you see it before we start. ### Can you design social media templates I can edit myself? Yes. We design editable templates in Canva or Adobe Express so you can change text and photos on your phone while keeping your brand consistent. A social media graphics pack is from £99 + VAT. ### Do you design for businesses in Penistone and the Dearne Valley? Yes. We work with businesses across the Barnsley borough, including Penistone, Wombwell, Hoyland and the Dearne Valley. Design is done remotely, so location makes no difference. For photography we travel to you and quote the mileage before booking. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Wakefield Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/wakefield/ > Wakefield food producers, distributors and council suppliers use dijitul for logos from £150 + VAT, label and packaging artwork, brochures from £295 + VAT and report templates. All design is done remotely from Mansfield. We photograph products, sites and teams on location in Wakefield, with half days from £295 + VAT and travel quoted. Wakefield sits where the M1 meets the M62, and that junction has drawn national distribution centres, parcel carriers and food businesses to Normanton, the Wakefield Europort and the motorway corridor. Food and drink is the district's other big employer. Coca-Cola bottles at Outwood, bakeries, dairies and processors work across Pontefract, Castleford, Featherstone and Knottingley, and Pontefract's liquorice and the Rhubarb Triangle's forced rhubarb give local producers a story worth telling on the pack. For a food business, packaging and labels do the selling and carry the legal information. We lay out ingredients with allergens emphasised, net quantity, best before and storage panels, and build artwork to your printer's cutter guide with 3 mm bleed. Product photography on white, from £25 + VAT per image, gives retailers and wholesalers the images they ask for. Wakefield is also West Yorkshire's administrative centre, so many local firms supply councils, police and health bodies. Those suppliers need accessible PDF reports, tender documents and plain-English infographics that make performance data easy to read. Cultural organisations around The Hepworth Wakefield and the Yorkshire Sculpture Park need exhibition graphics, programmes and event photography. - Food and drink makers: labels, packaging, product photography, trade show stands - Distribution firms: vehicle livery, warehouse signage, CAD layouts at £45 an hour + VAT - Public sector suppliers: report templates, bid documents, infographics - Arts organisations: posters, programmes, event photography The Five Towns each have their own shops, trades and cafés that mainly need a clear logo, flyers and signage. All design is done remotely from Mansfield and proofs come by email. Shoots are on location in Wakefield and the district, with travel quoted. Neighbouring pages: Leeds and Barnsley. ## Who we design for in Wakefield - Food and drink manufacturers - Bakeries and dairies - Distribution and parcel firms - Public sector suppliers - Arts and cultural organisations - Tradespeople - Independent retailers - Construction contractors ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design food labels that meet UK labelling rules? dijitul lays out labels with the required information, including allergens emphasised in the ingredients list, net quantity and date marks, using the wording you or your technical adviser supply. We do not give legal sign-off, so check final content with your trading standards contact or specialist. ### Do you design for businesses in Pontefract and Castleford? Yes. We design for businesses across the Wakefield district, including Pontefract, Castleford, Normanton, Ossett and Featherstone. Design work is done remotely, and for photography we come to you, with travel from Mansfield shown in the quote. ### Can you make our council reports easier to read? Yes. We design report templates in Word or InDesign with clear headings, accessible colour contrast, charts and infographics, and can produce tagged PDFs. This is priced at £45 an hour + VAT, with a fixed estimate agreed before we start. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Huddersfield Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/huddersfield/ > Huddersfield engineers, textile mills and university start-ups can use dijitul for CAD drawings and 3D models at £45 an hour + VAT, logos from £150 + VAT and product catalogues. Design is done remotely from Mansfield. Photography of cloth, machinery and products is shot on location in Huddersfield, with travel added to a fixed quote. Huddersfield still makes things. Fine worsted cloth is woven in mills around the town, David Brown has made gears here for well over a century, and Cummins builds Holset turbochargers. Chemicals, valves, pumps and specialist machinery firms work along the Colne Valley and Leeds Road. That gives Huddersfield an unusually technical design market. Engineering firms need technical drawings, exploded assembly views for manuals, 3D models exported as STEP for customers, and spare parts catalogues where every part number matches the drawing. We work at £45 an hour + VAT and supply DWG, DXF, STEP and PDF. When a product needs showing before it exists, photoreal 3D renders are quoted per image. Textile businesses need a different eye. Cloth is hard to photograph: colour must be accurate, weave texture has to show, and dark navy worsteds can easily look flat black. We shoot swatches and bunches with controlled light and a colour reference, then design swatch books, lookbooks and trade show graphics that suit tailors and buyers. - Engineering and machinery: CAD, manuals, spare parts catalogues, product renders - Textile mills: fabric photography, swatch books, heritage brand refreshes - University spin-outs at the 3M Buckley Innovation Centre: logos, pitch decks, product visuals - Holmfirth, Marsden and Slaithwaite makers: labels, packaging, product photography The University of Huddersfield is known for engineering, computing and music, and its 3M Buckley Innovation Centre supports start-ups that usually need a brand starter pack and an investor deck before anything else. The Holme and Colne Valleys add small food, drink and craft businesses. Design is done remotely from Mansfield and shared as PDF proofs; shoots happen on location with travel quoted. See also Halifax and Wakefield. ## Who we design for in Huddersfield - Engineering and gear manufacturers - Textile mills and cloth merchants - Chemical companies - Machinery and valve suppliers - University spin-outs - Craft and food producers in the valleys - Independent shops and cafés - Professional services firms ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you photograph fabric so the colours look accurate? Yes. dijitul shoots cloth with controlled lighting and a colour reference card, then corrects images so navy, charcoal and pattern detail look true to the bolt. We shoot on location at your mill. Product images are from £25 + VAT per image, plus quoted travel. ### Can you produce exploded views for an engineering manual? Yes. We create exploded assembly views from your 3D CAD files or drawings, with balloon numbers that match a parts list, for printed manuals and spare parts catalogues. This is charged at £45 an hour + VAT with an estimate agreed first. ### Do you help university spin-outs with a first brand? Yes. A brand identity pack from £395 + VAT gives a spin-out a logo, colours, fonts and basic templates, and we can add a pitch deck at £45 an hour + VAT. Everything is designed remotely, so we can work around a busy founder's schedule. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Halifax Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/halifax/ > Calderdale makers, Piece Hall traders and Halifax manufacturers can hire dijitul for logos from £150 + VAT, packaging, posters and product photography from £25 + VAT per image. We design remotely from our base in Mansfield and email proofs. Location shoots in Halifax start at £295 + VAT for a half day, plus travel quoted first. Halifax has a strong mix of old industry, finance and independent retail. Nestlé makes Quality Street here, the Halifax bank still employs large numbers on Trinity Road, and Dean Clough, once one of the world's biggest carpet mills, is now a complex of offices, studios and venues. The restored Piece Hall has become one of the north's best independent shopping and events spaces. Piece Hall traders and Calderdale makers often sell both in person and online, so their branding has to work at very different sizes: a hanging sign, a swing tag, a product box and a square Instagram post. We build brand identities with that in mind, from £395 + VAT, and supply logo files for each use. For online shops, consistent product photography on white or in simple styled sets makes a catalogue look like one brand. Concerts and events at the Piece Hall and Dean Clough create steady demand for posters, programmes and social graphics in the right sizes for each platform. Manufacturers across Elland, Brighouse and Sowerby Bridge need packaging artwork, catalogues and technical drawings at £45 an hour + VAT. - Independent retailers and makers: logos, packaging, swing tags, product photos - Venues and events: posters, programmes, event photography - Food and packaging firms: carton artwork, labels, sell sheets - Financial suppliers and professional firms: report templates, headshots Up the valley, Hebden Bridge and Todmorden have a dense community of artists, makers and small online retailers who want design that respects a hand-made product. All of our design is done remotely from Mansfield. Photography is shot on location in Halifax and the Calder Valley, with travel quoted. Nearby: Huddersfield and Bradford. ## Who we design for in Halifax - Independent retailers and makers - Online shops - Food and confectionery firms - Packaging and engineering manufacturers - Venues and event organisers - Financial services suppliers - Cafés, bars and restaurants - Arts organisations ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you photograph products for our Calderdale online shop? Yes. dijitul photographs products on white for marketplaces and in simple styled setups for your own site, with consistent lighting across the range. Product photography is from £25 + VAT per image, and we shoot on location in Halifax or the Calder Valley with travel quoted. ### Can you design posters for events at the Piece Hall? Yes. We design event posters in A3, A2 and A1, plus matching social media graphics in the correct sizes for each platform. A social media graphics pack is from £99 + VAT, and posters are priced at £45 an hour + VAT. ### Do you design for businesses in Hebden Bridge and Todmorden? Yes. We work with makers and small businesses across Calderdale, including Hebden Bridge, Todmorden, Sowerby Bridge, Elland and Brighouse. Design is done remotely, so there are no meeting costs, and shoots are quoted with travel included. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Harrogate Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/harrogate/ > In Harrogate, dijitul designs exhibition graphics, hotel brochures, menus and food packaging, with logos from £150 + VAT and brochures from £295 + VAT. The design work is done remotely from our Mansfield office. Hotel, food and event photography is shot on location in Harrogate, from £295 + VAT for a half day, with travel quoted. Harrogate is a spa town built on visitors, and its design needs follow its calendar. The Harrogate Convention Centre runs exhibitions and conferences through the year, the Great Yorkshire Show fills the showground each summer, and hotels, restaurants and bars depend on that trade. Exhibitors arriving at the convention centre need stand graphics, pop-up banners and handouts built to the organiser's templates and deadlines. We set up artwork at the correct scale with bleed, and can arrange printing. Hotels and spas need room and dining photography, brochures for weddings and corporate events, and menus that are easy to update between seasons. We shoot rooms with natural light where possible and time food photography around service. Harrogate is a food town too. Bettys and Taylors of Harrogate set a high bar, and smaller producers, delis and cafés selling to visitors and online want packaging and labels that hold their own on a premium shelf. Premium packaging is often about restraint: one or two Pantone colours, foil or emboss specified properly, and type that reads at a glance. - Event and exhibition businesses: stand graphics, programmes, delegate packs - Hotels and spas: photography, brochures, signage, menus - Food and drink brands: packaging, labels, product photography - Financial advisers and solicitors: brand refreshes, headshots, report templates - Estate agents: brochures and property photography The town's professional services firms at Hornbeam Park and in the Victorian centre want understated, well-crafted stationery and consistent headshots. Knaresborough, Ripon and Wetherby add rural, equestrian and tourism businesses. All design is done remotely from Mansfield; photography and video are shot on location in Harrogate with travel quoted first. Nearby: York and Leeds. ## Who we design for in Harrogate - Hotels and spas - Event and exhibition organisers - Exhibitors at the convention centre - Restaurants, cafés and tea rooms - Food and drink brands - Financial advisers and wealth managers - Estate agents - Rural and equestrian businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design our stand for an exhibition at the Harrogate Convention Centre? Yes. dijitul designs shell scheme panels, modular stands and pop-up banners to the organiser's templates, with print-ready files at the right scale and bleed. Exhibition work is quoted per stand, with design time at £45 an hour + VAT, and we can arrange print and delivery. ### Do you photograph hotels and restaurants in Harrogate? Yes. We shoot rooms, public spaces and food on location, planning the day around check-outs and service. Half-day photography is from £295 + VAT and a full day from £495 + VAT, with travel from Mansfield included in the quote. ### Can you design premium packaging with foil or embossing? Yes. We prepare packaging artwork with separate layers for foil, emboss and spot UV, and specify Pantone colours so your printer can match them. Packaging design is quoted as a fixed price once we know the format and number of variants. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Scarborough Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/scarborough/ > Seaside businesses in Scarborough can get leaflets from dijitul from £95 + VAT, logos from £150 + VAT, menus and signage, all designed remotely from Mansfield. Holiday let, hotel and food photography is shot on location in Scarborough, ideally before Easter, from £295 + VAT for a half day, with travel quoted up front. Scarborough's trade is seasonal, and its design calendar follows. Hotels, guest houses, holiday lets, caravan parks, cafés and attractions along the South Bay and North Bay do most of their business between Easter and the autumn, so menus, leaflets, signage and photography need to be ready before the season starts. Winter is the sensible time to refresh a brand or reshoot rooms. For holiday lets and guest houses, photography is the single biggest factor on a booking site. Booking platforms show wide shots of every room, so clean, level, well-lit images matter. We shoot wide but without the stretched look of an overly wide lens, and deliver images sized for the main booking sites and your own website. Cafés and fish restaurants need menus that survive sea air and sticky fingers, which usually means laminated or wipe-clean stock and a clear layout that tourists scan in seconds. Scarborough is not only tourism. McCain Foods has its UK head office and a large factory at Eastfield, Plaxton has built coaches here for more than a century, and engineering and food firms fill Scarborough Business Park. Those businesses need product photography, technical drawings at £45 an hour + VAT and trade show graphics. - Holiday lets, hotels and parks: room photography, brochures, signage - Cafés and restaurants: menus, A-boards, window graphics, food photography - Attractions: leaflets for tourist racks, posters, ticket designs - Food and engineering firms: packaging, product photos, CAD Whitby, Filey and the surrounding villages and farms look to Scarborough for services, and many owners juggle every job themselves, so we keep files simple to reuse. Design is done remotely from Mansfield. Shoots are on location on the coast with travel quoted. Also see York and Hull. ## Who we design for in Scarborough - Hotels and guest houses - Holiday lets and caravan parks - Cafés and fish restaurants - Visitor attractions - Food manufacturers - Coach and vehicle builders - Engineering firms - Gift shops and retailers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### When should we book holiday let photography in Scarborough? Booking a shoot between January and March means new images are live before Easter enquiries start. dijitul photographs holiday lets and guest houses on location, from £295 + VAT for a half day, with travel from Mansfield to the coast quoted before you book. ### Can you design wipe-clean menus for a seaside café? Yes. We design menus for laminated, synthetic or heavy coated stock, set out so visitors can scan prices and allergens quickly. Menu design is charged at £45 an hour + VAT, and we can arrange printing on durable stock and quote it separately. ### Do you design for businesses in Whitby and Filey? Yes. We design for businesses along the North Yorkshire coast, including Whitby, Filey and Robin Hood's Bay. All design is done remotely, and photography trips are quoted with travel included, so you know the total cost first. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Grimsby Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/grimsby/ > Seafood processors, offshore wind contractors and port businesses in Grimsby can use dijitul for packaging and label artwork, capability brochures and logos from £150 + VAT. We design everything remotely from Mansfield. Photography in processing halls, at the docks or on vessels is shot on location in Grimsby, with travel quoted beforehand. Grimsby is one of the UK's main centres for seafood processing. Young's Seafood is headquartered here, and dozens of processors, smokehouses and cold stores work around the docks, Europarc and Great Coates. Food packaging for these firms has to do several jobs at once: carry the retailer's or brand's look, list species and catch area, show allergens clearly, and survive chilled and frozen conditions. We prepare packaging and sleeve artwork to the printer's cutter guides, and keep master files organised so a new pack size or retailer variant is quick to produce. Processors pitching to new buyers need sell sheets, product specifications laid out neatly and product photography of cooked and raw product. Photographing in a food factory means following your hygiene rules, which we are used to: hairnets, white coats and no loose kit on the line. The port's newer role is in offshore wind. Ørsted runs its East Coast Hub operations and maintenance base from Grimsby, and crew transfer vessel operators, engineering contractors and training providers have followed. They need capability statements, safety-led recruitment graphics, vessel livery and photographs of crews and equipment for tenders. - Seafood and food processors: packaging, labels, sell sheets, product photography - Offshore wind and marine firms: capability documents, vessel graphics, site photography - Port and logistics businesses: livery, signage, CAD layouts at £45 an hour + VAT - Cleethorpes hospitality: menus, signage, food photography Cleethorpes, next door, supports seaside cafés, hotels and attractions that need menus and leaflets. All design work is done remotely from Mansfield and approved as PDF proofs. Photography is shot on location in Grimsby and Immingham, with travel quoted. Nearby: Scunthorpe and Hull. ## Who we design for in Grimsby - Seafood processors - Food manufacturers - Cold storage operators - Offshore wind contractors - Crew transfer and marine services - Port and logistics firms - Training providers - Cleethorpes hospitality businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you photograph inside a food processing factory? Yes. dijitul follows your hygiene and safety rules, wearing the protective clothing you require and keeping kit off the line. We photograph products, processes and people for websites, tenders and sell sheets. Half-day shoots are from £295 + VAT, with travel to Grimsby quoted. ### Can you manage artwork for lots of pack sizes and retailer versions? Yes. We build packaging artwork as organised master files so each pack size, species or customer variant is a controlled version, with clear file names and PDF proofs. Packaging is quoted as a fixed price, and amends are charged at £45 an hour + VAT. ### Do you design capability documents for offshore wind contractors? Yes. We design capability statements and HSEQ brochures that set out services, vessels, certifications and case studies in a clear structure buyers can scan. Brochures start from £295 + VAT, and we can photograph crews and equipment on location. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Scunthorpe Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/scunthorpe/ > Scunthorpe fabricators, engineering contractors and local trades use dijitul for fabrication drawings at £45 an hour + VAT, logos from £150 + VAT and capability brochures for new markets. Design is done remotely from our Mansfield office. On-site photography of workshops and teams is shot on location in Scunthorpe, with travel quoted first. Scunthorpe is the UK's best known steel town, and hundreds of engineering contractors, fabricators, maintenance specialists and hauliers have grown up around the works. With the steelworks' future regularly in the national news, many of those suppliers are trying to win work in renewables, rail, energy and defence. That changes what they need from design. A firm that has always won work through relationships with one big customer suddenly needs to explain itself to strangers. That means a refreshed brand, a capability brochure listing plant, accreditations and past projects, case study pages, and photographs of the workshop and team that show safe, organised work. We photograph on site and design the documents to read well both printed and as a PDF attached to a tender. Fabricators also need drawings. We produce fabrication drawings with weld symbols, cut lists and DXF profiles for plasma or laser cutting, and general arrangement drawings for site installations, at £45 an hour + VAT. - Engineering contractors: capability brochures, bid documents, site photography - Fabricators: fabrication and GA drawings, DXF files, 3D models - Hauliers along the M180: vehicle livery, rate cards, signage - Farms and rural businesses: farm shop branding, labels, signage - Trades and retailers: logos, flyers from £95 + VAT, van graphics North Lincolnshire's wider economy includes food processing, distribution on the M180 and agriculture around Brigg, Barton-upon-Humber and Epworth, where farm shops and food businesses need labels and packaging. All design work is done remotely from Mansfield; photography is shot on location in Scunthorpe with travel quoted. See also Grimsby and Doncaster. ## Who we design for in Scunthorpe - Steel supply chain firms - Engineering contractors - Fabricators - Hauliers and logistics firms - Industrial maintenance companies - Food processors - Farm shops and agricultural businesses - Tradespeople ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you help a Scunthorpe supplier present itself to new industries? Yes. dijitul designs capability brochures, case study sheets and tender templates that explain your services, plant and accreditations to buyers in sectors such as renewables and rail. Brochures start from £295 + VAT, and a logo refresh starts from £150 + VAT. ### Can you produce DXF files for plasma or laser cutting? Yes. We draw flat profiles and supply clean DXF files with closed contours at true scale, plus PDF drawings with dimensions for checking. Drafting is £45 an hour + VAT, and we agree an estimate from your sketches or parts first. ### Do you work with farm businesses around Brigg and Epworth? Yes. We design logos, farm shop signage, egg box and produce labels and simple price boards for rural businesses across North Lincolnshire. Design is done remotely, and if you need photography of your farm or produce, travel is quoted. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Manchester Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/manchester/ > Manchester ecommerce brands, start-ups and professional firms hire dijitul for logos from £150 + VAT, social media graphics packs from £99 + VAT and product photography from £25 + VAT per image. Design is carried out remotely from Mansfield. Photography and video are shot on location in Manchester, with travel added to the fixed quote. Manchester is the north's biggest economy, and its online retail sector shapes a lot of the design work. Fashion and lifestyle brands grew up here, and hundreds of smaller ecommerce businesses sell through their own sites, Amazon and other marketplaces. They need large volumes of consistent product photography: clean white-background main images, detail shots and simple lifestyle images, all edited to the same crop and colour. They also need digital ads in every placement size and social media graphics that change weekly. Spinningfields holds banks, law firms and accountants that buy a different kind of design: understated brand refreshes, report and pitch templates, and headshots across a whole team. Tech and SaaS start-ups along Oxford Road and in the Northern Quarter want a credible logo and brand starter pack, an investor deck and product screenshots or explainer graphics. The Northern Quarter and Ancoats are packed with independent bars, restaurants and shops that need menus, signage, merchandise and food photography. Music venues and promoters need gig posters and social assets on tight deadlines. - Ecommerce brands: product photography, marketplace images, ad sets, packaging - Start-ups: brand identity from £395 + VAT, pitch decks, icons and illustrations - Professional services: report templates, headshots, presentation design - Hospitality and venues: menus, signage, posters, event photography - Agencies: overflow artwork and production design Manchester has plenty of design agencies, and we are not trying to be one of them. We suit businesses that want a fixed price, direct contact with the designer and work done remotely from Mansfield, with photography and video shot on location in Manchester and travel quoted. See also Salford and Stockport. ## Who we design for in Manchester - Ecommerce and fashion brands - SaaS and tech start-ups - Law and accountancy firms - Financial services companies - Bars, restaurants and venues - Music promoters - Creative and digital agencies - Independent retailers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you shoot Amazon-ready product photos for a Manchester brand? Yes. dijitul photographs products on a pure white background for marketplace main images, plus detail and lifestyle shots, edited to a consistent crop. Product photography is from £25 + VAT per image. We shoot on location at your unit or office in Manchester, with travel quoted. ### Can you design a full set of digital ad sizes from one campaign? Yes. We design a master ad and adapt it to each placement your campaign uses, checking current platform sizes at the time of the job so text stays inside safe areas. This is priced at £45 an hour + VAT, with a fixed quote first. ### Why use a Mansfield designer rather than a Manchester agency? You deal directly with the person doing the work, you get a fixed price before we start, and our rates avoid city centre overheads. Design happens remotely, which suits busy teams, and we still come to Manchester for photography and video. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Liverpool Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/liverpool/ > Liverpool hospitality venues, freight firms and life sciences companies can commission dijitul for logos from £150 + VAT, menus, posters, presentation decks and scientific graphics. We work remotely from Mansfield, sending proofs by email. Food, venue and event photography is shot on location in Liverpool, from £295 + VAT for a half day, plus quoted travel. Liverpool's visitor economy is huge, and the design work it creates is constant. Hotels, bars and restaurants around the waterfront, Bold Street and the Baltic Triangle compete for tourists, match day crowds and concert audiences. They need menus that are quick to update, signage and window graphics, and food and venue photography that looks like the real place. Promoters and venues need posters and social assets for every event. The Baltic Triangle is also a hub for games studios, digital agencies and start-ups. Some need extra hands for illustration, icons or production artwork; others need a logo and brand pack while they focus on their product. The Knowledge Quarter, around the universities, the Liverpool School of Tropical Medicine, Liverpool Science Park and Paddington Village, brings life sciences and health research firms. They need conference posters at A0, investor and partner decks, clear diagrams of complex processes and lab photography. We turn dense technical material into infographics a non-specialist can follow. - Hotels, bars and restaurants: menus, signage, food and interior photography - Freight forwarders and customs agents: brand refreshes, service brochures, livery - Life sciences: scientific posters, decks, diagrams, lab photography - Games and digital studios: illustration, icons, overflow artwork - Events and music: posters, programmes, event photography The Port of Liverpool keeps freight forwarders, customs agents and shipping firms busy, and those firms usually need professional stationery, a clear service brochure and vehicle livery rather than flashy campaigns. Design is done remotely from Mansfield; photography and video are shot on location in Liverpool, with travel quoted. Nearby: St Helens and Southport. ## Who we design for in Liverpool - Hotels, bars and restaurants - Music venues and promoters - Freight forwarders and customs agents - Life sciences and health research firms - Games and digital studios - Online retailers - Tourism businesses - Professional services firms ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design a scientific poster for a Liverpool research team? Yes. dijitul lays out research posters at A0 or A1 with clear hierarchy, readable charts and correctly placed logos for partners and funders, supplied as print-ready PDF. Poster design is charged at £45 an hour + VAT, and we can arrange printing. ### Do you photograph bars and restaurants in Liverpool? Yes. We shoot food, drinks and interiors on location, usually before opening so rooms are clear and light is controllable. Half-day photography starts from £295 + VAT, with travel from Mansfield to Liverpool added to the fixed quote. ### Can you provide illustration for a Baltic Triangle studio? Yes. We produce vector and raster illustration, icons and spot graphics to your style guide, supplying layered source files. Illustration is quoted per project, with design time at £45 an hour + VAT, and we can work under your studio's name. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Preston Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/preston/ > Preston aerospace suppliers, public sector contractors and city centre firms use dijitul for CAD at £45 an hour + VAT, logos from £150 + VAT and tender document templates. Design is done remotely from our Mansfield base. Photography of engineering work, teams and premises is shot on location in Preston, with the travel cost quoted first. Preston is Lancashire's administrative city and sits close to two of the county's biggest engineering employers. BAE Systems builds military aircraft and parts at Warton and Samlesbury, and Westinghouse makes nuclear fuel at Springfields. Hundreds of precision engineering, composites and technical services firms supply them, and those firms need technical drawings, 3D CAD and clear documentation at £45 an hour + VAT. Defence and nuclear customers are careful about information, so photography in those supply chains has to be planned. We agree in advance what can and cannot be shown, avoid controlled parts and drawings in frame, and let you review images before anything is published. Lancashire County Council is based in Preston, and the city is known for the Preston model of community wealth building, which encourages big local institutions to spend with local firms. Small businesses bidding for those contracts need tender documents, method statements and case studies that look organised. We design Word and InDesign templates that staff can reuse for every bid. - Aerospace and nuclear suppliers: CAD, technical drawings, capability brochures - Public sector contractors: bid templates, case studies, accessible reports - Professional firms: brand refreshes, headshots, stationery - City centre retail and hospitality: menus, signage, social graphics - Logistics firms on the M6 and M55: livery and signage The University of Central Lancashire brings students and start-ups into the city centre, and student-focused bars and shops need a steady flow of posters and social content. All design is done remotely from Mansfield; photography and video are shot on location in Preston, with travel quoted. See also Blackburn and Blackpool. ## Who we design for in Preston - Aerospace supply chain firms - Nuclear sector suppliers - Precision engineering companies - Public sector contractors - Accountants and solicitors - Care providers - Student-focused hospitality and retail - Logistics firms ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you photograph engineering work for a defence supplier? Yes, with planning. dijitul agrees a shot list with you in advance, keeps controlled parts and documents out of frame, and gives you all images to review before use. Half-day photography is from £295 + VAT, with travel to Preston included in the quote. ### Can you design a reusable tender template for public sector bids? Yes. We build tender templates in Word or InDesign with styled headings, tables, case study layouts and covers, so your team can produce consistent bids quickly. This is charged at £45 an hour + VAT, with a fixed estimate agreed before work starts. ### Do you produce 3D CAD models for aerospace suppliers? Yes. We model parts and assemblies from drawings or measurements and supply STEP and native formats, with 2D drawings to your customer's conventions. Modelling and drafting are £45 an hour + VAT. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Bolton Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/bolton/ > Bolton bakeries, distributors and family-run businesses can get a logo from dijitul from £150 + VAT, flyers from £95 + VAT, packaging artwork and van livery. Our design work is done remotely from Mansfield. Product and team photography is shot on location in Bolton, with half days from £295 + VAT and travel quoted. Bolton is a practical town with a strong making and moving economy. Warburtons is headquartered here and still bakes in the town, other food and drink producers operate across the borough, and engineering, packaging and defence firms work from estates along the M61. Logistics North, between Bolton and Wigan, holds big distribution centres, and Middlebrook mixes offices with retail and leisure. Many Bolton businesses are family-owned and have been trading for decades. Their brand has often grown by accident: a logo from the 1990s, a van graphic someone's cousin did, and invoices typed in Word. A careful logo redesign keeps the recognition customers trust while fixing the problems, such as a logo that blurs when printed small or does not work in one colour on a hi-vis vest. Food producers here need packaging and label artwork with accurate allergen information and barcodes placed where scanners can read them. Distributors and hauliers need vehicle livery and warehouse signage. Engineering firms need technical drawings at £45 an hour + VAT. - Bakeries and food producers: packaging, labels, product photography - Distribution firms: livery, signage, rate cards - Engineering and packaging manufacturers: CAD, catalogues, datasheets - Care providers: recruitment adverts, leaflets, staff photography - Trades and retailers: logos, business cards from £75 + VAT, flyers The wider borough, including Horwich, Westhoughton, Farnworth and Kearsley, has many trades, care providers and independent shops that need straightforward design at a clear price. All design is done remotely from Mansfield and proofs are emailed; shoots happen on location in Bolton with travel quoted. Nearby: Wigan and Manchester. ## Who we design for in Bolton - Bakeries and food producers - Distribution and logistics firms - Engineering and packaging manufacturers - Defence suppliers - Care providers - Tradespeople - Independent retailers - Family-run wholesalers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you update our old logo without losing what customers recognise? Yes. dijitul redesigns logos by keeping the familiar shapes and colours while redrawing them cleanly as vectors, fixing small-size and single-colour problems. Logo work starts from £150 + VAT, and you receive AI, EPS, SVG, PDF and PNG files. ### Can you design care recruitment adverts for a Bolton provider? Yes. We design job adverts for social media, local press and printed leaflets, with clear pay, shift and contact details. Using real staff photography, shot on location in Bolton, makes adverts more believable. Social packs start from £99 + VAT. ### Do you design for businesses in Horwich and Westhoughton? Yes. We work with businesses across the Bolton borough, including Horwich, Westhoughton, Farnworth and Kearsley. Design is done remotely, and photography visits are quoted with travel from Mansfield included, so you see the full price first. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Warrington Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/warrington/ > Engineering consultancies, distribution firms and office-based businesses in Warrington use dijitul for report templates, CAD at £45 an hour + VAT and logos from £150 + VAT. Design is done remotely from our office in Mansfield. Headshots, team photography and site images are shot on location in Warrington, with travel added to the quote. Warrington sits where the M6, M62 and M56 meet, and it has become a base for head offices, distribution centres and engineering consultancies. Birchwood Park has long been associated with the nuclear industry, and consultancies working on nuclear, power and infrastructure projects need design work that is precise and well documented: report templates, technical figures, process diagrams, 2D CAD drafting and 3D visuals, at £45 an hour + VAT. Engineering reports are long, and they are often written by several people. A good report template in Word, with styles locked down, numbered figures and consistent tables, saves hours of formatting for every project. We build these with your brand and test them with real content so they do not break when someone pastes from another document. United Utilities is headquartered at Lingley Mere, and utility contractors around the town need vehicle livery, safety signage and recruitment graphics. Distribution parks at Omega and around Appleton Thorn bring operators that need warehouse signage and livery. - Engineering consultancies: report templates, figures, CAD, 3D renders - Utility contractors: livery, site signage, recruitment campaigns - Distribution firms: warehouse signage, floor plans, fleet graphics - Professional and insurance firms: headshots, presentations, stationery - Retailers and trades: logos, flyers, social graphics Offices at Centre Park, Birchwood and Lingley Mere hold insurance, finance and tech firms that want consistent team headshots and well-built presentation templates. Design is done remotely from Mansfield; headshots and site photography are shot on location in Warrington with travel quoted. See also St Helens and Chester. ## Who we design for in Warrington - Nuclear and energy consultancies - Engineering consultancies - Utility contractors - Distribution centres - Insurance and financial services - Tech companies - Recruitment agencies - Tradespeople ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you build a Word report template for an engineering consultancy? Yes. dijitul builds Word templates with locked styles, numbered headings, figure and table captions, cover pages and appendices, tested with real content. Template work is charged at £45 an hour + VAT, with a fixed estimate before we start. ### Can you photograph headshots for our whole Warrington office in one visit? Yes. We set up a portable backdrop and lighting in a meeting room and photograph staff one after another, with consistent framing. A half day is from £295 + VAT and a full day from £495 + VAT, with travel quoted. ### Can you redraw site layouts in CAD from marked-up PDFs? Yes. We redraw layouts and drawings from PDFs, scans or marked-up prints into clean DWG files on proper layers, plus PDF output. Drafting is £45 an hour + VAT, estimated before we begin. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Chester Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/chester/ > Chester hotels, wedding venues, independent shops and financial firms can work with dijitul on logos from £150 + VAT, brochures from £295 + VAT, signage and menus. Design is done remotely from Mansfield. Venue, room and food photography is shot on location in Chester, from £295 + VAT for a half day, with travel quoted beforehand. Chester's walls, the Rows, the racecourse and Chester Zoo draw visitors all year, and the city's hotels, restaurants, wedding venues and independent shops rely on looking the part. Retailers trading from the Rows and historic buildings often need signage that suits a conservation area, along with carrier bags, gift cards and seasonal window graphics. Restaurants and bars need menus and food photography. Wedding and events venues in and around Chester sell an experience long before anyone visits. A well-designed wedding brochure, with package pricing laid out clearly, and photography of the rooms dressed and empty, does a lot of the selling. We photograph venues on location and design brochures that work printed and as a PDF sent after an enquiry. Chester also has a large financial services sector. Bank of America, M&S Bank and other card and insurance operations work around Chester Business Park, and many smaller firms supply them. Those firms want restrained branding, report templates and consistent headshots. - Hotels, restaurants and bars: menus, signage, food and room photography - Wedding and event venues: brochures, venue photography, social graphics - Independent retailers: shop branding, packaging, product photography - Financial and professional firms: brand refreshes, headshots, templates - Aerospace and engineering suppliers: CAD at £45 an hour + VAT, capability documents Airbus builds wings at Broughton, just over the Welsh border, and Deeside's engineering firms often work with Chester-based suppliers, so CAD and technical documentation are also common. Some cross-border clients need bilingual English and Welsh layouts, which we can set using translations you supply. Design is done remotely from Mansfield; shoots are on location in Chester with travel quoted. Nearby: Wrexham and Warrington. ## Who we design for in Chester - Hotels and restaurants - Wedding and event venues - Independent retailers - Banks and card providers - Insurance and financial firms - Aerospace and engineering suppliers - Estate agents - Visitor attractions ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you photograph our Chester wedding venue? Yes. dijitul photographs ceremony and reception rooms both dressed and empty, plus grounds and details, for brochures, websites and wedding directories. Half-day photography is from £295 + VAT and a full day from £495 + VAT, with travel to Chester quoted first. ### Can you design bilingual English and Welsh materials? Yes. We design layouts that give both languages proper space and equal weight. You supply the Welsh translation, ideally from a qualified translator, and we set it carefully and send proofs for checking. Design is charged at £45 an hour + VAT. ### Do you design shop signage for the Rows? Yes. We design fascia and hanging signs to suit historic streets, with dimensioned drawings for your signmaker and planning application. Check listed building and advertisement consent with Cheshire West and Chester Council before ordering. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Stockport Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/stockport/ > Stockport consultants, trade suppliers and town centre independents can get a logo from dijitul from £150 + VAT or a brand identity pack from £395 + VAT, plus catalogues and stationery. Design is done remotely from Mansfield. Headshots and product photography are shot on location in Stockport, with travel added to the fixed quote. Stockport has its own economy rather than simply being a Manchester suburb. Its history is in hat making, remembered at Hat Works, and Robinsons has brewed here since the nineteenth century. Today the town centre has new offices at Stockport Exchange beside the station, while Bredbury, Hazel Grove and Cheadle hold manufacturers, trade suppliers and distribution firms. A lot of Stockport's businesses are consultancies, accountants, advisers and freelancers, many working from home in Bramhall, Cheadle Hulme and Marple. They tend to need a confident small-business brand: a logo, stationery, an email signature, a LinkedIn banner and a decent headshot. A brand identity pack from £395 + VAT covers most of that in one go. Trade suppliers and manufacturers on the industrial estates need practical documents: product catalogues with accurate codes and specifications, price lists, trade counter posters and datasheets. Product photography on white, from £25 + VAT per image, keeps a catalogue consistent. Where a part needs drawing or modelling, CAD work is £45 an hour + VAT. - Consultants and freelancers: logos, brand packs, headshots, LinkedIn graphics - Trade suppliers: catalogues, price lists, product photography - Manufacturers: datasheets, CAD, exhibition graphics - Pubs, bars and cafés: menus, pump clips, signage, food photography - Health and wellbeing practices: leaflets, signage, social templates The Underbanks and the market area have a growing independent food, drink and retail scene that needs menus, signage and social graphics. Design work is done remotely from Mansfield and approved by PDF proof; shoots happen on location in Stockport with travel quoted. Also see Manchester and Macclesfield. ## Who we design for in Stockport - Consultants and freelancers - Accountants and financial advisers - Trade suppliers and wholesalers - Manufacturers - Pubs, bars and cafés - Health and wellbeing practices - Software and tech firms - Independent retailers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### What does a brand identity pack include for a Stockport consultant? dijitul's brand identity pack, from £395 + VAT, typically covers a logo with variations, colour palette, font choices and basic templates such as letterhead and email signature, with a short guide on using them. The exact contents are confirmed in your fixed quote. ### Can you photograph headshots at my home office in Bramhall? Yes. We bring a portable backdrop and lights, or use natural light in a suitable room, and photograph headshots on location. A half day is from £295 + VAT, with travel quoted, and you choose your favourite images from a proof gallery. ### Can you design a trade catalogue with hundreds of products? Yes. We build catalogues in InDesign using data from a spreadsheet where possible, so product codes and prices are accurate and easy to update. Catalogue design is quoted on page count and structure, at £45 an hour + VAT for amends. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Wigan Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/wigan/ > Wigan food makers, hauliers, salons and tradespeople can hire dijitul for logos from £150 + VAT, van livery, labels and social media graphics packs from £99 + VAT. The design is done remotely from Mansfield. Product, team and premises photography is shot on location in Wigan, from £295 + VAT for a half day, with travel quoted. Wigan's best known employer is Heinz, whose Kitt Green factory is one of the largest food plants in Europe, and food manufacturing runs through the borough's economy. Smaller producers selling to wholesalers, farm shops and independent retailers need labels and packaging that look credible beside national brands, with the mandatory information laid out properly and barcodes placed where tills can scan them. The M6 and M58 run through the borough, so hauliers, distribution firms and depots are everywhere, from Martland Park to the Logistics North area on the Bolton border. For these firms, the brand mostly appears on vehicles and uniforms, which makes livery, workwear logos and depot signage the priority. We design livery to real vehicle dimensions and supply files ready for the wrap fitter. Wigan also has a large number of small service businesses: builders, electricians, hair and beauty salons, cafés and gyms in Leigh, Standish, Hindley and Ashton-in-Makerfield. They need a clean logo, business cards from £75 + VAT, price lists, gift vouchers and social graphics that look the same every week. - Food producers: labels, packaging, product photography from £25 + VAT per image - Hauliers and distribution: livery, signage, workwear branding - Tradespeople: logos, van graphics, flyers, quote templates - Salons and wellbeing: price lists, vouchers, social templates - Rugby and sports clubs: kit logos, match day programmes, sponsor boards Rugby league is part of Wigan's identity, and amateur and community clubs need crests, kit artwork, sponsor boards and programmes. All design work is done remotely from Mansfield and approved by PDF proof. Photography is shot on location in Wigan, with travel quoted first. Nearby: Bolton and St Helens. ## Who we design for in Wigan - Food manufacturers - Hauliers and distribution firms - Tradespeople and builders - Hair and beauty salons - Rugby and sports clubs - Engineering and packaging firms - Care providers - Independent retailers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design a crest and kit artwork for a Wigan rugby club? Yes. dijitul designs club crests that embroider and print cleanly, plus kit artwork with sponsor placements and match day programmes. Logo work starts from £150 + VAT, and we supply vector files suitable for kit suppliers and embroiderers. ### Can you design price lists and gift vouchers for a salon? Yes. We design price lists, gift vouchers, loyalty cards and window graphics to match your brand, supplied print-ready or as editable templates. A social media graphics pack is from £99 + VAT, and print items are priced at £45 an hour + VAT. ### Do you design for businesses in Leigh and Standish? Yes. We design for businesses across the Wigan borough, including Leigh, Standish, Hindley, Atherton and Ashton-in-Makerfield. Design work is remote, and for photography we travel to you with the cost included in your quote. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Oldham Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/oldham/ > dijitul designs logos from £150 + VAT, trade catalogues, packaging and restaurant menus for Oldham manufacturers, wholesalers and food businesses. All design is handled remotely from Mansfield with proofs by email. Product and food photography is shot on location in Oldham, from £25 + VAT per image for products, with travel quoted beforehand. Oldham was one of the world's great cotton-spinning towns, and many of its mills now house small manufacturers, wholesalers and warehouses. Today's manufacturers work in food, packaging, electronics, textiles and engineering, and most are family-owned firms with tens rather than hundreds of staff. Hollinwood, Chadderton, Royton, Shaw and Failsworth hold most of them. Wholesalers and distributors need trade catalogues and price lists that customers can use quickly, with clear product codes, pack sizes and photography. We set catalogues up in InDesign so next year's prices can be updated without rebuilding every page. Small food and packaging manufacturers need product packaging, carton prints and sell sheets for buyers. Oldham's restaurants, takeaways and sweet centres are a big part of local life, and many are family businesses with strong links to the town's South Asian communities. They need menus for the counter and delivery apps, illuminated sign artwork, window vinyl and food photography that makes dishes look as good as they taste. We often design menus in two or more scripts where owners supply translations. - Manufacturers: packaging, datasheets, technical drawings at £45 an hour + VAT - Wholesalers: catalogues, price lists, product photography - Restaurants and takeaways: menus, signage, food photography - Pharmacies and health practices: leaflets, signage, posters - Saddleworth businesses: brand identities, labels, rural tourism leaflets Saddleworth's Pennine villages have creative, rural and tourism businesses with a different feel, often needing heritage-style branding and product labels for local food and drink. Everything is designed remotely from Mansfield; shoots happen on location in Oldham and Saddleworth with travel quoted. See also Rochdale and Manchester. ## Who we design for in Oldham - Small manufacturers - Wholesalers and distributors - Restaurants, takeaways and sweet centres - Food producers - Packaging firms - Pharmacies and health practices - Saddleworth creative and rural businesses - Tradespeople ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design menus with English and another language? Yes. dijitul designs menus with two or more languages, including right-to-left scripts, using translations you provide. We check layout and font support carefully and send proofs for a native speaker to approve. Menu design is charged at £45 an hour + VAT. ### Can you photograph our wholesale product range in Oldham? Yes. We bring lighting and a white background to your warehouse and photograph products consistently for catalogues and online ordering. Product photography is from £25 + VAT per image, with travel to Oldham included in the quote. ### Do you design for businesses in Saddleworth? Yes. We design for businesses in Uppermill, Delph, Dobcross and the other Saddleworth villages. Design is done remotely, so there are no meeting costs, and photography trips are quoted with travel from Mansfield included. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Rochdale Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/rochdale/ > Co-operatives, charities, manufacturers and distributors in Rochdale can use dijitul for logos from £150 + VAT, member newsletters, annual reports and leaflets from £95 + VAT. Our design is done remotely from Mansfield. Photography of people, products and premises is shot on location in Rochdale, with half days from £295 + VAT and travel quoted. Rochdale is where the modern co-operative movement began, when the Rochdale Pioneers opened their shop on Toad Lane in 1844. Co-operatives, mutuals, housing associations, social enterprises and charities remain part of the town's economy, and they have particular design needs. Member organisations produce annual reports, AGM papers, member newsletters and voting packs that must be clear, accessible and affordable to print. Charities need fundraising leaflets, event posters and case study photography that treats people with respect. We design these documents with plain-English layouts, good colour contrast and readable type sizes, and we can produce accessible PDFs. Many community organisations get better results from a simple set of reusable templates than from a new design each time, which keeps costs down. Rochdale also has a strong manufacturing and logistics base. Kingsway Business Park by junction 21 of the M62 holds major distribution and manufacturing sites, and the Heywood parks near junction 19 host national retailers and carriers. Manufacturers making textiles, building products and food need packaging, product datasheets, catalogues and technical drawings at £45 an hour + VAT. - Co-operatives and mutuals: annual reports, member communications, brand guidelines - Charities and community groups: fundraising materials, posters, photography - Manufacturers: packaging, catalogues, CAD, product photography - Distribution firms: livery, warehouse signage - Restaurants and shops: menus, signage, social graphics The town centre has been reshaped by the Rochdale Riverside development and the reopened River Roch, bringing new shops and food businesses. The borough also covers Heywood, Middleton, Littleborough and Milnrow. All design work is done remotely from Mansfield; photography is shot on location in Rochdale with travel quoted. Nearby: Oldham and Bolton. ## Who we design for in Rochdale - Co-operatives and mutuals - Charities and community groups - Housing associations - Social enterprises - Manufacturers - Distribution centres - Restaurants and takeaways - Independent retailers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design an annual report for a Rochdale co-operative? Yes. dijitul designs annual reports and AGM packs with clear financial tables, member stories and accessible layouts, supplied as print-ready and accessible PDFs. Annual reports are quoted on page count, with design time at £45 an hour + VAT. ### Do you offer anything to help charities keep design costs down? We usually suggest a set of reusable templates for posters, leaflets and social posts, so volunteers can produce new materials in your brand without paying for each one. A social media graphics pack starts from £99 + VAT. ### Do you design for businesses in Heywood and Middleton? Yes. We work with businesses across the Rochdale borough, including Heywood, Middleton, Littleborough and Milnrow. Design work is remote, and photography visits are quoted with travel from Mansfield included, before you commit. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Salford Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/salford/ > Salford production companies, agencies and local businesses can hire dijitul for logos from £150 + VAT, motion graphics, YouTube channel art and video from £695 + VAT. Design and editing are done remotely from Mansfield. Filming and photography are on location in Salford, at MediaCityUK or across the city, with travel added to the fixed quote. MediaCityUK at Salford Quays is one of the biggest media hubs in the UK outside London. BBC departments including BBC Sport and BBC Breakfast are based there, ITV films Coronation Street across the water, and hundreds of production companies, post-production houses and digital agencies have followed. Those businesses already have creative people, but they often need extra help with specific jobs: motion graphics and lower thirds, title cards, pitch decks for commissioners, YouTube thumbnails and channel art, and brand assets for a new independent production company. We supply motion work in the formats editors need, such as ProRes with alpha or After Effects project files, and design pitch decks that look professional when shared as a PDF. For new production companies, a brand identity from £395 + VAT covers a logo, ident-ready versions and templates. Beyond the Quays, Chapel Street and New Bailey have filled with offices, bars and restaurants that need menus, signage and headshots. Salford Royal and the health and care sector need patient leaflets and recruitment graphics. Port Salford and industrial estates in Eccles, Irlam and Swinton hold logistics and manufacturing firms that need livery, signage and CAD at £45 an hour + VAT. - Production companies: idents, lower thirds, pitch decks, channel art - Digital agencies: overflow artwork, illustration, social templates - Offices and hospitality: headshots, menus, signage - Health and care providers: patient leaflets, recruitment campaigns - Manufacturers and logistics: livery, catalogues, technical drawings The University of Salford also brings graduates who start their own creative businesses. Design and editing are done remotely from Mansfield; filming and photography happen on location in Salford with travel quoted. See also Manchester and Bolton. ## Who we design for in Salford - TV and media production companies - Post-production houses - Digital agencies - Freelance creatives - Bars, restaurants and offices on Chapel Street - Health and care providers - Logistics and freight firms - Manufacturers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you supply motion graphics for a MediaCityUK production? Yes. dijitul creates lower thirds, title sequences and animated graphics to your programme's style, supplied as ProRes 4444 with alpha or as After Effects projects for your editor. Motion graphics are quoted per job, with design time at £45 an hour + VAT. ### How much is a corporate video for a Salford business? Video production with dijitul starts from £695 + VAT. That includes planning, filming on location in Salford and editing, with the exact scope set out in a fixed quote. Travel from Mansfield is listed in that quote. ### Can you design a pitch deck for a TV commissioner? Yes. We design pitch decks in PowerPoint, Keynote or Google Slides, with format pages, talent and visual references laid out clearly, and export them as a polished PDF. Decks are charged at £45 an hour + VAT. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Blackpool Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/blackpool/ > Blackpool hotels, guest houses, attractions and show venues can get leaflets from dijitul from £95 + VAT, logos from £150 + VAT, show posters and seafront signage. Everything is designed remotely from our Mansfield base. Hotel, bar and attraction photography is shot on location in Blackpool from £295 + VAT, with travel quoted. Blackpool is built on visitors, and its businesses use more printed promotion than most towns. The Tower, the Pleasure Beach, the Winter Gardens and the Illuminations bring crowds from spring to autumn, and hotels, guest houses, bars, arcades, shows and attractions compete hard for them. Leaflets in tourist racks, hotel lobby posters, A-boards, show programmes and bold seafront signage are all part of the mix. Show and venue promotion follows a cycle: a poster in several sizes, a leaflet, social graphics in every format, and often a printed programme. We design a master artwork and adapt it across sizes so the campaign looks consistent from A0 poster to phone screen. For signage, we design to the actual board dimensions and viewing distance, because a seafront sign is read from across the road in a few seconds. Many Blackpool hotels and guest houses are small family businesses. Their biggest need is usually photography: clean, bright images of rooms, breakfast rooms and bars that match what guests will find. We shoot before the season so images are live on booking sites in time. - Hotels and guest houses: room photography, signage, menus, leaflets - Shows and venues: posters, programmes, social campaigns - Attractions and arcades: leaflets, wayfinding, ticket designs - Conference and events at the Winter Gardens: delegate packs, exhibition graphics - Public sector suppliers and enterprise zone firms: brand identities, reports The Blackpool Airport Enterprise Zone is drawing energy, digital and engineering businesses that need professional branding and technical drawings at £45 an hour + VAT. All design is done remotely from Mansfield; photography and video are shot on location in Blackpool with travel quoted. Nearby: Preston and Lancaster. ## Who we design for in Blackpool - Hotels and guest houses - Shows and entertainment venues - Visitor attractions and arcades - Bars and restaurants - Conference and event organisers - Holiday parks - Public sector suppliers - Enterprise zone businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design a show poster campaign in all the sizes we need? Yes. dijitul designs a master show artwork and adapts it to every poster size, leaflet and social media format you use, keeping text readable at each size. A social media graphics pack is from £99 + VAT, and print sizes are priced at £45 an hour + VAT. ### Can you photograph our Blackpool hotel before the season? Yes. We photograph rooms, bars and breakfast rooms on location, ideally in late winter or early spring so images are on booking sites before Easter. Half-day shoots start from £295 + VAT, with travel from Mansfield quoted. ### Can you design large seafront signage? Yes. We design fascia signs, hoardings and banners to the real dimensions and viewing distance, and supply print-ready files with your signmaker's required bleed. Signage design is quoted per job, with design time at £45 an hour + VAT. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Blackburn Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/blackburn/ > Blackburn wholesalers, multi-site retailers and manufacturers use dijitul for logos from £150 + VAT, trade catalogues, shop signage and CAD drawings at £45 an hour + VAT. Design work is done remotely from Mansfield. Product, premises and team photography is shot on location in Blackburn and Darwen, with travel included in the quote. Blackburn has a strong tradition of entrepreneurial family businesses. EG Group, the forecourt and convenience retailer, was founded here, and many wholesalers, multi-site retailers, property firms and distributors across Blackburn with Darwen are run by second and third generation owners. When a business grows from one shop to ten, its design needs change. Signage, uniforms, price tickets, leaflets and social posts all need to look the same in every branch, which calls for brand guidelines and ready-made templates rather than one-off designs. Wholesalers need trade catalogues, promotional leaflets for each buying period and product photography on white, which we shoot at from £25 + VAT per image. We set up catalogue templates so monthly promotions can be produced quickly with consistent pricing styles. Manufacturing remains a core part of the economy. Graham and Brown makes wallcoverings here, and firms produce packaging, plastics, engineering components and building products, with suppliers to BAE Systems at Samlesbury a short drive away. These businesses need technical drawings, 3D CAD and product visuals at £45 an hour + VAT, plus capability brochures. - Multi-site retailers: brand guidelines, signage, POS, price ticket templates - Wholesalers: catalogues, promotional leaflets, product photography - Manufacturers: CAD, renders, datasheets, packaging - Restaurants and takeaways: menus, illuminated signs, food photography - Property and lettings firms: brochures, property photography, boards Darwen, the borough's other main town, has its own paint and manufacturing history and plenty of independent shops. Industrial estates at Whitebirk and Shadsworth hold much of the borough's manufacturing. All design is done remotely from Mansfield; shoots are on location in Blackburn with travel quoted. See also Burnley and Preston. ## Who we design for in Blackburn - Wholesalers and distributors - Multi-site retail groups - Forecourt and convenience retailers - Manufacturers - Aerospace and engineering suppliers - Restaurants and takeaways - Property and lettings firms - Tradespeople ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### How do you keep branding consistent across our retail branches? dijitul produces brand guidelines that set logo use, colours, fonts and signage rules, plus editable templates for posters, price tickets and social posts. Each branch can then produce materials that match. Guidelines are quoted per project, with design time at £45 an hour + VAT. ### Can you design monthly promotional leaflets for a wholesaler? Yes. We build a leaflet template with product, price and offer styles, then populate it each month from your product list and photography. Leaflets start from £95 + VAT, and a template set-up makes repeat leaflets quicker to produce. ### Do you photograph properties for Blackburn lettings agents? Yes. We photograph properties on location with level verticals and balanced exposure, and can draw floor plans. Property photography is quoted per property or as a half day from £295 + VAT, with travel included in the quote. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Burnley Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/burnley/ > Burnley aerospace, machining and composites firms work with dijitul on technical drawings and 3D CAD at £45 an hour + VAT, capability documents and logos from £150 + VAT. All design is done remotely from our Mansfield office. Shop floor, product and team photography is shot on location in Burnley, with travel quoted up front. Manufacturing makes up an unusually large share of Burnley's economy, and aerospace is at the centre of it. Safran Nacelles makes engine nacelle components in the town, and a cluster of precision machining, composites, surface treatment and tooling firms supplies aerospace and defence customers across Lancashire. Those firms need design that engineers and quality managers respect. That starts with technical drawings and 3D CAD: redrawing legacy parts, creating fixture and tooling designs, and supplying STEP models and PDFs drawn to the customer's conventions. We work at £45 an hour + VAT and keep revision control tidy, because an out-of-date drawing on the shop floor is an audit finding waiting to happen. Aerospace buyers also judge suppliers on how they present themselves. A capability statement that lists machines, materials, approvals and inspection equipment, laid out clearly with photographs of a clean, organised shop floor, makes it easier to get onto approved supplier lists. We photograph machining centres, composite lay-up and CMM inspection on site, agreeing in advance what can be shown. - Aerospace and machining firms: CAD, drawings, capability statements, site photography - Composites and materials companies: datasheets, product renders, exhibition graphics - Automotive suppliers: catalogues, technical illustration - Retail, cafés and trades: logos, menus, flyers from £95 + VAT - Rural tourism around Pendle: leaflets, maps, accommodation photography The Weavers' Triangle canal-side mills are being redeveloped, the UCLan campus brings students into the centre, and Pendle and the Ribble Valley support tourism and food businesses that need leaflets and labels. Design is done remotely from Mansfield; photography is shot on location in Burnley with travel quoted. Nearby: Blackburn and Preston. ## Who we design for in Burnley - Aerospace component manufacturers - Precision machining shops - Composites manufacturers - Surface treatment firms - Automotive suppliers - Engineering companies - Retailers and cafés - Rural tourism businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you redraw legacy paper drawings for an aerospace supplier? Yes. dijitul redraws paper and scanned drawings into clean CAD files, keeping original dimensions, tolerances and notes, and flags anything unclear for your engineers to confirm. Supplied as DWG, DXF or PDF, at £45 an hour + VAT with an agreed estimate. ### Can you design a capability statement for a Burnley machine shop? Yes. We design capability statements listing machines, materials, approvals, inspection equipment and sectors served, with photography of your facility. A brochure starts from £295 + VAT, and on-site photography is from £295 + VAT for a half day, plus travel. ### Can you design tooling or fixtures in 3D CAD? Yes. We model jigs, fixtures and tooling around your part geometry, and supply STEP files plus 2D manufacturing drawings. Your engineers keep sign-off on function and safety. Work is charged at £45 an hour + VAT. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Lancaster Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/lancaster/ > University spin-outs, energy contractors and tourism businesses in Lancaster can hire dijitul for logos from £150 + VAT, pitch decks, leaflets and brand packs from £395 + VAT. Design is done remotely from Mansfield and shared as proofs. Photography is shot on location in Lancaster, Morecambe and the Lune Valley, with travel quoted. Lancaster is a compact historic city shaped by its university. Lancaster University has strengths in computing, cyber security, data science, environmental science and management, and InfoLab21 and the Health Innovation Campus help spin-outs and small tech firms get started. Those businesses usually need the same things at the start: a logo and brand starter pack, an investor pitch deck, product diagrams and icons, and a one-page summary for funders. We design decks in PowerPoint or Google Slides so founders can keep editing them. Energy brings a different kind of client. The two Heysham nuclear power stations and the Port of Heysham, with ferries and offshore support, sustain engineering, maintenance and marine service firms. They need capability documents, safety-led recruitment graphics, technical drawings at £45 an hour + VAT and site photography planned around inductions and restrictions. Tourism matters too. Lancaster Castle, Williamson Park and the Georgian streets draw visitors, Morecambe Bay has hotels and holiday parks, and the Lune Valley and Forest of Bowland support farm stays, outdoor activity providers and food producers. They need leaflets for tourist racks, illustrated maps, accommodation photography and product labels. - Spin-outs and tech firms: brand packs, pitch decks, icons, diagrams - Energy and marine contractors: capability documents, CAD, site photography - Hotels and holiday parks: photography, brochures, signage - Outdoor activity providers: leaflets, maps, social graphics - Independent shops and cafés: logos, menus, packaging The city centre's independent shops, cafés and pubs, many in old stone buildings, need signage that suits their surroundings and menus that are easy to update. Everything is designed remotely from Mansfield; photography is shot on location in Lancaster and the district with travel quoted. Also see Blackpool and Preston. ## Who we design for in Lancaster - University spin-outs - Cyber security and data firms - Energy and nuclear contractors - Marine and port services - Hotels and holiday parks - Outdoor activity providers - Independent shops and cafés - Farm and food producers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design an investor pitch deck for a Lancaster spin-out? Yes. dijitul designs pitch decks that tell a clear story: problem, solution, market, team and funding ask, with charts and diagrams built from your data. We supply editable PowerPoint or Google Slides files. Decks are charged at £45 an hour + VAT. ### Do you design for businesses in Morecambe and Heysham? Yes. We design for businesses across the Lancaster district, including Morecambe, Heysham, Carnforth and the Lune Valley. Design is done remotely, and for photography we travel to you, with mileage from Mansfield quoted first. ### Can you draw an illustrated map for an outdoor activity business? Yes. We draw simplified, branded maps of routes, sites and facilities for leaflets, websites and noticeboards, supplied as scalable vector files. Use your own route data or Ordnance Survey licensed sources for accuracy. Illustration is quoted per project. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in St Helens Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/st-helens/ > Glass, materials and logistics businesses in St Helens use dijitul for product datasheets, CAD drawings at £45 an hour + VAT and logos from £150 + VAT. Design is done remotely from our Mansfield base. Photography of glass, plant and teams is shot on location in St Helens and Haydock, with travel added to the quote. St Helens is the home of the British glass industry. Pilkington invented the float glass process here in the 1950s, still has major operations in the town, and Glass Futures has been developing a research and manufacturing centre to help the industry cut carbon. A supply chain of engineering, materials and processing firms surrounds them. Glass is one of the hardest things to photograph. It reflects everything in the room, shows every fingerprint and can disappear against a plain background. Good product photography of glass uses controlled reflections, black or white edge lighting and careful cleaning, then retouching to remove dust. We plan these shoots carefully, on location at your site, and supply images for datasheets, websites and trade shows. Materials and engineering firms also need technical datasheets, cut-away diagrams, 3D renders of products that are hard to photograph, and CAD drawings at £45 an hour + VAT. Exhibition graphics for building and glazing trade shows are another common job. Haydock, beside junction 23 of the M6, holds a large concentration of distribution centres, and the Parkside site near Newton-le-Willows is being developed for logistics. Those operators need livery, warehouse signage and floor plans. - Glass and materials manufacturers: product photography, datasheets, renders - Engineering suppliers: CAD, technical drawings, capability brochures - Distribution firms: livery, signage, CAD layouts - Hospitality around Haydock Park: event photography, menus, posters - Trades and shops: logos, flyers from £95 + VAT, social graphics Rugby league runs deep in St Helens, and community clubs and local sponsors need kit artwork and programmes. Design work is done remotely from Mansfield and approved by PDF proof; photography is shot on location in St Helens with travel quoted. Nearby: Warrington and Wigan. ## Who we design for in St Helens - Glass and materials manufacturers - Engineering suppliers - Distribution centres - Hauliers - Building products companies - Racecourse and hospitality businesses - Rugby and sports clubs - Tradespeople and retailers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you photograph glass products without reflections ruining the shot? Yes. dijitul uses controlled lighting, black and white edge techniques and careful cleaning, then retouches dust and stray reflections. We shoot on location at your St Helens site. Product photography is from £25 + VAT per image, with travel quoted. ### Can you create 3D renders of products that are hard to photograph? Yes. We produce photoreal renders from your CAD files or from drawings, showing products in context or cut away to reveal internal layers. Renders are quoted per image, with design time at £45 an hour + VAT. ### Do you design for businesses in Haydock and Newton-le-Willows? Yes. We work with businesses across the St Helens borough, including Haydock, Newton-le-Willows, Rainhill and Eccleston. Design is done remotely, and for photography we travel to your site, with mileage from Mansfield in the quote. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Southport Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/southport/ > Lord Street retailers, Southport hotels, golf businesses and care providers can commission dijitul for logos from £150 + VAT, brochures from £295 + VAT, event graphics and care home literature. Design is done remotely from Mansfield. Photography of shops, hotels and courses is shot on location in Southport, with travel quoted. Southport is an elegant Victorian resort, and its businesses tend to want design that feels classic rather than loud. Lord Street, with its tree-lined boulevard, glass canopies and arcades, is home to independent fashion, gift and homeware shops that need shop branding, carrier bags, gift cards and seasonal window graphics. Product photography for their online shops keeps the in-store look consistent online. Golf is a big part of the town's identity. Royal Birkdale has hosted The Open, and the coast towards Formby has several famous links courses. Golf clubs, hotels and hospitality businesses need membership brochures, event and tournament graphics, scorecards, signage and corporate hospitality packs. When a major event comes to the coast, demand for printed material, branded signage and event photography rises sharply, so planning early matters. Southport has a large older population, and care homes, home care agencies, dentists and health practices are significant employers. They need clear, warm, readable design: care home brochures, resident guides, recruitment adverts and signage, with large type and strong contrast for older readers. - Lord Street retailers: shop branding, packaging, product photography - Golf clubs and leisure venues: membership brochures, scorecards, event graphics - Hotels and restaurants: menus, room and food photography - Care homes and health practices: brochures, resident guides, recruitment - Estate agents and professional firms: property photography, stationery Formby, Ainsdale and Birkdale have many consultants and home-based professionals who want a polished small-business brand. All design is done remotely from Mansfield; photography is shot on location in Southport with travel quoted. See also Liverpool and Preston. ## Who we design for in Southport - Independent retailers on Lord Street - Hotels and restaurants - Golf clubs and leisure venues - Care homes and home care agencies - Dentists and health practices - Estate agents - Financial planners - Home-based consultants ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design a brochure for a Southport care home? Yes. dijitul designs care home brochures with large, readable type, strong colour contrast and photography of rooms, gardens and activities, so families and residents can picture life there. Brochures start from £295 + VAT, and photography is shot on location with travel quoted. ### Can you photograph a golf club and course in Southport? Yes. We photograph clubhouses, facilities and holes from ground level, timed for good light, for membership brochures and websites. We do not offer drone photography. Half days are from £295 + VAT, plus quoted travel. ### Do you design for businesses in Formby and Birkdale? Yes. We work with businesses across the Sefton coast, including Formby, Birkdale and Ainsdale. Design work is remote, so location makes no difference, and photography visits are quoted with travel from Mansfield included. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Crewe Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/crewe/ > Crewe automotive suppliers, rail contractors and Nantwich food businesses can work with dijitul on CAD drawings at £45 an hour + VAT, product renders, labels and logos from £150 + VAT. Design is handled remotely from our Mansfield office. Photography of parts, people and premises is shot on location in Crewe, with travel quoted first. Crewe is a railway town and a car town. The Grand Junction Railway's works made it one of the country's busiest rail junctions, and rolling stock, maintenance and infrastructure firms still operate here. Bentley Motors has built its cars at Pyms Lane since 1946, and a network of automotive suppliers, engineering firms and design consultancies works around it. Automotive suppliers deal in precision and confidentiality. They need technical drawings, 3D CAD models and photoreal renders of components, plus presentation decks for customer reviews. We work from your CAD data at £45 an hour + VAT and keep customer files confidential. Where a part is under NDA, we agree how files are shared and stored before work starts. Rail contractors need capability brochures, method statement templates, safety-focused recruitment graphics and photography of teams in correct PPE. Logistics firms around junctions 16 and 17 of the M6 and Crewe Business Park need livery and warehouse signage. - Automotive suppliers: CAD, renders, technical illustration, presentation decks - Rail engineering contractors: capability documents, templates, site photography - Distribution firms: livery, signage, floor plans - Nantwich food, drink and retail: packaging, labels, shop branding - Dairy farms and rural businesses: farm shop branding, product labels Nantwich, a short drive away, is a historic market town with independent shops, restaurants and food producers, and the South Cheshire countryside is a major dairy area. Cheese makers, farm shops and food businesses need labels and packaging that suit a premium, traditional product. All design is done remotely from Mansfield; photography is shot on location in Crewe and Nantwich with travel quoted. Nearby: Stoke-on-Trent and Chester. ## Who we design for in Crewe - Automotive suppliers - Engineering and design consultancies - Rail engineering contractors - Rolling stock maintenance firms - Distribution companies - Nantwich retailers and restaurants - Cheese makers and farm shops - Professional services firms ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you work on confidential automotive CAD data? Yes. dijitul agrees with you how files are sent, stored and deleted, and will sign a reasonable NDA. We model, draw and render from your STEP or native data at £45 an hour + VAT, and return files in the formats your customer specifies. ### Can you design cheese and farm shop labels in South Cheshire? Yes. We design labels and packaging for cheese, dairy and farm produce, including the required product information and allergen emphasis, and supply print-ready files for your label printer. Label design is quoted per range, with design time at £45 an hour + VAT. ### Do you design for businesses in Nantwich? Yes. We design for businesses in Nantwich, Sandbach, Alsager and across South Cheshire. Design work is done remotely, and photography visits are quoted with travel from Mansfield included so you know the full cost. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Macclesfield Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/macclesfield/ > Life sciences firms, consultancies and town centre independents in Macclesfield use dijitul for logos from £150 + VAT, scientific diagrams, presentation decks and headshots. All design is done remotely from Mansfield. Lab, team and product photography is shot on location in Macclesfield or at Alderley Park, with travel quoted beforehand. Macclesfield was once the centre of England's silk industry, and its modern economy is dominated by pharmaceuticals and life sciences. AstraZeneca has a major manufacturing site at Hurdsfield, and Alderley Park, the former research site nearby, is now a campus full of biotech, drug discovery and health technology companies. Laboratory services, validation, engineering and consulting firms have grown up around them. Life sciences businesses need design that explains complex science clearly and accurately. That means scientific diagrams of mechanisms and processes, conference posters, investor and partner decks, and data charts that follow good practice rather than decoration. We work from your data and drafts and send everything back for scientific review before it is final. Photography in a lab or GMP environment needs planning. We follow your gowning and access rules, keep confidential screens and labels out of shot, and photograph equipment, processes and people in a way that looks real rather than staged. Regulated firms also need controlled document templates, SOP layouts and training materials, which we design at £45 an hour + VAT. - Biotech and drug discovery firms: decks, diagrams, posters, lab photography - Validation and engineering consultancies: report templates, headshots, brochures - Laboratory services: service guides, sample forms, signage - Independent shops and cafés: logos, menus, packaging - Health and wellbeing practices: leaflets, price lists, social templates The town and the surrounding area, including Wilmslow, Alderley Edge, Knutsford and Bollington, have many consultancies, advisers and home-based professionals who want a polished brand and good headshots. The monthly Treacle Market brings food and craft traders who need labels and stall signage. Design is done remotely from Mansfield; photography is shot on location with travel quoted. See also Stockport and Crewe. ## Who we design for in Macclesfield - Biotech and drug discovery firms - Pharmaceutical suppliers - Laboratory services - Validation and engineering consultancies - Financial advisers and accountants - Home-based professionals - Market traders and makers - Health and wellbeing practices ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you photograph inside a lab or GMP area? Yes, following your gowning, access and confidentiality rules. dijitul agrees a shot list in advance, keeps sensitive screens and labels out of frame and lets you review every image. Half-day photography is from £295 + VAT, with travel to Macclesfield or Alderley Park quoted. ### Can you turn our scientific data into clear diagrams? Yes. We redraw mechanisms, workflows and data charts as clean vector graphics for papers, posters, decks and websites, then send them back to your scientists to check accuracy. This work is charged at £45 an hour + VAT. ### Do you design for businesses in Wilmslow and Knutsford? Yes. We design for businesses across East Cheshire, including Wilmslow, Alderley Edge, Knutsford and Bollington. Design work is remote, and photography visits are quoted with travel from Mansfield included before you book. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Carlisle Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/carlisle/ > Food manufacturers, hauliers, farms and tourism businesses in Carlisle can work with dijitul on logos from £150 + VAT, packaging, vehicle livery and visitor leaflets. Design is done remotely from Mansfield, so distance makes no difference. Photography is shot on location in Carlisle and North Cumbria, with travel quoted clearly in the fixed price. Carlisle is the only city in Cumbria and the business centre for the far north of England and the Scottish Borders. Its position on the M6, the A69 and the West Coast Main Line has made it a base for haulage and logistics firms serving both sides of the border. For those firms, vehicle livery is the brand: a fleet on the M6 is seen by more people than any advert. We design livery for tractor units, trailers and vans, with artwork supplied to your wrap or signwriting company. Food manufacturing is a major employer. McVitie's makes Carr's water biscuits in the city, Nestlé has a factory at Dalston and Pirelli makes tyres here. Smaller food and drink producers across North Cumbria need packaging and labels that carry a sense of place, and product photography for retailers and online shops. Agriculture runs through the wider economy. Harrison and Hetherington's livestock mart is one of the busiest in the UK, and farms, agricultural suppliers, vets and rural businesses depend on Carlisle. They need sale catalogues, farm shop labels, signage, and branding for diversification projects such as holiday lets or farm shops. - Hauliers: livery, depot signage, recruitment graphics - Food producers: packaging, labels, product photography - Farms and agricultural suppliers: sale catalogues, farm shop branding, signage - Tourism businesses near Hadrian's Wall: leaflets, maps, accommodation photography - Engineering firms: CAD and technical drawings at £45 an hour + VAT Hadrian's Wall, the castle and the cathedral bring walkers and visitors, supporting guest houses, cafés and attractions that need leaflets and photography. Because all design work is done remotely, Carlisle is no harder to work with than a Mansfield client. For shoots we travel to you and quote the travel plainly. Nearby: Newcastle and Lancaster. ## Who we design for in Carlisle - Food manufacturers - Hauliers and logistics firms - Farms and agricultural suppliers - Livestock and auction businesses - Vets and rural services - Tourism and hospitality businesses - Engineering firms - Independent retailers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Is Carlisle too far for you to design for us? No. dijitul does all design work remotely, sharing proofs by email and talking by phone or video call, so Carlisle clients get the same service as local ones. Distance only affects photography, where travel from Mansfield is quoted clearly before you book. ### Can you design livery for a Cumbrian haulage fleet? Yes. We design livery for tractor units, trailers and vans to your exact vehicle dimensions, keeping graphics clear of doors, handles and panel joins. Livery is quoted per vehicle type, with print-ready files for your fitter. ### Can you design branding for a farm diversification project? Yes. We design logos, signage, labels and leaflets for farm shops, holiday lets and other diversification projects. Logos start from £150 + VAT, and a brand identity pack is from £395 + VAT. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Newcastle upon Tyne Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/newcastle/ > Newcastle tech companies, law practices and Quayside venues can hire dijitul for logos from £150 + VAT, social media graphics packs from £99 + VAT, presentation decks and menus. Design is done remotely from our office in Mansfield. Headshots, venue and event photography are shot on location in Newcastle, with travel included in the quote. Newcastle upon Tyne is the commercial capital of the North East, with one of the strongest tech sectors outside London. Sage was founded here, Ubisoft Reflections is based in the city, and digital agencies and SaaS start-ups cluster in the Ouseburn Valley and the centre. Newcastle Helix, on the old brewery site, brings together the National Innovation Centres for Data and Ageing and businesses working with Newcastle and Northumbria universities. Tech and SaaS firms need more than a logo. They need a consistent set of icons, product illustrations, diagrams that explain how their software works, investor and sales decks, and social and ad graphics for launches. We design these as reusable systems so in-house teams can keep producing material in the same style. Law firms, accountants and financial services businesses around the Quayside and Grey Street want restrained branding, proposal templates, report layouts and consistent headshots across the firm. We photograph whole teams on location in one visit. The city's bars, restaurants and venues compete for students, shoppers and visitors, and need menus, posters, signage and food photography. - Tech and SaaS firms: icons, product illustration, decks, launch graphics - Law and accountancy practices: templates, headshots, brand refreshes - Bars, restaurants and venues: menus, posters, food and venue photography - Health and research organisations: report design, infographics, posters - Retail and food brands: packaging, product photography Cobalt Business Park in North Tyneside holds large offices that need internal communications design, event graphics and staff photography. All design is done remotely from Mansfield; photography and video are shot on location in Newcastle with travel quoted. See also Gateshead and Sunderland. ## Who we design for in Newcastle upon Tyne - SaaS and tech companies - Games and digital studios - Law and accountancy firms - Banks and financial services - Health and research organisations - Bars, restaurants and venues - Retail and food brands - University spin-outs ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design an icon set for a Newcastle software company? Yes. dijitul designs icon sets on a consistent grid with matching stroke weights and corner styles, supplied as SVG and in Figma for your product team. Icon design is quoted per set, with design time at £45 an hour + VAT. ### Can you photograph headshots for a whole Quayside law firm? Yes. We set up a portable backdrop and lights in your office and photograph each person with the same lighting and framing, so the team page looks consistent. Half-day sessions start from £295 + VAT, full days from £495 + VAT, plus quoted travel. ### Why hire a designer outside Newcastle? You deal directly with the designer, you get a fixed price before work starts, and remote working means fewer meetings. For anything that needs a camera, we travel to Newcastle and list travel separately in the quote. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Sunderland Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/sunderland/ > Sunderland automotive suppliers, contact centres and local businesses come to dijitul for CAD and technical drawings at £45 an hour + VAT, capability brochures and logos from £150 + VAT. All design is done remotely from Mansfield. Factory, product and team photography is shot on location in Sunderland, with the travel cost quoted first. Sunderland has the UK's largest car plant. Nissan has built cars at Washington Road since 1986 and now builds electric vehicles there, with AESC making batteries on the neighbouring site. The International Advanced Manufacturing Park next door is drawing more automotive and EV suppliers. Component makers, tooling firms and logistics businesses on estates along the A19 make up a big supply chain. Automotive suppliers need practical, accurate design. Technical drawings and 3D CAD for parts, jigs and packaging, returnable stillage and packaging drawings, process flow diagrams, and capability documents for new customer bids. We work at £45 an hour + VAT and supply STEP, DWG and PDF. When a supplier wants to show EV or battery work at an event, exhibition stand graphics and renders are common requests. Recruitment is a constant challenge for growing manufacturers, so careers graphics, social adverts and real photography of staff at work help a lot. We photograph shop floors and people on location, following your site safety rules. - Automotive and EV suppliers: CAD, capability brochures, exhibition graphics - Engineering and tooling firms: technical drawings, renders, datasheets - Contact centres at Doxford: internal comms design, recruitment campaigns - City centre retail and hospitality: menus, signage, social graphics - Port and marine businesses: brochures, site photography Doxford International Business Park hosts contact centres and back offices that need internal communications, posters and recruitment campaigns. Riverside Sunderland is bringing new offices and homes to the centre, and the city's glass and shipbuilding heritage still shapes local pride. Design is done remotely from Mansfield; shoots are on location in Sunderland with travel quoted. Nearby: Newcastle and Durham. ## Who we design for in Sunderland - Automotive and EV suppliers - Battery supply chain firms - Engineering and tooling companies - Logistics companies - Contact centres - Port and marine businesses - Retailers and hospitality - Tradespeople ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you draw returnable packaging and stillages in CAD? Yes. dijitul draws stillages, racks and returnable packaging from your sketches or existing units, with 2D drawings for fabricators and 3D models for checking fit. Drafting is £45 an hour + VAT, with an estimate agreed before we start. ### Can you help a Sunderland manufacturer with recruitment graphics? Yes. We design careers adverts, social posts and recruitment posters using real photography of your staff at work, shot on location. A social media graphics pack is from £99 + VAT, and half-day photography is from £295 + VAT plus travel. ### Do you design for businesses in Washington? Yes. We work with businesses in Washington, Houghton-le-Spring and across Sunderland. Design is done remotely, and photography visits are quoted with travel from Mansfield included, so the price is clear before you book. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Middlesbrough Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/middlesbrough/ > Process contractors, energy suppliers and digital studios in Middlesbrough use dijitul for CAD at £45 an hour + VAT, logos from £150 + VAT, HSE signage and bid documents. The design work happens remotely in Mansfield. Site and team photography is shot on location across Teesside, after your induction, with travel added to the quote. Teesside's heavy industry still shapes Middlesbrough's economy. The chemical and process plants at Wilton International and Billingham form one of the UK's largest integrated chemical complexes, and the former Redcar steelworks is being redeveloped as Teesworks, part of Teesside Freeport, with a focus on offshore wind, hydrogen and carbon capture. Engineering, maintenance, inspection and scaffolding contractors work across these sites. Contractors here need design that supports safety and winning work. Safety signage and site boards, toolbox talk sheets, induction presentations and posters must follow recognised safety sign conventions and be easy to read. Bid documents and capability statements need to show competence clearly. We also produce 2D CAD drafting, P&ID tidy-ups and general arrangement drawings at £45 an hour + VAT. Site photography on industrial plants needs inductions, permits and the right PPE. We plan shoots with your HSE team and photograph crews and equipment in a way that shows safe practice, because a single photo of someone without gloves can undermine a tender. - Process and energy contractors: bid documents, safety graphics, site photography - Engineering firms: CAD, GA drawings, capability brochures - Digital and games studios in the Boho Zone: illustration, overflow artwork - Health organisations: patient leaflets, recruitment graphics - Retail and hospitality: menus, signage, social graphics Middlesbrough also has a lively digital scene in the Boho Zone near the station, supported by Teesside University's games, computing and design courses. Studios there sometimes need extra illustration, icons or production artwork. All design is done remotely from Mansfield; photography is shot on location across Teesside with travel quoted. See also Stockton-on-Tees and Hartlepool. ## Who we design for in Middlesbrough - Chemical and process industry contractors - Energy and hydrogen supply chain firms - Engineering and maintenance contractors - Inspection and testing companies - Digital and games studios - Health organisations - Training providers - Retail and hospitality ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you photograph our crews on a Teesside process site? Yes, once we have completed your site induction and permits. dijitul plans the shoot with your HSE team and photographs people and equipment showing correct PPE and safe working. Half-day photography is from £295 + VAT, with travel to Teesside quoted. ### Can you design safety signage and toolbox talk materials? Yes. We design safety signs, site boards, toolbox talk sheets and induction slides using recognised safety sign shapes and colours, with clear, simple wording. This work is charged at £45 an hour + VAT, and we can arrange printing on suitable materials. ### Can you tidy up P&IDs and GA drawings? Yes. We redraw or tidy P&IDs and general arrangement drawings in CAD from marked-up copies, using consistent symbols, layers and title blocks. Your engineers remain responsible for technical content. Drafting is £45 an hour + VAT. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Durham Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/durham/ > Durham spin-outs, heritage venues, lettings agents and public sector suppliers can hire dijitul for logos from £150 + VAT, pitch decks, visitor leaflets and report templates. Design is done remotely from Mansfield. Photography of properties, venues and teams is shot on location in Durham, from £295 + VAT for a half day, with travel quoted. Durham is a small cathedral city with a big reputation. The cathedral and castle form a UNESCO World Heritage Site, and Durham University dominates much of the local economy. Its research in physics, space science, biosciences and computing feeds spin-outs, many of which move to NETPark at Sedgefield, the science park focused on printable electronics, photonics, semiconductors and space technology. Deep-tech start-ups need to explain things that are genuinely hard to explain. A good pitch deck, clear technical diagrams and 3D renders of a device that may not physically exist yet help investors and partners understand what they are looking at. We work from your sketches, CAD and data, and send everything back for technical checking. Tourism is the other visible side of the city. Visitors come for the cathedral, the castle, the riverbanks and events such as Lumiere, and hotels, cafés, attractions and shops need visitor leaflets, illustrated maps, menus and venue photography. Many trade from old buildings on the peninsula where signage has to suit a conservation setting. - Spin-outs and science park firms: pitch decks, diagrams, renders, brand packs - Student lettings agents and landlords: property photography, floor plans, brochures - Hotels, cafés and attractions: leaflets, menus, signage, photography - Public sector suppliers: accessible report templates, infographics - Manufacturers across County Durham: CAD at £45 an hour + VAT, catalogues The student market is large, so lettings agents and landlords need fast, consistent property photography and floor plans before each letting season. Durham is also the administrative centre for the county, so public sector suppliers need clear report and bid layouts. Design is done remotely from Mansfield; photography is shot on location in Durham with travel quoted. Nearby: Newcastle and Darlington. ## Who we design for in Durham - University spin-outs - Science park companies - Student lettings agents and landlords - Hotels and attractions - Cafés and independent shops - Event organisers - Public sector suppliers - Manufacturers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you photograph student lets in Durham before the letting season? Yes. dijitul photographs rooms, kitchens and shared spaces with level verticals and balanced light, and can draw floor plans for each property. We shoot several properties in one visit to keep costs down. Half days are from £295 + VAT, with travel quoted. ### Can you render a product that has not been built yet? Yes. We create photoreal 3D renders from CAD files or detailed sketches, so you can show a device to investors before a prototype exists. Renders are quoted per image, with design and modelling time at £45 an hour + VAT. ### Do you design for businesses at NETPark in Sedgefield? Yes. We work with businesses across County Durham, including NETPark, Chester-le-Street and Bishop Auckland. Design is done remotely, so you never need to travel, and photography visits are quoted with travel from Mansfield included. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Gateshead Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/gateshead/ > Team Valley manufacturers, trade counters, retailers and arts venues in Gateshead can get logos from £150 + VAT from dijitul, plus trade catalogues, signage and event graphics. We design remotely from Mansfield and send proofs by email. Product, premises and event photography is shot on location in Gateshead, with travel added to the fixed quote. Gateshead faces Newcastle across the Tyne and has its own business base. Team Valley Trading Estate, built in the 1930s and one of the largest in the UK, holds hundreds of manufacturers, engineering firms, wholesalers, trade counters and offices. Most are established small and mid-sized businesses whose branding has grown piece by piece over decades. For Team Valley firms, the design work that matters most is practical. Trade catalogues and price lists that customers actually use, trade counter signage and posters, vehicle livery, datasheets and product photography on white. Many have a logo that has been redrawn badly several times; a careful logo redesign restores a clean master version without losing recognition. Engineering firms also need technical drawings and 3D CAD at £45 an hour + VAT. The MetroCentre and the retail parks around it support shops, restaurants and leisure businesses that need point-of-sale material, menus and social content. Gateshead Quays is a cultural destination, home to the BALTIC Centre for Contemporary Art and The Glasshouse International Centre for Music, and arts organisations and event businesses there need posters, programmes, exhibition graphics and event photography. - Manufacturers and engineering firms: catalogues, CAD, datasheets, product photography - Trade counters and wholesalers: price lists, counter signage, promotional leaflets - Retail and leisure: point-of-sale, menus, social graphics - Arts and cultural organisations: posters, programmes, event photography - Trades across the borough: logos, van graphics, flyers from £95 + VAT The borough also includes Whickham, Blaydon, Ryton, Birtley and Felling, with plenty of trades and independent shops. All design is done remotely from Mansfield; photography and video are shot on location in Gateshead with travel quoted. See also Newcastle and Sunderland. ## Who we design for in Gateshead - Team Valley manufacturers - Engineering companies - Wholesalers and trade counters - Retailers - Hospitality and leisure businesses - Arts and cultural organisations - Charities - Tradespeople ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you redraw our old logo from a blurry file? Yes. dijitul redraws logos as clean vector artwork from low-quality files, faxes or printed samples, matching the original or tidying it where you want. Logo work starts from £150 + VAT, and you get AI, EPS, SVG, PDF and PNG versions. ### Can you photograph an event at Gateshead Quays? Yes. We photograph conferences, launches, performances and receptions on location, delivering edited images for press and social media. Half-day photography is from £295 + VAT and a full day from £495 + VAT, with travel quoted. ### Can you design a trade counter price list we can update ourselves? Yes. We design price lists in InDesign, Excel-linked layouts or editable Word templates, depending on who will update them. This work is priced at £45 an hour + VAT, and we agree a fixed estimate first. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Darlington Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/darlington/ > Engineering firms, government suppliers and market town businesses in Darlington use dijitul for logos from £150 + VAT, accessible report templates and CAD at £45 an hour + VAT. Design is done remotely from our base in Mansfield. Photography of teams, premises and products is shot on location in Darlington, with travel quoted beforehand. Darlington is often called the birthplace of the modern railway. The Stockton and Darlington Railway opened in 1825, and its bicentenary in 2025 brought new attention to the town's heritage sites. Rail and infrastructure engineering is still part of the economy, Cummins makes engines here, and precision engineering and fabrication firms work from Faverdale, Lingfield Point and other business parks along the A1(M). The biggest recent change is the Darlington Economic Campus, which brings together HM Treasury and other government departments. Consultancies, contractors and service businesses working with government need design that meets public sector expectations: accessible report templates, clear infographics, tagged PDFs and bid documents. We design with good colour contrast, real text rather than images of text, and proper heading structure so documents work with screen readers. Engineering firms need technical drawings, 3D CAD and capability brochures, and photographs of their workshops and people for tenders. We draw at £45 an hour + VAT and photograph on location. - Government suppliers and consultancies: accessible reports, bid templates, infographics - Engineering and rail firms: CAD, capability brochures, site photography - Logistics firms near the A1(M): livery, signage, floor plans - Market traders and independent shops: logos, signage, flyers from £95 + VAT - Heritage and tourism businesses: leaflets, maps, event graphics The town centre and covered market have many independent shops, cafés and traders that need a clear brand, signage and social graphics, while heritage sites need visitor leaflets and event material. Rural businesses around the town need farm shop branding and labels. Everything is designed remotely from Mansfield; shoots happen on location in Darlington with travel quoted. Nearby: Stockton-on-Tees and Durham. ## Who we design for in Darlington - Government suppliers and consultancies - Engineering manufacturers - Rail and infrastructure contractors - Logistics companies - Professional services firms - Market traders and independent shops - Heritage and tourism businesses - Farms and rural businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you make our reports accessible for government clients? Yes. dijitul designs report templates with proper heading structure, sufficient colour contrast and real text, and can produce tagged PDFs. Final accessibility checks against your client's requirements are still recommended. Report design is charged at £45 an hour + VAT. ### Can you design visitor material for a Darlington heritage site? Yes. We design leaflets, illustrated maps, interpretation panels and event posters. Leaflets start from £95 + VAT, and larger panel work is priced at £45 an hour + VAT, with print arranged if you need it. ### Do you photograph engineering workshops in Darlington? Yes. We photograph machines, fabrication work and staff on location for websites, tenders and recruitment. Half-day photography is from £295 + VAT, with travel from Mansfield to Darlington quoted before you book. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Hartlepool Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/hartlepool/ > Energy contractors, fabricators and creative makers in Hartlepool can work with dijitul on CAD at £45 an hour + VAT, capability brochures and logos from £150 + VAT. Design is carried out remotely from Mansfield. Photography of sites, workshops, products and teams is shot on location in Hartlepool, with travel included in the price we quote. Hartlepool is a port town with a long industrial and maritime history, and its economy now leans heavily on energy and engineering. The nuclear power station on the coast is a major employer, supported by maintenance and specialist contractors. The port and Able Seaton Port handle offshore work, including oil and gas decommissioning, and the town is part of Teesside Freeport. Steel pipe making continues, and fabricators and engineering firms fill Queens Meadow and the industrial estates. Contractors to safety-critical sites need to prove competence. Their design needs reflect that: capability statements and HSEQ brochures, case study sheets, tender templates, and fabrication drawings and GA drawings at £45 an hour + VAT. Photography of crews, workshops and equipment, planned around inductions and site rules, gives tenders credibility. Hartlepool has a creative side too. The Northern School of Art trains designers, illustrators and makers, and graduates who start their own businesses often need help with the things they were not taught: a brand that works on packaging, consistent product photography for online shops, and print-ready files for small production runs. - Nuclear and energy contractors: capability documents, bid templates, site photography - Fabricators and pipe makers: fabrication drawings, DXF files, product photos - Marine and offshore firms: brochures, vessel graphics, case studies - Creative makers: packaging, product photography, online shop graphics - Marina hospitality: menus, signage, food photography The historic quay and the National Museum of the Royal Navy, with HMS Trincomalee, bring visitors to the marina, where restaurants and bars need menus and signage. All design work is done remotely from Mansfield; photography is shot on location in Hartlepool with travel quoted. See also Middlesbrough and Sunderland. ## Who we design for in Hartlepool - Nuclear and energy contractors - Offshore and decommissioning firms - Fabrication and pipe manufacturers - Marine and port services - Engineering companies - Creative makers and designers - Marina hospitality businesses - Training providers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design an HSEQ brochure for a Hartlepool contractor? Yes. dijitul designs HSEQ and capability brochures that set out accreditations, safety performance, services and case studies in a clear order buyers can scan. Brochure design starts from £295 + VAT, and site photography of your teams can be added on location. ### Can you help an art school graduate launch a product brand? Yes. We help makers turn their own artwork into a usable brand system, with logo files, packaging artwork and product photography. Product photography is from £25 + VAT per image, and a brand identity pack is from £395 + VAT. ### Do you photograph on nuclear or offshore sites? We can, subject to the site's security clearance, induction and photography rules, which vary by operator. dijitul plans shoots with your HSE and security contacts and only photographs what is approved. Travel to Hartlepool is quoted. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Stockton-on-Tees Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/stockton-on-tees/ > Process industry suppliers, Yarm independents and Stockton market traders can hire dijitul for logos from £150 + VAT, CAD at £45 an hour + VAT and menus and festival posters. Design is done remotely from our Mansfield office. Photography of products, venues and events is shot on location in Stockton-on-Tees, with travel quoted first. Stockton-on-Tees is the largest borough in the Tees Valley by population, and it mixes heavy industry with market town life. Billingham, within the borough, is a major centre for the chemicals and process industries, including Fujifilm's biologics manufacturing site and specialist chemical producers. Engineering, fabrication and maintenance firms in Thornaby, Preston Farm and Portrack support them, and Wynyard Business Park attracts offices and advanced manufacturing. Process industry suppliers need precise, controlled design: technical drawings and P&ID tidy-ups, plant layout plans, procedure and training document templates, and safety signage. We work at £45 an hour + VAT. Biotech and regulated manufacturers also need product literature, conference graphics and photography planned around clean-room and site rules. Stockton's wide high street still hosts its market, and the restored Globe theatre has brought live entertainment back to the centre. The Stockton International Riverside Festival is a well-known annual arts event, and promoters, venues and traders need posters, programmes and social graphics in many sizes. - Chemical and process firms: CAD, procedure templates, safety signage - Engineering and fabrication: drawings, capability brochures, site photography - Yarm restaurants and independents: menus, shop branding, food photography - Market traders and the town centre: logos, signage, flyers from £95 + VAT - Venues and events: posters, programmes, event photography Yarm, an affluent market town within the borough, has independent shops, restaurants and professional firms that want polished, understated branding, while Thornaby, Ingleby Barwick, Norton and Billingham add trades and local services. All design is done remotely from Mansfield; photography is shot on location in Stockton-on-Tees with travel quoted. Nearby: Middlesbrough and Darlington. ## Who we design for in Stockton-on-Tees - Chemical and process industry suppliers - Biotech manufacturers - Engineering and fabrication firms - Yarm restaurants and independents - Market traders - Venues and event organisers - Professional services firms - Tradespeople ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design procedure templates for a Billingham process plant? Yes. dijitul designs controlled procedure, work instruction and training templates in Word with locked styles, revision tables and clear step layouts. Your team keeps responsibility for the technical content. Template work is charged at £45 an hour + VAT. ### Can you design menus for a Yarm restaurant? Yes. We design menus that match your brand and are easy to update between seasons, with clear allergen information and print-ready files. Menu design is priced at £45 an hour + VAT, and food photography is available on location from £295 + VAT plus travel. ### Do you design for businesses in Thornaby and Billingham? Yes. We design for businesses across the Stockton-on-Tees borough, including Thornaby, Billingham, Yarm, Norton and Ingleby Barwick. Design is remote, and photography visits are quoted with travel from Mansfield included. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Birmingham Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/birmingham/ > Birmingham law firms, manufacturers, Jewellery Quarter makers and NEC exhibitors use dijitul for logos from £150 + VAT, exhibition graphics, CAD at £45 an hour + VAT and product photography. Design work is done remotely from Mansfield. Photography and video are shot on location in Birmingham, with travel added to the fixed quote. Birmingham is the UK's second city and has one of the broadest design markets in the country. The Colmore Business District holds a large concentration of law, accountancy, banking and insurance firms, and HSBC UK has its head office in the city. Those firms buy proposal and report templates, pitch decks, internal communications design and consistent headshots across large teams. The Jewellery Quarter is home to hundreds of jewellers and related trades, and jewellery is one of the most demanding things to photograph. Polished metal reflects everything and stones need light to sparkle without glare. Jewellery photography uses diffused light, careful reflections and focus stacking so a whole ring is sharp, then detailed retouching. Product images are from £25 + VAT per image, shot on location at your workshop. Jewellers also need packaging, boxes, gift cards and hallmark-friendly brand marks. The NEC and ICC host major exhibitions and conferences through the year. Exhibitors need stand graphics, pop-up banners, brochures and lead capture materials designed to the organiser's specifications and deadlines. - Professional services: templates, decks, headshots, annual reports - Manufacturers and engineering firms: CAD, renders, catalogues, capability brochures - Jewellery Quarter makers: jewellery photography, packaging, brand identities - NEC and ICC exhibitors: stand graphics, banners, brochures - Digbeth creatives and hospitality: posters, menus, social graphics Manufacturing remains part of the city's identity. Cadbury makes chocolate at Bournville, and engineering, automotive and metals firms across the city and the Black Country need technical drawings and 3D CAD at £45 an hour + VAT. All design is done remotely from Mansfield; photography and video are shot on location in Birmingham with travel quoted. See also Solihull and Coventry. ## Who we design for in Birmingham - Law and accountancy firms - Banks and insurers - Manufacturers and engineering firms - Jewellers and Jewellery Quarter makers - NEC and ICC exhibitors - Creative and digital agencies - Restaurants and hospitality - Tech start-ups ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you photograph jewellery for a Jewellery Quarter business? Yes. dijitul photographs rings, pendants and other pieces on location using diffused lighting and focus stacking, then retouches dust and unwanted reflections. Product photography is from £25 + VAT per image, with travel from Mansfield to Birmingham quoted. ### Can you design our stand for an NEC exhibition? Yes. We design shell scheme graphics, modular stands and pop-up banners to the organiser's templates and deadlines, supplied as print-ready files. Exhibition design is quoted per stand, with design time at £45 an hour + VAT, and we can arrange printing. ### Can you build proposal templates for a Birmingham law firm? Yes. We build proposal and pitch templates in Word or PowerPoint with locked styles and reusable layouts, so fee earners can produce consistent documents quickly. Template work is charged at £45 an hour + VAT, with a fixed estimate agreed first. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Coventry Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/coventry/ > Coventry automotive, EV and engineering businesses can hire dijitul for 3D CAD and renders at £45 an hour + VAT, technical illustration and logos from £150 + VAT. Everything is designed remotely from our Mansfield base. Photography and video of products, test work and teams are shot on location in Coventry, with travel quoted up front. Coventry is the historic home of the British motor industry and is now at the centre of its move to electric vehicles. Jaguar Land Rover has its headquarters and engineering centre at Whitley, the London Electric Vehicle Company builds electric taxis at Ansty Park, and the UK Battery Industrialisation Centre helps firms scale up battery manufacturing. The Manufacturing Technology Centre and WMG at the University of Warwick connect research with industry. That makes Coventry one of the strongest markets for 3D CAD, renders and technical illustration. Engineering consultancies, test and design firms and component suppliers need models and drawings produced to their customer's conventions, exploded views for manuals, cut-away renders for sales material and animations for trade shows. We work from STEP, IGES or native data at £45 an hour + VAT and treat customer files as confidential. EV and battery start-ups also need brand work: a logo and identity that feels technical without being cold, investor decks, datasheets and exhibition graphics. Coventry University and Warwick produce spin-outs with similar needs. - Automotive and EV firms: CAD, renders, technical illustration, decks - Test and design consultancies: report templates, diagrams, headshots - Battery and manufacturing start-ups: brand identity, datasheets, exhibition graphics - Logistics firms: livery, signage, floor plans - Student-focused retail and hospitality: menus, posters, social graphics Coventry's year as UK City of Culture in 2021 boosted its creative and events scene, and the Friargate business district by the station is adding new offices. Nearby Leamington Spa is one of the UK's biggest games development clusters, where studios sometimes need extra illustration or marketing artwork. Design is done remotely from Mansfield; shoots are on location in Coventry with travel quoted. See also Leamington Spa and Birmingham. ## Who we design for in Coventry - Automotive engineering firms - EV and battery supply chain companies - Component manufacturers - Testing and design consultancies - University spin-outs - Logistics and distribution firms - Games studios - Student-focused retail and hospitality ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you produce exploded views and cut-away renders from our CAD? Yes. dijitul creates exploded assembly views and cut-away renders from your STEP or native CAD data, for manuals, sales literature and exhibitions. We treat files as confidential and can sign an NDA. Work is charged at £45 an hour + VAT. ### Can you design a brand for an EV or battery start-up? Yes. We design logos and identities that suit technical businesses, with datasheet and deck templates to match. Logos start from £150 + VAT and a brand identity pack from £395 + VAT, with a fixed price agreed before we start. ### Can you film product or test work in Coventry? Yes. We film products, processes and people on location, subject to your site and confidentiality rules, and edit for websites, trade shows and social media. Video production starts from £695 + VAT, with travel quoted. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Wolverhampton Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/wolverhampton/ > For Wolverhampton businesses, dijitul designs logos, brochures, trade literature and 2D/3D CAD drawings remotely from our base in Mansfield, then sends print-ready and engineering files by email. Photography and video are shot on location in Wolverhampton with travel quoted up front. Logos start from £150 + VAT and CAD time is £45 an hour + VAT. Wolverhampton still earns a large part of its living from making things, and that shapes the design work its businesses need. The i54 business park beside the M54 holds Jaguar Land Rover's engine plant and aerospace firms such as Moog, and a long chain of machine shops, fabricators and coating specialists has grown up around them in Bilston, Wednesfield and along Willenhall Road. Those suppliers rarely need a glossy rebrand first. They need clean technical drawings, a capability brochure that a buyer can read in two minutes, and photographs of real parts and machines rather than stock images of someone else's factory. - Engineering firms converting old paper drawings or PDFs into DWG or DXF, or turning a sketch into a STEP model a customer can open - Supply chain companies needing a tidy capability statement, line card or product catalogue for tier one buyers - Machined parts photographed on a plain background for quotes, websites and trade directories - Accountants, solicitors and housing teams around the i9 building and the Interchange wanting consistent letterheads, reports and presentations - Shops, cafés and salons near Queen Square and Lichfield Street needing menus, window posters and social graphics The University of Wolverhampton adds another strand. Its Springfield campus on the old brewery site focuses on construction and the built environment, so there is steady demand around the city for floor plans, site boards and simple 3D visuals from small contractors and start-ups coming out of the university. We handle all of the design side remotely: you send drawings, photos or notes, we reply with proofs, and final files arrive as press-ready PDF, editable source files or CAD formats. When a job needs a camera in the room, such as shooting a CNC cell or a new trade counter, we come to you and quote the travel before booking. ## Who we design for in Wolverhampton - Precision engineering and machining firms - Aerospace and automotive suppliers - Metal finishing and fabrication shops - Construction and building services contractors - Trade counters and distributors - Accountants and solicitors - Housing associations and care providers - Independent shops and cafés ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you produce CAD drawings for a Wolverhampton engineering supplier? Yes. dijitul draws 2D layouts and 3D part models remotely at £45 an hour + VAT, working from your sketches, measurements, old drawings or a sample's dimensions. We supply DWG, DXF, STEP or PDF to whatever standard your customer asks for, including first or third-angle projection and toleranced dimensions. ### Will you photograph our parts and machines on site in Wolverhampton? We can. Product photography starts from £25 + VAT per image, and a half day on location is from £295 + VAT. Travel from Mansfield to Wolverhampton is added to the quote, so you know the full cost before the day is booked. Images come back edited and sized for web and print. ### Do you design for businesses elsewhere in the Black Country? Yes. Because design work is done remotely, we work the same way for firms in Bilston, Wednesfield, Willenhall, Walsall, Dudley and Telford as we do for central Wolverhampton. Proofs, comments and final files all move by email, and photography visits are quoted individually. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Stoke-on-Trent Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/stoke-on-trent/ > Stoke-on-Trent ceramics makers, homeware brands and distributors can use dijitul for packaging, catalogues, logos and product photography. All design is done remotely from Mansfield and delivered as print-ready files, while product shoots happen on location in the Potteries with travel quoted. Logos start from £150 + VAT and product photography from £25 + VAT per image. Stoke-on-Trent is six towns rather than one centre: Tunstall, Burslem, Hanley, Stoke, Fenton and Longton. Pottery is still the thread that ties them together. Names such as Portmeirion, Steelite, Churchill China and Emma Bridgewater still make tableware here, Wedgwood is just down the road at Barlaston, and between them they keep design, decoration and export work in the area, and a ring of smaller studios, decorators and mould makers supply them. For a design studio that matters because ceramics sells on pictures and packaging. A mug or a dinner plate has to look right in a product photo, on a gift box and in a trade catalogue, often for buyers who never handle it before ordering. That is where we spend most of our time with Potteries firms: - Product photography of glazes, patterns and sets on a clean white background for web shops and marketplaces, plus lifestyle shots for social media - Gift box and sleeve packaging with dielines, barcodes and care symbols set up for the converter - Trade and hospitality catalogues for buyers in hotels and restaurants, laid out in InDesign and exported as press PDF - Backstamp artwork and pattern files supplied as vector so decorators can reproduce them The city is broader than pots. bet365 is headquartered here, the A500 and A50 have drawn warehouses to Etruria Valley and Meir, and Staffordshire University and nearby Keele feed graduates into digital and games businesses. Distribution firms need vehicle graphics and site signage, start-ups need a first logo and brand pack, and attractions and heritage sites need leaflets and maps that tourists can follow. We design all of this remotely from Mansfield and send proofs by email. Photography and video are shot at your premises, and travel to Stoke is quoted before anything is booked. ## Who we design for in Stoke-on-Trent - Ceramics and tableware manufacturers - Homeware and gift brands selling online - Pottery decorators and small studios - Trade suppliers to hotels and restaurants - Warehousing and distribution companies - Heritage sites and visitor attractions - Engineering and fabrication firms - Independent retailers in Hanley ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you photograph our ceramics in Stoke-on-Trent? Yes. dijitul shoots product photography on location from £25 + VAT per image, including pure white backgrounds for online shops and styled shots for social media. Glossy glazes reflect everything, so we control lighting carefully to keep highlights clean. Travel from Mansfield to Stoke-on-Trent is added to the quote before booking. ### Do you design packaging for pottery and homeware brands? We do. Packaging is quoted as a fixed price for each job, or charged at our design rate of £45 an hour + VAT. You get artwork built on the converter's dieline, with bleed, barcodes and Pantone or CMYK colours set correctly, supplied as press-ready PDF and editable source files. ### Do you work with firms in Newcastle-under-Lyme and Stafford too? Yes. Design is handled remotely, so businesses in Newcastle-under-Lyme, Kidsgrove, Stone, Leek and Stafford work with dijitul in exactly the same way as firms in Hanley or Longton. Only photography or video needs a visit, and each one is quoted with travel included. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Worcester Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/worcester/ > dijitul works with Worcester businesses on brand identity, brochures, menus, technical drawings and commercial photography. Design is produced remotely from Mansfield and proofed by email; photography and video are shot on location in Worcester with travel quoted first. A brand identity pack starts from £395 + VAT and a half-day photography session from £295 + VAT. Worcester is a compact cathedral city on the Severn, but its manufacturing base is bigger than visitors expect. Worcester Bosch makes boilers at its Warndon site and Yamazaki Mazak builds machine tools in the city, and both support a network of component makers, installers and service engineers across the county. Lea and Perrins has made Worcestershire sauce here for well over a century, which gives the city a food and drink identity of its own. Worcester Six, by junction 6 of the M5, has added newer manufacturing and logistics units. From a design point of view that produces a practical list of jobs: - Installer and service firms wanting vehicle livery, uniforms and leaflets that match, so a van parked on a drive does the selling - Precision engineering suppliers needing technical drawings, exploded views and assembly instructions - Food and drink producers needing labels with correct allergen emphasis and nutrition layout, plus product photography for retailers - Hotels, restaurants and tea rooms near the cathedral and Friar Street needing menus, room guides and seasonal posters - Clinics, care providers and training organisations linked to the hospital and the University of Worcester needing clear patient leaflets and course brochures Down the road in Malvern, decades of defence research and the Malvern Hills Science Park have produced a cluster of cyber security and technology firms. These companies usually want restrained branding, well-built presentation templates and diagrams that explain a complex product simply. Professional practices around Shrub Hill want the same polish on proposals and reports. All of the design work is handled remotely from Mansfield, with proofs by email and print files supplied ready for your printer or arranged and quoted by us. Photography, whether that is staff headshots, a production line or a plated dish, is done at your premises with travel quoted before the date is fixed. ## Who we design for in Worcester - Heating and building services firms - Precision engineering suppliers - Food and drink producers - Hotels, restaurants and tea rooms - Cyber security and technology firms - Care homes and private clinics - Solicitors and accountants - Training providers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design van livery for a Worcester heating or plumbing firm? Yes. Vehicle livery is quoted per job, with design time at £45 an hour + VAT. dijitul works from your van's make, model and year, lays the design over a scaled template and supplies vector artwork your local sign fitter can cut or print. We usually match it to your leaflets and uniforms. ### Do you design food labels for Worcestershire producers? We design labels and packaging as a quoted job. Artwork is set up for your label printer's sizes, with ingredients, allergens in bold, barcodes and weights placed where retailers expect them. You confirm the legal wording; we make it readable and print-ready as PDF with editable source files. ### Will you shoot photography in Malvern or Droitwich as well as Worcester? Yes. dijitul photographs on location across Worcestershire, including Malvern, Droitwich, Evesham and Pershore. A half day starts from £295 + VAT and a full day from £495 + VAT, with travel from Mansfield added to the quote so the total is agreed before we book. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Walsall Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/walsall/ > Leather goods makers, lock manufacturers and trade suppliers in Walsall can get logos, catalogues, product photography and CAD drawings from dijitul. We design remotely from Mansfield and deliver print-ready and CAD files by email, and we shoot photography on location in Walsall with travel quoted. Logos start from £150 + VAT; product photography from £25 + VAT per image. Walsall was once called the town of a hundred trades, and two of them still give it a strong identity. The town is the traditional home of English saddlery, a story the Walsall Leather Museum preserves, and a small number of saddlers still sell bridles and saddles to riders around the world. Locks and keys made Willenhall famous, and security hardware is still manufactured in that part of the borough. Darlaston adds metal processing and engineering, and junctions 9 and 10 of the M6 have pulled in trade counters and distributors. Craft and hardware businesses like these have a particular design problem: the product is good, but it is often shown badly. A hand-stitched bridle photographed on a cluttered bench, or a lock range listed in a spreadsheet, will not win an overseas buyer. The work we do for Walsall firms usually looks like this: - Product photography of leather goods and hardware, with close-ups of stitching, grain and finish, on white for marketplaces and styled for social posts - Trade catalogues and price lists laid out so a buyer can find a part number quickly - Swing tags, care cards and labels for saddlery and leather goods sold through retailers - 3D models and technical drawings of hardware components, supplied as STEP or DWG for manufacturing partners - Livery, signage and brochures for trade counters, builders merchants and hauliers Regeneration around Waterfront and Crown Wharf has added retail and offices to the town centre, and Walsall College and the University of Wolverhampton's Walsall campus train engineers, sports and health students. Owner-managed firms here tend to want straightforward, fixed-price design without layers of account management. We do all design remotely from Mansfield and agree each price before work starts. Photography takes place at your workshop or unit, with travel quoted up front. ## Who we design for in Walsall - Leather goods and saddlery makers - Lock and security hardware manufacturers - Metal processing and engineering firms - Trade counters and distributors - Online retailers and marketplace sellers - Builders merchants - Hauliers and logistics operators - Independent town centre retailers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you photograph saddlery and leather goods in Walsall? Yes. dijitul photographs products on location at your workshop, from £25 + VAT per image. Leather needs careful lighting to show grain and stitching without harsh shine, and we supply white-background images for marketplaces plus lifestyle shots for social media and your website. Travel from Mansfield is quoted first. ### Do you produce 3D CAD models of lock or hardware components? We do. 3D modelling is charged at £45 an hour + VAT. We work from samples, measurements or existing drawings and supply STEP, STL or native files, plus 2D drawings in DWG or PDF with dimensions and tolerances for your manufacturer or toolmaker. ### Do you also design for businesses in Willenhall, Darlaston and Aldridge? Yes. All design work is done remotely, so firms in Willenhall, Darlaston, Aldridge, Brownhills and Bloxwich are handled exactly as Walsall town centre clients are. Proofs and files arrive by email, and site visits for photography are quoted individually. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Dudley Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/dudley/ > Across Dudley borough, from Brierley Hill to Stourbridge and Halesowen, dijitul provides logo design, signage artwork, leaflets, fabrication drawings and photography. Design is carried out remotely in Mansfield and delivered as print-ready or CAD files; photography is shot on location in Dudley with travel quoted. Flyers start from £95 + VAT and logos from £150 + VAT. Dudley borough sits in the middle of the Black Country, and metalworking never left it. Foundries, toolmakers, fabricators and family engineering firms are spread across the estates in Dudley, Halesowen, Cradley Heath and Brierley Hill, supplying automotive, construction and aerospace customers. Many of them still send out hand-marked sketches or decades-old drawings when a customer asks for a part. Redrawing those properly is often the most useful design job we do here: fabrication drawings with flat patterns, bend notes and weld symbols, saved as DWG and DXF that a laser cutter or press brake operator can use directly. The borough has a strong visitor and retail side too. Visitors come from all over the country for Dudley Zoo and Castle and the Black Country Living Museum, Merry Hill and the Waterfront make Brierley Hill the commercial centre, and Stourbridge has its glassmaking heritage plus a busy independent high street. Those businesses ask for different things: - Cafés, pubs and restaurants near the attractions wanting menus, A-board posters and social graphics that stay consistent - Glass studios and craft makers needing product photography that handles reflections and transparency properly - Retailers and shopping centre tenants needing window graphics, promotional flyers and digital ads in the right sizes - Professional firms at the Waterfront wanting stationery, proposal templates and headshots - Construction firms and modern methods of construction start-ups linked to the Dudley Institute of Technology needing site hoardings and simple 3D visuals Projects such as the Very Light Rail innovation centre at Castle Hill and the Metro extension towards Brierley Hill show the borough is investing in engineering again, which brings more demand for presentation decks, exhibition graphics and technical illustrations. We design all of it remotely from Mansfield, send proofs by email, and come to Dudley only for photography or filming, with the travel quoted before booking. ## Who we design for in Dudley - Foundries and metal fabricators - Toolmakers and precision engineers - Glass studios and craft makers - Cafés, pubs and visitor attractions - Retailers at Merry Hill and on local high streets - Construction and building firms - Professional services at the Waterfront - Property and lettings agents ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you redraw old fabrication drawings for a Dudley engineering firm? Yes. dijitul redraws paper or scanned drawings into clean CAD at £45 an hour + VAT. We include flat patterns, bend allowances, weld symbols and a proper title block, and supply DWG, DXF and PDF so your laser, punch or press brake operators can work from the file directly. ### Do you photograph glassware in Stourbridge? We do. Glass is one of the harder things to photograph because it reflects and transmits light, so we light it from behind and the sides to show edges and colour. Product photography starts from £25 + VAT per image, with travel from Mansfield quoted first. ### Do you work with businesses in Halesowen, Kingswinford and Sedgley? Yes. Design is all done remotely, so firms anywhere in Dudley borough, including Halesowen, Kingswinford, Sedgley, Netherton and Cradley Heath, get the same service. You send material by email, review proofs online and receive final print or CAD files without a meeting being needed. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Solihull Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/solihull/ > Solihull firms near the NEC and Blythe Valley Park use dijitul for exhibition graphics, presentation templates, brand identity and headshot photography. We design remotely from Mansfield and supply print and digital files by email, then shoot on location in Solihull with travel quoted. Brand identity packs start from £395 + VAT; headshots from a £295 + VAT half day. Solihull packs a lot of the West Midlands economy into one borough. Jaguar Land Rover's Lode Lane plant builds Range Rover models, Birmingham Airport and the NEC both fall within the borough, and the planned HS2 Interchange at Arden Cross is intended to anchor a new business district. Regional head offices, shared service centres and tech companies fill Blythe Valley Park and Birmingham Business Park, and the streets around Touchwood are busy with solicitors, wealth managers and estate agents. The NEC makes Solihull a natural place for event and exhibition design. Shows come with fixed deadlines and strict artwork specifications from stand builders and organisers, and a missed bleed or a low-resolution logo on a 3 metre backwall is very visible. Typical Solihull jobs include: - Exhibition stand graphics, pull-up banners and show brochures built to the contractor's templates - PowerPoint and Google Slides templates for regional offices that need every deck to look the same - Brand guidelines for consultancies and technology firms with several teams producing material - Corporate headshots and team photography for professional firms and wealth managers - Automotive supplier documentation: technical illustrations, exploded views and CAD drawings that support quality paperwork - Hotel and hospitality print around the airport and NEC: room guides, menus and conference packs Estate agents in the town centre also need consistent property brochures, window cards and floor plans, and property photography that shows rooms accurately. Because so many Solihull businesses already have in-house marketing staff, we often supply editable InDesign, PowerPoint or Canva-ready templates so their team can keep material consistent after we hand over. All of this is designed remotely from Mansfield. Photography and video are shot on location, at your office, a hotel or a show stand, with travel quoted before the booking is confirmed. ## Who we design for in Solihull - Event organisers and exhibition contractors - Automotive supply chain companies - Consultancies and regional offices - Law firms and accountants - Wealth managers and financial advisers - Hotels and hospitality groups - Estate agents - Technology firms at Blythe Valley Park ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design our stand graphics for a show at the NEC? Yes. Exhibition graphics are quoted per job, or charged at £45 an hour + VAT. dijitul builds artwork to your stand builder's templates, at the right scale and resolution, with bleed and safe zones marked, then supplies press-ready PDF files. Give us the show date early so print deadlines are met. ### Do you take staff headshots at offices in Solihull? We do. A half day of on-location photography starts from £295 + VAT and a full day from £495 + VAT, with travel from Mansfield added to the quote. We set up in a meeting room, keep lighting and framing consistent across the team, and supply edited images for web, LinkedIn and print. ### Do you also work with businesses in Shirley, Knowle and Balsall Common? Yes. Design is done remotely, so businesses in Shirley, Knowle, Dorridge, Balsall Common and Chelmsley Wood work with dijitul in the same way as those in the town centre. Only photography and video need a visit, each quoted with travel. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in West Bromwich Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/west-bromwich/ > Sandwell manufacturers, food producers and wholesalers based in West Bromwich can hire dijitul for logos, labels, menus, sales literature and product photography. Every design job is completed remotely from Mansfield with proofs by email, and photography is shot on location in West Bromwich with travel quoted. Logos start from £150 + VAT and business cards from £75 + VAT. Sandwell's main town is West Bromwich, with Oldbury, Smethwick, Tipton, Wednesbury and Rowley Regis making up the rest of the borough. Nationally it is known for West Bromwich Albion at The Hawthorns, but day to day it runs on manufacturing and distribution. Metal processing, plastics, food production and building products firms fill the estates near junctions 1 and 2 of the M5, and cash and carry operators, trade wholesalers and hauliers serve Birmingham from here. Many of these are family firms competing on price and speed for bigger customers. Their design needs are practical rather than fashionable: - A logo and stationery that look professional on a quote, a delivery note and the side of a lorry - Product data sheets and catalogue pages for plastics and building products, laid out consistently so buyers can compare - Food and drink labels and outer case artwork for producers supplying wholesalers, with barcodes and allergen text in the right place - Clear photography of products and premises for trade websites and tender documents - Menus, price boards and delivery app images for takeaways and restaurants on the high street The town also has a large and diverse community sector, plus beauty, personal services and independent retail businesses on and around the High Street. These often need a modest brand pack, a set of social media templates and printed flyers rather than a big campaign. Healthcare is a major employer too, with the Midland Metropolitan University Hospital opened in Smethwick in 2024, which brings in suppliers, care agencies and clinics that need tidy leaflets and signage. Many local apprentices come through Sandwell College, and newer firms often start with a single unit and a first logo. We handle all design remotely from Mansfield at fixed prices agreed first. Photography takes place at your unit or shop, with travel added to the quote before we book. ## Who we design for in West Bromwich - Metal processing and engineering firms - Plastics and building products manufacturers - Food producers and packers - Wholesalers and cash and carry operators - Hauliers and logistics firms - Takeaways and restaurants - Beauty and personal services - Community and faith organisations ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design labels for a food producer in West Bromwich? Yes. Label and packaging design is quoted per job, or charged at £45 an hour + VAT. dijitul sets the artwork to your printer's label sizes, places allergens in bold within the ingredients list, adds barcodes and weights, and supplies print-ready PDF. You confirm the legal wording before anything is printed. ### Do you supply print-ready files for a local Sandwell printer? We do. Every print job is delivered as a press-ready PDF with 3 mm bleed, crop marks and CMYK colour, plus the editable source files. You can send them to any local printer, or we can arrange printing and quote it separately, since print is not included in design prices. ### Do you design for businesses in Oldbury, Tipton and Wednesbury? Yes. Design is done remotely, so businesses anywhere in Sandwell, including Oldbury, Smethwick, Tipton, Wednesbury and Rowley Regis, work with dijitul the same way. Visits are only needed for photography or filming, and travel is quoted before each one. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Telford Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/telford/ > Manufacturers on Telford's industrial estates and tourism businesses around Ironbridge can use dijitul for technical drawings, product photography, leaflets and branding. Design is completed remotely from Mansfield and supplied as print or CAD files, and photography is shot on location in Telford with travel quoted. CAD work costs £45 an hour + VAT; logos start from £150 + VAT. Telford is a 1960s new town, and its planners gave it big purpose-built employment estates such as Halesfield, Hortonwood, Hadley Park and Stafford Park. Those estates drew manufacturers from around the world, and today they hold plastics, electronics, automotive component, food and packaging firms alongside large warehouses. The M54 links them straight into the motorway network. For a design studio, that means a steady flow of engineering and product work: - 3D CAD models and 2D drawings for plastics and electronics parts, supplied as STEP and DWG - Photography of components, assemblies and production lines for websites, tenders and trade shows - Packaging artwork and outer case labels for food and consumer products made on the estates - Exhibition graphics and capability brochures for suppliers chasing new contracts Telford also has a heritage side. The Ironbridge Gorge is a UNESCO World Heritage Site, and its museums, hotels, cafés and gift shops depend on leaflets, maps, menus and social posts that tempt visitors to stay longer. That calls for warmer design: illustrated maps, seasonal event posters and food photography that shows a menu at its best. The Ministry of Defence site at Donnington supports engineering and service suppliers who need sober, accurate documentation, and Harper Adams University near Newport brings agri-tech and food start-ups that often need a first brand, packaging and pitch deck. Southwater, around Telford Centre, adds offices, leisure and public services. We work on all of this remotely from Mansfield, sending proofs and final files by email. Photography and video are shot at your premises, whether that is a factory floor on Halesfield or a tea room in Coalbrookdale, with travel quoted before the date is agreed. ## Who we design for in Telford - Plastics and packaging manufacturers - Electronics and automotive component makers - Warehousing and distribution companies - Defence supply chain businesses - Agri-tech and food start-ups - Museums, hotels and cafés around Ironbridge - Retail and leisure in Southwater - Professional services practices ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you photograph our production line in Telford? Yes. dijitul shoots on location at factories and warehouses from £295 + VAT for a half day or £495 + VAT for a full day, with travel from Mansfield added to the quote. We work around your safety rules and shift patterns and supply edited images for web, brochures and tenders. ### Do you design leaflets and maps for Ironbridge attractions? We do. A flyer or leaflet starts from £95 + VAT, and illustrated maps are quoted per job. Leaflets are supplied print-ready for common sizes such as DL and A5, with 3 mm bleed and CMYK colour, and we can produce matching social graphics for the same event or season. ### Do you work with businesses in Shrewsbury, Newport and Wellington? Yes. Design is handled remotely, so businesses in Wellington, Newport, Shifnal, Madeley and across Shropshire, including Shrewsbury, work with dijitul in the same way as Telford firms. Proofs and files arrive by email, and photography visits are quoted individually. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Shrewsbury Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/shrewsbury/ > Independent shops, land agents and food businesses in Shrewsbury can commission dijitul for logos, brochures, menus, property floor plans and photography. Our design work happens remotely from Mansfield, with proofs and files sent by email, and photography is shot on location in Shrewsbury with travel quoted. Logos start from £150 + VAT and brochures from £295 + VAT. Shrewsbury, Shropshire's county town, sits almost entirely inside a bend of the River Severn and acts as the service centre for countryside stretching to the Welsh border. Two things stand out from a design point of view. First, the medieval centre, with its timber-framed black-and-white buildings, is packed with independent shops, cafés and restaurants, and those businesses compete on character rather than price. Second, a large professional sector of land agents, rural surveyors, solicitors and accountants serves farms and estates across the county. Independents need a brand that feels personal and is applied consistently: shopfront signage, bags and swing tags, a menu that matches the website, and social posts that look like they come from the same place. Land agents and rural firms need something more structured: - Sale particulars and property brochures for farms, estates and rural homes, with floor plans and site plans drawn to scale - Property photography that shows land, outbuildings and interiors accurately - Report templates and letterheads that make long documents easy to read - Show and auction literature for agricultural merchants and machinery dealers Food and drink producers serving the county and mid Wales need labels and packaging that stand up on a farm shop shelf. Tourism adds more: events such as the Shrewsbury Flower Show bring summer visitors, and the restored Flaxmill Maltings has become a visitor and business space. Hotels, guest houses and attractions need leaflets, maps and seasonal posters. University Centre Shrewsbury, run by the University of Chester, brings students and start-ups who often need a first logo and pitch deck. We do all of the design remotely from Mansfield and agree a fixed price before starting. Photography is shot on location in Shrewsbury or out on a farm, with travel from Mansfield quoted before the date is booked. ## Who we design for in Shrewsbury - Independent shops and boutiques - Cafés, restaurants and guest houses - Land agents and rural surveyors - Solicitors and accountants - Agricultural merchants and machinery dealers - Food and drink producers - Event organisers - Tourism and heritage attractions ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you draw floor plans for a Shrewsbury land agent's sale particulars? Yes. dijitul draws floor plans and site plans from your measurements or sketches at £45 an hour + VAT, and lays out sale particulars or brochures from £295 + VAT. Plans are supplied as vector PDF and PNG, ready to drop into listings, portals and printed brochures. ### Do you design for independent shops in Shrewsbury town centre? We do. Logos start from £150 + VAT and a brand identity pack from £395 + VAT, covering colours, fonts and how the logo is used. We can then design signage artwork, bags, labels and social media templates so the shop looks the same in the window, on a receipt and online. ### Do you also work in Oswestry, Ludlow and Church Stretton? Yes. Design is handled remotely, so businesses across Shropshire, including Oswestry, Ludlow, Church Stretton, Market Drayton and Telford, work with dijitul the same way as Shrewsbury firms. Photography visits anywhere in the county are quoted with travel included. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Hereford Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/hereford/ > Herefordshire cider makers, food producers and tourism businesses can use dijitul for labels, packaging, leaflets, logos and product photography. All design is done remotely from Mansfield and sent as print-ready files; photography is shot on location in Hereford and the county with travel quoted. Product photography costs from £25 + VAT per image and logos from £150 + VAT. Herefordshire is one of the most rural counties in England, and its small cathedral city lives largely off what the land produces: food, drink and farming services. Heineken's Bulmers cider mill is a major employer, and plenty of smaller cider and perry makers work from farms around the county. The county also grows soft fruit and hops and raises beef and poultry, so packing, processing and agricultural services employ a lot of people. For a design studio, that means labels, packaging and product photography above almost everything else. A craft cider or a farm-made chutney often competes on a deli shelf or a web shop against much bigger brands. Good packaging design does a lot of the work. Herefordshire producers commonly ask for: - Bottle and can labels with the legal panel, ABV and allergen text laid out clearly and set to the printer's die - Gift packs, outer cases and point of sale for farm shops and food halls - Product photography on white for online shops, plus orchard, farm and kitchen shots that show where the product comes from - Trade price lists and sell sheets for wholesalers and pubs Tourism is the other big strand. The cathedral's Mappa Mundi, the Wye Valley and the timber-framed villages bring visitors, which supports hotels, holiday lets, pubs and attractions. They need leaflets, illustrated maps, menus and booking-friendly photography. The Hereford Enterprise Zone at Skylon Park targets defence and security, advanced manufacturing and food and drink, so there is also demand for technical drawings, sober corporate branding and capability documents. NMiTE, the engineering institute that opened in the city, adds student and start-up projects. We do all of the design remotely from Mansfield, which suits a county where distances are long. Photography and video are shot on location, whether in the city or at an orchard, with travel quoted first. ## Who we design for in Hereford - Cider, perry and drinks producers - Food producers and farm shops - Fruit growers and packers - Holiday lets, hotels and pubs - Visitor attractions - Defence and advanced manufacturing firms - Agricultural merchants and contractors - Rural professional services ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design cider labels for a Herefordshire producer? Yes. Label design is quoted per job, or charged at £45 an hour + VAT. dijitul sets artwork to your label printer's die and roll layout, with the legal panel, ABV and allergen information clear and readable. You confirm the legal wording; we supply print-ready PDF and editable source files. ### Will you photograph our products at our farm near Hereford? We will. Product photography starts from £25 + VAT per image, and a half day on location is from £295 + VAT if you also want orchard or farm shots. Travel from Mansfield to Herefordshire is added to the quote, so the full price is agreed before booking. ### Do you work with businesses in Ledbury, Ross-on-Wye and Leominster? Yes. Design is done remotely, so businesses in Ledbury, Ross-on-Wye, Leominster, Bromyard and Kington work with dijitul exactly as Hereford firms do. Proofs and final files arrive by email, and each photography visit is quoted individually. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Stafford Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/stafford/ > Engineering firms, public sector suppliers and care providers in Stafford work with dijitul on technical drawings, tender documents, brochures and brand identity. Design is done remotely from Mansfield and delivered as print or CAD files; photography is shot on location in Stafford with travel quoted. CAD drafting costs £45 an hour + VAT and logos start from £150 + VAT. Stafford is Staffordshire's county town, so a lot of its jobs are in public administration. The county council and Stafford Borough Council both have their headquarters here, County Hospital serves the town, Staffordshire University has a health and nursing campus, and Beacon Barracks is a major army base. Alongside that sits more than a century of heavy electrical engineering, from English Electric's works onwards, and power transmission and grid equipment is still designed and built in the town. That heritage supports test houses, contract engineers and technical consultancies. Engineering and public sector work produce a lot of documents, and many of them are judged as much on clarity as content. Stafford firms typically ask us for: - 2D drawings, schematics and general arrangement drawings tidied up or redrawn to a consistent title block and standard - Tender and bid document templates with clear structure, accessible colour contrast and properly tagged headings - Infographics and diagrams that explain a process or a test regime in one page - Capability brochures and case study layouts for engineering consultancies - Leaflets, posters and patient or service-user information for care and support providers With M6 junctions 13 and 14 on either side of town, distribution firms on the business parks need vehicle graphics, site signage and recruitment adverts. The town centre has independent retailers and hospitality, and the surrounding countryside supports farms and market towns such as Stone and Eccleshall, where producers need labels and farm shop signage. We design everything remotely from Mansfield and send proofs and finished files by email, including editable Word or PowerPoint templates when your own team needs to keep producing documents. Photography, such as team headshots or equipment in a test bay, is shot on location with travel quoted before booking. ## Who we design for in Stafford - Electrical and power engineering firms - Test and inspection houses - Engineering consultancies - Public sector suppliers - Care and support providers - Logistics and distribution operators - Accountants and solicitors - Farms and rural producers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you redraw engineering schematics for a Stafford firm? Yes. dijitul redraws schematics, general arrangements and part drawings at £45 an hour + VAT, working from scans, marked-up PDFs or sketches. We apply a consistent title block, line weights and drawing standard, and supply DWG, DXF and PDF files that your team can revise later. ### Do you design tender documents for public sector bids? We do. Tender templates are quoted per job or charged at £45 an hour + VAT. dijitul builds Word or InDesign templates with clear heading structure, accessible colour contrast and consistent tables, so every bid looks professional and your team can fill them in without breaking the layout. ### Do you also work with businesses in Stone, Rugeley and Uttoxeter? Yes. All design work is remote, so firms in Stone, Rugeley, Uttoxeter, Eccleshall and Cannock work with dijitul in the same way as Stafford businesses. Only photography or video requires a visit, and travel is quoted before each booking. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Nuneaton Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/nuneaton/ > Automotive suppliers, logistics operators and trades businesses in Nuneaton and Bedworth can get 3D CAD, technical illustrations, vehicle livery and logos from dijitul. We design remotely from Mansfield and supply files by email, and photography or video is shot on location in Nuneaton with travel quoted. Logos are from £150 + VAT; CAD is £45 an hour + VAT. Nuneaton is Warwickshire's largest town and, with Bedworth, forms a borough built on manufacturing and moving goods. The A5, M6 and M69 all pass close by, and business areas such as Bermuda Park hold warehouses, trade counters and distributors. The standout local cluster is automotive. MIRA Technology Park, on the A5 just over the Leicestershire border, is a major vehicle engineering and test site where vehicle makers and their suppliers develop and test electric, connected and self-driving technology. A few miles south, Coventry adds Jaguar Land Rover and the University of Warwick's WMG. Firms that supply that ecosystem need design work that engineers will take seriously: - 3D CAD models of brackets, housings and fixtures, supplied as STEP for customers and STL for prototypes - Technical illustrations and exploded views for manuals, fitting guides and presentations - 3D renders of a concept or prototype before tooling is paid for - Capability decks and exhibition graphics for test, tooling and engineering service companies Logistics businesses on the edges of town have different priorities: livery that reads at motorway speed, yard and safety signage, and recruitment posters and adverts for warehouse staff. George Eliot Hospital, named after the novelist born in the town, employs many local people, while technicians and apprentices train at North Warwickshire and South Leicestershire College. Builders and trades businesses need logos, van graphics and leaflets, and the town centre, which is being regenerated with new library and leisure space, has independents that need menus and social graphics. We do all of the design remotely from Mansfield with fixed prices agreed first. Photography of parts, vehicles or teams is shot on location, with travel quoted before booking. ## Who we design for in Nuneaton - Automotive engineering suppliers - Vehicle test and development firms - Toolmakers and machine shops - Warehousing and logistics operators - Builders and trades businesses - Healthcare and care providers - Independent retailers - Training and apprenticeship providers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you produce 3D CAD models for a Nuneaton automotive supplier? Yes. dijitul models parts, fixtures and assemblies at £45 an hour + VAT from sketches, measurements or existing 2D drawings. You receive STEP files for your customer, STL for 3D printed prototypes, and 2D PDF or DWG drawings with dimensions and tolerances where needed. ### Do you design HGV and van livery for logistics firms? We do. Livery design is quoted per job or charged at £45 an hour + VAT. We work to scaled vehicle templates for your make and model, keep the name and phone number readable from a distance, and supply vector artwork for your sign fitter or wrap installer. ### Do you work with businesses in Bedworth, Hinckley and Atherstone? Yes. Because design is remote, businesses in Bedworth, Hinckley, Atherstone, Coventry and around MIRA work with dijitul exactly as Nuneaton firms do. Photography or filming visits are quoted individually, with travel from Mansfield included. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Rugby Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/rugby/ > Rugby's logistics operators, engineering firms and new businesses in Houlton can hire dijitul for brand identity, vehicle livery, signage, CAD drawings and photography. Every design is produced remotely in Mansfield and emailed as print-ready or CAD files, while photography and video are shot on location in Rugby with travel quoted. A brand identity pack starts from £395 + VAT. Rugby School gave the world its best-known ball game, yet the town itself earns its living from logistics and engineering. Three motorways, the M1, M6 and M45, converge here, the West Coast Main Line passes through, and huge distribution parks cluster around the junctions. The rail freight terminal at Crick is a few miles away. Retail chains, 3PL operators and parcel networks all operate sheds here, and they generate a surprising amount of design work. - Fleet livery for vans, rigid trucks and trailers, designed so the brand works on every vehicle size - Warehouse signage, aisle markers, safety notices and wayfinding - Recruitment adverts and posters for seasonal peaks, sized for job boards and social media - Sales presentations and service brochures for 3PL operators pitching to new clients Engineering has deep roots too. Electrical manufacturing arrived with British Thomson-Houston in the early 1900s, and power engineering has stayed. The Cemex cement works dominates the western skyline, and towards Coventry, Ansty Park houses the Manufacturing Technology Centre alongside aerospace companies. These businesses need technical drawings, 3D models and renders, and documentation that explains complex kit clearly. Rugby is also growing fast. Houlton, built on the former Rugby Radio Station site, is bringing new homes, schools and local businesses, and every new café, nursery, salon and tradesperson there needs a logo, signage, leaflets and social graphics from day one. The town centre adds independent shops, restaurants and professional firms. We design all of it remotely from Mansfield, agree a fixed price first and send print files ready for your printer, or arrange print and quote it. Photography and video are shot on location in Rugby, with travel quoted before booking. ## Who we design for in Rugby - Third party logistics providers - Parcel and freight carriers - Electrical and power engineering firms - Advanced manufacturers at Ansty Park - New businesses in Houlton - Construction and housebuilding suppliers - Independent shops and restaurants - Professional services firms ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design livery for a Rugby logistics fleet? Yes. Fleet livery is quoted per job, or charged at £45 an hour + VAT. dijitul designs to scaled templates for each vehicle type, from small vans to curtain-sided trailers, and supplies vector artwork your wrap or sign company can produce directly. We keep the layout consistent across the whole fleet. ### We're opening a new business in Houlton. Can you design our brand? We can. Logos start from £150 + VAT and a brand identity pack from £395 + VAT, which sets out your colours, fonts and logo versions. We can then design shop signage artwork, leaflets from £95 + VAT and social media graphics, all done remotely from Mansfield. ### Do you work with businesses in Lutterworth, Daventry and Coventry? Yes. Design is done remotely, so firms in Lutterworth, Daventry, Coventry, Southam and around the M1 and M6 junctions work with dijitul in the same way. Photography and filming visits are quoted individually with travel from Mansfield included. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Redditch Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/redditch/ > Redditch precision engineers, spring makers and wholesalers can use dijitul for technical drawings, parts photography, catalogues and logos. Design and CAD work is carried out remotely from Mansfield and supplied as DWG, STEP or print-ready PDF, while photography is shot on location in Redditch with travel quoted. Product photos start from £25 + VAT per image. Redditch has been making small, precise things for centuries. Needles came first, and at its peak the town led the world in making them, followed by fishing tackle and springs, a history told at the Forge Mill Needle Museum. The new town that grew from the 1960s laid out industrial areas at Moons Moat, Park Farm and Ravensbank, and they now house engineering, automotive, packaging and distribution firms. Mettis Aerospace, whose history goes back to High Duty Alloys in 1939, produces forged and machined components here for aircraft, defence and energy customers, surrounded by machine shops, heat treaters and inspection specialists. Precision suppliers need design material that is as accurate as their parts. The jobs we see most from Redditch firms are: - Technical drawings to BS 8888, with tolerances, surface finish and material notes, supplied as DWG and PDF - Conversion of old drawings or customer PDFs into editable CAD - Photography of springs, fasteners and machined parts, where fine detail and true metal finish matter - Product catalogues and line cards with part numbers, dimensions and specifications laid out in clear tables - Capability brochures and trade show graphics for aerospace and automotive buyers Packaging manufacturers on the estates need artwork set up on dielines, and wholesalers and trade suppliers serving the Midlands need price lists and sales literature. The town centre, anchored by the Kingfisher Shopping Centre, has salons, cafés and service businesses that want a logo, signage and social media templates. The Alexandra Hospital and care providers add demand for clear leaflets. We design all of this remotely from Mansfield and agree each price before starting. When you need the camera on site, for parts on a bench or a team on the shop floor, we come to Redditch and quote the travel first. ## Who we design for in Redditch - Aerospace component manufacturers - Precision machine shops - Spring and fastener makers - Heat treatment and finishing firms - Packaging manufacturers - Wholesalers and trade suppliers - Salons and personal services - Healthcare and care providers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you photograph small springs and fasteners for a Redditch catalogue? Yes. dijitul photographs small parts on location from £25 + VAT per image, using close-up lenses and controlled lighting to show threads, coils and finish clearly. Images are supplied on white or transparent backgrounds, sized for both your printed catalogue and your website. ### Do you draw to BS 8888 for aerospace and automotive customers? We do. Technical drawings are charged at £45 an hour + VAT and can follow BS 8888, with first or third-angle projection, general tolerances, geometric tolerancing where specified and a revision-controlled title block. Files are supplied as DWG, DXF and PDF, plus STEP if a 3D model is needed. ### Do you also work for businesses in Bromsgrove and Studley? Yes. Design is handled remotely, so firms in Bromsgrove, Studley, Alcester, Droitwich and Worcester work with dijitul in the same way as Redditch businesses. Photography visits anywhere in the area are quoted individually with travel included. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Leamington Spa Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/leamington-spa/ > Start-ups, games studios and independent shops in Leamington Spa can commission dijitul for brand identity, pitch decks, menus, 3D renders and headshots. Design is completed remotely from Mansfield and shared through online proofs, and photography is shot on location in Leamington with travel quoted first. Brand identity packs start from £395 + VAT; headshot sessions from £295 + VAT. Royal Leamington Spa looks like a Regency town of white terraces and parks, but its business nickname is Silicon Spa. Forza Horizon developer Playground Games and Ubisoft Leamington both have studios here, Codemasters is in nearby Southam, and a large crowd of smaller studios, freelancers and agencies has formed around them. The University of Warwick is a few miles away, and to the south Gaydon hosts major Jaguar Land Rover and Aston Martin sites. A town full of artists and developers sets a high visual bar. Leamington firms rarely want us to make their games or apps look better; they want help with the business material around them, which often gets left until last: - Pitch decks for investors and publishers, with clear charts and a consistent template the founders can update - Brand identity packs for new studios and tech start-ups, with logo files in SVG, PNG and EPS and simple usage rules - Recruitment graphics and careers pages imagery that show the culture without stock photos - Team headshots and office photography for websites, press kits and LinkedIn Automotive consultancies and component suppliers around Leamington and Warwick bring a different kind of work: 3D CAD models, technical illustrations and photorealistic renders of parts and assemblies for proposals. The town centre has a strong independent scene along the Parade and Warwick Street, and its large student population supports restaurants, bars and student lettings agents, who need menus, window displays, social media templates and property photography that keeps up with a busy letting cycle. We design all of this remotely from Mansfield, with proofs shared online and source files handed over at the end. Photography and video are shot on location in Leamington, with travel quoted before the date is booked. ## Who we design for in Leamington Spa - Games studios and technology start-ups - Digital and creative agencies - Automotive engineering consultancies - Test and component suppliers - Restaurants and bars - Independent retailers on the Parade - Student lettings and property agents - Accountants and solicitors ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design an investor pitch deck for a Leamington Spa start-up? Yes. Presentation design is quoted per job or charged at £45 an hour + VAT. dijitul builds the deck in PowerPoint, Keynote or Google Slides with a master template, clean charts and your brand colours, so you can edit numbers and slides yourself as the round progresses. ### Do you produce 3D renders for automotive firms near Gaydon and Warwick? We do. 3D rendering is quoted per job or charged at £45 an hour + VAT. We work from STEP or native CAD files, set materials and lighting, and supply high-resolution images for proposals, presentations and websites. We can also model the part first if you only have drawings. ### Do you work with businesses in Warwick, Kenilworth and Southam? Yes. Design is done remotely, so firms in Warwick, Kenilworth, Southam, Stratford-upon-Avon and Coventry work with dijitul in the same way as Leamington businesses. Photography visits are quoted individually, with travel from Mansfield included. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Burton upon Trent Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/burton-upon-trent/ > Burton upon Trent brewers, food manufacturers and distributors can use dijitul for beer labels, pump clips, packaging, logos and product photography. We produce all design remotely from Mansfield and send print-ready files, and photography is shot on location in Burton with travel quoted. Logos cost from £150 + VAT and product photography from £25 + VAT per image. Burton upon Trent is the town that taught Britain to brew pale ale. Its hard, gypsum-laden well water suited the style perfectly in the 1800s, and Bass, Worthington and Ind Coope all became famous here. Molson Coors brews Carling in the town, Marston's has its brewery here, the National Brewery Centre tells the story, and the Marmite factory exists because of spent brewer's yeast. Around the big names sit maltsters, packaging firms, laboratories and a growing number of microbreweries and bottle shops. Beer is sold on its label as much as its taste, especially in a crowded fridge or on a busy bar. Drinks businesses in and around Burton typically need: - Can and bottle labels set to the printer's or wrap supplier's template, with ABV, allergen and legal text placed clearly - Pump clips, lens badges and tap decals for cask and keg lines - Multipack sleeves, gift boxes and outer case artwork - Bar menus, beer festival posters and event branding - Product photography on white for online shops, plus brewery and pour shots for social media The A38 and A50 have made Burton a strong logistics location, with warehouses and manufacturers on business parks such as Centrum 100, and Toyota's Burnaston plant sits between Burton and Derby, supporting automotive suppliers. Those firms need livery, signage, recruitment adverts and occasional technical drawings. The national football centre at St George's Park sits just outside town, and the National Forest around it supports tourism, cafés and outdoor businesses that need leaflets and maps. We design all of this remotely from Mansfield, agree a fixed price before starting, and can arrange printing on request with a separate quote. Photography and video are shot on location in Burton, with travel quoted before booking. ## Who we design for in Burton upon Trent - Breweries and microbreweries - Food and drink manufacturers - Pubs, bars and bottle shops - Drinks wholesalers and distributors - Packaging and engineering suppliers - Warehousing and logistics operators - Automotive suppliers - Leisure and tourism businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design pump clips and can labels for a Burton brewery? Yes. Labels, clips and packaging are quoted per job, or charged at £45 an hour + VAT. dijitul builds artwork on your supplier's template with correct bleed, finishes and legal text placement, and can design a range so each beer is distinct while the brewery brand stays consistent. ### Will you photograph our beers and brewery in Burton upon Trent? We will. Product photography starts from £25 + VAT per image, and a half day on location from £295 + VAT covers brewery, team and pour shots. Travel from Mansfield to Burton is added to the quote, so the full cost is clear before we book. ### Do you work with businesses in Swadlincote, Uttoxeter and Derby? Yes. Design is handled remotely, so businesses in Swadlincote, Uttoxeter, Ashby-de-la-Zouch, Derby and Lichfield work with dijitul exactly as Burton firms do. Proofs and files move by email, and every photography visit is quoted with travel included. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Tamworth Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/tamworth/ > In Tamworth, dijitul designs logos, leaflets, van livery, signage and leisure print for trades, distributors and attractions, and photographs products, premises and teams. Design is done remotely from Mansfield with files sent by email, and photography is shot on location in Tamworth with travel quoted. Flyers start from £95 + VAT and logos from £150 + VAT. Tamworth is built around a road junction, where the A5 crosses the M42 near the M6 Toll, and that shapes the work its businesses need. Large distribution centres surround the town, and estates such as Centurion Park hold builders, engineers, trade suppliers and light manufacturers working right across the West Midlands. Many are owner-run firms where the brand grew by accident: a logo someone's nephew drew, a van with a phone number in the wrong font, a leaflet last updated years ago. Tidying that up is a common first job. We often start with a cleaned-up logo in proper vector formats, then apply it across: - Van livery and workwear that look the same on every vehicle and every jacket - Door-drop leaflets and quote templates for builders, roofers and home improvement firms - Site boards and hoardings for construction projects - Social media templates that a busy owner can fill in from a phone Tamworth also has a busy leisure and retail economy. Ventura Park pulls in shoppers from a wide area, the town has its own indoor ski slope at the SnowDome, Drayton Manor theme park sits just outside, and the castle, a reminder that Tamworth was the royal centre of Anglo-Saxon Mercia, draws visitors into the old town. Attractions and venues need seasonal posters, ticket and voucher designs, digital adverts in several sizes and photography of people actually enjoying the place. Cafés and restaurants around the castle need menus and window graphics. Driving schools, estate agents and care providers round out the list with smaller jobs. We design everything remotely from Mansfield and agree a fixed price before work begins. Photography and filming are done at your premises in Tamworth, with travel quoted before booking. ## Who we design for in Tamworth - Builders and construction trades - Distribution and courier firms - Engineering and fabrication companies - Leisure attractions and activity centres - Retailers and retail park tenants - Cafés and restaurants - Estate and lettings agents - Driving schools and training providers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you redraw our logo so it prints properly on vans and workwear? Yes. If your current logo only exists as a small JPEG, dijitul redraws it as clean vector artwork, usually charged at £45 an hour + VAT, or as part of a logo redesign from £150 + VAT. You receive AI, EPS, SVG and PDF files that sign fitters and embroiderers can use. ### Do you design posters and digital adverts for Tamworth attractions? We do. Posters and digital ads are quoted per job or charged at £45 an hour + VAT, and a social media graphics pack starts from £99 + VAT. We supply each design in the sizes you need, from A-boards and A2 posters to social and display ad formats. ### Do you work with firms in Lichfield, Atherstone and Sutton Coldfield? Yes. All design is remote, so businesses in Lichfield, Atherstone, Polesworth, Fazeley and Sutton Coldfield work with dijitul the same way as Tamworth firms. Photography and video visits are quoted individually with travel from Mansfield included. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Lichfield Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/lichfield/ > Lichfield's professional practices, hotels, wedding venues and independent shops can commission dijitul for stationery, brochures, logos and on-location photography. All design is handled remotely from Mansfield with proofs by email, and photography is shot in Lichfield with travel quoted first. Business cards and letterheads start from £75 + VAT and brochures from £295 + VAT. Lichfield is a small cathedral city, and the three spires of its medieval cathedral can be seen across the surrounding countryside. Samuel Johnson was born here and Erasmus Darwin lived here, and the compact streets around the market square and Bird Street are full of independent shops, restaurants, pubs and hotels. It is also an affluent commuter base, which supports a strong cluster of solicitors, accountants, financial planners, architects and consultancies, many working from period buildings. Professional firms in a city like this tend to want design that feels established and quietly confident. The work we do for them is usually: - Stationery: letterheads, business cards, compliments slips and Word templates that print correctly on office printers - Service brochures and client guides for financial planners and solicitors, with plain-English layouts - Consistent headshots for the whole team, shot in your own office - Presentation templates for consultancies that pitch to larger clients Hospitality is the other big strand. Hotels and venues around the city host weddings and events, and they need wedding brochures, menus, table plans, signage and photography that sells the rooms and grounds. Just up the A38 at Alrewas, the National Memorial Arboretum brings a steady flow of visitors and supports catering, events and tourism businesses that need leaflets and social graphics. North-east of the city, Fradley Park is a major distribution location on a former airfield, where logistics firms need vehicle livery, site signage and recruitment adverts. We handle all design remotely from Mansfield with fixed prices agreed first. Photography is shot at your office, venue or site, with travel from Mansfield quoted before booking. ## Who we design for in Lichfield - Solicitors and accountants - Financial planners and advisers - Architects and consultancies - Hotels, venues and wedding businesses - Restaurants and pubs - Independent retailers - Tourism and heritage attractions - Logistics firms at Fradley Park ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design letterheads that print properly on our office printer? Yes. Business cards and letterheads start from £75 + VAT. dijitul supplies a print-ready PDF for professionally printed stock plus a Word template for letters printed in the office, with margins set so nothing important falls into the area most office printers cannot reach. ### Do you design wedding brochures for Lichfield venues? We do. Brochures start from £295 + VAT. We lay out packages, menus and photography in a printed or PDF brochure, and can supply matching table plans, menus and signage. If your images are dated, we can also photograph the venue on location, with travel quoted. ### Do you work with businesses in Burntwood, Alrewas and Shenstone? Yes. Design is done remotely, so firms in Burntwood, Alrewas, Shenstone, Whittington and Tamworth work with dijitul in the same way as Lichfield businesses. Visits happen only for photography or filming, priced with travel from Mansfield before booking. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Cannock Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/cannock/ > Trades, logistics firms and outdoor businesses around Cannock and Cannock Chase can hire dijitul for logos, van livery, leaflets, signage and photography. We complete all design remotely from Mansfield and email print-ready files, with photography shot on location in Cannock and travel quoted. Logos start from £150 + VAT and a full photography day from £495 + VAT. Cannock was a mining town until the collieries shut, and it has since remade itself around warehousing, manufacturing and shopping. With the M6, the M6 Toll and the A5 all nearby, warehouses, building products suppliers and light manufacturers have settled on sites such as Kingswood Lakeside. Hednesford, Rugeley and Norton Canes complete the district, each with small engineering firms, trades and high street businesses. Owner-managed trade businesses are a big part of the picture, and their design needs are direct: be recognised on the road, look trustworthy on a doorstep and make the phone ring. Typical Cannock jobs include: - A logo and brand identity that works in one colour on a hi-vis vest as well as in full colour on a website - Van livery and trailer graphics - Leaflets and quote packs for builders, kitchen fitters and landscapers - Trade counter signage and product data sheets for building products suppliers Retail and leisure have grown too. Since 2021 the McArthurGlen designer outlet at Mill Green has added retail and hospitality jobs, and Cannock Chase, a protected landscape of heath and forest, draws walkers and mountain bikers. Cafés, bike shops, activity providers and holiday lets around the Chase need trail maps, leaflets, menus and photography that shows the outdoors at its best, plus social graphics for events and seasonal offers. We design all of it remotely from Mansfield and send proofs by email, with fixed prices agreed before work starts. Print can be arranged and quoted separately. Photography and filming are done on location in Cannock or out on the Chase, with travel quoted before booking. ## Who we design for in Cannock - Builders and home improvement trades - Logistics and delivery companies - Building products suppliers - Light manufacturers - Outdoor activity and leisure providers - Cafés and hospitality - Retailers and outlet tenants - Care providers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design a logo that works on hi-vis and workwear? Yes. Logos start from £150 + VAT, and dijitul always supplies one-colour and reversed versions alongside the full-colour logo, as vector AI, EPS, SVG and PDF files. That means embroiderers, screen printers and sign fitters can reproduce it cleanly on hi-vis, polo shirts and vans. ### Do you design trail maps and leaflets for Cannock Chase businesses? We do. Leaflets start from £95 + VAT, and illustrated maps are quoted per job or charged at £45 an hour + VAT. Artwork is supplied print-ready in common sizes such as DL and A5, and we can produce matching social graphics for events and seasonal offers. ### Do you work with businesses in Hednesford, Rugeley and Norton Canes? Yes. Because design is done remotely, businesses in Hednesford, Rugeley, Norton Canes, Cheslyn Hay and Great Wyrley work with dijitul in the same way as Cannock firms. Photography visits are quoted individually with travel from Mansfield included. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Kidderminster Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/kidderminster/ > Kidderminster flooring makers, manufacturers and Wyre Forest tourism businesses can use dijitul for catalogues, product photography, leaflets, signage and logos. Design is done remotely from Mansfield and supplied as print-ready or digital files, and photography is shot on location in Kidderminster with travel quoted. Catalogues are quoted; logos start from £150 + VAT. For two hundred years carpets defined Kidderminster: its mills, its canal and most of its jobs. Brintons remains closely associated with the town, and the Museum of Carpet, set in an old works on the canal, keeps the story alive. Carpet and flooring design still has a presence here, alongside engineering, packaging and building products firms on estates around Hoo Farm and Stourport Road. Flooring is hard to sell from a screen. Colour, texture and pattern repeat all have to read accurately in a photo and a printed catalogue, which makes this a very specific kind of design work: - Flat, colour-managed photography of samples and swatches, plus room-set shots that show scale - Catalogues and pattern books where colourways, widths and specifications are easy to compare - Sample cards, point of sale and showroom display graphics for retailers - Product configurator images and trade price lists for made-to-order ranges As the main town of Wyre Forest, Kidderminster also has a tourism economy. Steam trains on the Severn Valley Railway leave from Kidderminster for Bridgnorth, the West Midland Safari Park lies between the town and Bewdley, and Stourport-on-Severn adds canal basins and riverside hospitality. Attractions, holiday parks, pubs and B&Bs need leaflets, maps, seasonal posters, menus and photography. Kidderminster College and the hospital are major employers, and the town centre has independents that need modest brand packs and social templates. We design everything remotely from Mansfield with fixed prices agreed first. Photography is shot at your mill, showroom or venue, with travel from Mansfield quoted before booking. ## Who we design for in Kidderminster - Carpet and flooring manufacturers - Engineering and packaging firms - Building products suppliers - Heritage and visitor attractions - Holiday parks, pubs and B&Bs - Food producers - Independent retailers - Trades and home improvement businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you photograph carpet and flooring samples accurately? Yes. dijitul shoots flooring on location from £25 + VAT per image, using even, diffused lighting and a colour reference so pile, texture and colour stay true. We supply colour-corrected images in RGB for the web and CMYK-ready files for printed catalogues and sample cards. ### Do you supply print-ready catalogue files for a local printer? We do. Catalogues are quoted per job, or charged at £45 an hour + VAT. dijitul supplies a press-ready PDF with 3 mm bleed, crop marks and correct colour profile, plus the InDesign package with fonts and images, so any printer in Kidderminster or beyond can produce it. ### Do you work with businesses in Bewdley, Stourport and Bromsgrove? Yes. Design is remote, so firms in Bewdley, Stourport-on-Severn, Bromsgrove, Hagley and Stourbridge work with dijitul exactly as Kidderminster businesses do. Each photography visit is quoted individually with travel from Mansfield included. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Cambridge Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/cambridge/ > Spin-outs, biotech start-ups and professional firms in Cambridge use dijitul for brand identity, pitch decks, scientific infographics, 3D product renders and photography. Design is done remotely from Mansfield and proofed online; photography and video are shot on location in Cambridge with travel quoted before booking. Brand identity packs start from £395 + VAT and logos from £150 + VAT. Cambridge sits at the centre of the cluster often called Silicon Fen. The University of Cambridge has spun out hundreds of companies, chip designer Arm has its headquarters here, and the physical clusters are easy to map: Cambridge Science Park, which Trinity College opened in 1970 as the first in the UK; St John's Innovation Centre; the Cambridge Biomedical Campus around Addenbrooke's, home to AstraZeneca's global headquarters; and, south of the city, Granta Park and the Babraham Research Campus. Young science companies have a common design problem. The science is world class but the deck, the website imagery and the one-page summary were made by a postdoc at midnight. When a funding round, a conference or a partnership meeting is coming, that suddenly matters. Cambridge work tends to look like this: - A first brand identity for a spin-out, with a logo that works at favicon size and on a poster at a conference - Investor and partner decks with clear charts and a template the team can maintain - Scientific infographics and mechanism-of-action diagrams that explain a technology to non-specialists - 3D renders of devices, instruments or medtech products before a physical prototype exists - Conference posters at A0, exhibition graphics and roller banners - Lab, team and headshot photography that shows real people and real equipment Around the science sits a large support economy: patent attorneys, accountants, property firms and consultancies who need polished stationery, report templates and proposals. The historic centre, with its colleges, hotels, restaurants and language schools, needs menus, brochures and tourism print. Anglia Ruskin University adds health and creative students and start-ups. We design all of this remotely from Mansfield. Photography in labs is done around your safety rules, and travel to Cambridge is quoted before booking. ## Who we design for in Cambridge - University spin-outs - Biotech and medtech start-ups - Software and hardware technology firms - Laboratory and research services - Patent attorneys and IP firms - Accountants and consultancies - Hotels, restaurants and language schools - Charities and research foundations ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design a conference poster for a Cambridge research team? Yes. Poster design is quoted per job or charged at £45 an hour + VAT. dijitul lays out A0 or A1 scientific posters with a clear reading order, legible figures and correct colour, and supplies a print-ready PDF. We can also create a matching roller banner and slide template for the same event. ### Do you take photographs inside laboratories? We do, by arrangement. A half day of on-location photography starts from £295 + VAT, with travel from Mansfield to Cambridge quoted first. We follow your induction and safety rules, avoid confidential material on screens and whiteboards, and supply edited images for websites, press kits and investor material. ### Do you work with companies at Granta Park, Babraham and Hinxton? Yes. Design is done remotely, so firms at Granta Park, Babraham, Hinxton, Melbourn and across South Cambridgeshire work with dijitul in the same way as city centre clients. Photography or video visits are quoted individually with travel included. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Norwich Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/norwich/ > Norwich insurers, Norfolk food producers and independent shops in the Lanes can turn to dijitul for brochures, report templates, packaging, menus and photography. All design is done remotely from Mansfield with proofs sent by email, and photography is shot on location in Norwich with travel quoted. Brochures cost from £295 + VAT and logos from £150 + VAT. Norwich is East Anglia's largest city and has been an insurance centre since Norwich Union was founded here in 1797. As Aviva it still employs large numbers of people, and brokers, claims handlers, accountants and law firms fill the centre and Broadland Business Park. Financial and professional firms produce a lot of documents that customers actually have to read, so much of our Norwich work is about clarity: - Policy guides, key facts documents and client brochures laid out so the important points are easy to find - Annual reports and impact reports for firms, charities and membership bodies - Word and PowerPoint templates that keep a large team's documents consistent - Infographics that turn claims or survey data into something a client understands at a glance Science matters just as much. Next to the University of East Anglia, Norwich Research Park is home to the John Innes Centre, the Earlham Institute and the Quadram Institute, and their spin-outs need conference posters, scientific diagrams and investor decks. Norwich University of the Arts turns out designers, animators and games developers, so the city has a lively creative scene and high expectations of visual work. Beyond the city, Norfolk's farming, food and tourism businesses look to Norwich for services. Producers need labels, packaging and product photography for farm shops and delis; holiday let owners on the Broads and along the coast need brochures and property photography; and independents in the Lanes and around the market need menus, signage and social graphics. Lotus Cars at Hethel, just south of the city, supports a small engineering supply chain that needs CAD and technical drawings. We handle every design job remotely from Mansfield with a fixed price agreed first, and shoot photography on location in Norwich or out in the county, with travel quoted before booking. ## Who we design for in Norwich - Insurers, brokers and claims handlers - Solicitors and accountants - Research and science park companies - Digital agencies and creative studios - Food and agricultural producers - Holiday let and tourism operators - Independent shops and cafés in the Lanes - Charities and membership organisations ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design client guides and report templates for a Norwich insurer or broker? Yes. Document design is quoted per job or charged at £45 an hour + VAT. dijitul builds InDesign layouts for printed and PDF guides, plus Word templates with styles locked so your team can write without breaking the design. Accessible colour contrast and a clear heading structure are included. ### Do you photograph holiday lets on the Norfolk Broads and coast? We do. Property photography on location starts from £295 + VAT for a half day, enough for several cottages close together, with travel from Mansfield quoted first. Images are edited for listings and booking sites, with straight verticals, balanced window light and accurate colour. ### Do you also work in Wymondham, Dereham and Great Yarmouth? Yes. Design is remote, so businesses in Wymondham, Dereham, Aylsham, Great Yarmouth and across Norfolk work with dijitul exactly as Norwich firms do. Proofs and final files arrive by email, and photography visits are quoted individually with travel included. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Peterborough Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/peterborough/ > Peterborough online sellers, engineering firms and logistics companies can use dijitul for product photography, packaging, technical drawings, livery and brand identity. Our design work is done remotely from Mansfield and supplied as print, web or CAD files; photography is shot on location in Peterborough with travel quoted. Product photography starts from £25 + VAT per image. Peterborough grew fast after its new town designation in 1967 and has not stopped. Sitting on the A1 and the East Coast Main Line, with King's Cross less than an hour away by train, it has become a major distribution hub ringed by warehouses for national retailers and online brands. Plenty of smaller ecommerce brands use those fulfilment centres too, and their design needs are very specific: - Main product images on a pure white background that meet marketplace rules, plus lifestyle and detail shots for listings - Mailer box and packaging artwork built on the manufacturer's dieline - Inserts, thank-you cards and instruction leaflets that reduce returns - Social and digital ad graphics resized for each platform The city also has deep engineering roots. Caterpillar-owned Perkins Engines has made diesel engines here since 1932, and Baker Perkins builds food and printing machinery in the city, supported by machining, fabrication and engineering service firms. They need technical drawings, exploded views for parts manuals, 3D models in STEP and photography of machines and components. Haulage and logistics firms need fleet livery, warehouse signage and recruitment adverts that stand out during peak hiring. The city also has a history in magazine publishing and a growing clean technology sector, both of which bring editorial layout and infographic work. ARU Peterborough opened in 2022, the Queensgate shopping centre anchors the city centre, and Hampton to the south is adding new homes and local businesses that need logos, shopfronts and leaflets. We design everything remotely from Mansfield and agree a fixed price first. Product, factory and team photography is shot on location in Peterborough, with travel quoted before booking. ## Who we design for in Peterborough - Online retailers and ecommerce brands - Distribution and logistics companies - Engine and machinery manufacturers - Engineering service firms - Haulage companies - Magazine and media publishers - Environmental and clean technology firms - New businesses in Hampton ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you shoot marketplace-ready product photos for a Peterborough seller? Yes. dijitul shoots product photography from £25 + VAT per image, including main images on a pure white background, detail close-ups and lifestyle shots. Check the current image rules for each marketplace you sell on; we size, crop and export each image to match them. ### Do you produce parts manual illustrations for engine and machinery makers? We do. Technical illustration and exploded views are charged at £45 an hour + VAT. We work from your CAD models or drawings and supply numbered, line-art illustrations as vector PDF or SVG, ready to place in printed manuals, online parts catalogues and service documentation. ### Do you work with businesses in Stamford, Oundle and Huntingdon? Yes. Design is done remotely, so firms in Stamford, Oundle, Huntingdon, Whittlesey and March work with dijitul in the same way as Peterborough businesses. Shoots in any of those towns are priced with travel shown as its own line. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Ipswich Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/ipswich/ > Ipswich insurers, freight forwarders and technology firms around Martlesham hire dijitul for brochures, infographics, vehicle livery, brand identity and headshots. We design remotely from Mansfield and deliver print and digital files by email, and photography is shot on location in Ipswich with travel quoted. Logos start from £150 + VAT and a half-day shoot from £295 + VAT. Ipswich has been lived in continuously for well over a thousand years, but as Suffolk's county town its modern economy rests on ports, insurance and technology. Felixstowe, the country's largest container port, is a short drive down the A14, while Ipswich's own port moves grain and bulk cargo. Freight forwarders, customs agents, hauliers and warehouse operators are everywhere. Their design needs are practical: fleet livery, depot signage, service brochures that explain what they actually move and where, and infographics that show a supply chain or a customs process on one page. Insurance is the second strand. Norman Foster's listed Willis Building is the best-known office in town, and insurance and financial advice remain big town centre employers. For them we typically design: - Client guides and product brochures with clear, readable layouts - Report and proposal templates in Word and PowerPoint - Team headshots shot consistently in the office - Email newsletter templates and social graphics for regular updates Technology is the third. BT's research and development campus at Adastral Park in Martlesham Heath has drawn telecoms, software and engineering firms to Martlesham, and they need pitch decks, technical diagrams, exhibition graphics and 3D renders of hardware. The University of Suffolk, on the regenerated Waterfront, and Suffolk New College bring students and start-ups who need first logos and brand packs. Bars and restaurants on the Waterfront and independents in the town centre round things out with menus and posters. We design all of it remotely from Mansfield with fixed prices agreed first. Photography and video are shot on location in Ipswich, with travel quoted before booking. ## Who we design for in Ipswich - Freight forwarders and customs agents - Hauliers and warehousing operators - Insurers and insurance brokers - Telecoms and technology companies - Financial advisers and accountants - Engineering firms - Bars and restaurants on the Waterfront - Independent retailers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design livery for a freight or haulage fleet near Felixstowe? Yes. Fleet livery is quoted per job or charged at £45 an hour + VAT. dijitul designs to scaled templates for tractor units, trailers and vans, keeps the brand and contact details readable at distance, and supplies vector artwork your wrap or sign company can produce directly. ### Do you design technical diagrams for Martlesham tech firms? We do. Diagrams and infographics are charged at £45 an hour + VAT or quoted per job. We redraw network, system and process diagrams in a consistent visual style, supplied as SVG, PNG and editable source, so they work in pitch decks, white papers and websites. ### Do you also work in Felixstowe, Woodbridge and Stowmarket? Yes. Design is handled remotely, so businesses in Felixstowe, Woodbridge, Stowmarket, Hadleigh and Martlesham work with dijitul the same way as Ipswich firms. If you need a shoot, travel from Mansfield appears on the quote before you commit. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Chelmsford Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/chelmsford/ > Chelmsford electronics manufacturers, professional firms and leisure businesses can hire dijitul for brand identity, technical illustration, 3D renders, accessible documents and photography. Design work is done remotely from Mansfield with proofs by email, and photography is shot on location in Chelmsford with travel quoted. Logos cost from £150 + VAT; a brand identity pack from £395 + VAT. Chelmsford became a city in 2012, but its technology story starts in 1898, when Guglielmo Marconi opened the world's first wireless factory here. The electronics heritage continues through Teledyne e2v, which makes imaging sensors and specialist components for space, medical and scientific instruments, and a network of smaller electronics and engineering firms. Companies like these sell complex products to technical buyers, and they need design that is precise rather than decorative: - Datasheets and product brochures with consistent tables, dimensions and diagrams - 3D renders of sensors, boards and enclosures for catalogues and trade shows - Exploded views and technical illustrations for manuals - Exhibition graphics and presentation templates for international events As county town, Chelmsford houses Essex County Council and many public sector staff, and Broomfield Hospital is a major employer. Suppliers bidding for council and NHS work need tender documents and leaflets that meet accessibility expectations: readable type sizes, strong colour contrast and properly structured PDFs. Chelmsford Business Park holds insurers, professional firms and regional offices that want stationery, report templates and team headshots. Fast trains to London Liverpool Street make the city a popular commuter base, which supports a busy centre of shops, restaurants, bars, salons, gyms and leisure businesses. They need menus, membership leaflets, social media templates and photography. Anglia Ruskin University's campus, with its medical school, adds students and health start-ups, and Writtle brings land-based businesses. We design everything remotely from Mansfield with fixed prices agreed before work starts. Photography and video are shot at your premises, with travel quoted before booking. ## Who we design for in Chelmsford - Electronics and imaging manufacturers - Engineering firms - Public sector suppliers - Law firms and accountants - Insurers and financial services - Health, fitness and leisure businesses - Restaurants, bars and salons - Land-based and rural businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you create 3D renders of electronic products for a Chelmsford manufacturer? Yes. Renders are priced at £45 an hour + VAT, or as a fixed quote for a set of views. dijitul works from STEP or native CAD files, applies accurate materials and finishes, and supplies high-resolution renders on white or in context, ready for datasheets, catalogues, websites and exhibition graphics. ### Can you make our leaflets and tender documents accessible? We can. dijitul designs with readable font sizes, strong colour contrast and a logical reading order, and exports PDFs with tags, headings and alt text set where the document needs them. Design is charged at £45 an hour + VAT or quoted per job. ### Do you work with businesses in Braintree, Maldon and Brentwood? Yes. Design is remote, so businesses in Braintree, Maldon, Brentwood, Witham and South Woodham Ferrers work with dijitul exactly as Chelmsford firms do. On-location shoots carry a separate travel line on the quote, agreed before booking. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Colchester Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/colchester/ > Colchester attractions, food producers, clinics and start-ups can use dijitul for leaflets, packaging, logos, brand identity and photography. We carry out all design remotely in Mansfield and email proofs and final files, and photography is shot on location in Colchester with travel quoted before the date is set. Flyers start from £95 + VAT and logos from £150 + VAT. Colchester, which became a city in 2022, claims to be Britain's oldest recorded town: the Romans made Camulodunum their first capital here, and the castle and Roman walls still bring in visitors. Heritage and leisure shape a lot of its design work. Colchester Castle, Colchester Zoo, the nearby coast and Dedham Vale bring visitors year-round, and attractions, cafés and holiday accommodation need: - Leaflets, maps and seasonal event posters, set up for DL, A5 and A-board sizes - Ticket, voucher and membership card designs - Social media templates and digital adverts for school holidays and events - Photography of the place and people enjoying it, rather than stock images Food is a strong local thread too. Tiptree, home of Wilkin and Sons jams, is nearby, and farms and small producers across north Essex sell through farm shops, delis and online. They need labels, packaging, gift boxes and product photography that hold their own next to bigger brands. The University of Essex at Wivenhoe Park is strong in data science and AI, and the start-ups on its Knowledge Gateway research park need a brand, pitch decks and diagrams. Colchester Hospital, private clinics and therapy practices need patient leaflets and calm, trustworthy branding. Colchester Garrison supports a range of local service businesses, and estate agents, solicitors, trades and retailers fill the centre and the business parks near the A12. We design everything remotely from Mansfield and agree a fixed price before we start; printing can be arranged and quoted separately. Photography and filming take place at your premises in Colchester, with travel from Mansfield quoted first. ## Who we design for in Colchester - Visitor attractions and leisure operators - Food producers and farm shops - University spin-outs and data start-ups - Private healthcare and therapy practices - Estate and lettings agents - Restaurants and cafés - Independent retailers - Builders and trades ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design leaflets for a Colchester attraction? Yes. Leaflets and flyers start from £95 + VAT. dijitul supplies print-ready PDFs at standard sizes such as DL and A5, with 3 mm bleed and CMYK colour, plus matching social media graphics if you want to promote the same event online. Printing can be arranged and quoted separately. ### Do you design packaging for north Essex food producers? We do. Packaging and labels are quoted per job or charged at £45 an hour + VAT. Artwork is built on your printer's dieline or label size, with ingredients, allergens and barcodes laid out clearly, and supplied as print-ready PDF plus editable source files. ### Do you work with businesses in Wivenhoe, Tiptree and Clacton? Yes. All design is remote, so firms in Wivenhoe, Tiptree, Clacton-on-Sea, Coggeshall and Mersea work with dijitul the same way as Colchester businesses. Photography and video visits are quoted individually with travel included. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Luton Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/luton/ > Luton aviation suppliers, food wholesalers, restaurants and family businesses can rely on dijitul for logos, menus, packaging, technical documents and photography. All design is produced remotely from Mansfield and sent as print-ready files, and photography is shot on location in Luton with travel quoted. Logos start from £150 + VAT and menus are quoted per job. Luton built its name on hats, which is why Luton Town are still the Hatters, and then on vehicles: Vauxhall made cars and vans here for around 120 years until the van plant closed in 2025. The engineering skills and supply chain that grew around it have not disappeared, and many of those firms are now chasing new customers. That usually means updated capability brochures, a cleaner brand, fresh photography of their workshop and CAD drawings in formats a new customer can open. Today Luton is above all an airport town. London Luton is among the UK's busiest airports, easyJet runs its headquarters there, and maintenance, ground handling, catering, cargo and private aviation firms surround it. These businesses need design work where accuracy matters as much as appearance: - Technical manuals, job card layouts and training material with consistent diagrams - Safety signage and airside notices that are easy to read at a glance - Presentation decks and service brochures for pitching to airlines - Uniform, vehicle and equipment branding for ground service fleets The town is young and diverse, with a lot of family-run businesses in food, wholesale, retail and services. Restaurants and takeaways need menus, delivery app images and window graphics. Food importers and wholesalers need packaging, labels with correct allergen layout and trade price lists, sometimes in more than one language. Community organisations need affordable leaflets and social templates. The M1 brings logistics firms to Luton and Dunstable, and the University of Bedfordshire adds start-ups that need a first brand. We do every design job remotely from Mansfield with a fixed price agreed first. Photography and filming are done on location in Luton, with travel quoted before booking. ## Who we design for in Luton - Aviation maintenance and ground handling firms - Travel and airline service companies - Engineering and manufacturing suppliers - Wholesalers and food importers - Restaurants and takeaways - Logistics and distribution operators - Independent retailers - Community organisations ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design menus and delivery app images for a Luton restaurant? Yes. Menu design is quoted per job or charged at £45 an hour + VAT, and food photography on location starts from £295 + VAT for a half day. dijitul supplies print-ready menus plus images cropped to the sizes delivery platforms ask for, so your listing and your table menu match. ### Can you design packaging and labels in more than one language? We can. Packaging is quoted per job or charged at £45 an hour + VAT. You supply the approved translations and legal wording; dijitul lays out each language clearly, checks the text fits the panel, and supplies print-ready PDF artwork built to your printer's dieline or label size. ### Do you work with businesses in Dunstable, Harpenden and Leighton Buzzard? Yes. Because every design job is handled remotely, firms in Dunstable, Houghton Regis, Harpenden and Leighton Buzzard are treated exactly like Luton clients. Proofs come by email, and a shoot anywhere nearby is priced with travel from Mansfield before you commit. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Bedford Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/bedford/ > Bedford engineering consultancies, food businesses and Wixams start-ups can use dijitul on technical drawings, 3D renders, logos, menus and photography. Design is done remotely from Mansfield and supplied as CAD, print or web files, and photography is shot on location in Bedford with travel quoted. Logos start from £150 + VAT; CAD time is £45 an hour + VAT. Bedford, the county town on the Great Ouse, is one of England's most diverse places. Post-war recruitment for the Stewartby brickworks brought many Italian families, and large South Asian and Eastern European communities have followed. You can see it on the high street: delis, restaurants, bakeries and food importers that need menus, labels, shop signage and product photography with real character. The area also has a distinctive engineering profile. Cranfield University, specialising in aerospace, engineering and management, sits just over the border with its own airfield. Millbrook Proving Ground, a well-known vehicle test facility, is a few miles south, and the vast airship hangars at Cardington recall the town's aviation history. Consultancies, test specialists and automotive suppliers around them need precise design work: - 2D CAD drafting and general arrangement drawings in DWG and PDF - 3D models and renders of test rigs, fixtures and components - Technical reports and proposal templates with consistent charts and diagrams - Exhibition graphics and capability brochures for engineering events With the A421 running to the M1 and Milton Keynes, distribution and trade businesses on the town's business parks need livery, signage and recruitment material. Fast trains to London St Pancras support professional firms in the centre that want stationery and headshots. Wells and Co still brews in the town, and the new settlement at Wixams is bringing homes and new businesses that need a logo, shopfront artwork and leaflets from the start. All of it is designed remotely from Mansfield, priced before any work begins. Photography happens at your premises in Bedford, with travel quoted first. ## Who we design for in Bedford - Vehicle test and engineering firms - Engineering consultancies - Automotive suppliers - Food importers, delis and restaurants - Distribution and logistics companies - Solicitors and accountants - New businesses in Wixams - Builders and trades ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you produce drawings and renders for a Bedford test or engineering firm? Yes. dijitul produces 2D drawings, 3D models and photorealistic renders at £45 an hour + VAT. We work from sketches, photos, measurements or existing CAD, and supply DWG, DXF, STEP and high-resolution images suitable for reports, proposals and exhibition graphics. ### Do you design labels and menus for Bedford's Italian and international food businesses? We do. Menus and labels are quoted per job or charged at £45 an hour + VAT. Artwork can include more than one language, using wording you supply, and is set up print-ready with bleed, CMYK colour and allergen information laid out clearly. ### Do you also design for firms in Kempston, Wixams and Sandy? Yes. With everything designed remotely, a business in Kempston, Wixams, Sandy, Biggleswade or Cranfield gets the same service as one in central Bedford. Material moves by email, and any on-location shoot comes with the travel cost set out on the quote. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Southend-on-Sea Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/southend-on-sea/ > Seafront attractions, restaurants, event organisers and independent shops in Southend-on-Sea can commission dijitul for posters, menus, logos, event branding and photography. Design is completed remotely from Mansfield and delivered as print-ready files, while photography and video are shot on location in Southend with travel quoted. Flyers start from £95 + VAT; logos from £150 + VAT. City status arrived in 2022, but Southend-on-Sea is still a seaside resort at heart, with the longest pleasure pier in the world, Adventure Island and a seafront that runs from Leigh-on-Sea to Shoeburyness. Tourism is seasonal and competitive, and seafront businesses live or die by how they look on a poster, a menu board and a phone screen in the few weeks that matter most. That makes Southend a busy place for promotional design: - Seasonal posters, A-boards and banners for attractions, arcades and events - Menus and specials boards for restaurants, cafés and bars along the seafront, in Leigh and in Westcliff - Event branding for festivals and shows, with matching tickets, wristbands and social graphics - Hotel and guest house brochures, plus room and food photography - Short social videos that show the place at its best Away from the beach, the economy is broader. Olympus KeyMed has its UK base in the city, and London Southend Airport, in neighbouring Rochford district, supports aviation maintenance and engineering firms at the Airport Business Park. Those companies need technical documentation, diagrams and sober corporate branding. Two railway lines into London make Southend home to many commuters and to small creative firms, consultancies and estate agents that want stationery, property photography and social templates. The University of Essex's Southend campus and South Essex College add students and start-ups, and independents in Leigh and the city centre need shop branding and product photography for online sales. We design all of it remotely from Mansfield and agree a fixed price before starting. Photography and video are shot on location, ideally before the season starts, with travel quoted first. ## Who we design for in Southend-on-Sea - Seafront attractions and amusement operators - Restaurants, cafés and bars - Hotels and guest houses - Event organisers - Medical and engineering suppliers - Aviation businesses near the airport - Estate agents - Independent retailers in Leigh-on-Sea ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design seasonal posters and banners for a Southend seafront business? Yes. Posters and banners are quoted per job or charged at £45 an hour + VAT. dijitul supplies print-ready artwork at the exact size, from A-boards to large outdoor banners, with bleed, eyelet allowances and safe zones marked, plus social graphics for the same promotion. ### When should we book photography for the summer season? Ideally in spring, so the images are ready before visitors arrive. A half day of on-location photography starts from £295 + VAT and a full day from £495 + VAT, with travel from Mansfield to Southend added to the quote. We can plan a shot list around food, rooms and attractions. ### Do you design for businesses in Leigh-on-Sea, Rayleigh and Rochford? Yes. Design is handled by email and online proofs, so a shop in Leigh-on-Sea, an office in Rayleigh or an engineering firm in Rochford works with dijitul the same way as a seafront business. Shoots are priced individually, with travel itemised. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Basildon Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/basildon/ > Basildon engineering subcontractors, packaging and print firms, trades and distributors can get CAD drawings, packaging artwork, product photography, livery and logos from dijitul. Design and drafting are done remotely from Mansfield and emailed as DWG, STEP or press-ready PDF, and photography is shot on location in Basildon with travel quoted. CAD is £45 an hour + VAT. Designated in 1949, Basildon was among the earliest post-war new towns, and the big employment zones laid out then still shape it. Ford develops vehicles at its Dunton Technical Centre, New Holland tractors roll out of the CNH Industrial plant, Leonardo designs and builds defence electronics here, and Costa Coffee's roastery is in Basildon too. Around those names, a long list of smaller electronics, engineering, print, packaging and building products companies work from estates such as Southfields and Burnt Mills. Subcontractors feeding large automotive, agricultural and defence customers are asked for a lot of paperwork, and drawings are usually at the centre of it. The design work we see from Basildon firms includes: - CAD conversion of old drawings, scans and PDFs into editable DWG or 3D STEP - Detailed part and assembly drawings with tolerances, finishes and revision blocks - Packaging artwork and dielines for printers and converters on the estates - Product photography of components and finished goods for catalogues and websites - Capability brochures and tender documents for firms entering new supply chains Because the A127 and A13 run straight to the M25 and London Gateway, distribution firms need fleet livery, warehouse signage and recruitment adverts. Construction and trades businesses, a large part of the local economy, need logos, van graphics, site boards and leaflets. Festival Leisure Park and Eastgate add restaurants and retailers that need menus and promotional print. We design all of this remotely from Mansfield with fixed prices agreed first. Photography is shot at your unit, yard or shop in Basildon, with travel quoted before booking. ## Who we design for in Basildon - Engineering and electronics subcontractors - Automotive and agricultural machinery suppliers - Defence supply chain businesses - Printing and packaging firms - Distribution and logistics companies - Construction firms and trades - Building products suppliers - Restaurants and leisure businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you convert our old paper drawings into CAD in Basildon? Yes. dijitul converts scans, PDFs and paper drawings into editable CAD at £45 an hour + VAT. We redraw to scale using the dimensions shown, flag anything unclear rather than guessing, and supply DWG, DXF and PDF, or a 3D STEP model if your customer needs one. ### Do you set up packaging artwork on a printer's dieline? We do. Packaging design is quoted per job or charged at £45 an hour + VAT. dijitul places artwork on the converter's dieline as a separate layer, with bleed, glue areas and barcode quiet zones respected, and supplies a press-ready PDF in CMYK or with Pantone spot colours as specified. ### Do you work with firms in Wickford, Billericay and Thurrock? Yes. All of our design is remote, so a subcontractor in Wickford, a trades firm in Billericay or a distributor in Thurrock gets exactly what a Basildon client gets. Photography trips across south Essex are priced separately with travel shown. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Watford Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/watford/ > Watford head offices, production service companies and town centre businesses use dijitul for presentation templates, brand guidelines, event graphics, logos and headshots. We design remotely from Mansfield and return editable and print-ready files by email; photography is shot on location in Watford with travel quoted. Logos cost from £150 + VAT and headshot sessions from £295 + VAT. Just inside the M25, at the start of the M1 and a short train ride from Euston, Watford has become a head office town. J D Wetherspoon, Costco UK and TJX Europe, the business behind TK Maxx and Homesense, are all based here, and the offices along Clarendon Road and near Watford Junction house plenty of other corporate and professional teams. Croxley Park adds a large office campus on the western side. Head office teams have plenty of brand guidance but rarely enough hands to produce everything. The work we do for corporate teams is usually support material that has to follow existing rules: - PowerPoint and Google Slides templates with locked masters, so every regional deck looks the same - Internal communications: posters, newsletters, infographics and reports - Brand guidelines for sub-brands or teams that have grown their own look - Conference and away-day graphics, from stage screens to name badges - Consistent headshots for leadership pages and annual reports Film and television are the other big strand. The Harry Potter films were shot at Warner Bros. Studios Leavesden, just north of the town, and the studio keeps a whole chain of production service, kit hire, set building, catering and post-production companies busy. Those firms need logos and brand packs that look credible to studios, kit catalogues, rate cards and showreel graphics. Watford Business Park adds trade and distribution firms that need livery and signage, and the Atria shopping centre and high street have restaurants, bars and retailers that need menus and promotional print. Everything is designed remotely from Mansfield with fixed prices agreed first. Photography and video are shot on location in Watford, with travel quoted before booking. ## Who we design for in Watford - Retail and hospitality head offices - Corporate finance and shared service teams - Film and TV production suppliers - Equipment hire and events companies - Professional services firms - Recruitment agencies - Distribution and trade businesses - Restaurants, bars and retailers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you build PowerPoint templates that follow our existing brand guidelines? Yes. Template builds are charged at £45 an hour + VAT, or as a fixed quote once we see the brief. dijitul builds master slides, layouts, colour themes and font settings that match your guidelines, with locked elements so teams cannot accidentally break the design. We supply the .potx template and a short usage guide. ### Do you design kit catalogues for production hire companies near Leavesden? We do. Catalogues are quoted per job, and product photography of kit starts from £25 + VAT per image, shot on location at your premises. Layouts are supplied as print-ready PDF and as a lighter PDF for emailing to production managers, with clear specifications and day rates. ### Do you also design for firms in Rickmansworth, Bushey and Hemel Hempstead? Yes. Every design job runs by email and online proofs, so offices in Rickmansworth, Bushey, Abbots Langley, Kings Langley and Hemel Hempstead are handled exactly like Watford clients. If you need photography, the quote lists travel from Mansfield on its own line. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in St Albans Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/st-albans/ > St Albans accountants, architects, consultancies and independent shops hire dijitul for brand identity, stationery, proposal templates, shop branding and headshot photography. Design is done remotely from Mansfield with proofs and files sent by email, and photography is shot on location in St Albans with travel quoted. Brand identity packs start from £395 + VAT and letterheads from £75 + VAT. Below the abbey in St Albans, Verulamium Park holds the remains of one of Roman Britain's biggest towns. Fast Thameslink trains to London St Pancras make it affluent and busy, and a large number of residents run their own businesses here rather than commuting. The result is a thick layer of small professional businesses, from accountants and solicitors to recruiters, architects, planners, consultancies and marketing agencies, many with between one and twenty people. Small professional firms usually want to look as established as a much larger practice without a large budget. In St Albans that tends to mean: - A refreshed logo and brand guidelines so a growing team stops improvising - Letterheads, business cards and email signatures that match - Proposal, report and fee schedule templates in Word or InDesign - LinkedIn banners and social templates for regular posting - Consistent headshots for the whole team, shot in the office or outdoors nearby Architects and designers have their own needs: presentation boards, project sheets and 3D visuals of proposed schemes. Twice a week the street market fills St Peter's Street, and the historic lanes near the cathedral support independent shops, cafés, pubs, salons and wellbeing businesses that need shop branding, menus, price lists and product photography for online sales. Rothamsted Research in Harpenden, founded in 1843, and the University of Hertfordshire in nearby Hatfield bring research teams that need posters and data graphics. We design everything remotely from Mansfield with fixed prices agreed before starting. Photography takes place on location in St Albans, with travel quoted before booking. ## Who we design for in St Albans - Accountants and financial planners - Solicitors and legal practices - Architects and consultancies - Marketing agencies and recruiters - Independent shops and cafés - Restaurants and pubs - Salons and wellbeing businesses - Research teams in Harpenden ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design matching stationery and email signatures for a St Albans practice? Yes. Business cards or letterheads start from £75 + VAT, and email signatures are quoted per job. dijitul designs them as a set, supplies print-ready PDFs for professional printing, a Word letterhead template for everyday letters and an HTML email signature that displays properly in Outlook. ### Do you create 3D visuals for architects and designers? We do. 3D rendering is charged at £45 an hour + VAT or quoted per project. We work from your SketchUp, Revit export, DWG or sketches, set materials and lighting, and supply still images suitable for planning presentations, client meetings and project sheets. ### Do you also work in Harpenden, Hatfield and Radlett? Yes. Firms in Harpenden, Hatfield, Radlett, London Colney and Welwyn Garden City work with dijitul exactly as St Albans practices do, with every design job run remotely. A headshot or product shoot in any of them is quoted with travel from Mansfield set out first. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Stevenage Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/stevenage/ > Stevenage aerospace suppliers, biotech start-ups and consultancies can hire dijitul for technical illustration, 3D renders, conference posters, brand identity and photography. Design is carried out remotely from Mansfield; photography is shot on location in Stevenage with travel quoted. Logos start from £150 + VAT; CAD and renders cost £45 an hour + VAT. Stevenage was Britain's first post-war new town, designated in 1946, and it has grown into a centre for advanced technology. Satellites are built here by Airbus Defence and Space, MBDA has a major missile systems site, and GSK runs a large research and development campus. Beside GSK, the Stevenage Bioscience Catalyst gives labs and offices to young biotech companies, and the Cell and Gene Therapy Catapult's manufacturing centre has helped make the town a hub for cell and gene therapy. Design for these sectors has to be accurate and restrained. A brochure for a space supplier or a diagram for a gene therapy start-up is read by specialists who notice mistakes. The work we do for Stevenage firms includes: - 3D renders and cutaway views of hardware, built from your CAD, for proposals and exhibitions - Technical illustrations and process diagrams for reports, manuals and investor decks - Conference posters, roller banners and booth graphics for scientific and defence events - A first brand identity for biotech spin-outs at the Catalyst, with logo files that work on lab coats and slides alike - Capability statements and line cards for precision engineers and test houses in the supply chain Confidentiality matters here, so we work from whatever you are cleared to share and never publish client work without permission. The A1(M) and fast trains to King's Cross and Cambridge keep the town connected, and engineering consultancies and specialist recruiters need professional stationery, proposal templates and headshots. The town centre is being regenerated, while the old town's high street keeps its independent pubs, shops and restaurants, which need menus, signage and social graphics. We design everything remotely from Mansfield. Photography and video are shot on location, within your site rules, with travel quoted before booking. ## Who we design for in Stevenage - Space and satellite suppliers - Defence electronics and engineering firms - Biotech and cell therapy companies - Laboratory and test services - Engineering consultancies - Precision engineering suppliers - Specialist recruiters - Independent shops and pubs in the old town ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you work from CAD files we are only allowed to share in part? Yes. dijitul can render or illustrate from simplified or partial models, reduced STEP exports or approved drawings, at £45 an hour + VAT. We only use what you are cleared to share, keep files off public tools, and sign a non-disclosure agreement if your contract requires one. ### Do you design scientific conference posters for Stevenage biotech firms? We do. Each poster is priced as a fixed job or at our £45 an hour + VAT design rate. dijitul lays out A0 or A1 posters with a clear reading path, legible figures and accurate colour, and supplies print-ready PDF plus a smaller version for sharing by email or online. ### Do you also work with firms in Hitchin, Letchworth and Welwyn? Yes. Our design work is all remote, so businesses in Hitchin, Baldock, Knebworth, Letchworth Garden City and Welwyn Garden City work with dijitul just as Stevenage firms do. Any site visit for photography is priced with travel listed before booking. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Hemel Hempstead Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/hemel-hempstead/ > Distribution centres, print firms, regional offices and trades in Hemel Hempstead use dijitul for vehicle livery, packaging, signage, brochures and photography. All design is handled remotely from Mansfield and delivered as press-ready or editable files, and photography is shot on location in Hemel Hempstead with travel quoted. Brochures start from £295 + VAT and logos from £150 + VAT. Hemel Hempstead grew after the war as a new town wrapped around the old market town on the River Gade, and its working life is dominated by Maylands Business Park beside junction 8 of the M1. National distribution centres, regional headquarters, technology firms, data centres, manufacturers and trade suppliers all sit there, many of them household names. The 2005 Buncefield oil depot explosion caused heavy damage at Maylands, which has since been rebuilt. A business park of this size creates a broad spread of design work: - Fleet livery and trailer graphics for distribution and delivery firms - Warehouse wayfinding, safety and loading bay signage - Ecommerce packaging, mailer boxes and inserts for brands fulfilling from Hemel - Internal communications, recruitment adverts and presentation templates for regional offices - Product and premises photography for manufacturers and trade suppliers Paper and print run through the town's history. John Dickinson ran nationally important paper mills at Apsley and Nash Mills beside the Grand Union Canal, and the Paper Trail museum at Apsley tells that story. Print and packaging businesses still operate locally, and they often need clean, correctly built artwork from their customers: we supply press-ready PDF with bleed, crop marks and the colour profile the printer asks for. The town centre has been regenerated, with Riverside and the Water Gardens for shopping and leisure, while the old town keeps a high street of independent shops and restaurants. Berkhamsted and Tring, in the same borough, are home to small professional and creative firms that want stationery, brochures and headshots. Every piece is designed remotely from Mansfield at a price you approve up front. Filming and photography take place in Hemel itself, with the travel cost quoted in advance. ## Who we design for in Hemel Hempstead - Distribution centres and logistics operators - Regional head offices - Technology and data centre companies - Manufacturers and print businesses - Ecommerce brands - Trade suppliers and wholesalers - Construction and trades firms - Restaurants and independent shops ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design warehouse signage for a Maylands distribution centre? Yes. Signage design is quoted per job or charged at £45 an hour + VAT. dijitul designs aisle markers, bay numbers, safety notices and wayfinding to your site plan, sized for reading distance, and supplies vector artwork your sign maker can produce in the right materials. ### Can you supply artwork that a Hemel Hempstead printer will accept first time? We can. Every print job comes as a press-ready PDF with 3 mm bleed, crop marks, fonts embedded, images at 300 dpi and the colour profile your printer specifies. We also send the editable source files, so future changes do not depend on us. ### Do you design for businesses in Berkhamsted, Tring and Kings Langley? Yes. Firms in Berkhamsted, Tring, Kings Langley, Bovingdon and Apsley get the same remote design service as Maylands businesses. Everything is proofed by email, and a photography booking in any of them shows the travel from Mansfield separately. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in King’s Lynn Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/kings-lynn/ > Growers, packhouses, manufacturers and holiday businesses around King’s Lynn can use dijitul for packaging, labels, product photography, brochures and logos. We design remotely from Mansfield and send print-ready artwork by email, and we shoot photography on location in King’s Lynn and West Norfolk with travel quoted. Product photography starts from £25 + VAT per image. King’s Lynn grew rich as a port where the Great Ouse meets the Wash, trading across the North Sea with the Hanseatic League in the Middle Ages. Its medieval merchants' houses and warehouses still line the riverside, and ships still bring in and take out grain, timber and steel. Inland, the Fens rank among the richest farmland in the country, so food runs the local economy: field vegetables, cereals, sugar beet and soft fruit are grown, packed and processed all around the town, with cold stores and hauliers in support. Fresh produce and food manufacturing generate a lot of practical design work, much of it tied to retailer specifications: - Pack labels, sleeves and outer case artwork set up to the packhouse's label sizes and printer - Produce and product photography for retailer listings, trade presentations and websites - Grower brochures, sell sheets and exhibition graphics for trade shows - Brand identity for farm shops and growers selling direct Manufacturing has a strong presence too. Palm Paper runs a large newsprint mill in the town, and King’s Lynn has an established medical devices industry. Those firms need technical drawings, product renders, instructions and sober corporate literature. Industrial estates at Hardwick and North Lynn hold distributors and trade businesses that need livery and signage. Tourism is the other strand. The historic quayside, the Sandringham Estate and the coast at Hunstanton bring visitors who stay in hotels, holiday parks and cottages and eat in local pubs. They need brochures, menus, leaflets and property photography that shows rooms and views honestly. We design everything remotely from Mansfield, which suits a large rural area. Photography is shot on location, from packhouse to coast, with travel quoted before booking. ## Who we design for in King’s Lynn - Food processors and packhouses - Growers and farm businesses - Cold storage and haulage firms - Paper and packaging manufacturers - Medical device manufacturers - Holiday parks, cottages and hotels - Pubs and restaurants - Port and shipping services ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design pack labels for a King’s Lynn packhouse? Yes. Label artwork is quoted per job or charged at £45 an hour + VAT. dijitul sets designs to your label sizes and printer, leaves space for variable data such as dates and batch codes, places barcodes correctly and supplies print-ready PDF. Your technical team confirms retailer and legal wording. ### Do you photograph holiday cottages and parks in West Norfolk? We do. On-location photography starts from £295 + VAT for a half day, which can cover several nearby properties, or £495 + VAT for a full day. Travel from Mansfield is added to the quote. Images are edited for booking sites, with straight lines and true colour. ### Do you work with businesses in Downham Market, Hunstanton and Wisbech? Yes. Since design runs remotely, growers in Downham Market, hotels in Hunstanton and manufacturers in Wisbech are handled the same way as King’s Lynn clients. A shoot anywhere in West Norfolk or the Fens is priced with its travel shown upfront. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Great Yarmouth Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/great-yarmouth/ > Offshore energy suppliers, marine engineers, holiday parks and seafront businesses in Great Yarmouth can commission dijitul for brochures, technical drawings, posters, logos and photography. Design is done remotely from Mansfield and delivered print-ready, with photography shot on location in Great Yarmouth and travel quoted. Logos start from £150 + VAT; a half-day shoot from £295 + VAT. Great Yarmouth lives on two calendars. In summer it is a classic resort, with the Golden Mile, the Pleasure Beach, its piers and a ring of holiday parks, caravan sites and guest houses. All year round it is an energy town: it supported North Sea gas from the 1960s, and as those fields decline it has become a base for maintaining the wind farms off the East Anglian coast. The deep water Outer Harbour handles project cargo and offshore vessels, and Beacon Park in Gorleston hosts energy and engineering firms. Energy supply chain businesses need design that wins contracts and keeps people safe: - Capability brochures and tender documents for marine services, inspection and crew transfer firms - Technical drawings and fabrication drawings for engineering workshops - Safety signage, induction material and training course graphics - Exhibition graphics for offshore energy conferences Tourism businesses need something warmer and much more seasonal. Holiday parks and attractions want brochures, maps, entertainment programmes, menus, posters and social graphics ready before the season starts, plus photography of accommodation, pools and the beach that shows what guests will actually get. Arcades and cafés along the seafront need bright, readable signage and price boards. East Coast College prepares students for marine and energy careers, and the James Paget University Hospital is a major employer. We do all of the design remotely from Mansfield and agree fixed prices before work starts, which helps seasonal businesses plan budgets. Photography and video are shot on location, ideally in spring for tourism clients, with travel quoted before booking. ## Who we design for in Great Yarmouth - Offshore energy service companies - Marine and crew transfer operators - Inspection and survey firms - Engineering fabricators - Holiday parks and caravan sites - Seafront attractions and arcades - Hotels, guest houses and cafés - Training and certification centres ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design a capability brochure for an offshore energy supplier? Yes. Brochures start from £295 + VAT. dijitul structures the content around what buyers check first, such as services, vessels or equipment, certifications and contact points, and supplies a printed version plus a lighter PDF for tender submissions and email. ### Do you produce holiday park brochures and entertainment programmes? We do. Brochures start from £295 + VAT, and seasonal programmes, posters and menus are quoted per job or charged at £45 an hour + VAT. We can set up templates so your team updates dates and acts each season without needing a full redesign. ### Do you work with businesses in Gorleston, Lowestoft and Caister? Yes. With every design job run remotely, firms in Gorleston, Caister-on-Sea, Hemsby and Lowestoft are treated the same as Great Yarmouth clients. Shoots along the coast are priced individually, with the travel itemised before you confirm. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Bury St Edmunds Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/bury-st-edmunds/ > Food producers, land agents, equine businesses and independent shops in Bury St Edmunds work with dijitul on labels, brochures, logos, shop branding and photography. All design is done remotely from Mansfield with proofs sent by email; photography is shot on location in Bury St Edmunds with travel quoted. Logos start from £150 + VAT and brochures from £295 + VAT. Bury St Edmunds owes its layout to a great medieval Benedictine abbey, and the abbey ruins, St Edmundsbury Cathedral and the Georgian streets still draw visitors. Two industries define the town. Greene King has brewed at its Westgate Brewery since 1799, and British Sugar's factory on the edge of town processes beet from farms across East Anglia. The wider Suffolk farming economy supports agricultural merchants, machinery dealers, agronomists and land agents, and food manufacturers cluster on Suffolk Business Park beside the A14. Food and drink makers in and around Bury need design that stands up on a shelf and in a trade buyer's inbox: - Labels and packaging for craft drinks, preserves, bakery and farm produce - Product photography for online shops and wholesale price lists - Trade catalogues and sell sheets for pubs, delis and farm shops - Event and show graphics for county shows and food festivals Rural professionals have different needs. Land agents, surveyors and solicitors want sale particulars, floor plans and site plans drawn to scale, plus stationery and report templates that look established. Nearby Newmarket, the home of British horse racing, brings trainers, studs and equine businesses that need branding, sales catalogues and photography of yards and facilities. The town centre, with its twice-weekly market, the Arc and many independent shops, cafés and restaurants, keeps a steady demand for shop branding, menus, window graphics and social templates. West Suffolk College and the hospital add training and health material. We design everything remotely from Mansfield with a fixed price agreed first. Photography is shot on location in Bury or out on the farm or yard, with travel quoted before booking. ## Who we design for in Bury St Edmunds - Breweries and drinks producers - Food manufacturers and farm shops - Agricultural merchants and growers - Land agents and rural surveyors - Equine and racing businesses - Independent shops and cafés - Hospitality and tourism businesses - Accountants and solicitors ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design labels for a small Suffolk drinks or food producer? Yes. Labels are quoted per job or charged at £45 an hour + VAT. dijitul builds the artwork to your printer's label size or roll specification, places the legal and allergen text clearly, and can design a range so every product is distinct while the brand stays consistent. ### Do you photograph yards and facilities for Newmarket equine businesses? We do. A half day on location starts from £295 + VAT and a full day from £495 + VAT, with travel from Mansfield added to the quote. We work around your yard routine and supply edited images for websites, sales catalogues and social media. ### Do you also design for businesses in Newmarket, Stowmarket and Thetford? Yes. Every design job runs remotely, so firms in Newmarket, Stowmarket, Thetford, Haverhill and Sudbury get exactly what a Bury St Edmunds client gets. Photography in any of them is priced with travel listed on the quote. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in the City of London Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/city-of-london/ > Boutique law firms, Lloyd's market brokers, wealth managers and fintech start-ups in the City of London use dijitul for pitch books, report templates, infographics, brand identity and headshots. Design is done remotely from Mansfield and returned as editable and print-ready files, and photography is shot on location in the City with travel quoted. Brand packs start from £395 + VAT. Few places concentrate as much finance as the Square Mile. Threadneedle Street has the Bank of England, Paternoster Square the London Stock Exchange, and Lime Street the Lloyd's insurance market with its brokers, managing agents and claims firms. The towers along Bishopsgate and Leadenhall Street are full of banks, asset managers and trading houses, many of the largest law firms have City offices, and barristers' chambers cluster near the Temple. Towards Aldgate and Shoreditch, fintech and insurtech start-ups fill the co-working floors. Large firms have in-house design teams. The smaller ones, a boutique law firm, a Lloyd's service company, a wealth manager with twelve staff, usually do not, yet they compete for the same clients. The design work we do for them is mostly about documents that win or keep business: - Pitch books and credentials decks in PowerPoint, with master slides the team can update - Report, briefing and market update templates in Word or InDesign - Infographics and charts that make data, fees or processes clear - Brand guidelines and stationery for new firms and spin-outs from larger practices - Corporate headshots, shot consistently in your office or a meeting room Regulated firms also need consistency on the details: the same disclaimers, regulatory statements and contact information on every document. Building those into templates saves time and reduces risk. Fintech start-ups need something different, usually a brand identity, a pitch deck and product graphics for an app or website. Livery companies and membership bodies, part of the City's historic side, need event programmes, annual reviews and invitations. All design is handled remotely from Mansfield. Photography is shot on location in the City, often early or late to suit diaries, with travel quoted before booking. ## Who we design for in City of London - Boutique law firms and barristers' chambers - Insurance brokers and Lloyd's market firms - Wealth and asset managers - Fintech and insurtech start-ups - Accountancy and consultancy firms - Compliance and risk consultancies - Recruitment firms - Livery companies and membership bodies ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design pitch books for a City law firm or broker? Yes. Pitch books and credentials decks are quoted per job or charged at £45 an hour + VAT. dijitul builds them in PowerPoint with master layouts, team profile pages and case summary templates, so fee earners can assemble a tailored pitch quickly without breaking the design. ### Do you take headshots at offices in the City of London? We do. On-location photography starts from £295 + VAT for a half day and £495 + VAT for a full day, with travel from Mansfield to London added to the quote. We set up in a meeting room, keep lighting and framing consistent, and can schedule early starts around client diaries. ### Can you build regulatory statements and disclaimers into our templates? Yes. You supply the approved wording, and dijitul places it in fixed footers, cover pages or end pages of Word, PowerPoint and InDesign templates so it appears consistently on every document. Your compliance team signs off the text; we make sure it is never accidentally deleted or restyled. ### Do you work with firms in Shoreditch, Clerkenwell and Canary Wharf too? Yes. Design runs entirely by email and online proofs, so firms in Shoreditch, Clerkenwell, Farringdon, Aldgate and Canary Wharf are handled exactly like City clients. Headshot or event shoots anywhere in London are quoted with travel shown separately. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Westminster Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/westminster/ > Charities, trade bodies, private clinics, galleries and restaurants in Westminster use dijitul for annual reports, event print, brand identity, menus and headshots. All design work is done remotely from Mansfield and proofed online, and photography is shot on location in Westminster with travel from Mansfield quoted. Brochures start from £295 + VAT and logos from £150 + VAT. Westminster takes in a large slice of central London, and each of its neighbourhoods has a different design economy. Around Victoria and Westminster, Parliament and Whitehall draw in think tanks, charities, trade bodies, professional institutes and public affairs consultancies. They publish constantly: policy reports, briefings, consultation responses, annual reviews and event material, usually to tight deadlines and often for MPs and civil servants who skim. For them we design: - Annual reports and policy papers with clear hierarchy, readable charts and accessible PDFs - Word and InDesign report templates so in-house teams can publish quickly - Conference, reception and parliamentary event print: invitations, programmes, name badges and pull-up banners - Infographics that summarise research for social media and press packs Marylebone, including Harley Street, has a large concentration of private medical and dental practices. Clinics need calm, credible branding, patient information leaflets, price lists and consistent clinician headshots. Mayfair and St James's hold galleries, luxury brands, private banks and family offices, where restrained stationery, exhibition catalogues and invitation design matter more than volume. Soho remains a centre for film and television post-production and advertising, and the West End, from Oxford Street to Covent Garden and Theatreland, supports shops, theatres, hotels, restaurants and bars that need menus, posters and social graphics. Westminster has no shortage of design agencies. Our offer is simple: fixed prices agreed before we start, direct contact with the designer, and final files you own. Design is done remotely from Mansfield with proofs online. Photography, whether headshots in a clinic or an event at a members' venue, is shot on location with travel quoted before booking. ## Who we design for in Westminster - Professional bodies and trade associations - Charities and think tanks - Private medical and dental practices - Art galleries and dealers - Luxury retailers - Theatres, hotels and restaurants - Film, TV and advertising companies - Investment firms and family offices ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design a policy report or annual review for a Westminster charity? Yes. Reports are quoted per job or charged at £45 an hour + VAT, and shorter brochures start from £295 + VAT. dijitul lays out long documents with clear headings, charts and pull quotes, and supplies a print-ready PDF plus an accessible digital PDF with tags and alt text. ### Do you photograph clinicians and treatment rooms on Harley Street? We do. A half day of on-location photography starts from £295 + VAT, with travel from Mansfield to London added to the quote. We photograph clinicians with consistent lighting and framing, plus rooms and equipment, while respecting patient privacy and your clinic's schedule. ### Can you produce event print for a parliamentary reception? Yes. Invitations, programmes, name badges, pull-up banners and slides are quoted per job or charged at £45 an hour + VAT. dijitul supplies everything print-ready, and can arrange printing with a separate quote. Allow enough time before the event for proofing and printer turnaround. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Camden Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/camden/ > Publishers, research groups, barristers' chambers, charities and music venues in Camden can commission dijitul for book and report layouts, research posters, gig posters, logos and photography. Design is done remotely from Mansfield with proofs online, and photography is shot on location in Camden with travel quoted. Logos cost from £150 + VAT and flyers from £95 + VAT. Stretching north from Holborn and Bloomsbury up to Hampstead and Highgate, Camden holds one of the densest concentrations of knowledge institutions anywhere. The Knowledge Quarter around King's Cross, Euston and Bloomsbury groups UCL, the Francis Crick Institute, the British Library, Great Ormond Street Hospital and the Wellcome Trust within walking distance. King's Cross has become a major business district, with Google's UK offices and Central Saint Martins at Granary Square. Research and publishing generate a particular kind of design work. Bloomsbury's publishers, academic societies and charities, and the research groups and life sciences start-ups around King's Cross, typically need: - Book, journal and report layouts, typeset in InDesign with consistent styles - Conference posters and scientific figures redrawn for clarity - Charity annual reviews, appeal leaflets and supporter newsletters - Brand identity and pitch decks for research spin-outs and AI start-ups Holborn is legal London: Lincoln's Inn and Gray's Inn sit among many barristers' chambers and law firms. Chambers want dignified branding, member profile templates, seminar invitations and consistent headshots. Further north, Camden Town has a completely different energy: markets, music venues, independent fashion and street food. Gig and club posters, flyers, merchandise artwork and social graphics are the bread and butter there, and they need to be bold, quick and correctly sized for every platform. Hampstead, Belsize Park and Kentish Town add clinics, therapists and independent shops. We design all of this remotely from Mansfield, at fixed prices agreed before starting. Photography of people, venues or products is shot on location in Camden, with travel quoted before booking. ## Who we design for in Camden - Publishers and academic societies - University research groups - Life sciences and AI start-ups - Barristers' chambers and law firms - Charities and foundations - Music venues and promoters - Market traders and fashion brands - Therapists and private clinics ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you typeset a book or journal for a Bloomsbury publisher? Yes. Book and journal layout is quoted per job or charged at £45 an hour + VAT. dijitul sets up an InDesign template with paragraph and character styles, master pages and grids, typesets the text, and supplies a print-ready PDF to the printer's spec plus the packaged source files. ### Do you design gig posters and flyers for Camden venues? We do. Flyers start from £95 + VAT, and a social media graphics pack from £99 + VAT. dijitul supplies posters at the sizes you print, plus versions for Instagram feed, Stories and event listings, so one design works everywhere without awkward cropping. ### Do you take headshots for barristers' chambers in Holborn? Yes. On-location photography starts from £295 + VAT for a half day and £495 + VAT for a full day, with travel from Mansfield quoted first. We keep backgrounds, lighting and crop consistent across every member, so the chambers website and directory listings look uniform. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Islington Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/islington/ > Islington start-ups, architecture practices, product designers and Upper Street restaurants hire dijitul for pitch decks, 3D visuals, CAD support, brand identity, menus and photography. We design remotely from Mansfield with online proofs, and shoot photography on location in Islington with travel quoted. Brand identity packs start from £395 + VAT and CAD time is £45 an hour + VAT. Islington is small but dense. In the south, Clerkenwell has one of the highest concentrations of architects and design studios anywhere, plus furniture and lighting showrooms that host Clerkenwell Design Week each year. Around Old Street, the start-up cluster nicknamed Silicon Roundabout straddles the border with Hackney, full of software companies, agencies and co-working spaces. Farringdon, now on the Elizabeth line, ties it all to the City. In an area full of designers, our role is usually to add capacity rather than replace anyone. Studios and practices bring us overflow or production work they would rather not do in-house: - CAD drafting, floor plans and drawing clean-up from sketches or survey data - 3D models and rendered visuals of furniture, lighting and interiors for showrooms and catalogues - Presentation boards and project sheets for competitions and planning - Product photography for furniture and lighting brands Start-ups around Old Street need something different: a brand identity that can scale, an investor deck, app store graphics and website imagery. We supply logo files in SVG and PNG, a simple guidelines PDF and editable slide templates so founders can keep moving. Further north, Angel and Upper Street make up a long, busy run of restaurants, bars, theatres and independent shops, and Highbury and Holloway bring Arsenal's Emirates Stadium and London Metropolitan University. Restaurants and venues want menus, posters and food photography; theatres want show artwork in many sizes. City St George's, University of London, and Moorfields Eye Hospital add academic and health work. Every design job is handled remotely from Mansfield at a fixed price agreed first. Photography is shot on location in Islington, with travel quoted before booking. ## Who we design for in Islington - Architecture practices - Design and branding studios - Furniture and lighting showrooms - Technology start-ups and scale-ups - Creative and digital agencies - Restaurants and bars on Upper Street - Theatres and venues - Charities and social enterprises ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you take on overflow CAD and rendering work for a Clerkenwell practice? Yes. dijitul provides CAD drafting, drawing clean-up and 3D visuals at £45 an hour + VAT, working in DWG, DXF, SketchUp or Revit exports and returning files in the formats your team uses. We follow your layer standards and title blocks, and we never present the work as our own. ### Do you photograph furniture and lighting for Islington showrooms? We do. Product photography starts from £25 + VAT per image, and a half day on location from £295 + VAT for room sets. Lighting products need careful exposure so the fitting and its glow both read, and we supply cut-outs and styled shots for catalogues and websites. ### Can you design a brand and pitch deck for an Old Street start-up? Yes. A logo starts from £150 + VAT and a brand identity pack from £395 + VAT. Pitch decks are quoted per job or charged at £45 an hour + VAT, and we build them with master slides so the founders can update figures and slides between investor meetings. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Hackney Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/hackney/ > Hackney breweries, makers, direct-to-consumer brands and independent shops work with dijitul on labels, packaging, product photography, shop branding and social graphics. All design is done remotely from Mansfield with proofs sent online, and photography is shot on location in Hackney with travel quoted. Product photography starts from £25 + VAT per image and logos from £150 + VAT. Hackney's economy now leans heavily on creative, digital and independent businesses. The southern tip of the borough, around Shoreditch, is the centre of East London's tech scene, and Hoxton, Haggerston and Dalston continue the mix of studios, agencies and production companies. Next to the Olympic Park, Hackney Wick and Fish Island are known for artists' studios, workshops, makers and craft breweries in converted warehouses. Broadway Market, London Fields, Mare Street, Chatsworth Road and Stoke Newington Church Street are lined with independent cafés, food shops and boutiques. A lot of Hackney businesses are small, founder-led brands selling online as well as through a shop, stall or taproom. Their design needs are product-first: - Can and bottle labels for breweries and drinks brands, built to the printer's or sleeve supplier's template - Packaging, mailer boxes and inserts for food, homeware, fashion and beauty brands - Product photography on white for web shops, plus styled shots for social media - Shop and stall branding: signage, price cards, bags and stickers - Social media templates the founder can update from a phone Agencies and studios in Shoreditch sometimes bring us production work, such as resizing a campaign into dozens of ad formats or setting up print files, when their own designers are stretched. Tech start-ups need brand packs, decks and app graphics. Hackney also has a large voluntary sector, including small charities, housing groups and arts organisations, and a fashion and textiles heritage, so campaign leaflets, reports, lookbooks and garment photography are regular requests. We design everything remotely from Mansfield, at a price fixed before work begins. Photography and short social videos are shot on location in Hackney, with travel quoted before booking. ## Who we design for in Hackney - Craft breweries and drinks brands - Artists, makers and small manufacturers - Direct-to-consumer ecommerce brands - Independent shops and cafés - Fashion and textile businesses - Technology start-ups and digital agencies - Music venues and event spaces - Charities and social enterprises ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design can labels for a Hackney Wick brewery? Yes. Labels and can sleeves are quoted per job or charged at £45 an hour + VAT. dijitul builds artwork on your printer's or sleeve supplier's template, with legal text, ABV and allergens placed clearly, and can design a series so each beer stands apart within one recognisable brand. ### Can you resize a campaign into lots of social and ad formats? We can. Resizing and adaptation work is charged at £45 an hour + VAT, and a social media graphics pack starts from £99 + VAT. We adapt a master design into each platform's current sizes, keeping text inside safe zones, and supply organised, named files ready to upload. ### Do you shoot product photos for small Hackney brands? Yes. Product photography starts from £25 + VAT per image, shot on location at your studio, shop or unit, with travel from Mansfield quoted first. You receive white-background images for your web shop and marketplace listings, plus styled shots for social media and press. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Tower Hamlets Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/tower-hamlets/ > Restaurants, food wholesalers and fintech firms in Tower Hamlets hire dijitul for menus, packaging, brand identity, reports and photography. Design is done remotely from Mansfield and returned as print-ready and editable files, and photography is shot on location in Tower Hamlets with travel quoted. Logos start from £150 + VAT and food photography from a £295 + VAT half day. Tower Hamlets holds two very different business worlds. Canary Wharf, on the Isle of Dogs, rivals the City as a financial district, with Barclays, Citi and J.P. Morgan among the banks running UK or European headquarters there, alongside law firms, regulators and media companies. Level39 in One Canada Square has hosted many fintech and cyber security start-ups. Around the big names are consultancies, recruiters, compliance specialists, caterers and facilities firms that serve them. Smaller financial and professional firms near Canary Wharf need design that holds its own against the banks next door: a brand identity, pitch decks, client reports and consistent headshots. Fintech start-ups need a brand that can scale, investor decks, product illustrations and app store graphics. Further west and north, Spitalfields, Brick Lane, Whitechapel and Aldgate are dense, historic and entrepreneurial. Bangladeshi-owned restaurants, wholesalers, retailers and travel agents are central to the area's economy, alongside markets, fashion and vintage shops. That side of the borough brings a lot of practical, fast-turnaround work: - Menus, delivery app images and window graphics for restaurants and takeaways - Packaging and labels for food wholesalers and importers, sometimes in two languages - Food photography that makes dishes look as good as they taste - Market stall branding, price cards and social graphics for traders - Lookbooks and product photography for fashion and vintage sellers Whitechapel adds health and research, around the Royal London Hospital and Queen Mary's medical school, with the university's main campus a little east at Mile End. Research groups need posters and figures; charities and community organisations need leaflets and reports on tight budgets. We design all of it remotely from Mansfield at fixed prices. Photography is shot on location in the borough, with travel quoted before booking. ## Who we design for in Tower Hamlets - Restaurants and takeaways - Food wholesalers and importers - Fashion and vintage retailers - Market traders - Fintech and cyber security start-ups - Financial and professional firms - Health research groups - Charities and community organisations ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design menus and photograph food for a Brick Lane restaurant? Yes. Menu design is quoted per job or charged at £45 an hour + VAT, and food photography on location starts from £295 + VAT for a half day, with travel from Mansfield added. You receive a print-ready menu plus images sized for delivery platforms, Google and social media. ### Do you design bilingual packaging for food wholesalers? We do. You supply the approved text in each language; dijitul lays it out clearly, checks fit and legibility on every panel, and builds the artwork on your printer's dieline. Expect a fixed quote for the job, or our £45 an hour + VAT rate for smaller edits. ### Can you brand a fintech start-up based at Canary Wharf? Yes. Logos start from £150 + VAT and a brand identity pack from £395 + VAT, covering logo versions, colours, typography and usage rules. We can extend it into pitch decks, product illustrations and app store graphics, supplying SVG, PNG and editable source files. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Southwark Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/southwark/ > Borough Market traders, Bermondsey food and drink producers, venues and London Bridge consultancies can commission dijitul for labels, stall branding, food photography, reports and headshots. All design runs remotely from Mansfield with online proofs, and photography is shot on location in Southwark with travel quoted. Logos cost from £150 + VAT; product photos from £25 + VAT per image. Facing the City across the Thames, Southwark's riverside mixes offices and culture. Consultancies, tech firms and corporate teams work in The Shard and More London by London Bridge, while Tate Modern and Shakespeare's Globe keep Bankside busy with visitors, restaurants and events all year. Food is what many people think of first. Borough Market has traded for centuries, and Bermondsey's railway arches now house bakers, distillers, food producers and the cluster of breweries nicknamed the Beer Mile. Many of these businesses sell through a stall, a web shop, wholesale accounts and a taproom at once, and their branding has to work across all four: - Labels and packaging that read clearly on a market table and in a product photo - Stall and taproom signage, chalkboard-style price boards and menus - Wholesale price lists and sell sheets for restaurants and delis - Product and food photography for web shops and social media Professional and consultancy firms near London Bridge want a more corporate set of work: report templates, proposals, infographics and consistent team headshots. Health and education are major employers too. Guy's Hospital and King's College London's Guy's campus sit by London Bridge, and London South Bank University is at Elephant and Castle, where regeneration has brought new homes and shops. Research groups need conference posters and figures, and charities need reports and leaflets. Further south, Peckham and Camberwell have strong creative scenes with galleries, studios and independent restaurants, while Dulwich has professional practices and shops. We design everything remotely from Mansfield at fixed prices agreed before work starts. Photography is shot on location in Southwark, with travel quoted before booking. ## Who we design for in Southwark - Market traders and food producers - Breweries and distillers - Restaurants, bars and event venues - Consultancies and professional firms - Health and research organisations - Creative studios and galleries - Independent retailers - Charities and education providers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you brand a Borough Market stall so it matches our web shop? Yes. Logo design is from £150 + VAT, or from £395 + VAT for a full identity pack. dijitul then applies it to stall banners, price boards, labels, bags and web shop graphics, so customers recognise you at the market and online. Signage artwork is supplied ready for your sign maker. ### Do you photograph food and drink products in Bermondsey? We do. Product photography starts from £25 + VAT per image, and a half day on location from £295 + VAT if you also want taproom, kitchen or team shots. Travel from Mansfield is added to the quote, and images are supplied edited for web shops, wholesale lists and social media. ### Can you supply print-ready files for a local London printer? Yes. Every print job is delivered as a press-ready PDF with 3 mm bleed, crop marks, embedded fonts and the colour profile your printer specifies, plus editable source files. Use any printer you like, or ask us to arrange print, which we quote separately. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Lambeth Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/lambeth/ > dijitul media designs logos, posters, menus and print for Lambeth businesses from Waterloo to Streatham, with logos from £150 + VAT. Design is done remotely from our Mansfield office and files are sent by email. Photography and video are shot on location in Lambeth, from £295 + VAT for a half day, with travel quoted. Lambeth changes character every mile or so, and the design work changes with it. Along the South Bank, the Southbank Centre, the National Theatre and the BFI sit beside the London Eye, and a ring of smaller arts charities, production companies and event suppliers lives off that cluster. Those organisations print programmes, season brochures, posters for Underground-style 4-sheet frames and banners, and each one needs a consistent look across print and social. A season brochure that works as an A5 booklet, a PDF and a set of Instagram posts is a very different job from a single poster, and it pays to plan it as one brochure design project rather than three separate ones. Further south, Brixton Village, the market arcades and the independent food scene around Pop Brixton depend on menus, chalkboard signs, takeaway packaging stickers and food photography that makes a dish look like itself rather than a stock image. Clapham, Stockwell and Streatham add salons, nurseries, coaches and small professional firms who usually need a tidy logo, business cards and a social media pack more than anything elaborate. Healthcare is a quieter but large part of the borough. Around St Thomas' Hospital and King's College London's Waterloo campus there are clinics, health charities and research consultancies whose leaflets and reports need clear, accessible typography and careful handling of patient-facing wording. Typical Lambeth design jobs we would quote for: - Event posters and programmes supplied as PDF/X-1a with 3 mm bleed for the printer - Menus for market traders and restaurants, in print and as a phone-friendly PDF - Brand identity packs for new studios, salons and consultancies - Patient leaflets and annual reports for clinics and charities - Food, venue and headshot photography shot on location All design work is handled remotely from Mansfield. When a shoot is needed, we travel to Lambeth and include travel in the fixed quote before anything is booked. ## Who we design for in Lambeth - Arts and cultural venues - Event and production companies - Market traders and street food businesses - Independent restaurants and bars - Health clinics and charities - Salons and wellbeing studios - Nurseries and education providers - Architecture and design studios - Consultants and home-based businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you photograph our food stall or restaurant in Brixton? Yes. dijitul shoots food and venue photography on location in Brixton and across Lambeth. A half day starts from £295 + VAT and a full day from £495 + VAT, with travel from Mansfield added to the quote. We agree a shot list first so you get dishes, interiors and staff images in one visit. ### Do you design posters and programmes for South Bank events? We design posters, programmes, flyers and digital adverts for arts and events organisations. Print files are supplied as PDF/X-1a in CMYK with 3 mm bleed, plus RGB versions for social and web. Flyers start from £95 + VAT and brochures from £295 + VAT, with a fixed price agreed before work starts. ### Do you need to visit our Lambeth office for design work? No. Logo, print and digital design is done remotely from Mansfield, with briefs and proofs handled by email and video call. Many Lambeth clients never need a visit at all. We only travel when there is something to photograph or film, and that travel is quoted up front. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Wandsworth Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/wandsworth/ > For Wandsworth businesses, dijitul media designs logos, brochures, menus and packaging remotely from our Mansfield base, starting at £150 + VAT for a logo. We photograph property, products and venues on location in Battersea, Putney, Tooting and nearby, from £295 + VAT for a half day plus quoted travel. Wandsworth's riverside has been rebuilt over the last decade. Battersea Power Station now holds shops, restaurants and offices, the US Embassy sits at Nine Elms, and New Covent Garden Market, London's main wholesale fruit, vegetable and flower market, trades nearby. That brings a steady need for design from businesses who sell to other businesses: price lists, product catalogues, delivery van graphics and labels for food suppliers and florists. Away from the river, Putney, Wandsworth Town, Earlsfield, Balham, Tooting and the streets around Clapham Junction are dense with estate and letting agents, cafés, gyms and nurseries. Estate agents in particular get through a lot of design: window cards, A4 and A3 property particulars, board artwork and a social feed that has to look consistent across every listing. Good property photography matters as much as the layout, because a dark, wide-angle phone shot of a Balham flat undersells it before anyone reads the price. Tooting is home to St George's Hospital and St George's, University of London, which supports private clinics, dental practices and pharmacies. Those practices tend to want a calm, trustworthy brand, clear treatment price lists and staff headshots that match each other. Work we would expect to quote for in Wandsworth: - Property brochures, window cards and board designs for agents - Product catalogues and price lists for wholesale and flower businesses - Menus, loyalty cards and social templates for cafés and bars - Brand identity packs for gyms, studios and clinics - Interior, product and headshot photography shot on location Many people in the borough also run consultancies or small agencies from home. For them, a logo, a letterhead in Word and PDF, an email signature and a presentation template usually covers most needs. All of that is designed remotely from Mansfield; we only travel to Wandsworth for shoots, with travel quoted first. ## Who we design for in Wandsworth - Estate and letting agents - Food wholesalers and florists - Cafés, bars and restaurants - Gyms and fitness studios - Private clinics and dental practices - Nurseries and tutors - Consultancies and small agencies - Independent retailers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you photograph properties for our Wandsworth estate agency? Yes. dijitul photographs residential and commercial property on location, delivering edited, straightened images sized for portals and print. A half day starts from £295 + VAT and a full day from £495 + VAT, with travel from Mansfield quoted. Grouping several properties into one day keeps the cost per listing down. ### Can you design labels and price lists for a Nine Elms wholesaler? We design product labels, price lists and catalogues, supplied as print-ready PDF with crop marks and bleed, or as editable templates if prices change weekly. Label and catalogue work is quoted as a fixed price or charged at £45 an hour + VAT design time, agreed before we start. ### Do you design for businesses in Putney, Balham and Tooting? Yes. We work for businesses across Wandsworth and neighbouring Lambeth, Merton and Richmond. Design is done remotely from Mansfield, so location makes no difference to the price of a logo, brochure or social pack. Only photography and video involve travel, which is added to the quote. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Croydon Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/croydon/ > Croydon firms can get logos from £150 + VAT, brochures, trade signage and pitch decks from dijitul media, all designed remotely in Mansfield and proofed by email. Product, event and headshot photography is shot on site in Croydon, starting at £295 + VAT for a half day with travel added to a fixed quote. Croydon is one of outer London's biggest office centres, with towers around East Croydon station, the Home Office at Lunar House and national firms such as Superdrug based in the borough. That office economy needs a surprising amount of design: tender documents, recruitment adverts, internal reports, presentation templates and staff headshots that look like they belong to the same company. The Purley Way corridor is a different world. Retail parks, trade counters, builders' merchants and car dealerships line the road, and they need large-format work: fascia signs, pull-up banners, vehicle livery, A1 posters for the counter and product photography for online catalogues. Signage has its own rules. Artwork has to be built at the right scale, usually as vector files in AI, EPS or PDF so it stays sharp at several metres wide, and we check the sign maker's spec before supplying it. Our banner and signage design page covers the detail. The town centre is still changing. Boxpark Croydon brought street food and events next to the station, Fairfield Halls reopened as an arts and conference venue, and Croydon was London Borough of Culture in 2023. Events and venues need posters, programmes, social media graphics and event photography. Croydon has also had a start-up and tech scene for more than a decade, and young companies usually want a brand identity, a pitch deck and website graphics before they want print. Typical Croydon projects: - Brand identity packs and pitch decks for start-ups - Signage, vehicle graphics and counter posters for trade businesses - Report, tender and presentation templates for office-based firms - Event posters, programmes and photography for venues - Product photography on white for trade and retail catalogues Design is done remotely from Mansfield, so a Purley Way merchant and a start-up near East Croydon pay the same design prices. Shoots in Croydon include travel, quoted before booking. ## Who we design for in Croydon - Trade counters and builders' merchants - Car dealerships - Tech start-ups - Professional services firms - Immigration advisers and solicitors - Recruitment agencies - Events and hospitality venues - Retailers and franchise outlets ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design signage and vehicle graphics for a Croydon trade business? Yes. dijitul designs shop fascias, banners and van livery as scalable vector artwork built to your sign maker or wrap installer's template. Simpler items fit the £45 an hour + VAT design rate, while full livery is quoted as a fixed price. We can also arrange printing and fitting on a separate quote. ### Can you make a pitch deck for a Croydon start-up? We design pitch decks and presentation templates in PowerPoint, Google Slides or Keynote, with master slides so your team can add content without breaking the layout. Decks are priced at £45 an hour + VAT or as a fixed quote. Many start-ups pair this with a brand identity pack from £395 + VAT. ### Do you photograph products for online catalogues in Croydon? Yes. Product photography starts from £25 + VAT per image, shot on a clean white background and cropped to your catalogue or marketplace sizes. For larger ranges we can shoot on location at your premises, with travel from Mansfield quoted first, or you can post smaller items to us. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Bromley Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/bromley/ > From Beckenham to Biggin Hill, dijitul media provides logo design from £150 + VAT, print for high street firms and technical CAD drawings at £45 an hour + VAT. All design happens remotely at our Mansfield base. Photography is shot on location in Bromley borough from £295 + VAT, with travel priced into the quote. Bromley is London's largest borough by area, and it behaves more like a group of Kent towns than one place. Bromley town centre, with The Glades and its long High Street, is the main hub, while Orpington, Beckenham, Penge, West Wickham, Petts Wood and Chislehurst each have their own parade of independent shops, cafés, estate agents, opticians, accountants and salons. Those businesses tend to want the same core kit: a logo that works on a shop sign and a social avatar, business cards at 85 × 55 mm, a DL leaflet for letterbox drops and a few templates for Facebook and Instagram. Biggin Hill is the borough's most unusual business location. London Biggin Hill Airport is a business aviation hub, with maintenance, charter and engineering firms on and around the airfield. Engineering work like that often needs drawings more than branding: clean 2D drawings to BS 8888, DXF files for laser cutting, or a 3D model exported as STEP for a supplier. Our technical drawings service covers that kind of job at the hourly design rate. The borough also has a large schools sector, with state and independent schools, nurseries and tutors. Schools need prospectuses, open day banners, uniform and event photography, and consistent templates for newsletters. The Princess Royal University Hospital near Orpington supports clinics and care providers who need clear, plain-English leaflets. Work we would expect from Bromley: - Shop signage, leaflets and loyalty cards for high street retailers - Prospectuses and open day print for schools and nurseries - 2D and 3D CAD for aviation and engineering suppliers - Brand refreshes for long-established family firms - Headshots and premises photography for professional practices We design everything remotely from Mansfield. If you need photos of your shop, school or workshop, we shoot on site in Bromley and agree the travel cost before booking. ## Who we design for in Bromley - High street retailers - Estate agents - Accountants and financial advisers - Aviation and engineering firms - Schools, nurseries and tutors - Salons and wellbeing businesses - Opticians and healthcare practices - Builders and home improvement firms ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you produce CAD drawings for an engineering firm at Biggin Hill? Yes. dijitul produces 2D drawings, 3D models and CAD conversions at £45 an hour + VAT. We supply DWG, DXF, STEP or PDF, with drawings laid out to BS 8888 conventions and the projection and tolerances you specify. Work is done remotely from Mansfield using your sketches, measurements or existing files. ### Do you design school prospectuses in Bromley? We design prospectuses, open day leaflets, banners and newsletter templates for schools and nurseries. A prospectus is priced like a brochure, from £295 + VAT depending on page count. We can also photograph the school on location, from £295 + VAT for a half day plus quoted travel. ### Do you work for businesses in Orpington, Beckenham and Chislehurst? Yes, across the whole borough and into nearby Kent. Logos, leaflets and social graphics are designed remotely, so there is no travel cost. Photography and video are the only services where we come to you, and that travel from Mansfield is included in the fixed quote. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Kingston upon Thames Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/kingston-upon-thames/ > dijitul media works with Kingston upon Thames retailers, restaurants and start-ups on logos from £150 + VAT, menus, packaging and social graphics. Every design job is done remotely from Mansfield with proofs sent by email. When you need photos, we shoot in Kingston, Surbiton or New Malden, from £295 + VAT plus travel. Kingston is one of south-west London's main shopping towns. The Bentall Centre, the historic Market Place and the riverside restaurants draw customers from across Surrey, and many of the businesses are independents trading next to national chains. Competing with a chain on the same street usually comes down to presentation: a clear logo, a fascia that reads from across the road, a menu people can scan quickly and social posts that look like they come from the same place. Kingston University, with campuses at Penrhyn Road, Knights Park and Kingston Hill, is known for art and design, and it feeds a steady supply of graduates into small studios and start-ups. Start-ups here often want a brand identity and a pitch deck first, then product photography and packaging design once they have something to sell. New Malden has one of the largest Korean communities in Europe, with restaurants, grocers and import businesses along its High Street. Bilingual menus, labels and signs need care: Korean and English text set at matching weights, fonts that include every character, and final artwork with text outlined so the printer cannot substitute a font. Imported food products may also need UK-compliant English labelling added to existing packs. Elsewhere, Surbiton has a parade of independent shops and cafés, Tolworth mixes offices and trade units, and Chessington World of Adventures brings a seasonal leisure economy. Work we would expect to quote for in the borough: - Menus, signage and social templates for riverside restaurants and bars - Bilingual Korean and English menus, labels and posters - Brand identity packs and pitch decks for graduate start-ups - Packaging and product photography for independent retailers - Headshots for letting agents and professional firms All of the design is done remotely from Mansfield. Shoots happen on location in Kingston, with travel added to the quote. ## Who we design for in Kingston upon Thames - Independent retailers - Restaurants, bars and cafés - Korean food and import businesses - University start-ups - Letting agents - Fitness and leisure operators - Tutors and education providers - Creative and design studios ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design bilingual Korean and English menus for New Malden? Yes. dijitul sets bilingual menus, labels and posters with matched type in both scripts, then outlines the text in final artwork so nothing changes at the printer. You supply or approve the Korean wording. Menu work is quoted as a fixed price or charged at £45 an hour + VAT design time. ### Can you photograph products for a Kingston retailer? Product photography starts from £25 + VAT per image on a clean background, cropped for your website and marketplaces. For larger ranges or lifestyle shots in your shop, we shoot on location in Kingston from £295 + VAT for a half day, with travel from Mansfield quoted first. ### Do you design for businesses in Surbiton and Tolworth? Yes. We design for businesses across Kingston borough and nearby Richmond, Sutton and north Surrey. Design is handled remotely, so prices are the same wherever you are. Only photography and video involve travel, and that is always agreed in the quote before booking. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Richmond upon Thames Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/richmond-upon-thames/ > Consultants, attractions and hospitality firms in Richmond upon Thames can use dijitul media for logos from £150 + VAT, visitor guides, menus and presentation templates. Design work is completed remotely in Mansfield. Event, venue and headshot photography is shot on location in Richmond, Twickenham or Teddington from £295 + VAT, with travel quoted. Richmond upon Thames is the only London borough on both banks of the river, and much of its economy grows out of heritage and green space. The Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew, a UNESCO World Heritage Site, and Hampton Court Palace draw visitors all year, along with Richmond Park and the riverside. Visitor businesses need maps, guides, interpretation panels, leaflets for tourist racks (usually DL at 99 × 210 mm) and signage that has to stay readable outdoors and meet accessibility expectations on contrast and type size. Twickenham Stadium, the home of England rugby, turns match days into a peak trading period for pubs, restaurants and hospitality suppliers. That means short-run posters, menu inserts, social graphics for fixtures and event photography on the day. St Mary's University in Strawberry Hill adds a sport and education angle. In Teddington, the National Physical Laboratory, the UK's national measurement institute, anchors a cluster of science and engineering work. Technical firms need diagrams, report layouts, infographics that explain a process and, sometimes, CAD drawings or 3D renders of equipment. A large share of the borough's working population are consultants, company directors and freelancers running small businesses from home, often in finance, media, marketing, architecture and coaching. For them, the useful set is usually a refined logo, Word letterhead, email signature, a PowerPoint template and a good set of headshots. Typical Richmond projects: - Visitor guides, maps and leaflets for attractions and heritage charities - Match-day menus, posters and social graphics for pubs and restaurants - Report templates, diagrams and infographics for science consultancies - Brand and presentation templates for home-based consultants - Headshots and venue photography shot on location Design is done remotely from our Mansfield office. Shoots in Richmond, Twickenham, Teddington, Barnes or East Sheen include travel, quoted before you book. ## Who we design for in Richmond upon Thames - Visitor attractions and heritage charities - Pubs, restaurants and cafés - Sports clubs and match-day venues - Consultants and company directors - Science and engineering consultancies - Architects and design practices - Wealth managers and financial planners - Therapists and coaches ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design visitor leaflets and maps for a Richmond attraction? Yes. dijitul designs visitor guides, maps, DL rack leaflets and interpretation panels, with clear type and colour contrast for outdoor reading. Leaflets start from £95 + VAT and multi-page guides from £295 + VAT. Illustrated maps are quoted separately or charged at £45 an hour + VAT. ### Can you photograph a match-day event in Twickenham? We photograph events, hospitality and venues on location. Prices start at £295 + VAT for a half day or £495 + VAT for a full day, plus travel from Mansfield. You receive edited images sized for social media, web and print. ### Do you design for consultants who work from home in the borough? Yes. Many of our design jobs are for sole traders and small consultancies. A logo from £150 + VAT, business cards or letterhead from £75 + VAT and a PowerPoint template give a consistent look. Everything is handled remotely by email and video call. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Ealing Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/ealing/ > Ealing food producers, Southall retailers and Ealing Broadway offices can commission logos from £150 + VAT, food labels, packaging and brochures from dijitul media. We design remotely from Mansfield. Product and food photography is shot on location in Ealing or Park Royal, from £25 + VAT per image or £295 + VAT a half day, travel quoted. Ealing's leafy reputation hides a very industrial borough. Park Royal, which Ealing shares with Brent and Hammersmith and Fulham, is London's largest industrial estate and a major centre for food and drink manufacturing, wholesale and distribution. Acton and Perivale add more warehouses and units along the A40. Food businesses here need a particular kind of design: product labels with ingredients and allergens emphasised, nutrition panels, barcodes placed where scanners can read them, outer case labels and sell sheets for buyers. Our label design work covers the layout side, while you or your technical team remain responsible for the legal wording. Southall has one of the UK's largest South Asian communities, and its high streets are full of jewellers, sari and fashion shops, sweet centres, grocers and restaurants. Those businesses often want rich, colourful branding, festival promotions for Diwali and Eid, shop window posters and product photography of jewellery or clothing that shows true colour and detail. Ealing Studios, one of the oldest continuously working film studios in the world, links the borough to film and television, and many freelancers and small production companies work nearby. They tend to need title cards, pitch documents, posters and motion graphics rather than print. Ealing Broadway, now on the Elizabeth line, is the office and retail centre, with professional firms who need report templates, presentations and headshots. The University of West London adds education providers and student-facing businesses. - Food and drink labels, outer case labels and sell sheets - Packaging design and product photography for manufacturers - Festival promotions and shop branding for Southall retailers - Pitch documents and motion graphics for production companies - Presentation templates and headshots for Ealing Broadway offices All design is done remotely from Mansfield. We travel to Ealing for photography, with the travel cost set out in the quote. ## Who we design for in Ealing - Food and drink manufacturers - Wholesalers and distributors - Jewellers and fashion retailers - Restaurants and sweet centres - Film and TV production companies - Professional services offices - Education providers - Logistics firms ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design food labels for a Park Royal manufacturer? Yes. dijitul designs retail labels and outer case labels with clear ingredient panels, allergens in bold, nutrition tables and barcode placement. You supply the approved legal wording and we lay it out to your label printer's die line. Label work is quoted or charged at £45 an hour + VAT. ### Can you photograph jewellery or clothing for a Southall shop? We photograph products on location or from items you post to us. Product photography starts from £25 + VAT per image, with careful lighting for metal and stones and accurate colour for fabrics. Larger shoots at your shop start from £295 + VAT for a half day, plus travel. ### Do you cover Acton, Greenford and Hanwell? Yes. We design for businesses across Ealing borough and neighbouring areas. Design is done remotely from Mansfield, so there is no travel charge for logos, print or packaging. Photography and video are shot on location, with travel included in the fixed quote. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Harrow Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/harrow/ > Harrow's family businesses, pharmacies and practices can get a logo from £150 + VAT, leaflets from £95 + VAT and full brand refreshes from dijitul media. Our designers work remotely from Mansfield, so there is no travel cost for design. Shop, product and headshot photography is shot in Harrow from £295 + VAT, travel quoted. Harrow runs on small and family-owned businesses rather than one big employer. It is one of the most diverse boroughs in the country, and its high streets in Harrow town centre, Wealdstone, Pinner, Stanmore, Rayners Lane and South Harrow are lined with pharmacies, accountants, travel agents, grocers, restaurants and property businesses. Many of these firms have been trading for decades, and their logo was often made quickly when they opened. A common request is a logo redesign that keeps the recognition customers already have while fixing the practical problems: a logo that blurs when enlarged, colours that print differently every time, or a design that does not fit a square social avatar. Pharmacies and clinics around Northwick Park Hospital need window posters, service leaflets for flu jabs and travel vaccines, price boards and consistent staff photos. Accountants and solicitors need letterheads that work in Word, client guides and seasonal mailers before tax deadlines. Landlords and property firms need lettings boards, brochures and photography that shows rooms honestly. Education is part of Harrow's identity. Harrow School sits on the Hill, and the University of Westminster's Harrow campus at Northwick Park focuses on media, arts and design. Tutoring centres and schools across the borough need prospectuses, timetables, banners and social graphics for enrolment periods. Projects we would expect to quote for: - Logo redesigns and brand refreshes for long-established family firms - Pharmacy window posters, service leaflets and price boards - Letterheads and client guides for accountants and solicitors - Lettings boards and property photography for landlords and agents - Enrolment flyers and banners for tutoring centres Design is done remotely from our Mansfield office, with proofs by email. When you need photos of your premises, products or staff, we shoot on location in Harrow and quote the travel up front. ## Who we design for in Harrow - Pharmacies and clinics - Accountants and tax advisers - Solicitors - Family-run retailers and grocers - Restaurants and takeaways - Landlords and property agents - Travel agents - Tutoring centres and schools ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you update our old logo without losing what customers recognise? Yes. dijitul redraws and refines existing logos, keeping the elements people know while fixing blurry artwork, inconsistent colours and awkward shapes. You receive vector files in AI, EPS, SVG and PDF plus PNGs. Logo work starts from £150 + VAT, with a fixed price agreed after we see the original. ### Do you design pharmacy window posters and leaflets in Harrow? We design window posters, A5 and DL leaflets, price boards and social graphics for pharmacies and clinics. Leaflets start from £95 + VAT. We supply print-ready PDF with bleed and can arrange printing on a separate quote if you do not already have a local printer. ### Do you work with businesses in Pinner, Stanmore and Wealdstone? Yes, across Harrow and nearby Brent, Hillingdon and Barnet. All design is handled remotely from Mansfield, so the price is the same anywhere. Photography and video are shot on location, with travel added to the quote before booking. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Barnet Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/barnet/ > Charities, schools and professional practices in Barnet use dijitul media for logos from £150 + VAT, annual reports, newsletters and event print. Design is handled remotely from Mansfield by email and video call. We shoot events, headshots and premises on location in Finchley, Hendon, Edgware and beyond, from £295 + VAT plus travel. Barnet is one of London's most populous boroughs and has no single business district. Finchley, Golders Green, Hendon, Edgware, Mill Hill, Whetstone and Chipping Barnet each have their own high street, and the borough's economy is built on hundreds of small practices, shops, schools and community organisations rather than large offices. Charities and community organisations are a large part of that. Many serve the area's Jewish, Greek Cypriot and other communities, running schools, care services, food banks and cultural programmes. Charity design is about stretching a budget: an annual report that donors actually read, a fundraising appeal leaflet, event invitations and a set of social templates volunteers can edit in Canva without breaking the brand. Clear typography and accessible colour contrast matter, because supporters often include older readers. Schools and nurseries are everywhere in the borough, and Middlesex University's main campus is in Hendon. Schools need prospectuses, open day banners, uniform-ready logos that embroider well at small sizes, and photography of real classrooms rather than stock images. Brent Cross is the biggest change under way, with Brent Cross Town adding offices and homes beside the shopping centre and the new Brent Cross West station. Colindale has also grown fast. New developments bring letting agents, property managers and local services that need branding, signage and brochures. Barnet projects we would expect to quote for: - Annual reports, appeal leaflets and editable templates for charities - Prospectuses, banners and embroidery-ready logos for schools - Letterheads and client guides for solicitors, accountants and clinics - Brochures and signage for property and block management firms - Event and headshot photography shot on location Every design job is done remotely from Mansfield. When you need a photographer at a gala, school or office in Barnet, we travel to you and agree the travel cost first. ## Who we design for in Barnet - Charities and community organisations - Schools, nurseries and tutors - Solicitors and accountants - Dental and medical practices - Estate agents and property managers - Kosher and specialist food businesses - Independent retailers - Home-based consultants ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design an annual report for a Barnet charity? Yes. dijitul designs annual reports and impact reports, supplied as print-ready PDF and an accessible screen version for your website. Pricing follows our brochure rate, from £295 + VAT, depending on page count and how many charts or infographics are needed. You get a fixed quote first. ### Will a school logo work when it is embroidered on uniforms? It should if it is designed for it. We simplify fine lines and small text so the logo stitches cleanly at around 6 to 8 cm wide, and supply a vector file your embroiderer can digitise. School logo work starts from £150 + VAT. ### Can you photograph a charity gala or school event in Barnet? We photograph events on location in Barnet and across north London. Half-day shoots are from £295 + VAT and full days from £495 + VAT; travel from Mansfield is itemised in the quote. Edited images arrive sized for social media, newsletters and print. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Enfield Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/enfield/ > For Enfield manufacturers, food producers and high street firms, dijitul media supplies CAD drawings at £45 an hour + VAT, product catalogues, packaging and logos from £150 + VAT. Design is carried out remotely from our Mansfield office. Product, factory and food photography is shot on location in Enfield from £295 + VAT, with travel quoted. Enfield holds one of the largest areas of industrial land in London. The Lea Valley corridor, Brimsdown and Ponders End house manufacturers, food producers, builders' merchants, recycling operators and distribution warehouses, all close to the M25 and the A406 North Circular. Meridian Water in Edmonton is adding homes and workspace around a new station. That industrial base needs design that is practical first. Manufacturers and fabricators often need drawings before they need branding: a sketch turned into a dimensioned 2D drawing, an old paper drawing redrawn as DWG, a part modelled in 3D and exported as STEP for a supplier, or flat patterns as DXF for laser cutting. Our sheet metal and fabrication drawings service is charged at the hourly design rate. On the sales side, the same firms need product catalogues, spec sheets, trade show banners and clean product photography. Enfield's town centres tell a different story. Enfield Town has its market and shopping centre, while Southgate, Winchmore Hill, Palmers Green and Edmonton Green are full of independent shops, cafés and professional practices. Palmers Green has a large Greek Cypriot community, and there are well-established Turkish, Turkish Cypriot and Kurdish communities across the borough, reflected in bakeries, grocers, restaurants and wholesalers. Those food businesses need menus, packaging, shop signage and food photography. Projects we would expect to quote for in Enfield: - 2D drawings, 3D models and CAD conversions for manufacturers - Product catalogues and spec sheets for trade suppliers - Packaging and labels for bakeries and food producers - Menus and signage for restaurants and cafés - Product and factory photography shot on location All design and CAD work is done remotely from Mansfield using your files, sketches and measurements. Photography is shot on site in Enfield, with travel included in the quote. ## Who we design for in Enfield - Manufacturers and fabricators - Food producers and bakeries - Builders' merchants and trade suppliers - Wholesalers and distributors - Restaurants and grocers - Recycling and waste operators - Care providers and pharmacies - Accountants and professional practices ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you turn our sketches into CAD drawings for an Enfield workshop? Yes. dijitul turns hand sketches, photos with measurements and old paper drawings into dimensioned CAD drawings at £45 an hour + VAT. We deliver DWG, DXF, PDF and, for 3D work, STEP or STL. Everything is done remotely, so you simply email the information over. ### Do you design packaging for food businesses in Enfield? We design boxes, bags, labels and sleeves for bakeries and food producers, built to your printer's die line with 3 mm bleed and CMYK or Pantone colours. Packaging is quoted as a fixed price or charged at £45 an hour + VAT design time. ### Can you photograph our products at our Brimsdown unit? We can shoot on location at your unit, from £295 + VAT for a half day or £495 + VAT for a full day, plus travel from Mansfield. For smaller items, product photography starts from £25 + VAT per image if you post them to us. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Romford Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/romford/ > Builders, salons, market traders and venues in Romford can order logos from £150 + VAT, van livery, flyers and social graphics from dijitul media. We design everything remotely from Mansfield. If you need photos of finished jobs, premises or events, we shoot on location in Romford and Havering from £295 + VAT, with travel quoted first. Romford has held a market since the thirteenth century, and Romford Market still trades in the town centre beside The Liberty, The Brewery and The Mall. The town is one of outer east London's main shopping centres, and it has a busy evening economy of bars, restaurants and venues that draw people from across east London and south Essex. Havering also has a strong base of trades and construction firms: builders, roofers, electricians, plumbers and kitchen fitters working across London and Essex via the A12, A127 and M25. For trades, the van is often the biggest advert they own. Good vehicle livery keeps the phone number and service list readable at a glance, works around door handles and panel joins, and is supplied to the wrap company as vector artwork at the right scale. The same logo then needs to work on workwear, quote templates, site boards and a simple DL leaflet for letterbox drops. Market traders and independent shops need signs, price cards and Instagram posts that look like the same business. Salons and beauty businesses in Romford, Hornchurch and Upminster want price lists, gift vouchers, loyalty cards and treatment menus. Venues need event posters, A-boards and social graphics that can be updated every week. Elsewhere in the borough, Rainham and the riverside near the A13 hold logistics and industrial firms, and Queen's Hospital is a major employer. - Van livery, workwear logos and site boards for trades - Flyers, leaflets and social templates for local promotion - Price lists, gift vouchers and treatment menus for salons - Event posters and weekly social graphics for bars and venues - Photography of completed jobs, premises and events Design is handled remotely from Mansfield, so you can send photos and notes by email. We come to Romford for photography or video, and the travel cost is fixed in the quote. ## Who we design for in Romford - Builders, roofers and building trades - Electricians and plumbers - Market traders and independent shops - Bars, restaurants and venues - Salons and beauty businesses - Estate agents - Logistics firms - Car dealers and repairers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design van livery for a Romford builder? Yes. dijitul designs van livery from your vehicle's make and model template, keeping your name, services and number readable from a distance. Artwork is supplied as vector files ready for the wrap installer. Livery is quoted as a fixed price, and the logo itself starts from £150 + VAT if you need one. ### Do you design salon price lists and gift vouchers? We design price lists, treatment menus, gift vouchers, loyalty cards and social templates for salons and beauty businesses. Small print items start from £75 + VAT and leaflets from £95 + VAT. Files come print-ready with bleed, plus versions for Instagram and your booking page. ### Do you cover Hornchurch, Upminster and Rainham? Yes. We design for businesses across Havering and into south Essex. Design is done remotely, so there is no travel charge. Photography of your work, shop or event is shot on location, with travel from Mansfield included in the quote. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Stratford Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/stratford/ > Start-ups at Here East, retailers near Westfield and event organisers around the Olympic Park can get brand identity packs from £395 + VAT, pitch decks and event graphics from dijitul media. Design is done remotely from Mansfield. Event, product and headshot photography is shot in Stratford from £295 + VAT, with travel quoted. Stratford, in Newham, has been rebuilt since the 2012 Games. Queen Elizabeth Olympic Park holds the London Stadium, the Aquatics Centre and the Copper Box Arena, and the station is one of London's busiest interchanges. International Quarter London houses large employers, including the Financial Conduct Authority, and Westfield Stratford City is one of Europe's largest urban shopping centres. Here East, the former press and broadcast centre, is now a technology and innovation campus with Loughborough University London, studios and start-ups. Early-stage companies usually need a brand identity before anything else: a logo, colour palette with HEX, RGB, CMYK and Pantone values, a type system and a short guidelines document so freelancers and future hires use it properly. Then come pitch decks, product screenshots dressed for investors, explainer graphics and conference stand material. The East Bank cultural quarter brings UCL East, UAL's London College of Fashion, V&A East, Sadler's Wells East and BBC music studios. Cultural and fashion businesses need lookbooks, exhibition graphics, posters and event photography. The Olympic Park's venues add a constant calendar of sports and events with their own demand for posters, programmes and social graphics. Around the new districts, older Stratford, Forest Gate, East Ham and Canning Town are full of family businesses, wholesalers, construction firms and community organisations serving one of London's most diverse populations. Construction and regeneration contractors need hoarding graphics, site signage and tender documents. - Brand identity packs and pitch decks for start-ups - Lookbooks and campaign graphics for fashion and creative businesses - Event posters, programmes and photography for venues - Hoarding graphics and tender documents for contractors - Shop signage and menus for family businesses and restaurants We design remotely from Mansfield. Photography and video in Stratford are shot on location, with travel set out in the quote. ## Who we design for in Stratford - Tech and SaaS start-ups - Fashion and design businesses - Cultural and arts organisations - Sports and events operators - Retailers and hospitality brands - Construction and regeneration contractors - Wholesalers and family businesses - Community organisations and charities ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### What does a brand identity pack include for a Stratford start-up? dijitul brand identity packs start from £395 + VAT and include a logo in vector and PNG formats, a colour palette with HEX, RGB, CMYK and Pantone values, typography choices and a short guidelines PDF. Business cards, pitch decks and social templates can be added at fixed prices. ### Can you design hoarding graphics for a construction site? Yes. We design site hoardings and signage as large-format vector artwork, scaled to the panel sizes your printer specifies, with safe zones around joins and fixings. Hoarding work is quoted as a fixed price or charged at £45 an hour + VAT design time. ### Can you photograph an event at the Olympic Park? We photograph conferences, launches and sports events on location. Expect from £295 + VAT for a half day or from £495 + VAT for a full day, with travel from Mansfield shown separately. You may need the venue's permission for some areas, which we can help you request. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Uxbridge Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/uxbridge/ > Uxbridge and Hillingdon businesses use dijitul media for corporate brochures, hotel print, logos from £150 + VAT and CAD drawings at £45 an hour + VAT. All of the design is done remotely from Mansfield. We shoot headshots, hotels and products on location in Uxbridge, Hayes or Stockley Park from £295 + VAT, with travel quoted. Uxbridge is the main town of the London Borough of Hillingdon, at the end of the Metropolitan and Piccadilly lines and close to the M25, M40 and M4. That road access has long attracted regional and national head offices, and the town centre around The Chimes is ringed by office buildings. Stockley Park, between Uxbridge and Heathrow, is one of the UK's best-known business parks, with technology, pharmaceutical and professional services companies. Corporate teams here tend to need polished, consistent material: presentation templates with proper master slides, brochures and capability statements, bid documents, exhibition graphics and headshots that match across a whole team. Pharmaceutical and life sciences firms add technical diagrams, infographics and report layouts that have to be accurate as well as clear. Heathrow, which sits inside the borough, shapes the rest of the economy. Hayes, West Drayton and Harlington hold freight forwarders, cargo handlers, airline suppliers, hotels and car parking operators. Hotels need room information folders, restaurant menus, signage and photography of rooms and facilities for booking sites. Logistics and parking firms need vehicle graphics, clear signage and simple, readable leaflets. Brunel University London, on its Uxbridge campus, is known for engineering, design and computing. Engineering spin-outs and product companies often need 3D CAD models, renders for investors and drawings for prototype suppliers. - Presentation templates, brochures and bid documents for corporate offices - Technical diagrams and report layouts for life sciences firms - Room folders, menus and photography for airport hotels - Vehicle graphics and signage for logistics and parking operators - 3D CAD models and renders for engineering start-ups Design and CAD are completed remotely from Mansfield. For photography or video in Uxbridge and around Heathrow, we travel to you and include travel in the fixed quote. ## Who we design for in Uxbridge - Corporate head offices - Pharmaceutical and life sciences firms - Freight forwarders and cargo agents - Hotels and hospitality - Airport parking and transfer operators - Engineering and product companies - University spin-outs - Retailers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you photograph hotel rooms near Heathrow? Yes. dijitul photographs hotel rooms, restaurants and facilities on location, with straight verticals and balanced window light for booking sites and brochures. A half day starts from £295 + VAT and a full day from £495 + VAT, with travel from Mansfield quoted first. ### Can you produce 3D CAD models for an engineering start-up in Uxbridge? We model parts and assemblies in 3D at £45 an hour + VAT and deliver STEP, STL or native formats for common CAD packages, plus 2D drawings for manufacturers. We can also produce photorealistic renders for investor decks. Work is done remotely from your sketches and specs. ### Do you design for businesses in Hayes, Ruislip and West Drayton? Yes, across Hillingdon and nearby Buckinghamshire and Hertfordshire. All design happens remotely, so location does not change the price. Only photography and video involve travel, and that is fixed in the quote before booking. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Brighton Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/brighton/ > Brighton and Hove hotels, independent shops and agencies can get logos from £150 + VAT, menus, packaging and overflow design support from dijitul media. Work is designed remotely in Mansfield and delivered as print-ready and web files. Hotel, food and product photography is shot on location in Brighton from £295 + VAT, with travel quoted. Brighton and Hove already has plenty of designers. The city's digital and creative sector is one of the strongest outside London, with agencies, games studios and freelancers working from places such as New England House and the Plus X hub at Preston Barracks. So a Brighton business looking at a design firm in Mansfield usually wants something specific: a fixed price, a quick second pair of hands, or a mix of design and photography from one supplier. Local agencies sometimes need overflow help with artwork, resizing campaigns into dozens of social and display formats, or turning a brand into templates, while keeping the client relationship themselves. Tourism is the other big story. The seafront, Brighton Palace Pier, the Royal Pavilion and the Brighton Centre bring visitors all year, supporting hotels, guest houses, bars, restaurants and venues. Hospitality design means room guides, breakfast and bar menus, signage, gift vouchers and photography that works on booking sites. See our page on design for hotels and hospitality for more. The Lanes and North Laine are known for independent shops, cafés and boutiques. Many sell online as well as in store, which brings a need for product photography, packaging, swing tags, carrier bag artwork and consistent social graphics. Brighton's independents tend to want a strong personality in their branding, so illustration and custom lettering come up more than in many towns. The University of Sussex and the University of Brighton add student-facing businesses, and American Express has its European headquarters in the city, supporting corporate events and suppliers. - Overflow artwork, resizing and template work for agencies - Menus, room guides and photography for hotels and guest houses - Packaging, swing tags and product photography for independent shops - Illustration and hand lettering for distinctive local brands - Event posters and programmes for venues and festivals All design is handled remotely. Photography and video in Brighton, Hove and nearby Shoreham are shot on location, with travel from Mansfield fixed in the quote. ## Who we design for in Brighton - Hotels and guest houses - Restaurants, bars and cafés - Independent shops and boutiques - Digital and design agencies - Games and software studios - Event and conference venues - Charities and social enterprises - Wellbeing and fitness businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Do you take on overflow design work for Brighton agencies? Yes. dijitul can work behind the scenes on artwork, campaign resizing, templates and print preparation while you keep the client relationship. Work is charged at £45 an hour + VAT or as a fixed price per job, and files are supplied in whatever format your team uses, including layered Adobe files. ### Can you photograph our Brighton hotel or guest house? We photograph rooms, public areas, food and exteriors on location, edited for booking platforms, your website and print. A half day starts from £295 + VAT and a full day from £495 + VAT, with travel from Mansfield added. We agree a room-by-room shot list first. ### Do you design for businesses in Hove, Shoreham and Lewes? Yes. We work for businesses across Brighton and Hove and the wider Sussex coast. Design is done remotely from Mansfield, so prices are the same wherever you are. Only shoots involve travel, which is quoted before booking. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Reading Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/reading/ > Reading tech firms, consultancies and recruiters can get presentation templates, brochures, infographics and logos from £150 + VAT from dijitul media. Design is done remotely from Mansfield, which suits teams already working in the cloud. Team headshots and event photography are shot on location in Reading from £295 + VAT, with travel added to the quote. Reading is the commercial centre of the Thames Valley. Microsoft's UK headquarters is at Thames Valley Park, Green Park hosts large corporate offices beside the M4, and the town is full of software houses, telecoms firms, IT consultancies and specialist recruiters. Thames Water is headquartered here, and the Elizabeth line and fast GWR trains to Paddington keep Reading closely tied to London. Technology businesses rarely need a printed leaflet. They need clear explanation: product one-pagers, case study templates, solution diagrams, infographics that turn a complicated service into one picture, conference stand graphics and slide decks that sales teams can edit without wrecking the layout. A good PowerPoint or Google Slides template has proper master layouts, locked brand elements and placeholder styles, so nobody has to fiddle with fonts the night before a pitch. Reading also has a large population of contractors and small consultancies working for those bigger firms. For a one or two-person consultancy, a sharp logo, letterhead, email signature, proposal template and a decent headshot do most of the work of looking established. The University of Reading, including Henley Business School, and the Thames Valley Science Park at Shinfield bring research-led start-ups that need pitch decks and investor-ready visuals. The Oracle and the riverside support retail and hospitality, and Reading Festival each August creates a short, intense demand for event print. - Presentation templates with locked master slides - Product one-pagers, case study layouts and infographics - Conference stand graphics and pull-up banners - Brand starter kits for contractors and consultancies - Team headshots and event photography on location All of this is designed remotely from Mansfield, with proofs shared by email or a shared folder. We travel to Reading for headshot days and events, with the travel cost fixed in the quote. ## Who we design for in Reading - Software and IT services companies - Telecoms firms - IT consultancies and contractors - Specialist recruiters - Insurance and financial services - Research and agri-tech start-ups - Property consultancies - Retail and hospitality businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you build a PowerPoint template for our Reading sales team? Yes. dijitul builds PowerPoint, Google Slides and Keynote templates with proper master layouts, brand colours and fonts set as theme defaults, and placeholder styles that keep slides consistent. Template work is charged at £45 an hour + VAT or quoted as a fixed price before we start. ### Can you photograph team headshots at our office in Reading? We run headshot sessions on location, with a consistent background and lighting so every person matches. A half day starts from £295 + VAT and usually covers a full team, with travel from Mansfield added to the quote. Edited images are cropped for LinkedIn, your website and print. ### Do you design for firms in Wokingham, Bracknell and Newbury? Yes, across the Thames Valley. Design is done remotely, so there is no travel charge for logos, decks or brochures. Photography and video are shot on location, with travel included in the fixed quote. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Oxford Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/oxford/ > Oxford spin-outs, colleges, publishers and tourism businesses can commission logos from £150 + VAT, scientific diagrams and CAD renders at £45 an hour + VAT from dijitul media. Every design job is completed remotely in Mansfield. Event, product and lab photography is shot on location in Oxford from £295 + VAT, with travel quoted in advance. Oxford's economy grows out of its universities. The University of Oxford, its colleges and Oxford Brookes University are major employers, and the city has one of the UK's most active spin-out scenes, with companies in life sciences, quantum computing, AI, energy and engineering at Oxford Science Park, Begbroke and across the county at Harwell and Milton Park. Spin-outs moving from grant funding to investment need to look credible quickly. That usually means a brand identity that does not look like a university department, a pitch deck, scientific diagrams redrawn cleanly as vector artwork, and 3D renders of a device or instrument that does not physically exist yet. Medical device and engineering firms may also need CAD models exported as STEP, technical drawings for prototype suppliers and figures prepared for journals or grant applications at the right resolution. Publishing has deep roots here. Oxford University Press is based in the city, along with many smaller publishers, education businesses and research charities. Their design needs include book covers, report layouts, typesetting in InDesign, accessible PDFs and infographics. Colleges and conference venues need event brochures, room hire guides, signage and photography. Tourism, built around the colleges, the Bodleian Library and the Ashmolean, supports hotels, restaurants, tour operators and language schools that need menus, leaflets and maps. The MINI plant at Cowley keeps a manufacturing supply chain in the area too. - Brand identities and pitch decks for spin-outs - Scientific diagrams, figures and 3D renders of devices - Book covers, report layouts and accessible PDFs for publishers - Conference brochures and signage for colleges and venues - Leaflets, menus and photography for tourism businesses Design and CAD are done remotely from Mansfield. We travel to Oxford for photography of labs, events and venues, with travel costs fixed in the quote. ## Who we design for in Oxford - University spin-outs - Life sciences and biotech firms - Medical device and engineering companies - Publishers and education businesses - Colleges and conference venues - Hotels, restaurants and tour operators - Language schools - Research charities ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you redraw scientific diagrams for an Oxford spin-out? Yes. dijitul redraws diagrams, process flows and figures as clean vector artwork in your brand colours, supplied as SVG, PDF and high-resolution PNG for decks, journals and websites. Diagram work is charged at £45 an hour + VAT, with an estimate agreed before we start. ### Can you create 3D renders of a device that is not built yet? We model products from your CAD files or sketches and produce photorealistic renders for pitch decks, websites and investor material. If no CAD exists, we can build the 3D model first. Modelling and rendering are charged at £45 an hour + VAT or quoted as a fixed price. ### Do you photograph college events and conferences in Oxford? We photograph events, venues and people on location. A half day starts from £295 + VAT and a full day from £495 + VAT, with travel from Mansfield included in the quote. Images are edited and delivered sized for web, social and print. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Southampton Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/southampton/ > Southampton port businesses, marine engineers and tech start-ups can order brochures, logos from £150 + VAT and CAD drawings at £45 an hour + VAT from dijitul media. All design is done remotely from our Mansfield office. Photography and video are shot on location in Southampton from £295 + VAT for a half day, with travel quoted. Southampton is built around its port. It is one of the UK's busiest container ports and the country's leading cruise port, and Carnival UK, which runs P&O Cruises and Cunard, is headquartered in the city. A long supply chain of freight forwarders, ship agents, provisioning firms, marine engineers and logistics operators works around the docks. Port and marine businesses need design that explains a service clearly to buyers who are often abroad: capability brochures, service sheets, trade show stands, vessel and equipment diagrams, and websites that need technical illustrations. Marine engineers frequently need CAD: 2D drawings of brackets and fabrications, 3D models of equipment, or old drawings converted to DWG. Our CAD design work is charged at the hourly design rate and supplied in standard formats such as DWG, DXF and STEP. The city also has a strong research base. The University of Southampton is known for engineering, electronics and oceanography, the National Oceanography Centre sits on the waterfront, and Ordnance Survey has its headquarters here. Southampton Science Park at Chilworth hosts tech spin-outs that need pitch decks, product renders and brand identities. WestQuay and the city centre support retail and hospitality, with a large student population from the university and Solent University. Cruise days bring visitors through the city, which matters to tour operators, cafés and restaurants that need leaflets, menus and signage visible to people with a few hours ashore. - Capability brochures and trade show stands for port service firms - 2D and 3D CAD for marine engineers and fabricators - Pitch decks and product renders for science park start-ups - Menus, leaflets and signage for cruise-day hospitality - Product, team and site photography on location All design and CAD is done remotely from Mansfield. Shoots in Southampton, Eastleigh and along the M27 include travel, quoted before booking. ## Who we design for in Southampton - Freight forwarders and ship agents - Marine engineering firms - Cruise and travel businesses - Tech and geospatial start-ups - Research spin-outs - Retail and hospitality businesses - Student letting agents - Professional services firms ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you produce CAD drawings for a Southampton marine engineer? Yes. dijitul produces 2D drawings, 3D models and CAD conversions at £45 an hour + VAT, supplied as DWG, DXF, STEP or PDF. We work from your sketches, measurements, photos or old drawings. Everything is done remotely, so you email the information and receive files back. ### Do you design trade show stands for port and logistics firms? We design exhibition stands, pull-up banners and backdrop graphics to the stand builder's templates, with artwork at full scale and safe zones around joins. Stand design is quoted as a fixed price or charged at £45 an hour + VAT. We can arrange printing on a separate quote. ### Can you photograph our team and premises in Southampton? We shoot on location in Southampton and across Hampshire. Half days are from £295 + VAT and full days from £495 + VAT, plus travel from Mansfield. Port areas may need security clearance, which you arrange with the site before the shoot. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Portsmouth Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/portsmouth/ > In Portsmouth, dijitul media designs logos from £150 + VAT, visitor leaflets and Southsea menus, and produces CAD drawings for defence and marine suppliers at £45 an hour + VAT. Design and CAD are done remotely from Mansfield. Photography of venues, products and events is shot on location in Portsmouth from £295 + VAT, with travel quoted. Portsmouth is Britain's only island city and has been home to the Royal Navy for centuries. HMNB Portsmouth is the base for much of the surface fleet, including the aircraft carriers, and a large supply chain of shipbuilding, maintenance, engineering and electronics firms works around it, with BAE Systems among the major employers. Engineering and defence suppliers need precise, controlled drawings more often than marketing: 2D fabrication drawings with tolerances and revision blocks, 3D models exported as STEP, conversions of legacy paper drawings, and technical drawings laid out to BS 8888 conventions. Their marketing material tends to be sober and factual: capability statements, case study templates, trade show graphics and product sheets. We never need access to classified information to do this; we work only from what you are cleared to share. Heritage and tourism sit right beside the naval base. The Historic Dockyard, with HMS Victory, HMS Warrior and the Mary Rose, the Spinnaker Tower and Gunwharf Quays draw large numbers of visitors. Attractions and tour operators need visitor leaflets, maps, signage and photography. Southsea adds a seafront, independent shops, cafés and an evening economy that needs menus, posters and social graphics. Portsmouth International Port runs ferries to France, Spain and the Channel Islands, supporting travel and freight firms. The University of Portsmouth is a large employer with a big student population, and Lakeside North Harbour in Cosham is the main office park. - Technical drawings and 3D models for defence and marine suppliers - Capability statements and trade show graphics - Visitor leaflets, maps and signage for attractions - Menus and posters for Southsea cafés and bars - Venue, product and event photography on location All design and CAD is handled remotely from Mansfield. Shoots in Portsmouth, Southsea and Cosham include travel, fixed in the quote. ## Who we design for in Portsmouth - Defence and marine engineering suppliers - Shipbuilding and maintenance subcontractors - Attractions and tour operators - Ferry, port and logistics businesses - Hotels, bars and restaurants - Electronics and cyber security firms - Student landlords and letting agents - Retailers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you produce drawings to BS 8888 for a Portsmouth supplier? Yes. dijitul produces 2D drawings following BS 8888 conventions, with the projection method, tolerances, title block and revision history you specify. We supply DWG, DXF and PDF, plus STEP for 3D parts. CAD work is charged at £45 an hour + VAT and done remotely. ### Do you design leaflets for attractions and tour operators? We design rack leaflets, maps, visitor guides and signage for attractions and tours. Leaflets start from £95 + VAT and multi-page guides from £295 + VAT. Files are supplied print-ready in CMYK with 3 mm bleed, plus web versions. ### Do you cover Southsea, Cosham and Gosport? Yes. We design for businesses across Portsmouth and south Hampshire. Design is done remotely from Mansfield, so prices are the same anywhere. Photography and video are shot on location, with travel included in the fixed quote. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Milton Keynes Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/milton-keynes/ > Milton Keynes logistics firms, motorsport suppliers and corporate offices use dijitul media for CAD drawings at £45 an hour + VAT, logos from £150 + VAT, brochures and recruitment graphics. We design remotely from Mansfield. We shoot products, teams and premises on location in Milton Keynes from £295 + VAT, travel quoted. Milton Keynes was designated a new town in 1967 and became a city in 2022. Its grid roads, central position on the M1 and West Coast Main Line, and large supply of commercial land have made it one of the UK's main logistics locations, with big distribution centres at Magna Park and around junctions 13 and 14. Logistics businesses need more design than people expect. Recruitment is constant, so job adverts, social graphics and careers brochures are always in demand. Fleet graphics, warehouse signage, safety posters, induction booklets and sales presentations for new contracts follow. Packaging suppliers and ecommerce businesses based in the city need box artwork and product photography. Milton Keynes is also part of the UK's motorsport and advanced engineering cluster. Red Bull Racing's Formula One team is based in the city, and many specialist suppliers work nearby. Precision engineering firms need 3D CAD modelling, drawings for machine shops, CAD conversion from old formats and photorealistic renders for sales material. Files usually go out as STEP or IGES for 3D and DWG or PDF for 2D. Central Milton Keynes holds large offices, including Network Rail's national centre at The Quadrant and a major Santander operation. The Open University is headquartered at Walton Hall, and Bletchley Park draws visitors as a heritage attraction. Office-based teams need presentation templates, report layouts and headshots, while centre:mk and the leisure attractions support retail and hospitality design. - Recruitment graphics and careers brochures for logistics firms - Warehouse signage, safety posters and induction booklets - 3D CAD, drawings and renders for motorsport and engineering suppliers - Packaging and product photography for ecommerce brands - Presentation templates and headshots for corporate offices Design and CAD are carried out remotely from Mansfield. Milton Keynes is a straightforward trip down the M1 for shoots, with travel set out in the quote. ## Who we design for in Milton Keynes - Third-party logistics operators - Ecommerce and multichannel retailers - Motorsport and engineering suppliers - Corporate and back-office teams - Tech and SaaS start-ups - Education and training providers - Construction and housebuilding firms - Retail and hospitality businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you model parts in 3D for a Milton Keynes engineering supplier? Yes. dijitul models parts and assemblies in 3D at £45 an hour + VAT and supplies STEP, IGES, STL or native files for common CAD packages, along with 2D drawings for machining. We work from sketches, measurements, scans or old drawings, all handled remotely. ### Do you design recruitment graphics for warehouses? We design job adverts, social media graphics, posters and careers leaflets that you can reuse for each hiring round. A social media graphics pack starts from £99 + VAT, and editable templates mean your HR team can update roles and pay rates themselves. ### Can you photograph our products in Milton Keynes? Product photography starts from £25 + VAT per image on a clean background. For large items or warehouse and team shots, we shoot on location from £295 + VAT for a half day, with travel from Mansfield added to the quote. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Canterbury Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/canterbury/ > Guest houses, tour operators, language schools and food producers around Canterbury can get logos from £150 + VAT, leaflets, labels and brochures from dijitul media. Design is done remotely from Mansfield and sent as print-ready files. Food, product and venue photography is shot on location in Canterbury and Whitstable from £295 + VAT, travel quoted. Canterbury Cathedral, St Augustine's Abbey and St Martin's Church together form a UNESCO World Heritage Site, and the medieval city draws visitors all year. That supports hotels, guest houses, tour guides, gift shops, cafés and restaurants, many of them small independents inside and around the city walls. Visitor businesses need leaflets for tourist racks, walking maps, menus, gift shop packaging and photography that shows rooms and food honestly on booking sites. Education is the city's other pillar. The University of Kent and Canterbury Christ Church University bring a large student population, and there are further education colleges and many English language schools. Language schools need prospectuses in several languages, course price lists, welcome packs, social graphics aimed at agents abroad and photography of real classes and activities. Translated layouts need extra care, because German or Spanish text usually runs longer than English and needs room built into the design. The surrounding district adds a strong food and drink economy. Whitstable and Herne Bay are known for seafood and independent shops, and the countryside around the city has fruit growers, hop farms, vineyards and farm shops. Producers here need label design for bottles, jars and punnets, gift box packaging, market stall banners and product photography for online shops. The Marlowe Theatre is a major regional venue, supporting arts and events organisations that need posters, programmes and season brochures. - Rack leaflets, maps and menus for visitor businesses - Multilingual prospectuses and welcome packs for language schools - Wine, juice and preserve labels for local producers - Posters and programmes for theatres and events - Room, food and product photography on location All design work is done remotely from our Mansfield office. Shoots in Canterbury, Whitstable or Herne Bay include travel, fixed in the quote before booking. ## Who we design for in Canterbury - Hotels, guest houses and tour operators - English language schools - Restaurants and seafood businesses - Fruit growers and farm shops - Vineyards and drinks producers - Independent retailers - Student letting agents - Arts and events organisations ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design wine or juice labels for a Kent producer near Canterbury? Yes. dijitul designs bottle, jar and punnet labels to your printer's die line, with space for the legal information you supply. Files are print-ready PDF with bleed, plus Pantone or foil layers where needed. Label work is quoted as a fixed price or charged at £45 an hour + VAT. ### Do you design multilingual prospectuses for language schools? We design prospectuses and price lists in several languages, leaving room for longer translations and using fonts with full accent support. You supply the translated text. Brochures start from £295 + VAT, and the same design can be adapted into PDFs for agents. ### Do you work in Whitstable and Herne Bay? Yes. We design for businesses across the Canterbury district and the rest of east Kent. Design is handled remotely, so there is no travel charge. Photography and video are shot on location, with travel from Mansfield added to the quote. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Slough Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/slough/ > Manufacturers on the Slough Trading Estate, data centre contractors and family businesses can commission packaging, labels, logos from £150 + VAT and capability brochures from dijitul media. Design is completed remotely in Mansfield. We photograph products, sites and teams on location in Slough from £295 + VAT a half day, adding travel to a fixed quote. Slough is a bigger business location than its size suggests. The Slough Trading Estate, owned by SEGRO, is one of Europe's largest industrial estates under single ownership and has housed manufacturers, food producers and distributors since the 1920s. Reckitt has its head office in the town, and Mars has a long history of confectionery manufacturing here. Consumer goods and food businesses in that supply chain need packaging artwork, case labels, point-of-sale material and product photography that matches retailer specifications. In recent years the Trading Estate has also become one of Europe's biggest clusters of data centres. That brings electrical, mechanical and facilities contractors who need design of a different kind: capability statements, tender documents, method statement templates, site signage and safety posters. Their CAD needs can include floor plans, schematic layouts and DWG clean-ups. See our design for manufacturers page for the industrial side of what we do. Slough has one of the most diverse populations in the UK, and its high streets reflect it: grocers, restaurants, wholesalers, pharmacies, accountants, driving schools and travel agents, many of them family-run. These businesses usually want a clear logo, shopfront signage, leaflets and social graphics that work in more than one language. The town centre is being redeveloped, and the Elizabeth line, the M4 and nearby Heathrow keep Slough attractive to international firms and logistics operators. - Packaging artwork and case labels for food and consumer goods firms - Capability statements and tender documents for data centre contractors - Safety posters, site signage and floor plans - Shopfront signage and leaflets for family businesses - Product and site photography on location Design and CAD work is done remotely from Mansfield. For photography on the Trading Estate or in the town centre, we travel to Slough and quote travel up front. ## Who we design for in Slough - Food and consumer goods manufacturers - Data centre and facilities contractors - Distribution and logistics firms - Wholesalers and food distributors - Corporate headquarters teams - Family-run retailers and grocers - Accountants and pharmacies - Driving schools and travel agents ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design packaging for a manufacturer on the Slough Trading Estate? Yes. dijitul designs packaging and labels to your printer's cutter guides, with CMYK or Pantone colours, 3 mm bleed and barcode placement checked. You supply the legal and regulatory wording. Packaging is quoted as a fixed price or charged at £45 an hour + VAT design time. ### Do you design tender documents for data centre contractors? We design capability statements, tender documents and report templates in InDesign or Word, so your team can update content for each bid. Template and document design is charged at £45 an hour + VAT or quoted as a fixed price. Brochures start from £295 + VAT. ### Can you photograph products at our Slough unit? We can shoot on location at your premises from £295 + VAT for a half day or £495 + VAT for a full day, plus travel from Mansfield. Smaller products can be posted to us and shot from £25 + VAT per image. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Guildford Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/guildford/ > Guildford games studios, space and tech firms and professional practices use dijitul media for logos from £150 + VAT, pitch decks, illustration and 3D renders. All of the design is done remotely from Mansfield. Headshots, product and event photography are shot on location in Guildford from £295 + VAT for a half day, with travel quoted first. Guildford is Surrey's county town and one of the best-known centres for video game development in the UK. Studios such as Criterion Games, Media Molecule and Supermassive Games are based in or around the town, and over the years the cluster has produced many smaller independent studios and freelancers. Games businesses need key art, logos and wordmarks for titles, store page graphics, trailers' end cards, pitch decks for publishers, merchandise artwork and convention stand graphics. Our illustration and motion graphics work fits that need, though most studios keep in-game art in house. The University of Surrey is known for engineering, satellite and space technology and 5G and 6G communications, and Surrey Research Park next to the campus hosts technology, space and life sciences companies, including Surrey Satellite Technology. Space and engineering firms need technical diagrams, product renders, investor decks and exhibition material that explain complicated hardware clearly. The town also has a strong cluster of solicitors, accountants, wealth managers, surveyors and insurance firms. Professional practices want restrained, well-typeset branding, Word letterheads and report templates, client guides and consistent team headshots. The cobbled High Street, Guildford Castle and the Cathedral frame a busy retail and dining centre, and the surrounding Surrey villages are full of home-based consultancies and small businesses. - Title logos, key art and store graphics for games studios - Pitch decks and publisher presentations - 3D renders and technical diagrams for space and engineering firms - Letterheads, report templates and headshots for professional practices - Menus and signage for High Street restaurants and shops Design is done remotely from Mansfield, with proofs and files shared online. When you need photography in Guildford, we travel to you and fix the travel cost in the quote. ## Who we design for in Guildford - Games studios and developers - Space and satellite technology firms - Engineering and telecoms companies - Solicitors and accountants - Wealth managers and insurance firms - Life sciences businesses - Retailers and restaurants - Home-based consultants ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design key art or a title logo for a Guildford games studio? Yes. dijitul designs title logos, wordmarks, key art layouts and store page graphics, delivered as layered files and exports sized for each storefront. Work is charged at £45 an hour + VAT or quoted as a fixed price. We can also design pitch decks for publishers. ### Can you produce renders of satellite or engineering hardware? We create photorealistic 3D renders from your CAD files, or build the model first if needed, for decks, exhibitions and websites. We only work with what you are permitted to share. Modelling and rendering are charged at £45 an hour + VAT. ### Do you photograph team headshots for Guildford practices? We run headshot sessions on location with matched lighting and backgrounds so the whole team looks consistent. A half day starts from £295 + VAT, with travel from Mansfield added. Edited images arrive cropped for your website, LinkedIn and print. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Woking Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/woking/ > Woking precision engineers, charities and professional firms can get CAD drawings at £45 an hour + VAT, logos from £150 + VAT, reports and brochures from dijitul media. We do all design remotely from Mansfield. Product, team and event photography is shot on location in Woking from £295 + VAT for a half day, with travel quoted first. Woking grew up around its railway station, and fast trains to London Waterloo still shape the town. But it has a strong business identity of its own. The McLaren Technology Centre on the edge of town is home to McLaren's Formula One team and wider engineering operations, and it supports a local network of precision engineering, composites, electronics and design suppliers across Surrey and north Hampshire. Precision suppliers need drawings that are right first time. That might mean redrawing a component in 2D with proper tolerances and a revision block, building a 3D model to export as STEP, converting old drawings into DWG, or producing 2D CAD drafting for a machine shop or laser cutter. Their sales material is usually understated: capability brochures, case study sheets and photography of parts and machinery that shows surface finish properly. WWF-UK has its headquarters at the Living Planet Centre in the town centre, one of several charities and not-for-profits in the area. Charities need appeal leaflets, annual reports, event material and social templates that volunteers can edit. The town centre has been heavily redeveloped, with Victoria Place, new offices and the New Victoria Theatre. Woking has many professionals running consultancies, accountancy and legal practices, recruitment agencies and marketing firms, often from home in Byfleet, West Byfleet, Knaphill or Horsell. H. G. Wells set the opening of The War of the Worlds on nearby Horsell Common, which a sculpture in the town centre commemorates. - 2D drawings, 3D models and CAD conversions for engineering suppliers - Capability brochures and part photography - Annual reports, appeal leaflets and templates for charities - Brand kits and proposal templates for consultancies - Posters and programmes for the theatre and local events Design and CAD are done remotely from Mansfield. For photography in Woking, we come to you and include travel in the fixed quote. ## Who we design for in Woking - Motorsport and precision engineering suppliers - Composites and manufacturing firms - Charities and not-for-profits - Accountants and financial advisers - Recruitment agencies - Solicitors - Marketing and consultancy firms - Building and trades businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you redraw components for a Woking precision engineering firm? Yes. dijitul redraws components as dimensioned 2D drawings and 3D models at £45 an hour + VAT, with the tolerances, projection and title block you specify. We deliver DWG, DXF, STEP and PDF. Everything is done remotely from your drawings, sketches or measured parts. ### Do you design annual reports and appeals for charities in Woking? We design annual reports, appeal leaflets, event material and editable social templates for charities. Leaflets start from £95 + VAT and reports from £295 + VAT, depending on length. You get a fixed quote before work begins. ### Do you design for businesses in Byfleet, Knaphill and Horsell? Yes, across Woking borough and the rest of Surrey. Design is handled remotely, so location makes no difference to the price. Photography and video are shot on location, with travel from Mansfield added to the quote. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Crawley Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/crawley/ > Crawley businesses around Gatwick and Manor Royal use dijitul media for brochures, signage, logos from £150 + VAT and CAD drawings at £45 an hour + VAT. Design is carried out remotely from our Mansfield office. Product, hotel and team photography is shot on location in Crawley, starting at £295 + VAT for a half day plus quoted travel. Crawley's economy is tied to Gatwick Airport, which sits on the town's northern edge. Airlines, ground handlers, cargo agents, aircraft maintenance firms, hotels, car parking operators and travel companies cluster around it, and Virgin Atlantic has its head office in the town. Airport businesses need recruitment graphics, staff training material, wayfinding signage, vehicle graphics for shuttle buses and photography of hotel rooms and facilities. Manor Royal Business District, between the town centre and the airport, is one of the largest business parks in the South East. It holds manufacturers, engineering and electronics firms, pharmaceutical and medical technology companies, distribution centres and trade counters, along with offices of national and international companies, including Thales. Manufacturers and med-tech firms need product design support, 3D CAD models, technical drawings, renders for brochures, instruction leaflets and product photography on white backgrounds. Medical device artwork, such as labels and instructions for use, has to follow the wording and symbols your regulatory team approves, and we lay it out to suit. Crawley was built as a post-war new town, with neighbourhoods that each have their own parade of shops, plus County Mall and Queens Square in the centre. Local service businesses need logos, leaflets and social graphics. The M23 and Brighton Main Line link the town to London and Brighton, which makes it a practical base for firms serving both. - Recruitment and training material for airport employers - Room folders, menus and photography for airport hotels - 3D CAD, technical drawings and renders for manufacturers - Instruction leaflets and labels for medical technology firms - Trade counter signage and product catalogues All design and CAD is handled remotely from Mansfield. Shoots at Manor Royal, around Gatwick or in the town centre include travel, fixed in the quote. ## Who we design for in Crawley - Airlines and ground handling firms - Aircraft maintenance providers - Airport hotels and parking operators - Travel companies - Engineering and medical technology manufacturers - Distribution and logistics firms - Trade counters and wholesalers - Local retailers and service businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design instruction leaflets for a Manor Royal med-tech firm? Yes. dijitul lays out instructions for use, labels and product inserts using the approved wording and symbols your regulatory team supplies. We work to your printer's formats and fold sizes. This kind of work is charged at £45 an hour + VAT or quoted as a fixed price. ### Do you photograph hotels near Gatwick? We photograph hotel rooms, restaurants, meeting spaces and exteriors on location. A half day starts from £295 + VAT and a full day from £495 + VAT, with travel from Mansfield included in the quote. Images are edited for booking platforms, your website and print. ### Do you design for businesses in Horsham and Horley? Yes. We work for businesses across Crawley, the Gatwick area and the rest of Sussex and Surrey. Because design is remote, it carries no travel cost. Photography and video are shot on location, with travel quoted before booking. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Maidstone Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/maidstone/ > Maidstone solicitors, public sector suppliers, growers and vineyards can order logos from £150 + VAT, reports, tender documents and labels from dijitul media. All design is done remotely from Mansfield. We shoot product, farm and venue photography on location in Maidstone and the surrounding Kent countryside from £295 + VAT, with travel quoted. Maidstone is the county town of Kent and home to Kent County Council, Kent Police headquarters and the Crown and County Courts. That concentration of public bodies supports solicitors, barristers' chambers, accountants, surveyors and many suppliers and consultancies. Public sector suppliers need tender documents, capability statements, case studies and report templates. Documents published by or for public bodies are often expected to meet accessibility standards, so we can supply tagged, accessible PDFs alongside print versions. Maidstone sits in the heart of the Garden of England. The borough around it is largely rural, with fruit farms, orchards, vineyards, hop growers, garden centres and food producers, plus attractions such as Leeds Castle nearby. Growers and producers need punnet and box labels, bottle labels for wine and cider, farm shop signage, market banners and food photography for online shops and wholesale buyers. Vineyards and wedding venues also need brochures and photography of the setting. The town centre, built along the River Medway, is a regional shopping centre with Fremlin Walk and The Mall. Maidstone Hospital is a large employer, and the Kent Medical Campus near junction 7 of the M20 is developing as a healthcare and life sciences site. The M20 and M2 have drawn distribution, construction and building supplies businesses to the town's industrial estates. - Tender documents and accessible report templates for public sector suppliers - Letterheads, guides and headshots for solicitors and accountants - Punnet, bottle and box labels for growers and vineyards - Brochures and photography for wedding venues and attractions - Signage and vehicle graphics for construction and distribution firms Design is done remotely from our Mansfield office. Photography in Maidstone and across the Kent countryside is shot on location, with travel included in the quote. ## Who we design for in Maidstone - Solicitors and barristers' chambers - Accountants and surveyors - Public sector suppliers - Fruit growers and packhouses - Vineyards and food producers - Wedding venues and visitor attractions - Construction and building suppliers - Retailers and hospitality ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design tender documents for council suppliers in Maidstone? Yes. dijitul designs tender documents, capability statements and report templates in InDesign or Word, and can supply accessible tagged PDFs where a public body expects them. Document design is charged at £45 an hour + VAT or quoted as a fixed price before work starts. ### Do you design labels for Kent vineyards and fruit growers? We design bottle labels, punnet labels and box artwork to your printer's templates, with your legal wording laid out clearly. Files come print-ready with bleed, plus foil or varnish layers if needed. Labels are quoted as a fixed price or at £45 an hour + VAT. ### Can you photograph a vineyard or farm shop near Maidstone? We photograph vineyards, orchards, farm shops and produce on location. Our rates are from £295 + VAT for a half day and £495 + VAT for a full day, and travel from Mansfield is added before you confirm. We plan around harvest and light where we can. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Basingstoke Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/basingstoke/ > Insurance teams, tech companies, logistics firms and trades in Basingstoke use dijitul media for presentation templates, brochures, signage and logos from £150 + VAT. Our design work is done remotely from Mansfield. Team headshots, premises and product photography are shot on location in Basingstoke from £295 + VAT for a half day, with travel quoted first. Basingstoke grew quickly as a London overspill town from the 1960s and is now one of Hampshire's main commercial centres. Basing View, next to the station, is the traditional office quarter and is being redeveloped. The AA has its headquarters in the town, and insurance, financial services and technology firms are spread across Basing View, Chineham Business Park and other parks on the edge of town. Office-based businesses here need consistency across a lot of people. Presentation design with locked master slides, Word report and proposal templates, customer letters that match the brand, internal campaign posters and recruitment graphics all help a large team look like one company. Insurance and financial services firms also need plain-English customer guides, where layout and typography make complicated terms easier to read. The M3 and fast trains to London Waterloo make Basingstoke a practical base for distribution and logistics, with large warehouses on the edges of town and manufacturers and trade counters at Daneshill and Houndmills. These firms need fleet graphics, warehouse signage, safety posters, product catalogues and photography of facilities. Festival Place is the main shopping centre, The Anvil is a well-known concert venue, and Basingstoke and North Hampshire Hospital is a major employer. The surrounding villages have many home-based consultants and small trades who need a logo, van graphics and a set of social templates. - Presentation and report templates for insurance and tech teams - Plain-English customer guides and letters - Fleet graphics, warehouse signage and safety posters - Product catalogues and trade counter displays - Team headshots and facility photography on location Design is completed remotely from Mansfield. When you need photography in Basingstoke, we travel to you and include travel in the fixed quote. ## Who we design for in Basingstoke - Insurance and financial services teams - Technology and IT services firms - Distribution and logistics companies - Manufacturers and trade counters - Contact centres - Maintenance and installation contractors - Retail and hospitality businesses - Trades and home-based consultants ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design Word and PowerPoint templates for a Basingstoke office? Yes. dijitul builds Word and PowerPoint templates with brand styles, master layouts and locked elements so large teams produce consistent documents. Template work is charged at £45 an hour + VAT or quoted as a fixed price. We test templates in the version of Office your team uses. ### Do you design fleet graphics for logistics firms? We design fleet livery for vans and trucks from manufacturer templates, supplied as scaled vector artwork for your wrap or sign company. Livery is quoted as a fixed price depending on the number of vehicle types. We can arrange production on a separate quote. ### Can you photograph our team in Basingstoke? We run headshot sessions at your office with matched lighting and backgrounds. Pricing starts at £295 + VAT for a half day or £495 + VAT for a full day, with travel quoted separately. Edited images are cropped for your website, LinkedIn and internal systems. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in High Wycombe Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/high-wycombe/ > High Wycombe furniture makers, engineers and retailers can get product catalogues, 3D renders, CAD drawings at £45 an hour + VAT and logos from £150 + VAT from dijitul media. All of the design happens remotely in Mansfield. Furniture and product photography is shot on location in High Wycombe from £295 + VAT a half day, travel quoted. High Wycombe made its name in furniture. For more than a century the town was known for chair making, especially Windsor chairs, and Wycombe Wanderers are still nicknamed the Chairboys. Names such as Ercol and G-Plan grew from that heritage, and furniture design and making remain part of the local economy, alongside Buckinghamshire New University, which has long taught furniture and product design. Furniture businesses have very specific design needs. Before a piece is made, customers and retailers want to see it, which makes 3D rendering and visualisation useful: photorealistic images of a sofa in several fabrics, or a dining set in different finishes, produced from a CAD model rather than a photo shoot for every variant. Makers also need dimensioned drawings, cutting lists drawn from 3D models, trade catalogues, swatch cards, care labels and product photography that shows wood grain and fabric texture properly. The wider economy is broader now. Cressex Business Park and the Sands industrial area host engineering firms, manufacturers, distributors and technology companies, helped by the M40 to London, Oxford and Birmingham. Engineering firms need technical drawings, STEP models for suppliers and capability brochures. RAF High Wycombe, home of Air Command, and Wycombe Air Park at Booker add aviation and defence-related businesses. The Eden shopping centre anchors the town's retail, and the Chiltern villages around it are full of home-based consultants and creative freelancers. - 3D renders of furniture in multiple fabrics and finishes - Dimensioned drawings and CAD models for makers and engineers - Trade catalogues, swatch cards and care labels - Capability brochures for engineering firms - Furniture and product photography on location Design, CAD and rendering are done remotely from Mansfield. For photography of finished pieces or workshops in High Wycombe, we travel to you and include travel in the quote. ## Who we design for in High Wycombe - Furniture and joinery makers - Engineering and precision manufacturers - Distributors and wholesalers - Furniture and interiors retailers - Technology companies - Aviation and flight training businesses - Design studios - Home-based consultants ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you render our furniture range in different fabrics? Yes. dijitul builds a 3D model from your drawings or CAD files and renders it in each fabric or finish you supply, giving consistent catalogue and website images without photographing every variant. Modelling and rendering are charged at £45 an hour + VAT or quoted as a fixed price. ### Can you photograph furniture in a High Wycombe workshop or showroom? We photograph furniture on location, with lighting that shows grain, stitching and fabric texture. Half days start at £295 + VAT, full days at £495 + VAT, and the travel cost from Mansfield is fixed in the quote. Cut-out images on white can be included. ### Do you design catalogues for furniture trade buyers? We design trade catalogues and price lists in InDesign, supplied as print-ready PDF and a lighter digital version. Brochures and catalogues start from £295 + VAT depending on page count. Price lists can be set up as templates you update yourselves. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Aylesbury Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/aylesbury/ > Aylesbury public sector suppliers, care providers, engineers and Vale businesses can commission logos from £150 + VAT, reports, leaflets and CAD drawings from dijitul media. Design is completed remotely in Mansfield. Photography of premises, products, events and farms is shot on location across Aylesbury Vale from £295 + VAT for a half day, with travel quoted. Aylesbury is the county town of Buckinghamshire and home to Buckinghamshire Council, so public administration and the businesses that supply it are a large part of the economy. Suppliers and consultancies need tender documents, case studies and report templates, often with accessible PDF versions for publication. Healthcare has a special place in the town's story. Stoke Mandeville Hospital is home to the National Spinal Injuries Centre, and the Stoke Mandeville Games held there are recognised as the forerunner of the Paralympic movement. Care providers, clinics and healthcare suppliers in the area need patient leaflets, service guides and recruitment material. Healthcare print works best with large, clear type, good contrast and plain language, which is a design decision as much as a writing one. Food production matters too. Arla Foods runs a large dairy at Aston Clinton just outside the town, and the wider Vale has farms, equestrian businesses and rural food producers who need labels, farm shop signage and product photography. To the west, Westcott Venture Park, a former rocket testing site, hosts space propulsion and advanced engineering firms that need CAD models, technical drawings and renders. Aylesbury is growing quickly, with large housing developments such as Kingsbrook and Berryfields. New estates bring housebuilders, trades and local services. Housebuilders and estate agents need development brochures, site hoardings and floor plans for marketing, while trades need van graphics and leaflets. The Waterside Theatre and Friars Square support retail and leisure in the town centre. - Tender documents and accessible reports for public sector suppliers - Patient leaflets and recruitment material for care providers - CAD models and drawings for Westcott engineering firms - Development brochures, hoardings and floor plans - Labels and photography for farms and food producers All design and CAD is done remotely from Mansfield. Shoots in Aylesbury, Wendover, Buckingham or Winslow include travel, set out in the quote. ## Who we design for in Aylesbury - Public sector suppliers - Healthcare and care providers - Engineering and space technology firms - Food and dairy suppliers - Housebuilders and estate agents - Trades and builders - Farms and equestrian businesses - Retailers and hospitality ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you draw marketing floor plans for new homes in Aylesbury? Yes. dijitul draws clean, branded floor plans from architects' drawings or measurements, with room sizes in metric and imperial. Plans are supplied as PDF and PNG for brochures, portals and hoardings. Floor plan work is charged at £45 an hour + VAT or quoted per house type. ### Do you design patient leaflets for care providers? We design patient and family leaflets, service guides and recruitment material using clear type, strong contrast and simple layouts. Leaflets start from £95 + VAT. You supply or approve the clinical wording, and we can supply accessible PDF versions for your website. ### Do you cover Wendover, Buckingham and the wider Vale? Yes. We design for businesses across Aylesbury Vale and the rest of Buckinghamshire. Design work involves no travel, so there is nothing extra to pay for it. Photography and video are shot on location, with travel from Mansfield included in the quote. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Chichester Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/chichester/ > Event suppliers, glasshouse growers, theatres and marina businesses around Chichester use dijitul media for logos from £150 + VAT, packaging, programmes and signage. All design is handled remotely from Mansfield. Event, produce and venue photography is shot on location in Chichester and along the harbour from £295 + VAT a half day, travel quoted. Chichester is a small cathedral city with an unusually varied economy. Just to the north, the Goodwood Estate hosts the Festival of Speed, the Goodwood Revival and Glorious Goodwood racing, drawing very large crowds. Rolls-Royce Motor Cars builds its cars at Goodwood. Events on that scale create work for many local suppliers: caterers, hospitality firms, marquee and staging companies and hotels, all needing menus, signage, staff badges, brochures and event design material that is ready weeks before the gates open. The coastal plain around the city has one of the largest concentrations of commercial glasshouse growers in the UK, producing salad crops, peppers, herbs and flowers for supermarkets. Growers and packhouses need packaging and label artwork built to retailer specifications, sell sheets for buyers, product photography and sometimes CAD drawings of packhouse layouts. Supermarket packaging often follows the retailer's own templates, so we work within those rules rather than inventing a new look. Culture is strong for a city of this size. Chichester Festival Theatre is one of the country's leading producing theatres, and Pallant House Gallery holds an important collection of modern British art. Arts organisations need posters, season brochures, programmes and exhibition graphics. Chichester Harbour, a National Landscape, supports marinas, sailing schools and boatyards, while the city centre has independent shops, restaurants and professional practices. The University of Chichester and West Sussex County Council add education and public sector work. - Menus, signage and brochures for event suppliers - Packaging, labels and sell sheets for growers - Posters, programmes and season brochures for arts venues - Leaflets and photography for marinas and sailing schools - Branding for independent shops and holiday lets Design work is handled from our Mansfield base. Photography in Chichester, Bosham or the Witterings is shot on location, with travel fixed in the quote. ## Who we design for in Chichester - Event organisers and suppliers - Glasshouse growers and packhouses - Motorsport and automotive suppliers - Arts and cultural organisations - Marinas and sailing businesses - Hotels, pubs and holiday lets - Independent retailers - Professional services firms ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design print for suppliers at Goodwood events? Yes. dijitul designs menus, signage, staff badges, brochures and social graphics for event suppliers, prepared well ahead of event dates. Small print items start from £75 + VAT and flyers from £95 + VAT. Larger signage packages are quoted as a fixed price. ### Do you design packaging for glasshouse growers? We design labels, sleeves and outer case artwork for growers, working within supermarket templates and your packer's specifications. Files are print-ready with the correct die lines and colour profiles. Packaging work is quoted or charged at £45 an hour + VAT. ### Can you photograph a theatre or gallery event in Chichester? We photograph events, receptions and venues on location. A half-day shoot is from £295 + VAT and a full day from £495 + VAT; travel from Mansfield is added to the quote. Images are edited for press, social media and print. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Worthing Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/worthing/ > Care providers, seafront cafés, tradespeople and pharma suppliers in Worthing can get logos from £150 + VAT, brochures, menus and recruitment graphics from dijitul media. The design work happens remotely in Mansfield. Care home, food and team photography is shot on location in Worthing, Goring and Lancing from £295 + VAT for a half day, with travel quoted. Worthing is West Sussex's largest town, a seaside resort with a long promenade and Worthing Pier at its centre. It has an older population than many towns, so health and social care is one of the biggest sectors: care homes, home care agencies, GP surgeries, dental practices and pharmacies, with Worthing Hospital a major employer. Care providers need design that reassures families and helps with recruitment. That means a clear brand, a care home brochure that explains rooms, fees process and daily life honestly, family welcome packs, recruitment adverts and social graphics, and photography of real rooms, gardens and activities rather than stock images. Large type and good contrast make printed material easier for residents and older relatives to read. Manufacturing has a notable presence too. GSK has a long-established pharmaceutical site in the town, supporting a supply chain of engineering, packaging and technical service firms. Those suppliers need capability brochures, technical drawings and product photography, and some need CAD drawings for parts and fixtures. The seafront and town centre support cafés, restaurants, independent shops, the Pavilion Theatre and Connaught Theatre. Seasonal businesses need menus, A-boards, posters and summer promotions. Many residents also run trades or small businesses from home in Goring, Lancing, Ferring and Shoreham, and a simple brand kit with van graphics and a leaflet is usually what they need. Our design for tradespeople page explains what that kit includes. - Care home brochures, welcome packs and recruitment adverts - Capability brochures and CAD for pharma supply chain firms - Menus, A-boards and summer promotions for seafront businesses - Logos, van graphics and leaflets for trades - Posters and programmes for theatres and events All design is done remotely from Mansfield. Photography in Worthing is shot on location, with travel included in the fixed quote. ## Who we design for in Worthing - Care homes and home care agencies - GP, dental and pharmacy practices - Pharmaceutical supply chain firms - Cafés, restaurants and seafront businesses - Independent retailers - Tradespeople - Arts and entertainment venues - Fitness and wellbeing businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you photograph our care home in Worthing? Yes. dijitul photographs care homes on location, covering rooms, lounges, gardens, dining and activities, with consent arranged by you for any residents shown. A half day starts from £295 + VAT, with travel from Mansfield added to the quote. Images suit brochures, websites and listings. ### Do you design care home brochures and recruitment adverts? We design brochures, family welcome packs, recruitment adverts and social templates for care providers, using clear type and calm layouts. Brochures start from £295 + VAT and leaflets from £95 + VAT. You get a fixed quote before work begins. ### Do you design for trades in Lancing and Shoreham? Yes. We design logos, van graphics, leaflets and social templates for trades across Worthing, Adur and the Sussex coast. Design is remote, so no travel is charged for it. A logo starts from £150 + VAT. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Eastbourne Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/eastbourne/ > Hotels, language schools, care homes and event venues in Eastbourne can order brochures, menus, signage and logos from £150 + VAT from dijitul media. We complete all design remotely in Mansfield. Hotel, venue, food and event photography is shot on location in Eastbourne from £295 + VAT for a half day, with travel added to a fixed quote. Eastbourne is a seaside town at the foot of the South Downs, close to Beachy Head, and tourism has shaped it since Victorian times. Its long seafront is lined with hotels, and the town hosts conferences, shows and events at the Congress Theatre, Winter Garden and Devonshire Park, which also stages an international grass-court tennis tournament each June. Hotels need a lot of small, practical design: room information folders, breakfast and bar menus, conference packages, wedding brochures, signage and photography for booking platforms. Many seafront hotels are in older buildings, so good interior photography with balanced window light makes a real difference to how rooms look online. Our design for hotels and hospitality page covers the full range. Eastbourne is also well known for English language schools, which welcome international students throughout the year. Schools need prospectuses for agents abroad, course price lists, welcome packs, timetables, activity programmes and social graphics. Material often goes out in several languages, so layouts need room for longer translations. With an older population than average, health and care are major employers, including Eastbourne District General Hospital and many care homes and home care agencies that need brochures, recruitment material and photography. Sovereign Harbour, one of the largest marina complexes in the country, adds marine businesses and restaurants, while The Beacon, Little Chelsea and the Old Town support independent shops and cafés. - Room folders, menus and wedding brochures for hotels - Prospectuses and welcome packs for language schools - Conference and event programmes for venues - Brochures and recruitment adverts for care providers - Hotel, food and event photography on location Design is handled remotely from Mansfield. Photography in Eastbourne and Sovereign Harbour is shot on location, with travel set out in the quote. ## Who we design for in Eastbourne - Hotels and guest houses - English language schools - Conference and event venues - Care homes and home care agencies - Marina and marine businesses - Restaurants and cafés - Independent retailers - Tradespeople ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design a wedding brochure for an Eastbourne hotel? Yes. dijitul designs wedding and conference brochures, menus and package sheets, supplied as print-ready PDF and a lighter version to email to enquirers. Brochures start from £295 + VAT depending on pages. We can also photograph the venue on location. ### Do you design materials for language schools in Eastbourne? We design prospectuses, price lists, welcome packs, timetables and social graphics for language schools, with layouts that cope with translated text. You supply translations. Leaflets start from £95 + VAT and brochures from £295 + VAT. ### Can you photograph seafront hotel rooms? We photograph rooms, sea views, dining areas and exteriors on location, balancing window light so rooms look accurate. Shoots cost from £295 + VAT per half day or £495 + VAT per full day, plus quoted travel from Mansfield. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Hastings Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/hastings/ > Makers, galleries, seafood sellers and charities in Hastings and St Leonards use dijitul media for logos from £150 + VAT, packaging, labels and social graphics. Design is carried out remotely from Mansfield. Product photography starts from £25 + VAT per image, and on-location shoots in Hastings start at £295 + VAT a half day plus travel. Hastings is famous for 1066, but its modern economy rests on the sea, visitors and a strong creative community. On the Stade, the town's beach-launched fishing fleet, often described as Europe's largest, still lands fish beside the black net huts, supplying fishmongers, smokehouses and restaurants. Seafood businesses need labels, menus, price boards, packaging for smoked products and photography that shows the catch and the setting. Artists, designers, makers and small creative businesses have moved to Hastings and St Leonards-on-Sea in growing numbers. Hastings Contemporary gallery sits beside the fishing beach, and the rebuilt Hastings Pier won the RIBA Stirling Prize in 2017. Makers selling online need consistent product photography, swing tags, gift packaging, care cards and social templates. Many creative people can design their own work but want help with the less glamorous parts: preparing print files properly, setting up packaging die lines or building a consistent product photo style. The Old Town's narrow streets are full of independent shops, galleries, pubs and restaurants, and tourism extends to Battle and Bexhill, where the De La Warr Pavilion is a cultural landmark. Visitor businesses need leaflets, maps and menus. Hastings has many charities, social enterprises and community groups that need low-cost, well-organised design: annual reports, event posters and editable templates. Industrial estates such as Castleham and Ponswood house light manufacturing, engineering and printing businesses, and the Conquest Hospital is a major employer. - Labels, packaging and menus for seafood businesses - Product photography and gift packaging for makers and galleries - Print file preparation for artists and designers - Leaflets, maps and menus for visitor businesses - Reports and editable templates for charities All design is done remotely from our Mansfield office. Shoots in Hastings, St Leonards, Battle or Bexhill include travel, fixed in the quote. ## Who we design for in Hastings - Fishing and seafood businesses - Artists, makers and galleries - Independent shops - Pubs, cafés and restaurants - Holiday lets and guest houses - Charities and social enterprises - Light manufacturers and printers - Tourism businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you photograph handmade products for a Hastings maker? Yes. dijitul shoots product photography from £25 + VAT per image, on white or a simple styled background, cropped for your online shop and marketplaces. You can post items to us, or we can shoot on location in Hastings from £295 + VAT for a half day plus travel. ### Can you prepare my artwork for printing properly? We check and prepare print files: correct CMYK conversion, 300 dpi images, 3 mm bleed, outlined fonts and PDF/X-1a export to your printer's spec. This is charged at £45 an hour + VAT, so small jobs stay inexpensive. ### Do you design for charities in Hastings and Bexhill? Yes. We design reports, appeal leaflets, event posters and editable templates for charities and social enterprises. Leaflets start from £95 + VAT and social media graphics packs from £99 + VAT. Design is done remotely, with no travel charge. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Tunbridge Wells Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/tunbridge-wells/ > Wealth managers, solicitors, boutiques and wedding venues in Tunbridge Wells can get logos from £150 + VAT, client reports, menus and brochures from dijitul media. Every design job is handled remotely from Mansfield. Headshots, venue and product photography are shot on location in Tunbridge Wells and the High Weald from £295 + VAT for a half day, with travel quoted. Royal Tunbridge Wells grew as a spa town around the Chalybeate Spring, and the colonnaded Pantiles remain its best-known street. Today it is an affluent town on the Kent and East Sussex border with an economy weighted towards professional and financial services. Insurance, healthcare insurance and financial services are among the larger employers, and there is a dense cluster of solicitors, accountants, wealth managers, financial advisers, surveyors and estate agents. Those firms need restrained, carefully typeset design: brand identities that feel established, Word and PowerPoint templates, client reports and investment reviews with clear charts, quarterly newsletters and team headshots that match. Regulated firms also need their documents to carry the right disclosures without cluttering the page, which is a layout problem we solve with you rather than a wording one. Our design for professional services page covers the detail. Retail and hospitality are strong too. Royal Victoria Place sits alongside independent boutiques, delis, galleries, cafés and restaurants in the Pantiles and around Mount Pleasant. Boutiques need swing tags, carrier bag artwork, gift cards and product photography, while restaurants need menus and social graphics. The surrounding High Weald has gardens, historic houses, vineyards and wedding venues, plus farms and rural businesses around Pembury, Paddock Wood, Cranbrook and Crowborough. Wedding venues need brochures, signage and photography of the setting across the seasons. The town also has many well-regarded schools, both grammar and independent, that need prospectuses and event material. - Brand identities, report templates and headshots for financial firms - Client newsletters and investment review layouts - Swing tags, gift cards and product photography for boutiques - Wedding brochures and venue photography - Prospectuses and open day print for schools All design is completed remotely from Mansfield. Shoots in Tunbridge Wells and the surrounding villages include travel, fixed in the quote. ## Who we design for in Tunbridge Wells - Wealth managers and financial advisers - Insurance and financial services firms - Solicitors and accountants - Estate agents and surveyors - Independent boutiques and delis - Restaurants and cafés - Wedding venues and vineyards - Independent and grammar schools ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design client report templates for a wealth manager? Yes. dijitul designs client report and investment review templates in Word, PowerPoint or InDesign, with chart styles, tables and space for required disclosures. Your compliance team approves the wording. Template work is charged at £45 an hour + VAT or quoted as a fixed price. ### Can you photograph a wedding venue near Tunbridge Wells? We photograph wedding venues, gardens and interiors on location, ideally in good seasonal light. Expect from £295 + VAT for half a day or £495 + VAT for a whole day, plus travel. Images suit brochures, websites and wedding directories. ### Do you design for boutiques in the Pantiles? Yes. We design swing tags, carrier bags, gift cards, window posters and social templates for independent shops. Small print items start from £75 + VAT and a social media graphics pack from £99 + VAT. Product photography starts from £25 + VAT per image. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Ashford Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/ashford/ > Ashford freight firms, manufacturers, farms and retailers can commission fleet graphics, labels, logos from £150 + VAT and sales brochures from dijitul media. Every job is designed remotely from Mansfield. Product, farm and premises photography is shot on location in Ashford and the surrounding villages from £295 + VAT for a half day, with travel quoted. Ashford sits where the M20, High Speed 1 and the routes to the Channel Tunnel and Port of Dover meet. Ashford International station has fast trains to London St Pancras, and the Sevington inland border facility handles customs checks for freight. That position has drawn logistics, distribution and freight businesses to Orbital Park, Waterbrook and the estates around the town. Freight and haulage firms need design that works on the road and in a tender: fleet livery that stays readable on a trailer at motorway speed, depot signage, driver recruitment adverts and sales brochures that explain cross-Channel services clearly. Our vehicle livery design work is built from the manufacturer's vehicle templates and supplied as scaled vector artwork. Ashford is also a market town for a large rural area. Its livestock market is one of the busiest in the South East, and the borough has farms, orchards, vineyards and food producers around villages such as Tenterden, Charing and Wye. Producers need labels, farm shop signage, gift packaging and product photography for online sales and wholesale buyers. Ashford Designer Outlet next to the international station is a major retail destination, and Eureka Park hosts offices and professional firms. Manufacturers and engineering companies on the industrial estates need product catalogues, technical drawings and CAD models. The town has grown quickly, with large housing developments that bring housebuilders and trades needing site boards, brochures and van graphics. - Fleet livery, depot signage and driver recruitment adverts - Sales brochures for freight and logistics services - Labels, packaging and photography for farms and food producers - Product catalogues and CAD for manufacturers - Site boards and brochures for housebuilders We design everything remotely from Mansfield. Photography in Ashford, Tenterden and the surrounding countryside is shot on location, with travel included in the quote. ## Who we design for in Ashford - Freight forwarders and hauliers - Distribution centres - Manufacturers and engineering firms - Farms and food producers - Vineyards and orchards - Outlet and independent retailers - Housebuilders and trades - Professional services firms ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design trailer and lorry livery for an Ashford haulier? Yes. dijitul designs livery for vans, rigid trucks and curtain-side trailers from manufacturer templates, keeping the name and contact details readable at a distance. Artwork is supplied as scaled vector files for your sign company. Livery is quoted as a fixed price per vehicle type. ### Do you design labels for farms and producers near Ashford? We design labels and packaging for juice, wine, preserves, meat and dairy, built to your printer's templates with space for the legal information you supply. Label work is quoted as a fixed price or charged at £45 an hour + VAT design time. ### Do you cover Tenterden, Wye and Charing? Yes. We design for businesses across Ashford borough and the rest of Kent. There is no travel charge for design, which is all handled remotely. Photography and video are shot on location, with travel from Mansfield added to the quote. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Winchester Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/winchester/ > Winchester law firms, planning consultancies, schools and High Street shops can order logos from £150 + VAT, reports, prospectuses and menus from dijitul media. All design is done remotely from our Mansfield office. Headshot, venue and event photography is shot on location in Winchester from £295 + VAT for a half day, with travel added to a fixed quote. Winchester was the capital of Alfred the Great's Wessex and is now Hampshire's county town. Hampshire County Council is based here, and with the Crown Court and county offices the city supports a large professional community: solicitors, barristers' chambers, accountants, surveyors, planners and environmental consultants. Professional and consultancy firms need careful, well-typeset documents more than flashy marketing. Planning and environmental consultancies in particular produce long reports with maps, site plans, diagrams and appendices, and a strong InDesign or Word template saves hours on every project. Diagrams and infographics that explain a planning process or an environmental impact clearly can make a submission easier to follow. Law firms and chambers want refined branding, letterheads, guides and consistent headshots. Education is a defining feature of the city. Winchester College is one of the country's oldest independent schools, the University of Winchester is based here, and Winchester School of Art is part of the University of Southampton. Schools need prospectuses, open day material, signage and photography. Tourism centres on Winchester Cathedral, the Great Hall with its Round Table, the water meadows and the High Street. The Christmas market at the cathedral draws large crowds, and independent shops, pubs, hotels and restaurants need menus, gift packaging and seasonal promotions. The surrounding countryside, including the South Downs, has estates, wedding venues and farms. - Report templates, maps and diagrams for planning consultancies - Letterheads, guides and headshots for law firms and chambers - Prospectuses and open day print for schools - Christmas promotions, menus and packaging for shops and pubs - Venue and estate photography for weddings and events Design is done remotely from Mansfield. Shoots in Winchester and the surrounding villages include travel, set out in the quote before you book. ## Who we design for in Winchester - Solicitors and barristers' chambers - Planning and environmental consultancies - Accountants and surveyors - Public sector suppliers - Schools and colleges - Hotels, pubs and restaurants - Independent retailers - Wedding venues and estates ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design report templates for a Winchester planning consultancy? Yes. dijitul builds report templates in InDesign or Word with styles for headings, figures, tables, maps and appendices, so each project report looks consistent. We can also redraw site plans and diagrams. Template work is charged at £45 an hour + VAT or quoted as a fixed price. ### Do you design school prospectuses in Winchester? We design prospectuses, open day leaflets and signage for schools, supplied as print-ready PDF and a web version. Prospectuses start from £295 + VAT depending on page count, and we can photograph the school on location from £295 + VAT plus travel. ### Do you design for businesses outside the city, like Alresford? Yes. We work for businesses across the Winchester district and the rest of Hampshire. Design is handled remotely, so prices are the same anywhere. Photography and video are shot on location, with travel from Mansfield in the quote. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Newbury Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/newbury/ > Newbury tech companies, racing yards, engineering firms and shops use dijitul media for logos from £150 + VAT, brochures, presentation templates and CAD drawings. All design is done remotely from Mansfield. Yard, product, team and event photography is shot on location around Newbury and Lambourn from £295 + VAT for a half day, with travel quoted. Newbury is the main town of West Berkshire, where the A34 meets the M4. Vodafone's headquarters campus sits on the edge of town, and a cluster of telecoms, software and IT services businesses has grown around it. Tech firms need presentation templates, product one-pagers, solution diagrams, event graphics and team headshots that keep a large sales and engineering team consistent. Horse racing is the other big part of the local identity. Newbury Racecourse hosts major flat and jump meetings and conferences, and the Lambourn valley, known as the Valley of the Racehorse, has one of the largest concentrations of training yards in the country, along with stud farms, vets, farriers, feed merchants and horse transport firms. Equine businesses need yard logos and colours, owner newsletters, sales brochures for stallions and horses in training, horsebox livery, embroidered rugs and caps, and photography of horses and facilities. Logos for this sector often need to work stitched onto rugs and saddle cloths, so they must stay clear at small sizes. Greenham Business Park, on the former RAF Greenham Common site, holds manufacturers, engineering firms and creative businesses. Engineering firms need technical drawings, 3D models and capability brochures. The town centre, with the Parkway development and the Kennet and Avon Canal, supports independent shops, restaurants and professional practices, and race days bring extra demand for hospitality print. - Presentation templates and one-pagers for telecoms and software firms - Yard branding, owner newsletters and horsebox livery for racing stables - Embroidery-ready logos for rugs, caps and workwear - Technical drawings and brochures for Greenham manufacturers - Race day menus and promotions for hospitality businesses Design and CAD are completed remotely from Mansfield. Photography in Newbury, Lambourn and across West Berkshire is shot on location, with travel fixed in the quote. ## Who we design for in Newbury - Telecoms and technology companies - Software and IT services firms - Racehorse trainers and stud farms - Equine vets and suppliers - Engineering and manufacturing firms - Professional practices - Retailers and restaurants - Event and hospitality businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design branding for a Lambourn racing yard? Yes. dijitul designs yard logos and branding that work on rugs, saddle cloths, caps, horsebox livery and owner newsletters. We simplify detail so embroidery stays crisp. A logo starts from £150 + VAT and a full brand identity pack from £395 + VAT. ### Can you photograph horses and yard facilities near Newbury? We photograph yards, facilities and horses on location for sales brochures, websites and owner updates. Rates begin at £295 + VAT (half day) and £495 + VAT (full day), with travel from Mansfield on top. You arrange handlers for any horses being photographed. ### Do you produce technical drawings for Greenham Business Park firms? We produce 2D drawings, 3D models and CAD conversions at £45 an hour + VAT, delivered as DWG, DXF, STEP or PDF. Work is done remotely from your sketches, measurements or existing files. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Bracknell Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/bracknell/ > Technology firms, consultancies and retailers in Bracknell can get brand identity packs from £395 + VAT, sales decks, infographics and social graphics from dijitul media. Our design is done remotely in Mansfield, which suits cloud-based teams. Team headshots and product photography are shot on location in Bracknell from £295 + VAT a half day, with travel quoted. Bracknell was designated a new town in 1949 and grew into one of the Thames Valley's key business locations, close to the M4 and M3 and less than half an hour from Heathrow. Waitrose has its head office here, and large technology firms have run UK operations in the town over the years, alongside many smaller software, IT services and consultancy businesses in the Western and Southern business areas. Technology businesses and their resellers need design that makes a complicated product easy to grasp: sales decks, partner enablement packs, product datasheets, solution diagrams, webinar graphics and digital adverts sized for LinkedIn and display networks. Consistency matters more than novelty, because partners and resellers reuse material in their own campaigns. A clear brand guidelines document with logo spacing, colour values and do and don't examples stops a brand drifting as it is reused. Many consultants and contractors in Bracknell work for larger Thames Valley firms. They usually need a brand starter kit: logo, business cards, letterhead, email signature and a proposal template. The town centre was transformed by The Lexicon, which opened in 2017 with shops, restaurants and leisure, and draws shoppers from across Berkshire. Retailers and restaurants there need window graphics, menus, social templates and promotions. Bracknell Forest's green spaces, including Swinley Forest, support outdoor activity businesses that need leaflets, maps and photography. - Sales decks, datasheets and partner packs for tech firms - Brand guidelines for businesses with resellers and partners - Digital adverts and webinar graphics - Brand starter kits for consultants and contractors - Window graphics, menus and promotions for Lexicon retailers Design is done remotely from Mansfield, with proofs shared online. We travel to Bracknell for headshots and product shoots, with travel included in the quote. ## Who we design for in Bracknell - Software and IT services companies - Technology vendors and resellers - Corporate headquarters teams - Consultancies and contractors - Retailers and restaurants - Leisure and outdoor activity businesses - Recruitment agencies - Facilities and maintenance contractors ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you create a partner sales pack for a Bracknell tech company? Yes. dijitul designs sales decks, datasheets, solution diagrams and editable templates that resellers can reuse with their own logos. Work is charged at £45 an hour + VAT or quoted as a fixed price, and files are supplied in PowerPoint, PDF and the source design format. ### What size should our LinkedIn and display adverts be? Each platform publishes its own current specifications, and they change, so dijitul checks them at the start of every job rather than relying on old templates. We supply each advert at the exact sizes and file weights your campaign needs. Digital advert design is charged at £45 an hour + VAT. ### Do you photograph team headshots in Bracknell? We run on-site headshot sessions with consistent lighting and backgrounds. A half day starts from £295 + VAT and usually covers a whole team, with travel from Mansfield added. Edited images arrive cropped for LinkedIn, your website and internal systems. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Dartford Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/dartford/ > Dartford hauliers, housebuilders, trades and retailers can order logos from £150 + VAT, fleet livery, site hoardings and development brochures from dijitul media. Design is carried out remotely from Mansfield. Photography of homes, sites, products and teams is shot on location in Dartford, Greenhithe and Ebbsfleet from £295 + VAT a half day, with travel quoted. Dartford sits at the southern end of the Dartford Crossing, where the M25 crosses the Thames, and its economy follows from that location. Warehouses and depots serve London, Kent and Essex, with easy access to the Channel ports along the A2 and M2. Crossways Business Park at Greenhithe hosts distribution centres, offices and trade businesses. Logistics firms need fleet graphics, depot signage, safety posters, driver recruitment adverts and sales presentations. Ebbsfleet Garden City, around Ebbsfleet International station on High Speed 1, is one of the largest new settlements in the South East. Housebuilders, developers and contractors working there need a different kind of design: development names and logos, sales brochures, site hoardings, show home signage, marketing floor plans and 3D visualisations of homes before they are built. Hoardings need artwork built to the exact panel sizes, with key messages kept clear of joins and fixings. Bluewater, at Greenhithe within Dartford borough, is one of the largest shopping centres in the UK, and retailers and restaurants there need window graphics, menus and promotional print, often following the centre's own design rules for shopfronts. Darent Valley Hospital is a major employer. Dartford town centre is being regenerated, with new homes and leisure beside its market, independent shops and professional services. Trades and builders working across the growing area need van livery, site boards and leaflets. - Fleet livery, depot signage and recruitment adverts - Development branding, brochures and hoardings for housebuilders - Marketing floor plans and 3D visualisations of new homes - Window graphics and menus for Bluewater retailers - Van livery and site boards for trades We design remotely from Mansfield. Photography of show homes, sites and premises in Dartford is shot on location, with travel fixed in the quote. ## Who we design for in Dartford - Hauliers and distribution firms - Housebuilders and developers - Construction and groundworks contractors - Retail and hospitality operators - Trades and builders - Trade counters - Facilities management companies - Professional services firms ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design site hoardings for an Ebbsfleet development? Yes. dijitul designs hoardings at full scale to your printer's panel sizes, keeping logos and messages clear of joins and fixings. Artwork is supplied as print-ready PDF or vector files. Hoarding work is quoted as a fixed price or charged at £45 an hour + VAT design time. ### Can you create 3D images of homes before they are built? We produce 3D visualisations of homes and developments from architects' drawings, for brochures, hoardings and websites. Rendering is charged at £45 an hour + VAT or quoted per house type, with the scope agreed before work starts. ### Can you photograph show homes in Dartford? We photograph show homes, interiors and exteriors on location. We charge from £295 + VAT for a half day and from £495 + VAT for a full day, with travel from Mansfield agreed in advance. Edited images suit portals, brochures and social media. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Medway Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/medway/ > Engineering firms, heritage attractions and independent shops across Medway use dijitul media for CAD drawings at £45 an hour + VAT, logos from £150 + VAT, leaflets and signage. All design is done remotely from Mansfield. Photography in Chatham, Rochester, Gillingham and Strood is shot on location from £295 + VAT for a half day, travel quoted. Medway is a group of towns along the River Medway in north Kent: Rochester, Chatham, Gillingham, Strood and Rainham, plus the rural Hoo Peninsula. Its history is tied to the Royal Navy. Chatham Dockyard built and repaired warships for over four hundred years until 1984, and the Historic Dockyard Chatham is now a major visitor attraction and filming location. Engineering remains important. BAE Systems has a long-established site in Rochester, Innovation Park Medway next to Rochester Airport is being developed for high-tech engineering and manufacturing, and there are many smaller engineering, manufacturing and marine businesses at Medway City Estate, Gillingham Business Park and Kingsnorth. These firms need precise drawings: fabrication drawings, CAD conversion of old paper or PDF drawings into editable DWG, 3D models for suppliers and capability brochures for new customers. Heritage and tourism matter too. Rochester's High Street, with its castle, cathedral and links to Charles Dickens, supports independent shops, cafés and festivals. Attractions and events need leaflets, maps, posters, interpretation panels and photography. Independent retailers need signage, packaging and social graphics. The Universities at Medway campus at Chatham Maritime is shared by the University of Kent, the University of Greenwich and Canterbury Christ Church University, bringing students and graduate start-ups that need brand identities and pitch decks. Medway Maritime Hospital in Gillingham is a major employer, and care providers need brochures and recruitment material. - CAD conversion, fabrication drawings and 3D models for engineers - Capability brochures and trade show graphics - Leaflets, posters and panels for heritage attractions and festivals - Shop signage and packaging for Rochester independents - Brand identities and pitch decks for graduate start-ups Design and CAD are handled remotely from Mansfield. Shoots anywhere in Medway are on location, with travel set out in the fixed quote. ## Who we design for in Medway - Engineering and manufacturing firms - Defence and aerospace suppliers - Marine businesses - Heritage attractions and festivals - Independent shops and cafés - Care providers - Graduate start-ups - Letting agents and student landlords ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you convert old paper drawings to CAD for a Medway engineering firm? Yes. dijitul redraws paper drawings, scans and PDFs as accurate, editable CAD files in DWG or DXF, with 3D models in STEP where needed. Conversion is charged at £45 an hour + VAT, and we flag any unclear dimensions for you to confirm rather than guessing. ### Do you design leaflets for Rochester and Chatham attractions? We design visitor leaflets, maps, posters and interpretation panels for attractions and festivals. Leaflets start from £95 + VAT and posters are priced at £45 an hour + VAT design time. Files come print-ready in CMYK with bleed. ### Do you cover Gillingham, Strood and the Hoo Peninsula? Yes, across all of Medway and the rest of north Kent. Design jobs are handled remotely and carry no travel charge. Photography and video are shot on location, with travel from Mansfield included in the quote. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Bristol Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/bristol/ > For Bristol aerospace suppliers, independent food businesses and start-ups, dijitul media provides logos from £150 + VAT, packaging, pitch decks and CAD drawings at £45 an hour + VAT. Design is done remotely from our Mansfield office. Product, food and event photography is shot on location in Bristol from £295 + VAT for a half day, with travel quoted. Bristol has a large creative community of its own. The BBC's Natural History Unit makes wildlife programmes here, Aardman Animations was founded in the city, and there are many design agencies, animation studios and production companies. So a Bristol business choosing a design firm in Mansfield is usually after something specific: a fixed price, CAD and design from one supplier, or extra capacity alongside a local agency. Aerospace is the city's defining industry. Filton and the surrounding area host Airbus, Rolls-Royce and GKN Aerospace, with a deep supply chain of engineering firms across the region, and the Ministry of Defence's procurement organisation is at Abbey Wood. Suppliers need technical drawings, 3D models, CAD conversion and capability material. Aerospace drawings follow strict customer standards, so we work to the drawing conventions, title blocks and tolerancing your customer specifies. Our design for manufacturers page explains how. Bristol's independent businesses are a big part of its character, from cafés and bars on Gloucester Road and Stokes Croft to shops in Clifton and Bedminster. Food and drink brands, breweries and coffee roasters need packaging, can and bottle labels, menus and food photography. The city also has a strong start-up scene around the Engine Shed at Temple Meads and the Bristol and Bath Science Park, where companies need brand identities, pitch decks and product renders. Law, accountancy and financial services firms around Temple Quay need report templates and headshots, and the University of Bristol and UWE add research spin-outs. - Technical drawings and 3D models for aerospace suppliers - Packaging and labels for breweries, roasters and food brands - Brand identities, pitch decks and renders for start-ups - Overflow artwork for local agencies - Food, product and event photography on location All design and CAD is done remotely from Mansfield. Shoots in Bristol include travel, fixed in the quote before booking. ## Who we design for in Bristol - Aerospace and engineering suppliers - Breweries, roasters and food brands - Independent cafés, bars and shops - Tech and SaaS start-ups - Design and creative agencies - Law and accountancy firms - Research spin-outs - Charities and social enterprises ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you produce drawings to an aerospace customer's standard? Yes. dijitul works to the drawing standard, title block, projection and tolerancing conventions your customer specifies, delivering DWG, DXF, STEP and PDF. CAD work is charged at £45 an hour + VAT. We only work from data you are permitted to share. ### Do you design beer and coffee labels for Bristol brands? We design can, bottle and bag labels and packaging to your printer's templates, with space for the legal information you supply. Files are print-ready with bleed and spot colour or foil layers if needed. Label and packaging work is quoted or charged at £45 an hour + VAT. ### Can you photograph food and drink in Bristol? We photograph menus, products and venues on location in Bristol. Half-day sessions start at £295 + VAT, full days at £495 + VAT, and travel is priced in before booking. Packshots of products posted to us start from £25 + VAT per image. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Exeter Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/exeter/ > Exeter science businesses, Devon food producers and consultancies can get logos from £150 + VAT, data visualisations, labels and report templates from dijitul media. Design is done remotely from Mansfield and sent by email. Product, food and team photography is shot on location in Exeter from £295 + VAT for a half day, with travel quoted first. Exeter is Devon's county city and the main business centre for much of the South West peninsula. The Met Office moved its headquarters here in 2003, and its supercomputing and climate research have helped build a cluster of data science, environmental and climate technology businesses, many at Exeter Science Park near the M5 and the airport. The University of Exeter is known for climate and environmental research. Science and data businesses have a particular design problem: making complex information understandable. That means infographic design, clear chart styles, diagrams that explain a model or process, report templates and pitch decks for investors or funders. Charts need to work in colour and when printed in greyscale, and colour choices should stay distinguishable for readers with colour vision deficiency. Environmental consultancies produce long technical reports with maps, site photos and appendices, where a good template saves time on every project. Devon County Council is based in the city, so public sector suppliers need tender documents and accessible PDFs. Beyond the city, Devon's economy includes farming, food and drink production and tourism, and many rural producers look to Exeter for services. They need labels, packaging, farm shop signage and product photography. The city centre around the Cathedral, Princesshay and the historic Quayside supports retail and hospitality, and Sowton and Marsh Barton host trade counters, distributors and car dealers that need signage and catalogues. - Infographics, chart styles and diagrams for science and data firms - Report templates for environmental consultancies - Tender documents and accessible PDFs for public sector suppliers - Labels and packaging for Devon food and drink producers - Product, food and team photography on location All design is handled remotely from Mansfield. Shoots in Exeter and around Devon include travel, fixed in the quote. ## Who we design for in Exeter - Climate and data science firms - Environmental consultancies - Food and drink producers - Public sector suppliers - Retailers and hospitality - Trade counters and distributors - Tourism businesses - Healthcare practices ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you turn our data into clear charts and infographics? Yes. dijitul designs chart styles, infographics and diagrams from your data or rough drafts, checked for greyscale printing and colour vision deficiency. We supply SVG, PDF and PNG, plus reusable templates. Infographic work is charged at £45 an hour + VAT or quoted as a fixed price. ### Do you design labels for Devon food and drink producers? We design labels and packaging for cider, gin, cheese, preserves and more, built to your printer's templates with the legal information you supply. Label work is quoted or charged at £45 an hour + VAT, and product photography starts from £25 + VAT per image. ### Do you work with businesses elsewhere in Devon? Yes. We design for businesses across Devon and the South West. Since design is remote, we never add travel to it. Photography and video are shot on location, with travel from Mansfield included in the quote. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Plymouth Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/plymouth/ > Plymouth marine engineers, boatbuilders, tourism firms and care providers use dijitul media for CAD drawings at £45 an hour + VAT, logos from £150 + VAT, brochures and signage. Everything is designed remotely in Mansfield. Product, venue and waterfront photography is shot on location in Plymouth from £295 + VAT for a half day, with travel added to the quote. Plymouth's economy has always faced the sea. HMNB Devonport is the largest naval base in Western Europe, and Babcock carries out major ship and submarine maintenance there, supporting a large defence and engineering supply chain. Princess Yachts builds luxury motor yachts in the city, and many smaller boatbuilders, marine engineers and suppliers work around the waterfront. Marine engineering firms need drawings that are accurate and easy to revise: fabrication drawings, 3D models of brackets and fittings exported as STEP, conversions of old drawings, and general arrangement drawings for customers. Boatbuilders also need sales brochures, specification sheets, renders of interiors and photography of finished boats. Our 3D CAD modelling work is charged at the hourly design rate. Marine science is another strength. The Marine Biological Association and Plymouth Marine Laboratory are based in the city, and the University of Plymouth is known for marine and maritime research. Plymouth Sound became the UK's first National Marine Park. Research organisations need scientific diagrams, report layouts and infographics. Tourism centres on the Hoe, the Barbican and the city's history as the Mayflower's departure point in 1620. Hotels, boat trip operators, restaurants and attractions need leaflets, menus, maps and photography. Brittany Ferries sails to Roscoff and Santander, supporting travel and freight firms. Derriford Hospital is a major employer, and care providers and clinics need brochures and recruitment material. - Fabrication drawings, 3D models and CAD conversion for marine engineers - Brochures, specification sheets and renders for boatbuilders - Scientific diagrams and report layouts for research organisations - Leaflets, maps and menus for Barbican and Hoe businesses - Product, boat and venue photography on location Design and CAD are done remotely from Mansfield. Shoots in Plymouth include travel, set out in the fixed quote before booking. ## Who we design for in Plymouth - Defence and marine engineering firms - Boatbuilders and yacht manufacturers - Marine science organisations - Boat trip and ferry operators - Hotels, restaurants and attractions - Care providers and clinics - Medical device and electronics manufacturers - Retailers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you produce CAD drawings for a Plymouth marine engineer? Yes. dijitul produces 2D fabrication drawings, 3D models and CAD conversions at £45 an hour + VAT, delivered as DWG, DXF, STEP or PDF. We work remotely from your sketches, measurements, photos or old drawings, and only from information you are permitted to share. ### Can you photograph boats or waterfront venues in Plymouth? We photograph boats, marinas, venues and products on location. From £295 + VAT for a half day or £495 + VAT for a full day, with travel from Mansfield itemised. We do not offer drone photography, so all images are taken from the ground or on board. ### Do you design leaflets for Barbican tourism businesses? We design rack leaflets, maps, menus and posters for tourism and hospitality businesses. Leaflets start from £95 + VAT, and files come print-ready in CMYK with 3 mm bleed, plus versions sized for social media. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Bath Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/bath/ > Hotels, holiday lets, spas, publishers and independent shops in Bath can order logos from £150 + VAT, menus, brochures and packaging from dijitul media. Design is completed remotely at our Mansfield office. Interior, food and product photography is shot on location in Bath from £295 + VAT for a half day, with travel added to a fixed quote. Bath is the only entire city in the UK designated a UNESCO World Heritage Site. The Roman Baths, Bath Abbey, the Royal Crescent, the Circus and Thermae Bath Spa draw visitors from around the world, supporting hotels, guest houses, holiday lets, restaurants, tour operators and spas. The Christmas market is one of the busiest in the country. Visitor businesses in Bath compete on how they look, and the city's Georgian setting sets a high bar. Hotels and holiday lets need property photography that handles tall sash windows and period interiors well, plus room guides, welcome books and menus. Spas need treatment menus, gift vouchers and packaging for retail products. Restaurants need menus and food photography. Behind the tourism is a substantial knowledge economy. The University of Bath is known for engineering, management and architecture, and Bath Spa University for creative subjects. Future plc, the magazine and digital media publisher, is headquartered here, and the city has a long history of publishing and digital businesses. Publishers and education firms need book covers, typesetting, report layouts and infographics. Engineering practices, including Buro Happold, which was founded in Bath, and firms such as Rotork add demand for technical illustration, renders and CAD. Retail combines SouthGate with independent shops on Milsom Street, Walcot Street and around the Abbey. Boutiques and makers need packaging, swing tags and product photography. Architects and surveyors working with listed buildings need clean drawings and presentation boards. - Interior photography and welcome books for hotels and holiday lets - Treatment menus, vouchers and packaging for spas - Book covers and typesetting for publishers - Renders, presentation boards and CAD for architects and engineers - Packaging and product photography for independent shops All design is completed remotely from our Mansfield office. Shoots in Bath and the surrounding villages are on location, with travel set out in the quote. ## Who we design for in Bath - Hotels, guest houses and holiday lets - Spas and visitor attractions - Restaurants and cafés - Publishers and digital media firms - Architecture and engineering practices - Independent retailers and makers - Tour operators - Schools and education businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you photograph a holiday let in Bath? Yes. dijitul photographs holiday lets and hotels on location, balancing light from tall windows so period rooms look accurate. A half day starts from £295 + VAT and often covers several properties, with travel from Mansfield added. Images are sized for booking platforms and your website. ### Do you design treatment menus and gift vouchers for spas? We design treatment menus, gift vouchers, price lists and retail packaging for spas and salons. Small print items start from £75 + VAT and leaflets from £95 + VAT. Files are print-ready, with digital versions for your booking system and social media. ### Can you design book covers for a Bath publisher? We design book covers, typeset interiors in InDesign and prepare print files to your printer's spine and bleed specifications. Book and magazine work is quoted as a fixed price per title or charged at £45 an hour + VAT. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Bournemouth Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/bournemouth/ > Bournemouth hotels, language schools, financial services firms and digital agencies can get logos from £150 + VAT, menus, report templates and overflow artwork from dijitul media. Design is handled remotely in Mansfield. Hotel, food, event and headshot photography is shot on location in Bournemouth from £295 + VAT for a half day, with travel quoted. Bournemouth is part of the Bournemouth, Christchurch and Poole conurbation, one of the largest urban areas on the south coast. Its long sandy beaches make it a major holiday destination, and tourism supports hotels, guest houses, restaurants, bars and attractions, while the Bournemouth International Centre hosts conferences and concerts. Seasonal businesses need menus, room guides, conference packs, A-boards, summer promotions and photography that is ready before the season starts. Financial services are a big employer. J.P. Morgan has one of its largest UK operations here, and LV= has its head office in the town, supporting insurance, banking and fintech businesses and the contractors and recruiters around them. These firms need report templates, plain-English customer guides, recruitment graphics and consistent headshots. Bournemouth also has a well-established digital and creative sector, with web, marketing and software agencies, animation and visual effects studios. Bournemouth University is known for media and computer animation, and Arts University Bournemouth for design. Local agencies sometimes need extra hands for artwork, resizing campaigns into many formats, or print preparation, while they keep the client relationship. English language schools are another distinctive industry, with international students supporting host families and activity providers. Schools need prospectuses, welcome packs and social graphics for agents abroad. Bournemouth Airport's business park adds aviation and engineering firms that need technical drawings and capability brochures. - Menus, room guides and conference packs for hotels - Report templates and customer guides for financial services - Overflow artwork and campaign resizing for agencies - Prospectuses and welcome packs for language schools - Technical drawings for airport business park firms All design is done remotely from Mansfield. Shoots in Bournemouth, Poole and Christchurch include travel, fixed in the quote. ## Who we design for in Bournemouth - Hotels and guest houses - Restaurants and bars - Financial services and insurance firms - Digital and creative agencies - Animation and visual effects studios - English language schools - Aviation and engineering firms - Conference and events businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you help a Bournemouth agency with overflow artwork? Yes. dijitul takes on artwork, campaign resizing, template builds and print preparation for agencies, working quietly in the background. Work is charged at £45 an hour + VAT or quoted per job, and files are supplied in layered Adobe formats your team can pick up. ### Can you photograph our hotel before the summer season? We photograph rooms, dining, exteriors and facilities on location. You pay from £295 + VAT for a half day or £495 + VAT for a full day, plus a fixed travel cost. Booking early in spring helps get images on booking platforms before the busy months. ### Do you design for businesses in Poole and Christchurch? Yes. We work for businesses across the BCP area and the rest of Dorset. Design is done remotely, so there is no travel charge for logos, menus or brochures. Photography and video are shot on location, with travel in the quote. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Gloucester Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/gloucester/ > Gloucester businesses can get logos, brochures, packaging and CAD drawings from dijitul, designed remotely from our Mansfield base and supplied as print-ready or CAD files. Photography and video are shot on location in Gloucester, with travel added to the quote. Logos start from £150 + VAT and half-day photography from £295 + VAT. Gloucester is a working county city, and its design needs follow its economy. Insurance and energy offices around Barnwood, engineering suppliers near Gloucestershire Airport at Staverton, and the trading estates at Waterwells, Hucclecote and Kingsway all need material that speaks clearly to other businesses rather than to tourists. For engineering and aerospace subcontractors the useful work is often technical: 2D drawings laid out to BS 8888, legacy parts redrawn in DWG or DXF, and STEP files a customer's machine shop can open without questions. A capability brochure with clear photographs of machining centres and finished parts does more in a supplier approval meeting than a generic leaflet. Brokers, accountants and solicitors in the city usually want a tidy brand system: a logo that still reads when it is small on a policy document, letterhead set up as a Word template, and email signatures that match across the whole team. Gloucester Quays and the regenerated docks bring a different brief. Restaurants and bars there need menus, A-boards, window graphics and social posts that work for outlet shoppers walking past. Menus usually print at A4 or A3 with 3 mm bleed in CMYK, and the same artwork is then resized for Instagram and a Google Business Profile. - Engineering firms: technical drawings, 3D models, exploded views for manuals - Professional practices: brand identity, stationery, report templates - Hospitality at the Quays: menus, signage, food photography - Trade counters and distributors: price lists, catalogues, van graphics The University of Gloucestershire's growing city centre presence also brings start-ups and graduate businesses that need a first logo and a small set of social templates before they spend on anything bigger. ## Who we design for in Gloucester - Engineering and aerospace subcontractors - Insurance brokers - Solicitors and accountants - Restaurants and bars at Gloucester Quays - Trade counters and distributors - Independent retailers - Training providers - Start-ups ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you produce CAD drawings for Gloucester engineering firms? Yes. dijitul produces 2D drawings and 3D models remotely for engineering and aerospace suppliers around Gloucester and Staverton, delivered as DWG, DXF, PDF, STEP or STL. We can work from sketches, old paper drawings or measured sample parts. CAD and design time is £45 an hour + VAT, and you get an estimate before we start. ### Can you photograph food and interiors at Gloucester Quays? Yes. Photography is shot on location, so we come to your restaurant, bar or shop at a quiet time of day to photograph dishes, interiors and staff. Half-day photography starts from £295 + VAT, with travel from Mansfield added to the quote. You receive edited images sized for print, web and social media. ### Do you design for businesses in Cheltenham, Stroud and Tewkesbury? Yes. Design work is done remotely, so logos, brochures, packaging and CAD work the same wherever you are. Photography and video in Cheltenham, Stroud, Tewkesbury or the Forest of Dean are quoted with travel included, and if you have shoots in more than one place we can plan them into a single trip. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Swindon Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/swindon/ > For Swindon firms, dijitul designs logos, catalogues, packaging and technical drawings remotely from Mansfield, then sends print-ready PDFs or CAD files. We travel to Swindon for photography and video, with travel costed into the quote. A logo starts from £150 + VAT, a brochure from £295 + VAT and product photography from £25 + VAT per image. Swindon's economy is built on big sites and moving goods. The M4 junctions 15 and 16, the warehouses around South Marston and Groundwell, and the business parks at Windmill Hill and Kembrey Park produce a lot of business-to-business design work rather than consumer advertising. Wholesalers and distributors need product catalogues and price lists that can be updated each season without starting again. A well-built InDesign catalogue with paragraph styles and linked images makes the next edition a few hours of changes, not a redesign. The same product shots then feed the website, marketplace listings and trade show banners, so product photography taken once on a consistent background pays for itself. The automotive supply chain around the BMW pressing plant, and the smaller manufacturers that support it, often needs CAD rather than marketing: fixture and jig drawings, 3D models of brackets for quoting, and DXF profiles for laser or waterjet cutting. Financial services and vehicle leasing offices tend to care about consistency across a lot of people. Presentation templates in PowerPoint, report covers, and a set of brand guidelines that a new marketing hire can follow all reduce the number of off-brand documents that leave the building. In town, shoppers at the Designer Outlet, housed in former railway buildings, and the independent shops and cafés of Old Town need posters, menus and social graphics sized correctly for each platform. - Logistics firms: vehicle livery, warehouse signage, tender documents - Wholesalers: catalogues, price lists, packaging labels - Automotive suppliers: technical drawings, 3D models, DXF profiles - Corporate offices: presentation templates, brand guidelines, infographics Most Swindon briefs are handled entirely by email and video call, with a site visit only when there is something to photograph or film. ## Who we design for in Swindon - Logistics and distribution firms - Wholesalers - Automotive suppliers - Financial services firms - Vehicle leasing companies - Engineering manufacturers - Retailers - Cafés and restaurants in Old Town ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design a product catalogue for a Swindon wholesaler? Yes. dijitul designs catalogues and price lists in InDesign with styles set up so later editions are quick to update, and supplies print-ready PDF/X-1a files with 3 mm bleed. Brochures start from £295 + VAT; larger catalogues are quoted on page count. We can also arrange printing and quote it separately. ### Can you photograph products at our Swindon warehouse? Yes. We bring a portable set-up to your unit and shoot products on a clean background, sized for web shops, marketplaces and print. Product photography starts from £25 + VAT per image, or from £295 + VAT for a half day when there are lots of lines. Travel from Mansfield is added to the quote. ### Do you provide DXF files for laser cutting? Yes. We draw flat profiles and sheet metal parts as clean DXF or DWG files with closed outlines and correct units, ready for laser, plasma or waterjet cutting. CAD work is £45 an hour + VAT, and we can also supply a dimensioned PDF drawing for the shop floor. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Cheltenham Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/cheltenham/ > In Cheltenham, dijitul helps hotels, festival suppliers, consultancies and engineers with branding, print and CAD, all designed remotely from Mansfield. Event, food and headshot photography is shot on location in Cheltenham, with travel included in the quote. Brand identity packs start from £395 + VAT and half-day photography from £295 + VAT. Cheltenham has two sides that both need good design. One is the Regency town of the Promenade, Montpellier and the racecourse, where hotels, bars and boutiques live on visitors. The other is a serious technical economy built around GCHQ at Benhall, the Golden Valley development, Spirax Group's head office and the aerospace firms near Gloucestershire Airport. Event-led businesses have a calendar to design around. The Festival in March, plus the literature, jazz and science festivals through the year, mean hotels, caterers and venues need posters, menus, wristband and ticket artwork, and social graphics ready well before the crowds arrive. Event photography taken during one festival becomes next year's marketing. Cyber and IT consultancies tend to want something different: a restrained brand that looks credible to government and corporate buyers, clear diagrams that explain a service without jargon, and pitch decks that hold up when shared on screen. Infographics and presentation templates are common requests. Engineering firms in the area need technical drawings, 3D models for quoting and product literature with accurate cutaway views. We produce those to BS 8888 conventions and supply STEP, DWG and PDF. - Hotels and restaurants: menus, room guides, signage, food photography - Festival and event suppliers: posters, programmes, banners - Consultancies: brand identity, pitch decks, diagrams, headshots - Boutiques and salons: logos, price lists, social templates - Engineering firms: CAD drawings, renders, data sheets Montpellier and the Suffolks have a lot of independent shops and salons. For them, a consistent set of social templates in Canva or Adobe Express format lets staff post without the feed looking different every week. ## Who we design for in Cheltenham - Cyber and IT consultancies - Hotels and guest houses - Restaurants and bars - Festival and event suppliers - Boutique retailers and salons - Engineering firms - Estate agents - Education and training providers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you get festival artwork ready before race week in Cheltenham? Yes, if the brief arrives early enough. dijitul designs posters, menus, banners and social graphics remotely, and supplies print-ready files for your printer or arranges printing for you. Starting well before race week means proofs and printing are not rushed. Flyers start from £95 + VAT. ### Do you photograph events and venues in Cheltenham? Yes. We shoot events, venues, food and staff headshots on location in Cheltenham. A half day starts from £295 + VAT and a full day from £495 + VAT, with travel from Mansfield added. You get edited images for web, print and social, and usage for your own marketing. ### Can you design a brand for a cyber security consultancy? Yes. We build brand identities that look credible to corporate and public sector buyers: logo, colour palette, type, document templates and slide decks. Brand identity packs start from £395 + VAT. You receive the logo as AI, EPS, SVG, PDF and PNG, plus simple guidelines so your team uses it properly. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Poole Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/poole/ > dijitul works with Poole businesses on packaging, brochures, product photography and marine CAD. Design is done remotely from our Mansfield base and supplied as print-ready or CAD files, while photography and video are shot on location in Poole with travel quoted. Logos start from £150 + VAT and product photography from £25 + VAT per image. Poole Harbour shapes the town's design needs. Sunseeker builds motor yachts here, and around it sits a supply chain of marine engineers, fit-out joiners and electronics firms around Hamworthy and the quayside. Those firms need technical material: 3D models of fittings and brackets, general arrangement drawings, and specification sheets that look as finished as the boats they go on. Brand-led manufacturing is the other strand. Lush started in Poole and still makes products here, and the town has smaller cosmetics, food and consumer goods makers selling online. For them packaging is the brand. That means dielines drawn to the printer's template, ingredient panels that leave room for legally required text, and colours specified in Pantone so a reprint matches the first run. Product photography on white and in lifestyle settings then serves the web shop and marketplaces. Tourism from Sandbanks to the quay needs a steady supply of print and digital: menus for waterfront restaurants, leaflets for watersports and charter operators, and photographs of holiday lets that show the light and the view rather than a dark corner. - Marine firms: CAD drawings, renders, product brochures, exhibition graphics - Cosmetics and consumer goods: packaging, labels, product photography - Watersports and charters: logos, leaflets, social media graphics - Holiday lets: property photography, welcome guides - Online retailers: product shots, ad graphics, email templates Boat shows are a recurring deadline for marine businesses. Pop-up banners, stand graphics and spec leaflets all need to arrive together, so we plan the artwork as one set with consistent sizes and file formats for the stand builder. Bournemouth University and the Arts University Bournemouth also feed a lot of freelancers and start-ups into the area who need a professional first brand. ## Who we design for in Poole - Boatbuilders and marine engineers - Cosmetics and consumer goods makers - Online retailers - Watersports and charter operators - Holiday let agencies - Waterfront restaurants and cafés - Manufacturers - Start-ups ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design packaging for a Poole cosmetics or food brand? Yes. dijitul designs packaging and labels to your printer's dieline, with Pantone or CMYK colour, 3 mm bleed and space planned for ingredient and regulatory text you supply. Packaging is quoted as a fixed price; design time is £45 an hour + VAT. You receive print-ready PDFs and editable source files. ### Do you do CAD work for marine businesses in Poole? Yes. We produce 2D drawings and 3D models of fittings, brackets, panels and fit-out parts, supplied as STEP, DWG, DXF or PDF. Work is done remotely from sketches, photos with measurements or existing drawings. CAD design time is £45 an hour + VAT, with an estimate agreed first. ### Can you photograph our holiday let in Poole or Sandbanks? Yes. We photograph holiday lets and rental properties on location, timing the shoot for the best light. A half-day shoot in Poole starts from £295 + VAT, and the travel cost is shown separately on the quote. You get edited, straightened images sized for booking sites, your own website and print. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Torquay Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/torquay/ > Hotels, attractions and tech firms in Torquay can use dijitul for branding, menus, leaflets and CAD drawings, designed remotely from Mansfield. Photography and video are shot on location on the English Riviera, with travel added to the quote. Flyers and leaflets start from £95 + VAT, and half-day photography starts from £295 + VAT. Torquay is the largest town on the English Riviera, and tourism sets the rhythm of design work. Hotels, guest houses, holiday parks and attractions along the seafront, the harbour and Babbacombe need fresh material before each season: rate cards, leaflets for tourist information racks, menus, signage and photographs that make a room look as good as it does in person. Leaflet racks still matter here. A DL leaflet (99 × 210 mm) is the standard rack size, and it needs the business name and one clear reason to visit in the top third, because that is all a passer-by sees. We design to that constraint and supply print-ready PDFs with 3 mm bleed. For accommodation, property photography is often the biggest single improvement. Booking sites show photos first, and wide, level, well-lit room shots do more than any amount of copy. Torbay also has a less obvious design market. The area's electronics and photonics firms, supported by the Electronics and Photonics Innovation Centre in Paignton, need product data sheets, exploded diagrams, 3D renders of components and technical drawings for enclosures and brackets. - Hotels and guest houses: room photography, menus, signage, brochures - Attractions and holiday parks: leaflets, maps, posters, social graphics - Photonics and electronics firms: data sheets, renders, CAD drawings - Brixham seafood businesses: labels, price lists, van graphics - Care providers: brochures, recruitment adverts, stationery Round the bay, Brixham's fishing port supports seafood merchants and processors who need labelling and trade literature that suit wholesale buyers. A sensible order for seasonal businesses is photography in spring, print in time for Easter, and social templates that staff can update through the summer. ## Who we design for in Torquay - Hotels and guest houses - Holiday parks - Visitor attractions - Restaurants and bars - Photonics and electronics manufacturers - Seafood merchants in Brixham - Care providers - Independent retailers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design rack leaflets for a Torquay attraction? Yes. dijitul designs DL rack leaflets and A5 flyers with the key message in the top third so it shows in a display rack, and supplies print-ready PDF/X-1a with 3 mm bleed. Flyers and leaflets start from £95 + VAT. We can also arrange printing and quote it separately. ### Do you photograph hotels and guest houses in Torquay? Yes. We shoot rooms, exteriors, dining areas and food on location in Torquay, Paignton and Brixham. Half-day photography starts from £295 + VAT and a full day from £495 + VAT, with travel from Mansfield added. Images are edited and sized for booking sites, your website and print. ### Can you create technical drawings for Torbay electronics firms? Yes. We produce 2D drawings, 3D models and product renders for enclosures, brackets and assemblies, supplied as STEP, DWG, PDF or high-resolution images. Work is done remotely and charged at £45 an hour + VAT for CAD and design time, with an estimate agreed before we start. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Taunton Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/taunton/ > Somerset firms in and around Taunton use dijitul for logos, stationery, food labels, brochures and CAD drawings, all designed remotely from our Mansfield base. When you need photos or video, we shoot on location in Taunton and quote travel up front. Logos start from £150 + VAT, and business cards or letterhead from £75 + VAT. Taunton is Somerset's county town, and its design work splits between the professional practices in town and the food, farming and construction businesses across the countryside around it. Solicitors, accountants and land agents serve a rural client base that still reads paper. Their needs are steady and practical: letterhead and compliment slips, Word templates that keep reports on brand, and brochures that explain services in plain language. A brand that has drifted over twenty years often needs a logo redesign rather than a full rebrand. Somerset's food and drink producers, from cider makers to dairies and farm shops, need labels and packaging that stand up on a deli shelf. Labels must fit the bottle or jar, survive refrigeration if needed, and leave space for the mandatory information you supply. We design to the label printer's template and supply PDFs with the correct bleed and dieline. The construction work around Hinkley Point C near Bridgwater has brought contractors and supply chain firms into the wider area. They often need tender documents, capability statements, site hoarding graphics and vehicle livery, and sometimes CAD drawings for fabricated parts. - Professional practices: stationery, report templates, brochures - Food and drink producers: labels, packaging, product photography - Agricultural merchants: catalogues, price lists, trade show banners - Contractors: capability statements, hoardings, vans, CAD drawings - Town centre shops and cafés: menus, posters, social graphics Taunton also has a large public sector, with Somerset Council, Musgrove Park Hospital and the UK Hydrographic Office. Suppliers to those organisations benefit from accessible document design: clear type sizes, good contrast and PDFs tagged properly for screen readers. Because design is remote, a farm on the Blackdown Hills and an office near the M5 at junction 25 get exactly the same service. ## Who we design for in Taunton - Solicitors and land agents - Accountants - Cider makers and food producers - Farm shops - Agricultural merchants - Construction contractors - Public sector suppliers - Town centre cafés and shops ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design labels for a Somerset cider or food producer? Yes. dijitul designs labels to your label printer's template, with the dieline, bleed and colour set correctly, and space planned for the mandatory information you provide. Label design is quoted as a fixed price, or charged at £45 an hour + VAT. We can also photograph the finished products on location. ### Do you design for businesses in Bridgwater, Wellington and Minehead? Yes. Design work is done remotely, so businesses anywhere in Somerset get the same service by email and video call. Photography and video in Bridgwater, Wellington, Minehead or elsewhere are shot on location, with travel from Mansfield included in the quote before you book. ### Can you supply print-ready files for a local Taunton printer? Yes. We supply print-ready PDF/X-1a files in CMYK with 3 mm bleed and crop marks, built to your printer's specification. If your printer has its own template or paper stock requirements, send them over and we will set the artwork up to match. Business cards and letterhead start from £75 + VAT. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Truro Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/truro/ > Truro and Cornwall businesses can get branding, packaging, labels and brochures from dijitul, designed remotely in Mansfield and delivered as print-ready files. Photography and video, including holiday lets and food, are shot on location in Cornwall, with travel added to the quote. Logos start from £150 + VAT and photography from £295 + VAT. Truro is Cornwall's only city and the county's administrative centre, home to the county council, the main acute hospital at Treliske and a compact centre of shops, solicitors and accountants around Lemon Street and Boscawen Street. Much of the design demand, though, comes from businesses spread across the county that use Truro as their commercial base. Food and drink is a big part of that. Dairies, bakeries, breweries, gin distillers and seafood merchants sell both to trade and direct, and they need packaging and labels that look at home in a deli and in a gift box shipped up country. Getting the dieline, the bleed and the Pantone references right first time saves an expensive reprint. Tourism needs a different set of assets. Holiday lets, campsites and attractions live or die on photographs, so a well-planned shoot in good light is often worth more than a new website. Welcome guides, maps and leaflets then reuse the same images. Newer sectors are growing too. Renewable energy firms, critical minerals projects and the space work at Newquay all need clear technical material: diagrams, reports, presentation decks and occasionally 3D renders of equipment. - Food and drink producers: labels, packaging, product photography - Holiday lets and campsites: property photography, welcome packs - Professional firms: brand refresh, stationery, report templates - Renewables and technology firms: infographics, decks, renders - Independent shops: logos, signage, social templates Distance is the practical issue in Cornwall. Design work suits a remote arrangement well: proofs by email, feedback on a video call, files delivered by download. When we do travel for photography, it makes sense to plan several locations into one trip, which keeps the travel element of the quote down. The shared university campus at Penryn, a short drive away, also produces a lot of creative freelancers, and we are happy to work alongside them. ## Who we design for in Truro - Food and drink producers - Breweries and distillers - Holiday let agencies - Campsites and holiday parks - Solicitors and accountants - Renewable energy firms - Independent shops - Estate agents ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you photograph holiday lets across Cornwall from Truro? Yes. dijitul photographs holiday lets, campsites and hotels on location across Cornwall. Prices start at £295 + VAT for a half day and £495 + VAT for a full day, plus travel to Cornwall. Planning several properties into one trip keeps the travel cost down, and images come edited and sized for booking sites. ### Do you design packaging for Cornish food and drink brands? Yes. We design bottle labels, boxes, bags and gift packaging to your printer's dieline, with Pantone or CMYK colour and space for the mandatory text you supply. Packaging is quoted as a fixed price, and design time is £45 an hour + VAT. You get print-ready PDFs and editable files. ### Is remote design practical for a business in Cornwall? Yes. Almost all design work runs by email and video call: we agree a brief, send PDF proofs, take feedback and deliver final files by download. Only photography and video need us on site. Logos start from £150 + VAT, and you get a fixed price before work begins. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Salisbury Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/salisbury/ > Salisbury firms, from tour operators to science and defence suppliers, use dijitul for branding, leaflets, technical diagrams and CAD, designed remotely from Mansfield. Photography and video are shot on location in Salisbury, and travel is added to the quote. Logo design starts from £150 + VAT, and a brochure starts from £295 + VAT. Salisbury's economy has three clear strands, and each has its own design brief: visitors drawn by the cathedral and Stonehenge, the science and defence cluster at Porton Down, and the military presence across Salisbury Plain. Tour operators, hotels, pubs and restaurants around the market square need print that works for overseas visitors. That often means simple maps, clear iconography that does not depend on English, and menus with allergen symbols laid out cleanly. Group tour leaflets are commonly A5 or DL, and need a version that can be emailed as a small PDF to travel agents. The life sciences and defence technology firms around Porton Science Park need a more technical style. Process diagrams, infographics that explain a test or service, capability statements and slide decks for funders or procurement teams are typical. Clarity matters more than decoration, and we keep sensitive material on a need-to-know basis. Contractors and facilities firms supporting the garrisons at Tidworth, Bulford and Larkhill tend to need straightforward brand assets: a professional logo, vehicle graphics, tender templates and uniforms or workwear branding. - Tour operators and attractions: leaflets, maps, posters, social graphics - Hotels, pubs and restaurants: menus, signage, food photography - Science and diagnostics firms: diagrams, data sheets, pitch decks - Defence and facilities contractors: tender templates, livery, workwear - Land and estate agents: brochures, property photography, floor plans The city's land and estate agents cover a wide rural patch across Wiltshire and into Hampshire. Property marketing benefits from floor plans drawn accurately and branded to match the agency, alongside photographs taken in good light. Trades and small manufacturers on the Churchfields and Old Sarum industrial areas complete the mix with brochures, price lists and the occasional CAD drawing. ## Who we design for in Salisbury - Tour operators - Hotels, pubs and restaurants - Life sciences and diagnostics firms - Defence contractors - Facilities management companies - Land and estate agents - Independent retailers - Trades and manufacturers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design leaflets for Salisbury tour operators? Yes. dijitul designs DL and A5 leaflets, maps and posters for tour operators and attractions, with a print-ready version and a small emailable PDF for travel agents. Leaflets start from £95 + VAT. Simple icons and clear layouts help overseas visitors who may not read English well. ### Do you draw floor plans for Salisbury estate and land agents? Yes. We draw branded floor plans from your measurements or existing sketches, supplied as PDF, PNG and JPG for portals and brochures. Floor plan work is charged at £45 an hour + VAT. We can also photograph properties on location, from £295 + VAT for a half day plus travel. ### Can you produce technical diagrams for Porton Down suppliers? Yes. We create process diagrams, infographics, data sheets and slide decks that explain technical services clearly, working remotely from your notes and drafts. Design time is £45 an hour + VAT. We only need the information required for the artwork, nothing more. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Yeovil Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/yeovil/ > Yeovil's aerospace and defence supply chain can use dijitul for technical drawings, 3D models, illustrated parts diagrams and capability brochures, all designed remotely from Mansfield. Photography and video are shot on location in Yeovil and south Somerset, with travel added to the quote. CAD and design time is £45 an hour + VAT and logos start from £150 + VAT. Helicopter building defines Yeovil. Leonardo, which took over from Westland, still assembles them here, and the Fleet Air Arm flies from RNAS Yeovilton just up the road. Between them they keep a deep supply chain busy: machine shops, composites specialists, test facilities and engineering service firms on estates such as Lufton, Houndstone and Pen Mill. Those firms need design work that holds up to aerospace scrutiny. Technical drawings follow BS 8888 conventions with clear tolerances and projection symbols, 3D models are supplied in STEP for customers' CAD systems, and illustrated parts diagrams and exploded views support manuals and work instructions. Drawings converted from old paper or PDF records are a common request where a part is still in service but the original files are lost. Capability matters as much as drawings. A supplier approval visit goes better with a clear brochure showing machines, materials, accreditations and finished parts, and photographs taken properly in the workshop rather than on a phone. - Precision engineers: drawings, CAD conversion, capability brochures - Composites firms: 3D models, renders, product photography - Test and calibration labs: certificate layouts, data sheets, diagrams - Retail and ecommerce firms: product photography, ad graphics - Cafés, pubs and care homes: menus, brochures, signage Yeovil is also home to Screwfix's head office, which brings retail, ecommerce and marketing roles into the town and a wider appetite for well-made digital graphics and product imagery. Pittards, the leather manufacturer, adds a long tradition of quality product presentation. Out towards Sherborne and the Dorset border, farms, food makers and holiday businesses bring a steady stream of labels, farm shop branding and holiday let photography. Yeovil College and its University Centre offer engineering courses linked to local employers, and apprentices moving into small businesses often need their first logo and stationery. ## Who we design for in Yeovil - Aerospace suppliers - Precision engineers - Composites manufacturers - Defence contractors - Test and calibration labs - Retail and ecommerce firms - Farm shops and food producers - Care homes ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you produce BS 8888 drawings for Yeovil aerospace suppliers? Yes. dijitul produces 2D technical drawings following BS 8888 conventions, with tolerances, projection symbols and title blocks to your format, plus STEP models for customers' CAD systems. Work is done remotely from sketches, markups or existing data. CAD design time is £45 an hour + VAT. ### Can you redraw old paper drawings for parts still in service? Yes. We convert scanned paper or PDF drawings into clean DWG or DXF files and, where needed, build 3D models in STEP. We flag anything unclear on the original for you to check. CAD conversion is charged at £45 an hour + VAT, with an estimate agreed first. ### Do you photograph workshops and parts in Yeovil? Yes. We photograph machines, processes, finished parts and teams on location, following your site safety and security rules. Half-day photography starts from £295 + VAT and product photography from £25 + VAT per image, with travel from Mansfield added to the quote. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Weston-super-Mare Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/weston-super-mare/ > Seafront attractions, care providers and trades in Weston-super-Mare can commission dijitul for leaflets, menus, logos and brochures, designed remotely from Mansfield and supplied print-ready. Photography and video are shot on location in Weston, with travel added to the quote. Flyers start from £95 + VAT and logos from £150 + VAT. The biggest town in North Somerset, Weston-super-Mare still trades as a classic resort: day trippers come for the Grand Pier, the sands and the promenade. That gives the town a busy, seasonal print market: rack leaflets, posters, price boards, menus and banners that need refreshing each spring. Seafront signage has to work at a distance and in bright light. Big type, strong contrast and a single message beat a crowded board every time, and outdoor banners need artwork built at the right scale, with eyelet margins kept clear of text. We set up banner and signage artwork to the sign maker's specification. Health and social care is a large employer in the town, with Weston General Hospital and many care homes and home care agencies. Care providers usually need a calm, trustworthy brand, a brochure for families, recruitment adverts that stand out on job boards and social media, and photographs of real rooms and gardens rather than stock images. Trades and home services firms are another big group, helped by the M5 at junction 21 and the short run into Bristol. Their essentials are a logo that works on a van, a hi-vis vest and a quote template, plus business cards for handing out on site. - Attractions and arcades: leaflets, posters, banners, social graphics - Cafés and seafront restaurants: menus, A-boards, food photography - Care homes and agencies: brochures, recruitment adverts, photography - Trades firms: logos, van graphics, workwear, quote templates - Training providers: prospectuses, course leaflets, presentations The J21 Enterprise Area on the former Westland site and the Locking Parklands development bring newer small businesses into town too. Many start with a simple logo and stationery, then add a brochure once they know what sells. Weston College and University Centre Weston also produce course literature and event material, which suits a consistent template-based approach. ## Who we design for in Weston-super-Mare - Seafront attractions and arcades - Cafés and restaurants - Hotels and guest houses - Care homes and home care agencies - Trades and home services firms - Training providers - Retailers - Logistics firms near the M5 ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design seafront banners and signs in Weston-super-Mare? Yes. dijitul designs banners, A-boards, window graphics and fascia artwork set up to your sign maker's sizes, with eyelet margins and bleed allowed for. Signage design is quoted as a fixed price or charged at £45 an hour + VAT. We can arrange the printing and quote it separately if you prefer. ### Do you photograph care homes in Weston-super-Mare? Yes. We photograph rooms, lounges, gardens and staff on location, working around residents' routines and only photographing people who have agreed. Half-day photography starts from £295 + VAT, with travel from Mansfield added. Images are edited for your website, brochure and recruitment adverts. ### Do you work with businesses in Clevedon, Nailsea and Portishead? Yes. Design work is handled remotely, so firms in Clevedon, Nailsea, Portishead or anywhere in North Somerset get the same service by email and video call. Photography and video are shot on location, with travel included in the quote. Business cards start from £75 + VAT. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Glasgow Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/glasgow/ > Glasgow businesses can hire dijitul for logos, brand identities, presentation decks, menus and engineering CAD, all designed remotely in Mansfield and delivered as print-ready or native files. We travel to Glasgow to shoot photography and video, and the quote includes travel. Brand identity packs start from £395 + VAT and video from £695 + VAT. Glasgow is Scotland's largest commercial centre, and the range of design work reflects that. The International Financial Services District and Barclays' campus at Buchanan Wharf, the law firms and accountants of the city centre, the bars of the Merchant City and Finnieston, and the engineering firms along the Clyde all have different needs. Professional and financial firms tend to spend on consistency. Presentation templates with proper master slides, report and proposal layouts, and brand guidelines that a growing team can follow are worth more to them than a new logo. Headshots shot in one consistent style finish off a team page. Hospitality is the opposite: fast, visual and seasonal. Menus change often, so we build them as editable templates; social graphics need to look right in a square post and a vertical story; and food photography needs to make dishes look as good as they taste. Glasgow's engineering base is broad. BAE Systems builds frigates at Govan and Scotstoun, the Advanced Manufacturing Innovation District near the airport is attracting new manufacturers, and the city has a cluster of small satellite companies. Their suppliers need 2D drawings to BS 8888, STEP models, exploded assembly views for manuals and 3D renders for proposals. - Law and accountancy firms: brand refresh, templates, headshots - Financial services suppliers: decks, reports, infographics - Bars and restaurants: menus, posters, social media graphics - Engineering and manufacturing: CAD drawings, renders, data sheets - Event organisers at the SEC: exhibition stands, banners, programmes - Start-ups: logos, brand packs, pitch decks The SEC brings a steady flow of conferences and exhibitions, which means stand graphics, pull-up banners and printed handouts on fixed deadlines. Exhibition stand artwork is built at full size to the stand builder's template. With four universities in the city, there is also a large start-up community that needs a first brand done properly at a sensible price. ## Who we design for in Glasgow - Law firms - Accountants - Financial services suppliers - Bars, restaurants and venues - Engineering and shipbuilding suppliers - Space and satellite firms - Conference and event organisers - Start-ups - Charities and social enterprises ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design exhibition stand graphics for an event at the SEC? Yes. dijitul designs stand panels, pull-up banners and handouts built to your stand builder's template at the correct scale and resolution. Exhibition stand design is quoted as a fixed price, with design time at £45 an hour + VAT. We supply print-ready PDFs and can arrange printing if needed. ### Do you photograph and film businesses in Glasgow? Yes. Photography and video are shot on location in Glasgow, covering headshots, venues, food, products and events. Half-day photography starts from £295 + VAT and video from £695 + VAT, with travel from Mansfield included in the quote. You get edited files for web, social and print. ### Can you supply CAD drawings for Clyde engineering suppliers? Yes. We produce 2D drawings to BS 8888 conventions and 3D models supplied as STEP, DWG, DXF or PDF, working remotely from sketches, old drawings or measured parts. CAD and design time is £45 an hour + VAT, with an estimate agreed before we begin. ### Do you design for firms in Paisley, East Kilbride and Clydebank? Yes. All design work is remote, so businesses across greater Glasgow are covered by email and video call. Photography and video in Paisley, East Kilbride, Clydebank or Hamilton are shot on location, and if several sites are involved we plan them into one trip to keep travel costs sensible. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Edinburgh Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/edinburgh/ > Edinburgh start-ups, finance firms and Festival venues can commission brand identities, investor decks, posters and print from dijitul, designed remotely from Mansfield. Photography and video are shot on location in Edinburgh, with travel added to the quote. A brand identity pack starts from £395 + VAT and a social media graphics pack from £99 + VAT. Edinburgh's design market has three loud voices. Finance is one: NatWest Group at Gogarburn, Baillie Gifford, abrdn and a long list of insurers and pension firms around Edinburgh Park and the Exchange district. Technology is another, with Skyscanner's story and the University of Edinburgh's School of Informatics feeding a steady run of start-ups. The third is August, when the Festival and Fringe take over the city. Finance and legal firms want restraint and precision. A brand that works in a dense fund factsheet, report templates with sensible type hierarchy, accessible PDFs, and annual reports that make the numbers readable are typical. Charts should be designed, not pasted from a spreadsheet. Start-ups need speed and a clear story. A logo and brand pack that works on an app icon, a pitch deck that fits the investor narrative in a dozen slides, and a few social templates usually come first. Festival work runs on hard deadlines. Venues and producers need posters, flyers and listings artwork that read from across a street, plus square and vertical versions for social media. A Fringe show poster has to communicate the title, the genre and the venue in seconds, and must still work when reduced to a thumbnail in a listings app. - Investment and insurance firms: reports, factsheets, templates - Tech start-ups: brand identity, pitch decks, product graphics - Festival venues and producers: posters, flyers, social graphics - Hotels and tour operators: brochures, maps, photography - Shops and cafés in Stockbridge and the Old Town: menus, signage Leith and the waterfront add hospitality and creative businesses with their own branding needs, and the city's other universities produce research spin-outs that need technical diagrams and 3D renders for funding bids. Public sector suppliers working with the Scottish Government also benefit from documents designed with accessibility in mind from the start. ## Who we design for in Edinburgh - Investment and asset managers - Insurance and pension firms - Technology start-ups - Law and accountancy firms - Festival venues and producers - Hotels and tour operators - Cafés and independent shops - University spin-outs ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design Edinburgh Fringe posters and flyers? Yes. dijitul designs show posters, A5 and A6 flyers and social media versions that read clearly at a distance and as a small thumbnail. Flyer design for a Fringe show starts from £95 + VAT. We supply print-ready PDFs with bleed for your printer, and square and vertical files for social media. ### Do you design pitch decks for Edinburgh start-ups? Yes. We design investor and sales decks in PowerPoint, Keynote or Google Slides, with master slides so your team can edit them later. Presentation design is charged at £45 an hour + VAT, and a brand identity pack starts from £395 + VAT if you need the brand built first. ### Can you take staff headshots at our Edinburgh office? Yes. We bring portable lighting and a backdrop to your office and photograph each person in a consistent style. A half day of photography starts from £295 + VAT; travel to Edinburgh is itemised on the quote. You receive edited headshots cropped for your website, LinkedIn and printed material. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Aberdeen Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/aberdeen/ > Aberdeen energy, subsea and service firms use dijitul for CAD drawings, technical brochures, rebrands and exhibition graphics, designed remotely from Mansfield. Photography and video are shot on location in Aberdeen and the north east, with travel added to the quote. CAD and design time is £45 an hour + VAT, and logos start from £150 + VAT. Fifty years of North Sea oil and gas have made Aberdeen the UK's energy city, and that industry sits behind almost every design brief here. Operators, drilling contractors, inspection companies and engineering consultancies fill the business parks at Dyce, Altens, Bridge of Don and Kingswells, while Westhill, just outside the city, is internationally known for subsea engineering. Technical design work is the core. Equipment rental and inspection firms need technical drawings and general arrangement drawings, 3D models for client approval, and data sheets that show dimensions, ratings and certification clearly. Subsea tooling and skids often need 3D renders for proposals long before anything is built. The energy transition is creating a second wave of work. Firms moving into offshore wind, hydrogen, carbon capture and decommissioning often find their brand still talks only about oil and gas. A rebrand or brand refresh, new capability brochures and updated case study templates help them sell to new customers without losing their existing ones. Energy conferences and exhibitions at P&J Live bring regular exhibition deadlines, with stand graphics, banners, brochures and animated loops for screens all due together. - Subsea and engineering firms: CAD, renders, data sheets - Service companies: capability brochures, tender documents, decks - Energy transition businesses: rebrands, infographics, website graphics - Exhibitors at P&J Live: stands, banners, motion graphics - Seafood and food producers: packaging, labels, product photography Outside energy, seafood processing is a major north east industry, and Aberdeenshire adds farms and whisky distilleries. Those businesses need packaging, labels and product photography for trade buyers and direct sales. Union Street and the West End add hospitality, retail and professional firms with everyday needs: logos, menus, signage and stationery. ## Who we design for in Aberdeen - Oil and gas service companies - Subsea engineering firms - Offshore wind suppliers - Equipment rental and inspection firms - Engineering consultancies - Seafood processors - Recruitment agencies - Hotels and hospitality ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you produce CAD drawings for Aberdeen subsea and energy firms? Yes. dijitul produces 2D drawings, general arrangements and 3D models for tooling, skids, brackets and assemblies, supplied as STEP, DWG, DXF or PDF. Work is done remotely from sketches, markups or existing models. CAD design time is £45 an hour + VAT, with an estimate agreed before we start. ### Can you rebrand an oil and gas company moving into renewables? Yes. We review what still works in your current brand, then update the logo, colours, type and key documents so you can sell into offshore wind or hydrogen without confusing existing customers. Brand identity packs start from £395 + VAT, and larger rebrands are quoted as a fixed price. ### Do you photograph equipment and facilities in Aberdeen? Yes. We photograph workshops, yards, equipment and staff on location in Aberdeen, Dyce and Westhill, following your site safety rules. Half-day photography starts from £295 + VAT and a full day from £495 + VAT, with travel from Mansfield included in the quote. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Dundee Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/dundee/ > Games studios, life science firms and waterfront businesses in Dundee can use dijitul for branding, pitch decks, scientific diagrams and print, designed remotely from Mansfield. Photography and video are shot on location in Dundee, with travel added to the quote. Logo design starts from £150 + VAT, and a brand identity pack starts from £395 + VAT. Dundee has a design culture of its own. DMA Design created Lemmings and the first Grand Theft Auto here, Abertay University pioneered games education, V&A Dundee sits on the waterfront, and DC Thomson, publisher of The Beano, is still based in the city. A business here is likely to be judged by people who know good design when they see it. That changes the brief. Small games and digital studios usually have strong in-house art skills but little time for business material. They often need a company brand that sits apart from their game art, a pitch deck for publishers or investors, trade show banners, and press kit graphics. We focus on the business side so their artists can stay on the product. Life sciences is the other strength. Spin-outs and suppliers around the University of Dundee's School of Life Sciences need clear scientific diagrams, poster layouts for conferences (often A0), data-rich slide decks and brand identities that look credible to funders and pharmaceutical partners. The regenerated waterfront has brought hotels, restaurants and attractions that need menus, signage, leaflets and food photography that matches the standard set by their surroundings. - Games and digital studios: company branding, pitch decks, banners - Life science spin-outs: diagrams, A0 posters, investor decks - Publishers and media: illustration support, marketing print - Waterfront hospitality: menus, signage, photography - Manufacturers at the Michelin Scotland Innovation Parc: CAD, renders, brochures The former Michelin factory, now the Michelin Scotland Innovation Parc, is home to businesses in sustainable mobility and low carbon energy. Those firms need technical drawings, 3D renders and product literature that explain new hardware clearly. Broughty Ferry's independent shops and cafés round out the picture with logos, menus and social templates. ## Who we design for in Dundee - Games and digital studios - Life science spin-outs - Publishers and media businesses - Hotels and restaurants on the waterfront - Low carbon and mobility manufacturers - Charities - Professional services firms - Broughty Ferry shops and cafés ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design conference posters for Dundee life science researchers? Yes. dijitul lays out scientific posters at A0 or A1, turning dense results into clear figures, diagrams and readable text hierarchy. We supply print-ready PDFs and can match your university or company brand. Poster and diagram design is charged at £45 an hour + VAT, with an estimate agreed first. ### Do you design business branding for games studios? Yes. We create a company brand that works alongside your game art: logo, colours, type, pitch deck template and trade show graphics. Brand identity packs start from £395 + VAT. Your artists keep control of the game itself, and we deliver files in AI, SVG, PDF and PNG. ### Can you photograph a restaurant on the Dundee waterfront? Yes. Food and interior photography is shot on location at your venue, usually before service when the light and the room are calm. Half-day shoots start from £295 + VAT, plus the Dundee travel cost, which we quote up front. Images are edited for menus, websites and social media. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Inverness Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/inverness/ > From Inverness, tour operators, distilleries, hotels and health tech firms can commission dijitul for branding, labels, leaflets and maps, all designed remotely from Mansfield. Photography and video across the Highlands are shot on location, with travel added to the quote. Flyers start from £95 + VAT and a full photography day from £495 + VAT. As the Highland capital, Inverness is where many visitors start their trip to Loch Ness, the North Coast 500 or the west. Visitors drive the private sector economy, so a large share of local design work is aimed at them. Tour and activity operators need leaflets for hotel receptions and visitor centres, simple illustrated maps, posters and social graphics. A route map that shows the main stops clearly is often more useful than a page of text, and it can be reused on the website and in emails. We can design illustrated maps that match your brand. Distilleries and food and drink producers across the Highlands need labels, gift packaging and product photography. Spirits labels have to work alongside foil, embossing or spot varnish, so the artwork is set up with separate finish layers for the printer. Mandatory label text is supplied by you and placed exactly as required. Hotels, lodges and self-catering lets need room and exterior photography, welcome guides and menus. In the Highlands the landscape sells the stay, so shoots are planned around light and weather where possible. - Tour and activity operators: leaflets, maps, posters, social graphics - Distilleries and food producers: labels, packaging, product photography - Hotels and self-catering lets: photography, welcome guides, menus - Health tech and life science firms: diagrams, decks, brand identity - Renewable energy contractors: capability brochures, tender documents The Inverness Campus at Beechwood, home to Highlands and Islands Enterprise and a cluster of health and life science organisations, adds a more technical market for diagrams, presentation decks and brand work. Renewable energy suppliers around the Cromarty and Moray Firths need capability brochures and tender documents. Because Inverness is a long way from most design agencies, a remote process is the practical choice: briefs by video call, PDF proofs by email and files by download. Travel only comes into it when there is something to photograph or film. ## Who we design for in Inverness - Tour and activity operators - Distilleries - Food and drink producers - Hotels and self-catering lets - Life sciences and health tech firms - Renewable energy contractors - Retailers - Public sector suppliers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design whisky or gin labels for a Highland distillery? Yes. dijitul designs spirits labels and gift packaging with separate layers for foil, embossing or spot varnish, set up to your label printer's template. The mandatory text you supply is placed exactly as required. Label and packaging design is quoted as a fixed price, with design time at £45 an hour + VAT. ### Do you photograph hotels and tours around Inverness? Yes. We shoot hotels, lodges, self-catering lets and tours on location around Inverness and the Highlands. A full day starts from £495 + VAT and a half day from £295 + VAT, with travel from Mansfield added. Planning several shoots into one trip keeps the travel cost sensible. ### Is remote design work practical for a Highland business? Yes. Logos, leaflets, labels and brochures are all handled by email and video call, with PDF proofs and files delivered by download. Nobody needs to travel for design work. Logos start from £150 + VAT, and you get a fixed price before anything starts. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Stirling Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/stirling/ > Stirling attractions, hotels, aquaculture suppliers and consultancies can get logos, leaflets, technical literature and print from dijitul, designed remotely from our Mansfield base. Photography and video are shot on location in Stirling and the Forth Valley, with travel added to the quote. Logos start from £150 + VAT and flyers from £95 + VAT. Stirling sits at the crossroads of Scotland, between Glasgow and Edinburgh and at the start of the roads north. The castle and the Wallace Monument attract an international audience, and Loch Lomond and The Trossachs National Park starts just to the west. Heritage tourism is therefore the most visible design market. Attractions, hotels and tour operators need leaflets, maps, signage and posters that work for international visitors. Clear wayfinding, consistent icons and short headline text help when a reader's first language is not English. For heritage settings, signage often needs to sit quietly in historic surroundings, so colour and material choices matter as much as the layout. The University of Stirling is internationally known for its Institute of Aquaculture, and businesses in the salmon and shellfish supply chain need technical literature: product data sheets, diagrams explaining a process or system, and 3D renders of equipment for trade shows. Professional firms and consultancies often work across Glasgow, Edinburgh and Stirling, so their brand must look consistent in client offices, on screen and in print. Presentation templates, proposal layouts and headshots are common requests. - Heritage attractions: leaflets, maps, signage, posters - Hotels and B&Bs: photography, menus, brochures - Aquaculture suppliers: data sheets, diagrams, renders, exhibition graphics - Consultancies: brand identity, decks, headshots - Estates and rural businesses: logos, labels, farm shop packaging Agriculture across the Forth Valley, livestock auctions and rural estates bring a steady need for straightforward brand work: logos, signage, vehicle graphics and labels for farm shop produce. Stirling Innovation Park next to the university also houses research and technology firms that need credible branding and clear explanations of complex work, often for funding applications where a single good diagram does a lot of the persuading. ## Who we design for in Stirling - Heritage attractions - Hotels and B&Bs - Tour operators - Aquaculture suppliers - Professional consultancies - Estates and rural businesses - Research and tech firms - Cafés and restaurants ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design visitor leaflets and maps for Stirling attractions? Yes. dijitul designs leaflets, simple illustrated maps and posters that work for international visitors, with clear icons and short headlines. Flyers and leaflets start from £95 + VAT, and illustrated maps are quoted or charged at £45 an hour + VAT. You get print-ready PDFs and web versions. ### Do you produce technical literature for aquaculture businesses? Yes. We design product data sheets, process diagrams, brochures and exhibition graphics for aquaculture equipment and service suppliers, and can create 3D renders from CAD models. Brochures start from £295 + VAT. All design work is done remotely from your notes, drawings and photos. ### Do you cover Falkirk, Alloa and Callander as well? Yes. Design work is remote, so businesses in Falkirk, Alloa, Callander, Dunblane and across the Forth Valley get the same service by email and video call. Photography and video are shot on location with travel included in the quote, and nearby shoots can be planned into one trip. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Perth Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/perth/ > Perth and Perthshire businesses, from food producers and estates to energy contractors, can get logos, labels, brochures and photography from dijitul. Design is done remotely from Mansfield; photography and video are shot on location in Perthshire, with travel added to the quote. Business cards start from £75 + VAT and product photography from £25 + VAT per image. Perth is a small city with a big corporate footprint. SSE has its headquarters here, Stagecoach was founded and is based in the city, and Aviva has a large office that grew out of General Accident. Around those sit contractors, consultancies and suppliers who need to look credible to large buyers. For energy and transport contractors, that usually means a capability brochure, tender templates, vehicle livery that is consistent across a fleet, and workwear branding. A well-structured tender template saves hours on every bid and keeps the brand consistent when several people contribute. Perthshire is a rich farming, food and drink county. Soft fruit growers, butchers, bakers, distillers and farm shops sell both to trade and direct, so labels, gift packaging and product photography are in steady demand. For direct sales, consistent product photography across the range does more for a web shop than any amount of copy. Estates, lodges and outdoor activity businesses towards Pitlochry and Highland Perthshire need logos, signage, maps, booking leaflets and property photography. Many estates run several businesses at once, such as holiday cottages, shooting, a farm shop and events, so a parent brand with linked sub-brands keeps everything tidy. - Energy and transport contractors: brochures, tender templates, livery - Food and drink producers: labels, packaging, product photography - Estates and lodges: brand systems, signage, property photography - Solicitors and land agents: stationery, brochures, floor plans - Logistics firms at Inveralmond: van graphics, signage, price lists Perth city centre has a strong base of solicitors, accountants and land agents who need professional stationery and property marketing. Inveralmond and Broxden host trade and distribution businesses with practical needs like signage, van graphics and price lists. Perth College UHI adds course literature and event material to the mix, and the city's position on the main routes north means Perth businesses often serve customers across much of Scotland. ## Who we design for in Perth - Energy contractors - Transport operators - Food and drink producers - Distilleries - Farms and estates - Hotels and lodges - Solicitors and land agents - Trade and distribution firms ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design labels for Perthshire food and drink producers? Yes. dijitul designs labels and packaging to your printer's template, with the right dieline, bleed and colour, and space for the mandatory information you supply. Label work is quoted as a fixed price or charged at £45 an hour + VAT. We can photograph the finished range on location too. ### Can you create a brand for an estate with several businesses? Yes. We design a parent brand with linked sub-brands for holiday lets, shooting, farm shop or events, so each looks related but distinct. A brand identity pack starts from £395 + VAT, and larger brand systems are quoted as a fixed price after we understand the businesses involved. ### Do you photograph products and properties in Perthshire? Yes. Product, property and food photography is shot on location in Perth and Perthshire. Product photography starts from £25 + VAT per image, and a half day from £295 + VAT, with travel from Mansfield added to the quote. Images are edited for web shops, booking sites and print. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Paisley Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/paisley/ > Paisley manufacturers, airport service firms, care providers and town centre shops can use dijitul for logos, brochures, CAD drawings and print, designed remotely from Mansfield. Photography and video are shot on location in Paisley and Renfrewshire, with travel added to the quote. Logos start from £150 + VAT and CAD time is £45 an hour + VAT. Paisley is Renfrewshire's main town, and few places have a stronger link to design history. The Paisley pattern is named after the town, and its thread mills once supplied much of the world. Today the economy is shaped less by textiles and more by Glasgow Airport on the town's northern edge. Beside the airport, the Advanced Manufacturing Innovation District Scotland hosts national centres for manufacturing and medicines manufacturing research, while Inchinnan has decades of aerospace engineering behind it. Firms in and around those sites need CAD work: 2D drawings, 3D models in STEP format, fixture designs and clean technical illustrations for manuals and bids. Airport-related businesses, including parking, car hire, freight and hospitality, need practical, clear branding. Directional signage, vehicle graphics, booking confirmation layouts and price boards all need to be readable by someone in a hurry with a suitcase. The Royal Alexandra Hospital and a wide network of Renfrewshire care providers make health and care a big employer. Care brochures, recruitment adverts and honest photographs of homes and staff are steady requests. - Advanced manufacturers: CAD drawings, 3D models, technical illustrations - Airport service businesses: signage, vehicle livery, price boards - Warehousing firms near the M8: van graphics, site signage, brochures - Care providers: brochures, recruitment adverts, photography - Town centre shops and cafés: logos, menus, social templates The town centre has seen sustained regeneration and cultural investment around Paisley Abbey and the town hall. Independent shops, cafés and community organisations there need affordable, well-made essentials: a logo, a menu, posters for events and social templates that staff can update themselves. The University of the West of Scotland's largest campus and West College Scotland bring students and start-ups who often need a first brand on a modest budget. ## Who we design for in Paisley - Advanced manufacturers - Aerospace engineering suppliers - Airport parking and car hire firms - Warehousing and distribution firms - Care providers - Charities and community groups - Independent retailers - Cafés and restaurants ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you supply CAD drawings for manufacturers near Glasgow Airport? Yes. dijitul produces 2D drawings, 3D models and fixture designs for manufacturers and aerospace suppliers around Paisley and Inchinnan, supplied as STEP, DWG, DXF or PDF. Work is done remotely from your sketches, drawings or measured parts. CAD design time is £45 an hour + VAT. ### Do you photograph care homes in Renfrewshire? Yes. We photograph rooms, communal areas, gardens and staff on location in Paisley and across Renfrewshire, only including people who have agreed. Half-day photography starts from £295 + VAT, with travel from Mansfield added. You get edited images for your website, brochure and recruitment adverts. ### Can you design van graphics for a Paisley business? Yes. We design vehicle livery to the exact van model's template, keeping key details clear of door handles, panel seams and windows. Vehicle livery is quoted as a fixed price, with design time at £45 an hour + VAT. Files are supplied in the vector format your signwriter needs. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in East Kilbride Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/east-kilbride/ > East Kilbride engineering firms, public sector suppliers and retailers can commission dijitul for branding, technical drawings, accessible documents and print, designed remotely in Mansfield. We shoot photography and video on location in East Kilbride and South Lanarkshire, quoting travel up front. Logos start from £150 + VAT and brochures from £295 + VAT. Planned in 1947 as Scotland's first new town, East Kilbride still has a layout that still defines its business base: a large covered shopping centre in the middle, and technology parks and industrial estates such as Kelvin, College Milton and the Scottish Enterprise Technology Park around the edges. Engineering and measurement have deep roots here. The TÜV SÜD National Engineering Laboratory, a specialist in measuring flow, is here, and the technology park houses engineering and instrumentation firms. Their design needs are technical: technical drawings of rigs and fixtures, 3D models and renders for proposals, product data sheets with accurate dimensions, and diagrams that explain a test method to a client. Government is a major employer too, with the Foreign, Commonwealth and Development Office at Abercrombie House. Suppliers working with public bodies benefit from documents designed for accessibility: readable type sizes, strong colour contrast, logical heading structure and tagged PDFs. It is easier to build that in from the start than to fix a finished report. Retail and hospitality in the town centre need posters, window graphics, menus and social graphics that change with the seasons and the promotions. - Engineering and measurement firms: CAD, renders, data sheets - Public sector suppliers: accessible reports, templates, infographics - Manufacturers and trade suppliers: catalogues, price lists, packaging - Town centre retailers: posters, window graphics, social graphics - Care providers: brochures, recruitment adverts, photography Hairmyres hospital and the town's many care homes employ a lot of people, and care providers need brochures and recruitment material that feel warm and honest. Because the town was built in waves, many small firms occupy similar units on the industrial estates. A clear fascia sign, a smart van and a decent brochure go a long way to standing out from the unit next door. ## Who we design for in East Kilbride - Engineering and measurement firms - Public sector suppliers - Technology companies - Manufacturers - Trade suppliers - Town centre retailers - Care providers - Training providers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design accessible reports for public sector suppliers? Yes. dijitul designs reports and templates with readable type sizes, strong contrast, logical headings and tagged PDFs, so they work with screen readers. Design time is £45 an hour + VAT, and longer documents are quoted as a fixed price. We can supply editable Word or InDesign templates for future reports. ### Do you provide 3D renders for East Kilbride engineering firms? Yes. We create 3D models and photorealistic renders from your CAD files or drawings, useful for proposals, brochures and trade shows before a product exists. Renders are quoted or charged at £45 an hour + VAT, and supplied as high-resolution PNG or JPG files. ### Do you work with businesses in Hamilton and Glasgow's south side? Yes. Design work is done remotely, so businesses in Hamilton, Blantyre, Cambuslang and Glasgow's south side get the same service by email and video call. Photography and video are shot on location, with travel from Mansfield included in the quote. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Livingston Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/livingston/ > Livingston manufacturers, life science firms and logistics companies use dijitul for technical drawings, catalogues, branding and product photography. All design is done remotely from Mansfield, and photography and video are shot on location in West Lothian with travel added to the quote. CAD time is £45 an hour + VAT and product images start from £25 + VAT each. Livingston was designated a new town in 1962 and became part of Silicon Glen, Scotland's electronics manufacturing boom. Several big factories have gone, yet industry stayed, joined over time by life sciences, logistics and retail. Making things is still central. Mitsubishi Electric makes air conditioning equipment here, and Kirkton Campus, Houstoun Industrial Estate and Starlaw Park house engineering and technology firms. For them, the most useful design work is often technical: 2D drawings converted from old paper or PDF, 3D models for quoting, installation diagrams for manuals, and product data sheets that match across a whole range. Life science and healthcare firms work under document control, so design files need clear version numbers and a tidy record of changes. Instruction leaflets, labels and packaging inserts have to match approved text exactly, which suits a careful, proof-driven process. Logistics businesses on the M8 corridor need practical brand assets: fleet livery that looks the same on every trailer, warehouse signage, and tender documents that show capability clearly. - Manufacturers: CAD drawings, data sheets, product photography - Life science companies: labels, inserts, diagrams, decks - Logistics and warehousing: fleet livery, signage, tender documents - Retailers: posters, window graphics, social graphics - Trade suppliers: catalogues, price lists, counter displays Retail is a large employer, with the town centre and the Designer Outlet pulling in visitors from well beyond West Lothian. Retailers need seasonal posters, window graphics and social posts sized for every platform. Consistent product photography is the thread that links many of these businesses. A manufacturer's catalogue, a trade supplier's web shop and a retailer's social feed all look better when every item is photographed in the same light and on the same background. ## Who we design for in Livingston - Manufacturers - Electronics and engineering firms - Life sciences companies - Logistics and warehousing firms - Retailers - Trade suppliers - Healthcare providers - Training providers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you convert old paper drawings to CAD for a Livingston manufacturer? Yes. dijitul redraws paper, scanned or PDF drawings as clean DWG or DXF files, and can build 3D models in STEP format where needed. We work remotely from scans and photographs with measurements. CAD conversion is charged at £45 an hour + VAT, with an estimate agreed before work starts. ### Do you photograph products at Livingston factories and warehouses? Yes. We bring a portable set-up to your site and photograph products on a consistent background for catalogues, web shops and marketplaces. Product photography starts from £25 + VAT per image, or from £295 + VAT for a half day, with travel from Mansfield added to the quote. ### Can you design labels and inserts that match approved text? Yes. We lay out labels, instruction leaflets and packaging inserts using your approved text exactly, with version numbers on every proof so your document control stays clear. Design time is £45 an hour + VAT, and you receive print-ready PDFs plus editable source files. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Falkirk Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/falkirk/ > Industrial contractors, fabricators and visitor businesses in Falkirk and Grangemouth can get capability brochures, fabrication drawings, leaflets and branding from dijitul, designed remotely from Mansfield. Photography and video are shot on location in Falkirk, with travel added to the quote. Brochures start from £295 + VAT and flyers from £95 + VAT. Industry has defined Falkirk since the Carron Ironworks of 1759, and it still drives the design work. Grangemouth's refining and petrochemical site is changing fast, with an Investment Zone set up to attract low carbon industry, and its port handles more containers than any other in Scotland. Around all that sits a deep supply chain of maintenance, inspection, fabrication and specialist contractors. Their design priorities are practical: fabrication drawings with clear weld symbols and cut lists, capability brochures that list accreditations and plant, and tender documents that look professional to demanding industrial clients. As refining winds down, many contractors are finding customers in hydrogen, carbon capture and renewables. That often means updating a brand that only spoke to oil and chemicals, and producing new case study and capability material. Bus manufacturing is another local strength, with Alexander Dennis based in nearby Larbert and supported by component and fabrication suppliers who need drawings, data sheets and technical illustrations. - Industrial contractors: capability brochures, tender templates, livery - Fabricators: fabrication drawings, DXF profiles, 3D models - Port and logistics firms: signage, fleet graphics, brochures - Visitor businesses near the Wheel and the Kelpies: leaflets, menus, social graphics - Retailers and care providers: logos, posters, brochures Visitors come for the Falkirk Wheel, the rotating lift that joins two canals, and for the giant horse heads of The Kelpies at Helix Park. Cafés, guest houses and activity businesses nearby need leaflets, menus, posters and social graphics, and photographs that make the most of the setting. Forth Valley College's main campus and Forth Valley Royal Hospital in Larbert also bring education and health organisations that need clear, accessible print and presentation design. ## Who we design for in Falkirk - Industrial maintenance contractors - Engineering fabricators - Chemical and process suppliers - Port and freight businesses - Vehicle component manufacturers - Visitor attractions and cafés - Care providers - Retailers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you produce fabrication drawings for Falkirk contractors? Yes. dijitul draws fabrication and sheet metal drawings with weld symbols, bend details and cut lists, plus DXF profiles for cutting machines. Drawings are supplied as DWG, DXF and PDF, and 3D models as STEP. CAD time is £45 an hour + VAT, with an estimate agreed first. ### Can you update our brand as we move into low carbon work? Yes. We review your existing brand, keep what customers recognise, and update the logo, colours and key documents so you can win work in hydrogen, carbon capture or renewables. Brand identity packs start from £395 + VAT, and capability brochures from £295 + VAT. ### Do you photograph sites and plant around Grangemouth? Yes. We photograph workshops, plant, vehicles and teams on location, following your site induction and safety rules. Half-day photography starts from £295 + VAT and a full day from £495 + VAT, with travel from Mansfield included in the quote. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Ayr Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/ayr/ > Ayr hotels, golf clubs, aerospace suppliers and care providers can commission dijitul for branding, race day print, technical drawings and brochures, designed remotely from our Mansfield base. Photography and video are shot on location in Ayrshire, with travel added to the quote. Logos start from £150 + VAT and half-day photography from £295 + VAT. Ayr is South Ayrshire's main town and a traditional resort on the Firth of Clyde. Its design market mixes tourism and leisure with a serious aerospace cluster a few miles up the coast at Prestwick. Leisure comes first for many local businesses. Race days such as the Scottish Grand National and the Gold Cup fill the town, and championship golf at Royal Troon and Turnberry brings players from around the world. Hotels, golf clubs and event organisers need brochures, scorecards, menus, signage and race day material, often on fixed deadlines. Golf clubs in particular need a crest or logo that works embroidered on a polo shirt as well as printed on a scorecard, which means simplifying fine detail. Robert Burns was born in Alloway on the edge of Ayr, and heritage tourism adds attractions, cafés and gift shops with their own branding and merchandise needs. Around Glasgow Prestwick Airport, aerospace firms make aircraft parts and overhaul engines and airframes. Their suppliers need technical drawings, 3D models, illustrated parts diagrams and capability documents that look right to aerospace customers. - Golf clubs and resorts: crests, scorecards, signage, clothing artwork - Hotels and event organisers: brochures, menus, race day print - Aerospace suppliers: CAD, parts diagrams, capability brochures - Care providers: brochures, recruitment adverts, photography - Retailers and trades: logos, signage, social templates Ayr's population skews older, so care homes and home care agencies are a big part of local business. They need brochures that reassure families, recruitment campaigns and real photographs of their homes and staff. The University of the West of Scotland's Ayr campus and Ayrshire College add course literature and event material, and the town centre's independent shops and food businesses round out the picture. ## Who we design for in Ayr - Golf clubs and resorts - Hotels and guest houses - Event organisers - Aerospace engineering suppliers - Visitor attractions - Care providers - Restaurants and cafés - Independent retailers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you redesign a golf club crest so it embroiders well? Yes. dijitul redraws club crests as clean vector artwork, simplifying fine lines and small text so they work embroidered on clothing as well as printed on scorecards and signs. Logo redesign starts from £150 + VAT, and you receive AI, EPS, SVG, PDF and PNG files. ### Do you produce drawings for Prestwick aerospace suppliers? Yes. We create 2D drawings, 3D models and illustrated parts diagrams, supplied as STEP, DWG, DXF or PDF, working remotely from your sketches, markups or existing models. CAD and design time is £45 an hour + VAT, and we agree an estimate before starting. ### Can you photograph a hotel or golf course in Ayrshire? Yes. We photograph hotels, function rooms, food and golf courses on location, planning around light and weather where possible. A half day starts from £295 + VAT and a full day from £495 + VAT, with travel from Mansfield added to the quote. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Dunfermline Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/dunfermline/ > New and growing Dunfermline businesses use dijitul for logos, van livery, ecommerce product photography and marine engineering drawings, with all design done remotely from Mansfield. We shoot photography and video on location in Dunfermline and west Fife, with travel quoted. Logos start from £150 + VAT and business cards from £75 + VAT. City status in 2022 acknowledged Dunfermline's past as a royal capital, the resting place of Robert the Bruce and the birthplace of Andrew Carnegie. It is now growing quickly, with large new estates to the east and an easy commute to Edinburgh over the Queensferry Crossing. That growth produces a lot of new small businesses: trades, childcare, fitness, beauty and home services. Most need the same starter kit: a logo that works on a van door and a social profile picture, business cards, a simple leaflet for letterbox drops and a set of social media templates. Getting the logo right at the start saves repainting vans later. Logistics and ecommerce are major employers, with Amazon's large fulfilment centre and warehousing along the M90 corridor. Online sellers in the area need consistent product photography, marketplace-ready images and packaging inserts that encourage repeat orders. At Rosyth, Babcock's dockyard put together the Royal Navy's two largest carriers and still works on ships and naval support. Its supply chain of engineering, fabrication and inspection firms needs fabrication drawings, 3D models and capability documents. - Trades and home services: logos, van livery, leaflets, workwear - Online sellers: product photography, packaging inserts, ad graphics - Marine engineering suppliers: CAD, fabrication drawings, brochures - Contact centres at Carnegie Campus: presentations, internal comms - City centre shops and cafés: menus, signage, social graphics Carnegie Campus houses offices and contact centres that need presentation templates, internal communications and recruitment material. The city centre's shops, cafés and hospitality businesses need menus, posters and window graphics. Fife College's Dunfermline campus also produces new businesses each year, and many start with a single well-made logo and build from there. ## Who we design for in Dunfermline - Trades and home services firms - Childcare and fitness businesses - Ecommerce retailers - Logistics and fulfilment firms - Marine and defence engineering suppliers - Contact centres - Cafés and restaurants - Property and letting agents ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design a logo and van livery for a new Dunfermline trades business? Yes. dijitul designs a logo that works on vans, workwear and social media, then lays out the livery on your exact van model's template. Logos start from £150 + VAT, and livery is quoted as a fixed price. You get vector files ready for your signwriter. ### Do you take product photos for online sellers in Fife? Yes. We photograph products on location on a consistent background, sized for your web shop and marketplaces, with lifestyle shots if you need them. Product photography starts from £25 + VAT per image, with travel from Mansfield added to the quote. Images come edited and ready to upload. ### Can you produce drawings for Rosyth marine engineering suppliers? Yes. We produce fabrication drawings, 2D drawings to BS 8888 and 3D models in STEP format, working remotely from sketches, markups or existing drawings. CAD design time is £45 an hour + VAT, with an estimate agreed before we begin. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Kirkcaldy Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/kirkcaldy/ > Kirkcaldy manufacturers, food producers, care providers and High Street shops can get packaging, CAD drawings, branding and leaflets from dijitul, designed remotely in Mansfield. Photography and video are shot on location in Kirkcaldy and central Fife, with travel added to the quote. Flyers start from £95 + VAT and product photography from £25 + VAT per image. Kirkcaldy is the Lang Toun, named for its long main street along the Firth of Forth. Adam Smith was born here, and the town grew on linoleum. Forbo still produces floor coverings in Kirkcaldy, and that manufacturing tradition carries through to the food producers and engineering firms on the industrial estates around the town. Manufacturers need product literature that matches the quality of what they make: sample books, specification sheets, product photography and trade show graphics. For pattern and surface products, colour accuracy matters, so we work with Pantone references and printed proofs rather than relying on a screen. Food producers in Fife need packaging and labels that work in supermarkets, delis and farm shops. Dielines, bleed and the mandatory information you supply all have to be right before anything goes to press. Offshore wind is a growing local market, centred on Fife Energy Park along the coast at Methil, and contractors working there need capability brochures, technical drawings and clear diagrams for bids. - Manufacturers: specification sheets, sample books, product photography - Food producers: packaging, labels, trade price lists - Renewable energy contractors: brochures, CAD, infographics - Care providers: brochures, recruitment adverts, signage - High Street shops and cafés: logos, menus, posters, social graphics As the town centre changes, more Kirkcaldy businesses sell online or by appointment rather than relying on passing trade. That shifts the design priority from window posters towards good photography, consistent social media graphics and email newsletters that bring customers back. Victoria Hospital, Fife's main acute hospital, and Fife College's large campus add health and education organisations to the mix, along with care providers who need warm, honest brochures and recruitment material. Glenrothes, a few miles inland, brings electronics and defence manufacturers with their own technical design needs. ## Who we design for in Kirkcaldy - Manufacturers - Food producers - Renewable energy contractors - Engineering firms - Care providers - Independent retailers - Cafés and restaurants - Health and beauty businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design packaging for a Fife food producer? Yes. dijitul designs packaging and labels to your printer's dieline, with correct bleed, colour and space for the mandatory information you supply. Packaging is quoted as a fixed price and design time is £45 an hour + VAT. You get print-ready PDFs and editable source files. ### Can you photograph products at our Kirkcaldy factory? Yes. We bring portable lighting to your site and photograph products, materials and production on location, with careful colour handling for surface and pattern products. Product photography starts from £25 + VAT per image, or £295 + VAT for a half day, plus travel from Mansfield. ### Do you design for businesses in Glenrothes and Leven too? Yes. Design work is remote, so businesses in Glenrothes, Leven, Methil and across Fife get the same service by email and video call. Photography and video are shot on location with travel included in the quote, and nearby shoots can be combined into one trip. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Cardiff Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/cardiff/ > Cardiff firms can commission dijitul for logos, bilingual Welsh and English print, presentation decks and technical graphics, designed remotely from Mansfield. Photography and video are shot on location in Cardiff and the Bay, with travel added to the quote. Logos start from £150 + VAT, brochures from £295 + VAT and video from £695 + VAT. As the Welsh capital, Cardiff is the country's biggest business market. The Senedd, Welsh Government departments, Companies House, Admiral Group, Principality Building Society and BBC Cymru Wales at Central Square all sit in the city, with a large circle of suppliers, agencies and professional firms around them. Bilingual design is a daily reality here. Organisations working with public bodies, and many that simply want to reach Welsh speakers, need print and signage that present Welsh and English properly. That means planning layouts for both languages from the start, since Welsh text is often a different length, and keeping both versions equal in prominence. We set the text you or your translator supply and check every proof carefully against it. Financial services and contact centre operations need consistent templates: presentations, reports, recruitment material and internal communications that many people produce. Brand guidelines with clear do and don't examples keep that work on brand. Media and television have grown strongly, with drama production at Roath Lock in Cardiff Bay. Production companies and creative agencies tend to have their own designers but need extra help with pitch decks, title treatments, posters and social assets at busy times. - Public sector suppliers: bilingual reports, templates, signage - Insurance and finance: presentation templates, brand guidelines - Media and production: pitch decks, posters, social assets - Semiconductor and tech firms: diagrams, renders, data sheets - Bars and venues: menus, event posters, social graphics The region is also known worldwide for compound semiconductors, and IQE has its head office in the city. High-tech firms need precise technical diagrams, 3D renders and data sheets. Event days at the Principality Stadium put pressure on bars, restaurants and venues across the city centre, so menus, posters and social graphics often need to be ready well ahead of match weekends. ## Who we design for in Cardiff - Public sector suppliers - Insurance and financial services - Media and TV production companies - Semiconductor and tech firms - Law and accountancy firms - Bars, restaurants and venues - Charities and third sector - Property developers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design bilingual Welsh and English print in Cardiff? Yes. dijitul lays out bilingual leaflets, reports and signage with space planned for both languages and equal prominence for each. We set the Welsh and English text supplied by you or your translator and check every proof against it. Flyers start from £95 + VAT and brochures from £295 + VAT. ### Do you shoot video and photography in Cardiff? Yes. We shoot photography and video on location in Cardiff, from headshots and venues to products and events. Photography starts from £295 + VAT for a half day and video from £695 + VAT, and the quote includes travel to Cardiff. You receive edited files ready for web and social. ### Do you design for businesses in Newport, Barry and Caerphilly? Yes. All design work is remote, so businesses in Newport, Barry, Penarth, Caerphilly and across South East Wales get the same service by email and video call. Photography and video are shot on location, and several nearby sites can be planned into one trip. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Swansea Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/swansea/ > Swansea manufacturers, university spin-outs, Gower holiday businesses and city centre firms can use dijitul for branding, bilingual print, CAD and brochures, designed remotely from Mansfield. Photography and video are shot on location in Swansea and the Gower, with travel added to the quote. Logos start from £150 + VAT and full-day photography from £495 + VAT. Swansea, the second city of Wales, is the commercial hub for the whole south west of the country. Its nineteenth-century nickname, Copperopolis, is a reminder of how industrial the lower Swansea valley once was, and Tata Steel's Port Talbot works still dominates the coast to the east. That industrial base means a steady demand for technical design. Manufacturers and metals supply chain firms at Swansea Enterprise Park and around Llansamlet need technical drawings, 3D models for quoting, and capability brochures. Many have been looking for new markets as steelmaking changes, and a refreshed brand plus a clear capability document helps them approach customers in other sectors. Two universities, Swansea University with its Bay Campus and Trinity Saint David at SA1, keep producing spin-outs and start-ups in engineering, computing and materials. They need a credible brand, pitch decks, diagrams that explain new technology simply, and 3D renders of products that do not exist yet. The DVLA headquarters at Morriston and other public bodies support suppliers who need bilingual, accessible documents. Planning layouts for Welsh and English together, with equal prominence for both, avoids last-minute squeezing. - Manufacturers and metals firms: CAD, renders, capability brochures - University spin-outs: brand identity, pitch decks, diagrams - Public sector suppliers: bilingual, accessible reports and templates - Gower holiday parks and hotels: photography, brochures, signage - Mumbles cafés and shops: menus, logos, social graphics Tourism around the Gower Peninsula and Mumbles supports holiday parks, hotels, activity providers and cafés. Their essentials are good property photography, menus, leaflets and social graphics that carry them through the summer. The Swansea Bay City Deal has funded new venues and developments in the city centre, bringing hospitality and leisure businesses that need branding from scratch. ## Who we design for in Swansea - Manufacturers - Steel and metals supply chain firms - University spin-outs - Public sector suppliers - Holiday parks and hotels - Activity providers on the Gower - Cafés and restaurants in Mumbles - Professional services firms ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you photograph holiday parks and lets on the Gower? Yes. dijitul photographs holiday parks, cottages, hotels and activity businesses on location around Swansea and the Gower. Half days start from £295 + VAT and full days from £495 + VAT, with travel to Swansea quoted on top. Images are edited and sized for booking sites, websites and print. ### Can you help a Swansea steel supplier present itself to new sectors? Yes. We refresh your brand and produce a capability brochure that explains what you make, your equipment and accreditations in plain language for buyers outside steel. Brochures start from £295 + VAT and brand identity packs from £395 + VAT, with a fixed price agreed first. ### Do you design bilingual print for Swansea organisations? Yes. We lay out bilingual Welsh and English leaflets, reports and signage with both languages planned in from the start. You or your translator supply the Welsh text, and we check each proof against it. Leaflet and flyer design starts from £95 + VAT. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Newport Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/newport/ > In Newport, semiconductor and cyber firms, public sector suppliers and event venues use dijitul for infographics, reports, CAD and conference graphics, designed remotely from Mansfield. Photography and video are shot on location in Newport, with travel added to the quote. Social media graphics packs start from £99 + VAT and CAD time is £45 an hour + VAT. A city since 2002, Newport is the first stop in Wales for traffic coming over the Severn on the M4. Its economy brings an unusual mix of design needs: government data, high-tech manufacturing, cyber security and conferences. Two national bodies are based here: the Office for National Statistics and, at Concept House, the Intellectual Property Office. Suppliers and consultancies working around those organisations often need data presented clearly. Infographics, charts that are designed rather than exported from a spreadsheet, and accessible reports with tagged PDFs and good contrast are typical requests. The city also hosts a large wafer fab, a cornerstone of the semiconductor cluster across South Wales. Firms in this sector need precise technical diagrams, cutaway illustrations, 3D renders of equipment and product data sheets. Clean vector diagrams in SVG or EPS work across print, web and presentations. Cyber security has grown alongside, with large defence firms running security teams in the city and the University of South Wales operating its cyber academy at the Newport city campus. Cyber firms usually want a restrained brand, clear service diagrams and well-built slide decks. - Semiconductor firms: diagrams, renders, data sheets, exhibition graphics - Public sector suppliers: accessible reports, infographics, templates - Cyber security businesses: brand identity, decks, diagrams - Conference organisers: banners, signage, programmes, event photography - Logistics and wholesalers: fleet livery, catalogues, signage The Celtic Manor Resort and the International Convention Centre Wales on the city's edge bring a steady flow of conferences and events. Organisers and exhibitors need pull-up banners, wayfinding signage, printed programmes and event photography. Docks on the Usk and warehouses beside the motorway add logistics, steel processing and wholesale businesses with practical needs like catalogues, fleet graphics and signage. ## Who we design for in Newport - Semiconductor and electronics firms - Government suppliers - Cyber security businesses - Conference and events venues - Logistics and freight firms - Wholesalers - Steel processors - Professional services firms ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you turn our data into infographics and reports? Yes. dijitul designs charts, infographics and full reports from your data and draft text, with accessible PDFs that use good contrast and proper heading structure. Design time is £45 an hour + VAT, and longer reports are quoted as a fixed price. You receive print and screen versions. ### Do you photograph conferences at Celtic Manor and the ICC Wales? Yes. We photograph conferences, exhibitions and awards events on location in Newport. Half-day event photography starts from £295 + VAT and a full day from £495 + VAT, with travel from Mansfield included in the quote. Edited images are delivered for press, social media and your website. ### Can you create technical diagrams for semiconductor firms? Yes. We draw precise technical diagrams, cutaways and 3D renders from your CAD data, sketches and notes, supplied as SVG, EPS, PDF or high-resolution PNG. Work is done remotely at £45 an hour + VAT, with an estimate agreed before we begin. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Wrexham Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/wrexham/ > Wrexham manufacturers, food and pharma firms, pubs and retailers can get packaging, CAD drawings, match day print and branding from dijitul, designed remotely from our Mansfield base. Photography and video are shot on location in Wrexham, with travel added to the quote. Flyers cost from £95 + VAT, and product photography from £25 + VAT per image. North Wales's biggest place gained city status in 2022, and the football club's Hollywood takeover in 2021 put it on screens worldwide. Underneath the attention, Wrexham makes things. Its industrial estate, on the east of the city, ranks among the largest anywhere in the UK, home to a Kellogg's cereal plant, JCB transmission production and a long list of food, pharmaceutical, packaging and engineering companies. Their design needs are specific: packaging artwork built to strict dielines, labels with approved text placed exactly, technical drawings and 3D models for engineering parts, and product photography for trade catalogues. For regulated products, the process matters as much as the design. Every proof carries a version number, approved text is never retyped, and final artwork is checked against the signed-off copy before it goes to the printer. With more visitors arriving for the football, city centre pubs, cafés, hotels and shops get more from match day menus, posters, window graphics and social posts that suit a wider audience than before, including visitors from abroad. - Food and pharma manufacturers: packaging, labels, product photography - Engineering firms: CAD drawings, 3D models, data sheets - Contact centres: recruitment material, presentations, internal comms - Pubs, cafés and hotels: menus, posters, social graphics - Logistics firms: fleet livery, signage, tender documents Moneypenny, the outsourced communications business, is headquartered in Wrexham, and outsourced service and contact centre work is a large employer. Those teams need recruitment campaigns, internal communications and presentation templates. Being so close to England, plenty of local firms sell into Chester, Cheshire and the north west of England as much as with Wales. Some choose bilingual material for Welsh customers and English-only for others, which a well-organised set of templates handles easily. ## Who we design for in Wrexham - Food manufacturers - Pharmaceutical and packaging firms - Automotive and engineering manufacturers - Contact centres - Logistics firms - Pubs and hotels - Retailers - Professional services firms ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design packaging for Wrexham Industrial Estate manufacturers? Yes. dijitul designs packaging and labels to your dielines, with approved text placed exactly and version numbers on every proof for your quality records. Each packaging job gets a fixed quote, based on design time at £45 an hour + VAT, and you receive print-ready PDFs plus the editable artwork. ### Can you design match day menus and posters for a Wrexham pub? Yes. We design menus, A-boards, posters and social graphics that work for regulars and visiting fans, and supply print-ready files for your printer. Flyers and posters start from £95 + VAT, and a social media graphics pack starts from £99 + VAT. ### Do you design for businesses in Chester and Mold as well? Yes. Design work is remote, so firms in Chester, Mold, Flint and across the border get the same service by email and video call. Photography and video are shot on location with travel from Mansfield included in the quote. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Bangor Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/bangor/ > Bangor and Gwynedd businesses, from outdoor activity providers to university spin-outs, can commission dijitul for bilingual branding, leaflets, research diagrams and print, designed remotely from Mansfield. Photography and video are shot on location in north west Wales, with travel added to the quote. Logos cost from £150 + VAT, flyers from £95 + VAT. Bangor looks across the Menai Strait to Anglesey and serves much of north west Wales. Welsh is the everyday language for many people in Gwynedd, so bilingual design is often expected rather than optional. That shapes almost every brief. A logo may need a Welsh and English strapline. Leaflets, signage and menus need space for both languages, usually with Welsh first, and both versions need equal weight. We plan bilingual layouts from the first sketch, set the text you or your translator supply, and check every proof carefully. A Welsh word that wraps badly or a missing accent is noticed straight away by local readers. Bangor University dominates the city, with ocean sciences at Menai Bridge and strengths in environmental science and forestry. Research groups and spin-outs need conference posters, diagrams that explain fieldwork and results, funding bid graphics and credible branding. M-SParc, the science park at Gaerwen on Anglesey, adds technology and low carbon energy businesses with similar needs. - Outdoor activity providers: bilingual leaflets, maps, social graphics - Holiday lets and hotels: photography, welcome guides, menus - University spin-outs: brand identity, diagrams, A0 posters - Energy and environmental firms: reports, infographics, decks - Welsh language organisations: bilingual print and signage Visitors come for Eryri's mountains, the strait and the island coastline, and the activity providers, holiday lets and hospitality businesses serving them need leaflets, maps, menus and photographs that show the landscape at its best. Shoots are planned around light and weather where possible. Energy projects across the region, from marine energy to offshore wind, bring consultancies that need clear reports and environmental infographics for consultations and planning documents. ## Who we design for in Bangor - Outdoor activity providers - Holiday lets and hotels - University spin-outs - Marine and environmental consultancies - Low carbon energy firms - Welsh language organisations - Cafés and restaurants - Health and care providers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design bilingual Welsh and English material in Bangor? Yes. dijitul plans bilingual layouts from the start, with space for both languages and equal prominence for each. We set the Welsh and English text supplied by you or your translator and check every proof against it. Logos start from £150 + VAT and flyers from £95 + VAT. ### Do you photograph outdoor activity businesses in Eryri? Yes. We photograph activity providers, holiday lets and hotels on location across Gwynedd and Anglesey, planning around light and weather where possible. Half-day shoots start from £295 + VAT and full days from £495 + VAT, plus travel to Gwynedd. ### Do you work with businesses in Caernarfon, Anglesey and Llandudno? Yes. Design work is remote, so businesses in Caernarfon, Holyhead, Menai Bridge, Llandudno and across north Wales get the same service by email and video call. Photography and video are shot on location, and several sites can be planned into one trip. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Bridgend Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/bridgend/ > Manufacturers, caravan parks and trades in Bridgend, Pencoed and Porthcawl can commission dijitul for branding, product photography, technical drawings and brochures. Design is done remotely from Mansfield; photography and video are shot on location in Bridgend with travel added to the quote. Prices start at £150 + VAT for a logo and £295 + VAT for a brochure. Halfway along the M4 between Cardiff and Swansea, Bridgend has always been a manufacturing town. When Ford shut its engine factory here in 2020, many suppliers lost their main customer and had to look elsewhere. For those firms, design is part of finding new work. A refreshed brand, a capability brochure that shows machines, accreditations and finished parts, and a set of good photographs can open conversations in sectors they have never sold to. 3D CAD models and renders help when quoting for parts that need to be shown before they are made. Electronics is still strong: Sony's technology centre at Pencoed builds products for other companies, the Raspberry Pi among them. Electronics and engineering firms on Bridgend Industrial Estate and Waterton Industrial Estate need product data sheets, enclosure drawings, assembly diagrams and product photography. Retail and leisure are significant too. The designer outlet by junction 36 is a regional shopping draw, and Porthcawl's caravan parks, beaches and golf bring tourism and hospitality. - Engineering and electronics firms: CAD, data sheets, capability brochures - Packaging and materials manufacturers: product photography, catalogues - Caravan parks and holiday lets in Porthcawl: brochures, photography, signage - Trades and maintenance firms: logos, van livery, leaflets - Care providers: brochures, recruitment adverts, photography Caravan parks and holiday businesses need brochures, site maps, signage and photographs of accommodation and facilities, refreshed before each season. A clear illustrated site map is one of the most useful pieces of print a park can have. Bridgend also has a solid base of trades, construction and care businesses whose needs are practical: a strong logo, van livery, leaflets for letterbox drops and recruitment adverts. ## Who we design for in Bridgend - Electronics manufacturers - Engineering firms - Packaging and materials manufacturers - Caravan parks and holiday lets - Retailers - Trades and maintenance businesses - Care providers - Logistics firms ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you help a former automotive supplier in Bridgend win new work? Yes. dijitul can refresh your brand, photograph your machines and finished parts on location, and produce a capability brochure aimed at new sectors. Brochures start from £295 + VAT and half-day photography from £295 + VAT, plus travel from Mansfield. You get a fixed price before we start. ### Can you design a site map and brochure for a Porthcawl caravan park? Yes. We design illustrated site maps, brochures and signage for caravan parks and holiday businesses, supplied print-ready and as web versions. Brochures start from £295 + VAT, and illustrated maps are quoted or charged at £45 an hour + VAT. ### Do you supply STEP and DWG files for Bridgend manufacturers? Yes. We produce 3D models in STEP and 2D drawings in DWG, DXF and PDF, working remotely from sketches, existing drawings or measured parts. CAD design time is £45 an hour + VAT, with an estimate agreed before work begins. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Barry Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/barry/ > Barry Island cafés, Vale of Glamorgan trades and St Athan aerospace suppliers can get logos, menus, posters and technical drawings from dijitul, designed remotely from Mansfield. Photography and video are shot on location in Barry, with travel added to the quote. Business cards start from £75 + VAT and logos from £150 + VAT. The Vale of Glamorgan's biggest town grew around docks built to export South Wales coal, and Barry Island's beach and pleasure park still draw day visitors from across the region, helped by the town's appearance in Gavin and Stacey. Seaside businesses need a steady supply of simple, effective print: menus, price boards, posters, banners and social graphics that change with the season. Ice cream kiosks, cafés and arcades are seen at a distance by people walking along the promenade, so bold type and a short message work best. A set of menu and price board templates lets staff update prices without redesigning anything. West of town, the old RAF site at St Athan is now an aerospace business park with aircraft maintenance firms, plus Aston Martin's DBX factory, and Cardiff Airport sits nearby at Rhoose. Suppliers to these businesses need technical drawings, illustrated parts diagrams, 3D models and capability documents that meet the expectations of aerospace and automotive customers. Industry has not gone either: a major silicones plant and working docks keep chemical and port businesses in the town. They need safety signage, technical literature and clear process diagrams. - Seaside cafés and attractions: menus, posters, banners, social graphics - Aerospace and automotive suppliers: CAD, parts diagrams, brochures - Chemical and port businesses: signage, diagrams, technical literature - Home-based professionals: logos, stationery, email signatures - Trades and fitness businesses: logos, van graphics, leaflets Plenty of residents commute to Cardiff, and many of the businesses left in town are one or two people working from home. Their needs are straightforward: a logo, business cards, an email signature that looks professional, and social templates they can update themselves. Cardiff and Vale College's Barry campus brings students and new start-ups into the mix. ## Who we design for in Barry - Seaside cafés and attractions - Holiday lets - Aerospace maintenance firms - Automotive suppliers - Chemical and process businesses - Home-based professionals - Trades businesses - Fitness and beauty businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design menus and price boards for a Barry Island café? Yes. dijitul designs menus, price boards, posters and banners with bold, readable layouts, and can set them up as templates so you can change prices yourself. Flyers and posters start from £95 + VAT, and we supply print-ready files for your printer or sign maker. ### Do you produce drawings for St Athan aerospace suppliers? Yes. We create 2D drawings, illustrated parts diagrams and 3D models in STEP format, working remotely from sketches, markups or existing data. CAD and design time is £45 an hour + VAT, and we agree an estimate before starting. ### What does a small Barry business need to start with? Usually a logo, business cards and a matching email signature, then social templates. Logos start from £150 + VAT and business cards from £75 + VAT. You get your logo in AI, EPS, SVG, PDF and PNG, so it works on print, signs and social media. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Llanelli Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/llanelli/ > Llanelli metals firms, sports clubs, care providers and community groups can commission dijitul for bilingual print, fabrication drawings, club branding and brochures. All design is done remotely from Mansfield, and photography and video are shot on location in Carmarthenshire with travel added to the quote. A logo costs from £150 + VAT and a flyer from £95 + VAT. Llanelli, the biggest town in Carmarthenshire, earned the nickname Tinopolis, and the Trostre works still rolls tinplate for cans and packaging. The industrial estates at Dafen and Llanelli Gate house fabricators, engineering firms, automotive suppliers and food producers. For metals and engineering businesses, the core design work is technical. Fabrication drawings with bend and weld details, DXF profiles for cutting, and 3D models for quoting all help a supplier respond quickly. As the Welsh steel industry changes, many are also diversifying, which often means a capability brochure and a refreshed brand for new customers. Rugby is central to local identity, with the Scarlets at Parc y Scarlets. Sports clubs, coaching businesses and leisure centres need crests that work on kit and merchandise, fixture posters, sponsorship packs and social graphics for match results. Welsh is widely spoken in Llanelli and across Carmarthenshire, so bilingual print is common. We plan layouts for both languages and set the text you or your translator supply. - Metals and fabrication firms: drawings, DXF profiles, capability brochures - Sports clubs: crests, kit artwork, sponsorship packs, social graphics - Food producers: labels, packaging, product photography - Care and wellbeing providers: brochures, recruitment adverts, signage - Community organisations: bilingual leaflets, posters, reports At Delta Lakes, the Pentre Awel scheme is combining health services, research, learning and leisure on one coastal site. Care and wellbeing providers connected to that growth need clear, warm brochures and signage. Tourism adds another strand, as the coastal park, the wetland centre at Penclacwydd and the Machynys golf course bring in visitors who respond well to good photography and simple, attractive leaflets. ## Who we design for in Llanelli - Metals and steel processors - Engineering and fabrication firms - Food producers - Sports clubs and leisure centres - Care and wellbeing providers - Community organisations - Tourism businesses - Trades businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you redesign a Llanelli sports club crest for kit and merchandise? Yes. dijitul redraws club crests as clean vector artwork that works embroidered on kit, printed on merchandise and small on social media. Logo work starts from £150 + VAT, and you receive AI, EPS, SVG, PDF and PNG files plus simple colour references for kit suppliers. ### Do you produce fabrication drawings for Llanelli metals firms? Yes. We draw fabrication and sheet metal drawings with bend and weld details, plus DXF cutting profiles and STEP models. Work is done remotely from sketches, markups or measured parts. CAD design time is £45 an hour + VAT, with an estimate agreed first. ### Can you supply print-ready bilingual leaflets for a local printer? Yes. We supply bilingual leaflets as print-ready PDF/X-1a files in CMYK with 3 mm bleed, set to your printer's specification. You or your translator provide the Welsh text, and we check each proof against it. Flyers and leaflets start from £95 + VAT. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Merthyr Tydfil Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/merthyr-tydfil/ > Merthyr Tydfil manufacturers, outdoor activity businesses, care providers and start-ups use dijitul for logos, leaflets, CAD drawings and brochures, with all design done remotely from Mansfield. Photography and video are shot on location in Merthyr and the valleys, with travel added to the quote. Prices start at £150 + VAT for a logo and £95 + VAT for a flyer. Two ironworks, Cyfarthfa and Dowlais, once made Merthyr Tydfil the biggest town in Wales and a world leader in iron. The ironmasters' castle at Cyfarthfa still looks down over it. After decades of rebuilding, Merthyr now has a mix of manufacturing, public services, care and a growing outdoor tourism economy. Manufacturers on the Pentrebach and Goat Mill Road estates, in engineering, automotive components, electronics and food, are mostly small and medium firms. They often need practical design: 2D drawings tidied up from sketches, 3D models for quoting, product photography and a simple brochure that shows what they can make. Budgets are tight, so it makes sense to start with the pieces that win work. Outdoor tourism is the newer story. BikePark Wales on the hills above the town draws mountain bikers from across the UK, and Bannau Brycheiniog to the north brings walkers and adventure visitors. Outdoor activity businesses need logos that work on kit and vehicles, leaflets, trail maps and action photography and video for social media. - Small manufacturers: CAD drawings, product photography, brochures - Outdoor activity businesses: logos, maps, leaflets, action video - Care providers: brochures, recruitment adverts, signage - Retailers at Rhydycar: posters, window graphics, social graphics - Start-ups and trades: logos, business cards, van graphics Between Prince Charles Hospital and the many local care homes, health and care employ a large share of the town. Care providers need brochures, recruitment campaigns and honest photography of their homes and teams. Improved roads, including the dualled A465 Heads of the Valleys road, have brought Merthyr closer to the Midlands and Swansea. That encourages start-ups and trades who need a professional first brand at a sensible price, with clear fixed quotes so costs are known before anything starts. ## Who we design for in Merthyr Tydfil - Small manufacturers - Engineering firms - Outdoor activity businesses - Care providers - Retailers - Contact centres - Start-ups - Trades businesses ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you photograph and film mountain biking businesses near Merthyr? Yes. dijitul shoots action photography and short video on location for outdoor activity businesses around Merthyr Tydfil. Half-day photography starts from £295 + VAT and video from £695 + VAT, with travel from Mansfield added to the quote. You get edited files sized for social media and your website. ### Can a small Merthyr manufacturer get CAD work without a big budget? Yes. CAD work is charged at £45 an hour + VAT, and we agree an estimate before starting so costs are clear. Small jobs, such as tidying a sketch into a dimensioned drawing or modelling a single part in STEP, are estimated individually so you pay only for the time needed. ### Do you design for businesses in Aberdare, Ebbw Vale and Pontypridd? Yes. Design work is done remotely, so businesses across the valleys get the same service by email and video call. Photography and video are shot on location, with travel from Mansfield included in the quote, and nearby shoots can be planned into one trip. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Aberystwyth Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/aberystwyth/ > Agri-tech firms, food producers, cultural organisations and holiday lets in Aberystwyth can commission dijitul for bilingual branding, labels, research diagrams and print, designed remotely from Mansfield. Photography and video are shot on location in Ceredigion, with travel added to the quote. A logo starts from £150 + VAT and a brochure from £295 + VAT. On the Cardigan Bay coast, Aberystwyth is mid Wales's main town: a university town first, with the National Library of Wales on the hillside and the county council headquarters. Welsh is widely spoken, so bilingual design is often expected. University researchers here are known for grass and crop breeding, and the AberInnovation campus at Gogerddan gives agri-tech, food and biorefining companies space to develop products. Those businesses need credible brands, trial and research diagrams, A0 conference posters, funding bid graphics and 3D renders of new equipment. Food and drink producers across Ceredigion, from dairies to small-batch makers, need labels and packaging that suit farm shops, delis and online sales. Bilingual labels need careful planning so neither language feels squeezed, and all mandatory text you supply has to fit legibly. Cultural and heritage organisations need a different style: exhibition graphics, bilingual interpretation panels, event posters and accessible reports. Interpretation panels outdoors need large type, strong contrast and materials that survive coastal weather. - Agri-tech and research firms: brand identity, diagrams, posters, renders - Food producers: bilingual labels, packaging, product photography - Cultural organisations: exhibition graphics, interpretation panels - Holiday lets and caravan parks: photography, brochures, maps - Agricultural merchants: catalogues, price lists, signage Livestock farming underpins the county, and the merchants, vets, marts and contractors serving it are steady users of print. Their needs are practical: catalogues, price lists, signage and vehicle graphics. Holidaymakers drawn by the bay, the narrow gauge railway up the Rheidol valley and the hills inland keep hotels, caravan parks and lets busy, and they need good photography and simple print. Mid Wales is a long way from most design agencies, so a remote process with email proofs and video calls is the practical way to work. ## Who we design for in Aberystwyth - Agri-tech and research firms - Food and drink producers - Cultural and heritage organisations - Agricultural merchants - Farming businesses - Holiday lets and caravan parks - Hotels and cafés - Public sector suppliers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design bilingual labels for Ceredigion food producers? Yes. dijitul designs bilingual Welsh and English labels and packaging to your printer's template, with both languages given equal space and the mandatory text you supply placed legibly. Label design is quoted as a fixed price or charged at £45 an hour + VAT. ### Do you design research posters and diagrams for Aberystwyth agri-tech firms? Yes. We lay out A0 and A1 conference posters, process diagrams and funding bid graphics from your data and notes, keeping the science accurate and the layout readable. Design time is £45 an hour + VAT, and a brand identity pack starts from £395 + VAT. ### Is it practical to work with a designer based in Mansfield? Yes. Design runs by email and video call, with PDF proofs and final files delivered by download, so distance makes no difference. Only photography and video need us on site in Ceredigion, and travel is included in the quote before you book. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Belfast Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/belfast/ > Belfast fintech and cyber firms, production companies, engineering suppliers and hospitality venues can get branding, decks, packaging and technical drawings from dijitul, designed remotely from Mansfield. Photography and video are shot on location in Belfast, with travel added to the quote. Brand identity packs start from £395 + VAT and video from £695 + VAT. Northern Ireland's capital is also its biggest business market. The Harland and Wolff cranes still frame the skyline, aerospace manufacturing employs thousands of engineers in the city, and over the past two decades software, fintech and cyber security have become major employers. Technology and financial firms usually want restrained, credible brands and documents that hold up in front of international clients. Presentation templates with proper master slides, service diagrams that explain a complex product simply, and consistent headshots for a growing team are typical requests. The city's cyber security cluster, with strong links to Queen's University, is a good example of a sector where clarity beats decoration. Film and television production has grown around Titanic Studios and Belfast Harbour Studios. Production companies and creative suppliers often need help with pitch decks, posters, crew materials and social assets at busy times. Aerospace and engineering suppliers need technical drawings to BS 8888, STEP models, exploded diagrams and capability brochures. - Fintech and software firms: brand identity, decks, diagrams, headshots - Film and TV production: pitch decks, posters, social assets - Aerospace and engineering suppliers: CAD, renders, brochures - Food and drink brands: packaging, labels, product photography - Bars and restaurants in the Cathedral Quarter: menus, signage, social graphics Northern Ireland's trading position under the Windsor Framework means some products sold into both Great Britain and the EU need particular labelling. We do not give labelling advice, but we build packaging artwork with space and layers planned for the marks and text your compliance adviser specifies, so a change does not mean a full redesign. The Cathedral Quarter and the city centre are full of bars, restaurants and venues that need menus, signage and food photography, while Titanic Quarter and Catalyst house start-ups that need a first brand done properly. ## Who we design for in Belfast - Fintech and financial services - Software and cyber security firms - Film and TV production companies - Aerospace and engineering suppliers - Food and drink brands - Bars, restaurants and venues - Law and accountancy firms - Start-ups ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you photograph and film businesses in Belfast? Yes. dijitul shoots photography and video on location in Belfast, including headshots, offices, venues, food and products. A half day of photography starts from £295 + VAT and video from £695 + VAT; travel to Belfast is included in the quote. Edited files are delivered for web, social and print. ### Can you design packaging for products sold in Northern Ireland and GB? Yes. We design packaging with space and separate layers planned for the marks and text your compliance adviser specifies, so artwork can be updated without a full redesign. Packaging is quoted as a fixed price, and design time is £45 an hour + VAT. ### Do you design pitch decks for Belfast tech start-ups? Yes. We design investor and sales decks in PowerPoint, Keynote or Google Slides, with master slides your team can edit. Presentation design is charged at £45 an hour + VAT, and a brand identity pack starts from £395 + VAT if you need the brand first. ### Do you work with businesses in Lisburn, Bangor and Newtownabbey? Yes. Design work is remote, so businesses across greater Belfast get the same service by email and video call. Photography and video in Lisburn, Bangor, Newtownabbey or Holywood are shot on location, and several nearby shoots can be planned into one trip. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Derry~Londonderry Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/derry-londonderry/ > Businesses in Derry~Londonderry, from tour operators and festival organisers to manufacturers and software firms, can commission dijitul for branding, print, technical drawings and photography. Design is done remotely from Mansfield; photography and video are shot on location in the North West with travel added to the quote. Flyers start from £95 + VAT and logos from £150 + VAT. The second city of Northern Ireland anchors a region that spills over the border into Donegal. Its seventeenth-century walls survive almost complete, and being the first UK City of Culture, in 2013, left a lasting interest in arts, festivals and tourism. Festivals and events drive a lot of design work. The city's large Halloween celebrations, music events and cultural programmes need posters, programmes, wayfinding signage, wristband and ticket artwork, and social graphics, all to firm deadlines. Event branding works best as a kit: one key visual adapted to every size from an A0 poster to a phone story. Tour operators, hotels and restaurants around the walls, Ebrington and the Peace Bridge need leaflets, maps and menus. Visitors often arrive from the Causeway Coast or Donegal, so material that ties the city into a wider trip is useful. Advanced manufacturing is a strength, with Seagate's plant at Springtown and a base of engineering and life sciences firms. They need technical drawings, 3D models, data sheets and capability brochures. - Festival and arts organisations: posters, programmes, event kits - Tour operators and hotels: leaflets, maps, photography - Manufacturers: CAD drawings, data sheets, product photography - Software and services firms: brand identity, decks, recruitment material - Cross-border retailers: price lists, ad graphics, social templates Many businesses here trade on both sides of the border. Price lists, adverts and web graphics sometimes need sterling and euro versions, which is simple to manage if the artwork is set up as a template with editable price fields from the start. Ulster University's Magee campus, which opened a School of Medicine in 2021, and North West Regional College add education and health organisations that need clear, accessible print and presentations. ## Who we design for in Derry~Londonderry - Festival and arts organisations - Tour operators - Hotels and restaurants - Advanced manufacturers - Software and tech firms - Cross-border retailers - Contact centres - Health and education organisations ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design festival posters and event kits in Derry~Londonderry? Yes. dijitul designs a key visual for your event and adapts it to posters, programmes, banners, wristbands and social media sizes, supplied as print-ready PDFs and web files. Flyers and posters start from £95 + VAT, and full event kits are quoted as a fixed price. ### Can you set up price lists with sterling and euro versions? Yes. We build price lists, adverts and web graphics as templates with editable price fields, so you can produce sterling and euro versions without a redesign. Design time is £45 an hour + VAT, and a flyer or leaflet starts from £95 + VAT. ### Do you design for businesses in Donegal and Limavady? Yes. Design work is remote, so businesses in Limavady, Strabane, Letterkenny and across Donegal get the same service by email and video call. Photography and video happen on location, and we include travel to the North West in the quote. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Lisburn Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/lisburn/ > Lisburn food and drink producers, distributors, building products firms and retailers can get packaging, catalogues, exhibition graphics and branding from dijitul, designed remotely in Mansfield. We travel to Lisburn to shoot photography and video, with travel costed into the quote. Brochures start from £295 + VAT and product photography from £25 + VAT per image. On the Lagan a few miles from Belfast, Lisburn was granted city status in 2002. Linen made its fortune, as the Irish Linen Centre explains, and now it is both a commuter city and a business location in its own right. Sitting at the junction of the M1 and the A1 road south to Newry and Dublin, it suits distribution businesses well. Wholesalers and distributors here need product catalogues and price lists that are easy to update, consistent product photography, and fleet livery that looks the same on every vehicle. Manufacturing is significant, with drinks bottling, food production, engineering and building products on estates such as Knockmore and Silverwood. Food and drink producers need labels and packaging built to the printer's dielines; building products firms need technical data sheets, installation diagrams and trade brochures. The Balmoral Show and the Eikon Exhibition Centre at Maze Long Kesh bring a regular exhibition calendar. Stand graphics, pull-up banners, product leaflets and giveaways all need to arrive together, built to the stand contractor's template. - Food and drink producers: packaging, labels, product photography - Wholesalers and distributors: catalogues, price lists, fleet livery - Building products suppliers: data sheets, installation diagrams, brochures - Exhibitors at Eikon and the Balmoral Show: stands, banners, leaflets - Retailers at Sprucefield: posters, window graphics, social graphics Sprucefield's big retail park draws shoppers from across the region, and its retailers need seasonal posters, window graphics and social media graphics sized for every platform. A growing population keeps accountants, solicitors and estate agents busy, and they need stationery, brochures and, for agents, property photography and floor plans. Farms and agri-food businesses towards Hillsborough and Moira round out the mix with labels and farm shop branding. ## Who we design for in Lisburn - Food and drink producers - Wholesalers and distributors - Building products suppliers - Manufacturers - Retailers - Agri-food and farm businesses - Accountants and solicitors - Estate agents ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design stand graphics for the Balmoral Show or Eikon Centre? Yes. dijitul designs stand panels, pull-up banners and product leaflets built to your stand contractor's template at the right scale and resolution. Exhibition stand design is quoted as a fixed price, with design time at £45 an hour + VAT. We can arrange printing and quote it separately. ### Can you photograph products for a Lisburn distributor? Yes. We photograph products on location at your premises on a consistent background, ready for catalogues, web shops and trade portals. Product photography starts from £25 + VAT per image, or from £295 + VAT for a half day, with travel from Mansfield added to the quote. ### Can you supply print-ready files for a Northern Ireland printer? Yes. We supply print-ready PDF/X-1a files in CMYK with 3 mm bleed and crop marks, set up to your printer's specification. If your printer has templates or paper stock requirements, send them and we will build the artwork to match. Brochures start from £295 + VAT. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Newry Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/newry/ > Newry manufacturers, hauliers, construction firms and cross-border retailers can commission dijitul for branding, packaging, fleet livery and print, designed remotely from our Mansfield base. Photography and video are shot on location in Newry, Mourne and Down, with travel added to the quote. Logos start from £150 + VAT and brand identity packs from £395 + VAT. Halfway between Belfast and Dublin and close to the border, Newry has always lived on trade. Its shopping centres draw customers from north and south, and local firms routinely deal in both currencies. Cross-border retailers need advertising and in-store graphics that work for two audiences. Price-led posters, flyers and social ads are best built as templates with editable price fields, so sterling and euro versions can be produced quickly without a fresh design each time. Newry has notable home-grown companies. Animal health manufacturer Norbrook is based here, and the data software company FD Technologies (once First Derivatives) started in the city. Regulated manufacturing brings work such as packaging artwork built to approved text, version-controlled proofs and technical diagrams. Software firms need clear product diagrams, presentation decks and recruitment material. Logistics and haulage are important along the A1 and M1. Hauliers need fleet livery designed to each trailer and cab template, so the brand reads the same on a curtain-sider and a rigid. Simple, bold livery is usually the most effective at motorway speed. - Pharmaceutical and food manufacturers: packaging, labels, diagrams - Hauliers and logistics firms: fleet livery, signage, tender documents - Cross-border retailers: price templates, posters, social ads - Construction and building materials firms: brochures, data sheets, hoardings - Hotels and hospitality in the Mournes: photography, menus, leaflets Construction and building materials firms across Newry, Mourne and Down need product data sheets, site hoarding graphics and capability brochures. Tourism around the Mourne Mountains and Carlingford Lough supports hotels, guest houses and activity providers who need photography that captures the landscape, plus menus and leaflets. Southern Regional College's Newry campus also brings students and start-ups looking for a first brand. ## Who we design for in Newry - Pharmaceutical manufacturers - Software and data firms - Hauliers and logistics firms - Cross-border retailers - Food producers - Construction firms - Building materials suppliers - Hotels and hospitality ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design fleet livery for a Newry haulier? Yes. dijitul designs livery to the exact templates for your cabs and trailers, keeping the brand consistent across curtain-siders, box vans and rigids. Vehicle livery is quoted as a fixed price, with design time at £45 an hour + VAT. You receive vector files ready for your signwriter or wrap installer. ### Can you produce sterling and euro versions of our adverts? Yes. We build posters, flyers and social ads as templates with editable price fields, so producing sterling and euro versions is quick and consistent. Flyers start from £95 + VAT and a social media graphics pack from £99 + VAT. ### Do you photograph hotels and activity providers in the Mournes? Yes. We photograph hotels, guest houses and activity businesses on location around Newry, the Mourne Mountains and Carlingford Lough. Prices start at £295 + VAT for a half day and £495 + VAT for a full day, with travel itemised separately. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Bangor (County Down) Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/bangor-northern-ireland/ > Seafront cafés, marine businesses, salons and professional firms in Bangor, County Down can get logos, menus, brochures and social graphics from dijitul, designed remotely from Mansfield. Photography and video are shot on location in Bangor and North Down, with travel added to the quote. Business cards start from £75 + VAT and social graphics packs from £99 + VAT. City status arrived for Bangor in 2022. The biggest place in Ards and North Down looks out over Belfast Lough, and with Belfast about thirty minutes away, a lot of residents commute. That leaves a local economy of smaller firms serving the people who live here. The marina is the city's centrepiece, one of the biggest in Northern Ireland, and it keeps sailors, boat yards, chandlers and marine engineers busy. Marine businesses and yacht clubs need logos that work on burgees, clothing and signage, regatta posters and programmes, and photography of boats and facilities. Hospitality is a big part of the seafront story, and the long-planned Queen's Parade regeneration is intended to bring more leisure and hospitality to the waterfront. Cafés, restaurants and venues need menus, A-boards, window graphics and food photography that suit a seaside setting. Health, beauty and wellbeing businesses are common in a commuter city. Salons, clinics and therapists need a calm, consistent brand, price lists, gift vouchers and appointment cards, plus social templates that let them post regularly without the feed looking mismatched. - Marinas, yacht clubs and marine trades: logos, regatta print, photography - Cafés and restaurants: menus, A-boards, food photography - Salons and clinics: brand identity, price lists, gift vouchers - Solicitors, accountants and estate agents: stationery, brochures - Trades and home services: logos, van livery, leaflets Professional practices are well represented too, from law and accountancy firms to estate agents and advisers, along with trades and home services firms serving North Down. Their needs are practical: stationery, brochures, email signatures, van livery and leaflets. Small firms in Newtownards, Holywood and Donaghadee have similar needs, and Pickie and the coastal path bring seasonal visitors who respond well to good photography and clear signage. ## Who we design for in Bangor (County Down) - Marinas and sailing clubs - Marine trades - Cafés and restaurants - Health and beauty businesses - Hotels and event venues - Solicitors and accountants - Estate agents - Trades and home services firms ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design a logo for a Bangor yacht club or marine business? Yes. dijitul designs logos that work on burgees, embroidered clothing, signage and social media, supplied as AI, EPS, SVG, PDF and PNG. Logos start from £150 + VAT, and regatta posters and programmes can be added as fixed-price items once the brand is agreed. ### Do you design price lists and gift vouchers for salons? Yes. We design salon price lists, gift vouchers, appointment cards and social templates that match your brand. Business cards start from £75 + VAT and a social media graphics pack from £99 + VAT. You get print-ready files for your printer and editable social templates. ### Do you work with businesses in Newtownards, Holywood and Donaghadee? Yes. Design work is remote, so businesses across Ards and North Down get the same service by email and video call. Photography and video are shot on location, with travel from Mansfield included in the quote, and nearby shoots can be combined into one trip. --- # Graphic Design & Photography in Armagh Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/locations/armagh/ > Orchards, cider makers, food processors and heritage attractions around Armagh can commission dijitul for labels, packaging, visitor leaflets and branding, designed remotely from Mansfield. Photography and video are shot on location in County Armagh, with travel added to the quote. Visitor leaflets start from £95 + VAT, and product shots from £25 + VAT per image. Small in size but long in history, Armagh is the church capital of all Ireland, with two St Patrick's cathedrals on facing hills, and Navan Fort and the Armagh Observatory and Planetarium add to a strong heritage offer. Apples define the county. The Armagh Bramley has protected status, and the orchards, cider makers and juice pressers who grow and use it need labels and packaging that tell the provenance story clearly on a busy shelf. For drinks, labels must fit the bottle, survive chilling, and leave room for the mandatory text you supply. If you use a protected name or logo, we place it exactly to the artwork guidance you provide. Across the council area, Craigavon and Portadown hold some of Northern Ireland's biggest poultry, dairy and meat processing plants. Food processors need packaging artwork with approved text, trade catalogues and product photography for buyers. Heritage and tourism organisations need a different set of assets: visitor leaflets, interpretation panels, event posters, maps and photography. Interpretation panels work best with short text, large type and a clear hierarchy, so a visitor can take in the main point in a few seconds. - Orchards and cider makers: labels, gift packaging, product photography - Food processors: packaging artwork, trade catalogues, data sheets - Heritage attractions: leaflets, interpretation panels, maps - Agricultural merchants: catalogues, price lists, signage - Cafés and hospitality: menus, posters, social graphics Agricultural merchants, contractors and farms across the county need practical print, and many trade across the border with Monaghan and Louth, where price lists in both currencies are useful. Many Armagh businesses are small and family-run, with work peaking at harvest and around the city's food and cider events, so having labels, posters and social graphics ready before the busy season makes a real difference. ## Who we design for in Armagh - Orchards and cider makers - Juice producers - Food processors - Heritage and tourism organisations - Agricultural merchants - Farming businesses - Cafés and hospitality businesses - Education providers ## Prices Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk ### Can you design cider and juice labels for Armagh producers? Yes. dijitul designs bottle labels and gift packaging to your printer's template, telling the orchard and provenance story while leaving room for the mandatory text you supply. Protected name marks are placed to the guidance you provide. Label design is quoted as a fixed price or charged at £45 an hour + VAT. ### Can you photograph our products and orchard in County Armagh? Yes. We photograph products, orchards and production on location, ideally timed for blossom or harvest. Product photography starts from £25 + VAT per image and a half day from £295 + VAT, with travel from Mansfield added to the quote. ### Do you design for businesses in Portadown, Craigavon and Banbridge? Yes. Design work is remote, so businesses in Portadown, Craigavon, Banbridge and across the council area get the same service by email and video call. Shoots take place on location, with the travel cost to County Armagh included in your quote. --- # dijitul media prices Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/pricing/ - Logo design: from £150 + VAT - Brand identity pack: from £395 + VAT - Business cards or letterhead: from £75 + VAT - Flyer or leaflet: from £95 + VAT - Brochure: from £295 + VAT - Social media graphics pack: from £99 + VAT - Photography, half day: from £295 + VAT - Photography, full day: from £495 + VAT - Product photography: from £25 per image + VAT - Video: from £695 + VAT - 2D/3D CAD and design time: from £45 an hour + VAT - Everything else: fixed quote, or £45 an hour + VAT All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. ### How much does a logo cost with dijitul? Logo design with dijitul starts at £150 + VAT. A full brand identity pack, with logo variations, colours, fonts and simple guidelines, starts at £395 + VAT. You get a fixed price for your brief before any work starts. ### Why are prices "from"? Because briefs vary. A single-sided flyer is less work than a 24-page brochure. dijitul confirms a fixed price for your exact brief, in writing, before starting, so the "from" price is where it begins, not a surprise later. ### Is printing included? No. Design prices cover the design and print-ready files. dijitul can arrange printing and quote it separately, or you can send the files to your own printer. ### How is photography priced? Photography is from £295 + VAT for a half day and £495 + VAT for a full day on location. Product photography starts at £25 + VAT per image. Travel beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area is added to the quote. ### How is CAD work charged? CAD drafting, 3D modelling and general design time are £45 an hour + VAT. For a clearly defined job, such as converting a set of drawings, dijitul gives a fixed price instead. ### What about jobs that are not on the list? Packaging, exhibition stands, illustration, vehicle livery and other bespoke work are quoted as a fixed price after a short chat about the brief, or charged at the £45 an hour + VAT design rate. --- # How dijitul media works Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/how-we-work/ 1. **Tell us the brief**: What it is for, who will see it, where it will be used and any examples you like. Rough is fine. 2. **Fixed price**: We confirm the price and what you get, in writing, before any work starts. 3. **First designs**: We design, shoot or model it and share the first version for your comments. 4. **Refine**: We make the changes, check every detail, and prepare the files properly for print, web or manufacture. 5. **Final files**: You get the finished files in the formats you need, ready for your printer, website, social channels or manufacturer. Prices (all from, + VAT): Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour. All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. Contact: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/contact/ · 01623 650333 · info@dijitul.uk --- # dijitul media: facts Source: https://dijitulmedia.co.uk/facts/ - **Company:** dijitul (DIJITUL LTD), a UK design, web and software company - **Trading since:** 2006 - **Based in:** Mansfield, Nottinghamshire, England. Works with businesses across the UK. - **Prices (from, + VAT):** Logo design £150; Brand identity pack £395; Business cards or letterhead £75; Flyer or leaflet £95; Brochure £295; Social media graphics pack £99; Photography, half day £295; Photography, full day £495; Product photography £25 per image; Video £695; 2D/3D CAD and design time £45 an hour - **Pricing approach:** All prices are "from" and exclude VAT. Every job gets a fixed price before work starts. Printing, and travel for shoots beyond the Mansfield and Nottinghamshire area, are quoted separately. - **What we design:** Logos, brand identities, stationery, brochures, flyers, posters, menus, packaging, labels, signage, exhibition stands, vehicle livery, social graphics, ads, newsletters, presentations, infographics, illustration, motion graphics - **Photography and video:** Product, commercial, headshot, property, food and event photography, editing and retouching, promotional and social video. Shot on location. - **CAD and product design:** 2D drafting, 3D modelling, technical drawings, renders, design for 3D printing, floor plans, CAD conversion, sheet metal drawings. Files as DWG, DXF, STEP, STL, PDF. - **Phone:** 01623 650333 - **Email:** info@dijitul.uk - **Related dijitul sites:** dijitul.uk (websites), dijituldevelopments.co.uk (software), dijitulsupport.co.uk (support), dijituldns.co.uk (hosting)